From d3f03ed7b468389a1dc1576091617511b7ae8e4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Benjamin Wright Date: Sat, 23 Apr 2022 02:01:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/17] exo minor edits (#2457) Co-authored-by: deferredreward Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2457 --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 46 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index cc4b0a1e76..3bb5386d9d 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -96,15 +96,15 @@ EXO 2 4 z1cy grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָש EXO 2 5 m3i0 figs-go וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד 1 **Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 5 y26h writing-participants וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 5 jjke writing-participants וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 These women are introduced here as new participants; however, they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 5 im0d figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 **Hand** is a metaphor for “side,” which in this case can be translated as the shore or bank (UST) of the river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 2 5 im0d figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 Here, **hand** is a metaphor for side or, as relating to a river, shore. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context you can simply translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 2 5 bi7s וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 her attendants These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her. EXO 2 5 am7g writing-pronouns וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ 1 It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 2 6 g9n6 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 Behold The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 2 6 tyub grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 2 6 g9n6 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 Behold The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +EXO 2 6 tyub grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby ([verse 2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 2 6 jg0d figs-quotemarks מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 7 rnpl figs-quotemarks וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 7 x5ja וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת 1 This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here. -EXO 2 7 d7aj מֵינֶ֔קֶת…וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק 1 nurse **To nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast. +EXO 2 7 d7aj מֵינֶ֔קֶת…וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק 1 nurse Here, **nursing** or **to nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast. EXO 2 7 tqq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 2 8 ab1m figs-go לֵ֑כִי…וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 8 d007 figs-quotemarks לֵ֑כִי 1 This is a direct quote. Pharaoh’s daughter commands the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -112,16 +112,16 @@ EXO 2 9 u554 writing-participants לָ֣⁠הּ 1 The child’s mother is reint EXO 2 9 xp5x figs-quotemarks הֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֤לֶד הַ⁠זֶּה֙ וְ⁠הֵינִקִ֣⁠הוּ לִ֔⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֶתֵּ֣ן אֶת־שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 9 mogg שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby. EXO 2 9 hqsa figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח…וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 2 10 zj8h grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 she brought him An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EXO 2 10 zj8h grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 she brought him **And the child grew older** marks an unspecified amount of time. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 2 10 j7n1 וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן 1 he became her son Alternate translation: “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter” EXO 2 10 h7to grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 2 10 nh2m מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 Because I drew him from the water Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’” -EXO 2 10 ityq figs-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 2 10 ityq figs-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 **For** begins a direct quotation. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 2 11 tyol grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 2 11 p7gx writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ 1 This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 11 uy39 figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 11 swn3 מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י 1 striking a Hebrew Alternate translation: “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew” -EXO 2 12 m9bn figs-merism וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה 1 He looked this way and that way These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 2 12 m9bn figs-merism וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה 1 He looked this way and that way These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 2 12 rmgn figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 2 13 qn45 figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ 1 He went out See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 13 wqrm translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -135,17 +135,17 @@ EXO 2 14 l62d figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ EXO 2 14 d2ja הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר 1 Alternate translation: “Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me” EXO 2 14 lyqh figs-aside אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) EXO 2 14 vfw5 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 2 15 yutr וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST +EXO 2 15 yutr וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language) EXO 2 15 l5rc figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י 1 His **face** means his presence. Alternate translation: “from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 2 15 otsl וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב…וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred. +EXO 2 15 otsl וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב…וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 These are the same verb. This could mean: (1) Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. (2) Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. (3) Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred. EXO 2 16 shg5 writing-background וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters This sentence is background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 2 16 pjzc writing-newevent וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 2 16 cfe5 writing-participants שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Use the natural form in your language for introducing new characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 2 16 cfe5 writing-participants בָּנ֑וֹת 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Use the natural form in your language for introducing new characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 16 sm8f figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 16 esdm translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע 1 7 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 2 16 i2jh וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה 1 drew water This means that they brought up water from a well. EXO 2 16 g1e6 translate-unknown הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים 1 troughs These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 17 k5yc figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ 1 A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +EXO 2 17 k5yc figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ 1 A group of **men came**. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. Use an appropriate form of moving verb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 17 zksv writing-participants הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים 1 These are new, very brief, characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 17 z17m grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם 1 helped them Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 2 18 omzv figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה 1 The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use either come or go, whichever is more natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -155,12 +155,12 @@ EXO 2 18 lukb figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִה EXO 2 18 hq6y figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 19 r01g figs-quotemarks אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠רֹעִ֑ים וְ⁠גַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ וַ⁠יַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 19 w57e אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses. -EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Here, **hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 2 19 a7v2 figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Here, **hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 2 19 a7v2 figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 This expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 2 20 x9yb figs-rquestion וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 Why did you leave the man? These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 2 20 p6xh figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 20 mb8w writing-pronouns ל֖⁠וֹ 1 **Him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 2 20 hal8 figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 **Bread** is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 2 20 mb8w writing-pronouns ל֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 2 20 hal8 figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 Here, **bread** is used to refer to food in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 2 21 zvr1 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 Moses agreed to stay with the man Alternate translation: “Moses agreed to live with Reuel” EXO 2 21 y3q7 translate-names צִפֹּרָ֥ה 1 Zipporah **Zipporah** is Reuel’s (Jethro’s) daughter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 2 22 l3xg figs-quotemarks גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 God ca EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s holiness

God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Yahweh

The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background 0 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. **Jethro** is a **priest** who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 1 v97t figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 Alternate translation: “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 2 p0nt וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening. @@ -1344,9 +1344,9 @@ EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** is a refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 17 1 j1fm translate-names בִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 17 3 cz24 figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 17 6 nspc figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? Here, **before your face** means “in front of”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you speaking against me? And why are you trying to test whether Yahweh is able to give you what you need?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 17 3 cz24 figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why did you bring us up out of Egypt? Did you bring us here to cause us and our children and animals to die because we have no water to drink?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 17 6 nspc figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? Here, **before your face** means “in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 7 x5an translate-names מַסָּ֖ה 1 Massah **Massah** is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 7 hw7y translate-names וּ⁠מְרִיבָ֑ה 1 Meribah **Meribah** is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 7 m55e אִם־אָֽיִן 1 Meribah In some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case. @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ EXO 18 13 ni2b writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת EXO 18 13 ano2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֣ט 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “all day” EXO 18 14 bax5 figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 What is this that you are doing with the people? Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone, and all the people position themselves next to you from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you doing all this for the people? Why are you doing this by yourself, and why are all the people standing around you from the morning until the evening, asking you to make decisions for them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 14 tiqs figs-explicit נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. You could state that explicitly if it would be more clear. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 18 jtd2 נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל 1 You will surely wear yourselves out Alternate translation: “You will surely make yourself very tired” @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ EXO 28 7 wt20 figs-activepassive וְ⁠חֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman If y EXO 28 8 u5av אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָלָ֔י⁠ו כְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֖⁠הוּ מִמֶּ֣⁠נּוּ 1 it must be made of one piece This is saying that the sash should be attached to the ephod, perhaps cut from the same material used to make the rest of the ephod. EXO 28 9 c4ia translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֑הַם 1 onyx stones These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 9 s2yd translate-numbers שְׁתֵּ֖י 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 28 10 h5mr translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁה֙…הַ⁠שִּׁשָּׁ֧ה 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “6 … 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 28 10 h5mr translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁה֙…הַ⁠שִּׁשָּׁ֧ה 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “6 of … the 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 28 10 zlte כְּ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “according to their birth order” EXO 28 11 dv8k פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֗ם 1 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet Alternate translation: “in the same way a person engraves on a seal” EXO 28 11 x1xc translate-unknown חָרַשׁ֮ אֶבֶן֒ 1 engraver This is a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal. Alternate translation: “of a detailed stone cutter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -2328,10 +2328,10 @@ EXO 34 12 lxz8 figs-simile פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ ב EXO 34 13 wkbx grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 they will become a trap among you This word marks a strong contrast with the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Do the opposite!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 34 13 tfd1 figs-infostructure אֶת־מִזְבְּחֹתָ⁠ם֙ תִּתֹּצ֔וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־מַצֵּבֹתָ֖⁠ם תְּשַׁבֵּר֑וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשֵׁרָ֖י⁠ו תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you This unusual word order reflects the original in bringing each item the Israelites must destroy into focus. You should use whatever form in your language would emphasize or focus on each item that they must destroy. Alternate translation: “as for their altars, break them down! As for their stone pillars, smash them to pieces! As for their trees where they worship the goddess Asherah, cut them all down!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 34 13 gbp0 grammar-collectivenouns תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you For some reason only this pronoun is singular, referring back the singular “inhabitant” in the previous verse. Translate it based on your decision in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 34 15 r70f grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב…וְ⁠קָרָ֣א…מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronouns **he** and **his** are agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … and they invite … from their sacrifice” or “with the inhabitants of … and one of them invites … from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 14 fzjz translate-symaction לֹ֥א תִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous To **bow to another god** means to worship it. This imagery is throughout scripture and should be retained in translation. Alternate translation: “you shall not bow to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 34 14 vmx2 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ קַנָּ֣א שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ אֵ֥ל קַנָּ֖א הֽוּא׃ 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous The repeated word **jealous** means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. This is pictured in a metaphor of a jealous spouse who is concerned that his spouse be faithful to him. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. The UST makes this image explicit as a simile, which can be done occasionally but would probably be too long for repeated use in a translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh jealously guards his reputation. He is a God jealous of his honor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 14 s5sd figs-metonymy כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ קַנָּ֣א שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 whose name is Jealous, Here, the word **name** represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is always jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 15 r70f grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב…וְ⁠קָרָ֣א…מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronouns **he** and **his** are agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … and they invite … from their sacrifice” or “with the inhabitants of … and one of them invites … from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 15 udz0 figs-hypo פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠זָבְחוּ֙ לֵ⁠אלֹ֣הֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠קָרָ֣א לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Connecting Statement: Most of this verse is a sort of chain of logically consecutive hypothetical events that Yahweh is warning the Israelites against. Your language may have a specific way this sort of argument must be structured or phrased. One way to see this would be to repeat **lest** before every verb in verse 15-16. Alternate translation: “If you cut a covenant the inhabitant of the land, and if they then prostitute after their gods and sacrifice to their gods, and if he then invites you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) EXO 34 15 f1e3 פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase is exactly the same as the second clause of [verse 12](../34/12.md). It serves as a reminder of the command Yahweh is giving as he begins to expand on the “trap” he mentioned in verse 12. Your language may need to mark this repetition in a particular way. Alternate translation: “Remember: keep yourself lest you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land” EXO 34 15 n4nt figs-idiom תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “you make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2675,4 +2675,4 @@ EXO 40 35 ysd8 וְ⁠לֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ א EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠הֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ 1 was taken up from over If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 that it was lifted up If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 40 38 i8hu figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י כָל־בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **before the eyes of** refers to being able to see. All the Israelites could see the cloud and fire. Alternate translation: “and all the house of Israel could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) \ No newline at end of file From 5df05ebbc813a902d1d4cab5c34a93ca4d22c84e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Sun, 24 Apr 2022 21:19:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/17] Stephen's edits to 1 Corinthians 1-8 (#2458) Co-authored-by: stephenwunrow Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2458 --- en_tn_47-1CO.tsv | 168 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 119 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv index dca09236e2..aa9c682ffc 100644 --- a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 1 26 camj figs-infostructure οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα, οὐ πολλοὶ δυνατοί, οὐ πολλοὶ εὐγενεῖς 1 Paul here uses the phrase **according to the flesh** to clarify what he means by **wise**, **powerful**, and **of noble birth**, not just **wise**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could move **according to the flesh** so that it is clear that it modifies all three of these statements. Alternate translation: “according to the flesh, not many {were} wise, not many {were} powerful, and not many {were} of noble birth (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1CO 1 26 pws2 figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 wise according to the flesh Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to the flesh** to refer to human ways of thinking. If the meaning of thsi phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idiom **according to the flesh** with a phrase that refers to human values or perspectives. Alternate translation: “according to human definitions” or “according to what humans value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CO 1 27 qjvd grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, Paul introduces a contrast. hH is contrasting **God chose the foolish things** with what a person might expect about how God would treat foolish and weak people like the Corinthians. He is not contrasting how **God chose the foolish things** with the statements in the previous verse about the foolishness and weakness of the Corinthians. If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul writes **But** to contrast with what a person might expect about God. Alternate translation: “Despite what might be expected,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -1CO 1 27 qv5l figs-parallelism τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ…τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ 2 God chose … wise. God chose … strong Here, Paul repeats the exact same words: **God chose … in order that he might shame**. He does this because repeating the same idea with different examples was more convincing than just one example in his culture. If possible, translate these words the same way in both parts of the sentence to preserve the parallelism. If it is necessary, you could remove or change some of the words if it makes the sentence sound more convincing, which is what Paul intended. Alternate translation: “God chose … of the world in order that he might shame … he chose … of the world to shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1CO 1 27 qv5l figs-parallelism τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ…τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ 2
God chose … wise. God chose … strong Here, Paul repeats the exact same words: **God chose … in order that he might shame**. He does this because repeating the same idea with different examples was more convincing than just one example in his culture. If possible, translate these words the same way in both parts of the sentence to preserve the parallelism. If it is necessary, you could remove or change some of the words if it makes the sentence sound more convincing, which is what Paul intended. Alternate translation: “God chose … of the world in order that he might shame … he chose … of the world to shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1CO 1 27 r4ly figs-possession τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου…τὰ ἀσθενῆ τοῦ κόσμου 1 Paul uses the possessive form twice to clarify that the **foolish things** and **weak things** are only **foolish** and **weak** from the perspective of the **world**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a phrase such as “according to the world.” Alternate translation: “things that are foolish according to the world … things that are weak according to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1CO 1 27 gdob figs-synecdoche τοῦ κόσμου -1 When Paul uses **the world** in this context, he is not referring primarily to everything that God has made. Rather, he uses **the world** to refer to human beings. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that refers to human beings in general. Alternate translation: “of people … of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1CO 1 27 iwho grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα -1 Here, the word translated **in order that** could introduce: (1) the purpose for which **God chose the foolish things of the world** and **the weak things of the world**. Alternate translation: “so that … so that” (2) what happened when **God chose the foolish things of the world** and **the weak things of the world**. Alternate translation: “with the result that … with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -699,10 +699,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 6 11 rri7 figs-metaphor ἀπελούσασθε 1 Here, Paul speaks as if the Corinthians had been **washed** with water. By speaking in this way, Paul emphasizes that they have been cleansed from sin, just like washing with water cleanses a person from dirt. Paul may have baptism in mind. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “you were washed clean” or “you were purified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 6 11 s55x figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ When something is done **in the name of** a person, it is done with the authority or power of that person. Here the cleansing, sanctification, and justification are done with the authority or power of Jesus, since they are done **in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ**. If **in the name of** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “with the power of the Lord Jesus Christ” or “by the authority of the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CO 6 11 gzrh figs-possession τῷ Πνεύματι τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to identify the **Spirit** as **our God**, that is, as the Holy Spirit. He does not mean that the **Spirit** is something that belongs to **our God**. If your language would not use that form to identify the **Spirit** as **our God**, you could use a word or phrase that does identify the **Spirit** as **our God** or the “Holy Spirit.” Alternate translation: “the Spirit who is our God” or “the Holy Spirit, our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1CO 6 12 c3bs figs-doublet πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει. πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὑπό τινος. -1 Here Paul repeats **Everything is lawful for me** to make two separate comments on the statement. By repeating **Everything is lawful for me**, Paul emphasizes his qualifications or objections to this statement. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could state **Everything is lawful for me** once and include both comments after that. Alternate translation: ““Everything is lawful for me,’ but not everything is beneficial, and I will not be mastered by anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1CO 6 12 c3bs figs-doublet πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει. πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὑπό τινος. 1 Here Paul repeats **Everything is lawful for me** to make two separate comments on the statement. By repeating **Everything is lawful for me**, Paul emphasizes his qualifications or objections to this statement. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could state **Everything is lawful for me** once and include both comments after that. Alternate translation: ““Everything is lawful for me,’ but not everything is beneficial, and I will not be mastered by anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1CO 6 12 sw2e writing-quotations πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ’ -1 Connecting Statement: In this verse, Paul twice quotes what some people in the Corinthian church are saying. The ULT indicates that these claims are quotations by using quotation marks. If your readers would misunderstood **Everything is lawful for me** and think that Paul is claiming this, you could clarify that some of the Corinthians are saying this, and Paul is saying the words that occur after **but**. Alternate translation: “You say, ‘Everything is lawful for me,’ but I respond that … You say, ‘Everything is lawful for me,’ but I respond that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1CO 6 12 r4mx figs-explicit πάντα -1 Everything is lawful for me Here, **everything** refers to any action or behavior that one might pursue. If **everything** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul is referring to any action or behavior. Alternate translation: “Every behavior … every behavior … Every behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CO 6 12 y6kn figs-explicit συμφέρει -1 Here Paul does not say to whom **everything** is not **beneficial**. He means that **everything** is not **beneficial** to the person or people who say that **Everything is lawful** for them. If your language would include for whom **everything** is not **beneficial**, you could include a phrase such as “for you” here. Alternate translation: “is beneficial for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 6 12 y6kn figs-explicit συμφέρει 1 Here Paul does not say to whom **everything** is not **beneficial**. He means that **everything** is not **beneficial** to the person or people who say that **Everything is lawful** for them. If your language would include for whom **everything** is not **beneficial**, you could include a phrase such as “for you” here. Alternate translation: “is beneficial for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 6 12 c8vz figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὑπό τινος 1 I will not be mastered by any of them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form. Alternate translation: “nothing will master me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 6 12 p0d8 translate-unknown οὐκ…ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὑπό 1 Here, **be mastered** refers to being under the authority of something else. Paul here means that some things, when a person habitually does them, begin to have power or control over that person. Here, then, he wishes to tell the Corinthians that, while such things might be **lawful**, they should avoid doing these things because they will **be mastered** by these things. If **be mastered** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using words that refer to “power” or “control.” Alternate translation: “will not be controlled by” or “will not be under the power of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CO 6 13 jz55 writing-quotations τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν;…δὲ 1 “Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food,” but God will do away with both of them In this verse, Paul quotes what some people in the Corinthian church are saying, just like he did in [6:12](../06/12.md). The ULT indicates that this claim is a quotation by using quotation marks. If your readers would misunderstood **Food {is} for the stomach, and the stomach for food** and think that Paul is claiming this, you could clarify that some of the Corinthians are saying this, and Paul is saying the words that occur after **but**. Alternate translation: “You say, ‘Food {is} for the stomach, and the stomach for food,’ but I respond that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) @@ -717,22 +717,39 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 6 14 ev9l figs-idiom τὸν Κύριον ἤγειρεν, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐξεγερεῖ 1 raised the Lord Paul uses the words **raised** and **raise up** to refer to someone who had died coming back to life. If your language does not use these words to describe coming back to life, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “restored the Lord to life and will also restore us to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CO 6 14 jvng ἤγειρεν…ἐξεγερεῖ 1 Here, **raised** and **raise up** have the same meaning. Paul uses a slightly different word for variety or because he is referring to the future. In your translation, you could use the same word for **raised** and **raise up**. Alternate translation: “raised … will … raise” 1CO 6 14 wgh4 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “powerfully” or an adjective such as “powerful.” Alternate translation: “by working powerfully” or “by his powerful action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1CO 6 15 gt2x figs-metaphor μέλη Χριστοῦ…τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ…πόρνης μέλη 1 Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 6 15 io5p figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν μέλη Χριστοῦ ἐστιν? 1 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 6 15 agvy figs-metaphor ἄρας…τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 6 15 f4vd figs-rquestion ποιήσω πόρνης μέλη? 1 Shall I then take away the members of Christ and join them to a prostitute? May it not be! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 6 15 kmt2 figs-idiom μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it not be! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1CO 6 16 seg6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know that … her? Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. “I want to remind you the one who is joined to the prostitute is one body with her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 6 16 z54k figs-activepassive ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when a man joins his body to the body of a prostitute, it is as if their bodies become one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 6 17 c2tb figs-activepassive ὁ…κολλώμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the Lord joins his spirit to the spirit of a person, it is as if their spirits become one spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 6 18 ex92 figs-metaphor φεύγετε τὴν πορνείαν 1 Flee from Paul speaks of a person rejecting sexual sin as if that person were running away from danger. Alternate translation: “Get away from sexual sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 6 18 sc9d figs-explicit πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ πορνεύων εἰς τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα ἁμαρτάνει 1 immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but This could mean: (1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner’s own body. (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “immorality! Some of you are saying, ‘Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,’ but I say that the one who is sexually immoral sins against his own body.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CO 6 18 jr46 ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 sin that a person commits “evil deed that a person does” -1CO 6 19 qy5j figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν, ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν Ἁγίου Πνεύματός ἐστιν, οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? 1 Do you not know … God? … that you are not your own? Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you that your body is a temple of the Holy Spirit in you, whom you have from God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 6 19 bb35 τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν 1 your body the **body** of each individual Christian -1CO 6 19 d2mc figs-metaphor ναὸς τοῦ…Ἁγίου Πνεύματός 1 temple of the Holy Spirit A **temple** is dedicated to divine beings, and it is also where they dwell. In the same way, each Corinthian believer’s body is like a temple because the Holy Spirit is present within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 6 20 qv47 figs-activepassive ἠγοράσθητε γὰρ τιμῆς 1 For you were bought with a price God paid for the freedom of the Corinthians from the slavery of sin. You can state this as active. Alternate translation: “for God paid for your freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 6 20 y7fe δὴ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” +1CO 6 15 gt2x figs-metaphor μέλη Χριστοῦ…τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ…πόρνης μέλη 1 Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ? Here, Paul speaks as if the Corinthians were **members**, which are body parts, that belong to **Christ** or to a **prostitute**. He speaks in this way to indicate how closely joined the Corinthians are to **Christ** or to a **prostitute**. This union is as close as the union between a finger and the body to which it belongs. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “united to Christ … people who are united to Christ … unite with a prostitute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 15 io5p figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν μέλη Χριστοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, we know.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “You should know that your bodies are members of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 6 15 agvy figs-metaphor ἄρας…τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks about **taking away the members of Christ** as if he could remove a body part from **Christ**, like cutting off a finger. He speaks in this way to show how bad it is to remove a person from union with **Christ**. It is as bad as cutting a finger, arm, or leg off a person’s body. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “having removed people from union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 15 f4vd figs-rquestion ἄρας…τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ποιήσω πόρνης μέλη? 1 Shall I then take away the members of Christ and join them to a prostitute? May it not be! Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “no, you should not.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “I should never take away the members of Christ and make them members of a prostitute.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 6 15 h21r figs-123person ποιήσω 1 Shall I then take away the members of Christ and join them to a prostitute? May it not be! Here Paul speaks in the first person because he is using himself as an example. If your readers would misunderstand why Paul uses the first person here, you could include a word or phrase that clarifies that Paul is treating himself as an example, or you could use a form that would naturally provide an example in your language. Alternate translation: “should I, for example, make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1CO 6 15 kmt2 figs-idiom μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it not be! Here, **May it never be!** gives Paul’s own response to his question. The phrase is one of the strongest negatives Paul could use. Use a strong word or phrase that answers a question with a no. Alternate translation: “Never!” or “Absolutely not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1CO 6 16 seg6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know that … her? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, we know.” If this question would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea as an emphatic statement. Alternate translation: “You know for sure that the one who is joined to the prostitute is one body.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 6 16 zcgg figs-euphemism ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ 1 Do you not know that … her? Here, being **joined to the prostitute** is a euphemism for having sex with a **prostitute**. Paul uses this euphemism in order to be polite. He also picks this specific euphemism because it can also refer to being **joined** to someone without sexual implications. He uses the phrase in this way in the next verse to speak about union with Christ ([6:17](../06/17.md)). If your readers would misunderstand **joined to the prostitute**, you could use a similar polite euphemism in your language. If possible, use a euphemism that can also work to describe the non-sexual union with Christ in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the one who lives with the prostitute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +1CO 6 16 z54k figs-activepassive ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the person did it to himself. Alternate translation: “the one who joins himself to the prostitute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 6 16 w1am figs-genericnoun τῇ πόρνῃ 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her Jesus is speaking of prostitutes in general, not of one particular **prostitute**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a phrase that refers in general to “prostitutes.” Alternate translation: “to any prostitute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1CO 6 16 up28 figs-ellipsis ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her Here Paul is pointing out that the **one who is joined** and the **prostitute** make up **one body** together. He is not arguing that the **one who is joined** by himself is **one body**. If your readers would misunderstand this point, you could include some words that Paul implies. Alternate translation: “is one body with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1CO 6 16 fioa figs-metaphor ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her Here Paul is speaking as if the **one who is joined** and the **prostitute** together share **one body** when they have sex. He speaks in this way to emphasize the unity that these two people have when they have sex, which is as close as if they had only one body. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “shares all things with her” or “is united to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 16 m2gm writing-quotations γάρ, φησίν, 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her In Paul’s culture, **For it says** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book titled “Genesis” (see [Genesis 2:24](gen/02/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it can be read in the Old Testament” or “For the book of Genesis says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1CO 6 16 vv2n figs-quotations ἔσονται…φησίν, οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate these statements as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. Alternate translation: “it says that the two will become as one flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +1CO 6 16 ks89 figs-explicit ἔσονται…οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her The passage that Paul quotes here comes from the book of Genesis. The story is about God creating Adam and Eve, the first man and woman. When God brings Eve, the woman, to the man named Adam, the narrative comments that this is why “a man will leave his father and his mother, and he will cling to his wife, and they will become one flesh” ([Genesis 2:24](gen/02/24.md)). Paul quotes the end of this sentence here. If your readers would misunderstand what this quote refers to, you could include a footnote explaining the context. Additionally, you could clarify what the word **two** refers to. Alternate translation: “A man and a woman will become as one flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 6 17 zyjd figs-metaphor ὁ…κολλώμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him Here, being **joined to the Lord** refers to what Paul elsewhere describes as being “in Christ” or “united to Christ.” Paul uses this specific phrase because he used it in the last verse to refer to union with a “prostitute” (see [6:16](../06/16.md)). If your readers would misunderstand **joined to the Lord**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. If possible, use the same words you that you used in the last verse for “joined to the prostitute.” Alternate translation: “the one who lives with the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 17 c2tb figs-activepassive ὁ…κολλώμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the person did it to himself. Alternate translation: “the one who joins himself to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 6 17 z273 figs-ellipsis ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him Here Paul is pointing out that the **one who is joined** and the **Lord** make up **one spirit** together. He is not arguing that the **one who is joined** by himself is **one spirit**. If your readers would misunderstand this point, you could include some words that Paul implies. Alternate translation: “is one spirit with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1CO 6 17 vv1s figs-metaphor ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him Here Paul is speaking as if the **one who is joined** and the **Lord** together share **one spirit** when the **one who is joined** believes in the **Lord**. He speaks in this way to emphasize the unity between a believer and Jesus, which is as close as if they had only one spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “shares all things with him spiritually” or “is spiritually united to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 17 kt2x πνεῦμά 1 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s **spirit** in contrast to his or her “body.” While a prostitute and a man can have “one body” ([6:16](../06/16.md)), which is a physical union, the Lord and a believer can have **one spirit**, which is a spiritual union. Alternate translation: “spiritually” (2) the Holy Spirit, who unites the Lord and the believer. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” +1CO 6 18 ex92 figs-metaphor φεύγετε 1 Flee from Here Paul wants the Corinthians to avoid **sexual immorality** as urgently as if it were an enemy or danger that they might **flee from**. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Carefully stay away from” or “Fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 18 nhpq figs-abstractnouns τὴν πορνείαν 1 Flee from If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **immorality**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “immoral.” Alternate translation: “what is sexually immoral” or “sexually immoral behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 6 18 sc9d grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ πορνεύων εἰς τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα ἁμαρτάνει 1 immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using exception language. Alternate translation: “Almost every sin that a man might commit is outside the body, but the one who is sexually immoral sins against his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +1CO 6 18 dfck figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος…τὸ ἴδιον 1 immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but Although **man** and **his** are masculine, Paul is using these words to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If your readers would misunderstand **man** and **his**, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “a man or woman … his or her own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1CO 6 18 jr46 figs-metaphor ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν 1 sin that a person commits Here, Paul speaks as if sins were located **outside the body**. By speaking in this way, he means that most sins do not affect the **body** the way **sexual immorality** does. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could express the idea non-figuratively or with a comparable metaphor. Alternate translation: “does not directly affect the body” or “is apart from the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 19 i5bt grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Do you not know … God? … that you are not your own? The word **Or** introduces an alternate to what Paul speaks about in [6:18](../06/18.md). Some people are indeed “sinning against their bodies.” Paul gives the correct alternative: they should **know** that their bodies are “temple” of the **Holy Spirit**. If your readers would misunderstood **Or**, you could use a word that signifies a contrast or gives an alternative. Alternate translation: “Rather,” or “On the other hand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1CO 6 19 qy5j figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν, ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν Ἁγίου Πνεύματός ἐστιν, οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? 1 Do you not know … God? … that you are not your own? Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, we know.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “You certainly know that your body is a temple of the Holy Spirit in you, whom you have from God.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 6 19 bb35 grammar-collectivenouns τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν 1 your body The word **body** is a singular noun that refers to multiple “bodies.” Paul makes this clear by using a plural **your**. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “each of your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +1CO 6 19 d2mc figs-metaphor ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν Ἁγίου Πνεύματός 1 temple of the Holy Spirit Here, Paul speaks of the relationship between the believer and the **Holy Spirit** as if the believer were a **temple** and the **Holy Spirit** were the god that dwelled in that temple. In Paul’s culture, deities had specific temples, and they would be specially present to their worshipers in those temples. Paul applies this thinking to believers. Each believer is a **temple**, and the **Holy Spirit** is **in** each believer. This means that the Holy Spirit is specially present with each believer. This is a significant metaphor in the Bible, so if possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea by using a simile. Alternate translation: “is a temple in which the Holy Spirit dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 19 cg8m οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 temple of the Holy Spirit Alternate translation: “whom God has given to you” +1CO 6 20 vzz8 figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθητε…τιμῆς 1 For you were bought with a price Here Paul speaks if the Corinthians were slaves whom God had **bought with a price** from someone else. Paul is speaking of what we often call “redemption.” The **price** is Christ’s death on the cross, which “redeems” believers from sin and evil powers. This is an important biblical metaphor, so if possible preserve the metaphor or express it as an analogy. Alternate translation: “you were bought with a price, which is the Messiah’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 6 20 qv47 figs-activepassive ἠγοράσθητε…τιμῆς 1 For you were bought with a price If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God bought you with a price” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 6 20 y7fe ἐν τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν 1 Therefore Alternate translation: “with your body” or “with what you do with your body” 1CO 7 intro a25m 0 # 1 Corinthians 7 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

4. On abstinence (7:1–40)
* Directions on sex in marriage (7:1–7)
* Directions on marriage and divorce (7:8–16)
* Believers should remain as God called them (7:17–24)
* Benefit of staying as one is, whether single or married (7:25–35)
* Exceptions for engaged Christians and widows (7:36–40)

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### The letter from the Corinthians to Paul

In [7:1](../07/01.md), Paul says that the Corinthians wrote to him. In fact, the second half of the verse is probably a quote from their letter to Paul. To show this, the ULT puts the quotation inside quotation marks. We do not know what else the letter included about marriage and sex. In the rest of the chapter, though, Paul responds to what they wrote to him.

### Sex and marriage

Throughout this chapter, Paul speaks at length about sex and marriage. While he does not argue this here, he assumes that sex should only happen within a marriage. This is clear when he makes lack of sexual self-control a good reason to get married in [7:9](../07/09.md). Further, he has four categories of people in mind: those who have never gotten married, those who are engaged to be married, those who are no longer married (whether through divorce or death of a spouse), and those who are currently married. Whether your language has more or fewer categories for marital status, make the distinctions between these four categories as clear as possible.

### Sanctification of unbelieving spouse and children

In [7:12–16](../07/12.md), Paul addresses Christian men and women who have an unbelieving spouse. He specifically argues that they should stay together unless the unbelieving spouse wishes to leave the marriage. He argues that they should stay together because the unbelieving spouse and the children are “sanctified” by the believing spouse. By “sanctified,” Paul does not mean that the unbelieving spouse and the children are considered to be Christians whom God will save. Rather, “sanctified” identifies the unbelieving spouse and the children as appropriate family for the believing spouse. In other words, having an unbelieving spouse does not make one’s marriage and children improper before God. Instead, God “sanctifies” them. If your language has a way to refer to an improper or unacceptable marriage, you might be able to use those kinds of words here.

### Divorce

In this passage, Paul uses a number of words and phrases to refer to what we call divorce: “being separated” ([7:10–11](../07/10.md)), “divorce” ([11–13](../07/11.md)), “departing” ([15](../07/15.md)), and “being released” ([27](../07/27.md)). In Paul’s culture, the rules for divorce were different in different places, and some divorces would have been more formal and legal than others. Additionally, in many places both men and women could divorce a spouse, but in a few places only men could divorce their wives. If Paul’s language would be understood in your language, you should try to preserve the different words and phrases he uses. If you need to make his language more consistent, use a word or phrase that refers generally to ending a marriage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/divorce]])

### The “virgin”

In [7:25–38](../07/25.md), Paul refers repeatedly to “virgins.” With this word, he identifies a woman who has never been married. The word does not necessarily mean that the woman has never had any sexual experiences. When Paul identifies the virgin as “his virgin,” he refers either to a woman who is engaged to be married to a man or to a daughter who is under the authority of her father (see the last section in this introduction). In your language, use a word or phrase that refers to a woman who has never been married.

### The “coming distress”

In [7:26](../07/26.md), Paul speaks of the “coming distress.” This is trouble, persecution, or difficulties that affect the Corinthian church and perhaps all churches. When Paul says that the distress is “coming,” he could mean that it has already begun to happen and will continue to happen. It is more likely, however, that “coming” means that the distress is about to begin. Because of this “distress,” Paul thinks that believers are better off not getting married. It is unclear what Paul thought about the length of this “distress.” Is the “distress” still happening in the present day? It is better not to clarify the answer to this in your translation, since Paul does not give any hints. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/trouble]])

### Calling

Paul refers consistently to a “calling” and to “being called” in [7:17–24](../07/17.md). Throughout this section, “being called” refers to God’s action to save a person. Paul speaks about a person’s situation when they “were called” as a “calling” in [7:20](../07/20.md), while in other places he specifies what that situation might be: married or unmarried, circumcised or uncircumcised, slave or free. The point Paul wishes to make is that God’s “call” does not require one to change one’s situation. Rather, God’s “call” is for people to serve him in the situation they are in. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Euphemisms for having sex

In the first half of this chapter, Paul uses many euphemisms for having sex: “touching a woman” ([7:1](../07/01.md)), “duty” ([3](../07/03.md)), not “depriving each other” ([5](../07/05.md)), and being “together again” ([5](../07/05.md)). In most cases, he speaks in this way to be polite and avoid offending those who would read the letter. When this is true, you can translate Paul’s language with any polite way of referring to having sex in your language. However, the euphemism “duty” in ([7:3](../07/03.md)) particularly emphasizes that married couples are required to have sex. If your language has a euphemism that emphasizes “duty,” you could use it in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### Redemption

Just as in [6:20](../06/20.md), in [7:23](../07/23.md) Paul tells the Corinthians that they have been “bought with a price.” He does not state what the price is or whom God bought the Corinthians from. However, it is clear that Paul is speaking about what we call “redemption” here. Paul thinks of the Corinthians as slaves up for sale, and God buys them from their previous owner by paying a price. The previous owner can be understood as sin, death, and evil powers, while the price is Jesus the Son dying for believers. You should not include all these implications in your translation, but you should use words that can be interpreted in this way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])

### Those who have … should be as those who do not have …

In [7:29–31](../07/29.md), Paul emphasizes that those who have or do something “should be as those” who do not have or do that thing. He emphasizes this by giving a list of five examples. Paul’s point is that actions or things related to this world should not define who Christians are. He backs this up in [7:31](../07/31.md) by stating that “the present form of this world is passing away.” Therefore, those who weep should act like those who do not weep, and those who are married should act like those who are not married. Neither weeping nor marriage should have an impact on who the Christian is and on what the Christian does. None of these five things, which stand for everything in the “present form of this world,” are significant for one’s relationship to God as a Christian. If possible, preserve the strong contrasts, which almost sound like contradictions. These strong contrasts are an essential part of Paul’s argument.

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in [7:16](../07/16.md). He asks these questions to involve the Corinthians in his argument and to force them to think about what he is saying. He again uses rhetorical questions in [7:18](../07/18.md), [21](../07/21.md), [27](../07/27.md). He asks these questions for a different reason: to identify those to whom his statements apply. If possible, you should preserve these questions. However, if your language does not use rhetorical questions, see the notes on each question for other translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Translating gendered words

In much of this chapter, Paul uses masculine and feminine words to identify when he is addressing men and when he is addressing women. Unlike in most of the previous chapters, then, you should intentionally preserve most of the gendered language in this chapter. The notes will identify any cases of gendered language that refer to all people. If there is no note, assume that the gendered language is functioning to distinguish between genders.

### Who speaks, Paul or the Lord?

Throughout this chapter, Paul uses a number of phrases to indicate whose authority lies behind the commands he gives. First, he marks [7:10–11](../07/10.md) as something that the Lord, not him, has spoken. Of course, he himself is speaking, but he is summarizing the Lord’s teaching on divorce. Therefore, “not I, but the Lord” in [7:11](../07/11.md) is Paul’s way of indicating that he is summarizing teaching directly from the Lord. Second, he marks [7:12–16](../07/12.md) as something he commands. Therefore, by using “I, not the Lord” in [7:12](../07/12.md), he indicates that he gives the commands that follow on his own authority as an apostle. He is not saying that these commands are not as authoritative or important as those in [7:10–11](../07/10.md). Third, Paul introduces [7:25–40](../07/25.md) by stating that again he does “not have a command from the Lord,” but that he gives “an opinion” that God has made “trustworthy.” He concludes the section by stating that he has given his “judgment,” and he has the “Spirit of God” ([7:40](../07/40.md)). This is a slightly weaker claim to authority than he made in [7:12](../07/12.md): these are his “opinion” or “judgment.” However, Paul also claims that God has made him “trustworthy” and given him the Spirit, so these verses should not be taken simply as Paul’s private opinion. Rather, Paul himself already provides exceptions and qualifications in this section because he is less confident. Do not translate what Paul says as if it is advice from anyone. Instead, this whole chapter carries apostolic authority.

### Father or fiancé in [7:36–38](../07/36.md)?

In this verses, Paul repeatedly refers to “he” or “him.” He does not state who this man is, but the man has a “virgin.” There are two common ways to understand these verses. First, and more likely, the man is engaged to “his virgin,” and Paul is giving him instructions on whether to get married or not. Second, and less likely, the man is the father of the daughter (“his virgin”), and Paul is giving him instructions on whether to give his daughter in marriage or not. If a specific translation choice follows one of these interpretations instead of the other, the notes on these verses will point out whether it matches the “fiancé interpretation” or the “father interpretation.” 1CO 7 1 y4lx grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, **Now** introduces a new topic in the letter. Paul begins to discuss things that the Corinthians asked him about in a letter. If **Now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new topic. Alternate translation: “Next,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1CO 7 1 jq21 figs-explicit ὧν ἐγράψατε 1 the issues you wrote about The phrase **what you wrote** implies that the Corinthians had previously written a letter to Paul in which they asked him questions. Paul now begins to answer those questions. If **what you wrote** would not imply that the Corinthians had already written a letter to Paul, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “what you wrote to me in your letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -988,36 +1005,89 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 7 40 hwz4 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην 1 my judgment If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **judgment**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “judge.” Alternate translation: “I judge that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1CO 7 40 pse4 figs-explicit οὕτως μείνῃ 1 lives as she is Here Paul is referring back to wife whose husband had died from the previous verse ([7:39](../07/39.md)). By **remain as she is**, Paul means “remain unmarried after her husband died.” If **remain as she is** would be misunderstood in your language, you clarify that the wife from the previous verse is in view. Alternate translation: “she remains unmarried” or “she does not marry again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 7 40 hd7f figs-explicit κἀγὼ, Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ ἔχειν 1 happier This could mean that (1) Paul thinks his **judgment** is backed up by **the Spirit of God**. Alternate translation: “I have the Spirit of God supporting my judgment” (2) Paul wishes to say that he has the **Spirit of God** as much as the Corinthians do. Alternate translation: “I also, not just you, have the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CO 8 intro c8l6 0 # 1 Corinthians 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In Chapters 8-10, Paul answers the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Meat sacrificed to idols

Paul answers this question by saying that idols are gods that do not really exist. Therefore nothing is wrong with the meat. Christians are free to eat it. However, someone who does not understand this may see a Christian eating it. They may then be encouraged to eat the meat as an act of worship to the idol. -1CO 8 1 jf6h figs-exclusive 0 General Information: **We** and **we** refer to Paul and, though specifically writing to the Corinthian believers, include all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -1CO 8 1 nzt4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that though idols have no power, believers must be careful not to affect the weaker believers who might think they care about the idols. He tells believers to be careful with the liberty believers have in Christ. -1CO 8 1 cep1 περὶ δὲ 1 Now about Paul uses the phrase **Now about** to move on to the next question the Corinthians had asked him. -1CO 8 1 g5t3 τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols Gentile worshipers would offer grain, fish, fowl, or meat, to their gods. The priest would burn a portion of it on the altar. Paul is speaking of the portion the priest would give back for the worshiper to eat or sell in the market. -1CO 8 1 ri3s figs-metaphor ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ 1 Knowledge puffs up Here, **puffs up** is a metaphor for making someone proud. Alternate translation: “Knowledge makes people proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 8 1 ytrf figs-abstractnouns ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ, 1 The abstract noun **knowledge** can be expressed with the verb “know.” Alternate translation: “People who think that they know a lot become proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1CO 8 1 yw8s figs-abstractnouns ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 but love builds up The abstract noun **love** can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “but when we love people, we build them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1CO 8 1 an8s figs-metaphor ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 love builds up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. Alternate translation: “love strengthens people” or “when we love people, we strengthen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 8 2 qbh9 δοκεῖ ἐγνωκέναι τι 1 thinks he knows something “believes he knows everything about something” -1CO 8 3 etd6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 that person is known by him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 8 4 v4gx figs-exclusive 0 General Information: “We” and “us” here refer to all believers and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -1CO 8 4 y3ee figs-explicit οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς 1 We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one Paul is probably quoting phrases that some Corinthians used. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CO 8 4 g67g figs-metaphor οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς 1 Being **nothing** represents having no power. Alternate translation: “We all know, as you yourselves like to say, that an idol in this world has no power and that there is no God but one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 8 5 sl8j λεγόμενοι θεοὶ 1 so-called gods “things that people call gods” -1CO 8 5 l7ib θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 many “gods” and many “lords.” Paul does not believe that many **gods** and many **lords** exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do. -1CO 8 6 y6hq ἀλλ’ ἡμῖν εἷς Θεὸς 1 Yet for us there is only one God “yet we know that there is only one God” -1CO 8 7 th5p 0 General Information: Paul is speaking here of **weak** brothers, people who cannot separate food sacrificed to idols from the worship of those idols. If a Christian eats food that has been sacrificed to an idol, weak brothers might think that God will allow them to worship the idol by eating the food. Even if the eater has not worshiped the idol and is simply eating the food, he has still corrupted his weak brothers’ conscience. -1CO 8 7 v7lt πᾶσιν…τινὲς 1 everyone … some “all people … some people who are now Christians” -1CO 8 7 ba7e μολύνεται 1 is defiled is ruined or harmed -1CO 8 8 ii4m figs-personification βρῶμα…ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 food will not present us to God Paul speaks of **food** as though it were a person who could make God welcome us. Alternate translation: “food does not give us favor with God” or “the food we eat does not make God pleased with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -1CO 8 8 x91v figs-doublenegatives οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα; οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν 1 We are not worse if we do not eat, nor better if we do eat it You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Some people might think that if we do not eat some things, God will love us less. But they are wrong. Those who think that God will love us more if we do eat those things are also wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -1CO 8 9 f3ds τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 those who are weak for believers who are not strong in their faith -1CO 8 10 usg7 figs-you ἴδῃ τὸν ἔχοντα 1 sees the one who has Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so **the one** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 8 10 i6ej ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ 1 his … conscience what he understands to be right and wrong -1CO 8 10 x5pa οἰκοδομηθήσεται, εἰς τὸ…ἐσθίειν 1 built up so as to eat “will … be encouraged to eat” -1CO 8 11 ez6t figs-you τῇ σῇ γνώσει 1 your knowledge Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **your** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 8 11 g5tn ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν 1 the one who is weak … is destroyed The brother or sister who is not strong in his or her faith will sin or lose his or her faith. -1CO 8 13 i8tb διόπερ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” -1CO 8 13 vf92 figs-metonymy εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 if food causes to stumble Here, **food** is a metonym for the person eating the food. Alternate translation: “if I cause by eating” or “if I, because of what I eat, cause my brother to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1CO 8 intro c8l6 0 # 1 Corinthians 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. On food (8:1–11:1)
* The truth about food and idols (8:1–6)
* Respecting the “weak” (8:7–13)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Meat sacrificed to idols

Paul answers this question by saying that idols are gods that do not really exist. Therefore nothing is wrong with the meat. Christians are free to eat it. However, someone who does not understand this may see a Christian eating it. They may then be encouraged to eat the meat as an act of worship to the idol.

### The “weak”

### Knowledge

## Important figures of speech in this chapter


## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Other “gods” and “lords”

+1CO 8 1 cep1 grammar-connect-words-phrases περὶ δὲ 1 Now about Just as in 7:1, **Now about** introduces a new topic that Paul wishes to address. Likely, the topics that he introduces in this way are what the Corinthians wrote to him about. Translate **Now about** here as you translated “now concerning” in [7:1](../07/01.md), [7:25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “Next, about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1CO 8 1 g5t3 translate-unknown τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols Here Paul speaks about animals that are slaughtered, offered to a god, and then eaten. For many people in Paul’s culture, this was the only meat that was available for them to eat. In many cases, people would eat this meat at a god’s temple or shrine. However, sometimes the meat could be sold to people, who would then eat it in their homes. In the next few chapters, Paul will speak about whether and how Christians should eat or not eat this meat. If your language has a specific word or phrase for meat from an animal that has been offered to a god, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 8 1 beh8 figs-activepassive τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 8 1 vk06 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν ὅτι πάντες γνῶσιν ἔχομεν 1 food sacrificed to idols Here Paul could be (1) expressing his own view about **knowledge**. Alternate translation: “We know that we all indeed have knowledge” (2) quoting what the Corinthians said in their letter so that he can respond to it, much like he did in [6:12–13](../06/12.md); [7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “you wrote, ‘we know that we all have knowledge.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 1 a6hi figs-explicit πάντες γνῶσιν ἔχομεν 1 food sacrificed to idols Here Paul does not specify what the **knowledge** is about. It becomes clear in [8:4–6](../08/4.md) that Paul is speaking about **knowledge** about other gods, specifically knowing that there is only one God and that other gods do not really exist. If possible, do not give further explanation of **knowledge** here, since Paul explains himself later on in the chapter. If you must specify what the **knowledge** is about, you could clarify that it is about the **idols** or the topic of **things sacrificed to idols**. Alternate translation: “we all have knowledge about idols” or “we all have knowledge about this issue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 1 ytrf figs-abstractnouns πάντες γνῶσιν ἔχομεν…ἡ γνῶσις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “know.” Alternate translation: “we all know things. Knowing things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 8 1 yw8s figs-abstractnouns ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη 1 but love builds up If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **love**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “love.” Alternate translation: “but loving other believers” or “but loving action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 8 1 an8s figs-metaphor ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 love builds up Paul here speaks as if believers were a building that one **builds up**. With this metaphor, he emphasizes that **love** helps other believers become stronger and more mature, just like building a house makes it strong and complete. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively or with a comparable metaphor. Alternate translation: “love enables other believers to grow” or “love edifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 2 egjr figs-hypo εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἐγνωκέναι τι, οὔπω ἔγνω 1 thinks he knows something Here Paul uses **if** to introduce a true possibility. He means that someone might think **he knows something**, or that person might not. He then specifies the result for if the person does think **he knows something**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the **if** statement by using a relative clause or by introducing the sentence with “whenever.” Alternate translation: “Anyone who thinks he knows something does not yet know” or “Whenever anyone thinks he knows something, he does not yet know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +1CO 8 2 qbh9 figs-gendernotations ἐγνωκέναι…οὔπω ἔγνω…δεῖ 1 thinks he knows something Although **he** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If **he** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “he or she knows … he or she does not yet know … he or she ought” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) +1CO 8 3 qsa7 figs-hypo εἰ…τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν Θεόν, οὗτος ἔγνωσται 1 that person is known by him Just as in the last verse, here Paul uses **if** to introduce a true possibility. He means that someone might love **God**, or that person might not. He then specifies the result for if the person does love **God**. If this form would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the **if** statement by using a relative clause or by introducing the sentence with “whenever.” Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God is known” or “whenever anyone loves God, that one is known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +1CO 8 3 etd6 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 that person is known by him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he knows that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 8 3 lnwx writing-pronouns οὗτος…αὐτοῦ 1 that person is known by him Here, **that one** refers back to **anyone**, and **him** refers back to **God**. If these pronouns would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what they refer to. Alternate translation: “that person … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1CO 8 4 v4gx grammar-connect-words-phrases περὶ 1 General Information: Here Paul repeats **about** from [8:1](../08/01.md) to let his readers know that he is going to speak directly about **things sacrificed to idols** again. If the repetition of the phrase from [8:1](../08/01.md) would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul is returning to the topic he introduced there. Alternate translation: “returning to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1CO 8 4 bgd2 figs-possession τῆς βρώσεως…τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 General Information: Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak about **eating** meat **sacrificed to idols**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you could use express the idea by using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “eating things sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1CO 8 4 wkep translate-unknown τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 General Information: Here, **the things sacrificed to idols** refers to meat that has been offered to an idol. Translate this phrase the same way you did in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “of meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 8 4 mbqo figs-activepassive τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 General Information: If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “of the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 8 4 y3ee figs-explicit οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς 1 We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one Here Paul could be (1) expressing his own view about **an idol** and **God**. Alternate translation: “We know that an idol in the world indeed {is} nothing that {there is} indeed no God except one” (2) quoting what the Corinthians said in their letter so that he can respond to it, much like he did in [6:12–13](../06/12.md); [7:1](../07/01.md). If you chose this option in [8:1](../08/01.md), you should also choose it here. Alternate translation: “you wrote, ‘we know that an idol in the world {is} nothing’ and, ‘{there is} no God except one’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 4 g67g figs-metaphor οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Here Paul says that **an idol** is **nothing** in order to emphasize that idols are not really gods. He is not saying that images or statues do not exist. If **nothing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that Paul is speaking about how **an idol** does not have the power or existence of the true God. Alternate translation: “an idol in the world {is} not really a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 4 w8ar grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “{there is} only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +1CO 8 4 tx5b figs-explicit εἰ μὴ εἷς 1 Here Paul does not directly quote from the Old Testament, but he uses words that would make any reader who is familiar with the Old Testament think about [Deuteronomy 6:4](deu/06/04.md), which says that “the Lord is one.” If your readers would not make this connection, you could include a footnote or a brief reference to Deuteronomy. Alternate translation: “except one, as the Scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 5 s77m grammar-connect-condition-contrary καὶ…εἴπερ 1 so-called gods Here, **even if** introduces a possibility that Paul does not believe to be true. In other words, Paul does not think that there are **many gods** and **many lords**. He does think that people speak about **many gods** and **many lords**. Thus, his main point is that, no matter how many **gods** and **lord** other people talk about, believers only acknowledge one God and one Lord ([8:6](../08/206md)). If **even if** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “although it might be that” or “while some people claim that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) +1CO 8 5 sl8j εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοὶ 1 so-called gods Alternate translation: “people name many ‘gods’” +1CO 8 5 x4ob figs-merism θεοὶ, εἴτε ἐν οὐρανῷ εἴτε ἐπὶ γῆς 1 so-called gods Paul speaks figuratively, using **heaven** and **earth** in order to include them and everything in between. By speaking in this way, he includes every place that God created. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “gods in all parts of creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +1CO 8 5 l7ib figs-irony θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 many “gods” and many “lords.” Here Paul acknowledges that there are **many “gods”** and **“lords”**. He implies that **so-called** from earlier in the verse also applies here, so the ULT has put quotation marks around **gods** and **lords** to indicate that these are the names people use. Paul himself does not believe that what people call **gods** and **lords** really are those things; rather, [10:20–21](../10/20.md) suggests that Paul thinks these **gods** and **lords** are actually demons. If what Paul means by **“gods”** and **“lords”** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Paul is speaking from someone else’s perspective. Alternate translation: “many so-called gods and many so-called lords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +1CO 8 6 y6hq figs-explicit ἡμῖν εἷς Θεὸς 1 Yet for us there is only one God In this verse, Paul does not directly quote from the Old Testament, but he uses words that would make any reader who is familiar with the Old Testament think about [Deuteronomy 6:4](deu/06/04.md), just like he did in [8:4](../08/04.md). The Old Testament passage says, “The Lord is our God, the Lord is one.” If your readers would not make this connection, you could include a footnote or a brief reference to Deuteronomy. Alternate translation: “we accept from the Scriptures that {there is} one God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +1CO 8 6 sv67 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Yet for us there is only one God **Father** is an important title that describes one person in the Trinity. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “that is, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +1CO 8 6 x3d6 figs-explicit ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα 1 Yet for us there is only one God Here Paul emphasizes that **God the Father** created all things and is their ultimate source. If **from whom {are} all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase that identifies **God the Father** as the creator of everything that exists. Alternate translation: “who is the creator of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 6 vw06 figs-explicit ἡμεῖς εἰς αὐτόν 1 Yet for us there is only one God Here Paul emphasizes that the purpose for which **we** exist is to serve and honor God. If **for whom we {are}** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase that identifies **God the Father** as the goal or purpose of Christian life. Alternate translation: “whom we are to serve” or “whom we worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 6 cokf figs-explicit δι’ οὗ τὰ πάντα 1 Yet for us there is only one God Here Paul emphasizes that the **Lord Jesus Christ** is the agent through whom **God the Father** created all things. If **through whom all things {are}** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a phrase that identifies the **Lord Jesus Christ** as the agent in the creation of everything that exists. Alternate translation: “through whom God the Father created all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 6 jsqb figs-explicit ἡμεῖς δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Yet for us there is only one God Here Paul could be expressing the idea (1) that **we** exist because of what Christ has done by creating and then saving us. Alternate translation: “through whom we live” (2) that **we** have been saved and given new life by Christ. Alternate translation: “through whom we have new life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 7 th5p figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡ γνῶσις 1 General Information: Here Paul speaks as if **everyone** were a container in which **knowledge** could be stored, but some people do not have **knowledge** stored in them. He speaks in this way to show that not everyone understands what he has just said about how God the Father and Jesus are the only God and Lord. If your readers would misunderstand the idea that **knowledge** is **not in** someone, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “not everyone knows this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 7 v7lt figs-idiom τῇ συνηθείᾳ…τοῦ εἰδώλου 1 everyone … some The Corinthians would have understood **the custom of the idols** to refer to regular practices associated with worshiping **idols**, including eating meat **sacrificed to idols**. If your readers would misunderstand **the custom of the idols**, you could refer to worshiping idols “regularly.” Alternate translation: “regularly involved in worshiping idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1CO 8 7 heud figs-abstractnouns τῇ συνηθείᾳ…τοῦ εἰδώλου 1 everyone … some If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **custom**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “used to” or “accustomed.” Alternate translation: “accustomed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 8 7 e737 figs-explicit ἕως ἄρτι 1 everyone … some Here, **now** refers to the time since these people became believers. Paul means that these people worshiped idols until they became Christians, not until the time he writes this letter. If your readers would misunderstand **until now**, you could clarify that Paul is referring to when these people first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “until they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 7 jdnr translate-unknown εἰδωλόθυτον 1 everyone … some Here, the **things sacrificed to idols** refers to meat that has been offered to an idol. Translate this phrase the same way you did in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 8 7 pdev figs-activepassive εἰδωλόθυτον 1 everyone … some If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 8 7 o04n grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ὡς εἰδωλόθυτον ἐσθίουσιν 1 everyone … some This phrase could refer to: (1) whenever the people that Paul is talking about eat **things sacrificed to idols**. Alternate translation: “happen to eat things sacrificed to idols” (2) how the people that Paul is talking about think that the **things sacrificed to idols** actually belongs to another god. Alternate translation: “eat meat as if it really were sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +1CO 8 7 xl4f grammar-collectivenouns ἡ συνείδησις αὐτῶν 1 everyone … some The word **conscience** is a singular noun that refers to all **their** consciences. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “each of their consciences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +1CO 8 7 pbyx figs-metaphor ἀσθενὴς οὖσα 1 everyone … some Here, **weak** identifies a **conscience** easily leads a person to feel guilty. A **weak** conscience condemns some things that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “being sensitive” or “which often condemns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 7 ba7e figs-activepassive ἡ συνείδησις αὐτῶν ἀσθενὴς οὖσα μολύνεται 1 is defiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Luke implies that “they” did it. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “their conscience being weak, they defile it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 8 8 ii4m figs-personification βρῶμα…ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 food will not present us to God Here Paul speaks as if **food** were a person who could **bring us near to God**. By speaking in this way, Paul discusses whether food can make our relationship with God stronger or not. Just like a person who cannot **bring us near** to someone so that we can know that person better, so food cannot make our relationship with God any stronger. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “food will not make our relationship with God any stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +1CO 8 8 yzt9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα; οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν 1 food will not present us to God Here, Paul contrasts “eating” and “not eating” while negating both sides of the contrast. If your language does not use this form, you could express the idea with two negative clauses. Alternate translation: “we are not made to lack if we do not eat, and we do not abound if we eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +1CO 8 8 wp5k grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα; οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν 1 food will not present us to God Here Paul uses **if** twice to introduce true possibilities. He means that a person might **not eat**, or that person might **eat**. He specifies the result for each option. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could express the **if** statements by introducing them with a word such as “whenever” or by using relative clauses. Alternate translation: “neither are we made to lack whenever we do not eat, nor do we abound whenever we eat” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo) +1CO 8 8 x91v figs-explicit ὑστερούμεθα…περισσεύομεν 1 We are not worse if we do not eat, nor better if we do eat it Here Paul does not specify what **we** might **lack** or **abound** in. If possible, do not specify this is in your translation. If you must clarify what we might **lack** or **abound**, Paul implies that it is God’s “favor” or “grace.” Alternate translation: “are we made to lack God’s grace … we abound in God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 8 ciez figs-explicit μὴ φάγωμεν…φάγωμεν 1 We are not worse if we do not eat, nor better if we do eat it Here Paul states a general principle, and he does not clarify what kinds of **food** he has in mind. If possible, do not specify what **we eat** in your translation. If you must clarify what **we eat**, you could include a vague or generic reference to “certain kinds of food.” Alternate translation: “we do not eat specific kinds of food … we eat specific kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 9 ns0y figs-explicit ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη 1 those who are weak Here Paul implies that their **authority** is over “food” as mentioned in the last verse ([8:8](../08/08.md)). The point is that food has no **authority** over believers, whether to make them more or less “near to God.” Instead, believers have **authority** over food and can thus eat whatever they want. If your readers would misunderstand what **authority** refers to here, you could clarify that it refers to **authority** over “food.” Alternate translation: “this authority of yours over food” or “this authority of yours concerning eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 9 vu0y figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη 1 those who are weak If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **authority**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “rule” or “manage” and include “food” or “eating” as the object. Alternate translation: “how you rule over food” or “how you manage your eating (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 8 9 loo1 ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη 1 those who are weak Alternate translation: “this authority that you have” +1CO 8 9 f3ds figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 those who are weak Much like in [8:7](../08/07.md), **weak** identifies a person who easily feels guilty. A **weak** person thinks some things are wrong that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “for the sensitive” or “for those who often condemn themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 9 deu5 figs-nominaladj τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 those who are weak Paul is using the adjective **weak** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +1CO 8 10 usg7 grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν…τις ἴδῃ 1 sees the one who has Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it will happen at some point. If your language does not state something as a condition if it will happen, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying might not happen, then you could introduce the clause by using a word such as “when” or “after”. Alternate translation: “whenever someone might see” or “after someone sees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +1CO 8 10 a7qn figs-explicit γνῶσιν 1 sees the one who has Here Paul does not specify what the **knowledge** is about. However, it is clear from [8:4–6](../08/04.md) that Paul is speaking about **knowledge** about other gods, specifically knowing that there is only one God and that other gods do not really exist. If you must specify what the knowledge is about, you could clarify that it is about the idols or the topic of things sacrificed to idols. Alternate translation: “knowledge about idols” or “knowledge about this issue” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +1CO 8 10 v611 figs-abstractnouns τὸν ἔχοντα γνῶσιν 1 sees the one who has If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “know.” Alternate translation: “the person who knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 8 10 xhn9 translate-unknown κατακείμενον 1 sees the one who has In Paul’s culture, people ate lying down on their side (**reclining**). If your readers would misunderstand **reclining to eat**, you could use a word or phrase that describes the normal position for eating in your culture or indicate that the person is about to eat. Alternate translation: “about to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 8 10 ph53 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδομηθήσεται, εἰς τὸ τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν 1 sees the one who has Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, it will be built up.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “his conscience, being weak, will surely be built up so as to eat the things sacrificed to idols.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 8 10 i6ej figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 his … conscience Here, **his** is written in masculine form, but it refers to anyone, no matter what their gender might be. If your readers would misunderstand **his**, you could express the idea by using a word that does not have gender or you could use both genders. Alternate translation: “his or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1CO 8 10 x5pa figs-metaphor οἰκοδομηθήσεται 1 built up so as to eat Here, Paul speaks as if **his conscience** were a structure that could be **built up**. By speaking in this way, he means that the **conscience** becomes more confident or stronger, just a like a structure is stronger after it is **built up**. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “will … become stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 10 t5ae figs-activepassive οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδομηθήσεται 1 built up so as to eat If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that seeing the person with knowledge eating in an idol’s temple did it. Alternate translation: “will this not build up his conscience, which is weak,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 8 10 ohzy figs-metaphor ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος 1 built up so as to eat Here, **weak** identifies a **conscience** that easily leads a person to feel guilty. A **weak** conscience condemns some things that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “being sensitive” or “which often condemns him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 10 mdqc translate-unknown τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα 1 built up so as to eat Here, **the things sacrificed to idols** refers to meat that has been offered to an idol. Translate this phrase the same way you did in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +1CO 8 10 a7s8 figs-activepassive τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα 1 built up so as to eat If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 8 11 g5tn figs-activepassive ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν ἐν τῇ σῇ γνώσει, ὁ ἀδελφὸς, δι’ ὃν Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 the one who is weak … is destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “you” or “your knowledge” did it. Alternate translation: “you, through your knowledge, destroy the one who is weak, the brother for whom Christ died,” or “your knowledge destroys the one who is weak, the brother for whom Christ died (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 8 11 x6jd figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀσθενῶν…ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 the one who is weak … is destroyed Jesus is speaking of those who are weak and brothers in general, not of one particular person **who is weak** who is one particular **brother**. If your language does not use the singular form to refer to people in general, you could express the idea in a form that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “each one who is weak, who is a brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1CO 8 11 zy3t figs-activepassive ὁ ἀσθενῶν 1 the one who is weak … is destroyed Much like in [8:9](../08/09.md), **one who is weak** identifies a person who easily feels guilty. A **weak** person thinks some things are wrong that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “the one who is sensitive” or “the one who often condemns himself or herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 11 xs2l figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 the one who is weak … is destroyed Although the word translated **brother** is masculine, Paul is using this word to refer to any believer, whether man or woman. If **brother** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “the brother or sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1CO 8 11 ez6t figs-yousingular σῇ 1 your knowledge Here Paul addresses specific individuals within the Corinthian church. Because of this, **your** in this verse is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +1CO 8 11 gwc9 figs-explicit γνώσει 1 your knowledge Here Paul does not specify what the **knowledge** is about. However, just as in [8:10](../08/10.md) it is clear that Paul is speaking about knowledge about other gods, specifically knowing that there is only one God and that other gods do not really exist. If you must specify what the **knowledge** is about, you could clarify that it is about the idols or the topic of things sacrificed to idols. Alternate translation: “knowledge about idols” or “knowledge about this issue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1CO 8 11 f6bg figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ σῇ γνώσει 1 your knowledge If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “know.” Alternate translation: “through what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1CO 8 12 azal writing-pronouns οὕτως 1 your knowledge Here, **thus** refers back to the series of actions and results in [8:10–11](../08/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand what **thus** refers to, you could clarify that it refers to the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “through your knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +1CO 8 12 d8ni grammar-connect-time-simultaneous οὕτως…ἁμαρτάνοντες εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ τύπτοντες αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν ἀσθενοῦσαν, εἰς Χριστὸν ἁμαρτάνετε 1 your knowledge Here Paul means that whenever the Corinthians “sin against” and “wound” their **brothers**, they at the same time **sin against Christ**. If your readers would misunderstand the relationship between **sinning against your brothers and wounding their weak consciences** and **sin against Christ**, you could clarify that they happen at the same time. Alternate translation: “any time you thus sin against your brothers and wound their weak consciences, you at the same time sin against Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +1CO 8 12 i5f6 καὶ τύπτοντες 1 your knowledge Alternate translation: “by wounding” or “because you wound” +1CO 8 12 o0w5 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 your knowledge Although the word translated **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If your readers would misunderstand **brothers**, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “your brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1CO 8 12 ti84 figs-metaphor τύπτοντες αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν ἀσθενοῦσαν 1 your knowledge Here Paul speaks as if **consciences** were a body part that could be “wounded.” By speaking in this way, he emphasizes that the Corinthians who have knowledge are hurting the **weak consciences** of other believers as surely as if they had “wounded” their arms or bodies. If your readers would misunderstand **wounding their weak consciences**, you could clarify that Paul means that the Corinthians who have knowledge are “hurting” **weak consciences** or making the **weak consciences** “feel guilty.” Alternate translation: “hurting their weak consciences” or “making their weak consciences feel guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 12 x857 figs-metaphor τὴν συνείδησιν ἀσθενοῦσαν 1 your knowledge Here, **weak** identifies **consciences** that easily lead people to feel guilty. **Weak consciences** condemn some things that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “sensitive consciences” or “consciences, which often condemn them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 8 13 i8tb figs-personification βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 Therefore Here, **food** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could cause someone **to stumble**. Paul speaks in this way to emphasize that the **food** is the key issue that leads to “stumbling.” If this might be confusing for your readers, you could clarify that the person that eats the food causes someone **to stumble**. Alternate translation: “how I eat causes my brother to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +1CO 8 13 seua figs-123person εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν μου, οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Therefore Here Paul uses the first person in order to use himself as an example for the Corinthians to follow. If your readers would misunderstand that this is why Paul uses the first person, you could clarify that Paul is offering himself as an example. Alternate translation: “if food causes my brother to stumble, I for one will certainly not ever eat meat” or “take me as an example: if food causes my brother to stumble, I will certainly not ever eat meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1CO 8 13 vf92 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 if food causes to stumble Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it will happen at some point. If your language does not state something as a condition if it will happen, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying might not happen, then you could introduce the clause by using a word such as “in cases where” or “since.” Alternate translation: “because food causes my brother to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +1CO 8 13 eyrr figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν -1 Therefore Although the word translated **brother** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to anyone, whether man or woman. If your readers would misunderstand **brother**, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “brother or sister … brother or sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) +1CO 8 13 ucfd figs-genericnoun τὸν ἀδελφόν μου -1 Therefore Paul is speaking of “brothers” in general, not of one particular **brother**. If your readers would misunderstand **my brother**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to “brothers” in general. Alternate translation: “any brother of mine … any brother of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1CO 8 13 ra1m figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 Therefore The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In Paul’s culture, two negative words made the statement even more negative. English speakers would misunderstand two negatives, so the ULT expresses the idea with one strong negative. If your language can use two negatives as Paul’s culture did, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in this way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +1CO 8 13 k5oj figs-explicit κρέα 1 Therefore Throughout this section, the “things sacrificed to idols” refers primarily to **meat**, and eating this kind of **meat** was one of the only ways for most people to eat **meat** at all. Paul here is stating that he will give up **meat** in general, whether it is sacrificed to idols or not. He implies that he does this so that fellow believers, who do not know whether the **meat** has been sacrificed to idols or not, will not stumble. If your readers would misunderstand the implications here, you can make them explicit. Alternate translation: “meat, even if it has not been sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 9 intro z8d4 0 # 1 Corinthians 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul defends himself in this chapter. Some people claimed that he was trying to gain financially from the church.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Earning money from the church

People accused Paul of just wanting money from the church. Paul answered that he rightfully could get money from the church. The Old Testament taught that those who worked should get their living from their work. He and Barnabas purposefully never used this right and earned their own living.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Paul uses many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors teach complex truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Contextualization

This passage is important because Paul “contextualizes” ministering the gospel to different audiences. This means that Paul makes himself and the gospel understandable without his actions hindering the gospel being received. The translator should take extra care to preserve aspects of this “contextualization” if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize various points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion) 1CO 9 1 fu7x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how he uses the liberty he has in Christ. 1CO 9 1 mdm4 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐλεύθερος? 1 Am I not free? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of the rights he has. Alternate translation: “I am a free person.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 8a703d5bb468b4ae006377f2d1a7dc2764356028 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Sun, 24 Apr 2022 21:22:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 03/17] Jane's edits to Exodus (#2459) Co-authored-by: justplainjane47 Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2459 --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 150 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 75 insertions(+), 75 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 3bb5386d9d..3b70ef2bc8 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)

* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)

* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)

* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4–14 there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. -EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, because the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land, but instead, choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. +EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)

* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)

* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)

* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. +EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land but instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 1 1 e65z translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ 1 household Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ 1 household Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 5 uk67 figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠יְהִ֗י כָּל־נֶ֛פֶשׁ יֹצְאֵ֥י יֶֽרֶךְ־יַעֲקֹ֖ב שִׁבְעִ֣ים נָ֑פֶשׁ 1 household Here, **lives** refers to people (specifically, men); **going out of the loins of Jacob** is a reference to these people as being in his seed or semen and produced through his sexual acts–therefore meaning they are his descendants. See also Hebrews 7:9-10. Alternate translation: “And all the male descendants of Jacob numbered 70.” EXO 1 6 sh42 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֤מָת 1 They did not die immediately. Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. If necessary, use a transition word that conveys that some time passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 1 6 g5qg translate-kinship וְ⁠כָל־אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 all his brothers **All his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -EXO 1 7 c368 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” or “And the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 7 c7ep figs-doublet פָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ 1 All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelites became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “had many children and became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +EXO 1 7 c368 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” or “And the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 7 c7ep figs-doublet פָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ 1 All of these verbs mean similar things; they are used together to emphasize that the Israelites became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “had many children and became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 1 7 uo65 פָּר֧וּ…וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ…וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28, 9:1, 9:7, and especially Genesis 35:11 where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel. EXO 1 7 nk2l figs-metaphor פָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ 1 were fruitful The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit and causing new plants to grow around them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 1 7 x97m figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 were fruitful If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **greatness** in another way. Alternate translation: “and were very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ EXO 1 7 e110 figs-idiom בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 Here the same word EXO 1 7 piq4 writing-pronouns אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 with them Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 1 8 eu8y writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 1 8 d20y writing-participants מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ 1 The story begins with the new king. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 arose over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 8 dnkw figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 9 aku3 figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Here, **behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 1 9 x65i figs-possession עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 his people The people that the king rules over and who are also part of his group (probably ethnicity, tribe, and/or clan), rather than the Israelite group, are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 arose over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 8 dnkw figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 9 aku3 figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Here, **Behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +EXO 1 9 x65i figs-possession עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 his people The people whom the king rules over and who are also part of his group (probably ethnicity, tribe, and/or clan) rather than the Israelite group are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 1 9 t7s1 עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: (1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or (2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2. EXO 1 9 jik8 מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are” -EXO 1 9 njuf figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Beginning from **behold** to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 1 9 njuf figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Beginning from **behold** and extending to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 1 10 hiq4 figs-exclusive נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה…שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ…בָּ֖⁠נוּ 1 let us The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 1 10 wkvf grammar-collectivenouns ל֑⁠וֹ…יִרְבֶּ֗ה…וְ⁠נוֹסַ֤ף…הוּא֙…וְ⁠נִלְחַם…וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה 1 let us Here, **him, he**, and **himself** refer to the Israelite people. The pronouns agree grammatically with the singular “people” in the original. This occurs in many places in Exodus. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the plural as in the UST. -EXO 1 10 il4u grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙ 1 The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +EXO 1 10 wkvf grammar-collectivenouns ל֑⁠וֹ…יִרְבֶּ֗ה…וְ⁠נוֹסַ֤ף…הוּא֙…וְ⁠נִלְחַם…וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה 1 let us Here, **him, he**, and **himself** refer to the Israelite people. The pronouns agree grammatically with the singular “people” in the original. This occurs in many places in Exodus. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the plural, as in the UST. +EXO 1 10 il4u grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙ 1 The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 1 10 jc1h וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 leave the land Alternate translation: “and he leaves Egypt” EXO 1 10 ni77 figs-quotemarks הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 1 11 y2mi שָׂרֵ֣י 1 taskmasters Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. +EXO 1 11 y2mi שָׂרֵ֣י 1 taskmasters **Overseers** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. EXO 1 11 o926 מִסִּ֔ים 1 Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews” EXO 1 11 l9lj לְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠סִבְלֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 to oppress them with hard labor Alternate translation: “to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians” EXO 1 11 pkz4 עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 store cities These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” EXO 1 11 dy34 figs-possession עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. Alternate translation: “cities for storing things”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 1 12 c1fy grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ 1 This sentence expresses a result that is the opposite of what the king expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 1 12 pdfk figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **dread** in another way. Alternate translation: “And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in their country. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 13 j1q6 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ 1 made…work rigorously Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 1 14 mx6v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ אֶת־חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 made their lives bitter The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And they made their lives difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 1 14 mx6v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ אֶת־חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 made their lives bitter The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if their daily lives were bitter food that was difficult to eat. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And they made their lives difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 1 14 jre2 figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind **slavery** in another way. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 1 14 cuq7 translate-unknown בְּ⁠חֹ֨מֶר֙ 1 mortar This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 1 14 h5dx translate-unknown וּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים 1 **Bricks** are hardened rectangular blocks of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 1 14 h5dx translate-unknown וּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים 1 **Bricks** are hardened rectangular blocks of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 1 14 gzq7 אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ׃ 1 All their required work was hard See how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” -EXO 1 14 ct02 writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ…בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 1 14 acj5 writing-pronouns חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם…עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם…עָבְד֥וּ 1 These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 1 14 ct02 writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ…בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 These two pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 1 14 acj5 writing-pronouns חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם…עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם…עָבְד֥וּ 1 These three pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 1 14 tqyl figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 1 15 yoaj writing-newevent 0 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 1 15 yoaj writing-newevent 0 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 1 15 hhw1 לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת 1 midwives **Midwives** were women who helped a pregnant woman give birth to a baby. -EXO 1 15 h8f8 translate-names שִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה 1 Shiphrah…Puah These are Hebrew women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 1 15 h8f8 translate-names שִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה 1 Shiphrah…Puah **Shiphrah** and **Puah** are Hebrew women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 1 15 h59t writing-participants שִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה 1 The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 16 t8f5 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 **And the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md) in the UST because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off. +EXO 1 16 t8f5 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 **And the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md) in the ULT because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say twice that the king spoke or said words, you may leave one off. EXO 1 16 yovg figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ אֶת־הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיּ֔וֹת וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 1 16 zfcv figs-youdual בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙…וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן…וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן 1 The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 1 16 h3mb figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם 1 on the birthstool Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 16 h3mb figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם 1 on the birthstool Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it was associated with birth. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 16 nms7 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה 1 These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at **if**) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at **then**). Use a natural form in your language for hypothetical situations connected to instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 1 17 gy7k grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠תִּירֶ֤אןָ 1 Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 1 18 y9g5 לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת 1 midwives These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). -EXO 1 18 qw7h figs-quotemarks מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This is a direct quote of the king’s question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 1 18 y9g5 לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת 1 midwives Women whose work is to help other woman give birth to a baby are called **midwives**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). +EXO 1 18 qw7h figs-quotemarks מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This is a direct quote of the king’s question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 1 18 y73k figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ן מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This could be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 1 18 q1sy מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 Why have you done this, and let the baby boys live? Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?” EXO 1 18 o97u figs-youdual עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן 1 This **you** is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -73,37 +73,37 @@ EXO 1 20 eo1p grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ EXO 1 21 de53 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 1 21 pbve grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים 1 This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 1 21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 he gave them families Alternate translation: “households” -EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male Hebrew children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 1 22 a6b2 figs-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 1 22 stag figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter


### Covenant

God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.


### Moses’ heritage

In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Identification of participants

- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Ironic situations

- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.


- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission. +EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes

## Special Concepts in this Chapter


### Covenant

God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.


### Moses’ heritage

In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Identification of participants

- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Ironic situations

- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.


- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission. EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 Now A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 This is an idiom for marrying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 2 2 s49k ט֣וֹב 1 Alternative translations: “pleasing” or “fine” EXO 2 2 q4c0 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא…וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 2 2 j2es translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה 1 3 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 2 3 t2gj translate-unknown תֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא 1 papyrus basket This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 2 3 tn3y figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 sealed it with bitumen and pitch You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and she daubed it with bitumen and with pitch to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 2 3 wpb6 translate-unknown וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה 1 sealed This means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 3 ym3k translate-unknown בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר 1 bitumen This is a sticky black paste made from oil. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 3 v825 translate-unknown וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 pitch This is a sticky brown or black paste that can be made from tree sap or from oil. Therefore, **pitch** would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 2 3 ym3k translate-unknown בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר 1 bitumen This is a sticky black substance made from oil. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 2 3 v825 translate-unknown וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 pitch This is a sticky brown or black substance that can be made from tree sap or from oil. Therefore, **pitch** would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 2 3 y8gq translate-unknown בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף 1 reeds These **reeds** were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 2 4 av8b וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 at a distance This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language. EXO 2 4 uf14 figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distance** in another way. Alternate translation: “not far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 2 4 ruvb translate-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she is older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+EXO 2 4 ruvb translate-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she was older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings, use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
EXO 2 4 z1cy grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 2 5 m3i0 figs-go וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד 1 **Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 5 y26h writing-participants וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 5 jjke writing-participants וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 These women are introduced here as new participants; however, they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 5 im0d figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 Here, **hand** is a metaphor for side or, as relating to a river, shore. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context you can simply translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 2 5 im0d figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 Here, **hand** is a metaphor for side or, as relating to a river, shore. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you can simply translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 2 5 bi7s וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 her attendants These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her. -EXO 2 5 am7g writing-pronouns וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ 1 It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 2 5 am7g writing-pronouns וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ 1 It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter remains the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 2 6 g9n6 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 Behold The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 2 6 tyub grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby ([verse 2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 2 6 tyub grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language, it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby ([verse 2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 2 6 jg0d figs-quotemarks מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 7 rnpl figs-quotemarks וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 7 x5ja וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת 1 This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here. +EXO 2 7 x5ja וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת 1 This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not yet have a plan for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here. EXO 2 7 d7aj מֵינֶ֔קֶת…וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק 1 nurse Here, **nursing** or **to nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast. EXO 2 7 tqq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 2 8 ab1m figs-go לֵ֑כִי…וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -112,11 +112,11 @@ EXO 2 9 u554 writing-participants לָ֣⁠הּ 1 The child’s mother is reint EXO 2 9 xp5x figs-quotemarks הֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֤לֶד הַ⁠זֶּה֙ וְ⁠הֵינִקִ֣⁠הוּ לִ֔⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֶתֵּ֣ן אֶת־שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 9 mogg שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby. EXO 2 9 hqsa figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח…וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 2 10 zj8h grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 she brought him **And the child grew older** marks an unspecified amount of time. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EXO 2 10 zj8h grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 she brought him **And the child grew older** marks an unspecified amount of time. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer feeding on his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 2 10 j7n1 וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן 1 he became her son Alternate translation: “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter” -EXO 2 10 h7to grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +EXO 2 10 h7to grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separation between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 2 10 nh2m מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 Because I drew him from the water Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’” -EXO 2 10 ityq figs-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 **For** begins a direct quotation. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 2 10 ityq figs-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 **For** begins a direct quotation. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she drew him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 2 11 tyol grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 2 11 p7gx writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ 1 This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 11 uy39 figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -139,12 +139,12 @@ EXO 2 15 yutr וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשׁ EXO 2 15 l5rc figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י 1 His **face** means his presence. Alternate translation: “from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 2 15 otsl וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב…וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 These are the same verb. This could mean: (1) Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. (2) Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. (3) Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred. EXO 2 16 shg5 writing-background וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters This sentence is background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 2 16 pjzc writing-newevent וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 2 16 pjzc writing-newevent וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene, so you may want to make your transition there, as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 16 cfe5 writing-participants בָּנ֑וֹת 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Use the natural form in your language for introducing new characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 16 sm8f figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 16 esdm translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע 1 7 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 2 16 i2jh וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה 1 drew water This means that they brought up water from a well. -EXO 2 16 g1e6 translate-unknown הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים 1 troughs These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 2 16 g1e6 translate-unknown הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים 1 troughs The **troughs** were long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 2 17 k5yc figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ 1 A group of **men came**. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. Use an appropriate form of moving verb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 17 zksv writing-participants הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים 1 These are new, very brief, characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 17 z17m grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם 1 helped them Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) @@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ EXO 2 18 hq6y figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 Alternative translation: “in returning” EXO 2 19 r01g figs-quotemarks אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠רֹעִ֑ים וְ⁠גַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ וַ⁠יַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 19 w57e אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses. EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Here, **hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 2 19 a7v2 figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 This expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 2 19 a7v2 figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 This expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 2 20 x9yb figs-rquestion וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 Why did you leave the man? These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 2 20 p6xh figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 2 20 p6xh figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 20 mb8w writing-pronouns ל֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 2 20 hal8 figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 Here, **bread** is used to refer to food in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 2 21 zvr1 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 Moses agreed to stay with the man Alternate translation: “Moses agreed to live with Reuel” @@ -171,16 +171,16 @@ EXO 2 23 ym88 writing-background 0 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happene EXO 2 23 csg2 וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ 1 groaned They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply” EXO 2 23 x84a figs-personification וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם 1 their pleas went up to God The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 God called to mind his covenant This a common biblical way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s holiness

God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Yahweh

The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. +EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### God’s holiness

God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Yahweh

The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same, while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background 0 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. **Jethro** is a **priest** who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 1 v97t figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 Alternate translation: “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called **the mountain of God** in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already somehow associated with God’s presence or worship before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 2 p0nt וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening. -EXO 3 2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. +EXO 3 2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about "Yahweh" concerning how to translate this. EXO 3 2 d3tf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 3 2 jmz0 figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 Here, **being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “destroyed by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 2 jmz0 figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 Here, **being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “destroyed by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 3 fpww figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 3 jbue figs-abstractnouns אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for something strange that someone sees, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “unusual thing that I see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 3 4 ue8v יְהוָ֖ה…אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ EXO 3 7 nbft figs-abstractnouns עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב EXO 3 7 p3tx figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 taskmasters Alternate translation: “his oppressors” EXO 3 7 ofxt כִּ֥י 1 The conjunction is intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength. -EXO 3 7 mfn2 grammar-collectivenouns נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו…מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 3 7 mfn2 grammar-collectivenouns נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו…מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people.”) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 3 7 hkcj figs-possession מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 7 ui28 figs-explicit מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 3 7 zth8 figs-abstractnouns מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **anguish** in another way. Alternate translation: “how distressed they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ EXO 3 8 xy36 figs-go וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד 1 God is figuratively expressing that EXO 3 8 nahb grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ…וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ 1 Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 3 8 bi4e figs-metaphor מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common Biblical metaphor for power and control. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 3 8 djbz figs-possession מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey**are in parallel with each other.Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 8 pxy8 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 3 8 dtz9 זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with Alternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of” EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ EXO 3 13 lqms grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ EXO 3 13 jq42 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now” EXO 3 13 e03n figs-go בָא֮ 1 In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 3 13 m9uy figs-quotesinquotes אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 13 vfsk figs-quotemarks מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 13 bkei grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.” This is God’s response to Moses’s question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’” @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ EXO 4 5 l4tn figs-quotemarks לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי EXO 4 5 m4fk figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 4 5 zbfr writing-pronouns יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ…אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 5 oqi5 writing-pronouns אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 4 5 jr8m אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 the God of their ancestors, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. +EXO 4 5 jr8m אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 the God of their ancestors, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. EXO 4 6 b9m8 figs-quotemarks הָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 6 ep52 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 behold This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) EXO 4 6 pw7g figs-simile כַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג 1 as white as snow The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ EXO 4 14 c51y הִנֵּה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprisin EXO 4 14 ettp figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 4 14 tfsa grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 4 14 ew4h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 he will be glad in his heart Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 15 u97f figs-metaphor הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 put the words to say into his mouth Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 4 15 u97f figs-metaphor הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 put the words to say into his mouth Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 15 v57x figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן 1 with his mouth These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 4 16 mnsp figs-simile לְ⁠פֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ EXO 4 24 qeo5 writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ 1 Here, **he** refer EXO 4 25 m1la translate-names צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah This is the name of Moses’s wife. See how you translated it in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 4 25 sftg writing-participants צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah is introduced here as a new character. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 25 a36h translate-unknown צֹ֗ר 1 flint knife This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 4 25 nkxn translate-unknown עָרְלַ֣ת 1 The**foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 4 25 nkxn translate-unknown עָרְלַ֣ת 1 The **foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 4 25 l6sr figs-euphemism לְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 to his feet It is possible that the word **feet** may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 4 25 iuzw figs-quotemarks כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 25 b2t3 figs-metaphor כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 you are a bridegroom to me by blood The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -461,15 +461,15 @@ EXO 5 10 ozzn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ 1 This begins a new EXO 5 10 x4bi נֹגְשֵׂ֤י 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md). See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]] EXO 5 10 zvxx כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the same quote form as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 5 10 c12s figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 5 10 mkom figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 5 10 mkom figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 This is the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 5 10 ad73 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 Pharaoh uses **I** to refer to his ownership and commands. Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belonged to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “My servants will no longer give you my straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 5 10 gb4d figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 I will no longer give you **You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 Pharaoh uses **I** to refer to his ownership and commands. Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants to take straw that belonged to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “My servants will no longer give you my straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 10 gb4d figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 I will no longer give you **You** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 11 ewg6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 5 11 xe4i figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 you can find…your workload Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 11 w918 figs-rpronouns אַתֶּ֗ם…לָ⁠כֶם֙ 1 You yourselves must go The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 5 11 g5vb figs-doublenegatives כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 your workload will not be reduced This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 5 11 ucrc figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 5 11 ucrc figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 12 s9dk figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 throughout all the land of Egypt This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 5 12 q7y7 translate-unknown קַ֖שׁ 1 stubble **Stubble** is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 5 13 th6x וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md). @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ EXO 6 3 l81y translate-transliterate בְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י 1 I appe EXO 6 3 m27p figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 I was not known to them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 6 3 e36z וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 This statement is very difficult to understand as God’s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them” EXO 6 4 zxvc figs-quotations לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 6 4 gkkc figs-parallelism אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things.If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 6 4 gkkc figs-parallelism אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 6 5 l3yc נַאֲקַת֙ 1 groaning This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering. EXO 6 5 aiey וָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י 1 **I have remembered my covenant** means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise” EXO 6 6 rgh0 grammar-connect-logic-result לָ⁠כֵ֞ן 1 God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -540,9 +540,9 @@ EXO 6 6 we3z figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ EXO 6 6 oqnw figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 6 6 xyn4 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to Yahweh’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 6 6 efx1 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians” -EXO 6 7 o3lb figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם…וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם…אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites.If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 6 7 o3lb figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם…וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם…אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 6 7 xsdh figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 6 8 h9ho figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 Here, every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites.If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 6 8 h9ho figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 Here, every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 6 8 g9ru translate-symaction נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י 1 I swore This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 6 8 i3vj מוֹרָשָׁ֖ה 1 This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land” EXO 6 8 ipnm figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -625,11 +625,11 @@ EXO 7 9 kj8g figs-quotesinquotes תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 EXO 7 9 s5a9 figs-quotesinquotes קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 10 ehm9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 10 kv93 עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court, and does not refer common servants. +EXO 7 10 kv93 עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court and does not refer common servants. EXO 7 11 mqde לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים…חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term. EXO 7 12 u6np וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע 1 swallowed up Alternate translation: “ate up” or “devoured” EXO 7 12 m0kw grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 7 12 prnp figs-personification מַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 7 12 prnp figs-personification מַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake,” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also may not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once they have been transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 7 13 g42f figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 13 wekf כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST. EXO 7 14 d27r figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart is hard Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s **heart** were **heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs **heavy** here. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians Th EXO 7 25 bn5h writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 25 gjyb figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This means seven days later. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 7 25 dg56 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is


### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. +EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is


### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.


## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -692,26 +692,26 @@ EXO 8 8 tx3t figs-quotations אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ EXO 8 8 qku4 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Use a natural form in your language for hypothetical situations. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 8 9 bm7x figs-quotemarks הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ לְ⁠מָתַ֣י ׀ אַעְתִּ֣יר לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ לְ⁠הַכְרִית֙ הַֽ⁠צֲפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 9 khfd figs-irony הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ 1 Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaoh’s powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -EXO 8 9 g0lu figs-merism לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔…מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 9 g0lu figs-merism לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔…מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 10 g5e7 figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֑ר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 10 tvjo figs-quotemarks כִּ⁠דְבָ֣רְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 A direct quote begins here that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 10 ofw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md) after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 8 10 d1wp figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 8 11 zwqo figs-merism מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 11 zwqo figs-merism מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 11 ttyr figs-quotemarks רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 12 jjv2 שָׂ֥ם 1 Alternate translation: “Yahweh had set” EXO 8 12 nxyi writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן 1 A minor scene shift occurs here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 13 rwe1 figs-merism מִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת 1 This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 13 rwe1 figs-merism מִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת 1 This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 14 a03n חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם 1 Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were. EXO 8 15 lv2n figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 he hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 8 15 b47h כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 just as Yahweh had said that he would do Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do” EXO 8 16 cikq writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 16 s5gh figs-quotations אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 16 xh9e figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 16 joxz נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ 1 This is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. +EXO 8 16 joxz נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ 1 This is one action or motion, but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. EXO 8 16 kpr5 מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 This is Aaron’s staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 8 16 w5el translate-unknown לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם 1 We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 17 l9wj וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Again, this is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md). +EXO 8 17 l9wj וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Again, this is one action or motion, but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md). EXO 8 17 l784 יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 8 17 nhgt translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם…כִנִּ֖ים 1 Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 17 grs3 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ EXO 8 20 fgl3 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי 1 EXO 8 21 hitq הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 8 21 hwcl grammar-collectivenouns הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 8 21 l5z7 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 21 foli figs-merism בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 21 foli figs-merism בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 22 mv8w grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב 1 General Information: This is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 8 22 apum grammar-collectivenouns עָרֹ֑ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 8 22 qb9h translate-unknown עָרֹ֑ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -746,11 +746,11 @@ EXO 8 23 tf4j translate-textvariants פְדֻ֔ת 1 Many translations follow th EXO 8 23 u4gs עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Yahweh’s people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” EXO 8 23 rg2c עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Pharaoh’s people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians” EXO 8 23 tb24 figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in [8:20](../08/20.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 24 gw3c figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 8 24 gw3c figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him, and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 8 24 lk5s writing-newevent וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 There is a minor scene change here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 24 ut0f translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 24 dg0k figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 8 24 tmcf figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 24 tmcf figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 24 nd6e figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 the land was ruined because of the swarms of flies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 8 24 ngue figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 8 25 e7l0 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א 1 This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) @@ -771,15 +771,15 @@ EXO 8 29 kgkx figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מ EXO 8 29 h94t הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this” EXO 8 29 jirm translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 29 yvcl figs-123person מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה…פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you … you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 8 29 la3z figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 29 la3z figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 29 bf85 figs-doublenegatives אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 8 29 hh4q רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל 1 But you must not deal deceitfully Alternate translation: “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us” EXO 8 30 tull writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 There is a minor scene shift here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 31 iyhn figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 31 iyhn figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 31 mb4r figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses is not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. +EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 General Information: A new scene begins here Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 1 p1oj figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 1 maqa figs-quotemarks אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising inf EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 3 cjt9 figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 3 tn3z figs-youdual בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 on your cattle While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 9 3 m1fk grammar-collectivenouns בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר…וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 9 3 f5sr figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 4 x12r figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -2675,4 +2675,4 @@ EXO 40 35 ysd8 וְ⁠לֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ א EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠הֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ 1 was taken up from over If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 that it was lifted up If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 40 38 i8hu figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י כָל־בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **before the eyes of** refers to being able to see. All the Israelites could see the cloud and fire. Alternate translation: “and all the house of Israel could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) \ No newline at end of file +EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8444b4a2559995f0d2b7f246b7ac36c6694519b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Sun, 24 Apr 2022 21:41:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 04/17] Fixed formatting errors and double spaces in Exodus (#2460) Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2460 --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 476 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 238 insertions(+), 238 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 3b70ef2bc8..56194a2c75 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ EXO 1 9 t7s1 עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Ph EXO 1 9 jik8 מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are” EXO 1 9 njuf figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Beginning from **behold** and extending to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 1 10 hiq4 figs-exclusive נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה…שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ…בָּ֖⁠נוּ 1 let us The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 1 10 wkvf grammar-collectivenouns ל֑⁠וֹ…יִרְבֶּ֗ה…וְ⁠נוֹסַ֤ף…הוּא֙…וְ⁠נִלְחַם…וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה 1 let us Here, **him, he**, and **himself** refer to the Israelite people. The pronouns agree grammatically with the singular “people” in the original. This occurs in many places in Exodus. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the plural, as in the UST. +EXO 1 10 wkvf grammar-collectivenouns ל֑⁠וֹ…יִרְבֶּ֗ה…וְ⁠נוֹסַ֤ף…הוּא֙…וְ⁠נִלְחַם…וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה 1 let us Here, **him, he**, and **himself** refer to the Israelite people. The pronouns agree grammatically with the singular “people” in the original. This occurs in many places in Exodus. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the plural, as in the UST. EXO 1 10 il4u grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙ 1 The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 1 10 jc1h וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 leave the land Alternate translation: “and he leaves Egypt” EXO 1 10 ni77 figs-quotemarks הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 Now A new scene begins h EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 2 2 s49k ט֣וֹב 1 Alternative translations: “pleasing” or “fine” -EXO 2 2 q4c0 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא…וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 2 2 q4c0 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא…וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 2 2 j2es translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה 1 3 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 2 3 t2gj translate-unknown תֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא 1 papyrus basket This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 2 3 tn3y figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 sealed it with bitumen and pitch You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and she daubed it with bitumen and with pitch to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ EXO 2 3 v825 translate-unknown וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 pitch This is a st EXO 2 3 y8gq translate-unknown בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף 1 reeds These **reeds** were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 2 4 av8b וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 at a distance This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language. EXO 2 4 uf14 figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distance** in another way. Alternate translation: “not far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 2 4 ruvb translate-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she was older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings, use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+EXO 2 4 ruvb translate-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she was older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings, use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
EXO 2 4 z1cy grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 2 5 m3i0 figs-go וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד 1 **Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 5 y26h writing-participants וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ EXO 2 5 im0d figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 Here, **hand* EXO 2 5 bi7s וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 her attendants These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her. EXO 2 5 am7g writing-pronouns וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ 1 It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter remains the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 2 6 g9n6 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 Behold The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 2 6 tyub grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language, it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby ([verse 2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 2 6 tyub grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language, it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby ([verse 2](../02/02.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 2 6 jg0d figs-quotemarks מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 7 rnpl figs-quotemarks וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 7 x5ja וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת 1 This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not yet have a plan for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ EXO 2 11 tyol grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠י EXO 2 11 p7gx writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ 1 This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 11 uy39 figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 11 swn3 מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י 1 striking a Hebrew Alternate translation: “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew” -EXO 2 12 m9bn figs-merism וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה 1 He looked this way and that way These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 2 12 m9bn figs-merism וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה 1 He looked this way and that way These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 2 12 rmgn figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 2 13 qn45 figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ 1 He went out See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 13 wqrm translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -140,8 +140,8 @@ EXO 2 15 l5rc figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י 1 His **face** means his pres EXO 2 15 otsl וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב…וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 These are the same verb. This could mean: (1) Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. (2) Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. (3) Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred. EXO 2 16 shg5 writing-background וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters This sentence is background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 2 16 pjzc writing-newevent וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene, so you may want to make your transition there, as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 2 16 cfe5 writing-participants בָּנ֑וֹת 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Use the natural form in your language for introducing new characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 16 sm8f figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +EXO 2 16 cfe5 writing-participants בָּנ֑וֹת 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Use the natural form in your language for introducing new characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 2 16 sm8f figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 16 esdm translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע 1 7 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 2 16 i2jh וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה 1 drew water This means that they brought up water from a well. EXO 2 16 g1e6 translate-unknown הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים 1 troughs The **troughs** were long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ EXO 2 17 k5yc figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ 1 A group of **men came**. They EXO 2 17 zksv writing-participants הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים 1 These are new, very brief, characters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 17 z17m grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם 1 helped them Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 2 18 omzv figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה 1 The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use either come or go, whichever is more natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 18 t78y translate-names רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 **Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 2 18 t78y translate-names רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 **Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 2 18 juqu writing-participants רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 The priest of Midian was mentioned in [v. 16](../02/16.md) in a background statement but is a new character starting here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 18 lukb figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quote. You could use an indirect quotation such as “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 2 18 hq6y figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -176,9 +176,9 @@ EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background 0 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. **Jethro** is a **priest** who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 1 v97t figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 Alternate translation: “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called **the mountain of God** in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already somehow associated with God’s presence or worship before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called **the mountain of God** in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already somehow associated with God’s presence or worship before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 2 p0nt וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening. -EXO 3 2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about "Yahweh" concerning how to translate this. +EXO 3 2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about “Yahweh” concerning how to translate this. EXO 3 2 d3tf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 3 2 jmz0 figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 Here, **being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “destroyed by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 3 fpww figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -207,11 +207,11 @@ EXO 3 8 nahb grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ…וּֽ⁠ EXO 3 8 bi4e figs-metaphor מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common Biblical metaphor for power and control. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 3 8 djbz figs-possession מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 8 pxy8 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 3 8 dtz9 זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with Alternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of” -EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 9 a2kf grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה 1 This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 9 tp2v figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֛ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) EXO 3 9 uup9 figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 the shouts of the people of Israel have come to me Here, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -249,20 +249,20 @@ EXO 3 16 fv77 figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 I have indeed observed you The EXO 3 16 q4en figs-activepassive הֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 3 16 johw figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 17 eloj figs-quotemarks 0 If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 17 c54k figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 3 17 c54k figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 3 17 r8mg figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 17 x1o0 figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י 1 See how you translated **affliction** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “from being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 17 pwn5 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 3 17 za9l זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with Alternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of” -EXO 3 17 rtr5 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 17 msf8 figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 18 cy2z figs-idiom וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ 1 **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 3 17 rtr5 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 17 msf8 figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 18 cy2z figs-idiom וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ 1 **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 18 j24k writing-pronouns לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ…אַתָּה֩ 1 They will listen to you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 3 18 w742 figs-synecdoche לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 3 18 r74o figs-possession וְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 18 eep7 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 18 idp7 figs-youdual וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 General Information: If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 18 i47o figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 3 18 d85b translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ EXO 3 20 g0i9 figs-abstractnouns נִפְלְאֹתַ֔⁠י 1 If your language EXO 3 20 sqmt grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן 1 Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 3 20 ay53 writing-pronouns יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 3 20 awxs figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 21 btwc figs-idiom חֵ֥ן…בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 3 21 btwc figs-idiom חֵ֥ן…בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 21 hfrr figs-possession בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 21 s45u הָֽ⁠עָם־הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “you” EXO 3 21 uz3c figs-youdual תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ EXO 4 2 qmvk writing-pronouns אֵלָ֛י⁠ו…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 Alt EXO 4 2 r3f9 figs-quotemarks מ⁠זה בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 2 p8sg figs-quotemarks מַטֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 3 jgir figs-quotemarks הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣⁠הוּ אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 3 zycd figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 3 zycd figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 4 g6bk וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 take it by the tail Alternate translation: “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail” EXO 4 4 mqpc figs-quotemarks שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 4 bzmp grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md) and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) @@ -324,12 +324,12 @@ EXO 4 10 opes אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים 1 This expression means “a m EXO 4 10 pk0l figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 4 10 wsl4 figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 4 10 bv64 figs-doublet כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 I am slow of speech and slow of tongue These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “not good at public speaking”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 11 xpgf figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the [next verse](../04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 11 ks2m figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 Who is it who made man’s mouth? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 4 11 e1y6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 4 11 uq7j figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 Is it not I, Yahweh? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will be with your mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will be with your mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 12 kg7l figs-quotemarks תְּדַבֵּֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 13 zy9m figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 13 brer בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please” @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ EXO 4 14 ettp figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to EXO 4 14 tfsa grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 4 14 ew4h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 he will be glad in his heart Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 15 u97f figs-metaphor הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 put the words to say into his mouth Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 15 v57x figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן 1 with his mouth These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 4 16 mnsp figs-simile לְ⁠פֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 4 16 gn5v figs-simile תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 you will be to him like me, God The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -358,8 +358,8 @@ EXO 4 18 b6mf translate-kinship חֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ 1 father-in-law This refer EXO 4 18 wlit writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 Alternate translation: “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 18 g1h1 writing-pronouns ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 18 uvqk figs-quotemarks אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ⁠אָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣⁠י אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 18 urt0 figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 Here the tern **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses’ people group, those he is related to. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 18 gq2g figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 4 18 urt0 figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 Here the tern **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses’ people group, those he is related to. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 18 gq2g figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 4 18 yay3 figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 4 18 i807 figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 19 wwr8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ 1 The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) @@ -378,12 +378,12 @@ EXO 4 21 ovma grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ EXO 4 21 uvoh figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 4 21 uudz grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaoh’s heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 4 22 ftde כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider. -EXO 4 22 zb2e figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 4 22 teyy figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 4 22 zb2e figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 4 22 teyy figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 4 22 kud7 figs-quotemarks בְּנִ֥⁠י 1 This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 22 gr2d figs-metaphor בְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 Yahweh expresses his affection for the Israelites by calling them his **son**. Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 4 22 pt4n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Israel is my son The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 4 22 nbn7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. For alternative translation see: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 22 nbn7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. For alternative translation see: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 23 syar figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 23 yyuo figs-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן 1 The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 4 23 k7mh figs-metaphor בְּנִ⁠י֙ 1 you have refused to let him go Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -414,13 +414,13 @@ EXO 4 27 tfn2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק 1 This was a traditio EXO 4 28 ad9x שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty. EXO 4 28 b429 writing-pronouns שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 he had sent him to say The words **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 29 y8o3 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 in the sight of the people Here, **before the eyes** means he did the signs so they could see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 in the sight of the people Here, **before the eyes** means he did the signs so they could see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 30 x1v3 הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). EXO 4 31 glp2 הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites Alternate translation: “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites” EXO 4 31 g83a translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 they bowed their heads Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### A slave’s work

The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### Titles

The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary. -EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### A slave’s work

The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### Titles

The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary. +EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 5 1 q9kn grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 After these things happened It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 5 1 cudx figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 5 1 tsnv writing-participants פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) @@ -432,13 +432,13 @@ EXO 5 2 v4c1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Why should EXO 5 2 fq6i figs-quotemarks מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses). EXO 5 2 wpff grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 listen to his voice Here, **his voice** represent the words God spoke. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 listen to his voice Here, **his voice** represent the words God spoke. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 2 ma6b וְ⁠גַ֥ם 1 This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely” EXO 5 3 dt39 figs-123person וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 5 3 ru1w figs-quotemarks אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֗ר וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠דֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים 1 God of the Hebrews This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God. EXO 5 3 kclj figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 4 cb7w figs-quotemarks לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 5 4 fiw9 figs-youdual לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ EXO 5 10 mkom figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 This is the beginni EXO 5 10 ad73 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 Pharaoh uses **I** to refer to his ownership and commands. Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants to take straw that belonged to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “My servants will no longer give you my straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 10 gb4d figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 I will no longer give you **You** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 11 ewg6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EXO 5 11 ewg6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 5 11 xe4i figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 you can find…your workload Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 11 w918 figs-rpronouns אַתֶּ֗ם…לָ⁠כֶם֙ 1 You yourselves must go The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 5 11 g5vb figs-doublenegatives כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 your workload will not be reduced This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -511,18 +511,18 @@ EXO 5 21 jsbv figs-quotemarks יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם EXO 5 21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron. EXO 5 21 vfit figs-youdual עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 **You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 21 j3zp figs-metaphor הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 you have made us offensive The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 22 pm0l figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people? This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 5 23 ce6s figs-quotemarks עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### God and his people

In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 1 utnn figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options include: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions) (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out) (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 1 vdno figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 1 utnn figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options include: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions) (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out) (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 1 vdno figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 6 1 sdon מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “from Egypt” EXO 6 2 wse5 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 6 2 kcty figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ EXO 6 6 yv14 לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָא EXO 6 6 yg2d figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahweh’s speech at the close of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 6 we3z figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 **You** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 6 6 oqnw figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 6 6 xyn4 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to Yahweh’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 6 6 xyn4 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to Yahweh’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 6 6 efx1 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians” EXO 6 7 o3lb figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם…וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם…אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 6 7 xsdh figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -552,14 +552,14 @@ EXO 6 10 tpw4 לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a di EXO 6 11 pi7a figs-quotemarks בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 11 fxf2 figs-quotations וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 6 12 rsag figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying **before the face of Yahweh.** If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying **before the face of Yahweh.** If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” EXO 6 12 k7hl figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking? Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 6 12 lj51 grammar-connect-logic-result הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 6 12 k3br figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 6 12 k3br figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 6 13 janr וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh” EXO 6 14 hh3z writing-background 0 Verses 14-27 are background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses Here, **heads** refers to the original ancestors of the clan. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses Here, **heads** refers to the original ancestors of the clan. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 14 wv89 translate-names רְאוּבֵ֜ן…יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל…חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י…רְאוּבֵֽן 1 Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 15 c1ni translate-names שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ⁠יָמִ֤ין וְ⁠אֹ֨הַד֙ וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֔חַר וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל…שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar, and Shaul These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 16 k64h translate-names לֵוִי֙…גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ⁠קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִ֑י…לֵוִ֔י 1 Gershon…Merari These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -579,19 +579,19 @@ EXO 6 23 kww9 translate-names אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע 1 Nadab…Ithamar This is EXO 6 24 rkz9 translate-names קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 24 i6o7 translate-names הַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי 1 This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 25 zvg2 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר…אַהֲרֹ֜ן…פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙…פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 Phinehas These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **heads** here represents family leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **heads** here represents family leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 26 dqm8 figs-quotemarks הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 26 ft6y translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their groups of fighting men The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 6 27 o7xp grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא 1 This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 6 28 xssl writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם 1 This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 6 29 i50m figs-quotemarks לֵּ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 Here, **saying** is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 29 vogm figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 6 30 qvxf figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions.

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:

- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations

+EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions.

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:

- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations

EXO 7 1 r18p figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 7 1 dn1s figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 I have made you like a god This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -602,14 +602,14 @@ EXO 7 2 p9p7 מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “Egypt” EXO 7 3 adsq figs-metaphor אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **hard**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. **hard** here. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 3 vtt1 figs-doublet אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י 1 many signs…many wonders The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine them.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 7 4 ar0l figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖⁠י 1 put my hand on The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 4 b6h8 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **on Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖⁠י 1 put my hand on The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 4 b6h8 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **on Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. **Armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people” EXO 7 5 cg3n grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל 1 reach out with my hand on This phrase represents God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל 1 reach out with my hand on This phrase represents God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 5 dguc grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 7 5 d1hq figs-quotemarks מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in [verse 1](../07/01.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 6 iii5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ 1 This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 7 6 iii5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ 1 This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 7 7 liir writing-background 0 This verse contains background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 7 7 g7i5 translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים 1 Aaron eighty-three years old Alternate translation: “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 7 7 zoou figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that refers to their age. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -623,8 +623,8 @@ EXO 7 9 p3xh לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a dir EXO 7 9 ms5o figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 7 9 kj8g figs-quotesinquotes תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 7 9 s5a9 figs-quotesinquotes קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 10 ehm9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 10 ehm9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 10 kv93 עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court and does not refer common servants. EXO 7 11 mqde לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים…חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term. EXO 7 12 u6np וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע 1 swallowed up Alternate translation: “ate up” or “devoured” @@ -632,13 +632,13 @@ EXO 7 12 m0kw grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטּ EXO 7 12 prnp figs-personification מַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake,” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also may not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once they have been transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 7 13 g42f figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 13 wekf כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST. -EXO 7 14 d27r figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart is hard Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s **heart** were **heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs **heavy** here. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 7 14 d27r figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart is hard Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s **heart** were **heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs **heavy** here. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 14 qiyx writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 14 t79b figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 15 ecby הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to information that follows. EXO 7 15 c5np יֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 when he goes out to the water There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation. EXO 7 16 yqp7 וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Say to him Alternate translation: “Say to Pharaoh” -EXO 7 16 i4yt figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 7 16 i4yt figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 16 uvxe figs-possession אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙ 1 Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 7 16 d16q figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה 1 This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 7 16 cwox וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated. @@ -655,20 +655,20 @@ EXO 7 19 ysi7 figs-merism עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם ׀ עַל־יְאֹ EXO 7 19 wxp2 בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ 1 throughout all Alternate translation: “in every part of” EXO 7 19 msxp figs-possession וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 7 20 zy18 figs-explicit בַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר 1 in the river The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means in their sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means in their sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 22 n7kr translate-unknown חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 7 22 qdc7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 7 22 qdc7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 22 sbic כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md) where the same sentence appears. EXO 7 23 atdk figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת 1 This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 7 25 bn5h writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 25 gjyb figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This means seven days later. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 7 25 dg56 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is


### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.


## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. +EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is


### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.


## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 8 1 kure figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 8 1 kure figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 8 2 s7y1 figs-ellipsis לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ 1 What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 8 2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out” EXO 8 3 vgby figs-merism בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ EXO 8 6 nrbq figs-explicit יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 It is implied that Aaron was holdi EXO 8 6 j1w7 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י 1 Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 8 6 drmg figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ 1 [Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 8 6 rxze grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ 1 There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 8 6 j83d figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 8 6 j83d figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 8 7 n02y translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 8 mhn3 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron” EXO 8 8 nfe3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ EXO 8 19 rp3i writing-pronouns אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 It is possible that **them EXO 8 19 gjgg כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST. EXO 8 20 j5n8 וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 stand in front of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “and present yourself to Pharaoh” EXO 8 20 frfn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 20 syv2 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 8 20 syv2 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 8 20 vnym הִנֵּ֖ה 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 8 20 uypa figs-quotations כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 20 eqd2 כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Let my people go This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ EXO 8 26 tvnj figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After th EXO 8 26 e9wk תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause. EXO 8 26 idkt figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ…נִזְבַּ֞ח…יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 8 26 i7dy figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 will they not stone us? Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 8 27 ju3u figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ…אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 8 27 clc3 figs-quotemarks אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 28 p3pd figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠זְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָ⁠לֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -788,16 +788,16 @@ EXO 9 1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is EXO 9 1 x4bd עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites” EXO 9 2 l7ld figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם 1 if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out” -EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 3 cjt9 figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 3 tn3z figs-youdual בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 on your cattle While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 9 3 m1fk grammar-collectivenouns בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר…וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 3 f5sr figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 9 3 f5sr figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 4 x12r figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 4 u60c grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 4 k5rx דָּבָֽר 1 Alternate translation: “animal” EXO 9 4 xk5d מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Alternate translation: “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel” EXO 9 4 cbsz figs-quotemarks וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ EXO 9 5 dh4h figs-quotemarks מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ EXO 9 5 pxb1 figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 6 gt3n figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה 1 It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to make that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 9 6 cx5i figs-hyperbole כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה 1 All the cattle of Egypt died This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 6 i0bl figs-litotes וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EXO 9 7 md84 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 behold **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen” EXO 9 7 rtny figs-litotes לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -821,25 +821,25 @@ EXO 9 8 ydar קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ EXO 9 8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” EXO 9 8 gk7f grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֖יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 9 8 gu1v הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “toward the sky” -EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 This means in his sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 This means in his sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 9 d2v3 translate-unknown לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת 1 fine This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 9 jlh0 figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 9 9 eyc7 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 to break out on Alternate translation: “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock” -EXO 9 10 wdcn grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 9 10 wdcn grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 9 10 dp3l פִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן 1 Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). EXO 9 10 ufpn figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 10 xmbw הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). -EXO 9 10 jhzb translate-unknown שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 10 rdo3 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 9 10 jhzb translate-unknown שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 9 10 rdo3 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 9 10 iftm וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). EXO 9 11 jrc3 הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים…בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם 1 See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md). -EXO 9 11 dxsx figs-metonymy לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 11 k9uu figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין 1 Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 11 dxsx figs-metonymy לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 11 k9uu figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין 1 Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 11 lpmq translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין…הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 12 p5m5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** was **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 13 ifs8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 13 zsvl figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 13 zmrt figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 13 zmrt figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 13 dxww figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 9 13 hsl6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 9 13 zi15 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 **Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -847,16 +847,16 @@ EXO 9 14 z68b grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, **For** means som EXO 9 14 n6wq figs-synecdoche אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 on you yourself Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 9 15 f056 grammar-connect-condition-contrary כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahweh’s stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahweh’s goals before his non-action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) EXO 9 15 a3l8 figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 reached out with my hand and attacked you Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 15 hgfx figs-metaphor וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר 1 Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 9 15 hgfx figs-metaphor וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר 1 Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 16 kwks grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahweh’s stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 17 h3ed figs-metaphor עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 lifting yourself up against my people Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 17 h3ed figs-metaphor עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 lifting yourself up against my people Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 17 sdav figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 9 17 r1wv מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, **you** is Pharaoh. EXO 9 17 zfhb בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 Here, **my people** are the Israelites. EXO 9 18 fnd2 הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Listen! Alternate translation: “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you” EXO 9 18 pmy0 כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת…אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “at this time. There has never been anything like this” -EXO 9 19 fduj figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 19 fduj figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 19 eo52 וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד 1 Alternate translation: “the hail will come down on” EXO 9 19 x4ja figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם 1 Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 9 19 itlv וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals. @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ EXO 9 30 tn94 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠ע EXO 9 30 srx4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 31 pcwg writing-background flax This and the next verse give background information so that the later plagues’ destruction can be understood by the reader. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 9 31 p1v8 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה…וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה 1 flax **Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 31 lzar translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 9 31 lzar translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 31 xnvj גִּבְעֹֽל 1 Alternate translation: “was flowering” EXO 9 32 jmq3 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת 1 spelt **Spelt** is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 33 fa2j translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 spread out his hands to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ EXO 9 34 ke5k figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 hard EXO 9 34 nz0e וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א 1 This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.” EXO 9 34 ooed וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 Alternate translation: “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same” EXO 9 35 yxt8 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 The heart of Pharaoh was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 35 x0kn figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 9 35 x0kn figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were **heavy.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 various signs Alternate translation: “I mocked Egypt” @@ -933,8 +933,8 @@ EXO 10 16 ty9f figs-youdual אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 EXO 10 17 tsve שָׂ֣א 1 Alternate translation: “take away” EXO 10 17 ttog אַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם…רַ֖ק 1 Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once … only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request. EXO 10 17 kd6d figs-youdual אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 this time Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 17 nn2b figs-explicit הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 take this death away from me The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 17 nn2b figs-explicit הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 take this death away from me The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 10 18 p9hz וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א 1 Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md) so some translations will need to say that they both left. EXO 10 19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 Alternate translation: “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west” EXO 10 19 mdp5 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 picked up the locusts Alternate translation: “and it moved the locusts upwards” @@ -943,21 +943,21 @@ EXO 10 19 q8aj grammar-collectivenouns וַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 H EXO 10 20 dw1d figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 21 x6xk writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 10 21 utyz יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 10 21 m38s figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 darkness that may be felt This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 10 21 m38s figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 darkness that may be felt This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 22 z4ge יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 10 22 vbzj translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 10 23 jmd8 figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their **brother**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 23 jmd8 figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their **brother**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 23 o572 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ…אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 10 23 qstu translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 10 24 vfo4 figs-quotemarks לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 10 24 vp7b figs-youdual לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ…צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם…טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם…עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 10 25 hnt5 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [10:26](10:26). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 10 25 rsr4 figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 25 bjy0 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God” EXO 10 25 ixo7 figs-exclusive בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ…וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ…אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 10 26 k0pi figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ…עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ…נִקַּ֔ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ…נֵדַ֗ע…נַּעֲבֹד֙…בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 10 26 ys4v figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 10 26 ys4v figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 10 26 v9uc figs-synecdoche פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 a hoof Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 10 26 uiom שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)). EXO 10 27 n588 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meani EXO 11 9 xk4l figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
- v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
- v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
- v. 12-13: description of the plague
- v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
- v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues:

### Passover


### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.


### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
* v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
* v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
* v. 12-13: description of the plague
* v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
* v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues:

### Passover


### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.


### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 12 2 gtgb figs-parallelism הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 the first month of the year The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ EXO 12 11 r789 figs-explicit פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 It EXO 12 12 sa5n figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 12 13 tywz figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 12 13 bnoe figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 12 14 fa9q וְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application. EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 **This day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “Surely” or “Indeed” @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ EXO 12 26 odj0 figs-quotesinquotes אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲ EXO 12 27 qft1 figs-quotemarks זֶֽבַח־פֶּ֨סַח ה֜וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּ֠סַח עַל־בָּתֵּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠נָגְפּ֥⁠וֹ אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 12 27 t779 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 He set our households free This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 12 28 r5cj כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do” -EXO 12 29 rvg9 0 The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point. +EXO 12 29 rvg9 0 The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point. EXO 12 29 zm1l figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 at midnight This is a merism used to indicate that there was no person or household excluded from Yahweh’s judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 12 29 uj6u בְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר 1 all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattle In theses usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md). EXO 12 29 g9z1 עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר 1 the firstborn of the person in prison Alternate translation: “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison. @@ -1085,14 +1085,14 @@ EXO 12 48 j7ob grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨ EXO 12 48 va2p figs-youcrowd אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) EXO 12 48 h7k9 figs-activepassive הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר 1 all his male relatives must be circumcised If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 48 n3fz grammar-connect-logic-goal הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְ⁠אָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֔⁠וֹ 1 The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the people who were born in the land Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the people who were born in the land Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 12 51 e3z3 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EXO 12 51 tyj3 translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. +EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. EXO 13 2 de3u figs-quotemarks קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא 1 Set apart to me…every firstborn male This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 13 3 e0n1 figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 16](../13/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 13 3 yjy5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Yahweh’s strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 3 c6ee figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ 1 No bread with yeast may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 13 4 y1f3 translate-hebrewmonths הָ⁠אָבִֽיב 1 the month of Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -1108,9 +1108,9 @@ EXO 13 7 c9kr figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ EXO 13 7 dmv1 בְּ⁠כָל־גְּבֻלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 within any of your borders Alternate translation: “inside any of the borders of your land” EXO 13 8 qum9 figs-quotesinquotes בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠צֵאתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 On that day you are to say to your children, ‘This is because of what Yahweh did for me when I came out of Egypt.’ The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 13 9 p21h figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 13 9 s7zg figs-metaphor לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 a reminder for you on your hand Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 9 mru4 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 a reminder on your forehead Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 13 9 s7zg figs-metaphor לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 a reminder for you on your hand Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 13 9 mru4 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 a reminder on your forehead Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 9 w5rm figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 10 rxel figs-merism מִ⁠יָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָ⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 13 11 e886 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ EXO 13 13 ew26 לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “you do EXO 13 14 s8cm figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְ⁠ךָ֥ בִנְ⁠ךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר מַה־זֹּ֑את וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 When your son asks you later, ‘What does this mean?’ then you are to tell him The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “when your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 13 14 qr7q figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֗ד 1 strong hand Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “With his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 14 rcz7 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 15 fgvg figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הִקְשָׁ֣ה פַרְעֹה֮ לְ⁠שַׁלְּחֵ⁠נוּ֒ 1 If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. This means he was stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he were **hard.** Alternate translation: “that when Pharaoh resisted letting us go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 13 15 fgvg figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הִקְשָׁ֣ה פַרְעֹה֮ לְ⁠שַׁלְּחֵ⁠נוּ֒ 1 If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. This means he was stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he were **hard.** Alternate translation: “that when Pharaoh resisted letting us go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 13 15 atxz figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכֹ֥ר אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּכ֣וֹר בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent of the plague. Alternate translation: “whether he was a person or an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 13 16 bse4 figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה לְ⁠אוֹת֙ עַל־יָ֣דְ⁠כָ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠טוֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 become a reminder on your hands, and a reminder on your forehead This expresses two ways to remember the importance of the Passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 13:9](../13/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 13 16 xfag figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “with his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1144,9 +1144,9 @@ EXO 13 22 qxks figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **from EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”
Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Pharaoh’s chariots

These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) EXO 14 2 b5qq figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֮ 1 This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 2 mb4e translate-names פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 14 2 ue2o figs-quotations בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 14 2 ue2o figs-quotations בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 14 2 c9r8 figs-youdual תַחֲנ֖וּ 1 You are to camp Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 14 3 tz6j figs-personification סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 The wilderness has closed in on them Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 14 4 dv62 figs-metaphor וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮ 1 I will harden Pharaoh’s heart This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 4 tw2m וְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 he will pursue them Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites” @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ EXO 14 4 a7m2 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ EXO 14 4 dms1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן 1 So the Israelites camped as they were instructed This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 14 5 t4cn figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 When the king of Egypt was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 had fled Alternate translation: “had run away” -EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 5 go8u figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 5 wljw אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “against the Israelites” EXO 14 5 v236 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us. They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1209,38 +1209,38 @@ EXO 14 26 p5ds figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מ EXO 14 26 pw8g נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 14 26 d46y writing-pronouns עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots, and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 14 27 wn3q וַ⁠יֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֗ם 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 14 27 cosa figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 27 h64r figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 14 27 cosa figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 14 27 h64r figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 28 o9qo figs-litotes לֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EXO 14 30 zvbe grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the seashore Alternate translation: “on the land along the edge of the sea” EXO 14 31 o1oc grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 on the seashore This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 31 np6s figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה 1 on the seashore Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy's hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) +EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Alternate translation: “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” -EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 1 cr5u figs-genericnoun ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 the horse and its rider This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) EXO 15 1 ex3p וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 rider Here, **rider** could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling. -EXO 15 2 pb23 figs-metaphor עָזִּ֤⁠י…יָ֔הּ 1 Yahweh is my strength Moses is expressing the help that he gets from Yahweh by equating Yahweh with **strength**. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh’s strengthening help. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is the one who gives me strength” or “Yah is the strong one who protects me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 2 pb23 figs-metaphor עָזִּ֤⁠י…יָ֔הּ 1 Yahweh is my strength Moses is expressing the help that he gets from Yahweh by equating Yahweh with **strength**. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh’s strengthening help. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is the one who gives me strength” or “Yah is the strong one who protects me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 2 vk6l figs-metaphor וְ⁠זִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ 1 song Moses calls Yahweh his **song** because Yahweh is the one he sings about or because Yahweh causes him to sing. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh being a song of joy. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is … the one I sing about” or “Yah makes … me sing joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 2 kbv7 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לִ֖⁠י לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָ֑ה 1 he has become my salvation Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh’s saving power. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 2 rgtu figs-parallelism זֶ֤ה אֵלִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אַנְוֵ֔⁠הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲרֹמְמֶֽ⁠נְהוּ 1 he has become my salvation These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 3 p1d5 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is a warrior Moses calls Yahweh a **man of war** because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 4 pc8d figs-parallelism מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם וּ⁠מִבְחַ֥ר שָֽׁלִשָׁ֖י⁠ו טֻבְּע֥וּ בְ⁠יַם־סֽוּף 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea These lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaoh’s army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 4 p8w6 figs-metaphor מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea Moses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaoh’s chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them **into the sea.** If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 4 p8w6 figs-metaphor מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea Moses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaoh’s chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them **into the sea.** If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 5 yefe figs-parallelism תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑⁠מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃ 1 they went down into the depths like a stone These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them; because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 5 nqe4 figs-simile יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן 1 they went down into the depths like a stone Just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 6 jx52 figs-parallelism יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious; Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful; Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 6 rmd4 figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 6 rmd4 figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 i2x4 figs-parallelism תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 those who rose up against you These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 those who rose up against you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 15 7 nd3t figs-metaphor קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 those who rose up against you Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as **rising up against** him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 7 nd3t figs-metaphor קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 those who rose up against you Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as **rising up against** him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 kst4 חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Alternate translation: “your wrath” or “your fury” EXO 15 7 glq7 figs-personification תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 7 a5x7 figs-metaphor יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃ 1 it consumed them like stubble Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like **stubble** in a fire. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 7 a5x7 figs-metaphor יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃ 1 it consumed them like stubble Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like **stubble** in a fire. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 guap figs-simile יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 8 ic8v figs-personification וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 8 qg9g figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים 1 By the blast of your nostrils If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1249,43 +1249,43 @@ EXO 15 8 uevt figs-metaphor בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nos EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 But you blew with your wind Moses spoke about God making the **wind** blow as if God **blew** the wind through his nose or mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 But you blew with your wind Moses spoke about God making the **wind** blow as if God **blew** the wind through his nose or mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 10 f7d3 figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים 1 sank like lead in the mighty waters **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 11 wq2s figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 15 11 pp57 figs-rquestion מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא 1 Who is like you,…doing miracles? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 15 12 cid8 figs-metonymy יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 with your right hand The phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 12 bkg2 figs-metaphor נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You reached out with your right hand Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God **reached out** with his** hand**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 12 bkg2 figs-metaphor נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You reached out with your right hand Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God **reached out** with his** hand**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 12 g7bv figs-personification תִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ 1 the earth swallowed them Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with it’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 13 cvea figs-parallelism נָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 the earth swallowed them These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 14 qlpy figs-parallelism 0 tremble Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 15 14 qlpy figs-parallelism 0 tremble Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 14 zi1m יִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן 1 tremble This means to shake because you are afraid. EXO 15 14 uqf7 figs-personification חִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia Moses speaks of **terror** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 15 qyix figs-personification אֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲזֵ֖⁠מוֹ רָ֑עַד 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia Moses speaks of **trembling** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Moab will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 15 ya48 figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 will melt away Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 15 ya48 figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 will melt away Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 16 nk67 figs-doublet תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 15 16 kbt5 figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 16 kbt5 figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּ⁠גְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Because of your arm’s power Yahweh’s **arm** represents his great strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן 1 they will become as still as a stone Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 17 n5i5 figs-explicit תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ 1 You will bring them Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 15 17 u26j figs-go תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ 1 You will bring them Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 15 17 t6wg figs-metaphor וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 plant them on the mountain Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain of” or “let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 17 t6wg figs-metaphor וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 plant them on the mountain Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain of” or “let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 17 p7kb בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 the mountain of your inheritance This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan. -EXO 15 17 ie26 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 of your inheritance Moses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 17 ie26 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 of your inheritance Moses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 17 ytz3 figs-metonymy כּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽי⁠ךָ׃ 1 that your hands have built The phrase **your hands** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 18 ue6p יְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְ⁠עֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד 1 that your hands have built Alternate translation: “Yahweh reigns forever and ever” EXO 15 20 gam2 translate-unknown הַ⁠תֹּ֖ף…בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים 1 tambourine This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 15 20 hut1 figs-hyperbole וַ⁠תֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠הָ בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים וּ⁠בִ⁠מְחֹלֹֽת 1 tambourine Here, **all** may be a generalization, it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 15 21 f6m3 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 15 21 hvu1 figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 The horse and his rider he has thrown into the sea Miriam sang about God causing the **sea** to cover and drown the **horse and the one riding it **as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 21 hvu1 figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 The horse and his rider he has thrown into the sea Miriam sang about God causing the **sea** to cover and drown the **horse and the one riding it **as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 22 iw9n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Moses led Israel The word **Israel** represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 15 22 c7pe translate-names מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר 1 wilderness of Shur We do not know the exact location of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 23 a9pv translate-names מָרָ֔תָ⁠ה 1 Marah We do not know the exact location of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 24 n64m וַ⁠יִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 complained to Moses and said **Murmur** is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses” EXO 15 26 l2hx figs-123person לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 15 26 oh8c figs-metonymy לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language.Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 26 sq5x figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה 1 do what is right in his eyes The **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 do what is right in his eyes The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-metaphor כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have **diseases** as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 26 sq5x figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה 1 do what is right in his eyes The **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 do what is right in his eyes The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-metaphor כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have **diseases** as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה 1 Elim This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy Alternate translation: “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaints

After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Prohibition against storing food

The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Sabbath

This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Bread as food

Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Chronology

[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).

### Ark of the covenant

Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Wilderness of Sin

Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ EXO 16 2 h938 figs-hyperbole וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת EXO 16 2 nx6f וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ 1 complained Alternate translation: “And … were angry and spoke” EXO 16 3 nwy6 figs-hypo מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤⁠נוּ 1 If only we had died This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Translate it in way that makes it clear that this did not actually happen. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) EXO 16 3 g1n1 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יַד־יְהוָה֙ 1 by Yahweh’s hand The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 16 4 kls5 figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 I will rain down bread from heaven for you God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 16 4 kls5 figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 I will rain down bread from heaven for you God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 16 4 yew5 בְּ⁠תוֹרָתִ֖⁠י 1 my law Alternate translation: “in my instruction” EXO 16 5 p1f6 וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְ⁠הֵכִ֖ינוּ 1 It will come about on the sixth day, that they Alternate translation: “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare” EXO 16 5 cl74 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י 1 on the sixth day Alternate translation: “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1309,8 +1309,8 @@ EXO 16 10 q4ax וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 It came about This phrase is used here to EXO 16 10 b6rp וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that the people saw something interesting. EXO 16 13 aas8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 It came about…that This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EXO 16 13 eu1x translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׂלָ֔ו 1 quails These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 16 14 k5lb translate-unknown כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 16 14 jern figs-simile כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EXO 16 14 k5lb translate-unknown כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 16 14 jern figs-simile כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 16 16 gotf אִ֖ישׁ לְ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ 1 omer Alternate translation: “according to how much each will eat” EXO 16 16 fqp9 translate-bvolume עֹ֣מֶר 1 omer 2 liters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EXO 16 16 mnwy עֹ֣מֶר לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֗לֶת מִסְפַּר֙ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אִ֛ישׁ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אָהֳל֖⁠וֹ תִּקָּֽחוּ 1 omer Alternate translation: “take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherer’s tent” @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ EXO 16 27 qf14 וְ⁠לֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ 1 they found none Alternate tra EXO 16 28 e1vx figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 How long will you refuse to keep my commandments and my laws? God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 16 28 q41d figs-youcrowd מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם 1 General Information: Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) EXO 16 28 vnq7 לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 to keep my commandments and my laws Alternate translation: “to obey my commandments and my laws” -EXO 16 29 p22l figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֒ 1 Yahweh has given you the Sabbath Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the **Sabbath** were a gift. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 16 29 p22l figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֒ 1 Yahweh has given you the Sabbath Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the **Sabbath** were a gift. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 16 29 dt58 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֖י…בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 sixth day…two days…seventh day Alternate translation: “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 16 29 y8wf לֶ֣חֶם 1 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. EXO 16 29 x6gh יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 bread Alternate translation: “for 2 days” @@ -1362,26 +1362,26 @@ EXO 17 11 x5ex figs-synecdoche וְ⁠גָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…וְ EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-idiom וִ⁠ידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 hands became heavy The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands **became heavy**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 17 12 js2p מִ⁠זֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד 1 hands became heavy Alternate translation: “one on one side, and one on the other” EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב 1 with the sword The **sword** represents battle. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek The Amalekites are referred to by naming their ancestor. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽ⁠י 1 Amalek **Banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon” EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah” EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Amalek This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek” -EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leadership lessons

Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])


## Possible translation difficulties

### Order of events

The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).

### Verse 11

[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.

### God and Yahweh

For this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.

### Kinship: Father-in-law

Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])


### Participant reference

Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). +EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leadership lessons

Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])


## Possible translation difficulties

### Order of events

The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).

### Verse 11

[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.

### God and Yahweh

For this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.

### Kinship: Father-in-law

Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])


### Participant reference

Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). EXO 18 1 nl86 translate-kinship חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses’ father-in-law This refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s, choose the appropriate one here. Note also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 18 2 zw6h וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah. EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ 1 after he had sent her home This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 3 khs1 וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 and her two sons This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons. EXO 18 3 k4mb translate-names גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 Gershom This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” See [2:22](../02/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 18 4 xi35 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר 1 Eliezer This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 5 zzab וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו 1 where he was camped Alternate translation: “with his sons” EXO 18 7 s5p2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק־ל֔⁠וֹ 1 bowed down, and kissed him These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 18 8 rkq2 figs-metonymy עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 for Israel’s sake The word **Israel** represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 8 a1ra figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַ⁠ם 1 all the hardships that had come to them Moses writes of **hardships** happening to them as if hardships had discovered where they were. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 8 a1ra figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַ⁠ם 1 all the hardships that had come to them Moses writes of **hardships** happening to them as if hardships had discovered where they were. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 11 kmk7 כִּ֣י בַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh **Because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did” EXO 18 11 ljj6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites. This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bring judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 12 voi9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1389,29 +1389,29 @@ EXO 18 13 ni2b writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת EXO 18 13 ano2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֣ט 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “all day” EXO 18 14 bax5 figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 What is this that you are doing with the people? Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you doing all this for the people? Why are you doing this by yourself, and why are all the people standing around you from the morning until the evening, asking you to make decisions for them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you doing all this for the people? Why are you doing this by yourself, and why are all the people standing around you from the morning until the evening, asking you to make decisions for them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 14 tiqs figs-explicit נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. You could state that explicitly if it would be more clear. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 18 jtd2 נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל 1 You will surely wear yourselves out Alternate translation: “You will surely make yourself very tired” -EXO 18 18 h91b figs-metaphor כָבֵ֤ד מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 This burden is too heavy for you Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 18 h91b figs-metaphor כָבֵ֤ד מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 This burden is too heavy for you Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 19 pug7 אִיעָ֣צְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 you advice Alternate translation: “I will guide you” or “I will instruct you” -EXO 18 19 v8i9 figs-metaphor וִ⁠יהִ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 God will be with you Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 19 w4r8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ אַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 you bring their disputes to him Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if they were something that Moses was bringing to God. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you tell God about their disputes” or and “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 20 w3vf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ יֵ֣לְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ 1 You must show them the way to walk Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 19 v8i9 figs-metaphor וִ⁠יהִ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 God will be with you Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 19 w4r8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ אַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 you bring their disputes to him Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if they were something that Moses was bringing to God. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you tell God about their disputes” or and “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 20 w3vf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ יֵ֣לְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ 1 You must show them the way to walk Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 21 p5ap וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה 1 Furthermore, you must choose Alternate translation: “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out” -EXO 18 21 n936 figs-metaphor וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 21 n936 figs-metaphor וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 21 xprc writing-pronouns וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is placing the good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 18 21 d2hv translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 18 22 y5n2 figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 22 y5n2 figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 22 vnvh וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you This is a command. Alternate translation: “Make your work less” or “Lessen your work” -EXO 18 22 u42p figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 they will carry the burden with you Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry and make lighter for Moses by helping him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “Make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 22 u42p figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 they will carry the burden with you Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry and make lighter for Moses by helping him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “Make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 23 wyq4 וְ⁠יָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד 1 endure Alternate translation: “then you will not wear yourself out” EXO 18 23 bt5p כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖⁠וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 endure Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony” -EXO 18 25 n2ws figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 heads over the people Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the **head** of a body. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 25 n2ws figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 heads over the people Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the **head** of a body. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 25 tb18 figs-explicit אַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙ 1 capable men What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 18 26 abx4 וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת 1 judged the people in normal circumstances Alternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances” -EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 26 ve8h הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן 1 the small cases Alternate translation: “easy case” EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “A kingdom of priests”

The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Revealing the Law

The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])


### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people

Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. EXO 19 1 r5tj translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 In the third month…on the same day This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month … on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1419,19 +1419,19 @@ EXO 19 2 nk51 translate-names מֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim* EXO 19 3 kgev figs-parallelism תֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the house of Jacob, the people of Israel These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 19 4 z9i6 figs-you אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם 1 You have seen The word **you** here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 19 4 l1do figs-quotemarks 0 You have seen A second-level direct quotation begins with this verse and continues until the middle of [verse 6](../19/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 19 4 b7ph figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים 1 I carried you on eagles’ wings God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an **eagle** and carried them on his **wings**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 19 4 b7ph figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים 1 I carried you on eagles’ wings God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an **eagle** and carried them on his **wings**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 5 c767 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י 1 my voice God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” or “to my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 5 fh8e וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֑⁠י 1 keep my covenant Alternate translation: “and do what my covenant requires you to do” EXO 19 5 ifv6 סְגֻלָּה֙ 1 special possession Alternate translation: “treasure” -EXO 19 6 gm9s figs-metaphor לִ֛⁠י מַמְלֶ֥כֶת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 a kingdom of priests God speaks of his people as if they were **priests**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “my kingdom of people who are like priests” or “my kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 7 c5tq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים 1 set before them all these words The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And he told them all these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 19 6 gm9s figs-metaphor לִ֛⁠י מַמְלֶ֥כֶת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 a kingdom of priests God speaks of his people as if they were **priests**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “my kingdom of people who are like priests” or “my kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 19 7 c5tq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים 1 set before them all these words The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And he told them all these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 7 xjbb figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 set before them all these words Here, **face** means the person. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 7 zqk1 כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 all these words that Yahweh had commanded him Alternate translation: “all that Yahweh had commanded him” EXO 19 8 ljf5 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 Moses came to report Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report the words of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 19 8 rwx6 figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people’s words Here, **words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 9 ih2h figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people’s words Here, **words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 10 ie7y וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתָּ֥⁠ם 1 you must set them apart to me This may mean instruct the people, or it may mean Moses will have a role as well. Alternate translation: “and tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “and help them to purify themselves for me” -EXO 19 11 tdg9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י 1 Be ready Here, **before the eyes** means “so they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 19 11 tdg9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י 1 Be ready Here, **before the eyes** means “so they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 12 d48p וְ⁠הִגְבַּלְתָּ֤ 1 set boundaries The **boundary** was either a mark or some kind of barrier. EXO 19 12 hhv5 figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 set boundaries A second-level direct quotation begins with **watch**. It is not clear where this command that Moses is to give the Israelites ends. Most English translations end it in [verse 13](../19/13.md) before the last sentence. For that reason, it may be most helpful to translate the instruction as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them to watch themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 19 12 xct0 הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲל֥וֹת בָּ⁠הָ֖ר וּ⁠נְגֹ֣עַ בְּ⁠קָצֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 set boundaries Here, the negative command is implied from the **watch yourselves** command. Alternate translation: “Watch yourselves against climbing on the mountain or touching on its edge” @@ -1447,15 +1447,15 @@ EXO 19 18 a8p7 figs-simile כְּ⁠עֶ֣שֶׁן הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֔ן 1 EXO 19 19 m8ae הוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְ⁠חָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד 1 grew louder and louder Alternate translation: “continued to become louder and louder” EXO 19 19 f5e6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠קֽוֹל 1 in a voice The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 20 zx5p figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֧רֶד…וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל 1 in a voice You may need to consider your language’s rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 19 21 d2qm figs-metaphor פֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ 1 not to break through God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 19 21 d2qm figs-metaphor פֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ 1 not to break through God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 21 oht2 figs-euphemism וְ⁠נָפַ֥ל 1 not to break through **Fall** is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 19 22 pq8j figs-metaphor יִפְרֹ֥ץ בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 not to break through Yahweh’s anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** through a boundary. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh kills them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 19 22 pq8j figs-metaphor יִפְרֹ֥ץ בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 not to break through Yahweh’s anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** through a boundary. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh kills them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 23 gagp figs-quotesinquotes בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הַגְבֵּ֥ל אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֖ר וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 not to break through This quoted command could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “us to set boundaries on the mountain to keep it separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 19 24 w8lx לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד 1 get down Alternate translation: “go down” -EXO 19 24 bk6p figs-metaphor אַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ 1 break through the barrier God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might **break** down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 24 p1yq figs-metaphor יִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם 1 break through the barrier Yahweh’s anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** through a boundary. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 19 24 bk6p figs-metaphor אַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ 1 break through the barrier God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might **break** down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 19 24 p1yq figs-metaphor יִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם 1 break through the barrier Yahweh’s anger and judgment are pictured as something that will **burst** through a boundary. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant

Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])


### Form of you

The singular form of you is used in the commandments, however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if you language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 20 2 qg71 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 house of slavery Yahweh speaks of **Egypt** as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 20 2 qg71 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 house of slavery Yahweh speaks of **Egypt** as if it were a **house** where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 20 3 r9h3 לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ 1 You must have no other gods before me Alternate translation: “You must not worship any other gods besides me” EXO 20 4 s7n3 figs-merism וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֔עַל וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠תָּ֑חַת וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 nor the likeness This list means, all created things wherever they are. Alternate translation: “nor anything that looks like anything created whether that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 20 4 rkn1 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה 1 nor the likeness Alternate translation: “nor anything looking like something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ EXO 20 7 gcz2 לַ⁠שָּׁ֑וְא…לַ⁠שָּֽׁוְא 1 in vain Alter EXO 20 7 sl6g figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙ 1 I will not hold guiltless This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 20 8 kwn7 לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 set it apart Alternate translation: “to make it holy to me” or “to consecrate it to me” EXO 20 9 sad1 מְלַאכְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 do all your work Alternate translation: “your occupation” or “your livelihood” -EXO 20 10 t1ky figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 within your gates Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 20 10 t1ky figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 within your gates Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 20 11 vw1f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י 1 on the seventh day Alternate translation: “on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 20 14 wyv9 לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף 1 You must not commit adultery Alternate translation: “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse” EXO 20 16 zix8 לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֵעֲ⁠ךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר 1 must not give false testimony Alternate translation: “You must not speak a false report against your neighbor” @@ -1482,17 +1482,17 @@ EXO 20 18 nm52 הָ⁠הָ֖ר עָשֵׁ֑ן 1 the mountain smoking Alternate EXO 20 18 lmt5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֔עוּ 1 they trembled Alternate translation: “they shook with fear” EXO 20 18 h53m וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽ⁠רָחֹֽק 1 stood far off Alternate translation: “stood far away” EXO 20 20 slb8 וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲב֗וּר תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י תֶחֱטָֽאוּ 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin Alternate translation: “so that you will honor him and not sin” -EXO 20 20 hocw figs-metaphor תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin Here, **fear** is spoken of as something that could be on their faces. It may mean they would have such a fear that their attitude could be seen on their faces. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “reverence for him will show on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 20 20 hocw figs-metaphor תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin Here, **fear** is spoken of as something that could be on their faces. It may mean they would have such a fear that their attitude could be seen on their faces. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “reverence for him will show on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 20 21 lts1 וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ 1 Moses approached Alternate translation: “and Moses went closer to” EXO 20 22 ayom figs-quotemarks אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם 1 Moses approached A second-level direct quotation begins here that continues until the [end of the chapter](../20/26.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 20 23 qm44 אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 gods of silver or gods of gold Alternate translation: “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold” EXO 20 24 pf1i מִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮ 1 earthen altar An altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay. -EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 cause my name to be honored Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 cause my name to be honored Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 20 24 zmc4 figs-activepassive אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 cause my name to be honored If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 20 26 qm1b figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 20 26 e28y figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 20 26 h2qd עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 your nakedness Alternate translation: “your private parts” -EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes

This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.

## Structure:

- 1: Introduction
- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves
- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves
- 12-17: Capital crimes
- 18-36: Liability laws
- 18-27: Regarding human violence
- 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals

## Translation issues in this chapter

### Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).


### Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].


### Daughters sold as servants

The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be some what confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife.

### Ransom payment

In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear. +EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes

This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.

## Structure:

- 1: Introduction
- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves
- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves
- 12-17: Capital crimes
- 18-36: Liability laws
* 18-27: Regarding human violence
* 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals

## Translation issues in this chapter

### Hypothetical situations

Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).


### Passive construction

Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].


### Daughters sold as servants

The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be some what confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife.

### Ransom payment

In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear. EXO 21 1 xxf4 0 you must set before them Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters. EXO 21 1 hhf7 תָּשִׂ֖ים 1 you must set before them Alternate translation: “you must give” or “you must tell” EXO 21 1 ddql figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 you must set before them Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ EXO 22 22 djh3 figs-doublenegatives כָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְ⁠יָת EXO 22 22 v3i8 אַלְמָנָ֥ה 1 widow Alternate translation: “woman whose husband has died” EXO 22 22 l2ih וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם 1 fatherless child Alternate translation: “or child with no parents” EXO 22 24 zszz figs-idiom וְ⁠חָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔⁠י 1 fatherless child This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 22 25 v5je כְּ⁠נֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 a moneylender Alternate translation: “like one who lends money” EXO 22 25 g3ry לֹֽא־תְשִׂימ֥וּ⁠ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו נֶֽשֶׁךְ 1 charge him interest Alternate translation: “you must not charge him extra money for borrowing” or “you must not charge him extra money for the loan” EXO 22 27 wi2m כְסוּתוֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠הּ 1 only covering Alternate translation: “is his only coat” or “is his only garment to keep him warm” @@ -1633,18 +1633,18 @@ EXO 23 1 we1y 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws f EXO 23 1 eeoc figs-abstractnouns לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֖א שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 dishonest witness This could be translated differently to avoid the abstract nouns **report** and **emptiness.** Alternate translation: “You must not report emptily” or “You must not report falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 23 1 fu5k figs-idiom אַל־תָּ֤שֶׁת יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ עִם־רָשָׁ֔ע 1 dishonest witness Here, to **put your hand with the wicked** means to support the lies that he is telling in order to harm someone else. The image is of putting out your hand to help him, to make him stronger than he would be on his own. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You must not assist the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 23 1 l4xr שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “a false testimony” -EXO 23 1 y1a3 figs-metonymy עֵ֥ד חָמָֽס 1 dishonest witness Here, **violence** can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 1 y1a3 figs-metonymy עֵ֥ד חָמָֽס 1 dishonest witness Here, **violence** can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 2 nqz9 וְ⁠לֹא־תַעֲנֶ֣ה 1 nor may you bear witness Alternate translation: “and you also must not speak” -EXO 23 2 z6ej figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תִהְיֶ֥ה אַחֲרֵֽי־רַבִּ֖ים לְ⁠רָעֹ֑ת 1 siding with the crowd This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked behind that group. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must not do the evil that the crowd wants” or “You must not agree with the majority for evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 23 2 z6ej figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תִהְיֶ֥ה אַחֲרֵֽי־רַבִּ֖ים לְ⁠רָעֹ֑ת 1 siding with the crowd This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked behind that group. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must not do the evil that the crowd wants” or “You must not agree with the majority for evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 23 2 nuag figs-ellipsis לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת 1 siding with the crowd Alternate translation: “From justice” is omitted but should be understood. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 23 2 tnv2 לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת 1 pervert justice This means to do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling. Alternate translation: “to pervert justice … that perverts justice” EXO 23 6 z2al לֹ֥א תַטֶּ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ 1 Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit Alternate translation: “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters” EXO 23 6 vh76 בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ 1 lawsuit Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides. -EXO 23 7 ljdw figs-metaphor מִ⁠דְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק 1 I will not acquit the wicked Here, distance is used figuratively to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 23 7 ljdw figs-metaphor מִ⁠דְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק 1 I will not acquit the wicked Here, distance is used figuratively to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 23 7 c6xl figs-doublet וְ⁠נָקִ֤י וְ⁠צַדִּיק֙ 1 I will not acquit the wicked These two terms mean very similar things, both of which contrast with **the wicked** later in the verse. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “person who has not done anything wrong or the person who always does what is right” or “person who does right and not wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 23 7 mf4w לֹא־אַצְדִּ֖יק רָשָֽׁע 1 I will not acquit the wicked Alternate translation: “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say that a wicked person is innocent” EXO 23 8 gh3v figs-personification כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts Here a “bribe” is described as if it could take action itself that negatively affects justice. Alternate translation: “for if you do, an evil person can give money to blind the clear-sighted and to pervert the words of the righteous ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 23 8 ai37 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts To **blind the clear-sighted** is a metaphor that means causing those who know what is right to act like they do not. And **pervert the words of the righteous** could mean causing those who would speak the truth (in court) to lie or causing the judge to give an evil judgment or causing those listening to **the words of the righteous** to choose to act as if they had heard something different. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for a bribe causes those who understand the right thing to do not to do it and causes good men to speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 23 8 ai37 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts To **blind the clear-sighted** is a metaphor that means causing those who know what is right to act like they do not. And **pervert the words of the righteous** could mean causing those who would speak the truth (in court) to lie or causing the judge to give an evil judgment or causing those listening to **the words of the righteous** to choose to act as if they had heard something different. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for a bribe causes those who understand the right thing to do not to do it and causes good men to speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 23 9 mzu9 אֶת־נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠גֵּ֔ר 1 the life of a foreigner Alternate translation: “the feelings of the foreigner” EXO 23 10 rt7h תְּבוּאָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 its produce Alternate translation: “the food its plants produce” EXO 23 10 gjya translate-numbers וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ 1 its produce Alternate translation: “And 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1657,8 +1657,8 @@ EXO 23 12 u07q translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 any foreigner m EXO 23 12 gpu1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִנָּפֵ֥שׁ בֶּן־אֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠הַ⁠גֵּֽר 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the son of your female slave and the sojourner may refresh himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 23 13 ldn8 תִּשָּׁמֵ֑רוּ 1 Pay attention to Alternate translation: “Do” or “Obey” EXO 23 13 va2j figs-parallelism וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods These two instructions mean almost the same thing. It may be more clear to combine them in some languages. Alternate translation: “Be sure never to speak the names of other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods This probably means praying to other gods. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 13 apnw figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods To be **on your mouth** means to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods This probably means praying to other gods. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 13 apnw figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods To be **on your mouth** means to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 13 s86p figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 mention the names of other gods If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 23 14 ezgh translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֣שׁ 1 mention the names of other gods Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 23 15 bu7n translate-hebrewmonths הָֽ⁠אָבִ֔יב 1 Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) @@ -1667,14 +1667,14 @@ EXO 23 15 tx1v figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠לֹא־יֵרָא֥וּ פָנַ֖ EXO 23 16 ybsb וְ⁠חַ֤ג הַ⁠קָּצִיר֙ 1 Festival of Ingathering Elsewhere this is called the “Festival of Weeks.” See [Exodus 34:22](../34/22.md) and Deuteronomy 16:9 and following. EXO 23 16 pnx4 וְ⁠חַ֤ג הָֽ⁠אָסִף֙ 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. See Deuteronomy 16:13. Alternate translation: “And the Festival of the Ingathering” EXO 23 16 wgxm figs-metaphor בְּ⁠צֵ֣את הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֔ה 1 Festival of Ingathering This means the end of the year. It is pictured as something that is leaving. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as the year goes out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙ 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙ 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 20 bssx figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 21 mpfy figs-metonymy הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו 1 Be attentive to him This means to respect him; **from his face** refers to his person. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 21 mpfy figs-metonymy הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו 1 Be attentive to him This means to respect him; **from his face** refers to his person. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 21 pm7x figs-activepassive הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִ⁠פָּנָ֛י⁠ו 1 Be attentive to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 23 21 p5y3 grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תַּמֵּ֣ר בּ֑⁠וֹ כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יִשָּׂא֙ לְ⁠פִשְׁעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם כִּ֥י שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon There are two reasons given for the instruction **do not cause bitterness in him**. They are chained together such that you could say: “Because my name is within him, he will not forgive your transgressions, therefore do not cause bitterness in him.” The relation of the **name** and **forgiveness** is not explicit. Alternate translation: “If you provoke him, he will not pardon your sins for my name is within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 My name is on him Here **name** refers to God’s authority. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 21 gt76 figs-metonymy וּ⁠שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹל֖⁠וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 My name is on him Here **name** refers to God’s authority. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 21 gt76 figs-metonymy וּ⁠שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹל֖⁠וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 22 y9bm figs-parallelism וְ⁠אָֽיַבְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֹ֣יְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠צַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־צֹרְרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 23 23 x2nh figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 24 a1d5 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה כְּ⁠מַֽעֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 You must not…do as they do The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not … live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1682,9 +1682,9 @@ EXO 23 25 t3ir figs-merism וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ אֶֽת־לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֖ EXO 23 25 ydl4 figs-123person וּ⁠בֵרַ֥ךְ 1 he will bless…I will remove Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 23 26 q4gz figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א תִהְיֶ֛ה מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה וַ⁠עֲקָרָ֖ה 1 No woman will be barren or will miscarry her young in your land This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 23 26 i1r9 מְשַׁכֵּלָ֥ה 1 miscarry to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly -EXO 23 26 geqg figs-idiom אֶת־מִסְפַּ֥ר יָמֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֲמַלֵּֽא 1 miscarry This is an idiom that means to live a long time. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 23 26 geqg figs-idiom אֶת־מִסְפַּ֥ר יָמֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֲמַלֵּֽא 1 miscarry This is an idiom that means to live a long time. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 23 27 yps8 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 27 q901 figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֧י אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶ֛י⁠ךָ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ עֹֽרֶף 1 miscarry This is an idiom meaning that the enemies will turn and run away (showing the Israelites the backs of their necks). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will make all of your enemies flee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 23 27 q901 figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֧י אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶ֛י⁠ךָ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ עֹֽרֶף 1 miscarry This is an idiom meaning that the enemies will turn and run away (showing the Israelites the backs of their necks). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and I will make all of your enemies flee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 23 28 t0r1 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ…מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “before you … from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 28 cg7i translate-unknown הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה 1 hornets This is a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 23 28 oocw grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֖ה…וְ⁠גֵרְשָׁ֗ה 1 hornets Here, **hornet** is used in the singular but refers to a large group of the flying, stinging insects. **It** agrees in number with **hornet**. It may be necessary to translate as a plural. Alternate translation: “hornets … and they will drive out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) @@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@ EXO 23 29 wfdi figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means EXO 23 29 i9aq figs-explicit פֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 or the land would become abandoned You could make the rest of the idea explicit if it would help. Alternate translation: “lest the land become desolate because no one would be living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 23 30 mne7 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 31 my2e figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshipping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “worshipping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes

## Structure

1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2
2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it, this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8
3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11
4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders and he goes v. 12-15
5. Description of Yahweh's glory and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18

## Potential translation issues

- there are a number of similes used to describe people's encounter with God
- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways
- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ covenant

The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### God’s holiness

Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshipping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “worshipping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes

## Structure

1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2
2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it, this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8
3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11
4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders and he goes v. 12-15
5. Description of Yahweh’s glory and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18

## Potential translation issues

- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God
- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways
- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ covenant

The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### God’s holiness

Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 24 1 hji6 writing-newevent 0 Nadab…Abihu A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names נָדָ֣ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא 1 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 24 1 zukb figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֗ה 1 Nadab…Abihu Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ EXO 24 2 p06o writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֵ֖ם 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Th EXO 24 2 dqnp figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 24 3 sbc3 writing-newevent 0 with one voice Verses 3-8 are a different scene than the rest of the chapter, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. It seems that there were some preparations needed before Moses and the elders could go up to meet Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 24 3 nuqr 0 with one voice See [Exodus 19:8](../19/08.md) for how you translated a very similar event. -EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙ 1 with one voice This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙ 1 with one voice This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 24 4 h7gg תַּ֣חַת הָ⁠הָ֑ר 1 foot of the mountain Alternate translation: “at the base of the mountain” EXO 24 4 uipf translate-numbers וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙…לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר 1 foot of the mountain Alternate translation: “and 12 … according to the 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 24 7 c9tm translate-unknown סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠בְּרִ֔ית 1 foot of the mountain Here, **book** does not mean something in our modern format. It was likely a piece of papyrus (an early form of paper made from reeds) or animal skin that rolled up. Alternate translation: “the Covenant he had written down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1725,12 +1725,12 @@ EXO 24 14 mhvj grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠זְּקֵ EXO 24 14 qiy4 לָ֣⁠נוּ 1 wait for us Alternate translation: “Joshua and me” EXO 24 14 uc7r translate-names וְ⁠חוּר֙ 1 Hur This is a man’s name. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 24 14 jyh8 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 Hur **Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that Moses is about to tell them. It is frequently omitted, if your language uses a statement to draw attention to important information you should consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Remember” -EXO 24 14 dqhj figs-idiom מִי־בַ֥עַל דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 Hur This is an idiom that means that someone has a legal dispute or complaint. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever has a legal claim” or “Anyone with a law case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy כְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of Yahweh’s presence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 24 14 dqhj figs-idiom מִי־בַ֥עַל דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 Hur This is an idiom that means that someone has a legal dispute or complaint. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever has a legal claim” or “Anyone with a law case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy כְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of Yahweh’s presence. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 24 16 sb1o translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 Yahweh’s glory Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 24 16 uwdd translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 Yahweh’s glory Alternate translation: “on day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-metaphor לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 in the eyes of the Israelites Their **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about what they saw. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See how you translated a similar expression in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-metaphor לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 in the eyes of the Israelites Their **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about what they saw. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See how you translated a similar expression in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 forty days and forty nights Alternate translation: “forty days and forty nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes

## Structure:

- v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place they will worship God
- v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions
- v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony
- v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table
- v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand
- v. 40: Summary instruction

## Special concepts in this chapter

- The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.
- Translators will need to take care translating the concept of atonement.


## Potential translation issues in this chapter:

- There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.
- There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.
- From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30 almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
EXO 25 2 ygtd figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֙ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart At the beginning of this verse, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ EXO 25 9 tc2k figs-123person תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 You must make it Since Moses EXO 25 10 o8dl translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֑ים 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half These trees, **acacias**, are small trees with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 10 cs23 translate-bdistance אַמָּתַ֨יִם וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וְ⁠אַמָּ֥ה וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 115cm … 69cm … 69cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 25 10 saf8 translate-fraction וָ⁠חֵ֜צִי…וָ⁠חֵ֨צִי֙…וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 25 12 wbq8 translate-unknown וְ⁠יָצַ֣קְתָּ לּ֗⁠וֹ אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת זָהָ֔ב 1 cast four rings of gold Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden. If this sort of metal-working process is unknown to your people, you may simply describe it, or use a word meaning “make” as the UST does. The UST approach is preferred, as the creation process is not in focus here, and it would be cumbersome to include the description in the text. You could use a word meaning “make” and include the description in a footnote, if you are including those, and your team feels it is important to understand. Alternate translation: “You shall make four rings of gold by melting the gold and pouring it into molds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 25 12 wbq8 translate-unknown וְ⁠יָצַ֣קְתָּ לּ֗⁠וֹ אַרְבַּע֙ טַבְּעֹ֣ת זָהָ֔ב 1 cast four rings of gold Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden. If this sort of metal-working process is unknown to your people, you may simply describe it, or use a word meaning “make” as the UST does. The UST approach is preferred, as the creation process is not in focus here, and it would be cumbersome to include the description in the text. You could use a word meaning “make” and include the description in a footnote, if you are including those, and your team feels it is important to understand. Alternate translation: “You shall make four rings of gold by melting the gold and pouring it into molds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 13 i5mc translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֑ים 1 cast four rings of gold A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 15 k67p figs-parallelism בְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 General Information: These two phrases mean similar things. Yahweh is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important this command is. If it is confusing for your readers to repeat both phrases, you can combine them and show the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “The poles belong in the rings of the box; never is anyone to remove them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 25 15 aea1 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠טַבְּעֹת֙ הָ⁠אָרֹ֔ן יִהְי֖וּ הַ⁠בַּדִּ֑ים לֹ֥א יָסֻ֖רוּ מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 General Information: If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent You can convert t EXO 25 40 y081 figs-explicit וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain All the items described in this chapter are implied as what Moses is told to **see and make**. You could make that explicit in your translation if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 25 40 gyte figs-metonymy וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain Here, **see** relates to observing or overseeing. Essentially, Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items, so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Watch carefully so you can make these things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes


- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.
- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent
- v. 1-6: Inner covering
- v. 7-14: Outer covering layers
- v. 15-30: Wooden framework
- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent
- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain

## Special concepts in this chapter


### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place,” that has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes


- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.
- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent
* v. 1-6: Inner covering
* v. 7-14: Outer covering layers
* v. 15-30: Wooden framework
- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent
- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain

## Special concepts in this chapter


### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place,” that has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-you תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 26 1 iww4 translate-unknown יְרִיעֹ֑ת 1 curtains The **curtains** were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 1 vre7 וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ EXO 26 4 ghz8 תְּכֵ֗לֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “blue yarn EXO 26 4 wdum translate-ordinal הָ⁠אֶחָ֔ת…הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 26 4 d0sl בַּ⁠חֹבָ֑רֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “in one set of five curtains” EXO 26 4 gjt1 בַּ⁠מַּחְבֶּ֖רֶת הַ⁠שֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set Alternate translation: “in the other set of five curtains” -EXO 26 5 nkr7 figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 one set This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 26 5 nkr7 figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 one set This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 26 6 sns4 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֕יתָ חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים קַרְסֵ֣י זָהָ֑ב וְ⁠חִבַּרְתָּ֨ אֶת־הַ⁠יְרִיעֹ֜ת אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together. EXO 26 6 k12s figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 clasps This is the same idiom as in the previous verse, meaning together. Alternate translation: “to each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 26 6 b242 אֶחָֽד 1 clasps Alternate translation: “as though it were one piece” @@ -1818,9 +1818,9 @@ EXO 26 16 p3av translate-fraction וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י 1 ten cubits…one and a h EXO 26 17 zwfj translate-unknown יָד֗וֹת 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits This means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 17 xf6s figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” See how you translated this in [26:5](../26/05.md). Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 26 19 c9id אַדְנֵי־כֶ֔סֶף 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place and off the ground. -EXO 26 19 o357 figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֨י אֲדָנִ֜ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֤רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָד֙ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י יְדֹתָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֧י אֲדָנִ֛ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י יְדֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. This same phrasing occurs again in [verse 21](../26/21.md) and [verse 25](../26/25.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame for its two tenons, and then two bases under the next frame for its two tenons, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 26 21 rlcf figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 26 25 cbpl figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 26 19 o357 figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֨י אֲדָנִ֜ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֤רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָד֙ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י יְדֹתָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֧י אֲדָנִ֛ים תַּֽחַת־הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י יְדֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. This same phrasing occurs again in [verse 21](../26/21.md) and [verse 25](../26/25.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame for its two tenons, and then two bases under the next frame for its two tenons, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 26 21 rlcf figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 26 25 cbpl figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָ֔ד וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 26 25 p2wu translate-unknown וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם…אֲדָנִ֑ים…אֲדָנִ֗ים…אֲדָנִ֔ים 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 26 fc8p translate-unknown בְרִיחִ֖ם 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 29 ji1j בָּתִּ֖ים לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 for them to serve as holders for the crossbars Alternate translation: “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars” @@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ EXO 26 29 nq3m לַ⁠בְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 crossbars These are horizontal sup EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive הָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּ⁠הָֽר 1 you were shown on the mountain If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 26 31 yqi6 0 General Information: See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). EXO 26 33 p2yq translate-unknown הַ⁠קְּרָסִים֒ 1 clasps The **clasps** fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 33 x28l figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “the most holy place” or “the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 26 33 x28l figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “the most holy place” or “the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 26 34 u3tu figs-possession בְּ⁠קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 26 35 lv9e הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָן֙…הַ⁠מְּנֹרָה֙ 1 The table must be on the north side This is the **table** Yahweh told Moses how to make in [25:23-30](../25/23.md) and the **lampstand** he told him how to make in [25:31-39](../25/31.md). EXO 26 36 tiz7 0 The table must be on the north side See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). @@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ EXO 26 36 rr16 תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹל EXO 26 36 f6td translate-unknown וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר 1 fine twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer Alternate translation: “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 37 av60 0 an embroiderer See how you translated very similar instructions in [verse 32](../26/32.md). -EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar
- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent
- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand


## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building (around the tent of meeting) of the courtyard area containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.

## Potential translation issues

- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs, others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.
- There continues to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. +EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.
- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar
- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent
- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand


## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting

This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building (around the tent of meeting) of the courtyard area containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.

## Potential translation issues

- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs, others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.
- There continues to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. EXO 27 1 s8qy translate-bdistance חָמֵשׁ֩ אַמּ֨וֹת…וְ⁠חָמֵ֧שׁ אַמּ֣וֹת…וְ⁠שָׁלֹ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 2.3 meters … 2.3 meters … 138 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 4 hsq3 רֶ֣שֶׁת 1 grate a frame of crossed metal bars for holding wood when burning EXO 27 4 vlau 0 grate You may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles when translating this verse. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), & [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md). @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ EXO 27 11 ynao figs-ellipsis מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred c EXO 27 11 xev2 translate-bdistance מֵ֣אָה 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 12 p4u4 translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 there must be a curtain You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 13 w2sg translate-bdistance חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אַמָּֽה 1 The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. The **cubits** are each approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 23 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 14 u8nm translate-bdistance וַ⁠חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +EXO 27 14 u8nm translate-bdistance וַ⁠חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. Each of the **cubits** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 14 z8n2 עַמֻּדֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). EXO 27 14 gz7s וְ⁠אַדְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 bases These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). EXO 27 15 s2cc translate-bdistance חְמֵ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 fifteen cubits You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A cubit is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 6.9 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony This refer EXO 27 21 nlwz אֹת֨⁠וֹ יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨⁠וֹ 1 ark of testimony Here, **it** refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and **arrange** means to set it up for burning, and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it” EXO 27 21 j41s figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 ark of testimony Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 27 21 vr7m חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹ֣רֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This requirement will be a lasting statute See how you translated a similar statement in [12:14](../12/14.md) -EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests
- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing
- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod
- v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod
- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece
- v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece
- v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod
- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart
- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates
- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban
- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing
- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments
- v. 43b: Closing statement

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holy garments

Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues

- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstone. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.
+EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes

## Structure

- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests
- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing
- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod
* v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod
- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece
* v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece
* v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod
- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart
- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates
- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban
- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing
- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments
- v. 43b: Closing statement

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holy garments

Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues

- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstone. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.
EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you וְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה 1 Call to yourself Here **you** refers to Moses, in this case it is something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 28 1 w9ls translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֨ן אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ 1 Call to yourself Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 28 1 ofgr translate-names נָדָ֧ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֛וּא אֶלְעָזָ֥ר וְ⁠אִיתָמָ֖ר 1 Call to yourself These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ EXO 28 36 mzej translate-unknown צִּ֖יץ 1 engrave on it, like the engravin EXO 28 36 nd2q translate-unknown וּ⁠פִתַּחְתָּ֤ עָלָי⁠ו֙ פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֔ם 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet Alternate translation: “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 37 qka6 translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנָ֑פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 37 lxq8 figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֥וּל פְּנֵֽי־הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban Here, **face** means the front. Alternate translation: “to the front of the turban” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 28 38 frqm figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 1 turban Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to be picturing handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also, here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 28 38 frqm figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 1 turban Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to be picturing handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also, here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 28 38 chuz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 38 jbt4 figs-123person יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, if it would be more natural in your language you may need to change this to first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 28 39 t5vj translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1947,10 +1947,10 @@ EXO 28 39 i62z translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 the work of an embroiderer An em EXO 28 40 pfs2 translate-unknown אַבְנֵטִ֑ים 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 40 v2tj translate-unknown וּ⁠מִגְבָּעוֹת֙ 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 41 xa75 translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛⁠ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּ⁠מִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛⁠ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 42 m1bi figs-euphemism בְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 undergarments This is an euphemism for the male genitalia. You may translate it using an appropriate euphemism in your culture. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes

Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.

## Structure

As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole, the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.
The Consecration of the Priests
- v. 1-3 Preparing items
- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons
- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar
- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams
- v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned
- v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating
- v. 29-30 Priestly succession
- v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram
- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days
- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings
- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Consecrating priests

This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter


### Forms of you

For this chapter, it seems that the singular you that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.

### “I will live among the Israelites”

As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. +EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes

Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.

## Structure

As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole, the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.
The Consecration of the Priests
- v. 1-3 Preparing items
- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons
- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar
- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams
* v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned
* v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating
* v. 29-30 Priestly succession
* v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram
- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days
- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings
- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Consecrating priests

This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter


### Forms of you

For this chapter, it seems that the singular you that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.

### “I will live among the Israelites”

As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. EXO 29 1 d6gk writing-newevent וְ⁠זֶ֨ה 1 Now A new scene begins here, there is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 29 1 z78h writing-pronouns תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 you must do Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 ld5s writing-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 to set them apart Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ EXO 29 36 r5tx 0 General Information: This verse and the next explain the purp EXO 29 36 s81n grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠פַ֨ר חַטָּ֜את תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה לַ⁠יּוֹם֙ עַל־הַ⁠כִּפֻּרִ֔ים וְ⁠חִטֵּאתָ֙ עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּ⁠כַפֶּרְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 General Information: The phrase **and you shall purify the altar by making atonement for it** describes the purpose of offering the bull. You may want to use a stronger connector, or in languages that need to put purpose first you may need to re-order the clauses. Alternate translation: “And you shall offer a bull of purification for atonement daily, thus you shall purify the altar, by making atonement for it.” or “You shall purify the altar by making atonement for it: you shall offer a bull of purification daily for its atonement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 29 37 pq5d figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 29 37 qk5h יִקְדָּֽשׁ 1 will be set apart to Yahweh Alternate translation: “will also become set apart” -EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: This is an idiom meaning one year old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: This is an idiom meaning one year old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 39 qxst figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם 1 General Information: The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 40 x6i4 translate-fraction וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן…רֶ֣בַע…רְבִעִ֥ית 1 a tenth…the fourth part Alternate translation: “1/10 of … 1/4 of … 1/4 of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 29 40 nd8q figs-explicit וְ⁠עִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת 1 a tenth…the fourth part Many commentators suggest that this means one tenth of an “ephah” even though “ephah” is not written. If your translation style retains the original measurement words, you may need to insert the word you are using for “ephah” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2026,7 +2026,7 @@ EXO 29 41 ibch figs-idiom בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 a tenth EXO 29 42 j8cg לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 29 42 h5r7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 tent of meeting This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּ⁠כְבֹדִֽ⁠י 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes

This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.
The forms of you are mostly singular, however, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.


## Structure:

- v. 1-10: Incense altar
- v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar
- v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar
- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census
- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin
- v. 22-30: Anointing oil
- v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil
- v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil
v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

Through the offering of blood and money things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])


### Holiness

Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


### Unknown terms

There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. +EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes

This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.
The forms of you are mostly singular, however, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.


## Structure:

- v. 1-10: Incense altar
* v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar
* v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar
- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census
- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin
- v. 22-30: Anointing oil
* v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil
* v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil
v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

Through the offering of blood and money things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])


### Holiness

Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


### Unknown terms

There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you וְ⁠עָשִׂ֥יתָ 1 You must make Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 2 w56e translate-unknown קַרְנֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 Its horns must be made See how you translated **horns** in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 2 a39m translate-bdistance אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה…וְ⁠אַמָּתַ֖יִם 1 Its horns must be made You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm … 46cm … 94cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -2046,17 +2046,17 @@ EXO 30 10 k6xk קַרְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 horns These were projections that lo EXO 30 10 san2 לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 30 10 jxn0 figs-possession קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים 1 throughout your generations Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 30 10 uxb4 figs-quotemarks לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 throughout your generations After **Yahweh**, the direct quote that began in [Exo 25:2](../25/02.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 30 12 dprx figs-idiom תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ 1 When you take In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 30 12 dprx figs-idiom תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ 1 When you take In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you תִשָּׂ֞א 1 When you take Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 12 k5p1 אִ֣ישׁ 1 a census of the Israelites The leaders only counted the Israelite men. -EXO 30 13 y1kn figs-idiom כָּל־הָ⁠עֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 half a shekel of silver This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 30 13 y1kn figs-idiom כָּל־הָ⁠עֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 half a shekel of silver This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bweight הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver These are units of weight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 30 13 a2py translate-bmoney הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** was used as both a weight and a unit of money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EXO 30 13 w3hx translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית…מַחֲצִ֣ית 1 half a shekel of silver Alternate translation: “1/2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 30 13 nfp6 בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ עֶשְׂרִ֤ים גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. EXO 30 14 uqt6 figs-idiom כֹּ֗ל הָ⁠עֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 from twenty years old and up This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. It is the same phrase as in the [previous verse](../30/13.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 14 vhim figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה 1 from twenty years old and up This is an idiom that refers to age. See the UST and how you translated the same idiom in [Exo 7:7](../07/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 30 14 k4h9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וָ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 from twenty years old and up Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 30 14 k4h9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וָ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 from twenty years old and up Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 30 15 e8xa translate-bmoney מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִ֖ית הַ⁠שָּׁ֑קֶל 1 the half shekel See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EXO 30 15 ew8p figs-123person נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 the half shekel The plural form of you is used here. In many cases, since Yahweh is speaking to Moses about the people that will be counted, it may make more sense to change to the third person. However, Moses would be counted as well and would have to pay the ransom, so a form of you that could include Moses and all the other Israelite men would also be an appropriate translation. Alternate translation: “for their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 30 16 z6tn וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֖ר עַל־נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives This sentence is very unclear. It is not clear who is being reminded of what. This could mean: (1) It will remind Yahweh that the Israelites have given money for their lives. Therefore he should welcome them. (2) It will remind the Israelites that they have given Yahweh money for their lives. Therefore he will welcome them. @@ -2100,18 +2100,18 @@ EXO 30 38 xn6v לְ⁠הָרִ֣יחַ בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 perfume This could mea EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 30 38 o6v0 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cuff off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath

As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) -EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-idiom קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֑ם 1 I have called by name Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-idiom קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֑ם 1 I have called by name Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֲמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖⁠וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֲמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖⁠וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 31 3 hley figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠חָכְמָ֛ה 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **skill** in another way. Alternate translation: “so he can work skillfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 31 3 my4f figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בִ⁠תְבוּנָ֥ה 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** in another way. Alternate translation: “and so he can understand his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 31 3 emp5 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠דַ֖עַת 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** in another way. Alternate translation: “and so he knows his work well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 31 3 r6i5 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מְלָאכָֽה 1 for all kinds of craftsmanship If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **craftsmanship** in another way. Alternate translation: “and for making all kinds of crafts” or “and so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 31 6 jh61 translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב…אֲחִֽיסָמָךְ֙ 1 Oholiab…Ahisamak These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 31 6 wcq7 figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠לֵ֥ב כָּל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב נָתַ֣תִּי חָכְמָ֑ה 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 31 6 wcq7 figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠לֵ֥ב כָּל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב נָתַ֣תִּי חָכְמָ֑ה 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 31 11 iusb writing-pronouns יַעֲשֽׂוּ 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise **They** refers to Bezalel and Oholiab as well as the unnamed other “skilled of heart” (talented craftsmen) referred to in [verse 2](../31/02.md) and [verse 6](../30/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 31 13 bveg figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days A second-level direct quotation starts after **saying**. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. There are multiple possible endings for this quotation, which will be addressed in later verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor אַ֥ךְ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor אַ֥ךְ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 31 13 gw13 לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 throughout your people’s generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 31 14 dsya figs-quotemarks לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 throughout your people’s generations One possible ending place for the second-level quotation that began in the previous verse is after **to you**. The rest of Yahweh’s instructions to Moses in this section do not use the second person to address Israel directly, so you may close the second-level quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֔ת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2120,16 +2120,16 @@ EXO 31 15 v4dv translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 but the seventh day Alternat EXO 31 15 fvga translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “the 7th” or “day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 31 15 lrat שַׁבַּ֧ת שַׁבָּת֛וֹן 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “a Sabbath of complete rest” EXO 31 15 fxuo figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 31 16 n7q2 לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations Alternate translation: “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “a covenant that will always exist” or “a lasting covenant” EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen some time during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])


- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf
- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction
- v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people
- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idolatry

The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen some time during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])


- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf
- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction
* v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people
- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idolatry

The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 1 oan6 writing-newevent 0 the people saw This chapter begins with a major scene shift, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 1 lnau figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָ⁠עָ֜ם 1 the people saw This means the people were not summoned by Aaron, they decided to come **gather themselves.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean to literally stand up. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean to literally stand up. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 1 mrb5 figs-metonymy יֵֽלְכוּ֙ לְ⁠פָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 go before us Here, **before our faces** means ahead of. The Israelites want idols to lead them. Alternate translation: “shall lead us” or “shall be our leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 1 wulk כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 go before us People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating distance between him and themselves socially. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. EXO 32 2 p86s writing-pronouns וְ⁠הָבִ֖יאוּ 1 bring them to me The word **them** refers to the golden rings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -2144,18 +2144,18 @@ EXO 32 5 p2df figs-explicit לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 When Aaron saw this Here, EXO 32 6 as6u figs-euphemism לְ⁠צַחֵֽק 1 to carouse in wild celebration This word may imply drunken and sexual sin (for a sexual implication see [Genesis 26:8](../GEN/26/08)). However, the only actions mentioned in the text are singing ([v. 18](../32/18.md)) and dancing ([v. 19](../32/19.md)) so translators should avoid using a term that is overly suggestive. Alternate translation: “to revel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 32 7 iajs writing-newevent 0 to carouse in wild celebration There is a scene shift back to the top of the mountain with Moses and Yahweh here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 32 7 tcek figs-rpronouns שִׁחֵ֣ת 1 to carouse in wild celebration Here, the reflexive **themselves** is used to translate the fact that the Israelites actions made the Israelites corrupt. Alternate translation: “have acted corruptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 32 8 eua5 figs-metaphor סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם 1 left the way that I commanded them Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They have quickly stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “They have quickly stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 32 8 eua5 figs-metaphor סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔⁠ם 1 left the way that I commanded them Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They have quickly stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “They have quickly stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 8 tg9e figs-quotemarks אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 left the way that I commanded them This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 32 8 w7v8 figs-quotesinquotes אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 left the way that I commanded them You may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that these are your gods, Israel, that brought you up from the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 8 sjj1 אֵ֤לֶּה אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 left the way that I commanded them In the text, there only appears to be one “god” (the golden calf idol) presented to Israel. If it would be clearer to your audience, you may consider translating **these … gods** as singular. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is your god” EXO 32 8 f62v figs-123person אֱלֹהֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙…הֶֽעֱל֖וּ⁠ךָ 1 left the way that I commanded them Because the speaker of this sentence is unknown and mentioned in the plural, it is possible that it is the people speaking. In that case, it would be possible for a translation to use the first person rather than second person here. See how you translated this in [verse 4](../32/04.md). Alternate translation: “our gods … brought us up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 32 9 ffe2 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף 1 a stiff-necked people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had hard necks. The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him (not going in the way God commanded). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 32 9 ffe2 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף 1 a stiff-necked people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had hard necks. The image comes from an animal that does not want to go the way his master is trying to direct him (not going in the way God commanded). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 9 my87 grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה…הֽוּא 1 a stiff-necked people **People** is a collective noun so the pronouns refering to the people are singular. You may use plural pronouns if that is the normal usage in your language. Alternate translation: “these … they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 32 10 fmk3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 Now then **So now** is used here to mark that Yahweh’s next statements are a result of what he has said in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 32 10 sd9w figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽחַר־אַפִּ֥⁠י בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And let me be angry with them”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 10 sd9w figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽחַר־אַפִּ֥⁠י בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And let me be angry with them”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 10 vc2u writing-pronouns אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 from you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 32 11 h62e figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵ֨אתָ֙ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠כֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 why does your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand? Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, do not let your nose burn against your people whom you have brought out from the land of Egypt with great power and with a strong hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 32 11 nuwf figs-idiom יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “are you angry with your people”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 11 nuwf figs-idiom יֶחֱרֶ֤ה אַפְּ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 My anger will burn hot against them This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “are you angry with your people”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 11 t2cv figs-doublet בְּ⁠כֹ֥חַ גָּד֖וֹל וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 great power…mighty hand These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. If doubling in this way would not convey emphasis in your language, you will need to find a way to translate it that does give emphasis. Alternate translation: “using your very strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 32 11 ph43 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 a mighty hand Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “and with powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר בְּ⁠רָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָ⁠ם֙ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בֶּֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים וּ֨⁠לְ⁠כַלֹּתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ EXO 32 12 yvez figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵ EXO 32 12 kzh7 figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 face of the earth Here, **face** means “surface.” Alternate translation: “from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 12 fns1 שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Alternate translation: “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry” EXO 32 12 iz5q figs-idiom שׁ֚וּב מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠הִנָּחֵ֥ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה לְ⁠עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Here, Yahweh’s anger (burning nose) and plan to punish the people are spoken of as things that he could turn away from and repent of (repentence also means to turn from). This imagry may not translate into your langauge and you may need to use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Calm down and please do not stay determined to do evil to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 13 t9sa זְכֹ֡ר 1 Call to mind Abraham Alternate translation: “Think about” EXO 32 13 p8jq נִשְׁבַּ֣עְתָּ 1 you swore Alternate translation: “you made an oath” EXO 32 13 q1g1 וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֜את אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֗רְתִּי אֶתֵּן֙ לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 They will inherit it forever That is, the land of Canaan. @@ -2173,12 +2173,12 @@ EXO 32 17 cua3 writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ 1 he said to Moses Jo EXO 32 18 r0gm writing-poetry אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses These lines are widely considered to be poetic. It is not clear why a poetic form is used here. In some languages it may not be appropriate to convey this response in poetic form, in which case another form may be used. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) EXO 32 18 m4k0 figs-parallelism אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses The poetic form here is parallelism in the repetition of **sound of singing**. If it would be unclear to say that Moses heard **the sound of singing** in the third line after saying he didn’t hear the sound of singing twice before, something more like the UST may be followed that is more contrastive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 32 18 fdg8 figs-explicit ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses If it is unclear to say that Moses hears **the sound of singing** after twice saying he didn’t hear that, you may want to make the type of singing explicit. Consider referring to your translation of the last word of [verse 6](../32/06.md) (to play in the ULT). Alternate translation: “the sound of playful singing I hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 19 hr2j figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף 1 the tablets This is an idiom for being angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 19 hr2j figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף 1 the tablets This is an idiom for being angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 19 d8zo תַּ֥חַת 1 the tablets Alternate translation: “at the bottom of” EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃ 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” Moses’ question is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage.. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 21 np73 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖י⁠ו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה 1 you have brought such a great sin on them Moses spoke of causing people to **sin** as if sin were an object and Aaron put it **on them**. Alternate translation: “that you have caused them to sin greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-idiom אַל־יִ֥חַר אַ֖ף 1 Do not let your anger burn hot This is an idiom for anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 22 vdy2 figs-idiom כִּ֥י בְ⁠רָ֖ע הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil This is probably an idiom that could mean (1) that the people are prone to evil or (2) that the people were in trouble (that is, they felt troubled because of not having contact with God). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that they are set on evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-idiom אַל־יִ֥חַר אַ֖ף 1 Do not let your anger burn hot This is an idiom for anger. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 22 vdy2 figs-idiom כִּ֥י בְ⁠רָ֖ע הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil This is probably an idiom that could mean (1) that the people are prone to evil or (2) that the people were in trouble (that is, they felt troubled because of not having contact with God). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “that they are set on evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 22 h6dm figs-123person הֽוּא 1 they are set on doing evil Here, **it** is used because **people** is grammatically singular in Hebrew. Alternate translation: “they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 32 23 w91d figs-quotesinquotes עֲשֵׂה־לָ֣⁠נוּ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵלְכ֖וּ לְ⁠פָנֵ֑י⁠נוּ כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱלָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם לֹ֥א יָדַ֖עְנוּ מֶה־הָ֥יָה לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 they are set on doing evil This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 23 zn68 זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָ⁠אִ֗ישׁ 1 this Moses People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating distance between him and themselves socially. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. See how you translated this in [verse 1](../32/01.md). @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ EXO 32 24 wvin grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אַשְׁלִכֵ֣⁠הוּ EXO 32 25 ck1f פָרֻ֖עַ 1 were running wild Alternate translation: “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves” EXO 32 25 csg0 grammar-collectivenouns כִּ֥י פָרֻ֖עַ ה֑וּא כִּֽי־פְרָעֹ֣⁠ה אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 were running wild Here, the pronoun **it** agrees with the grammatical number of **people** (singular). Alternate translation: “that they were let loose, for Aaron had let them loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 32 26 jis7 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מִ֥י לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 Then Moses stood at the entrance…“Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.” You can state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and said that whoever was for Yahweh should come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-idiom מִ֥י לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being **for Yahweh**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-idiom מִ֥י לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being **for Yahweh**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 27 xsl3 עִבְר֨וּ וָ⁠שׁ֜וּבוּ מִ⁠שַּׁ֤עַר לָ⁠שַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance Alternate translation: “Go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” EXO 32 28 at4i translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אַלְפֵ֖י 1 three thousand of the people Alternate translation: “about three thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 32 29 to5d figs-idiom מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). However, this usage is different from that text as here it is not specified what authority they are given or what they are consecrated for other than **for Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “Consecrate yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2208,18 +2208,18 @@ EXO 32 33 qwk9 מִ⁠סִּפְרִֽ⁠י 1 my book This refers to the book o EXO 32 34 xn8p grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔⁠י וּ⁠פָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽ⁠ם 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshipping the idol. If it would be more clear in your language to place the reason first you may consider reordering the clauses. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 32 35 wv1v figs-explicit עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made The first **made** here could mean (1) “do” which could imply worship (2) the people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (as well as Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. Alternate translation: “they had worshiped the calf that Aaron made” or “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 35 h3kl grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגֹּ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם עַ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made If your language requires placing the reason before the result you may reorder these clauses. Alternate translation: “And on account that they had made the calf (that Aaron made), Yahweh plagued the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes

This chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.

## Potential Translation Issues

Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.

Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the tabernacle that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp while the tabernacle will be in the center of the tent.

The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up, or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.
-EXO 33 1 p8xp figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 General Information: The words following **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes

This chapter is largely about Moses continuing to negotiate for a closer relationship between Yahweh and himself and Yahweh and the people. There are a number of important theological issues addressed especially Yahweh’s holiness and character. Several key terms appear.

## Potential Translation Issues

Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them.

Verses 7-11 seem to be background, general information about a somewhat unspecified time period. Be sure this is clear in how you structure these verses. See the beginning of verse 7 in the UST. While the term in verses 7-11 is often used interchangeably with the tabernacle that will be built in chapters 35-39, it is a temporary and different tent. One distinguishing feature is that it is well outside the camp while the tabernacle will be in the center of the tent.

The word **tent** in verses 7-11 refers either to this temporary “tent of meeting” that Moses set up, or to the tents that the Israelites lived in. Pay attention throughout these verses to which tent is referred to.
+EXO 33 1 p8xp figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 General Information: The words following **saying** are a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 33 2 tlen וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֥י לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ מַלְאָ֑ךְ וְ⁠גֵֽרַשְׁתִּ֗י אֶת־הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠הַֽ⁠חִתִּי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 General Information: See how you translated these in [Exodus 23:20](../23/20.md) and [23:23](../23/23.md). -EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 3 y347 figs-metaphor זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 flowing with God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 3 ah5t figs-metaphor קְשֵׁה־עֹ֨רֶף֙ 1 a stubborn people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 3 ah5t figs-metaphor קְשֵׁה־עֹ֨רֶף֙ 1 a stubborn people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 4 jemj figs-gendernotations וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֛תוּ אִ֥ישׁ עֶדְי֖⁠וֹ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 jewelry Here, **his** and **him** refer to both men and women. Alternate translation: “and the men and women did not put on their ornaments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 33 4 cf7g translate-unknown עֶדְי֖⁠וֹ 1 jewelry This may have referred to beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings made from gold or silver that had could have had jewels in them. Alternate translation: “his adornments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 33 4 qwuu translate-versebridge 0 jewelry Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4, so in some languages you may need to reverse them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) EXO 33 5 rn40 grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 jewelry The word **had** places Yahweh’s statement back in time. It can be understood from context as it seems Yahweh’s statement to Moses in verse 5 seems to have happened before the people’s reaction in verse 4. If you are reversing the order of the verses for your language, you should omit it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) EXO 33 5 ndhx figs-quotations אֱמֹ֤ר אֶל־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 jewelry You may want to make the introductory portion of this quotation (**Say to the sons of Israel**) indirect to keep from having a quote inside a quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 33 5 rzr5 figs-metaphor קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף 1 a stubborn people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 5 rzr5 figs-metaphor קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף 1 a stubborn people Yahweh speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 5 cdm1 grammar-connect-logic-result אַתֶּ֣ם עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֔רֶף רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 a stubborn people Because the Israelites are so obstinate (reason), Yahweh’s reaction to being near them would be destruction (result). You may need to restructure this in your language if the order of reason and result is particular. Alternate translation: “If I went up among you for one moment, then I would destroy you because you are a people hard of neck.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 33 5 hakp grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical רֶ֧גַע אֶחָ֛ד אֶֽעֱלֶ֥ה בְ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כִלִּיתִ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 a stubborn people Because the surrounding narrative clearly shows that this is not what Yahweh did or will do, this is a hypothetical situation. Some languages may need to reorder the clauses. Alternate translation: “Since I would destroy if I went up among you for one moment, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 33 5 l6ax grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה הוֹרֵ֤ד עֶדְיְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אֵדְעָ֖ה מָ֥ה אֶֽעֱשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 a stubborn people The goal of the Israelites removing their ornaments is so that Yahweh can consider his reaction. Some languages may need to reorder this structure. Alternate translation: “So that I will know what I will do to you, take your ornaments down from on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -2235,20 +2235,20 @@ EXO 33 9 ghf8 figs-metonymy וְ⁠דִבֶּ֖ר 1 would come down Grammaticall EXO 33 10 nyoe figs-parallelism וְ⁠רָאָ֤ה כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן עֹמֵ֖ד פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֑הֶל וְ⁠קָ֤ם כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ וְ⁠הִֽשְׁתַּחֲוּ֔וּ אִ֖ישׁ פֶּ֥תַח אָהֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face This verse uses contrastive parallelism. The presence of Yahweh is represented in the cloud that stands at the entrance of the tent while the people prostrate themselves at the entrance to their tents. It would be good to try to retain the contrasting image in your translation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 33 10 zvaf עַמּ֣וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָ֔ן 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 33 10 dm01 אָהֳלֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face This refers to the people’s tents. -EXO 33 11 zrb8 figs-metaphor פָּנִ֣ים אֶל־פָּנִ֔ים 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 11 zrb8 figs-metaphor פָּנִ֣ים אֶל־פָּנִ֔ים 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 11 lqe0 figs-simile כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face The metaphor of speaking **face to face** is explained by the simile here. How you handled **face to face** in your language may determine how you should handle this explanatory simile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 33 11 rcsu writing-participants וּ⁠מְשָׁ֨רְת֜⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֤עַ בִּן־נוּן֙ נַ֔עַר 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face **Joshua** has been introduced before but not mentioned since [Exodus 32:17](../32/17.md). Different languages may need to re-introduce him in different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 33 12 ohra writing-newevent 0 See A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 33 12 hlsl figs-quotations הַ֚עַל אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה…דַעְתִּ֣י⁠ךָֽ בְ⁠שֵׁ֔ם וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 See You may want to make these two second-level quotations indirect to reduce the levels of quotation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 33 12 unz8 רְ֠אֵה 1 See This is an interjection to get someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -EXO 33 12 w7fs figs-idiom יְדַעְתִּ֣י⁠ךָֽ בְ⁠שֵׁ֔ם 1 I know you by name To **know** someone **by name** is to know them well. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 33 12 w7fs figs-idiom יְדַעְתִּ֣י⁠ךָֽ בְ⁠שֵׁ֔ם 1 I know you by name To **know** someone **by name** is to know them well. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 33 12 uhjs figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my eyes find you favorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 33 12 a7jr figs-idiom מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You please my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 33 12 a7jr figs-idiom מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You please my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 33 12 k101 figs-metonymy וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **eyes** are a metonym for sight. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 12 y281 figs-metaphor וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, sight (by metonymy from **eyes**) is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 12 y281 figs-metaphor וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, sight (by metonymy from **eyes**) is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you have also found favor in my evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 12 es6z figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠גַם־מָצָ֥אתָ חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here, **favor** is an abstract noun that you could express in another way if necessary in your language. Alternate translation: “and you have also been found favorable in my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 13 e6vv מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ…אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Now if I have found favor in your eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **you have found favor in my eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). -EXO 33 13 zi7j figs-metaphor הוֹדִעֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways Here, **ways** is a metaphor either for Yahweh’s plans or for the holy life he requires. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: (1) “please cause me to know what you are going to do in the future” (2) “please cause me to know how people can do what pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 13 zi7j figs-metaphor הוֹדִעֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways Here, **ways** is a metaphor either for Yahweh’s plans or for the holy life he requires. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: (1) “please cause me to know what you are going to do in the future” (2) “please cause me to know how people can do what pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 13 gtv4 אֶמְצָא־חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 show me your ways This instance of the phrase **find favor in your eyes** means in the future. Consider how to translate it in your language to convey an on-going situation. Alternate translation: “I can always find favor in your eyes” EXO 33 14 gh8q figs-metonymy פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ 1 My own presence will go Yahweh’s **face** represents his presence which represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 14 esdd figs-explicit פָּנַ֥⁠י יֵלֵ֖כוּ וַ⁠הֲנִחֹ֥תִי לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 My own presence will go The preposition connected to **you** here has a very flexible meaning and seems to be connected to both **will go** and **will cause rest**. If this would be unclear, consider repeating it in both clauses. Alternate translation: “My face will go with you and I will cause rest for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2264,16 +2264,16 @@ EXO 33 17 ln7y figs-idiom מָצָ֤אתָ חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינַ֔⁠י 1 EXO 33 17 aln2 figs-you מָצָ֤אתָ 1 General Information: Here **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 33 17 u2nv figs-idiom וָ⁠אֵדָעֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שֵֽׁם 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 33 18 w73v figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 I know you by name In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 33 19 sx1a figs-metaphor אֲנִ֨י אַעֲבִ֤יר כָּל־טוּבִ⁠י֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Yahweh speaks of his **goodness** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 19 sx1a figs-metaphor אֲנִ֨י אַעֲבִ֤יר כָּל־טוּבִ⁠י֙ עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Yahweh speaks of his **goodness** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 19 e3o3 figs-abstractnouns טוּבִ⁠י֙ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **goodness** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 19 gzr5 figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ…לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Here, **face** means “you.” Alternate translation: “above you … before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 33 19 d4z9 וְ⁠קָרָ֧אתִֽי בְ⁠שֵׁ֛ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you The meaning of the phrase is unclear. It may mean that Yahweh will disclose something about his character to Moses. Alternate translation: “and I will proclaim my name, ‘Yahweh,’ ” EXO 33 19 vqq6 figs-parallelism וְ⁠חַנֹּתִי֙ אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָחֹ֔ן וְ⁠רִחַמְתִּ֖י אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲרַחֵֽם 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They stress Yahweh’s divine prerogative to do whatever he wants. The structure also parallels Yahweh’s I AM statements in [Exodus 3:14](../03/14.md). If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that Yahweh is graciously kind to exactly and only those whom he chooses without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 33 20 c20q writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And he said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from
33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +EXO 33 20 c20q writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And he said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from
33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) EXO 33 20 fyc0 כִּ֛י לֹֽא־יִרְאַ֥⁠נִי הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם וָ⁠חָֽי 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Alternate translation: “because no person can live after he has seen me” EXO 33 21 loep writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And Yahweh said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) EXO 33 21 s4iy הִנֵּ֥ה 1 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.” -EXO 33 22 qhe6 figs-metaphor בַּ⁠עֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See Yahweh speaks of his **glory** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 33 22 qhe6 figs-metaphor בַּ⁠עֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See Yahweh speaks of his **glory** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 22 o5as figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדִ֔⁠י 1 See In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְ⁠שַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛⁠י עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 See Here, Yahweh speaks as if he had hands like a person that could cover things. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a simile to keep the image as this figure is important to keep and extends into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will cover you like with a hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 33 23 fmu8 figs-personification וַ⁠הֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠רָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑⁠י וּ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 you will see my back The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be kept if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be like I stop covering you with a hand and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ EXO 34 5 sp7f writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings include: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 6 fz1q figs-123person יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 34 6 t0kd figs-doublet רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly towards them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 34 6 j7we figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** and **trustworthiness** can be stated as “covenantally faithful” and “trustworthy.” (For **covenant faithfulness** see [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md)). Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 34 6 d1qj figs-doublet חֶ֥סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶֽת 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness This is emphasizing that Yahweh always does what he promises towards the people he loves. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 34 7 lt2j figs-abstractnouns נֹצֵ֥ר חֶ֨סֶד֙ לָ⁠אֲלָפִ֔ים 1 keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations The abstract nouns **covenant faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully loving” or “faithful love.” See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2301,14 +2301,14 @@ EXO 34 7 e2qc figs-abstractnouns עָוֺ֛ן וָ⁠פֶ֖שַׁע וְ⁠חַ EXO 34 7 x397 figs-123person וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 he will by no means clear the guilty Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will certainly not acquit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 34 7 ts1b figs-ellipsis וְ⁠נַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה 1 will by no means clear the guilty Whom Yahweh will not acquit is not stated. Many translations will require that information. Alternate translations: “he will certainly not clear the guilty” or “he will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “he will certainly not free guilty people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 34 7 lyrg figs-metonymy עֲוֺ֣ן 1 will by no means clear the guilty Here, **iniquity** refers to the consequences or the punishment for iniquity. Alternate translation: “the punishment for the iniquity of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 7 px85 figs-metaphor פֹּקֵ֣ד׀ עֲוֺ֣ן אָב֗וֹת עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children The **iniquity of the fathers** is spoken of as if it were something capable of **visiting** people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “punishing the sons and the sons of the sons for the iniquity of the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 34 7 px85 figs-metaphor פֹּקֵ֣ד׀ עֲוֺ֣ן אָב֗וֹת עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children The **iniquity of the fathers** is spoken of as if it were something capable of **visiting** people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “punishing the sons and the sons of the sons for the iniquity of the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 7 c3tb figs-metonymy עַל־בָּנִים֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים 1 their children The references to **sons** and **sons of the sons** represents descendants. Alternate translation: “on their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 7 d462 figs-explicit עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִֽים 1 their children Here, “generation” is implied. Many translations will need to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 34 7 pacu figs-metonymy עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִֽים 1 their children Here, **third** and **fourth** means “several.” If this would not be understood and your language has a way of referring to an unspecified (but approximately 3-4) number, you may have to use it here. Alternate translation: “on a few generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 8 c1qt figs-rpronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּֽחוּ 1 their children Here, **himself** means that Moses did this action to his own body. Some languages may use a special form to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 34 8 mf8o figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּקֹּ֥ד אַ֖רְצָ⁠ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּֽחוּ 1 their children These two verbs have very similar meanings and are often used together to express people’s physical and spiritual posture in worship. If such repetition would be misunderstood in your language you may need to express the physical action and spiritual action explicitly. Alternate translation: “bowed to the ground in worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 34 9 mh3a figs-idiom מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Here, **found favor** is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. You may also need to make the phrase active in form and change the abstract noun **favor** into another form. Finally, **eyes** are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you dealt with the multiple issues in the phrase **I have found favor in your eyes** in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 34 9 vhu5 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֨רֶף֙ ה֔וּא 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Moses speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 34 9 vhu5 figs-metaphor עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֨רֶף֙ ה֔וּא 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Moses speaks of the people being rebellious as if they had **hard necks**. See how you translated this in [Exodus 32:9](../32/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 9 hw66 figs-doublet לַ⁠עֲוֺנֵ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠חַטָּאתֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our iniquity and our sin The words **iniquity** and **sin** mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 34 10 zwsm 0 your people The covenant is largely repeated starting in this verse and consists of two parts (1) What Yahweh will do which is detailed in verses 10-11 (and briefly restated in verse 24) and (2) What is required of the Israelites which is detailed in verses 12-26. For further context see [Exodus 19:5 and following](../19/05.md), and [23:20-24:8](../23/20.md). Verses 12-26 are another list of ten commandments. EXO 34 10 ps7o figs-idiom כֹּרֵ֣ת בְּרִית֒ 1 your people To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The terminology refers to ancient rituals around making covenants which is illustrated in Genesis 15. See the imagery and how you translated there. Alternate translation: “am about to make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ EXO 34 12 mnpv figs-rpronouns לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 General Information: Here, **yours EXO 34 12 n1il figs-hypo פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה בָּ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 General Information: This sentence contains two hypotheticals as a warning. Each is introduced by **lest**. Use a marker in your language that introduces a hypothetical situation, but also see the next note. Alternate translation: “If you were to cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land where you are about to go into, probably he would become as a trap in your midst.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) EXO 34 12 t1hz grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה בָּ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 General Information: The second of these hypothetical statements is logically dependent on and follows after the first as a result. As you mark these hypotheticals, use a form that communicates that the second is a result of the first. Alternate translation: “because if you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land where you are about to go into then he will become as a trap in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 34 12 b459 figs-idiom תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ 1 General Information: See how you translated this in [34:10](../34/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 34 12 tnka grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב…יִהְיֶ֥ה 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronoun **he** is agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … they become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 34 12 tnka grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב…יִהְיֶ֥ה 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronoun **he** is agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … they become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 12 lxz8 figs-simile פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּ⁠קִרְבֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 they will become a trap among you People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a **trap.** Alternate translation: “lest those remaining people tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 34 13 wkbx grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 they will become a trap among you This word marks a strong contrast with the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Do the opposite!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 34 13 tfd1 figs-infostructure אֶת־מִזְבְּחֹתָ⁠ם֙ תִּתֹּצ֔וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־מַצֵּבֹתָ֖⁠ם תְּשַׁבֵּר֑וּ⁠ן וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשֵׁרָ֖י⁠ו תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will become a trap among you This unusual word order reflects the original in bringing each item the Israelites must destroy into focus. You should use whatever form in your language would emphasize or focus on each item that they must destroy. Alternate translation: “as for their altars, break them down! As for their stone pillars, smash them to pieces! As for their trees where they worship the goddess Asherah, cut them all down!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) @@ -2331,7 +2331,7 @@ EXO 34 13 gbp0 grammar-collectivenouns תִּכְרֹתֽוּ⁠ן 1 they will b EXO 34 14 fzjz translate-symaction לֹ֥א תִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous To **bow to another god** means to worship it. This imagery is throughout scripture and should be retained in translation. Alternate translation: “you shall not bow to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 34 14 vmx2 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ קַנָּ֣א שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ אֵ֥ל קַנָּ֖א הֽוּא׃ 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous The repeated word **jealous** means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. This is pictured in a metaphor of a jealous spouse who is concerned that his spouse be faithful to him. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. The UST makes this image explicit as a simile, which can be done occasionally but would probably be too long for repeated use in a translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh jealously guards his reputation. He is a God jealous of his honor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 14 s5sd figs-metonymy כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ קַנָּ֣א שְׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 whose name is Jealous, Here, the word **name** represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is always jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 15 r70f grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב…וְ⁠קָרָ֣א…מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronouns **he** and **his** are agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … and they invite … from their sacrifice” or “with the inhabitants of … and one of them invites … from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 34 15 r70f grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב…וְ⁠קָרָ֣א…מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronouns **he** and **his** are agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … and they invite … from their sacrifice” or “with the inhabitants of … and one of them invites … from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 15 udz0 figs-hypo פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠זָבְחוּ֙ לֵ⁠אלֹ֣הֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠קָרָ֣א לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 Connecting Statement: Most of this verse is a sort of chain of logically consecutive hypothetical events that Yahweh is warning the Israelites against. Your language may have a specific way this sort of argument must be structured or phrased. One way to see this would be to repeat **lest** before every verb in verse 15-16. Alternate translation: “If you cut a covenant the inhabitant of the land, and if they then prostitute after their gods and sacrifice to their gods, and if he then invites you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) EXO 34 15 f1e3 פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase is exactly the same as the second clause of [verse 12](../34/12.md). It serves as a reminder of the command Yahweh is giving as he begins to expand on the “trap” he mentioned in verse 12. Your language may need to mark this repetition in a particular way. Alternate translation: “Remember: keep yourself lest you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land” EXO 34 15 n4nt figs-idiom תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “you make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2415,7 +2415,7 @@ EXO 35 11 pvft בְּרִיחָ֖יו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [ EXO 35 11 f1gk עַמֻּדָ֖י⁠ו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [26:32](../26/32.md). EXO 35 11 syn4 אֲדָנָֽי⁠ו 1 bases These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). EXO 35 12 rj7s 0 atonement lid See how you translated these terms in [25:10-17](../25/10.md) and [26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 35 13 l641 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פָּנִֽים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 35 13 l641 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פָּנִֽים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 35 14 obmd 0 bread of the presence See [25:31-37](../25/31.md) for these items. EXO 35 15 ht7x מִזְבַּ֤ח הַ⁠קְּטֹ֨רֶת֙…שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה…קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֑ים 1 bread of the presence For the **altar** see [30:1](../30/01.md). For the **oil** see [30:25](../30/25.md). For the **incense** see [30:7](../30/07.md). EXO 35 16 h116 0 bronze grate For the **grate** see [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Most of the rest of the verse is almost identical to [30:28](../30/28.md). @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ EXO 35 19 x1pc 0 finely-woven garments Except for **for serving in the holy pl EXO 35 20 w6rg figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶֽׁה 1 all the tribes of Israel Alternate translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 35 21 p2ls figs-parallelism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel These two phrases parallel each other and mean the same thing. It would be good to keep this poetic repetition in your translation unless it would be misunderstood. If repetition here would not highlight the joyful giving spirit of the Israelites in your language you may need to combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Everyone who was motivated, body and soul, came and gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 35 21 r34y figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ הֵ֠בִיאוּ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart** and **spirit** both refer to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using different body and spirit words or concepts which you can use. If your language would not express a persons’ will in this way you could translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “And every man whose will lifted him came and all who felt impelled brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 21 ckmu figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart lifted** is a metaphor for being willing or excited. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using a different body part or a different action. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who was excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 35 21 ckmu figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **heart lifted** is a metaphor for being willing or excited. Many languages will have similar expressions, perhaps using a different body part or a different action. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who was excited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 35 21 u7kq figs-gendernotations כָּל־אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נְשָׂא֣⁠וֹ לִבּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠כֹ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נָדְבָ֨ה רוּח֜⁠וֹ אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 all the tribes of Israel Here, **man, his,** and **him** all refer to men and women in a general way. This is made explicit in the next verse. If your readers might misunderstand this you may use terms that include men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 35 21 kew0 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠לְ⁠בִגְדֵ֖י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 all the tribes of Israel If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. Alternate translation: “and for the holy clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 35 22 mwx8 figs-synecdoche כֹּ֣ל׀ נְדִ֣יב לֵ֗ב 1 all who had a willing heart Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to bring these gifts to Yahweh. This is a shortening and combining of the figure used in the [previous verse](../35/21.md), **heart** and **impelled** are brought together. See how you translated these ideas in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “anyone whose will impelled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -2453,19 +2453,19 @@ EXO 35 29 w582 figs-metonymy אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ EXO 35 30 z1e2 0 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah What Moses says in this verse is a quote from [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) EXO 35 30 kx4o translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah These are men’s names. See [31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 35 31 zd74 0 filled Bezalel…craftsmanship This verse is a quote from [Exodus 31:3](../31/03.md) -EXO 35 31 gse9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖⁠וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 35 31 gse9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖⁠וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 35 31 jsd7 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠חָכְמָ֛ה 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **skill** in another way. Alternate translation: “so he can work skillfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 35 31 hnju figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠דַ֖עַת 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** in another way. Alternate translation: “and so he can understand his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 35 31 qx5o figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠דַ֖עַת 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** in another way. Alternate translation: “and so he knows his work well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 35 31 cf63 figs-abstractnouns מְלָאכָֽה 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **craftsmanship** in another way. Alternate translation: “and for making all kinds of crafts” or “and so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 35 32 r7e3 0 to make artistic designs…bronze This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md), except for the first **and**. EXO 35 33 fj6f 0 also to cut and set stones…craftsmanship This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md) except for the final **of invention**. -EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּ⁠לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach This is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he gave the ability and desire to teach to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּ⁠לִבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach This is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and he gave the ability and desire to teach to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names וְ⁠אָֽהֳלִיאָ֥ב…אֲחִיסָמָ֖ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 35 35 ehu7 0 filled them with skill This verse summarizes and pulls together many previously mentioned things. See [28:3](../28/03.md) (**skill of heart**), [25:4](../25/04.md) (for materials), [26:36](../26/36.md) (**embroiderer**), [28:32](../28/32.md) (**weaver**), [26:31](../26/31.md) (**skillful workman**), [31:3](../31/03.md) (**craftsman**), [28:6](../28/06.md) (**designer of designs**). -EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜⁠ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜⁠ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **skill** to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 35 35 jvtd figs-synecdoche חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **heart** refers to possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes

## Translation issues

- The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.
- Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes, some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
- Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

## Structure

- v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction
- v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already
-v. 8-38: construction of the tabernacle, verse-by-verse quotations marked below
- v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)
- v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)
- v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)
- v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)
+EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes

## Translation issues

- The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.
- Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes, some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.
- Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

## Structure

- v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction
- v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already
-v. 8-38: construction of the tabernacle, verse-by-verse quotations marked below
* v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)
* v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)
* v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)
* v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)
EXO 36 1 ubk2 0 General Information: This verse is the end of a quotation from Moses that begin in [35:30](../35/30.md). It should be connected as visually as possible to the previous verses as the chapter break here is poorly placed. EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names בְצַלְאֵ֨ל וְ⁠אָהֳלִיאָ֜ב 1 Bezalel These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) and [31:6](../31/06.md) as well as in the end of [chapter 35](../35/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 36 1 y1h1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ 1 Bezalel We know from [35:25](../35/25.md) that women were included in the skilled workers, so **man** here includes women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -2509,7 +2509,7 @@ EXO 36 22 l8yx 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodu EXO 36 23 ev65 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:18](../26/18.md). EXO 36 24 ln2x 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). EXO 36 25 w2wz 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:20](../26/20.md). -EXO 36 26 gbm9 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). +EXO 36 26 gbm9 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). EXO 36 27 a7js 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:22](../26/22.md). EXO 36 28 hw9c 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:23](../26/23.md). EXO 36 29 u396 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 26:24](../26/24.md). @@ -2578,7 +2578,7 @@ EXO 38 18 trz5 אֹ֔רֶךְ וְ⁠קוֹמָ֤ה 1 The curtain was made of T EXO 38 19 fjw4 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). EXO 38 20 ye5c 0 General Information This verse is very similar to the second half of [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד 1 as it was taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Levites recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 21 qivw figs-idiom עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Ithamar This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 38 21 qivw figs-idiom עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Ithamar This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 38 21 op5h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 Ithamar Here, **by the hand of** could mean (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “Ithamar son of Aaron the priest wrote these down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 Ithamar This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur **Bezalel, Uri,** and **Hur** are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2589,10 +2589,10 @@ EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב הֶֽ⁠עָ EXO 38 24 y7hy translate-bweight תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 twenty-nine talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 25 ni5b translate-bweight מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אֶלֶף֩ וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 one hundred talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 26 rp46 0 one hundred talents See how you translated many of the same things in [Exodus 30:13-14](../30/13.md). -EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight בֶּ֚קַע לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md).Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight בֶּ֚קַע לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md).Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 26 fyy5 translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל 1 half a shekel A **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 38 26 nvf8 figs-ellipsis לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הָ⁠עֹבֵ֜ר עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֗ים מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה לְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 half a shekel Here the account leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The idea that this silver was “received” **from** these “men” is left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “received from every passer over to the counted ones from a son of 20 years and older—received from 603,550 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 38 26 ll8b figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 38 26 ll8b figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 38 27 p7r5 translate-bweight מְאַת֙ כִּכַּ֣ר 1 One hundred talents of silver were cast A talent is about 34 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 28 nxf5 figs-ellipsis הָ⁠אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֤ע הַ⁠מֵּאוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֔ים 1 Bezalel Here the words **shekels of silver** has been omitted because it is understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If the text would not be understood without it you may add it in. Alternate translation: “the 1775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 38 28 rcda 0 Bezalel See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). From 5fd1dc86a27c8f95108cc955c98d7c78eee319cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Sun, 24 Apr 2022 21:54:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 05/17] Fixed bullet spacing in Exodus (#2461) Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2461 --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 56194a2c75..1221be22b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)

* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)

* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)

* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. +EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)

* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)

* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)

* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land but instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 will not g EXO 3 22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses The word, **sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are, identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. EXO 3 22 fmfu figs-youdual וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 22 h38j figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word which started in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 4 1 j4yg וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 if they do not believe Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered” EXO 4 1 b3xv figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 1 pq8x figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 See [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 12 51 e3z3 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EXO 12 51 tyj3 translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. +EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. EXO 13 2 de3u figs-quotemarks קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא 1 Set apart to me…every firstborn male This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 13 3 e0n1 figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 16](../13/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 out of the EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the seashore Alternate translation: “on the land along the edge of the sea” EXO 14 31 o1oc grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 on the seashore This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 31 np6s figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה 1 on the seashore Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) +EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy’s hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A’: 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent

In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Alternate translation: “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them **into the sea**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From fbe5fc4099faa21a6328b8fbdb6b3c86a893e79f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Sun, 24 Apr 2022 22:08:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 06/17] Fixed bullet spacing in Exodus (#2462) Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2462 --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 1221be22b4..11001e45db 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)

* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)

* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)

* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. +EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
1. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land but instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ EXO 1 21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 he gave them families Alternate translation: EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male Hebrew children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 1 22 a6b2 figs-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 1 22 stag figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes

## Special Concepts in this Chapter


### Covenant

God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.


### Moses’ heritage

In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Identification of participants

- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Ironic situations

- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.


- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission. +EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes

## Special Concepts in this Chapter


### Covenant

God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.


### Moses’ heritage

In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Identification of participants

* Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Ironic situations
* While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.
* Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission. EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 Now A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 Here, **took a daughter** is an idiom for marrying. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meani EXO 11 9 xk4l figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
* v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
* v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
* v. 12-13: description of the plague
* v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
* v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues:

### Passover


### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.


### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
* v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
* v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
* v. 12-13: description of the plague
* v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
* v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues:

### Passover


### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.


### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 12 2 gtgb figs-parallelism הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 the first month of the year The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) From 0818cf04593cdf8b4d89efc983d8e10abc9ce681 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Sun, 24 Apr 2022 22:16:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/17] Fixed list spacing in Exodus (#2463) Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2463 --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 11001e45db..9ee32fc6b9 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
1. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. +EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)
1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
1. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land but instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) From 044150d70c6df28e596b7766a575e5ce346e5ced Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Mon, 25 Apr 2022 12:36:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 08/17] Removed extra line break before bullets (#2464) Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2464 --- en_tn_48-2CO.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_50-EPH.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_52-COL.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_53-1TH.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_66-JUD.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 7 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index bf7741f44c..f519b2a2f7 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians

1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)
1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)
1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)
1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)
1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)

### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?

Paul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul started the church in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.

### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?

In 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.

Paul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of Jewish Christians opposed what he was doing. They claimed Paul was not sent by God and he was teaching a false message. This group of Jewish Christians wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the city of Corinth like?

Corinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.

### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?

These were Jewish Christians. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)
* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?

This kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.

Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.

### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?

Paul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?

* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” There is strong evidence that each reading is original. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by other versions in their region.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians

1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)
1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)
1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)
1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)
1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)

### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?

Paul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul started the church in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.

### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?

In 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.

Paul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of Jewish Christians opposed what he was doing. They claimed Paul was not sent by God and he was teaching a false message. This group of Jewish Christians wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the city of Corinth like?

Corinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.

### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?

These were Jewish Christians. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)
* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?

This kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.

Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.

### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?

Paul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?
* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” There is strong evidence that each reading is original. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by other versions in their region.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.

## Special Concepts

### Paul’s integrity

People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.

### Comfort

Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### We

Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.

### Guarantee

Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) 2CO 1 1 epd2 0 General Information: After Paul’s greeting to the church in Corinth, he writes about suffering and comfort through Jesus Christ. Timothy is with him as well. The word “you” throughout this letter refers to the people of the church in Corinth and to the rest of the Christians in that area. Possibly Timothy writes on parchment paper the words that Paul says. 2CO 1 1 mel3 Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 80d97d3959..42af74e770 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -GAL front intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Galatians

1. Paul declares his authority as an apostle of Jesus Christ; he says that he is surprised by the false teachings that the Christians in Galatia have accepted from other people (1:1-10).
1. Paul says that people are saved by trusting in Christ alone, not by keeping the law (1:11-2:21).
1. God puts people right with himself only when they trust in Christ; the example of Abraham; the curse which the law brings (and not a means of salvation); slavery and freedom compared and illustrated by Hagar and Sarah (3:1-4:31).
1. When people are joined to Christ, they become free from having to keep the law of Moses. They are also free to live as the Holy Spirit guides them. They are free to refuse the demands of sin. They are free to bear each other’s burdens (5:1-6:10).
1. Paul warns the Christians not to trust in being circumcised and in keeping the law of Moses. Instead, they must trust in Christ (6:11-18).

### Who wrote the Book of Galatians?

Paul from the city of Tarsus was the author. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he began to trust in Jesus Christ, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

It is uncertain when Paul wrote this letter and where he was when he wrote it. Some scholars think Paul was in the city of Ephesus and wrote this letter after the second time he traveled to tell people about Jesus. Other scholars think Paul was in the city of Antioch in Syria and wrote the letter soon after the first time he traveled.

### What is the Book of Galatians about?

Paul wrote this letter to both Jewish and non-Jewish Christians in the region of Galatia. He wanted to write against the false teachers who said that Christians need to follow the law of Moses. Paul defended the gospel by explaining that a person is saved by believing in Jesus Christ. People are saved as result of God being kind and not as a result of people doing good works. No person can perfectly obey the law. Any attempt to please God by obeying the law of Moses will only result in God condemning them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Galatians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Galatia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What does it mean to “live like Jews” (2:14)?

To “live like Jews” means to obey the law of Moses, even though one trusts in Christ. The people among the early Christians who taught that this was necessary were called “Judaizers.”

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How did Paul use the terms “law” and “grace” in the Book of Galatians?

These terms are used in a unique way in Galatians. There is an important teaching in Galatians about Christian living. Under the law of Moses, righteous or holy living required a person to obey a set of rules and regulations. As Christians, holy living is now motivated by grace. This means that Christians have freedom in Christ and are not required to obey a specific set of rules. Instead, Christians are to live a holy life because they are thankful that God has been so kind to them. This is called “the law of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?

This kind of expression occurs in 1:22; 2:4, 17; 3:14, 26, 28; 5:6, 10. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “when we seek for God to justify us in Christ” (2:17), where Paul spoke of being justified by means of Christ.

Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Galatians?

* “Foolish Galatians, whose evil eye has harmed you? Was not Jesus Christ depicted as crucified before your eyes” (3:1)? The ULT, UST, and the other modern versions have this reading. However, older versions of the Bible add, “[so] that ye should not obey the truth.” Translators are advised not to include this expression. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have the passage, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +GAL front intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Galatians

1. Paul declares his authority as an apostle of Jesus Christ; he says that he is surprised by the false teachings that the Christians in Galatia have accepted from other people (1:1-10).
1. Paul says that people are saved by trusting in Christ alone, not by keeping the law (1:11-2:21).
1. God puts people right with himself only when they trust in Christ; the example of Abraham; the curse which the law brings (and not a means of salvation); slavery and freedom compared and illustrated by Hagar and Sarah (3:1-4:31).
1. When people are joined to Christ, they become free from having to keep the law of Moses. They are also free to live as the Holy Spirit guides them. They are free to refuse the demands of sin. They are free to bear each other’s burdens (5:1-6:10).
1. Paul warns the Christians not to trust in being circumcised and in keeping the law of Moses. Instead, they must trust in Christ (6:11-18).

### Who wrote the Book of Galatians?

Paul from the city of Tarsus was the author. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he began to trust in Jesus Christ, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

It is uncertain when Paul wrote this letter and where he was when he wrote it. Some scholars think Paul was in the city of Ephesus and wrote this letter after the second time he traveled to tell people about Jesus. Other scholars think Paul was in the city of Antioch in Syria and wrote the letter soon after the first time he traveled.

### What is the Book of Galatians about?

Paul wrote this letter to both Jewish and non-Jewish Christians in the region of Galatia. He wanted to write against the false teachers who said that Christians need to follow the law of Moses. Paul defended the gospel by explaining that a person is saved by believing in Jesus Christ. People are saved as result of God being kind and not as a result of people doing good works. No person can perfectly obey the law. Any attempt to please God by obeying the law of Moses will only result in God condemning them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Galatians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Galatia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What does it mean to “live like Jews” (2:14)?

To “live like Jews” means to obey the law of Moses, even though one trusts in Christ. The people among the early Christians who taught that this was necessary were called “Judaizers.”

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How did Paul use the terms “law” and “grace” in the Book of Galatians?

These terms are used in a unique way in Galatians. There is an important teaching in Galatians about Christian living. Under the law of Moses, righteous or holy living required a person to obey a set of rules and regulations. As Christians, holy living is now motivated by grace. This means that Christians have freedom in Christ and are not required to obey a specific set of rules. Instead, Christians are to live a holy life because they are thankful that God has been so kind to them. This is called “the law of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?

This kind of expression occurs in 1:22; 2:4, 17; 3:14, 26, 28; 5:6, 10. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “when we seek for God to justify us in Christ” (2:17), where Paul spoke of being justified by means of Christ.

Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Galatians?
* “Foolish Galatians, whose evil eye has harmed you? Was not Jesus Christ depicted as crucified before your eyes” (3:1)? The ULT, UST, and the other modern versions have this reading. However, older versions of the Bible add, “[so] that ye should not obey the truth.” Translators are advised not to include this expression. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have the passage, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) GAL 1 intro f3n5 0 # Galatians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul started this letter differently than his other letters. He adds that he was “not an apostle from men nor by human agency, but through Jesus Christ and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ones.” Paul probably included these words because false teachers were opposing him and trying to undermine his authority.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heresy

God eternally saves people only through the true, biblical gospel. God condemns any other version of the gospel. Paul asks God to curse those who teach a false gospel. They might not be saved. They should be treated as non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Paul’s qualifications

Some people in the early church were teaching that Gentiles needed to obey the law of Moses. To refute this teaching, in verses 13-16 Paul explains how he was formerly a zealous Jew. But God still needed to save him and show him the true gospel. As a Jew, and the apostle to Gentile people, Paul was uniquely qualified to address this issue. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You are turning so quickly to a different gospel”

The Book of Galatians is one of Paul’s earliest letters in Scripture. It shows that heresies troubled even the early church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-you 0 General Information: Unless noted otherwise, all instances of “you” and “your” in this letter refer to the Galatians and are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 1 1 uhhp Παῦλος 0 Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Use that here. Alternate translations: “From me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) diff --git a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv index 4d453536cf..94de9de981 100644 --- a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EPH front intro e3di 0 # Introduction to Ephesians


## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Ephesians

1. Greeting and prayer for the spiritual blessings in Christ (1:1-23)
1. Sin and salvation (2:1-10)
1. Unity and peace (2:11-22)
1. Mystery of Christ in the believers, made known (3:1-13)
1. Prayer for riches of his glory to make the believers strong (3:14-21)
1. Unity of the Spirit, building up the Body of Christ (4:1-16)
1. New life (4:17-32)
1. Imitators of God (5:1-21)
1. 1 Wives and husbands; children and parents; slaves and masters (5:22-6:9)
11. Armor of God (6:10-20)
1. Final greeting (6:21-24)

### Who wrote the Book of Ephesians?

Paul wrote Ephesians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

The Apostle Paul helped start the church in Ephesus on one of his trips. He also lived in Ephesus for a year and a half and helped the believers there. Paul probably wrote this letter while he was in prison in Rome.

### What is the Book of Ephesians about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Ephesus to explain God’s love for them in Christ Jesus. He described the blessings that God was giving them because they were now united with Christ. He explained that all believers are united together, whether Jew or Gentile. Paul also wanted to encourage them to live in a way that pleases God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Ephesians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Ephesus” or “A Letter to the Christians in Ephesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the “mystery” in the book of Ephesians?

The expression translated in the ULT as “mystery” or “hidden” occurs six times. By it, Paul always meant something that God had to reveal to human beings because they could not know it on their own. It always referred to something about how God planned to save mankind. Sometimes it was about his plan to bring about peace between himself and mankind. Sometimes it was more specifically about his plan to save both Jews and Gentiles by uniting them through Christ. This hidden truth was that Gentiles are now able to benefit from the promises of Christ as equals with the Jews.

### What did Paul say about salvation and righteous living?

Paul said much about salvation and righteous living in this letter and in many of his letters. He said that God has been very kind and saved Christians because they believe in Jesus. Therefore, after they become Christians, they should live in a righteous way to show that they have faith in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers who may read this letter. The three exceptions to this are: 5:14, 6:2, and 6:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What did Paul mean by the “new self” or the “new man”?

When Paul spoke of the “new self” or the “new man,” he meant the new nature that a believer receives from the Holy Spirit. This new nature was created in God’s image (See: 4:24). The phrase “new man” is also used for God bringing about peace between Jews and Gentiles. God brought them together as one people group that belong to him (See: 2:15).

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Ephesians in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of several ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the use of “holy” to express the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another use of “holy” is to express the idea that God is perfect and faultless. A third use is to express the idea that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “saints.” (See: 1:1, 4)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “saint” or “saints.”
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 3:5)

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?

This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 20; 2:6, 7, 10, 13, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22; 3:5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 21; 4:1, 17, 21, 32; 5:8, 18, 19; 6:1, 10, 18, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Ephesians?

* “in Ephesus” (1:1). Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include this phrase. It is likely that Paul intended this letter to be read in many churches, including Ephesus and many other cities. He may have originally left a blank space for the city name to be filled in by those copying the letter and carrying it to different cities. But “Ephesus” is the only name found on manuscripts that have a city name. Therefore, the ULT, UST, and many modern versions include it.
* “because we are members of his body” (5:30). Most modern versions, including the ULT and UST, read in this way. Some older versions read, “because we are members of his body and of his bones.” Translators might decide to choose the second reading if other versions in their area have it that way. If translators choose the second reading, they should put the additional words inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they are probably not original to the book of Ephesians.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +EPH front intro e3di 0 # Introduction to Ephesians


## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Ephesians

1. Greeting and prayer for the spiritual blessings in Christ (1:1-23)
1. Sin and salvation (2:1-10)
1. Unity and peace (2:11-22)
1. Mystery of Christ in the believers, made known (3:1-13)
1. Prayer for riches of his glory to make the believers strong (3:14-21)
1. Unity of the Spirit, building up the Body of Christ (4:1-16)
1. New life (4:17-32)
1. Imitators of God (5:1-21)
1. 1 Wives and husbands; children and parents; slaves and masters (5:22-6:9)
11. Armor of God (6:10-20)
1. Final greeting (6:21-24)

### Who wrote the Book of Ephesians?

Paul wrote Ephesians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

The Apostle Paul helped start the church in Ephesus on one of his trips. He also lived in Ephesus for a year and a half and helped the believers there. Paul probably wrote this letter while he was in prison in Rome.

### What is the Book of Ephesians about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Ephesus to explain God’s love for them in Christ Jesus. He described the blessings that God was giving them because they were now united with Christ. He explained that all believers are united together, whether Jew or Gentile. Paul also wanted to encourage them to live in a way that pleases God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Ephesians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Ephesus” or “A Letter to the Christians in Ephesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the “mystery” in the book of Ephesians?

The expression translated in the ULT as “mystery” or “hidden” occurs six times. By it, Paul always meant something that God had to reveal to human beings because they could not know it on their own. It always referred to something about how God planned to save mankind. Sometimes it was about his plan to bring about peace between himself and mankind. Sometimes it was more specifically about his plan to save both Jews and Gentiles by uniting them through Christ. This hidden truth was that Gentiles are now able to benefit from the promises of Christ as equals with the Jews.

### What did Paul say about salvation and righteous living?

Paul said much about salvation and righteous living in this letter and in many of his letters. He said that God has been very kind and saved Christians because they believe in Jesus. Therefore, after they become Christians, they should live in a righteous way to show that they have faith in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers who may read this letter. The three exceptions to this are: 5:14, 6:2, and 6:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What did Paul mean by the “new self” or the “new man”?

When Paul spoke of the “new self” or the “new man,” he meant the new nature that a believer receives from the Holy Spirit. This new nature was created in God’s image (See: 4:24). The phrase “new man” is also used for God bringing about peace between Jews and Gentiles. God brought them together as one people group that belong to him (See: 2:15).

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Ephesians in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of several ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the use of “holy” to express the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another use of “holy” is to express the idea that God is perfect and faultless. A third use is to express the idea that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “saints.” (See: 1:1, 4)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “saint” or “saints.”
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 3:5)

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?

This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 20; 2:6, 7, 10, 13, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22; 3:5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 21; 4:1, 17, 21, 32; 5:8, 18, 19; 6:1, 10, 18, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Ephesians?
* “in Ephesus” (1:1). Some of the earliest manuscripts do not include this phrase. It is likely that Paul intended this letter to be read in many churches, including Ephesus and many other cities. He may have originally left a blank space for the city name to be filled in by those copying the letter and carrying it to different cities. But “Ephesus” is the only name found on manuscripts that have a city name. Therefore, the ULT, UST, and many modern versions include it.
* “because we are members of his body” (5:30). Most modern versions, including the ULT and UST, read in this way. Some older versions read, “because we are members of his body and of his bones.” Translators might decide to choose the second reading if other versions in their area have it that way. If translators choose the second reading, they should put the additional words inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they are probably not original to the book of Ephesians.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) EPH 1 intro fg42 0 # Ephesians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### “I pray”

Paul structures part of this chapter like a prayer of praise to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is teaching the church in Ephesus. He also tells the Ephesians how he is praying for them.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Predestination

Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestine” in 1:5, 11. Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]]) EPH 1 1 kx1g figs-you 0 General Information: Paul names himself as the writer of this letter to the believers in the church at Ephesus (and elsewhere). Except where noted, all instances of “you” and “your” refer to the Ephesian believers as well as to all believers, and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EPH 1 1 ilf2 Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ…τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν 1 Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus … to the saints who are Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and the intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ … write this letter to you, God’s holy people” diff --git a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv index a1ab2f7df6..68b80a452c 100644 --- a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ COL 3 25 u5lx figs-genericnoun ὁ…ἀδικῶν…ἠδίκησεν 1 the on COL 3 25 sttw figs-abstractnouns ἀδικῶν 1 the one who does unrighteousness will receive what he did unrighteously If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea differently, such as with an adverb. Alternate translation: “acting unrighteously” or “doing unrighteous things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) COL 3 25 ak8j figs-metaphor κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν 1 doing unrighteousness In this context, the phrase **will receive** refers to getting something in payment or in return for something else. Paul, then, speaks as if **the one doing unrighteousness** will **receive** as payment or recompense exactly **what he did unrighteously**. By this, Paul means that God will punish those who do **unrighteousness** in a way that fits with what they did. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “will receive a punishment that fits the crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) COL 3 25 c9fx figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία 1 there is no favoritism If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **favoritism**, you could express the idea with a verb such as “favor” or with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 4 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

[4:1](../col/04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in this chapter.

3\. Exhortation Section

* Prayer Request and Behavior towards Outsiders (4:2–6)

4\. Letter Closing (4:7–18)

* The Messengers (4:7–9)
* Greetings from Friends (4:10–14)
* Greetings and Instructions from Paul (4:15–17)
* Greeting in Paul’s Own Hand (4:18)

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Letter writing and sending

In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Paul mentions the messengers with whom he is sending his letter: Tychicus and Onesimus ([4:7–9](../04/07.md)). They also are able to communicate more about Paul’s situation than he says in the letter. Additionally, Paul mentions that he writes the final greeting “by my own hand” ([4:18](../04/18.md)). This is because the rest of the letter was written by a scribe, who wrote down what Paul dictated. Paul writes the last greeting as a personal touch and to prove that he was indeed the author.

### Greetings

In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [4:10–15](../04/10.md) Paul includes greetings to and from many people whom he and the Colossians know.

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Paul’s chains

Paul refers to his imprisonment in this chapter by using the language of “chains” and “binding.” He says that he has “been bound” in [4:3](../04/03.md), and he mentions his “chains” in [4:18](../04/18.md). The language of binding and chains emphasizes how Paul is restricted in his movements and activities by being imprisoned.

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### A “master in heaven”

In [4:1](../04/01.md), Paul refers to a “master in heaven.” The word translated “master” and “masters” in this verse is the same word that is translated as “Lord” throughout Colossians. It is translated “master” in this verse to illustrate Paul’s point: those who are “masters” on earth also have a “master,” their Lord in heaven. If possible, make this wordplay clear in your translation. +COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 4 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

[4:1](../col/04/01.md) belongs to the section that begins in [3:18](../03/18.md), even though it is in this chapter.

3. Exhortation Section
* Prayer Request and Behavior towards Outsiders (4:2–6)

4. Letter Closing (4:7–18)
* The Messengers (4:7–9)
* Greetings from Friends (4:10–14)
* Greetings and Instructions from Paul (4:15–17)
* Greeting in Paul’s Own Hand (4:18)

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Letter writing and sending

In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Paul mentions the messengers with whom he is sending his letter: Tychicus and Onesimus ([4:7–9](../04/07.md)). They also are able to communicate more about Paul’s situation than he says in the letter. Additionally, Paul mentions that he writes the final greeting “by my own hand” ([4:18](../04/18.md)). This is because the rest of the letter was written by a scribe, who wrote down what Paul dictated. Paul writes the last greeting as a personal touch and to prove that he was indeed the author.

### Greetings

In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [4:10–15](../04/10.md) Paul includes greetings to and from many people whom he and the Colossians know.

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Paul’s chains

Paul refers to his imprisonment in this chapter by using the language of “chains” and “binding.” He says that he has “been bound” in [4:3](../04/03.md), and he mentions his “chains” in [4:18](../04/18.md). The language of binding and chains emphasizes how Paul is restricted in his movements and activities by being imprisoned.

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### A “master in heaven”

In [4:1](../04/01.md), Paul refers to a “master in heaven.” The word translated “master” and “masters” in this verse is the same word that is translated as “Lord” throughout Colossians. It is translated “master” in this verse to illustrate Paul’s point: those who are “masters” on earth also have a “master,” their Lord in heaven. If possible, make this wordplay clear in your translation. COL 4 1 b9nm οἱ κύριοι 1 what is right and fair Here Paul directly addresses the **Masters** in the audience. Use a form in your language that indicates that the speaker is singling out a specific group of people as the intended audience of the following words. Alternate translation: “You masters” COL 4 1 orih figs-metaphor τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις παρέχεσθε 1 what is right and fair Here Paul speaks of how masters treat their slaves as if the master were “giving” the treatment of their slaves. By this, he means that the thing given (**what is right and fair**) is what characterizes the master’s dealing with the slave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by using adverbs such as “rightly” and “fairly” with a verb such as “treat.” Alternate translation: “act rightly and fairly towards your slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) COL 4 1 ae3y figs-doublet τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα 1 what is right and fair The word **right** describes someone or something that properly follows laws, principles, and expectations. The word translated **fair** describes someone or something that is impartial and does not pick sides. If you have words in your language that roughly represent these ideas, you could them here. If you do not have words that make these distinctions, you could express the idea with one word that indicates that something is fair, legal, and proper. Alternate translation: “what is just and impartial” or “what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) diff --git a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv index 6586825015..fa5b29d83a 100644 --- a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1TH front intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of 1 Thessalonians

In this letter, the apostle Paul, along with Silvanus and Timothy, encourages and makes appeals to the Thessalonian church (See: rc://en/tw/bible/names/thessalonica.md). Paul is the spokesman for all of them, using “we” to refer to the group, but in certain places Paul speaks for himself using “I” (See [2:18](../02/18.md); [3:5](../03/05.md); [5:27](../05/27.md)). The background story for the apostles’ activity in Thessalonica can be found in Acts 17:1-10.

1. Apostolic memories of the Thessalonian church (1:1-10)

* Greeting (1:1)
* Thanksgiving for the Thessalonian Christians (1:2-4)
* Examples of Thessalonian suffering (1:6-10)
2. Apostolic authority (2:1-16)

* Persecution of the church (2:1-13)
* Opposition to the church (2:14-16)
3. Timothy’s visit to Thessalonica (3:1-13)

* Reason for the visit (3:1-5)
* Report about the visit (3:6-13)
4. Apostolic teachings (4:1-18)

* Holiness (4:1-8)
* Christian love (4:9-12)
* Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)
5. Final teachings (5:1-28)

* Timing of the Second Coming of Christ (5:1-10)
* Final appeals and teachings (5:11-28)

### Who wrote 1 Thessalonians?

Paul wrote 1 Thessalonians, writing with the agreement of Silvanus and Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Saul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, Paul traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus. Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth. Many scholars think 1 Thessalonians was the first letter Paul wrote of all Paul’s letters that are in the Bible.

Silvanus is also mentioned in 2 Corinthians 1:19; 2 Thessalonians 1:1; 1 Peter 5:12. “Silas,” the name used in the book of Acts, is a contracted form of Silvanus; Silas and Silvanus are considered to be the same person. Timothy was leader of the church at Ephesus (See 1 Timothy 1:1-4). Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth with these two men. The mention of all three men in 1:1 indicates they were in Thessalonica together at some point.

### What is the book of 1 Thessalonians about?

Paul wrote this letter to the church in the city of Thessalonica, after the Jews in the city forced him to leave. Ancient Thessalonica was located on the southeast coast of ancient Macedonia, and is now called Thessaloniki, located in northeast Greece. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background). In this letter Paul said he considered his visit to them a success, even though he was forced to leave (See Acts 17:1-10).

Paul responded to the news from Timothy about the Thessalonian believers. The believers there were being persecuted. He encouraged them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also comforted them by explaining what happens to those who die before Christ returns.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Thessalonians” or “First Thessalonians.” They may instead prefer to choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Trinity

In this letter, the doctrine of the Holy Trinity finds solid support. The terms: God, Father, Son, Lord, Jesus, and Holy Spirit appear numerous times. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/god]])

### The gospel

In this letter, Paul frequently refers to the apostles’ ministry of the gospel and uses different phrases to communicate the concept of God’s good news about Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/goodnews]])

### Prayer

Paul reassures the Thessalonians that his group of apostles frequently prays for them (See [1:2](../01/02.md)). He also gives instructions about prayer (See [5:2](../05/02.md)), and asks the Thessalonians to pray for them (See [5:25](../05/25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/pray]])

### Faith and Faithfulness

Through the letter the Thessalonians are commended for their faithfulness to God. They are reminded to trust God and remain faithful to gospel living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/faithful]], [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/faith]])

### Apostolic authority

Much of this letter is a defense of the apostles authority, based on their teaching and living. The term “apostles” is used in [2:6](../02/06.md)) to reinforce that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are sent by God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/apostle]])

### Second Coming of Christ

Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation, and there will be peace everywhere.

### The fate of reposed Christians

Paul made clear that those who die before Christ’s return will come back to life and be with Jesus. They will not remain dead forever. Paul wrote this to encourage the Thessalonians, for some of them worried that those Christians who died would miss the great “day of the Lord” when Jesus returns.

### Idolatry

The Greek and Roman cultural background in Thessalonica meant that many members of the church were former pagans who practiced some sort of idolatry (See [1:9](../01/09.md)(See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/other/image]]).

### Suffering

Much of this letter addresses both the sufferings of the apostles and the Thessalonian church for faithfulness to the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/other/afflict]], [[rc://en/tw/bible/other/persecute]], [[rc://en/tw/bible/other/suffer]])

### Sanctification

The concept of holiness is prevalent in this letter. Chapter four discusses how a Christian should practice a holy life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/sanctify]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in Christ Jesus” and “in the Lord Jesus Christ” and “in God the Father” and “in the Holy Spirit”?

Paul meant to express the idea of a union between God and Christians that includes all three persons of the Trinity. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about these kinds of expressions.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “his coming” and “the coming of the Lord Jesus” and “the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ”?

Paul used “coming” in a specific way in relation to Jesus Christ to refer to the time when he will come again to earth, this time displaying his glory and power and gathering his people to himself. Depending on the nuances of your language, you may need to translate this with a special concept or word.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “the word of God” or “the word of the Lord”?

Throughout this letter, Paul uses these well-known phrases or abbreviations to refer to the gospel message.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “brothers”?

Throughout this letter, “brothers” is a metaphor that refers to all believers, including females. (See [1:4](../01/04.md); 2:1, 9, 14, 17; 3:7; 4:1, 6, 10, 13; 5:1, 4, 12, 14, 26, 27)

### “We” and “you”

In this letter, the words “we”, “us,” and “our” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. In addition, “we”, “us,” and “our” are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.

### Major textual issues in the text of the book of First Thessalonians

When ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, ULT puts in its text the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants)

* “Grace and peace to you” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Some other manuscripts read: “Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”
* “but we became little children in the midst of you, as if a mother might comfort her own children” (See [2:7](../02/07.md)). Some other manuscripts read, “Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children.”
* “Timothy, our brother and a servant of God” (See [3:2](../03/02.md)). Some other manuscripts read: “Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1TH front intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of 1 Thessalonians

In this letter, the apostle Paul, along with Silvanus and Timothy, encourages and makes appeals to the Thessalonian church (See: rc://en/tw/bible/names/thessalonica.md). Paul is the spokesman for all of them, using “we” to refer to the group, but in certain places Paul speaks for himself using “I” (See [2:18](../02/18.md); [3:5](../03/05.md); [5:27](../05/27.md)). The background story for the apostles’ activity in Thessalonica can be found in Acts 17:1-10.

1. Apostolic memories of the Thessalonian church (1:1-10)
* Greeting (1:1)
* Thanksgiving for the Thessalonian Christians (1:2-4)
* Examples of Thessalonian suffering (1:6-10)
2. Apostolic authority (2:1-16)
* Persecution of the church (2:1-13)
* Opposition to the church (2:14-16)
3. Timothy’s visit to Thessalonica (3:1-13)
* Reason for the visit (3:1-5)
* Report about the visit (3:6-13)
4. Apostolic teachings (4:1-18)
* Holiness (4:1-8)
* Christian love (4:9-12)
* Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)
5. Final teachings (5:1-28)
* Timing of the Second Coming of Christ (5:1-10)
* Final appeals and teachings (5:11-28)

### Who wrote 1 Thessalonians?

Paul wrote 1 Thessalonians, writing with the agreement of Silvanus and Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Saul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, Paul traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus. Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth. Many scholars think 1 Thessalonians was the first letter Paul wrote of all Paul’s letters that are in the Bible.

Silvanus is also mentioned in 2 Corinthians 1:19; 2 Thessalonians 1:1; 1 Peter 5:12. “Silas,” the name used in the book of Acts, is a contracted form of Silvanus; Silas and Silvanus are considered to be the same person. Timothy was leader of the church at Ephesus (See 1 Timothy 1:1-4). Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth with these two men. The mention of all three men in 1:1 indicates they were in Thessalonica together at some point.

### What is the book of 1 Thessalonians about?

Paul wrote this letter to the church in the city of Thessalonica, after the Jews in the city forced him to leave. Ancient Thessalonica was located on the southeast coast of ancient Macedonia, and is now called Thessaloniki, located in northeast Greece. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background). In this letter Paul said he considered his visit to them a success, even though he was forced to leave (See Acts 17:1-10).

Paul responded to the news from Timothy about the Thessalonian believers. The believers there were being persecuted. He encouraged them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also comforted them by explaining what happens to those who die before Christ returns.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Thessalonians” or “First Thessalonians.” They may instead prefer to choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Trinity

In this letter, the doctrine of the Holy Trinity finds solid support. The terms: God, Father, Son, Lord, Jesus, and Holy Spirit appear numerous times. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/god]])

### The gospel

In this letter, Paul frequently refers to the apostles’ ministry of the gospel and uses different phrases to communicate the concept of God’s good news about Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/goodnews]])

### Prayer

Paul reassures the Thessalonians that his group of apostles frequently prays for them (See [1:2](../01/02.md)). He also gives instructions about prayer (See [5:2](../05/02.md)), and asks the Thessalonians to pray for them (See [5:25](../05/25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/pray]])

### Faith and Faithfulness

Through the letter the Thessalonians are commended for their faithfulness to God. They are reminded to trust God and remain faithful to gospel living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/faithful]], [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/faith]])

### Apostolic authority

Much of this letter is a defense of the apostles authority, based on their teaching and living. The term “apostles” is used in [2:6](../02/06.md)) to reinforce that Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy are sent by God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/apostle]])

### Second Coming of Christ

Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation, and there will be peace everywhere.

### The fate of reposed Christians

Paul made clear that those who die before Christ’s return will come back to life and be with Jesus. They will not remain dead forever. Paul wrote this to encourage the Thessalonians, for some of them worried that those Christians who died would miss the great “day of the Lord” when Jesus returns.

### Idolatry

The Greek and Roman cultural background in Thessalonica meant that many members of the church were former pagans who practiced some sort of idolatry (See [1:9](../01/09.md)(See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/other/image]]).

### Suffering

Much of this letter addresses both the sufferings of the apostles and the Thessalonian church for faithfulness to the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/other/afflict]], [[rc://en/tw/bible/other/persecute]], [[rc://en/tw/bible/other/suffer]])

### Sanctification

The concept of holiness is prevalent in this letter. Chapter four discusses how a Christian should practice a holy life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/sanctify]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in Christ Jesus” and “in the Lord Jesus Christ” and “in God the Father” and “in the Holy Spirit”?

Paul meant to express the idea of a union between God and Christians that includes all three persons of the Trinity. Please see the introduction to the book of Romans for more details about these kinds of expressions.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “his coming” and “the coming of the Lord Jesus” and “the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ”?

Paul used “coming” in a specific way in relation to Jesus Christ to refer to the time when he will come again to earth, this time displaying his glory and power and gathering his people to himself. Depending on the nuances of your language, you may need to translate this with a special concept or word.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “the word of God” or “the word of the Lord”?

Throughout this letter, Paul uses these well-known phrases or abbreviations to refer to the gospel message.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “brothers”?

Throughout this letter, “brothers” is a metaphor that refers to all believers, including females. (See [1:4](../01/04.md); 2:1, 9, 14, 17; 3:7; 4:1, 6, 10, 13; 5:1, 4, 12, 14, 26, 27)

### “We” and “you”

In this letter, the words “we”, “us,” and “our” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. In addition, “we”, “us,” and “our” are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.

### Major textual issues in the text of the book of First Thessalonians

When ancient manuscripts of the Bible differ, ULT puts in its text the reading that scholars consider to be the most accurate, but it puts other possibly accurate readings in footnotes. The introductions to each chapter will discuss places where the ancient manuscripts differ in significant ways, and notes will address those places again where they occur in the book. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using the readings found in that version. If not, we recommend that you follow the readings in the ULT text. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants)
* “Grace and peace to you” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Some other manuscripts read: “Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”
* “but we became little children in the midst of you, as if a mother might comfort her own children” (See [2:7](../02/07.md)). Some other manuscripts read, “Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children.”
* “Timothy, our brother and a servant of God” (See [3:2](../03/02.md)). Some other manuscripts read: “Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1TH 1 intro y8c5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 1 General Notes

## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 1

1. Greeting (1:1)
2. Prayer of thanksgiving for the Thessalonian church (1:2-10)
* Memory of the Thessalonians (1:2-5)
* apostolic prayers (1:2)
* work of the Thessalonians (1:2-3)
* God’s election of the Thessalonians (1:4-5)
* Thessalonians’ example (1:6-10)
* reception of the apostles’ teaching (1:6)
* examples to Macedonia and Achaia (1:7-10)
* example of suffering (1:7)
* preaching of the gospel (1:8)
* turned away from idolatry to God (1:9)
* waiting for the Second Coming of Christ (1:10)

## Structure and Formatting

Verse 1 formally introduces this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.
Verses 2-4 give a general thanksgiving and encouragement to the Thessalonian church.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Trinity

God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit are mentioned numerous times in this chapter. They are described in their identity, activity, and the union that the Christian has in them.

### Hardship

Like the apostles before them, the Thessalonian church endured persecution for the sake of the gospel. The way that they responded with faith to the gospel message even in affliction and then preached that gospel to others made them examples to the churches throughout the regions of Macedonia and Achaia.

### Faithfulness

Paul mentions the faithfulness of the Thessalonian church throughout this chapter. See, for example, “work of faith” in 1:3, “example to all those who believe” in 1:7, and “faith toward God” in 1:8. 1TH 1 1 ms5e figs-ellipsis Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church Here some words are omitted that a sentence would need in order to be complete in many languages. Alternate translation: “We are Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, writing to the church” (See rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis) 1TH 1 1 zivb figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος 1 Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church Paul is understood to be the author of this letter. Silvanus and Timothy are with him as he writes and are in agreement with what he writes. If that might not be understood in your language, you could include this information in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, together with Silvanus and Timothy, write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv index aeb6a7d61b..6b8e93ee7d 100644 --- a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv +++ b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude

## Part 1: General introduction

### Outline of the book of Jude

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)
3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)
4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)
5. Praises to God (1:24–25)

### Who wrote the book of Jude?

The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.

### What is the book of Jude about?

Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts

### Who were the people Jude spoke against?

It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.

## Part 3: Important translation issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?

For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.

* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(v. 5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude

## Part 1: General introduction

### Outline of the book of Jude

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Warning against false teachers (1:3–4)
3. Comparison of false teachers to Old Testament examples (1:5–16)
4. Exhortation to live godly lives in response (1:17–23)
5. Praises to God (1:24–25)

### Who wrote the book of Jude?

The author identified himself as Jude, the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.

### What is the book of Jude about?

Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Peter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important religious and cultural concepts

### Who were the people Jude spoke against?

It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would later become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of Scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.

## Part 3: Important translation issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Jude. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jude’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?

For the following verse, there are differences between some of the ancient manuscripts. The ULT text follows the reading that most scholars consider to be original and puts the other reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the language of wider communication in the region, translators may want to consider using the reading found in that version. If not, translators are advised to follow the reading in the ULT.
* “that Jesus, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt” [(v. 5)](../01/05.md). Some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord, having saved a people out of the land of Egypt.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-123person Ἰούδας 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JUD 1 1 zov5 figs-distinguish Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου 1 These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ac3595a61a..5390f9eb2f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \[the earth\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \[the earth\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. REV 1 1 kv41 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Christ. From fa96f4efd013a7298bda4d7773f9c8f4552599cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 17:51:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 09/17] Christopher's edits to Romans (#2466) Co-authored-by: Vessoul1973 Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2466 --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 232 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------- 1 file changed, 132 insertions(+), 100 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e128c7cc9b..8cc6ddf643 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1-15)
2. Righteousness by faith in Jesus Christ (1:16-17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18-3:20)
4. Righteousness through Jesus Christ by faith in him (3:21-4:25)
5. The fruits of the Spirit (5:1-11)
6. Adam and Christ compared (5:12-21)
7. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1-8:39)
8. God’s plan for Israel (9:1-11:36)
9. Practical advice for living as Christians (12:1-15:13)
10. Conclusion and greetings (15:14-16:27)

### Who wrote the Book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the Book of Romans. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the Book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” (16:26).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1-11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12-16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6).

The “key terms” dictionary can help translators understand many of these terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

Terms such as those given above are difficult to explain. It is often hard or impossible for translators to find equivalent terms in their own languages. It can help to know that word equivalents of these terms are not necessary. Instead, translators can develop short expressions to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel (11:5)?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In 11:1-9, Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in 3:24 (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In 8:9 (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In 9:1 (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: 1:7)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: 15:16)

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \[God\] works all things together for good” (8:28). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” (11:6). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” (16:24).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first verse is a type of introduction. People in the ancient Mediterranean region often started their letters this way. Sometimes this is called a “salutation.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([Romans 1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. Instead, chapters 1-8 present the biblical gospel: All have sinned. Jesus died for our sins. He was raised again that we might have new life in him.

### Fruit

This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. In this chapter, it refers to the results of Paul’s work among the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

This chapter explains that everyone is without excuse. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the wrath of God. This wrath was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God simply allows men to pursue their own desires, he does not force them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult phrases and concepts

This chapter has many difficult ideas in it. How Paul writes makes many of the phrases in this chapter difficult to translate. The translator may need to use the UST to understand the meaning of the phrases. And it may be necessary to more freely translate these phrases. Some of the difficult phrases include: “obedience of faith,” “Son of God,” “whom I serve in my spirit,” “from faith to faith” and “exchanged the glory of the imperishable God for the likenesses of an image of perishable man.” -ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Immediately after introducing the writer, you might also want to indicate to whom the letter was written (See [Romans 1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am the one writing this letter to you believers in Christ in the city of Rome. I am a servant of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Immediately after introducing the writer, you might also want to indicate to whom the letter was written (See [Romans 1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am the one writing this letter to you believers in Christ in the city of Rome. I am a servant of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 1 1 w6j9 figs-ellipsis κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants to help readers understand that the ancient promises found in the writings of the **prophets** of the **holy scriptures** of the Jewish people about the coming of the Messiah or Christ were now coming true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ ROM 1 4 h97z ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection fr ROM 1 4 kkkt guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Paul uses the terms **Christ** and **Lord** to express the human and divine natures of **Jesus**. **Christ** expresses his human relationship to King David as anointed king (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), and the Old Testament title **Lord** is applied to Jesus, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 4 brej figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-explicit δι’ οὗ 1 we have received grace and apostleship Paul assumes that his readers know that **through whom** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 5 jr9e figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **grace** and **apostleship** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus graced us and officially made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 5 jr9e figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **grace** and **apostleship** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus graced us and officially made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 5 mosg figs-exclusive ἐλάβομεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is speaking about himself and other apostles, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles received”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 1 5 mv5n grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language introduce a goal clause. Alternate translation: “to achieve the goal of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 1 5 mv5n grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language introduce a goal clause. Alternate translation: “to achieve the goal of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 5 krzj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **for obedience of faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that people from all the nations would faithfully obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 5 cf3g figs-possession εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 Here, **obedience of faith** could refer to: (1) obedience that is characterized by trust in God. Alternate translation: “for obedience by trusting in God” or “obedience that comes from trusting in God” or “for faithful obedience” (2) trust in God that leads to obedience. Alternate translation: “faith that leads to obedience” (3) Gentle obedience to the Christian Faith. Alternate translation: “bringing obedience to the Christian Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 5 b696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “by trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ ROM 1 6 qq9z figs-metaphor κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul sp ROM 1 7 z85a writing-participants πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people Here, Paul officially introduces the recipients of his letter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing the recipient of a letter. Here, **all those being in Rome** means the church or believers in Christ at Rome. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ROM 1 7 zfwq ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 Paul is using the adjectives **beloved** and **called** as nouns in order to describe the church at Rome. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are loved by God, people who are invited to become saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 7 v8bl translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you, and peace After stating the people to whom he is writing, Paul adds a blessing or prayer. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will act kindly toward all of you and grant you to live peacefully” or “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind they are and allow you to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) -ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 God our Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3,4](../01/03.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 1 7 j61d figs-exclusive Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Since Paul is addressing the church at Rome in this verse, **our** is inclusive of Paul, those at Rome, and by extension, all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “the Father of we who trust in Christ” or “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 God our Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3,4](../01/03.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ROM 1 7 j61d figs-exclusive Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Since Paul is addressing the church at Rome in this verse, **our** is inclusive of Paul, those at Rome, and by extension, all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “the Father of we who trust in Christ” or “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 8 yrau grammar-connect-logic-result πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because your faith is being proclaimed throughout the whole world, I first want to thank my God through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 8 totr grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν 1 Here, **First** indicates that Paul has finished his introduction to the letter, and what follows is the beginning of the content of the letter. Alternate translation: “The first thing I want to say is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 8 ci5y figs-distinguish τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 When Paul speaks of **my God**, he does not mean that this is a different **God** than the one the Roman church has **faith** in. Paul is simply stating that he belongs to **God**. If in your language **my God** would indicate a distinction between Paul’s **God** and the **God** of church at Rome God, you could add the plural pronoun “our.” Alternate translation: “our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to express that he belongs to **God**. When saying, **my God**, Paul does not mean that he owns or has authority over God. Paul means that as a “servant of Jesus Christ” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)), God has ownership and authority over him. You could use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that I serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 qtoy figs-possession διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the possessive form **through Jesus Christ** to express Paul’s authority as an apostle (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul means that it is through his calling as an apostle of **Jesus Christ** that he can offer special thanks to **God** for the church at Rome. If it is natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “because I belong to Jesus Christ” or “as an apostle of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 mekg writing-pronouns περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome. When Paul says **all of you** he is addressing the whole church as if they are one person. Throughout this letter, **you** refers exclusively to the church at Rome, unless otherwise noted. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the whole church” or “for the sake of each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 8 efqs figs-activepassive καταγγέλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that people other than the church at Rome are doing the **proclaiming**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **throughout the whole world** is an exaggeration that means “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is.” Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 1 9 e9n1 figs-metaphor μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 Paul is appealing to God to validate his personal motives. He figuratively speaks as if he is summoning God as a witness to testify on his behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God is my witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “I swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -55,29 +55,29 @@ ROM 1 9 dx6p figs-distinguish ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μ ROM 1 9 ydnc figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of his **spirit** and **the gospel** as if they were locations in which he could perform service. He means that he serves God devotedly or enthusiastically by preaching the gospel. If your readers would not understand what **in my spirit in the gospel** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “fervently when preaching the gospel about his Son” or “enthusiastically by announcing the good news concerning his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 9 o66d figs-possession τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Paul could be using the possessive form **of his Son** to refer to: (1) Jesus as the object of the gospel. Alternate translation: “concerning his Son” or “that refers to his Son” (2) Jesus as the source of the gospel. Alternate translation: “that comes from his Son” (3) Jesus as the object and source of the gospel. Alternate translation: “about his Son and from his Son” If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 9 rnp6 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The pronoun **his** refers to God (See [1:3](../01/03.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ROM 1 9 f9p2 figs-hyperbole ἀδιαλείπτως 1 I make mention of you Here, the word **continually** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for the church at Rome. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I regularly” or “I habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole) ROM 1 9 vtuq figs-idiom μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 Here, the term **making mention** is an idiom for prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am … remembering to pray to God for you at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 10 mdc8 figs-parallelism πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος 1 I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you This phrase means the same thing as “I continually make mention of you” in [1:9](../01/09.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how intensely he prays that God will allow him to visit the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “in all my prayers, I beg God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 10 oi0x figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Here, the word **always** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for the church at Rome. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “continually” or “constantly” or “habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole) -ROM 1 10 zfp4 figs-hyperbole εἴ πως ἤδη ποτὲ 1 by any means Here, the phrase **if somehow now at last** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to speak about visiting the church at Rome. Paul expresses a deep longing for God to allow him to come to Rome, because he has been hindered so many times (See [1:11, 13](../01/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows deep longing. Alternate translation: “that at this time there would finally be some way that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 1 10 is3p figs-parallelism εὐοδωθήσομαι ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 at last Since the word translated as **I will be successful** often means “to have a good journey,” Paul may be stressing how much he wants to visit the church at Rome. So here, **I will be successful** and ** to come to you** mean similar things. Paul says a similar thing twice, to show how deeply he desires to visit the church at Rome. If this is confusing in your language, you could make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “if God wills it, I will have a good journey when I visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 1 10 zfp4 figs-hyperbole εἴ πως ἤδη ποτὲ 1 by any means Here, the phrase **if somehow now at last** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to speak about visiting the church at Rome. Paul expresses a deep longing for God to allow him to come to Rome, because he has been hindered so many times (See [1:11, 13](../01/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows deep longing. Alternate translation: “that at this time there would finally be some way that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+ROM 1 10 is3p figs-parallelism εὐοδωθήσομαι ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 at last Since the word translated as **I will be successful** often means “to have a good journey,” Paul may be stressing how much he wants to visit the church at Rome. So here, **I will be successful** and ** to come to you** mean similar things. Paul says a similar thing twice, to show how deeply he desires to visit the church at Rome. If this is confusing in your language, you could make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “if God wills it, I will have a good journey when I visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “because God desires for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 11 ki6h grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 For I desire to see you This is a reason clause. Here Paul is indicating why he constantly prays to visit the church at Rome in [1:9–10](../01/09.md)). Use natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “Because I greatly yearn to see your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 11 gjdu figs-metonymy ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 Paul is figuratively describing a visit to the church at Rome by association with seeing them, which is what someone does when visiting other people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to see your faces” or “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 11 b23b grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he longs **to see** the believers at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that I can share with you some kind of gracious gift that the Holy Spirit imparted to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 11 f3g1 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that leads to your spiritual strengthening” or “that causes your trust in God to remain strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 11 f3g1 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that leads to your spiritual strengthening” or “that causes your trust in God to remain strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
ROM 1 12 pnnm figs-distinguish τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν 1 Here, **and that is** gives us further information about why Paul wants to share “some spiritual gift” with the church at Rome. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “namely” or “specifically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for us to comfort each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 12 ddtm figs-possession διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to show how Paul and the church at Rome can **be mutually encouraged**. Use a natural way in your language to express the idea of manner. Alternate translation: “by both you and I sharing with one another how we trust in God” or “through talking about our common Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 12 e6py figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 12 fr36 writing-pronouns ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 The pronouns **yours** and **mine** are not meant to make a distinction between the Christian **faith** of Paul and the church at Rome (See [1:8](../01/08.md)). Paul means that they should mutually encourage each other because they have a mutual faith in Christ. If the pronouns **yours** and **mine** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “since we have a mutual trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-litotes οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-litotes οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
ROM 1 13 rwzn figs-activepassive ἀγνοεῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 13 u1cq figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Unless otherwise noted, throughout this letter **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ.” If your readers would not understand what brothers means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 13 pec7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 1 13 ru3x grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 but I was hindered until now Here, **that** marks a clause that explains what Paul wants the church at Rome to know about his desire to visit them. Use a natural way in your language to connect these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 13 b4vr grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what Paul **intended**. Instead, Paul was **hindered** from visiting the church at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 1 13 b4vr grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what Paul **intended**. Instead, Paul was **hindered** from visiting the church at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
ROM 1 13 axe9 figs-aside καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Here Paul is using an aside in order to reinforce how much he wants to visit the Roman church. If this would be confusing in your language, or your language does not use parenthesis, use a natural way in your language to communicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 1 13 zvrj figs-explicit καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **until now** means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was **hindered* until the moment he wrote these words, but now he can come to Rome. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have been hindered and still am” or “God continues to hinder me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 13 b92o figs-activepassive ἐκωλύθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God stopped me” or “God did not permit it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -104,38 +104,38 @@ ROM 1 16 sz5b grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 first This ROM 1 16 q9w8 figs-nominaladj παντὶ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective **everyone** as a plural noun in order to describe all types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all types of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 16 zq2q figs-merism Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 Paul figuratively refers to **the Jew** and **the Greek**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity or **everyone**. In other words, the good news about the Christ is not just for Jews (as would be assumed in this context), but is for each person from every nation who continues to trust in God, since God makes no distinction between people types (See [2:11; 3:22; 10:12](../02/11.md); [Acts 10:34](acts/10/34.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” or “for both the Jewish people and the culturally Greek people” or “regardless of ethnicity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 1 16 u8on grammar-connect-words-phrases Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον 1 **Both the Jew first** is meant to indicate that the Jewish people were the first to hear the gospel. Paul is not using **first** to express that the **Jew** is better than **the Greek**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 17 h38h figs-metaphor δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks figuratively about **the righteousness of God** as if it was an object that could be uncovered. He means that when the gospel is proclaimed, God’s righteousness becomes obvious. If your readers would not understand what **is revealed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “When people preach the gospel God clarifies how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 17 h38h figs-metaphor δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks figuratively about **the righteousness of God** as if it was an object that could be uncovered. He means that when the gospel is proclaimed, God’s righteousness becomes obvious. If your readers would not understand what **is revealed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “When people preach the gospel God clarifies how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 17 wfsc figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God clarifies how he makes people right with himself” or “Certainly, God reveals that he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 17 qr31 figs-possession δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul is using the possessive form **of God** that could refer to: (1) righteousness from/through God. Alternate translation: “In fact, how God makes people right with himself” (2) righteousness that belongs to/characterizes God. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God’s righteousness” Use a natural way in your language to make this possessive form explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 17 of98 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about the “gospel” that the church at Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God makes people right with himself” or “the way people become right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God makes people right with himself” or “the way people become right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** refers to “the gospel” (See [1:16](../01/16.md)). Alternate translation: “the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See [1:5](../01/05.md). Here, Paul uses this phrase to emphasize how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. This phrase**from faith to faith** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament faith that leads to the New Testament faith. Alternate translation: “from the prophesied faith in the Messiah to the revealed faith in the Messiah” (2) God’s faithfulness that causes human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “God is trustworthy and causes people to trust in him” (3) human faith that leads to human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by people who trust in God that leads to faithfulness to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 1 17 bgvh writing-quotations δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what Habakuk the prophet previously says about the unrighteous person (See [Habakkuk 2:4](hab/02/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-nominaladj ὁ…δίκαιος 1 The righteous will live by faith Paul is using the adjective **the righteous** as a noun in order to describe a type of person or group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the … person who is righteous” or “the … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it was food that could keep **the righteous** alive. He means that **faith** is the means to live right with God or gain eternal life. If your readers would not understand what **will live by faith** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will stay alive through trusting in God” or “will live eternally by remaining faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it was food that could keep **the righteous** alive. He means that **faith** is the means to live right with God or gain eternal life. If your readers would not understand what **will live by faith** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will stay alive through trusting in God” or “will live eternally by remaining faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 17 ee0i figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως 2 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** brings life for **the righteous**. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) the human means of *faith**. Alternate translation: “through trusting in God” (2) the divine origin of **faith**. Alternate translation: “from how faithful God is” (3) both the human means and divine origin of **faith**. Alternate translation: “from how faithful God is, by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 17 e7eu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 2 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 17 e7eu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 2 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now, God clarifies how angry he is” or “Certainly, God reveals how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 18 ptaj figs-parallelism ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 The two phrases that begin [1:17;18](../01/17.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with similar wording, to show the two-sided nature of how **God is revealed** in the preaching of the gospel. See how you translated **For the righteousness of God is revealed** in [1:17](../01/17.md), and use a natural way in your language to make this parallelism explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God clarifies how furious he is” or “Certainly, God reveals how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 1 18 ptaj figs-parallelism ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 The two phrases that begin [1:17;18](../01/17.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with similar wording, to show the two-sided nature of how **God is revealed** in the preaching of the gospel. See how you translated **For the righteousness of God is revealed** in [1:17](../01/17.md), and use a natural way in your language to make this parallelism explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God clarifies how furious he is” or “Certainly, God reveals how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 1 18 c69s grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about what **is revealed** by **God** that the church at Rome should pay attention to. In [1:18–32](../01/18.md) Paul describes why God reveals his wrath to humanity. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wrath** in another way. Alternate translation: “how angry God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 18 iuau figs-possession ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **wrath**. Here, **the wrath of God** could refer to: (1) wrath that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s wrath” (2) wrath that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the wrath from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 18 kjen figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων, τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness** and **truth** in another way. You could use verb forms to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “against all those people who deny God and do not want to become right with him. Because they do not want to become right with God, they keep withholding what is true about God from those who want to know” or “against all people who do ungodly things and act unrighteously, who suppress what God says is true by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 18 iuau figs-possession ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **wrath**. Here, **the wrath of God** could refer to: (1) wrath that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s wrath” (2) wrath that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the wrath from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM 1 18 kjen figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων, τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness** and **truth** in another way. You could use verb forms to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “against all those people who deny God and do not want to become right with him. Because they do not want to become right with God, they keep withholding what is true about God from those who want to know” or “against all people who do ungodly things and act unrighteously, who suppress what God says is true by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-possession ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 hold back the truth Paul is using the possessive form to describe **men** who are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “unrighteous” instead of the noun **unrighteousness**. Alternate translation: “unrighteous men” or “unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 18 rztp figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 1 18 g3qm figs-distinguish τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the nature of **all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men**. It is not making a distinction between a **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 19 c6jh figs-parallelism διότι τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how obvious his existence should be to ungodly and unrighteous people (See [1:18](../01/18.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God has obviously shown to these people that he exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 19 z06b grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 Here, **because** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 19 jd85 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that it is any human being. Alternate translation: “what people can visibly know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 19 jd85 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that it is any human being. Alternate translation: “what people can visibly know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-nominaladj τὸ γνωστὸν 1 that which is known about God is visible to them Paul is using the adjective phrase **that which {is} known** as a noun in order to describe visible knowledge about God. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “what people can visibly know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 19 r6ef writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the ungodly and unrighteous men in [1:18](../01/18.md). Unless, otherwise noted, **them** or “their” or “they” refers to the ungodly and unrighteous throughout [1:19–32](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “all these ungodly and unrighteous people … all these ungodly and unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 19 u8z3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For God has enlightened them Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul means that the reason why these people can visibly know about God, is because God has made sure that his existence is obvious. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 19 u8z3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For God has enlightened them Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul means that the reason why these people can visibly know about God, is because God has made sure that his existence is obvious. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 20 fo6q figs-abstractnouns τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται; ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **qualities**, **power**, and **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “In fact, even though people are unable to visibly see God, ever since the time when God created the universe, people could observe how he eternally controls everything and how he divinely exists, innately perceiving how he exists by investigating the things he made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 20 w39b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about Paul’s discussion on the existence of God that the church at Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ…ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **invisible qualities** of **eternal power and divine nature** as if people could see them with their eyes. Paul means that what God created demonstrates that he exists. If your readers would not understand what **invisible qualities** or **eternal power and divine nature** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 20 uvc1 figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 world Paul refers figuratively to **the world** to mean the whole universe. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” or “all that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ…ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **invisible qualities** of **eternal power and divine nature** as if people could see them with their eyes. Paul means that what God created demonstrates that he exists. If your readers would not understand what **invisible qualities** or **eternal power and divine nature** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 1 20 uvc1 figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 world Paul refers figuratively to **the world** to mean the whole universe. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” or “all that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 in the things that have been made If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “through those things God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 20 dxr6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse This is a result clause. Use natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “As a result, these people cannot defend themselves” or “This is why they have nothing they can say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 20 d7fh figs-nominaladj αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 Paul is using the adjective **without excuse** as a noun in order to describe the ungodly and unrighteous men in [1:18](../01/18.md). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “these ungodly and unrighteous people cannot excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -146,31 +146,31 @@ ROM 1 21 qxmh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word ROM 1 21 dant figs-parallelism ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **foolish** these ungodly people became by refusing to honor God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “they started thinking foolishly and became totally senseless” or “they became completely senseless in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here, **darkness** is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 21 d2c0 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could mentally sense things or could change to the color black. He means that these **foolish** people lack spiritual sensitivity. If your readers would not understand what a **senseless heart** or **darkened** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “they became incapable of discerning spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 21 t4p7 figs-metonymy καρδία 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 21 t4p7 figs-metonymy καρδία 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 1 21 sw8q grammar-collectivenouns καρδία 1 The word **heart** is a singular noun that refers to the inner beings or minds of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “inner beings” or “minds” or “hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 1 22 ddr2 figs-nominaladj φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish Paul is using the adjective **wise** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 1 22 ly68 ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They … they In the original, the phrase **they became foolish** is one verb. Use a natural way in your language to express a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools” -ROM 1 23 x2wl figs-metaphor καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 1 for the likenesses of an image Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped honoring God and started worshiping idols that represent creatures (See also [1:25](../01/25.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “then they stopped honoring the never changing God in order to worship images of things God created that will one day change and decay: humans, birds, four-footed animals, and things that creep and crawl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 23 k9xu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish” (See [1:22](../01/22.md)). Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 1 22 ly68 ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They … they In the original, the phrase **they became foolish** is one verb. Use a natural way in your language to express a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools”
+ROM 1 23 x2wl figs-metaphor καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 1 for the likenesses of an image Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped honoring God and started worshiping idols that represent creatures (See also [1:25](../01/25.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “then they stopped honoring the never changing God in order to worship images of things God created that will one day change and decay: humans, birds, four-footed animals, and things that creep and crawl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 1 23 k9xu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish” (See [1:22](../01/22.md)). Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 23 qb7f figs-parallelism τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 These two phrases, **the glory of the imperishable God** and **a likeness of an image of perishable man** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with similar phrases, to emphasize the contrast between **God** and **man**. Use a natural way in your language to express a contrast that uses parallel ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 23 r14e figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 of perishable man If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **the glory** in another way. Alternate translation: “what glorifies the incorruptible God” or “what honors the never changing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 23 u971 figs-possession τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **glory** and **the imperishable God**. Here, **of the imperishable God** could refer to: (1) the glory that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “that characterizes God” (2) the glory that belongs to God. Alternate translation: “that belongs only to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 23 rfez figs-possession εἰκόνος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a likeness** that comes from an **image**. Alternate translation: “that come from an image” or “that are based on an image” or “of images that are representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 23 rfez figs-possession εἰκόνος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a likeness** that comes from an **image**. Alternate translation: “that come from an image” or “that are based on an image” or “of images that are representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
ROM 1 23 z0de figs-possession φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **man** who is characterized by being **perishable**. Alternate translation: “that are similar to corruptible humanity” or “that represent humans who decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 23 osrt figs-possession καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 Paul is using these possessive forms to further describe **a likeness** that the ungodly and unrighteous people make. Alternate translation: “and likenesses that resemble birds, four-footed animals, and creeping creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 24 fvv6 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore Here, **Therefore** introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of rejecting the glory of God in [1:23](../01/23.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **lusts**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation (remove comma after **uncleanness**): “God allowed them to deeply lust, which caused them to live impurely and” or “God permits them to become controlled by what they desire to lust after, leading them to live impurely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **lusts**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation (remove comma after **uncleanness**): “God allowed them to deeply lust, which caused them to live impurely and” or “God permits them to become controlled by what they desire to lust after, leading them to live impurely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

ROM 1 24 tlv5 figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 them … their … themselves Paul is using the possessive form to describe **hearts** that are characterized by **lusts**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “lustful” instead of the noun **lusts**. Alternate translation: “their lustful hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 24 le2o figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could lust. He means that the desires or affections or inner beings of these people are controlled by lust. If your readers would not understand what **the lusts of their hearts** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “to lustfully desire bringing” or “to lust deep within causing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 24 le2o figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could lust. He means that the desires or affections or inner beings of these people are controlled by lust. If your readers would not understand what **the lusts of their hearts** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “to lustfully desire bringing” or “to lust deep within causing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 l804 figs-metonymy τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s desires or inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their desires” or “intheir inner beings” or “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 24 rkou grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 This is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of indulging in **the lusts of their hearts**. Use natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “causing them to become spiritually unclean” or “resulting in living impurely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 24 g0r4 figs-metaphor εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **uncleanness** as if were something dirty. He means that these lustful people become spiritually impure through sexual immorality. If your readers would not understand what **uncleanness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “to become spiritually impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 puad grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1 Paul is emphasizing the way these people expressed **their lusts** and **uncleanness**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Here, **to dishonor** could refer to: (1) a description of their **uncleanness**. Alternate translation: “by dishonoring” or “causing them to disrespect” (2) the purpose for which *God gave them over**. Alternate translation: “in order to dishonor” or “so that they failed to respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves In this clause, Paul is referring sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “so that they committed sexually immoral acts” or “by indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves In this clause, Paul is referring sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “so that they committed sexually immoral acts” or “by indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM 1 25 dv6h figs-metaphor οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 they Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped believing what is true about God and started worshiping idols that represent creatures (See [1:23](../01/23.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “these people refuse to trust what God says is true and accept what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 25 koee figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **lie** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is correct about God and what is incorrect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-possession τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who worshiped and served the creation Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **God** and **the truth**. Here, **the truth of God** could refer to: (1) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “God’s truth” (2) the truth that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 25 v89u grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 instead of Here, **and** indicates that what follows is something else important about these ungodly and unrighteous people. In this context, **and** could refer to: (1) a marker of equivalence. Alternate translation: “in other words they” (2) a marker of purpose. Alternate translation: “so that they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 1 25 v89u grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 instead of Here, **and** indicates that what follows is something else important about these ungodly and unrighteous people. In this context, **and** could refer to: (1) a marker of equivalence. Alternate translation: “in other words they” (2) a marker of purpose. Alternate translation: “so that they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 1 25 bl7p figs-doublet ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that these people totally rejected worshiping the true **God**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They reverently worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 1 25 x3t4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast παρὰ 1 What follows the word **instead** here is in contrast to what should be true, that all people would worship the true **God** who created them. Instead, these ungodly and unrighteous people worship what **God** created. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “in place of” or “rather than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 25 xrsa figs-distinguish ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the Creator**. It is not making a distinction between **God** and **the Creator**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who should be praised forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) @@ -178,32 +178,32 @@ ROM 1 25 m8zg translate-blessing ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς ROM 1 25 v1ex figs-nominaladj εὐλογητὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the God that should be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 26 sk6f 0 See [1:24](../01/24.md) for how you translated the parallel words and ideas. ROM 1 26 jb2g grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Here, **For this reason** introduces a result clause. In [1:26-32](../01/26.md), Paul states the results of rejecting the true God and worshiping idols. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “This is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 26 pil3 figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 26 pil3 figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 1 26 hw81 figs-possession πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 26 lk73 figs-abstractnouns πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **passions of dishonor** with a verbal phrase or another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by indulging in sexually immoral activity” or “passionately dishonor themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 26 j4ni grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 for their women Here, **for** indicates that what follows in [1:26-27](../01/26.md) describes what **passions of dishonor** are. Alternate translation: “in other words,” or “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 26 v7d2 αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 See [1:25](../01/25.md) for parallel language that indicates a connection between rejecting “the truth of God” and “Creator” and here accepting things **contrary to nature**. ROM 1 26 jqyi figs-metaphor μετήλλαξαν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these females as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped having natural sexual relations with males and began having sexual relations with females (See [1:24](../01/24.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “these females stopped engaging in sexual activity with males and began engaging in sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul is referring to female homosexual activity as **relations** that are **contrary to nature**. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males for sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul is referring to female homosexual activity as **relations** that are **contrary to nature**. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males for sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM 1 26 hc1q figs-abstractnouns τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **relations** and **nature** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “natural sexual relationships for unnatural sexual relationships” or “how God intended them to engage in sexual activity for sexual activity that God did not intend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 ji3l grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες 1 This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “in the same way even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “even the males stop engaging in sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks figuratively of these **males** as if they were going to another location. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way intended them to engage in sexual activity. If your readers would not understand what **having left** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “after abandoning” or “because they rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 27 c7ja figs-abstractnouns χρῆσιν 1 burned in their lust for one another If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **use** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “sexual relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 27 c7ja figs-abstractnouns χρῆσιν 1 burned in their lust for one another If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **use** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “sexual relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 qvi3 figs-possession τῆς θηλείας 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. Alternate translation: “associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could be set on fire or something that flares out like a flame. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand what **burned** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 ylj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lust** in another way. Alternate translation: “by passionately desiring each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 27 z759 writing-pronouns ἀλλήλους 1 The pronoun **one another** refers to other males. Alternate translation: “different males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 27 z759 writing-pronouns ἀλλήλους 1 The pronoun **one another** refers to other males. Alternate translation: “different males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 27 fdzs τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 In the original, the phrase **shameless acts** is one abstract noun. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use translate **shameless acts** as a singular phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “shameless activity” or “what is shameless” +ROM 1 27 fdzs τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 In the original, the phrase **shameless acts** is one abstract noun. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use translate **shameless acts** as a singular phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “shameless activity” or “what is shameless”
ROM 1 27 sjhb figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 In the original, the word order is different, emphasizing **the penalty**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to emphasize **the penalty they deserved for their error**. Alternate translation: “and the penalty they deserved for their error they received in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 1 27 jtru grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of their **shameless acts**. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 27 raet figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the penalty** for homosexual activity as if it were something that could happen inside of them. If your readers would not understand what **receiving in themselves** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “experiencing in their own bodies” or “receiving among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 bysh figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῖς 1 Paul uses the word **themselves** to emphasize how serious **the penalty** for homosexual activity is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “their very own bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 1 27 x6fz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the penalty** in another way. Alternate translation: “the punishing act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 dbtt figs-distinguish ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the penalty**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “which is required for how they erred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 1 28 cx7y grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ καθὼς 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness Here, **And just as” emphasizes that what follows refers back to similar ideas in [1:18-27](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “In the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 1 28 cx7y grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ καθὼς 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness Here, **And just as” emphasizes that what follows refers back to similar ideas in [1:18-27](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “In the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 1 28 bt7u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 they … their … them Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if these people could decide to hold him inside their head. He means that they do not care to think about God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “these people consider it useless to recognize that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 28 f53x figs-abstractnouns τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **having God in their awareness** in another way. Alternate translation: “acknowledging that God exists” or “remembering to think about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24,26](../01/24.md)). He means that **God** is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of a **depraved mind**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become inclined toward things of which he disapproves” or “God permits them to inwardly perceive useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -211,24 +211,24 @@ ROM 1 28 p8z2 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 not prope ROM 1 28 ie4l ποιεῖν 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the result of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do” ROM 1 28 aye6 figs-extrainfo τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα 1 By **those things that are not proper**, Paul implies that **those things** are what follows in [1:29-31](../01/29.md). Since this expression is explained in the next verses, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-litany 1 They have been filled with Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences and ideas in [1:29-31](../01/29.md) to show how depraved these ungodly and unrighteous people have become. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of “the things that are not proper” of which the ungodly and unrighteous people in [1:18-28](../01/18.md) are guilty. Paul goes on to say in [1:32](../01/32.md) that people “who practice such things are deserving of death.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -ROM 1 29 y307 figs-parallelism πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to amplify how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases under one verb. Alternate translation: “These people are fully: unrighteous, wicked, covetous, malicious, envious, murderous, argumentative, deceitful, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 1 29 y307 figs-parallelism πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to amplify how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases under one verb. Alternate translation: “These people are fully: unrighteous, wicked, covetous, malicious, envious, murderous, argumentative, deceitful, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by refusing to become right God” or “These people are fully controlled by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the ungodly and unrighteous people did it (See [1:18](../01/18). Alternate translation: “These people are dominated” or “These people are controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας; ψιθυριστάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns as verb phrases like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 29 ptcj figs-abstractnouns κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς…ψιθυριστάς 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and**, **they**, **and**, as well as **They are** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the ungodly and unrighteous people did it (See [1:18](../01/18). Alternate translation: “These people are dominated” or “These people are controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας; ψιθυριστάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns as verb phrases like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 1 29 ptcj figs-abstractnouns κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς…ψιθυριστάς 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and**, **they**, **and**, as well as **They are** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ROM 1 29 pkrd figs-possession μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe traits that characterize these ungodly and unrighteous people. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjectives instead of the nouns. Alternate translation: “they are fully envious, murderous, argumentative, deceptive, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by acting envious” or “These people are fully controlled by acting envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 29 dzda figs-nominaladj μεστοὺς 1 Paul is using the adjective **full* as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “they are people who are full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…κακῶν…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … of evil things … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “these people speak against others … these people discover new ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 30 f4a0 grammar-collectivenouns κακῶν 1 The word **evil** is a plural noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, people who are faithless, people who are heartless, and people who merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 31 rtic figs-ellipsis ἀνελεήμονας 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the righteous decree** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 32 ytu6 τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that those who practice such things Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **things** and **them** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι 1 Paul is using the adjective **deserving** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are people who deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 32 t0ls figs-possession ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν…συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **death** and **those who do them** as objects of the clause. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die … well pleased with people who practice these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -237,16 +237,16 @@ ROM 1 32 abwy grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καὶ 1 What follows ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter shifts its audience from Roman Christians to those who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### “Therefore you are without excuse”

This phrase looks back at Chapter 1. In some ways, it actually concludes what Chapter 1 teaches. This phrase explains why everyone in the world must worship the true God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Doers of the Law”

Those who try to obey the law will not be justified by trying to obey it. Those who are justified by believing in Jesus show that their faith is real by obeying God’s commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Hypothetical Situation

In context, “he will give eternal life” in verse 7 is a hypothetical statement. If a person could live a perfect life, they would earn eternal life as a reward. But only Jesus was able to live a perfect life.

Paul gives another hypothetical situation in verses 17-29. Here he explains that even those who earnestly try to obey the law of Moses are guilty of violating the law. In English, this is about those who follow the “letter” of the law but cannot follow the “spirit” or general principles of the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You who judge”

At times, You can translate this in a simpler way. But it is translated in this relatively awkward way because when Paul refers to “people who judge” he is also saying that everyone judges. It is possible to translate this as “those who judge (and everyone judges).” ROM 2 1 y6ts grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **Therefore** marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the consequences of the behavior Paul describes in [Romans 1:18–32](../01/18.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 1 d7pj grammar-collectivenouns εἶ…κρίνεις…σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις…πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων 1 Therefore you are without excuse Here, **you** is a singular pronoun that refers to all of humanity in general. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 1 md5e figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you Here, **O man** is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 2 1 md5e figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you Here, **O man** is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 2 1 x3mi grammar-collectivenouns ἄνθρωπε 1 you are Here, **man** is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 1 n2mu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul gives the reasons why **anyone who judges** is at the same time condemning themselves. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or anytime a person might judge another. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or anytime a person might judge another. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 2 1 ybp2 writing-pronouns τὸν ἕτερον 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself The pronoun **another** refers to any other person. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 1 bzjp figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize the surprising truth that judging others is self-condemning. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this surprise. Alternate translation: “you are self-condemned” or “you really judge yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 1 nz11 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a clause that explains why these judgmental people are self-condemned. Alternate translation: “this is because” or “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 1 uwwz figs-parallelism ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις; τὰ γὰρ αὐτὰ πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων. 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to emphasize that these judgmental people are self-condemned. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “indeed, judging other people is self-condemning because you do exactly what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 1 wumc writing-pronouns τὰ…αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **the same things** is a pronoun that refers to acts for which people judge one another. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “the very same deeds” or “the same sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 2 rgw4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 those who practice such things Here, **But** indicates that what follows is something else important that the church of Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 2 rgw4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 those who practice such things Here, **But** indicates that what follows is something else important that the church of Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 But we know Here, **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ” (2) mankind in general. Alternate translation: “all people” Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 2 2 pv7q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of what **we know**. Use a natural way in your language to mark the beginning of an explanation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **judgment** and **truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “when God judges it is always trustworthy” or “how God judges is based on what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ ROM 2 2 qca8 figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using ROM 2 2 c9or figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s final judgment” or “when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 2 q98t figs-aside ἐπὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to express his negative evaluation of the judgmental “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you can continue his address to the “man” in the second person. Alternate translation: “upon you who practice such things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 2 2 e3fq figs-metaphor ἐπὶ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it could be placed on top of these people. He means that God’s judgment is against or attacking or looming over these people. If your readers would not understand what **upon** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “against” or “looming over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 2 j46f writing-pronouns τοὺς…πράσσοντας 1 The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general (See [1:32](../01/32/.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 2 j46f writing-pronouns τοὺς…πράσσοντας 1 The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general (See [1:32](../01/32/.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
ROM 2 2 mjao writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 The pronoun **such things** refers to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things” or “these kinds of evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 3 zwg7 figs-rquestion λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 person Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that God will finally judge them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience! You know that the kindness of God leads to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 3 ijd6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 consider this Here, **But** indicates that what follows resumes Paul’s rebuke of the judgmental **man** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -263,34 +263,34 @@ ROM 2 3 rk75 figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you who judge those who pra ROM 2 3 ysys figs-infostructure ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that you will escape from the judgment of God, when you judge those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-parallelism ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? These two phrases **those who are practicing such things** and **you are doing the same things** have the same meaning. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the hypocrisy of these judgmental people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who keeps doing the same things you judge others for doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 3 mo4p writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτά 1 The pronouns **such things** and **the same things** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **the same things** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … the same improper” or “these kinds of evil things … the same evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 3 bd82 figs-personification ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **judgment** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person that someone could run away from. Paul means that God’s judgment is decisive and final. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God will not decisively judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 3 bd82 figs-personification ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **judgment** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person that someone could run away from. Paul means that God’s judgment is decisive and final. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God will not decisively judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 3 n94u grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι σὺ 1 Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of what this **man** is thinking. You could use natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “that you actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 3 h47v figs-abstractnouns σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “you can escape when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 3 mawi figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **judgment**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 3 hpej figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s final judgment” or “when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should actually know that **the kindness of God leads** them **to repentance**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience! You know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 4 v9yf writing-pronouns καταφρονεῖς…σε 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md) throughout [2:4-5](../02/04.md), as representative of the whole human race. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “do you O man scorn … you O man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and patience**, you could express these same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “that God is greatly gracious, tolerates sinners, and is patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 4 v9yf writing-pronouns καταφρονεῖς…σε 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md) throughout [2:4-5](../02/04.md), as representative of the whole human race. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “do you O man scorn … you O man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and patience**, you could express these same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “that God is greatly gracious, tolerates sinners, and is patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 4 pplt figs-possession τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **his kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** relates to **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the pronoun **his** and the noun **God**, or express this idea another way. Alternate translation: “God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” or “ of how kind, lenient, and calm God is … since God is so kind, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 4 u0io grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει 1 Here, **to repentance** is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of **the kindness of God**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 2 4 jamv figs-abstractnouns μετάνοιάν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 4 jamv figs-abstractnouns μετάνοιάν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 5 t8pv grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to how these judgmental people should respond to God’s “kindness” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)). Instead, their lack of repentance ensures that God will finally judge them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were hard substance and as if their **heart** were a person who could repent. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If your readers would not understand what **your hardness and unrepentant heart** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “However, based on how stubborn you are and how you refuse to repent” or “In fact, since you are so obstinate and refuse to change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were hard substance and as if their **heart** were a person who could repent. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If your readers would not understand what **your hardness and unrepentant heart** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “However, based on how stubborn you are and how you refuse to repent” or “In fact, since you are so obstinate and refuse to change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 5 v6z1 figs-metonymy καρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s will or inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will” or “inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 5 f52g figs-hendiadys τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hardness** describes how **unrepentant** these people are. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your stubbornly unrepentant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ROM 2 5 f52g figs-hendiadys τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hardness** describes how **unrepentant** these people are. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your stubbornly unrepentant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
ROM 2 5 nbyc figs-abstractnouns θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **wrath**, **revelation**, **and judgment** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “God will intensely punish you at the final time when he punishes and reveals how he will judge those who are not right with him” or “you are increasing how intensely God will punish you when he punishes and finally reveals how fairly he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 2 5 pck0 figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day of wrath** and **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the time God finally punishes and when God reveals how he will justly judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath … of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the two components of the Judgment Day: **wrath** against **unrepentant** people and **righteous judgment** for those who repent. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “on the final day that God will punish unrepentant people and reveal who is righteous” or “when God finally reveals how he punishes the unrepentant and vindicates his righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 5 yqta figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the day of wrath** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race (For example see [Zephaniah 1:15, 18; 2:3](../Zeph/01/15.md)). Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize the term **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “when God punishes for the last time” or “on the Day of God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 5 yqta figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the day of wrath** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race (For example see [Zephaniah 1:15, 18; 2:3](../Zeph/01/15.md)). Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize the term **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “when God punishes for the last time” or “on the Day of God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 2 5 fnpj figs-possession ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of the revelation** and **of the righteous** and **of God** to describe **the judgment**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verb clause to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how righteously he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 6 frov figs-quotations ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this modified Old Testament quotation (See Septuagint [Psalm 62:13](../psalm/62/13.md)); Proverbs 24:12) as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “‘will pay back to each according to his deeds’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 2 6 ylpm 1 In [2:7-10](../02/06.md), Paul explains what he means that God will **pay back to each according to his deeds**. If your language does not use a colon to indicate that that follows is the explanation of an idea, use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. ROM 2 6 c4dn writing-pronouns ἑκάστῳ 1 will pay back The pronoun **each** refers to every human being. If your readers would not understand this, you could make this referent explicit. Alternate translation: “to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 6 gj1q figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **deeds** in another way. Alternate translation: “for how they act” or “based on what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 7 rrbf figs-infostructure τοῖς μὲν καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον; 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “to those who are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility, according to consistent, good actions–eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 2 7 sqdo figs-metaphor τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were on a quest for something lost. He means that they are striving or trying to live in such a way as to achieve **eternal life**. If your readers would not understand what **are seeking** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those who … keep working to attain” or “to those people who … keep hoping to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 7 sqdo figs-metaphor τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were on a quest for something lost. He means that they are striving or trying to live in such a way as to achieve **eternal life**. If your readers would not understand what **are seeking** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “for those who … keep working to attain” or “to those people who … keep hoping to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 7 ub51 figs-abstractnouns δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **incorruptibility** in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 7 gec6 figs-ellipsis ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 seeking Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 2 8 dtft figs-parallelism 1 [2:7](../02/07.md) and [2:8](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do good or obey **unrighteousness**. Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -301,51 +301,83 @@ ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-ellipsis τοῖς…ἐξ 1 wrath A word is left out here in ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 wrath and fierce anger will come If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun translated **selfish ambition** in another way. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” or “hostile toward God” or “contentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 8 peqf figs-possession ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form **from self ambition**. Here, it could refer to: (1) selfish desire. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” (2) hostility. Alternate translation: “hostile” (3) rivalry. Alternate translation: “contentious” or “factious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-metaphor ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the truth** as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If your readers would not understand what **disobeying the truth** and **obeying unrighteousness** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-personification ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Here, **the truth** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ROM 2 8 m7pm figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ…τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **unrighteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true … what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 9 tdlu figs-parallelism 1 [2:9](../02/07.md) and [2:10](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do what is **evil** or “good.” Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress** . If your readers would not understand what **will be on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “God will cause every person who keeps acting evil to become troubled and distressed” or “Every human being who habitually does what is evil will experience distress and difficulty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **Tribulation** and ** distress** in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bring difficult and distressing times to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress** . If your readers would not understand what **will be on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God will cause every person who keeps acting evil to become troubled and distressed” or “Every human being who habitually does what is evil will experience distress and difficulty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **Tribulation** and ** distress** in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bring difficult and distressing times to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 tribulation and distress on These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Paul refers figuratively to the **human soul** to mean the whole life of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “will come to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Paul refers figuratively to the **human soul** to mean the whole life of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “will come to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ROM 2 9 n7q4 figs-nominaladj τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 2 9 a9s5 figs-merism Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek Paul figuratively refers to **the Jew** and **the Greek**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity or **every human soul** (See the same phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md)). Since the Jews were chosen by God to be his people, they are first to experience God’s **Tribulation and distress** if they do evil, then the **Greek**, who does not know who God is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” or “for both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” or “regardless of ethnicity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ROM 2 9 a9s5 figs-merism Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek Paul figuratively refers to **the Jew** and **the Greek**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity or **every human soul** (See the same phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md)). Since the Jews were chosen by God to be his people, they are first to experience God’s **Tribulation and distress** if they do evil, then the **Greek**, who does not know who God is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” or “for both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” or “regardless of ethnicity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
ROM 2 10 vt1f grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But praise, honor, and peace will come to everyone What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what those who “work the evil” will experience. Instead, those **who work the good** will experience **glory and honor and peace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 10 i9tg figs-abstractnouns δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη, παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 practices good If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **peace** in another way (See how you translated [2:7](..02/07.md)). Alternate translation: “God will glorify, and honor, and cause everyone who does what is good to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 10 zg3s figs-nominaladj παντὶ 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek Paul is using the adjective **everyone** as a pronoun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “will be to each person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 10 ib56 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 first Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 10 u06j Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:9](../02/09.md) ROM 2 11 s7a6 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For there is no favoritism with God Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 11 eol0 προσωπολημψία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun boldness in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 12 wkx8 ὅσοι γὰρ…ἥμαρτον 1 For as many as have sinned “For those who have sinned” -ROM 2 12 ml3k figs-explicit ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 without the law will also perish without the law Paul repeats **without the law** to emphasize that it does not matter if people do not know the law of Moses. If they sin, God will judge them. Alternate translation: “without knowing the law of Moses will certainly still die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι…ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned “all those who have sinned” -ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ…διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. Alternate translation: “and who do know the law of Moses, will be judged by God according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 12 w4cp figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge them according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God’s law is required even for those who never had God’s law. -ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul’s main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here. -ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 13 eg4h οὐ…δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God “are not the ones whom God considers righteous” -ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law “but those who obey the law of Moses” -ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law … are a law to themselves The phrase **a law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses…although they do not have the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show “By naturally obeying the law they show” -ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 15 bzp9 figs-metaphor τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 The phrase **written in their hearts** is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. Alternate translation: “that they know what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that they should do according to God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 15 v60q figs-activepassive τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here, **bearing witness** refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “telling them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 16 c5fp ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul’s thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). “which will happen when God judges” -ROM 2 17 lc6m 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins Paul’s discussion that the law the Jews possess actually condemns them because they do not obey it. -ROM 2 17 cnq7 εἰ…σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 if you call yourself a Jew “since you call yourself a Jew” -ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law The phrase **rely upon the law** represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: “rely on the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 18 l3we γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will “know God’s will” -ROM 2 18 xn6w figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 because you have been instructed from the law You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because people have taught you what is right from the law” or “because you have learned from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here, **the blind** and **those in darkness** represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 19 j76c figs-parallelism ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 The phrases **the blind** and **those in darkness** refer to the same people and emphasize their condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 20 p7qq παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish “you correct those who think foolish things” -ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to **little children**. Alternate translation: “and you teach those who do not know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The **knowledge** of **the truth** that is in **the law** comes from God. Alternate translation: “because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 11 eol0 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **favoritism** in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward a Jewish person than a Greek person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 12 ve06 figs-parallelism ὅσοι γὰρ ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον, ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται; καὶ ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing, in slightly different ways, to show that God will punish **as many as have sinned** without “favoritism” (See [2:11](../02/11.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For as many as have sinned will perish and God will judge–whether or not they have God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 12 wkx8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For as many as have sinned Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:12-16](../02/16.md) explains the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” (See [2:11](../02/11/.md)). Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 12 ml3k writing-pronouns ὅσοι…ὅσοι 1 without the law will also perish without the law The pronoun **as many as** is plural and refers to “the Jew” and “the Greek” in [2:9-10](../02/09.md). You could use a way that is natural in your language to make this use of **as many as** explicit. Alternate translation: “all the Jews and Greeks that” or “whatever types of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 12 m6cy ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως 1 as many as have sinned Here, **without the law** could refer to: (1) not having God’s law. Alternate translation: “apart from God’s law” or “outside of God’s law” (2) breaking God’s law. Alternate translation: “by acting lawlessly” You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this use of **without the law**. +ROM 2 12 qkh4 ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here, **and will perish** could refer to: (1) the eternal destruction of non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them apart from what the law requires” (2) how God will judge the non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will not hold them responsible for what they did not know about his law when he destroys them” Use a natural way in your language to make express this idea. +ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-metaphor ἐν νόμῳ 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law**. He means that when they sin they are guilty of breaking the law because they are Jews and know what **the law** requires. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “while knowing what God’s law requires” or “being aware of what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 12 w4cp figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will judge the Jews according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 12 a0k4 figs-personification διὰ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 13 k32u figs-aside 1 For In [2:13–15](../02/13.md), Paul could be saying these things as an aside in order to further explain the distinction between God’s future judgment against Jews and non-Jews who live sinfully. If this would be confusing in your language, you could indicate this with parentheses or another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) +ROM 2 13 rqfm figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ, ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to distinguish what kind of people God makes right with himself. If saying the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the ideas into one. Alternate translation: “God will only make right with himself those who do what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 13 eg4h figs-metaphor οὐ γὰρ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God Paul speaks figuratively of **righteous** people as if they are located in the presence of **God**. He means that God makes them right with himself. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, God does not make righteous those who simply hear his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 13 sw8x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 13 t28w figs-ellipsis οὐ…δίκαιοι 1 it is not the hearers of the law A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are not righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 2 13 s4na figs-nominaladj οὐ…δίκαιοι 1 but it is the doers of the law Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are not the people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Instead, God will make righteous those who do what his law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 14 tktb figs-parallelism ὅταν γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα, φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 These two phrases **do by nature the things of the law** and **are a law to themselves** mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what is truly means to obey God’s law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine these ideas into one. Alternate translation: “When the Gentiles instinctually do what God’s law says, they are actually obeying God’s law, even though they are unaware of what it says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 14 q2id grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 they do not have the law Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:14–16](../02/14.md) is describing who the “doers of the law” are (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 14 piuw figs-merism ἔθνη 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively, using the term **Gentiles** as a synonym for “the Greek,” and to refer to the part of humanity that is non-Jewish (See [2:9–10](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ROM 2 14 vlum figs-metaphor τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people (See “without the law” in [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what **who do not have the law** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 2 14 xped figs-metaphor φύσει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **nature** as if it were a source of power for the **Gentiles** to **do** what the **law** says. He means that the **Gentiles** naturally or instinctually understand what it means to obey God’s **law**. If your readers would not understand what **by nature** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “instinctually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 14 symg figs-personification ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 Here, the **Gentiles** are spoken of figuratively as though they were **a law**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 15 xl6v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually have the **deeds of the law** written on the surface of their **hearts** that people could see. He means that even though they are unaware of God’s law, they demonstrate that they naturally understand what God’s law requires by obeying it. If your readers would not understand what it means to **show the deeds of the law**, and what **written on their hearts** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles exhibit that they instinctually understand how God requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 15 x35c figs-possession τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “the law’s work” or “what the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 15 v60q figs-activepassive οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form **be written** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles show that God has revealed deep within them how he requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 15 rsw7 figs-parallelism συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that God has given the Gentiles an inner witness so they can know what his law requires. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “their conscience testifies within them by accusing or defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 15 z28q figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here, the **conscience** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires confirms this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 15 o7wt figs-abstractnouns τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conscience** in another way. Alternate translation: “with the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 15 ub8t figs-distinguish καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 This clause explains what **bearing witness** means. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 15 qk53 figs-personification καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 Here, **thoughts** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 16 ep9a figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers know that **Christ Jesus** will represent **God** as judge at the final judgment. Paul also implies that **Christ Jesus** is **God** the Son (See [1:3,9](../01/03.md)), since Paul says **God will judge** and that this will happen **through Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time when God the Son, Christ Jesus, will judge all the things people secretly think. This corresponds to God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 16 c5fp figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day when God judges** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,5](../02/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God ultimately judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 16 o6kx figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **on the day** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race. Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “at the time” or “on the Day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 16 lyvd figs-possession τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **secrets** that **men** have. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “human” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “human secrets” or “the things people secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 16 gxet figs-abstractnouns τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **secrets** in another way. Alternate translation: “what people secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 16 r8hz figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “all human beings” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 2 16 xb7t figs-infostructure κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through Christ Jesus, according to my gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 2 16 e9bp figs-metaphor κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** with which God entrusted him to preach. If your readers would not understand what **my gospel** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “based on God’s good news that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 17 lc6m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **But** marks a new section in [2:17–29] where Paul shows why the Jews cannot escape God’s judgment either. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 17 cnq7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if you call yourself a Jew In [2:17-20](../02/17.md), Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +ROM 2 17 kfe8 figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 Even though Paul is speaking to the Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +ROM 2 17 pglg figs-metaphor σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be God’s people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **name yourself a Jew** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” or “you designate yourself as God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were resting or leaning on God’s **law**. He means that they consider themselves as God’s people because they are descendants of the Jewish people who received God’s **law** from Moses. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rely upon the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “think that obeying God’s law makes you one of God’s people” or “you consider that knowing God’s law makes you Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 17 dapj figs-metaphor καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 18 xn6w grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, 1 because you have been instructed from the law If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 18 l3we figs-ellipsis τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **his** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 2 18 qxkt figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” or “what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 2 18 aqbh figs-personification κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could instruct someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “since you have learned what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 19 nk76 figs-rpronouns πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how **convinced** the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone can guide those who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they are the only people who can clearly see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can spiritual lead others to God’s truth. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a guide to the blind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are the only ones who can spiritually lead others to what God’s law says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 2 19 j76c figs-parallelism ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are spiritually unaware to what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 2 19 beop figs-abstractnouns ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guide** in another way. Alternate translation: “can guide the spiritually blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 19 r4on figs-nominaladj τυφλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **blind** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 2 19 xlge figs-personification φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here, **light** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a Jewish person who could illuminate **those in darkness**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true to those who are spiritually unaware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 20 ymey grammar-connect-logic-result παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of the foolish and a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-parallelism παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “people who must spiritually instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 20 p7qq figs-nominaladj ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish Paul is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a shape or image a person could hold. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If your readers would not understand what **the form** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law what represents how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “you teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “you teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -852,7 +884,7 @@ ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I … m ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing something to be what it is. Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym that could refer to: (1) God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) God’s reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym that could refer to: (1) God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) God's reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn. ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -1002,7 +1034,7 @@ ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλ ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the **Gentiles** by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ. ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles. ROM 11 14 ua2k παραζηλώσω 1 I will provoke to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). -ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to Paul’s fellow Jews. +ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to Paul's fellow Jews. ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps I will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “and perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the **world** to himself” ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun **their** refers to Jewish unbelievers. @@ -1188,7 +1220,7 @@ ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor th ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “and he who does not eat everything” or “and the person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means anyone’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means anyone's death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here, **brother** means a fellow Christian, male or female. From 429a99d6ec5772db841fd772f30b4b478487954b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Tue, 26 Apr 2022 17:56:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 10/17] Fixed format errors in Romans (#2467) Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2467 --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 154 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 77 insertions(+), 77 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8cc6ddf643..61fb4c26f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1-15)
2. Righteousness by faith in Jesus Christ (1:16-17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18-3:20)
4. Righteousness through Jesus Christ by faith in him (3:21-4:25)
5. The fruits of the Spirit (5:1-11)
6. Adam and Christ compared (5:12-21)
7. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1-8:39)
8. God’s plan for Israel (9:1-11:36)
9. Practical advice for living as Christians (12:1-15:13)
10. Conclusion and greetings (15:14-16:27)

### Who wrote the Book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the Book of Romans. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the Book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” (16:26).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1-11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12-16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6).

The “key terms” dictionary can help translators understand many of these terms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

Terms such as those given above are difficult to explain. It is often hard or impossible for translators to find equivalent terms in their own languages. It can help to know that word equivalents of these terms are not necessary. Instead, translators can develop short expressions to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel (11:5)?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In 11:1-9, Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in 3:24 (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In 8:9 (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In 9:1 (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: 1:7)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: 15:16)

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \[God\] works all things together for good” (8:28). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” (11:6). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” (16:24).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first verse is a type of introduction. People in the ancient Mediterranean region often started their letters this way. Sometimes this is called a “salutation.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([Romans 1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. Instead, chapters 1-8 present the biblical gospel: All have sinned. Jesus died for our sins. He was raised again that we might have new life in him.

### Fruit

This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. In this chapter, it refers to the results of Paul’s work among the Roman Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

This chapter explains that everyone is without excuse. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the wrath of God. This wrath was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God simply allows men to pursue their own desires, he does not force them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult phrases and concepts

This chapter has many difficult ideas in it. How Paul writes makes many of the phrases in this chapter difficult to translate. The translator may need to use the UST to understand the meaning of the phrases. And it may be necessary to more freely translate these phrases. Some of the difficult phrases include: “obedience of faith,” “Son of God,” “whom I serve in my spirit,” “from faith to faith” and “exchanged the glory of the imperishable God for the likenesses of an image of perishable man.” -ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Immediately after introducing the writer, you might also want to indicate to whom the letter was written (See [Romans 1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am the one writing this letter to you believers in Christ in the city of Rome. I am a servant of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Immediately after introducing the writer, you might also want to indicate to whom the letter was written (See [Romans 1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am the one writing this letter to you believers in Christ in the city of Rome. I am a servant of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 w6j9 figs-ellipsis κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ ROM 1 4 h97z ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection fr ROM 1 4 kkkt guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Paul uses the terms **Christ** and **Lord** to express the human and divine natures of **Jesus**. **Christ** expresses his human relationship to King David as anointed king (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), and the Old Testament title **Lord** is applied to Jesus, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 4 brej figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-explicit δι’ οὗ 1 we have received grace and apostleship Paul assumes that his readers know that **through whom** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 5 jr9e figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **grace** and **apostleship** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus graced us and officially made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 1 5 jr9e figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **grace** and **apostleship** in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus graced us and officially made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 5 mosg figs-exclusive ἐλάβομεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is speaking about himself and other apostles, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles received”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 1 5 mv5n grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language introduce a goal clause. Alternate translation: “to achieve the goal of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 1 5 mv5n grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language introduce a goal clause. Alternate translation: “to achieve the goal of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 5 krzj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **for obedience of faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that people from all the nations would faithfully obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 5 cf3g figs-possession εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 Here, **obedience of faith** could refer to: (1) obedience that is characterized by trust in God. Alternate translation: “for obedience by trusting in God” or “obedience that comes from trusting in God” or “for faithful obedience” (2) trust in God that leads to obedience. Alternate translation: “faith that leads to obedience” (3) Gentle obedience to the Christian Faith. Alternate translation: “bringing obedience to the Christian Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 5 b696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way. Alternate translation: “by trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ ROM 1 6 qq9z figs-metaphor κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul sp ROM 1 7 z85a writing-participants πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people Here, Paul officially introduces the recipients of his letter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing the recipient of a letter. Here, **all those being in Rome** means the church or believers in Christ at Rome. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ROM 1 7 zfwq ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 Paul is using the adjectives **beloved** and **called** as nouns in order to describe the church at Rome. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are loved by God, people who are invited to become saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 7 v8bl translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you, and peace After stating the people to whom he is writing, Paul adds a blessing or prayer. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “I pray that God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ will act kindly toward all of you and grant you to live peacefully” or “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show you how kind they are and allow you to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) -ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 God our Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3,4](../01/03.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-ROM 1 7 j61d figs-exclusive Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Since Paul is addressing the church at Rome in this verse, **our** is inclusive of Paul, those at Rome, and by extension, all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “the Father of we who trust in Christ” or “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 God our Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3,4](../01/03.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 1 7 j61d figs-exclusive Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 Since Paul is addressing the church at Rome in this verse, **our** is inclusive of Paul, those at Rome, and by extension, all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “the Father of we who trust in Christ” or “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 8 yrau grammar-connect-logic-result πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because your faith is being proclaimed throughout the whole world, I first want to thank my God through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 8 totr grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν 1 Here, **First** indicates that Paul has finished his introduction to the letter, and what follows is the beginning of the content of the letter. Alternate translation: “The first thing I want to say is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 8 ci5y figs-distinguish τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 When Paul speaks of **my God**, he does not mean that this is a different **God** than the one the Roman church has **faith** in. Paul is simply stating that he belongs to **God**. If in your language **my God** would indicate a distinction between Paul’s **God** and the **God** of church at Rome God, you could add the plural pronoun “our.” Alternate translation: “our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to express that he belongs to **God**. When saying, **my God**, Paul does not mean that he owns or has authority over God. Paul means that as a “servant of Jesus Christ” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)), God has ownership and authority over him. You could use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that I serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 qtoy figs-possession διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the possessive form **through Jesus Christ** to express Paul’s authority as an apostle (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul means that it is through his calling as an apostle of **Jesus Christ** that he can offer special thanks to **God** for the church at Rome. If it is natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “because I belong to Jesus Christ” or “as an apostle of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 mekg writing-pronouns περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome. When Paul says **all of you** he is addressing the whole church as if they are one person. Throughout this letter, **you** refers exclusively to the church at Rome, unless otherwise noted. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the whole church” or “for the sake of each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 8 efqs figs-activepassive καταγγέλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that people other than the church at Rome are doing the **proclaiming**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **throughout the whole world** is an exaggeration that means “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is.” Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 1 9 e9n1 figs-metaphor μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 Paul is appealing to God to validate his personal motives. He figuratively speaks as if he is summoning God as a witness to testify on his behalf before a judge. If your readers would not understand what **God is my witness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “I swear to/by God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -55,29 +55,29 @@ ROM 1 9 dx6p figs-distinguish ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μ ROM 1 9 ydnc figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of his **spirit** and **the gospel** as if they were locations in which he could perform service. He means that he serves God devotedly or enthusiastically by preaching the gospel. If your readers would not understand what **in my spirit in the gospel** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “fervently when preaching the gospel about his Son” or “enthusiastically by announcing the good news concerning his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 9 o66d figs-possession τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Paul could be using the possessive form **of his Son** to refer to: (1) Jesus as the object of the gospel. Alternate translation: “concerning his Son” or “that refers to his Son” (2) Jesus as the source of the gospel. Alternate translation: “that comes from his Son” (3) Jesus as the object and source of the gospel. Alternate translation: “about his Son and from his Son” If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 9 rnp6 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The pronoun **his** refers to God (See [1:3](../01/03.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 9 f9p2 figs-hyperbole ἀδιαλείπτως 1 I make mention of you Here, the word **continually** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for the church at Rome. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I regularly” or “I habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole) ROM 1 9 vtuq figs-idiom μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 Here, the term **making mention** is an idiom for prayer. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am … remembering to pray to God for you at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 10 mdc8 figs-parallelism πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος 1 I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you This phrase means the same thing as “I continually make mention of you” in [1:9](../01/09.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how intensely he prays that God will allow him to visit the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “in all my prayers, I beg God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 10 oi0x figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Here, the word **always** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for the church at Rome. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “continually” or “constantly” or “habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole) -ROM 1 10 zfp4 figs-hyperbole εἴ πως ἤδη ποτὲ 1 by any means Here, the phrase **if somehow now at last** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to speak about visiting the church at Rome. Paul expresses a deep longing for God to allow him to come to Rome, because he has been hindered so many times (See [1:11, 13](../01/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows deep longing. Alternate translation: “that at this time there would finally be some way that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ROM 1 10 is3p figs-parallelism εὐοδωθήσομαι ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 at last Since the word translated as **I will be successful** often means “to have a good journey,” Paul may be stressing how much he wants to visit the church at Rome. So here, **I will be successful** and ** to come to you** mean similar things. Paul says a similar thing twice, to show how deeply he desires to visit the church at Rome. If this is confusing in your language, you could make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “if God wills it, I will have a good journey when I visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 1 10 zfp4 figs-hyperbole εἴ πως ἤδη ποτὲ 1 by any means Here, the phrase **if somehow now at last** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to speak about visiting the church at Rome. Paul expresses a deep longing for God to allow him to come to Rome, because he has been hindered so many times (See [1:11, 13](../01/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows deep longing. Alternate translation: “that at this time there would finally be some way that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 1 10 is3p figs-parallelism εὐοδωθήσομαι ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 at last Since the word translated as **I will be successful** often means “to have a good journey,” Paul may be stressing how much he wants to visit the church at Rome. So here, **I will be successful** and ** to come to you** mean similar things. Paul says a similar thing twice, to show how deeply he desires to visit the church at Rome. If this is confusing in your language, you could make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “if God wills it, I will have a good journey when I visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “because God desires for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 11 ki6h grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 For I desire to see you This is a reason clause. Here Paul is indicating why he constantly prays to visit the church at Rome in [1:9–10](../01/09.md)). Use natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “Because I greatly yearn to see your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 11 gjdu figs-metonymy ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 Paul is figuratively describing a visit to the church at Rome by association with seeing them, which is what someone does when visiting other people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to see your faces” or “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 11 b23b grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he longs **to see** the believers at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that I can share with you some kind of gracious gift that the Holy Spirit imparted to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 11 f3g1 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that leads to your spiritual strengthening” or “that causes your trust in God to remain strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM 1 11 f3g1 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς 1 some spiritual gift, in order to strengthen you This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that leads to your spiritual strengthening” or “that causes your trust in God to remain strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 12 pnnm figs-distinguish τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν 1 Here, **and that is** gives us further information about why Paul wants to share “some spiritual gift” with the church at Rome. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “namely” or “specifically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for us to comfort each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 12 ddtm figs-possession διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to show how Paul and the church at Rome can **be mutually encouraged**. Use a natural way in your language to express the idea of manner. Alternate translation: “by both you and I sharing with one another how we trust in God” or “through talking about our common Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 12 e6py figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 12 fr36 writing-pronouns ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 The pronouns **yours** and **mine** are not meant to make a distinction between the Christian **faith** of Paul and the church at Rome (See [1:8](../01/08.md)). Paul means that they should mutually encourage each other because they have a mutual faith in Christ. If the pronouns **yours** and **mine** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “since we have a mutual trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-litotes οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-litotes οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 1 13 rwzn figs-activepassive ἀγνοεῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 13 u1cq figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Unless otherwise noted, throughout this letter **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ.” If your readers would not understand what brothers means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 13 pec7 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 1 13 ru3x grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 but I was hindered until now Here, **that** marks a clause that explains what Paul wants the church at Rome to know about his desire to visit them. Use a natural way in your language to connect these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 13 b4vr grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what Paul **intended**. Instead, Paul was **hindered** from visiting the church at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM 1 13 b4vr grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what Paul **intended**. Instead, Paul was **hindered** from visiting the church at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 13 axe9 figs-aside καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Here Paul is using an aside in order to reinforce how much he wants to visit the Roman church. If this would be confusing in your language, or your language does not use parenthesis, use a natural way in your language to communicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 1 13 zvrj figs-explicit καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **until now** means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was **hindered* until the moment he wrote these words, but now he can come to Rome. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have been hindered and still am” or “God continues to hinder me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 13 b92o figs-activepassive ἐκωλύθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God stopped me” or “God did not permit it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -104,38 +104,38 @@ ROM 1 16 sz5b grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 first This ROM 1 16 q9w8 figs-nominaladj παντὶ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective **everyone** as a plural noun in order to describe all types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all types of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 16 zq2q figs-merism Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 Paul figuratively refers to **the Jew** and **the Greek**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity or **everyone**. In other words, the good news about the Christ is not just for Jews (as would be assumed in this context), but is for each person from every nation who continues to trust in God, since God makes no distinction between people types (See [2:11; 3:22; 10:12](../02/11.md); [Acts 10:34](acts/10/34.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” or “for both the Jewish people and the culturally Greek people” or “regardless of ethnicity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 1 16 u8on grammar-connect-words-phrases Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον 1 **Both the Jew first** is meant to indicate that the Jewish people were the first to hear the gospel. Paul is not using **first** to express that the **Jew** is better than **the Greek**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 17 h38h figs-metaphor δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks figuratively about **the righteousness of God** as if it was an object that could be uncovered. He means that when the gospel is proclaimed, God’s righteousness becomes obvious. If your readers would not understand what **is revealed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “When people preach the gospel God clarifies how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 1 17 h38h figs-metaphor δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks figuratively about **the righteousness of God** as if it was an object that could be uncovered. He means that when the gospel is proclaimed, God’s righteousness becomes obvious. If your readers would not understand what **is revealed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “When people preach the gospel God clarifies how he makes people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 17 wfsc figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God clarifies how he makes people right with himself” or “Certainly, God reveals that he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 17 qr31 figs-possession δικαιοσύνη γὰρ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul is using the possessive form **of God** that could refer to: (1) righteousness from/through God. Alternate translation: “In fact, how God makes people right with himself” (2) righteousness that belongs to/characterizes God. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God’s righteousness” Use a natural way in your language to make this possessive form explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 17 of98 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about the “gospel” that the church at Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God makes people right with himself” or “the way people become right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God makes people right with himself” or “the way people become right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** refers to “the gospel” (See [1:16](../01/16.md)). Alternate translation: “the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See [1:5](../01/05.md). Here, Paul uses this phrase to emphasize how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. This phrase**from faith to faith** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament faith that leads to the New Testament faith. Alternate translation: “from the prophesied faith in the Messiah to the revealed faith in the Messiah” (2) God’s faithfulness that causes human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “God is trustworthy and causes people to trust in him” (3) human faith that leads to human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by people who trust in God that leads to faithfulness to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written In Paul’s culture, **just as it has been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 1 17 bgvh writing-quotations δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what Habakuk the prophet previously says about the unrighteous person (See [Habakkuk 2:4](hab/02/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-nominaladj ὁ…δίκαιος 1 The righteous will live by faith Paul is using the adjective **the righteous** as a noun in order to describe a type of person or group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the … person who is righteous” or “the … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it was food that could keep **the righteous** alive. He means that **faith** is the means to live right with God or gain eternal life. If your readers would not understand what **will live by faith** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will stay alive through trusting in God” or “will live eternally by remaining faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it was food that could keep **the righteous** alive. He means that **faith** is the means to live right with God or gain eternal life. If your readers would not understand what **will live by faith** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will stay alive through trusting in God” or “will live eternally by remaining faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 17 ee0i figs-metaphor ἐκ πίστεως 2 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** brings life for **the righteous**. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) the human means of *faith**. Alternate translation: “through trusting in God” (2) the divine origin of **faith**. Alternate translation: “from how faithful God is” (3) both the human means and divine origin of **faith**. Alternate translation: “from how faithful God is, by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 17 e7eu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 2 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 17 e7eu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 2 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now, God clarifies how angry he is” or “Certainly, God reveals how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 18 ptaj figs-parallelism ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 The two phrases that begin [1:17;18](../01/17.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with similar wording, to show the two-sided nature of how **God is revealed** in the preaching of the gospel. See how you translated **For the righteousness of God is revealed** in [1:17](../01/17.md), and use a natural way in your language to make this parallelism explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God clarifies how furious he is” or “Certainly, God reveals how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 1 18 ptaj figs-parallelism ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 The two phrases that begin [1:17;18](../01/17.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with similar wording, to show the two-sided nature of how **God is revealed** in the preaching of the gospel. See how you translated **For the righteousness of God is revealed** in [1:17](../01/17.md), and use a natural way in your language to make this parallelism explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God clarifies how furious he is” or “Certainly, God reveals how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 18 c69s grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about what **is revealed** by **God** that the church at Rome should pay attention to. In [1:18–32](../01/18.md) Paul describes why God reveals his wrath to humanity. Alternate translation: “Certainly” or “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wrath** in another way. Alternate translation: “how angry God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 18 iuau figs-possession ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **wrath**. Here, **the wrath of God** could refer to: (1) wrath that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s wrath” (2) wrath that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the wrath from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM 1 18 kjen figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων, τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness** and **truth** in another way. You could use verb forms to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “against all those people who deny God and do not want to become right with him. Because they do not want to become right with God, they keep withholding what is true about God from those who want to know” or “against all people who do ungodly things and act unrighteously, who suppress what God says is true by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 1 18 iuau figs-possession ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **wrath**. Here, **the wrath of God** could refer to: (1) wrath that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s wrath” (2) wrath that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the wrath from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 18 kjen figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων, τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness** and **truth** in another way. You could use verb forms to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “against all those people who deny God and do not want to become right with him. Because they do not want to become right with God, they keep withholding what is true about God from those who want to know” or “against all people who do ungodly things and act unrighteously, who suppress what God says is true by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-possession ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 hold back the truth Paul is using the possessive form to describe **men** who are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “unrighteous” instead of the noun **unrighteousness**. Alternate translation: “unrighteous men” or “unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 18 rztp figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 1 18 g3qm figs-distinguish τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the nature of **all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men**. It is not making a distinction between a **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 19 c6jh figs-parallelism διότι τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how obvious his existence should be to ungodly and unrighteous people (See [1:18](../01/18.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly, God has obviously shown to these people that he exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 19 z06b grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 Here, **because** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 19 jd85 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that it is any human being. Alternate translation: “what people can visibly know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM 1 19 jd85 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that it is any human being. Alternate translation: “what people can visibly know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-nominaladj τὸ γνωστὸν 1 that which is known about God is visible to them Paul is using the adjective phrase **that which {is} known** as a noun in order to describe visible knowledge about God. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “what people can visibly know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 19 r6ef writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the ungodly and unrighteous men in [1:18](../01/18.md). Unless, otherwise noted, **them** or “their” or “they” refers to the ungodly and unrighteous throughout [1:19–32](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “all these ungodly and unrighteous people … all these ungodly and unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 19 u8z3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For God has enlightened them Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul means that the reason why these people can visibly know about God, is because God has made sure that his existence is obvious. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 19 u8z3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For God has enlightened them Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul means that the reason why these people can visibly know about God, is because God has made sure that his existence is obvious. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 20 fo6q figs-abstractnouns τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται; ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **qualities**, **power**, and **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “In fact, even though people are unable to visibly see God, ever since the time when God created the universe, people could observe how he eternally controls everything and how he divinely exists, innately perceiving how he exists by investigating the things he made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 20 w39b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is something else important about Paul’s discussion on the existence of God that the church at Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ…ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **invisible qualities** of **eternal power and divine nature** as if people could see them with their eyes. Paul means that what God created demonstrates that he exists. If your readers would not understand what **invisible qualities** or **eternal power and divine nature** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM 1 20 uvc1 figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 world Paul refers figuratively to **the world** to mean the whole universe. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” or “all that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ…ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **invisible qualities** of **eternal power and divine nature** as if people could see them with their eyes. Paul means that what God created demonstrates that he exists. If your readers would not understand what **invisible qualities** or **eternal power and divine nature** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 20 uvc1 figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 world Paul refers figuratively to **the world** to mean the whole universe. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” or “all that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 in the things that have been made If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “through those things God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 20 dxr6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse This is a result clause. Use natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “As a result, these people cannot defend themselves” or “This is why they have nothing they can say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 20 d7fh figs-nominaladj αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 Paul is using the adjective **without excuse** as a noun in order to describe the ungodly and unrighteous men in [1:18](../01/18.md). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “these ungodly and unrighteous people cannot excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -146,31 +146,31 @@ ROM 1 21 qxmh grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word ROM 1 21 dant figs-parallelism ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **foolish** these ungodly people became by refusing to honor God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “they started thinking foolishly and became totally senseless” or “they became completely senseless in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here, **darkness** is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 21 d2c0 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could mentally sense things or could change to the color black. He means that these **foolish** people lack spiritual sensitivity. If your readers would not understand what a **senseless heart** or **darkened** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “they became incapable of discerning spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 21 t4p7 figs-metonymy καρδία 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM 1 21 t4p7 figs-metonymy καρδία 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 21 sw8q grammar-collectivenouns καρδία 1 The word **heart** is a singular noun that refers to the inner beings or minds of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “inner beings” or “minds” or “hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 1 22 ddr2 figs-nominaladj φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish Paul is using the adjective **wise** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 1 22 ly68 ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They … they In the original, the phrase **they became foolish** is one verb. Use a natural way in your language to express a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools”
-ROM 1 23 x2wl figs-metaphor καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 1 for the likenesses of an image Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped honoring God and started worshiping idols that represent creatures (See also [1:25](../01/25.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “then they stopped honoring the never changing God in order to worship images of things God created that will one day change and decay: humans, birds, four-footed animals, and things that creep and crawl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM 1 23 k9xu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish” (See [1:22](../01/22.md)). Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 1 22 ly68 ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They … they In the original, the phrase **they became foolish** is one verb. Use a natural way in your language to express a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools” +ROM 1 23 x2wl figs-metaphor καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 1 for the likenesses of an image Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped honoring God and started worshiping idols that represent creatures (See also [1:25](../01/25.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “then they stopped honoring the never changing God in order to worship images of things God created that will one day change and decay: humans, birds, four-footed animals, and things that creep and crawl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 23 k9xu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish” (See [1:22](../01/22.md)). Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 23 qb7f figs-parallelism τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 These two phrases, **the glory of the imperishable God** and **a likeness of an image of perishable man** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, with similar phrases, to emphasize the contrast between **God** and **man**. Use a natural way in your language to express a contrast that uses parallel ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 23 r14e figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 of perishable man If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase **the glory** in another way. Alternate translation: “what glorifies the incorruptible God” or “what honors the never changing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 23 u971 figs-possession τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **glory** and **the imperishable God**. Here, **of the imperishable God** could refer to: (1) the glory that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “that characterizes God” (2) the glory that belongs to God. Alternate translation: “that belongs only to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 23 rfez figs-possession εἰκόνος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a likeness** that comes from an **image**. Alternate translation: “that come from an image” or “that are based on an image” or “of images that are representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM 1 23 rfez figs-possession εἰκόνος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a likeness** that comes from an **image**. Alternate translation: “that come from an image” or “that are based on an image” or “of images that are representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 23 z0de figs-possession φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **man** who is characterized by being **perishable**. Alternate translation: “that are similar to corruptible humanity” or “that represent humans who decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 23 osrt figs-possession καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 Paul is using these possessive forms to further describe **a likeness** that the ungodly and unrighteous people make. Alternate translation: “and likenesses that resemble birds, four-footed animals, and creeping creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 24 fvv6 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore Here, **Therefore** introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of rejecting the glory of God in [1:23](../01/23.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **lusts**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation (remove comma after **uncleanness**): “God allowed them to deeply lust, which caused them to live impurely and” or “God permits them to become controlled by what they desire to lust after, leading them to live impurely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

+ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **lusts**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation (remove comma after **uncleanness**): “God allowed them to deeply lust, which caused them to live impurely and” or “God permits them to become controlled by what they desire to lust after, leading them to live impurely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 tlv5 figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 them … their … themselves Paul is using the possessive form to describe **hearts** that are characterized by **lusts**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “lustful” instead of the noun **lusts**. Alternate translation: “their lustful hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 24 le2o figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could lust. He means that the desires or affections or inner beings of these people are controlled by lust. If your readers would not understand what **the lusts of their hearts** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “to lustfully desire bringing” or “to lust deep within causing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 24 le2o figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could lust. He means that the desires or affections or inner beings of these people are controlled by lust. If your readers would not understand what **the lusts of their hearts** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “to lustfully desire bringing” or “to lust deep within causing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 l804 figs-metonymy τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s desires or inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their desires” or “intheir inner beings” or “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 24 rkou grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 This is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of indulging in **the lusts of their hearts**. Use natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “causing them to become spiritually unclean” or “resulting in living impurely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 24 g0r4 figs-metaphor εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **uncleanness** as if were something dirty. He means that these lustful people become spiritually impure through sexual immorality. If your readers would not understand what **uncleanness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “to become spiritually impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 puad grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1 Paul is emphasizing the way these people expressed **their lusts** and **uncleanness**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Here, **to dishonor** could refer to: (1) a description of their **uncleanness**. Alternate translation: “by dishonoring” or “causing them to disrespect” (2) the purpose for which *God gave them over**. Alternate translation: “in order to dishonor” or “so that they failed to respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves In this clause, Paul is referring sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “so that they committed sexually immoral acts” or “by indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves In this clause, Paul is referring sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “so that they committed sexually immoral acts” or “by indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 1 25 dv6h figs-metaphor οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 they Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped believing what is true about God and started worshiping idols that represent creatures (See [1:23](../01/23.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “these people refuse to trust what God says is true and accept what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 25 koee figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **lie** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is correct about God and what is incorrect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-possession τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who worshiped and served the creation Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **God** and **the truth**. Here, **the truth of God** could refer to: (1) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “God’s truth” (2) the truth that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 25 v89u grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 instead of Here, **and** indicates that what follows is something else important about these ungodly and unrighteous people. In this context, **and** could refer to: (1) a marker of equivalence. Alternate translation: “in other words they” (2) a marker of purpose. Alternate translation: “so that they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM 1 25 v89u grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 instead of Here, **and** indicates that what follows is something else important about these ungodly and unrighteous people. In this context, **and** could refer to: (1) a marker of equivalence. Alternate translation: “in other words they” (2) a marker of purpose. Alternate translation: “so that they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 25 bl7p figs-doublet ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that these people totally rejected worshiping the true **God**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They reverently worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 1 25 x3t4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast παρὰ 1 What follows the word **instead** here is in contrast to what should be true, that all people would worship the true **God** who created them. Instead, these ungodly and unrighteous people worship what **God** created. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “in place of” or “rather than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 25 xrsa figs-distinguish ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the Creator**. It is not making a distinction between **God** and **the Creator**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who should be praised forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) @@ -178,46 +178,46 @@ ROM 1 25 m8zg translate-blessing ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς ROM 1 25 v1ex figs-nominaladj εὐλογητὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the God that should be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 26 sk6f 0 See [1:24](../01/24.md) for how you translated the parallel words and ideas. ROM 1 26 jb2g grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Here, **For this reason** introduces a result clause. In [1:26-32](../01/26.md), Paul states the results of rejecting the true God and worshiping idols. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “Because of this” or “This is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 26 pil3 figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 1 26 pil3 figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24](../01/24.md)). He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of their **dishonorable passions**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become controlled by vile sexually immoral acts” or “God permits them to dishonorably indulge in the sexual immoral activity they desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 26 hw81 figs-possession πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 26 lk73 figs-abstractnouns πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **passions of dishonor** with a verbal phrase or another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by indulging in sexually immoral activity” or “passionately dishonor themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 26 j4ni grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 for their women Here, **for** indicates that what follows in [1:26-27](../01/26.md) describes what **passions of dishonor** are. Alternate translation: “in other words,” or “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 26 v7d2 αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 See [1:25](../01/25.md) for parallel language that indicates a connection between rejecting “the truth of God” and “Creator” and here accepting things **contrary to nature**. ROM 1 26 jqyi figs-metaphor μετήλλαξαν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these females as if they were money changers or money traders. Paul means that they stopped having natural sexual relations with males and began having sexual relations with females (See [1:24](../01/24.md)). If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “these females stopped engaging in sexual activity with males and began engaging in sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul is referring to female homosexual activity as **relations** that are **contrary to nature**. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males for sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul is referring to female homosexual activity as **relations** that are **contrary to nature**. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males for sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 1 26 hc1q figs-abstractnouns τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **relations** and **nature** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “natural sexual relationships for unnatural sexual relationships” or “how God intended them to engage in sexual activity for sexual activity that God did not intend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 ji3l grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες 1 This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “in the same way even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “even the males stop engaging in sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks figuratively of these **males** as if they were going to another location. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way intended them to engage in sexual activity. If your readers would not understand what **having left** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “after abandoning” or “because they rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 27 c7ja figs-abstractnouns χρῆσιν 1 burned in their lust for one another If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **use** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “sexual relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks figuratively of these **males** as if they were going to another location. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way intended them to engage in sexual activity. If your readers would not understand what **having left** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “after abandoning” or “because they rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 27 c7ja figs-abstractnouns χρῆσιν 1 burned in their lust for one another If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **use** with a verbal phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “sexual relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 qvi3 figs-possession τῆς θηλείας 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. Alternate translation: “associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could be set on fire or something that flares out like a flame. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand what **burned** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could be set on fire or something that flares out like a flame. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand what **burned** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 ylj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lust** in another way. Alternate translation: “by passionately desiring each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 27 z759 writing-pronouns ἀλλήλους 1 The pronoun **one another** refers to other males. Alternate translation: “different males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 27 fdzs τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 In the original, the phrase **shameless acts** is one abstract noun. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use translate **shameless acts** as a singular phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “shameless activity” or “what is shameless”
+ROM 1 27 z759 writing-pronouns ἀλλήλους 1 The pronoun **one another** refers to other males. Alternate translation: “different males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 27 fdzs τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην 1 In the original, the phrase **shameless acts** is one abstract noun. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use translate **shameless acts** as a singular phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “shameless activity” or “what is shameless” ROM 1 27 sjhb figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 In the original, the word order is different, emphasizing **the penalty**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to emphasize **the penalty they deserved for their error**. Alternate translation: “and the penalty they deserved for their error they received in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 1 27 jtru grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of their **shameless acts**. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 27 raet figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the penalty** for homosexual activity as if it were something that could happen inside of them. If your readers would not understand what **receiving in themselves** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “experiencing in their own bodies” or “receiving among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 bysh figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῖς 1 Paul uses the word **themselves** to emphasize how serious **the penalty** for homosexual activity is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “their very own bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 1 27 x6fz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the penalty** in another way. Alternate translation: “the punishing act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 dbtt figs-distinguish ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the penalty**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “which is required for how they erred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 1 28 cx7y grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ καθὼς 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness Here, **And just as” emphasizes that what follows refers back to similar ideas in [1:18-27](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “In the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM 1 28 cx7y grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ καθὼς 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness Here, **And just as” emphasizes that what follows refers back to similar ideas in [1:18-27](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “Similarly,” or “In the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 1 28 bt7u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 they … their … them Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if these people could decide to hold him inside their head. He means that they do not care to think about God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “these people consider it useless to recognize that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 28 f53x figs-abstractnouns τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **having God in their awareness** in another way. Alternate translation: “acknowledging that God exists” or “remembering to think about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24,26](../01/24.md)). He means that **God** is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of a **depraved mind**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become inclined toward things of which he disapproves” or “God permits them to inwardly perceive useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically moving them (See the note for this phrase and your translation at [1:24,26](../01/24.md)). He means that **God** is allowing them to have what they desire or is placing them under the control of a **depraved mind**. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context that **God gave them over**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God allows them to become inclined toward things of which he disapproves” or “God permits them to inwardly perceive useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 28 p8z2 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 not proper If your language does not use an abstract noun phrase for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun phrase **to a depraved mind** in another way. Alternate translation: “to incline toward things God disapproves” or “to inwardly perceive worthless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 28 ie4l ποιεῖν 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the result of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do” +ROM 1 28 ie4l ποιεῖν 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the result of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of a **depraved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do” ROM 1 28 aye6 figs-extrainfo τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα 1 By **those things that are not proper**, Paul implies that **those things** are what follows in [1:29-31](../01/29.md). Since this expression is explained in the next verses, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-litany 1 They have been filled with Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences and ideas in [1:29-31](../01/29.md) to show how depraved these ungodly and unrighteous people have become. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of “the things that are not proper” of which the ungodly and unrighteous people in [1:18-28](../01/18.md) are guilty. Paul goes on to say in [1:32](../01/32.md) that people “who practice such things are deserving of death.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -ROM 1 29 y307 figs-parallelism πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to amplify how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases under one verb. Alternate translation: “These people are fully: unrighteous, wicked, covetous, malicious, envious, murderous, argumentative, deceitful, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by refusing to become right God” or “These people are fully controlled by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the ungodly and unrighteous people did it (See [1:18](../01/18). Alternate translation: “These people are dominated” or “These people are controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας; ψιθυριστάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns as verb phrases like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM 1 29 ptcj figs-abstractnouns κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς…ψιθυριστάς 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and**, **they**, **and**, as well as **They are** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM 1 29 y307 figs-parallelism πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to amplify how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases under one verb. Alternate translation: “These people are fully: unrighteous, wicked, covetous, malicious, envious, murderous, argumentative, deceitful, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by refusing to become right God” or “These people are fully controlled by acting unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the ungodly and unrighteous people did it (See [1:18](../01/18). Alternate translation: “These people are dominated” or “These people are controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας; ψιθυριστάς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind these abstract nouns as verb phrases like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 29 ptcj figs-abstractnouns κακίᾳ; μεστοὺς…ψιθυριστάς 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and**, **they**, **and**, as well as **They are** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 29 pkrd figs-possession μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe traits that characterize these ungodly and unrighteous people. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjectives instead of the nouns. Alternate translation: “they are fully envious, murderous, argumentative, deceptive, and crafty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by acting envious” or “These people are fully controlled by acting envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a full container. He means that they have reached the limit of being sinful. If your readers would not understand what **having been filled** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. “These people are totally dominated by acting envious” or “These people are fully controlled by acting envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 29 dzda figs-nominaladj μεστοὺς 1 Paul is using the adjective **full* as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “they are people who are full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…κακῶν…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … of evil things … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “these people speak against others … these people discover new ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -237,16 +237,16 @@ ROM 1 32 abwy grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ καὶ 1 What follows ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter shifts its audience from Roman Christians to those who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### “Therefore you are without excuse”

This phrase looks back at Chapter 1. In some ways, it actually concludes what Chapter 1 teaches. This phrase explains why everyone in the world must worship the true God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Doers of the Law”

Those who try to obey the law will not be justified by trying to obey it. Those who are justified by believing in Jesus show that their faith is real by obeying God’s commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Hypothetical Situation

In context, “he will give eternal life” in verse 7 is a hypothetical statement. If a person could live a perfect life, they would earn eternal life as a reward. But only Jesus was able to live a perfect life.

Paul gives another hypothetical situation in verses 17-29. Here he explains that even those who earnestly try to obey the law of Moses are guilty of violating the law. In English, this is about those who follow the “letter” of the law but cannot follow the “spirit” or general principles of the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You who judge”

At times, You can translate this in a simpler way. But it is translated in this relatively awkward way because when Paul refers to “people who judge” he is also saying that everyone judges. It is possible to translate this as “those who judge (and everyone judges).” ROM 2 1 y6ts grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **Therefore** marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the consequences of the behavior Paul describes in [Romans 1:18–32](../01/18.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 1 d7pj grammar-collectivenouns εἶ…κρίνεις…σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις…πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων 1 Therefore you are without excuse Here, **you** is a singular pronoun that refers to all of humanity in general. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 1 md5e figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you Here, **O man** is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 2 1 md5e figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you Here, **O man** is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 2 1 x3mi grammar-collectivenouns ἄνθρωπε 1 you are Here, **man** is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 1 n2mu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul gives the reasons why **anyone who judges** is at the same time condemning themselves. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or anytime a person might judge another. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or anytime a person might judge another. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 1 ybp2 writing-pronouns τὸν ἕτερον 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself The pronoun **another** refers to any other person. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 1 bzjp figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize the surprising truth that judging others is self-condemning. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this surprise. Alternate translation: “you are self-condemned” or “you really judge yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 2 1 nz11 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a clause that explains why these judgmental people are self-condemned. Alternate translation: “this is because” or “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 1 uwwz figs-parallelism ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις; τὰ γὰρ αὐτὰ πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων. 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to emphasize that these judgmental people are self-condemned. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “indeed, judging other people is self-condemning because you do exactly what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 1 wumc writing-pronouns τὰ…αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **the same things** is a pronoun that refers to acts for which people judge one another. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “the very same deeds” or “the same sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 2 rgw4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 those who practice such things Here, **But** indicates that what follows is something else important that the church of Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM 2 2 rgw4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 those who practice such things Here, **But** indicates that what follows is something else important that the church of Rome should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 But we know Here, **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ” (2) mankind in general. Alternate translation: “all people” Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 2 2 pv7q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of what **we know**. Use a natural way in your language to mark the beginning of an explanation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **judgment** and **truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “when God judges it is always trustworthy” or “how God judges is based on what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ ROM 2 2 qca8 figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using ROM 2 2 c9or figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:16](../02/16.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s final judgment” or “when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 2 q98t figs-aside ἐπὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to express his negative evaluation of the judgmental “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you can continue his address to the “man” in the second person. Alternate translation: “upon you who practice such things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 2 2 e3fq figs-metaphor ἐπὶ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it could be placed on top of these people. He means that God’s judgment is against or attacking or looming over these people. If your readers would not understand what **upon** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “against” or “looming over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 2 j46f writing-pronouns τοὺς…πράσσοντας 1 The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general (See [1:32](../01/32/.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM 2 2 j46f writing-pronouns τοὺς…πράσσοντας 1 The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general (See [1:32](../01/32/.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 2 mjao writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 The pronoun **such things** refers to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things” or “these kinds of evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 3 zwg7 figs-rquestion λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 person Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that God will finally judge them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience! You know that the kindness of God leads to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 3 ijd6 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 consider this Here, **But** indicates that what follows resumes Paul’s rebuke of the judgmental **man** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -263,27 +263,27 @@ ROM 2 3 rk75 figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you who judge those who pra ROM 2 3 ysys figs-infostructure ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that you will escape from the judgment of God, when you judge those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-parallelism ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? These two phrases **those who are practicing such things** and **you are doing the same things** have the same meaning. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the hypocrisy of these judgmental people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who keeps doing the same things you judge others for doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 3 mo4p writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτά 1 The pronouns **such things** and **the same things** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **the same things** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … the same improper” or “these kinds of evil things … the same evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 3 bd82 figs-personification ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **judgment** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person that someone could run away from. Paul means that God’s judgment is decisive and final. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God will not decisively judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM 2 3 bd82 figs-personification ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **judgment** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person that someone could run away from. Paul means that God’s judgment is decisive and final. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God will not decisively judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 3 n94u grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι σὺ 1 Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of what this **man** is thinking. You could use natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “that you actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 3 h47v figs-abstractnouns σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “you can escape when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 3 mawi figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe **judgment**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 3 hpej figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s final judgment” or “when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should actually know that **the kindness of God leads** them **to repentance**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience! You know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 4 v9yf writing-pronouns καταφρονεῖς…σε 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md) throughout [2:4-5](../02/04.md), as representative of the whole human race. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “do you O man scorn … you O man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and patience**, you could express these same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “that God is greatly gracious, tolerates sinners, and is patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 2 4 v9yf writing-pronouns καταφρονεῖς…σε 1 The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to “man” in [2:1,3](../02/01.md) throughout [2:4-5](../02/04.md), as representative of the whole human race. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “do you O man scorn … you O man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. He means that these people reject God’s way to acquire **repentance**. If your readers would not understand what **the riches** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how supremely kind and lenient and calm God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and patience**, you could express these same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “that God is greatly gracious, tolerates sinners, and is patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 4 pplt figs-possession τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **his kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** relates to **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the pronoun **his** and the noun **God**, or express this idea another way. Alternate translation: “God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” or “ of how kind, lenient, and calm God is … since God is so kind, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 4 u0io grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει 1 Here, **to repentance** is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of **the kindness of God**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 2 4 jamv figs-abstractnouns μετάνοιάν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 2 4 jamv figs-abstractnouns μετάνοιάν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **repentance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 5 t8pv grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to how these judgmental people should respond to God’s “kindness” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)). Instead, their lack of repentance ensures that God will finally judge them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Indeed” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were hard substance and as if their **heart** were a person who could repent. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If your readers would not understand what **your hardness and unrepentant heart** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “However, based on how stubborn you are and how you refuse to repent” or “In fact, since you are so obstinate and refuse to change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 5 v6z1 figs-metonymy καρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s will or inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will” or “inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 5 f52g figs-hendiadys τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hardness** describes how **unrepentant** these people are. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your stubbornly unrepentant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+ROM 2 5 f52g figs-hendiadys τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hardness** describes how **unrepentant** these people are. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “your stubbornly unrepentant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 2 5 nbyc figs-abstractnouns θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **wrath**, **revelation**, **and judgment** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms or in another way. Alternate translation: “God will intensely punish you at the final time when he punishes and reveals how he will judge those who are not right with him” or “you are increasing how intensely God will punish you when he punishes and finally reveals how fairly he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could store up **wrath** like a treasure. He means that the more they refuse to repent, the greater will be their punishment when God finally judges all humanity **on the day of wrath**. If your readers would not understand what **storing up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much God will punish you when he finally punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 5 pck0 figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day of wrath** and **the judgment of God** refers to the time of final judgment for the human race (See [2:2,16](../02/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the time God finally punishes and when God reveals how he will justly judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath … of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the two components of the Judgment Day: **wrath** against **unrepentant** people and **righteous judgment** for those who repent. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “on the final day that God will punish unrepentant people and reveal who is righteous” or “when God finally reveals how he punishes the unrepentant and vindicates his righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 5 yqta figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the day of wrath** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race (For example see [Zephaniah 1:15, 18; 2:3](../Zeph/01/15.md)). Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize the term **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “when God punishes for the last time” or “on the Day of God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM 2 5 yqta figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the day of wrath** is an idiom that refers to the common Old Testament phrase for God’s final judgment of the human race (For example see [Zephaniah 1:15, 18; 2:3](../Zeph/01/15.md)). Paul does not mean that this is a literal **day** when this will happen, but a period of time or even outside of how humans reckon time. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could capitalize the term **day** or make this explicit some other way. Alternate translation: “when God punishes for the last time” or “on the Day of God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 5 fnpj figs-possession ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of the revelation** and **of the righteous** and **of God** to describe **the judgment**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verb clause to express these ideas. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how righteously he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 6 frov figs-quotations ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this modified Old Testament quotation (See Septuagint [Psalm 62:13](../psalm/62/13.md)); Proverbs 24:12) as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “‘will pay back to each according to his deeds’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 2 6 ylpm 1 In [2:7-10](../02/06.md), Paul explains what he means that God will **pay back to each according to his deeds**. If your language does not use a colon to indicate that that follows is the explanation of an idea, use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. @@ -301,15 +301,15 @@ ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-ellipsis τοῖς…ἐξ 1 wrath A word is left out here in ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 wrath and fierce anger will come If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun translated **selfish ambition** in another way. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” or “hostile toward God” or “contentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 8 peqf figs-possession ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive form **from self ambition**. Here, it could refer to: (1) selfish desire. Alternate translation: “selfishly motivated” (2) hostility. Alternate translation: “hostile” (3) rivalry. Alternate translation: “contentious” or “factious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that how bad these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-personification ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Here, **the truth** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-personification ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Here, **the truth** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** as if it were a person that someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 8 m7pm figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ…τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **truth** and **unrighteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true … what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 9 tdlu figs-parallelism 1 [2:9](../02/07.md) and [2:10](../02/08.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says similar things in opposite ways, to show the contrasting rewards for those who do what is **evil** or “good.” Use a natural way in your language to make these ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress** . If your readers would not understand what **will be on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God will cause every person who keeps acting evil to become troubled and distressed” or “Every human being who habitually does what is evil will experience distress and difficulty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **Tribulation** and ** distress** in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bring difficult and distressing times to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **Tribulation** and ** distress** in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bring difficult and distressing times to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 tribulation and distress on These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Paul refers figuratively to the **human soul** to mean the whole life of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “will come to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Paul refers figuratively to the **human soul** to mean the whole life of a person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “will come to every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 9 n7q4 figs-nominaladj τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 2 9 a9s5 figs-merism Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek Paul figuratively refers to **the Jew** and **the Greek**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity or **every human soul** (See the same phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md)). Since the Jews were chosen by God to be his people, they are first to experience God’s **Tribulation and distress** if they do evil, then the **Greek**, who does not know who God is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” or “for both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” or “regardless of ethnicity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+ROM 2 9 a9s5 figs-merism Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek Paul figuratively refers to **the Jew** and **the Greek**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity or **every human soul** (See the same phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md)). Since the Jews were chosen by God to be his people, they are first to experience God’s **Tribulation and distress** if they do evil, then the **Greek**, who does not know who God is. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” or “for both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” or “regardless of ethnicity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ROM 2 10 vt1f grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But praise, honor, and peace will come to everyone What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what those who “work the evil” will experience. Instead, those **who work the good** will experience **glory and honor and peace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 10 i9tg figs-abstractnouns δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη, παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 practices good If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **peace** in another way (See how you translated [2:7](..02/07.md)). Alternate translation: “God will glorify, and honor, and cause everyone who does what is good to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 10 zg3s figs-nominaladj παντὶ 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek Paul is using the adjective **everyone** as a pronoun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “will be to each person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δ ROM 2 14 tktb figs-parallelism ὅταν γὰρ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα, φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν, οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 These two phrases **do by nature the things of the law** and **are a law to themselves** mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what is truly means to obey God’s law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine these ideas into one. Alternate translation: “When the Gentiles instinctually do what God’s law says, they are actually obeying God’s law, even though they are unaware of what it says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 14 q2id grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 they do not have the law Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [2:14–16](../02/14.md) is describing who the “doers of the law” are (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 14 piuw figs-merism ἔθνη 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively, using the term **Gentiles** as a synonym for “the Greek,” and to refer to the part of humanity that is non-Jewish (See [2:9–10](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the nations” or “the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ROM 2 14 vlum figs-metaphor τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people (See “without the law” in [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what **who do not have the law** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 2 14 vlum figs-metaphor τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people (See “without the law” in [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what **who do not have the law** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 14 xped figs-metaphor φύσει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **nature** as if it were a source of power for the **Gentiles** to **do** what the **law** says. He means that the **Gentiles** naturally or instinctually understand what it means to obey God’s **law**. If your readers would not understand what **by nature** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “instinctually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 14 symg figs-personification ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 Here, the **Gentiles** are spoken of figuratively as though they were **a law**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 15 xl6v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually have the **deeds of the law** written on the surface of their **hearts** that people could see. He means that even though they are unaware of God’s law, they demonstrate that they naturally understand what God’s law requires by obeying it. If your readers would not understand what it means to **show the deeds of the law**, and what **written on their hearts** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles exhibit that they instinctually understand how God requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -362,11 +362,11 @@ ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law ROM 2 17 dapj figs-metaphor καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 18 xn6w grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, 1 because you have been instructed from the law If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 18 l3we figs-ellipsis τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **his** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 2 18 qxkt figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” or “what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM 2 18 qxkt figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” or “what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 18 aqbh figs-personification κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could instruct someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “since you have learned what God’s law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 19 nk76 figs-rpronouns πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how **convinced** the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone can guide those who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they are the only people who can clearly see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can spiritual lead others to God’s truth. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a guide to the blind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are the only ones who can spiritually lead others to what God’s law says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM 2 19 j76c figs-parallelism ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are spiritually unaware to what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they are the only people who can clearly see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can spiritual lead others to God’s truth. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a guide to the blind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “you are the only ones who can spiritually lead others to what God’s law says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 19 j76c figs-parallelism ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are spiritually unaware to what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 19 beop figs-abstractnouns ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guide** in another way. Alternate translation: “can guide the spiritually blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 19 r4on figs-nominaladj τυφλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **blind** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 19 xlge figs-personification φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here, **light** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a Jewish person who could illuminate **those in darkness**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true to those who are spiritually unaware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-parallelism παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκ ROM 2 20 p7qq figs-nominaladj ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish Paul is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a shape or image a person could hold. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If your readers would not understand what **the form** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law what represents how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “you teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “you teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed. ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. +ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”

Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]]) ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law. ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I … m ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing something to be what it is. Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym that could refer to: (1) God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) God's reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **name** is a metonym that could refer to: (1) God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) God’s reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn. ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλ ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the **Gentiles** by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ. ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles. ROM 11 14 ua2k παραζηλώσω 1 I will provoke to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). -ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to Paul's fellow Jews. +ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to Paul’s fellow Jews. ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps I will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “and perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the **world** to himself” ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun **their** refers to Jewish unbelievers. @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor th ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “and he who does not eat everything” or “and the person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means anyone's death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means anyone’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? By using these questions, Paul is demonstrating how he might need to scold individuals among his readers. Alternate translation: “it is wrong for you to judge your brother, and it is wrong for you to despise your brother!” or “stop judging and despising your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here, **brother** means a fellow Christian, male or female. From b5c1c2f21a7be80f0da6e28902de3ce6009b9417 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 12:29:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 11/17] Aaron's edits to John 1-19 (#2469) Co-authored-by: avaldizan Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2469 --- en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 216 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 136 insertions(+), 80 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv index 327500eff1..f4008c7cf6 100644 --- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ JHN 2 24 cm49 οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς 1 Althou JHN 2 24 f2n7 figs-gendernotations τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας 1 Here, the word **men** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here, both instances of the word **man** represent people in general. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) JHN 2 25 lxro figs-explicit τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)
2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Light and Darkness

The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### Born again

A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Son of Man”

Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)
2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Light and Darkness

The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### The kingdom of God

The kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])

### Born again

A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Son of Man”

Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JHN 3 1 yl6f writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ, 1 Now Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) JHN 3 1 fz6f figs-explicit ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -296,14 +296,14 @@ JHN 3 3 nz18 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly JHN 3 3 svpx figs-extrainfo γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God” JHN 3 3 i0ew figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God Here this phrase refers both to the place where God currently rules in heaven and the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 3 4 z64b figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 a second time Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι? 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 3 5 il52 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 3 5 e1dj figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **enter into** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God This phrase is a metaphor for the rule of God. See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 3 6 gswx figs-activepassive τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 3 6 rru5 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 3 6 v3g8 figs-explicit τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet **Passove JHN 13 1 z4q9 figs-metonymy ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 13 1 a1w4 figs-explicit τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 13 1 g86x figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (2) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them completely.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 13 1 g86x figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 13 2 iq56 translate-names Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 13 3 qtr3 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 Father Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -2357,83 +2357,139 @@ JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραβ JHN 18 40 qy3p figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Not this man, but Barabbas Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 18 40 gq8w λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist” -JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting


1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)
2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)
3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)
4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)
5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Purple garment”

Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])

### “You are not Caesar’s friend”

Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Sarcasm

The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Gabbatha, Golgotha

These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters. -JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews. -JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting **Hail** with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment The **crown** and the **purple** robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md). -JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.” +JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)
2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)
3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)
4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)
5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Purple garment”

Purple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])

### “You are not Caesar’s friend”

Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).


### Ancient Jewish burial customs

According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. Once the body had decomposed, which was a one-year process in Jewish tradition, the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Sarcasm

The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Gabbatha, Golgotha

These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters. +JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus. +JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 2 mzrb figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with thorns on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 2 f1rj figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made of thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +JHN 19 4 hn1f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 4 zd8v writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-metaphor αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him See how you translated a similar clause in [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 19 5 wyql figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +JHN 19 5 t9wn figs-explicit τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment See how you translated **crown**, **thorns**, and **purple garment** in [verse 2](../19/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 5 i2ay figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 6 pgs5 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 6 bzm0 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν 1 See how you translated a similar clause in [verse 4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 19 7 vr7p figs-idiom Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because you have been given that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God. -JHN 19 11 vc79 παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy. -JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **at this** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of “was seeking” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar Alternate translation: “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor” -JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king Alternate translation: “who claims that he is a king” -JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ὁ οὖν Πειλᾶτος, ἀκούσας τῶν λόγων τούτων, ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for his soldiers, who brought Jesus out. Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up. -JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here. -JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but **The Pavement** was a special stone platform in Jerusalem where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew **Hebrew** was the language that the people of Israel spoke. -JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus. -JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour Alternate translation: “It was about noon” -JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here, **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here, **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’” -JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here, **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 20 w41e Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language of the Roman government. -JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background 0 General Information: At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic “and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said” -JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This refers to John, the writer of this Gospel. -JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word **son** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word **mother** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Alternate translation: “from that very moment” -JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 29 drr1 προσήνεγκαν 1 they put The Roman guards did this. -JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid -JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff Alternate translation: “a branch of a plant called hyssop” -JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “he bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “he bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover. -JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to have someone break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here, **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12. -JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a small town in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md). -JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial. -JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden … had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “since the Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 8 lw3u figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 19 8 nx2u figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 19 9 seyo figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 9 lb11 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You only have authority over me because that authority has been given to you from above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 19 11 fxu9 figs-metaphor εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 11 vc79 figs-ellipsis μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 19 11 kbrx figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor” +JHN 19 12 bhl3 figs-idiom βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king See how you translated **made himself** in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 19 13 o54h figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-explicit ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 13 il9r figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν 1 he brought Jesus out Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 13 qhu4 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the story line. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover Festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM” +JHN 19 14 qi7t figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the sixth hour Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 15 vi6h figs-explicit ἆρον! ἆρον! 1 Should I crucify your King? **Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 15 krld figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-explicit τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) +JHN 19 15 osy8 figs-irony λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω? 1 Should I crucify your King? **Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +JHN 19 16 t3yb writing-pronouns τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 16 j6jg figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-explicit ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 19 ziak figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 20 k3mp figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως 1 the place where Jesus was crucified Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 20 w41e figs-explicit Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language the Romans used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 21 js2b figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 21 ixay figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 22 vgn9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background δὲ 1 There is a break from the main story liner that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 23 sk7l figs-activepassive ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου 1 also the tunic If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-ellipsis λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +JHN 19 24 umc2 translate-unknown λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 19 24 us8x writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +JHN 19 24 j1f9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 24 yrxw figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using the possessive form to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +JHN 19 26 gkf1 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 26 mva3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md). +JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 19 27 a8x3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 See, your mother Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 27 iz8j figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 See, your mother In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse. If this use of this one would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 19 27 q615 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 19 28 uynk writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 knowing that everything was now completed **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 28 pxie figs-explicit πάντα 1 knowing that everything was now completed Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 28 wh4n figs-activepassive τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 28 w999 writing-quotations ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +JHN 19 28 ezfy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 29 x8z8 figs-explicit ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 29 gh7n figs-explicit σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 29 y2eg translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 a sponge A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +JHN 19 29 mg3t translate-unknown ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +JHN 19 30 u8xq figs-explicit τὸ ὄξος 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 30 vq53 figs-activepassive τετέλεσται 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit This clause is an idiom meaning “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 19 31 jtq9 figs-infostructure οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ
(ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 31 c49h figs-explicit παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when they Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 31 h3j1 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 day of preparation According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 31 oeeb figs-genericnoun ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 John is speaking of the three crosses that the men were hanging on, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +JHN 19 31 rodw figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover Festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 31 gz48 figs-explicit κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background 0 This verse is a break from the main story line in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 35 bs5s figs-123person ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει 1 The one who saw this This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-ellipsis ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 36 uyvo writing-quotations ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 36 l8zi figs-explicit ἐγένετο…ταῦτα 1 in order to fulfill scripture Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 37 h4kq writing-quotations ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +JHN 19 38 ca0b writing-newevent μετὰ…ταῦτα 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 38 ojo8 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 39 mjy8 translate-names Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JHN 19 39 gqkc translate-names ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον 1 Nicodemus This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [John 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 39 ekyu figs-explicit φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 Nicodemus According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 39 d3d2 translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +JHN 19 40 m9k6 translate-unknown ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων 1 Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +JHN 19 41 bx6g figs-doublenegatives οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 42 c70e figs-explicit ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +JHN 19 42 jsyu figs-explicit τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

### “Receive the Holy Spirit”

If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Rabboni

John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.

### Jesus’ resurrection body

No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.

### Two angels in white

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md)) JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried. JHN 20 1 a8vl τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week Alternate translation: “on Sunday” From b6bd98a92e9744ec56d080c936f19d1b2f51ddf3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 27 Apr 2022 12:37:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 12/17] Fixed spacing errors in John (#2470) Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2470 --- en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 50 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv index f4008c7cf6..0c9f99d252 100644 --- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv @@ -2226,9 +2226,9 @@ JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον…εἰς τὸν κό JHN 17 19 zam3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν 1 Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 17 19 x08k figs-explicit ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 17 20 n7mp figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 those who will believe in me through their word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 20 n7mp figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 those who will believe in me through their word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 21 jwiu figs-explicit ἵνα…ἵνα 1 The first **that** indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 17 21 s8a1 figs-doublet σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 17 21 s8a1 figs-doublet σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 17 21 v6i7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 Father Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me” JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ JHN 17 23 spot grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμο JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 23 mm2f figs-explicit ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this use of **them** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 17 24 pd24 figs-pastforfuture ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 17 24 pd24 figs-pastforfuture ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **foundation** in another way. Alternate translation: “before we founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JHN 17 24 hz83 figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@ JHN 18 1 pxtm figs-possession τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley **Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 3 j08o ὑπηρέτας 1 See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md). -JHN 18 3 h1u5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 18 3 h1u5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 18 4 sh2u grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If this causal use of **knowing** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) JHN 18 5 vg2d translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 18 5 qxyj figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) @@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ JHN 18 10 betq translate-names Σίμων…Πέτρος 1 See how you translat JHN 18 10 yq44 figs-explicit μάχαιραν 1 The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό? 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 the cup Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 the cup Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ JHN 18 13 tiki translate-names Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 **Annas** a JHN 18 13 je4z figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 14 kzvh writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 18 14 xq5l figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 18 14 fkx1 συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md). +JHN 18 14 fkx1 συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md). JHN 18 14 uqs5 figs-ellipsis συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JHN 18 15 p7ms translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated this name in [6:8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 18 15 xshi figs-explicit ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν 1 Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦ JHN 18 15 sr05 figs-explicit τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 16 o10j figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 18 17 xw8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 18 17 xw8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου? 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 18 18 g8xj figs-infostructure ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 Now If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) @@ -2306,13 +2306,13 @@ JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify abo JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις? 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 18 24 mojw figs-explicit ὁ Ἅννας…πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? For political reasons both **Annas** and **Caiaphas** were high priests at this time. See how you translated these names in [verse 13](../18/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 25 ki76 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἦν δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος 1 Now **Now** here indicates that John is changing topics to return to the story about Peter in the high priest’s courtyard. [Verses 25–27](../18/25.md) describe what Peter was doing in the courtyard while the high priest was questioning Jesus. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In the meantime” or “While Jesus was being questioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ? 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? Someone in the high priest’s courtyard is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ? 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? Someone in the high priest’s courtyard is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 18 26 oka8 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 One of the high priest’s **servants** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely saw you in the garden with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 18 26 jfba figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 18 26 pj7v figs-explicit τῷ κήπῳ 1 See how you translated **garden** in [verse 1](../18/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 27 jww8 translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ 1 immediately the rooster crowed See how you translated **rooster** in [13:38](../13/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -JHN 18 28 a6e7 0 General Information: Here John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him. +JHN 18 28 a6e7 0 General Information: Here John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him. JHN 18 28 r4fk writing-pronouns ἄγουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here John implies that they are leading Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 28 fyx3 figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2322,10 +2322,10 @@ JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τ JHN 18 28 bj1x figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 18 29 g7jo translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 **Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 18 29 c9aj figs-abstractnouns τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **accusation**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 30 pup9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put** a man **to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 18 32 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ JHN 19 5 t9wn figs-explicit τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ JHN 19 5 i2ay figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 19 6 pgs5 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JHN 19 6 bzm0 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν 1 See how you translated a similar clause in [verse 4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 7 vr7p figs-idiom Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 19 8 lw3u figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@ JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ JHN 19 11 fxu9 figs-metaphor εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 11 vc79 figs-ellipsis μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 19 11 kbrx figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 19 11 kbrx figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2416,7 +2416,7 @@ JHN 19 20 k3mp figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως 1 the place where Jesus was cr JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 20 w41e figs-explicit Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language the Romans used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 21 js2b figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 21 js2b figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 21 ixay figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 22 vgn9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic The JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background δὲ 1 There is a break from the main story liner that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 19 23 sk7l figs-activepassive ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου 1 also the tunic If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-ellipsis λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JHN 19 24 umc2 translate-unknown λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 19 24 umc2 translate-unknown λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 19 24 us8x writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) JHN 19 24 j1f9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 24 yrxw figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ JHN 19 26 mva3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md). JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 19 27 a8x3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 See, your mother Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -JHN 19 27 iz8j figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 See, your mother In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse. If this use of this one would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 27 iz8j figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 See, your mother In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse. If this use of this one would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 19 27 q615 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 19 28 uynk writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 knowing that everything was now completed **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) @@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@ JHN 19 29 mg3t translate-unknown ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff Here, **hyss JHN 19 30 u8xq figs-explicit τὸ ὄξος 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 30 vq53 figs-activepassive τετέλεσται 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit This clause is an idiom meaning “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JHN 19 31 jtq9 figs-infostructure οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ
(ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +JHN 19 31 jtq9 figs-infostructure οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 31 c49h figs-explicit παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when they Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 31 h3j1 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 day of preparation According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2461,8 +2461,8 @@ JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τ JHN 19 31 gz48 figs-explicit κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background 0 This verse is a break from the main story line in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 19 35 bs5s figs-123person ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει 1 The one who saw this This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-ellipsis ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 19 35 bs5s figs-123person ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει 1 The one who saw this This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-ellipsis ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 19 36 uyvo writing-quotations ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2470,26 +2470,26 @@ JHN 19 36 l8zi figs-explicit ἐγένετο…ταῦτα 1 in order to fulfill JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 37 h4kq writing-quotations ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) JHN 19 38 ca0b writing-newevent μετὰ…ταῦτα 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 38 ojo8 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 39 mjy8 translate-names Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 19 39 gqkc translate-names ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον 1 Nicodemus This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [John 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 39 ekyu figs-explicit φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 Nicodemus According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 39 d3d2 translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 19 39 ekyu figs-explicit φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 Nicodemus According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 19 39 d3d2 translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) JHN 19 40 m9k6 translate-unknown ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων 1 Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 19 41 bx6g figs-doublenegatives οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN 19 41 bx6g figs-doublenegatives οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 19 42 c70e figs-explicit ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) JHN 19 42 jsyu figs-explicit τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

### “Receive the Holy Spirit”

If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Rabboni

John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.

### Jesus’ resurrection body

No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.

### Two angels in white

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md)) JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried. JHN 20 1 a8vl τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week Alternate translation: “on Sunday” From 824877dac27ee74835755fa11703b5e8c579eec6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 15:19:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 13/17] Jane's edits to Exodus (#2471) Co-authored-by: justplainjane47 Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2471 --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 180 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 90 insertions(+), 90 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 9ee32fc6b9..83638b031d 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)
1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
1. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. +EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)
2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land but instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -178,21 +178,21 @@ EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a posses EXO 3 1 v97t figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 Alternate translation: “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called **the mountain of God** in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already somehow associated with God’s presence or worship before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 2 p0nt וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening. -EXO 3 2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about “Yahweh” concerning how to translate this. -EXO 3 2 d3tf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EXO 3 2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about “Yahweh” for information concerning how to translate this. +EXO 3 2 d3tf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that what follows is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 3 2 jmz0 figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 Here, **being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “destroyed by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 3 fpww figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 3 jbue figs-abstractnouns אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for something strange that someone sees, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “unusual thing that I see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 3 4 ue8v יְהוָ֖ה…אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. +EXO 3 4 ue8v יְהוָ֖ה…אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being, since God’s name is Yahweh. EXO 3 5 jg97 figs-quotemarks אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 5 prv9 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 set apart This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 6 sxk8 אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob” EXO 3 6 fgym figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 6 l5sy אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 your father Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father. EXO 3 6 lfbb grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md)) -EXO 3 7 nl33 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 3 7 nl33 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 7 xoz0 figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 7 tpk0 figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 3 7 tpk0 figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 There are two possessives here: 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 7 nbft figs-abstractnouns עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **affliction** in another way. Alternate translation: “how my people who are in Egypt are afflicted” or “how the Egyptians afflict my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 3 7 p3tx figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 taskmasters Alternate translation: “his oppressors” @@ -201,14 +201,14 @@ EXO 3 7 mfn2 grammar-collectivenouns נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו…מַכְאֹב EXO 3 7 hkcj figs-possession מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 7 ui28 figs-explicit מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 3 7 zth8 figs-abstractnouns מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **anguish** in another way. Alternate translation: “how distressed they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 3 8 a1yv grammar-connect-logic-result 0 Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “again, because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 3 8 xy36 figs-go וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד 1 God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this means his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +EXO 3 8 a1yv grammar-connect-logic-result 0 Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “Therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “Again, because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 3 8 xy36 figs-go וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד 1 God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this phrase means that his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 3 8 nahb grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ…וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ 1 Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 3 8 bi4e figs-metaphor מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common Biblical metaphor for power and control. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 3 8 djbz figs-possession מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other, and **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand upon one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 8 pxy8 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 3 8 pxy8 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it. If your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 3 8 dtz9 זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with Alternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of” EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -230,26 +230,26 @@ EXO 3 13 m9uy figs-quotesinquotes אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 13 vfsk figs-quotemarks מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 13 bkei grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 3 14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.” This is God’s response to Moses’s question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’” +EXO 3 14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.” This is God’s response to Moses’ question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’” EXO 3 14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 I AM THAT I AM Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live. EXO 3 14 s62u אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 I AM Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.” EXO 3 14 t745 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages. -EXO 3 14 vigc figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 3 14 vigc figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 3 15 ubw7 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages. -EXO 3 15 i6lg figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This quotation contains four levels as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 3 15 i6lg figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This section contains four levels of quotations as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 15 l962 figs-quotesinquotes יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 3 15 d91k figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 15 ixcb figs-merism לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 The repetition of **generation** means something like “to each and every generation,” which means for all people at all times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 3 15 ixcb figs-merism לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 The repetition of **generation** means something like “to each and every generation,” which means "for all people at all times." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 3 16 ec3v figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 General Information: This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 16 usas figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 16 xqy9 אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 the God of your ancestors, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. EXO 3 16 dvsz figs-quotemarks פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 16 efhh figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 The Hebrew word meaning **attended,** visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 16 fv77 figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 I have indeed observed you The word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 16 q4en figs-activepassive הֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 3 16 q4en figs-activepassive הֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 3 16 johw figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 17 eloj figs-quotemarks 0 If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 17 c54k figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 3 17 c54k figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 3 17 r8mg figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 17 x1o0 figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י 1 See how you translated **affliction** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “from being afflicted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -262,12 +262,12 @@ EXO 3 18 j24k writing-pronouns לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ…אַתָּה֩ 1 They EXO 3 18 w742 figs-synecdoche לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 3 18 r74o figs-possession וְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 18 eep7 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 18 idp7 figs-youdual וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 General Information: If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 18 i47o figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 3 18 d85b translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 unless his hand is forced The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings include: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] -EXO 3 20 nuzx grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י 1 God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 3 20 nuzx grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י 1 God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 20 yds5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙ 1 I will reach out with my hand and attack Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 20 dzsp figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 **Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 20 c9a3 מִצְרַ֔יִם…בְּ⁠קִרְבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to Egypt as a collective. @@ -282,10 +282,10 @@ EXO 3 21 uz3c figs-youdual תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 If your EXO 3 21 wymx figs-go תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 Alternate translation: “leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 3 21 j9qz figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א…רֵיקָֽם 1 The double negative, **not … emptily** is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 will not go empty-handed This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EXO 3 22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses The word, **sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are, identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. +EXO 3 22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses The word, **sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations which make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. EXO 3 22 fmfu figs-youdual וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 22 h38j figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word which started in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex, and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper locations.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verses 18-19 and 27 in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter, is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 4 1 j4yg וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 if they do not believe Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered” EXO 4 1 b3xv figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 1 pq8x figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 See [3:18](../03/18.md). Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -298,20 +298,20 @@ EXO 4 3 jgir figs-quotemarks הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣⁠הוּ אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה EXO 4 3 zycd figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 4 g6bk וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 take it by the tail Alternate translation: “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail” EXO 4 4 mqpc figs-quotemarks שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 4 bzmp grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md) and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EXO 4 4 bzmp grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md), and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 4 4 m86n וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה 1 became a staff Alternate translation: “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff” EXO 4 5 l4tn figs-quotemarks לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 5 m4fk figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 4 5 zbfr writing-pronouns יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ…אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 4 5 oqi5 writing-pronouns אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 4 5 oqi5 writing-pronouns אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 This pronoun refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 5 jr8m אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 the God of their ancestors, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. EXO 4 6 b9m8 figs-quotemarks הָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 6 ep52 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 behold This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 4 6 pw7g figs-simile כַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג 1 as white as snow The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EXO 4 6 ep52 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 behold This word, **behold**, is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +EXO 4 6 pw7g figs-simile כַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג 1 as white as snow The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “that made it look white like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 4 7 kv9r figs-quotemarks הָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל־חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 7 prr9 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) EXO 4 8 q9qb figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הָיָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of [verse 9](../04/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 8 well figs-personification וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן 1 Here the **sign**s are spoken of as if they had a **voice** with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language, you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 4 8 well figs-personification וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן 1 Here each **sign** is spoken of as if it had a **voice** with which it could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language, you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 4 8 gxlg writing-pronouns יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…יִשְׁמְע֔וּ…וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 8 lsb3 לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 pay attention Alternate translation: “they do not acknowledge … then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept … then they will accept” EXO 4 9 q82r writing-pronouns יַאֲמִ֡ינוּ…יִשְׁמְעוּ⁠ן֙ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ EXO 4 10 aazp figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ⁠י֒ לֹא֩ אִ֨יש EXO 4 10 t8i9 בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please” EXO 4 10 w12a לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 have never been eloquent Alternate translation: “I have never been an excellent speaker” EXO 4 10 opes אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים 1 This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly. -EXO 4 10 pk0l figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 4 10 pk0l figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 These phrases simply mean “in the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 4 10 wsl4 figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 4 10 bv64 figs-doublet כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 I am slow of speech and slow of tongue These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “not good at public speaking”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 11 xpgf figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the [next verse](../04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 11 ks2m figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 Who is it who made man’s mouth? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 4 11 e1y6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 4 11 ks2m figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 Who is it who made man’s mouth? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “Is it not I, Yahweh, who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 4 11 e1y6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “make people able to speak or hear or to see or to be blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 4 11 uq7j figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 Is it not I, Yahweh? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will be with your mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 12 kg7l figs-quotemarks תְּדַבֵּֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -341,24 +341,24 @@ EXO 4 14 zn40 figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ EXO 4 14 okko figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י 1 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 4 14 e0js translate-kinship אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 4 14 y5ed figs-idiom דַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר 1 In Hebrew, the word **speak** is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 4 14 c51y הִנֵּה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here. +EXO 4 14 c51y הִנֵּה 1 Here, **behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here. EXO 4 14 ettp figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 4 14 tfsa grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 4 14 tfsa grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result, as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 4 14 ew4h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 he will be glad in his heart Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 15 u97f figs-metaphor הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 put the words to say into his mouth Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 15 v57x figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן 1 with his mouth These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 4 16 mnsp figs-simile לְ⁠פֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EXO 4 16 mnsp figs-simile לְ⁠פֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 4 16 gn5v figs-simile תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 you will be to him like me, God The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 4 17 mq82 figs-quotemarks תַּעֲשֶׂה־בּ֖⁠וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠אֹתֹֽת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 17 hm47 figs-explicit הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff,** he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [v. 2](../04/02.md), and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. [3](../04/03.md)–[4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])


+EXO 4 17 hm47 figs-explicit הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff**, he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [v. 2](../04/02.md) and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. [3](../04/03.md)–[4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])


EXO 4 18 j2ix writing-participants יֶ֣תֶר 1 Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 18 cbop figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ 1 Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 4 18 b6mf translate-kinship חֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ 1 father-in-law This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 4 18 wlit writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 Alternate translation: “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 18 g1h1 writing-pronouns ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 18 uvqk figs-quotemarks אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ⁠אָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣⁠י אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 18 urt0 figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 Here the tern **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses’ people group, those he is related to. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 18 urt0 figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 Here the term **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses’ people group, those he is related to. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 18 gq2g figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 4 18 yay3 figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 4 18 i807 figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -367,88 +367,88 @@ EXO 4 19 aosm figs-quotemarks לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּ EXO 4 19 clfj הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST. EXO 4 20 fua6 writing-participants בָּנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 20 zi5m figs-123person וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 4 20 a1s5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 After the incident on the road in verses [24-26](../04/24.md). Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md) which says that Moses sent them back, so a translation similar to the UST which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt may be better. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s **towards** is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 4 20 f26l figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The phrase the staff of God refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. [17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 4 20 m4uj figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power, or power from Moses, or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, God told Moses to do something with the staff, Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 4 20 a1s5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 After the incident on the road in verses [24-26](../04/24.md). Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md), which says that Moses sent them back, so it may be better to make a translation similar to the UST, which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s **toward** is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EXO 4 20 f26l figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The phrase **the staff of God** refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. [17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 4 20 m4uj figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power or power from Moses or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, first God told Moses to do something with the staff, then Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 4 21 lva8 figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 21 oajf רְאֵ֗ה 1 Most translations and interpretations of the verb **see** take it to mean something like “see that you do.” EXO 4 21 paos figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֣מְתִּי בְ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 21 kdsb figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 21 ovma grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק 1 Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast in what might be expected and what will happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says he will do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EXO 4 21 kdsb figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 21 ovma grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק 1 Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast between what might normally be expected and what will actually happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says Pharaoh will do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 4 21 uvoh figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 4 21 uudz grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaoh’s heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 4 22 ftde כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider. -EXO 4 22 zb2e figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 4 22 ftde כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase, **Thus says Yahweh**, used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider. +EXO 4 22 zb2e figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 Here, **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 4 22 teyy figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 4 22 kud7 figs-quotemarks בְּנִ֥⁠י 1 This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 22 gr2d figs-metaphor בְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 Yahweh expresses his affection for the Israelites by calling them his **son**. Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 22 pt4n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Israel is my son The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 4 22 pt4n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Israel is my son The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 4 22 nbn7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. For alternative translation see: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 23 syar figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 23 yyuo figs-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן 1 The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 4 23 k7mh figs-metaphor בְּנִ⁠י֙ 1 you have refused to let him go Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 4 23 k7mh figs-metaphor בְּנִ⁠י֙ 1 you have refused to let him go Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation, which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 4 23 u825 figs-pronouns וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי…לְ⁠שַׁלְּח֑⁠וֹ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/23/k7mh]]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) EXO 4 23 ot2b הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this” -EXO 4 23 re11 בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 I will certainly kill your son, your firstborn This refers to the actual son of Pharaoh. -EXO 4 23 ubcw figs-quotemarks בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses [21](../04/21.md) and [22](../04/22.md). If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers, third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like **” ’ ”** (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 4 23 re11 בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 I will certainly kill your son, your firstborn Here, **your son** refers to the actual son of Pharaoh. +EXO 4 23 ubcw figs-quotemarks בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end, bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses [21](../04/21.md) and [22](../04/22.md). If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers: third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like **” ’ ”** (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 24 sp6h writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֥י 1 Yahweh met Moses and tried to kill him This introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 4 24 p820 writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפְגְּשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ…הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, it is not clear who **him** refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 24 qeo5 writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ 1 Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 4 25 m1la translate-names צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah This is the name of Moses’s wife. See how you translated it in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 4 25 sftg writing-participants צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah is introduced here as a new character. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 4 25 m1la translate-names צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah **Zipporah** is the name of Moses’ wife. See how you translated it in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 4 25 sftg writing-participants צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 **Zipporah** is introduced here as a new character. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 25 a36h translate-unknown צֹ֗ר 1 flint knife This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 4 25 nkxn translate-unknown עָרְלַ֣ת 1 The **foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 4 25 l6sr figs-euphemism לְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 to his feet It is possible that the word **feet** may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 4 25 iuzw figs-quotemarks כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 25 b2t3 figs-metaphor כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 you are a bridegroom to me by blood The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 26 ceqk grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 As a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 4 25 b2t3 figs-metaphor כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 you are a bridegroom to me by blood The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “You are related to me by this blood” or “You are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 4 26 ceqk grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 God **relented** as a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 4 26 o4zt writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 Alternate translation: “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 4 26 k136 writing-pronouns מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 As in [4:24](../04/24.md) this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 4 26 k136 writing-pronouns מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 As in [4:24](../04/24.md), this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 26 r8hj figs-quotations חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים 1 This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 4 26 abmg figs-quotemarks חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת 1 It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision** and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 4 26 abmg figs-quotemarks חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת 1 It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision**, and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 27 xk6b writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 Yahweh said to Aaron You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 4 27 qxpc writing-participants אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 **Aaron** is introduced as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 27 fply figs-quotemarks לֵ֛ךְ לִ⁠קְרַ֥את מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑רָ⁠ה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 27 wy4n figs-possession בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 at the mountain of God See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 4 27 tfn2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק 1 This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit as the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +EXO 4 27 tfn2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק 1 This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 4 28 ad9x שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty. -EXO 4 28 b429 writing-pronouns שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 he had sent him to say The words **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 4 28 b429 writing-pronouns שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 he had sent him to say Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 4 29 y8o3 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 in the sight of the people Here, **before the eyes** means he did the signs so they could see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 30 x1v3 הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). EXO 4 31 glp2 הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites Alternate translation: “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites” EXO 4 31 g83a translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 they bowed their heads Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### A slave’s work

The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### Titles

The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary. -EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 5 1 q9kn grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 After these things happened It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### A slave’s work

The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials needed in order to make those bricks.

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### Titles

The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary. +EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 The time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 5 1 q9kn grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 After these things happened It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited before they went to see Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 5 1 cudx figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 5 1 tsnv writing-participants פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 5 1 tsnv writing-participants פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter 2. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 5 1 jarm figs-quotemarks כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 1 ckml figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 1 lu3i כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 5 1 u2vt וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ 1 festival for me This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking” -EXO 5 2 v4c1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Why should I…let Israel go? The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +EXO 5 2 v4c1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Why should I…let Israel go? The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required, given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 5 2 fq6i figs-quotemarks מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses). +EXO 5 2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a god. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses). EXO 5 2 wpff grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 listen to his voice Here, **his voice** represent the words God spoke. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 listen to his voice Here, **his voice** represent the words God spoke. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 2 ma6b וְ⁠גַ֥ם 1 This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely” EXO 5 3 dt39 figs-123person וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 5 3 ru1w figs-quotemarks אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֗ר וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠דֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים 1 God of the Hebrews This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God. -EXO 5 3 kclj figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +EXO 5 3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים 1 God of the Hebrews This term, **The God of the Hebrews**, is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God. +EXO 5 3 kclj figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It excludes Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 4 cb7w figs-quotemarks לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 5 4 fiw9 figs-youdual לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 5 nqbe figs-aside וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) -EXO 5 5 todi הֵן 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. -EXO 5 5 c53k figs-youdual וְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 6 ar9m אֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order for the taskmasters among the people and officers that said,” +EXO 5 5 nqbe figs-aside וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been commenting to himself, or he may have only thought this statement silently; either way, it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) +EXO 5 5 todi הֵן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. +EXO 5 5 c53k figs-youdual וְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one, or if not, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 5 6 ar9m אֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order to the taskmasters among the people and officers. He said,” EXO 5 6 zd4m הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md), but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors” EXO 5 6 gsdx שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 **Officers** were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters. -EXO 5 6 dxih לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm. +EXO 5 6 dxih לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm. EXO 5 7 k6io figs-youdual לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 7 kfhw figs-quotemarks לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 Verses 7-9 are a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the start here with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 7 p9nx figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 you must no longer give This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “as before” or “as previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ EXO 5 8 vd10 figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לֵ⁠אל EXO 5 9 xca1 figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר 1 Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternative translation: “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 5 10 ozzn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 5 10 x4bi נֹגְשֵׂ֤י 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md). See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]] -EXO 5 10 zvxx כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the same quote form as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 5 10 zvxx כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the same quote form as is used when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 5 10 c12s figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 5 10 mkom figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 This is the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 5 10 ad73 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם EXO 5 10 gb4d figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 I will no longer give you **You** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 11 ewg6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 5 11 xe4i figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 you can find…your workload Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 11 w918 figs-rpronouns אַתֶּ֗ם…לָ⁠כֶם֙ 1 You yourselves must go The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +EXO 5 11 w918 figs-rpronouns אַתֶּ֗ם…לָ⁠כֶם֙ 1 You yourselves must go The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 5 11 g5vb figs-doublenegatives כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 your workload will not be reduced This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 5 11 ucrc figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 12 s9dk figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 throughout all the land of Egypt This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ EXO 5 13 ikkf writing-participants וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים 1 The c EXO 5 13 d86r figs-quotemarks כַּלּ֤וּ מַעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶם֙ דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠הְי֥וֹת הַ⁠תֶּֽבֶן 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 13 a5ja דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 **Day by day** means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task” EXO 5 14 h4uo נֹגְשֵׂ֥י 1 **Taskmasters** are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md). -EXO 5 14 unbc figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the taskmasters beat the officers of the sons of Israel … ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 5 14 unbc figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the taskmasters beat the officers of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 5 14 eq22 figs-rquestion מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 Why have you not produced all the bricks required of you…in the past? The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 5 14 nk4i figs-quotemarks מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 14 oh6o figs-youdual כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. However, also see [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/14/emq7]]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -488,27 +488,27 @@ EXO 5 15 bk9h writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 This begins a new sc EXO 5 15 thlj figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 5 15 en1t figs-quotemarks לָ֧⁠מָּה 1 This begins a direct quote that continues to the end of the [next verse](../05/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 15 m2nz figs-123person לַ⁠עֲבָדֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 5 16 yeql figs-activepassive תֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 5 16 yeql figs-activepassive תֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From the context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 5 16 qp5j figs-123person לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ…עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 5 16 hsa6 writing-pronouns אֹמְרִ֥ים 1 they are still telling us, ‘Make bricks!’ **They** refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 5 16 civf figs-quotemarks וּ⁠לְבֵנִ֛ים…עֲשׂ֑וּ 1 **Make bricks** is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 16 m0go וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. +EXO 5 16 m0go וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 **And behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. EXO 5 16 xrly figs-activepassive עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ מֻכִּ֖ים 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 5 16 ff2k figs-euphemism וְ⁠חָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 5 16 l7sn וְ⁠חָטָ֥את 1 Alternate translation: “but it is the wrong-doing of” +EXO 5 16 l7sn וְ⁠חָטָ֥את 1 Alternate translation: “but it is the wrongdoing of” EXO 5 17 cw5u figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם…אַתֶּ֣ם 1 These uses of **you** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 17 zlkc figs-exclamations נִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים 1 Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) EXO 5 17 a8o2 figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Here the king is quoting another person’s speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 18 x9j7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 5 18 z6wt figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֑ם…תִּתֵּֽנּוּ 1 This means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 5 18 z6wt figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֑ם…תִּתֵּֽנּוּ 1 Here, **you** means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 19 x6pp grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 5 19 i3ot figs-quotemarks לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another person’s speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 19 l9d2 figs-rpronouns אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 when they were told Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 5 19 j6f9 וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ…אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 Alternate translation: “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger, because the king said” +EXO 5 19 j6f9 וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ…אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 Alternate translation: “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves to be in danger, because the king said” EXO 5 20 ve3z writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙ 1 palace A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 5 20 s9d2 writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙…לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם 1 Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 5 21 jsbv figs-quotemarks יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו לָֽ⁠תֶת־חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠הָרְגֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron. +EXO 5 21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 The Israelite officers used this form to curse Moses and Aaron. EXO 5 21 vfit figs-youdual עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 **You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 21 j3zp figs-metaphor הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 you have made us offensive The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -517,33 +517,33 @@ EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 5 23 ce6s figs-quotemarks עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### God and his people

In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. +EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study Concepts in this Chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### God and his people

In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 1 utnn figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options include: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions) (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out) (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 1 utnn figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options include: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions) (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out) (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1), which is the most common interpretation. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 1 vdno figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 6 1 sdon מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “from Egypt” EXO 6 2 wse5 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 6 2 kcty figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 3 l81y translate-transliterate בְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י 1 I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +EXO 6 3 l81y translate-transliterate בְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י 1 I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob **El Shaddai** is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) EXO 6 3 m27p figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 I was not known to them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 6 3 e36z וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 This statement is very difficult to understand as God’s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them” -EXO 6 4 zxvc figs-quotations לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 6 4 zxvc figs-quotations לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. To do so, begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 6 4 gkkc figs-parallelism אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 6 5 l3yc נַאֲקַת֙ 1 groaning This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering. +EXO 6 5 l3yc נַאֲקַת֙ 1 groaning Here, **groaning** means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering. EXO 6 5 aiey וָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י 1 **I have remembered my covenant** means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise” EXO 6 6 rgh0 grammar-connect-logic-result לָ⁠כֵ֞ן 1 God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 6 6 yv14 לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל 1 say to the Israelites This is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites” EXO 6 6 yg2d figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahweh’s speech at the close of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 6 we3z figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 **You** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 6 6 we3z figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 6 6 oqnw figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 6 6 xyn4 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to Yahweh’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 6 6 efx1 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians” EXO 6 7 o3lb figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם…וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם…אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 6 7 xsdh figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 6 8 h9ho figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 Here, every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 6 8 g9ru translate-symaction נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י 1 I swore This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +EXO 6 8 h9ho figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 6 8 g9ru translate-symaction נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י 1 I swore This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture, so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 6 8 i3vj מוֹרָשָׁ֖ה 1 This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land” EXO 6 8 ipnm figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 9 aalj grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה קָשָֽׁה 1 In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -552,12 +552,12 @@ EXO 6 10 tpw4 לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a di EXO 6 11 pi7a figs-quotemarks בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 11 fxf2 figs-quotations וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 6 12 rsag figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying **before the face of Yahweh.** If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by the words **before the face of Yahweh**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” -EXO 6 12 k7hl figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking? Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +EXO 6 12 k7hl figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking? Moses asked this question in hopes that God would change his mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 6 12 lj51 grammar-connect-logic-result הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 6 12 k3br figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 6 13 janr וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh” +EXO 6 13 janr וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites; thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding.” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh” EXO 6 14 hh3z writing-background 0 Verses 14-27 are background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses Here, **heads** refers to the original ancestors of the clan. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 14 wv89 translate-names רְאוּבֵ֜ן…יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל…חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י…רְאוּבֵֽן 1 Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ EXO 6 18 qu41 translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים EXO 6 19 p5sz translate-names מְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ⁠מוּשִׁ֑י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 20 ni1l translate-names עַמְרָ֜ם…אַהֲרֹ֖ן…מֹשֶׁ֑ה…עַמְרָ֔ם 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 20 o5gb translate-names יוֹכֶ֤בֶד 1 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 20 mh02 translate-kinship דֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙ 1 This word specifically means father’s sister. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +EXO 6 20 mh02 translate-kinship דֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙ 1 Here the term **his aunt** specifically means his father’s sister. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 6 20 ti6q translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 137 years Alternate translation: “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 6 21 f3yr translate-names יִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ⁠נֶ֖פֶג וְ⁠זִכְרִֽי׃ 1 Izhar…Korah…Zichri These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 22 n7cl translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְ⁠סִתְרִֽי 1 Uzziel…Mishael…Sithri These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ EXO 6 23 kww9 translate-names אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע 1 Nadab…Ithamar This is EXO 6 24 rkz9 translate-names קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 24 i6o7 translate-names הַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי 1 This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 25 zvg2 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר…אַהֲרֹ֜ן…פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙…פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 Phinehas These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **heads** here represents family leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **heads** represents family leaders. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 26 dqm8 figs-quotemarks הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 26 ft6y translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their groups of fighting men The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 6 27 o7xp grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא 1 This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 6 30 qvxf figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” -EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions.

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:

- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations

EXO 7 1 r18p figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully” From 1b58e1c69a15299f7c83a820a1a20c73c17c931a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Thu, 28 Apr 2022 19:27:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 14/17] Larry's edits to Leviticus 1-8 (#2472) Co-authored-by: lrsallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2472 --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 637 ++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 293 insertions(+), 344 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 36c0873944..2f11c2f8ef 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Leviticus

1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
* Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
* Grain offerings (2:1–16)
* Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
* Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
* Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
1. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
* Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
* Grain offerings (6:14-23)
* Sin offerings (6:24-30)
* Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
1. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
* Peace offerings (7:11–21)
* Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
* The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
1. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
* Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
* Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
* Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
1. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
* Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
* Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
* Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
* Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
1. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
1. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
1. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
1. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
1. Gifts to God (27:1–34)

### What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.

In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.

Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.

It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.

Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.

### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.

### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”

This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.” -LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement
In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 1 1 j8us יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. LEV 1 2 yiq7 אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־ יַקְרִ֥יב מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם 1 When any man from among you Alternate translation: “When any one of you offers” or “When any of you offers” LEV 1 3 aps3 figs-123person קָרְבָּנ⁠וֹ֙…יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ…יַקְרִ֣יב 1 If his offering … he must offer Here, **“his** and **he** refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh. It can be translated in the second person as it is in [Leviticus 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “If your offering … you must offer … you must offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -25,361 +25,310 @@ LEV 1 13 ekd2 וְ⁠הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרָעַ֖יִם LEV 1 13 zf3d figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 1 13 tij4 figs-activepassive אִשֵּׁ֛ה 1 an offering made by fire Yahweh tells Moses that the priests must burn their offerings with **fire**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 1 15 hs4d וּ⁠מָלַק֙ אֶת־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 and wring off its head Alternate translation: “and twist off its head” -LEV 1 15 sur7 figs-activepassive 1 Then its blood must be drained out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest must drain its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 1 16 x2cz 1 He must Alternate translation: “The priest must” -LEV 1 16 zqs8 1 its crop with its contents A crop is a pouch in the bird’s throat where pre-digested food is stored. -LEV 1 16 x63v 1 throw it beside the altar Here “it” refers to the crop and its contents. -LEV 1 17 y4aw figs-metaphor 1 it will produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 1 17 y2p1 figs-activepassive 1 it will be an offering made to him by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” or “it will be a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yeast
Yeast is connected to the events of the Passover. Any prohibition of yeast may be connected to the original Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) +LEV 1 15 sur7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִמְצָ֣ה דָמ֔⁠וֹ 1 And its blood must be drained out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the priest must drain its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 1 16 x2cz וְ⁠הֵסִ֥יר 1 And he must remove Alternate translation: “And the priest must remove” +LEV 1 16 zqs8 אֶת־ מֻרְאָת֖⁠וֹ 1 its crop A **crop** is a pouch in the bird’s throat where pre-digested food is stored. +LEV 1 16 x63v אֶת־ מֻרְאָת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠נֹצָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 throw it beside the altar Here **it** refers to the **crop** and the **plumage**. +LEV 1 17 y4aw figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 1 17 y2p1 figs-activepassive עֹלָ֣ה ה֗וּא אִשֵּׁ֛ה 1 It is a burnt offering, an offering made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It will be a burnt offering to me” or “It will be a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 intro t6wy 0 # Leviticus 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yeast

Yeast is connected to the events of the Passover. Any prohibition of yeast may be connected to the original Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) LEV 2 1 jj1g 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -LEV 2 1 tf2u 1 be fine flour Alternate translation: “be the finest flour” or “be the best flour” -LEV 2 1 xfm3 1 flour a powder made from wheat -LEV 2 2 d31t 1 He is to take Alternate translation: “He must take” -LEV 2 2 v2q7 1 take out a handful Alternate translation: “take out what he can hold in his hand” -LEV 2 2 e7ss 1 a representative offering The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. -LEV 2 2 bh7g figs-metaphor 1 It will produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 2 2 w155 figs-activepassive 1 it will be an offering made to him by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 1 tf2u סֹ֖לֶת 1 fine flour Here, **flour** refers to a powder made from wheat. Alternate translation: “the finest flour” or “the best flour” +LEV 2 2 v2q7 וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם מְלֹ֣א קֻמְצ֗⁠וֹ 1 and take out from it his handful A **handful** is the amount that a person can hold in the palm of their hand. Alternate translation: “and take out what he can hold in his hand” +LEV 2 2 e7ss אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 its memorial portion The **memorial portion** of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. +LEV 2 2 bh7g figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 2 4 a5pn 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people and priests must do so their offerings will be acceptable to him. -LEV 2 4 bmg7 figs-activepassive 1 that is baked in an oven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you baked in an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 4 rvs7 translate-unknown 1 oven This was probably a hollow object made of clay. A fire was lit under the oven, and the heat would bake the dough inside of the oven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 2 4 lrk7 figs-ellipsis 1 soft bread of fine flour It is understood that the soft bread contained no yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -LEV 2 4 ae7y figs-explicit 1 which is spread with oil Translate this phrase to indicate that the oil is to be spread onto the bread. Alternate translation: “with oil on the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 2 5 t6jn figs-activepassive 1 If your grain offering is baked with a flat iron pan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bake your grain offering in a flat iron pan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 5 qg9n translate-unknown 1 a flat iron pan This is a thick plate made of either clay or metal. The plate was placed over a fire, and the dough cooked on top of the plate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 2 4 bmg7 figs-activepassive מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר 1 that is baked in an oven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you baked in an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 4 rvs7 translate-unknown תַנּ֑וּר 1 oven This **oven** was probably a hollow object made of clay. A fire was lit under the oven, and the heat would bake the dough inside of the oven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 2 4 lrk7 figs-ellipsis סֹ֣לֶת 1 soft bread of fine flour It is understood that the soft bread contained no yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +LEV 2 4 ae7y figs-explicit מְשֻׁחִ֥ים בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן 1 spread with oil Translate this phrase to indicate that the **oil** is to be spread onto the bread. Alternate translation: “with oil on the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 2 5 t6jn figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחָ֥ה עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 And if your offering is a grain offering made on the griddle If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bake your grain offering in a flat iron pan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 5 qg9n translate-unknown הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת 1 the griddle This **griddle** was a thick plate made of either clay or metal. The plate was placed over a fire, and the dough cooked on top of the plate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 2 6 sc9u 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do so their offerings will be acceptable to him. -LEV 2 6 bq8a 1 to divide it Here “it” refers to the grain offering cooked on a flat iron pan. -LEV 2 7 b7fj figs-activepassive 1 If your grain offering is cooked If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you cook your grain offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 7 l1pm translate-unknown 1 in a pan A pan is a metal plate with rounded edges. The dough was placed in the pan and cooked over a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 2 7 s232 figs-activepassive 1 it must be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 8 gua3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do so their offerings will be acceptable to him. -LEV 2 8 vy42 figs-activepassive 1 made from these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you made from the flour and oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 8 j9l1 figs-activepassive 1 it will be presented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will present it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 9 t1ms 1 Then the priest … made by fire See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 2:2](./02.md). -LEV 2 9 qgm4 1 a representative offering The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). -LEV 2 9 w1xy figs-activepassive 1 It will be an offering made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It will be a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 9 a7ye figs-metaphor 1 it will produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 2 10 c6hv 1 is … by fire See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:3](./03.md). -LEV 2 10 y8u4 figs-activepassive 1 from the offerings to Yahweh made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the burnt offerings to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 11 u4gt 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do so that their offerings will be acceptable to him. -LEV 2 11 r3y3 figs-activepassive 1 No grain offering that you offer to Yahweh is to be made with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not use yeast in a grain offering that you offer to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 11 x8jc figs-activepassive 1 as an offering made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 12 b9d5 1 You will offer them Alternate translation: “You will offer the grain offerings made with leaven or honey” -LEV 2 12 l8il figs-activepassive 1 they will not be used to produce a sweet aroma on the altar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will not use them to produce a sweet aroma on the altar” or “you will not burn them on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 13 hl5q figs-explicit 1 the salt of the covenant of your God It is implied that the salt is a symbol that represents the covenant with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 2 14 m24e 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do so their offerings will be acceptable to him. -LEV 2 14 hq1w figs-activepassive 1 that is roasted with fire and then crushed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you have cooked over a fire and then crushed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 2 16 dzz1 1 a representative offering The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). -LEV 2 16 utz5 figs-activepassive 1 This is an offering made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 3 intro ur1s 0 # Leviticus 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a fellowship offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fat
The fat of the animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, this belonged to Yahweh. This is why the Israelites were not allowed to consume it. +LEV 2 6 bq8a פָּת֤וֹת אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 You are to divide it Here **it** refers to the grain offering cooked on a griddle. +LEV 2 7 b7fj figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחַ֥ת מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 And if your offering is a grain offering cooked in a pan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you cook your grain offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 7 l1pm translate-unknown מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת 1 in a pan A **pan** is a metal plate with rounded edges. The dough was placed in the pan and cooked over a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 2 7 s232 figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶֽׂה 1 it must be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 8 vy42 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 that is made from these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you made from the flour and oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 8 j9l1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִקְרִיבָ⁠הּ֙ 1 And it will be presented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you will present it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 9 t1ms וְ⁠הֵרִ֨ים הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִן־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 And the priest will take from the grain offering its memorial portion, and he will burn it on the altar. It is an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 2:2](./02.md). +LEV 2 9 qgm4 אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 its memorial offering The handful of the grain is a **memorial offering** that represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). +LEV 2 9 a7ye figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 2 10 c6hv מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:3](./03.md). +LEV 2 10 y8u4 figs-activepassive מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the burnt offerings to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 11 r3y3 figs-activepassive כָּל־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א תֵעָשֶׂ֖ה חָמֵ֑ץ 1 Every grain offering that you offer to Yahweh must not be made with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not use yeast in a grain offering that you offer to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 12 b9d5 תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 You will offer them Alternate translation: “You will offer the grain offerings made with leaven or honey” +LEV 2 13 hl5q figs-explicit מֶ֚לַח בְּרִ֣ית אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the salt of the covenant of your God It is implied that **the salt** is a symbol that represents **the covenant** with **God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 2 14 hq1w figs-activepassive אָבִ֞יב קָל֤וּי בָּ⁠אֵשׁ֙ 1 that is fresh grain roasted with fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of new grain that you have cooked over a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 2 16 dzz1 אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ֗⁠הּ 1 as its memorial portion The handful of the grain that is the **memorial offering** represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). +LEV 3 intro ur1s 0 # Leviticus 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a fellowship offering.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fat

The fat of the animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, this belonged to Yahweh. This is why the Israelites were not allowed to consume it. LEV 3 1 s18u 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do. -LEV 3 1 i61a 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” -LEV 3 2 wq58 translate-symaction 1 lay his hand on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 3 2 tf9p figs-explicit 1 Aaron’s sons the priests will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they sprinkle the blood, they catch blood in a bowl as the it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 3 3 u5fg 1 inner parts This is the stomach and intestines. -LEV 3 4 p1xl 1 by the loins This is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. -LEV 3 4 gs74 1 the lobe of the liver This is the curved or rounded part of the liver. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver” -LEV 3 5 yv72 figs-metaphor 1 This will produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 3 5 v115 figs-activepassive 1 it will be an offering made to him by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 3 7 vda3 1 offer it before Yahweh Alternate translation: “offer it in the presence of Yahweh” or “offer it to Yahweh” -LEV 3 8 j6nx translate-symaction 1 lay his hand on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 3 8 grd8 figs-explicit 1 Aaron’s sons will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they sprinkle the blood, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 3 9 r8p8 figs-activepassive 1 as an offering made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 3 9 e5hx 1 inner parts This is the stomach and intestines. -LEV 3 10 v2hz 1 and the two kidneys … the kidneys—he will remove all of this The words “he will remove all of this” can be placed at the beginning of the sentence in verse 9. “He will remove the fat, the entire fat tail … the inner parts, and the two kidneys … with the kidneys” -LEV 3 10 qp7h 1 and the two kidneys A new sentence can start here. Alternate translation: “He must remove the kidneys” -LEV 3 10 l368 1 by the loins This is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. -LEV 3 10 vg1i 1 the lobe of the liver This is the curved or rounded part of the liver. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver” -LEV 3 11 w7se 1 will burn it all on the altar as a burnt offering of food to Yahweh Translate this in a way that makes it clear that Yahweh does not actually eat the food. Alternate translation: “will burn those things on the altar as an offering to Yahweh. Those things will come from your food supplies” -LEV 3 12 blm6 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” -LEV 3 13 a245 translate-symaction 1 lay his hand on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 3 13 shc1 figs-explicit 1 the sons of Aaron will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they sprinkle the blood, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 3 14 n5kd figs-activepassive 1 will offer his sacrifice made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will offer his sacrifice by fire” or “will burn his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 3 15 j58j 1 He will also Here “He” refers to the person offering the sacrifice. -LEV 3 16 c52y 1 will burn all that on the altar as a burnt offering of food Translate this in a way that it does not seem like Yahweh actually eats the food. Alternate translation: “will burn those things on the altar to be an offering to Yahweh. It will be as though they are food given to Yahweh” -LEV 3 16 jfy7 figs-metaphor 1 to produce a sweet aroma Yahweh is pleased with the aroma of burning meat when he is pleased with the worshiper’s sincerity. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 3 17 d5fs 1 It will be a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. -LEV 3 17 q2wd 1 or blood Alternate translation: “or consume blood” -LEV 4 intro wrl4 0 # Leviticus 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins. This is known as a sin offering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unintentional sins
Many scholars have taken special note that all of the sacrifices concern sins that are unintentional and that no provision is offered for sins intentionally committed. Many have suggested that it is only the sacrifice of Jesus’ life that can be offered for these sins. Many also believe that this offering parallels the sacrifice of Jesus. -LEV 4 2 zhp4 figs-quotesinquotes 1 “Tell the people of Israel, ‘When anyone sins The words beginning with “Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying” (verse 1) begin a quotation that contains a quotation that begins with “Tell the people of Israel.” A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. “Yahweh spoke to Moses and told him to tell the people of Israel this: ‘When anyone sins” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -LEV 4 2 qh8x figs-activepassive 1 that Yahweh has commanded not to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 2 j3zb figs-activepassive 1 if he does something that is prohibited If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if he does something that Yahweh does not allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 2 t1fp figs-activepassive 1 the following must be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must do the following” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 3 1 i61a לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” +LEV 3 2 wq58 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 3 2 tf9p figs-explicit וְ⁠זָרְק֡וּ בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֛ם 1 And the sons of Aaron, the priests, will sprinkle the blood It is implied that before they **sprinkle the blood**, they catch blood in a bowl as the it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 3 3 u5fg אֶת־ הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב 1 the inner parts Here, **the inner parts** refers to the stomach and intestines. +LEV 3 4 p1xl הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים 1 the loins The **loins** is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. +LEV 3 4 gs74 הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד 1 the lobe on the liver The **lobe** is the curved or rounded part of the **liver**. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver” +LEV 3 5 yv72 figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 3 7 vda3 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” +LEV 3 8 j6nx translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 3 8 grd8 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ 1 And the sons of Aaron will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they **sprinkle** the **blood**, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 3 9 e5hx אֶת־ הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב 1 the inner parts The **inner parts** are the stomach and intestines. +LEV 3 10 v2hz שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠חֵ֨לֶב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־ הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד עַל־ הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֖ת יְסִירֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 the two kidneys and the fat that is on them, which is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver which he will remove with the kidneys The words **he will remove** can be placed at the beginning of the sentence in verse 9. “he will remove the two kidneys and the fat that is on them, which is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver” +LEV 3 10 qp7h וְ⁠אֵת֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת 1 and the two kidneys You can start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He must remove the kidneys” +LEV 3 10 l368 הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים 1 the loins The **loins** is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. +LEV 3 10 vg1i הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד 1 the lobe on the liver The **lobe** is the curved or rounded part of the **liver**. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver” +LEV 3 11 w7se וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה לֶ֥חֶם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 And the priest will burn it on the altar as food, an offering made by fire to Yahweh Translate this in a way that makes it clear that **Yahweh** does not actually eat the **food**. Alternate translation: “will burn those things on the altar as an offering to Yahweh. Those things will come from your food supplies” +LEV 3 12 blm6 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” +LEV 3 13 a245 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 And he must lay his hand on its head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 3 13 shc1 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠זָרְקוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־ דָּמ֛⁠וֹ 1 And the sons of Aaron will sprinkle its blood It is implied that before they **sprinkle** the **blood**, they catch the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 3 14 j58j וְ⁠הִקְרִ֤יב 1 And he will offer Here **he** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. +LEV 3 16 c52y וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ֥⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה לֶ֤חֶם אִשֶּׁה֙ לְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ 1 And the priest will burn them on the altar as food, an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma Translate this in a way that it does not seem like Yahweh actually eats the **food**. Alternate translation: “will burn those things on the altar to be an offering to Yahweh. It will be as though they are food given to Yahweh” +LEV 3 16 jfy7 figs-metaphor לְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ 1 a sweet aroma Yahweh is pleased with the **aroma** of burning meat when he is pleased with the worshiper’s sincerity. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 3 17 d5fs חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 It will be a permanent statute throughout your generations This means that they and their descendants must obey this command forever. +LEV 3 17 q2wd וְ⁠כָל־ דָּ֖ם 1 or any blood Alternate translation: “or consume any blood” +LEV 4 intro wrl4 0 # Leviticus 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice for unintentional sins. This is known as a sin offering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unintentional sins

Many scholars have taken special note that all of the sacrifices concern sins that are unintentional and that no provision is offered for sins intentionally committed. Many have suggested that it is only the sacrifice of Jesus’ life that can be offered for these sins. Many also believe that this offering parallels the sacrifice of Jesus. +LEV 4 2 zhp4 figs-quotesinquotes דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־ תֶחֱטָ֤א 1 “Speak to the sons of Israel, saying, ‘When a person sins This is a quotation that contains a quotation. You can use an direct quotation instead. “Tell the people of Israel that when anyone sins” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +LEV 4 2 qh8x figs-activepassive מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה 1 the commands of Yahweh, about what must not be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the commands of Yahweh that tell people what they must not do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 4 3 g1z4 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 so as to bring guilt on the people If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **guilt**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “so as to cause the people to be guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 4 4 z2iu 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -LEV 4 4 xx9l 1 He must bring the bull Alternate translation: “The high priest must bring the bull” -LEV 4 4 zy1f translate-symaction 1 lay his hand on its head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 4 5 m58i figs-explicit 1 The anointed priest will take some of the blood It is implied that the priest catches the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 4 6 uk96 1 sprinkle some of it Alternate translation: “drip some of it” or “splatter some of it” -LEV 4 7 hz2u 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar” -LEV 4 7 rv1h 1 pour out Alternate translation: “empty out the rest of the blood” -LEV 4 7 gm5k 1 at the base of the altar Alternate translation: “at the bottom of the altar” -LEV 4 8 rd3l 1 He will cut away Alternate translation: “The priest will cut away” -LEV 4 8 c7cy 1 inner parts This is the stomach and intestines. -LEV 4 9 y647 1 the two kidneys … with the kidneys—he will cut away all this The words “he will cut away all this” can be placed before the words “the fat that covers” in verse 8. “He will cut away the fat that covers the inner parts, all the fat that is attached to the inner parts, the two kidneys … with the kidneys” -LEV 4 9 vd6f 1 by the loins This is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. -LEV 4 9 r448 1 the lobe of the liver This is the curved or rounded part of the liver. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver” -LEV 4 11 fr9j 1 The skin of the bull … and its dung You may want to begin this sentence with words that tell your reader that the sentence is very long. “As for the skin of the bull … and its dung” -LEV 4 12 v3t5 figs-metaphor 1 a place that they have cleansed for me A place being ritually pure and suitable to use for serving God is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 4 12 p91b 1 they have cleansed for me Here “they” refers to the priests, and “me” refers to Yahweh. -LEV 4 13 p23b 1 is unaware Alternate translation: “does not know” -LEV 4 13 y4sp figs-activepassive 1 commanded not to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanded them not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 13 uyb4 1 if they are guilty Alternate translation: “they are guilty” or “they deserve for God to punish them” -LEV 4 14 vn62 figs-activepassive 1 when the sin they have committed becomes known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when they realize that they have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 15 fjs3 translate-symaction 1 will lay their hands on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the people with the animal they are offering. In this way the people are offering themselves to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 4 15 a9t1 figs-activepassive 1 the bull will be killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will kill the bull” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 16 m6lc 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -LEV 4 16 l1qd figs-explicit 1 The anointed priest will bring some of the blood It is implied that the priest caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the bull. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 4 17 lq1m figs-explicit 1 before the curtain It is implied that this is the curtain before the most holy place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 4 18 fn7v 1 He will put Alternate translation: “The priest will put” -LEV 4 18 xn3f 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). -LEV 4 18 ni6l 1 he will pour out all the blood Alternate translation: “he will pour out the rest of the blood” -LEV 4 19 t3pe 1 all the fat from it and burn it Alternate translation: “all the fat from the bull and burn the fat” -LEV 4 20 k2wc 1 he must do Alternate translation: “the priest must do” +LEV 4 4 xx9l וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֗ר 1 And he must bring the bull Alternate translation: “And the high priest must bring the bull” +LEV 4 4 zy1f translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he must lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 4 5 m58i figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם 1 And the anointed priest will take some of the blood of It is implied that the priest catches **the blood** in a bowl as it drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 4 6 uk96 וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־ 1 and sprinkle some of Alternate translation: “and drip some of” or “and splatter some of” +LEV 4 7 hz2u קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח 1 the horns of the altar of The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the **altar**. They are shaped like the **horns** of an ox. Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar of” +LEV 4 7 rv1h יִשְׁפֹּךְ֙ 1 he will pour out Alternate translation: “he will empty out” +LEV 4 7 gm5k אֶל־ יְסוֹד֙ מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 at the base of the altar of Alternate translation: “at the bottom of the altar of” +LEV 4 8 rd3l יָרִ֣ים 1 he will remove Alternate translation: “the priest will cut away” +LEV 4 8 c7cy הַ⁠קֶּ֔רֶב 1 the inner parts The **inner parts** are the stomach and intestines. +LEV 4 9 vd6f הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים 1 the loins The **loins** is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. +LEV 4 9 r448 הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֨רֶת֙ עַל־ הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד 1 the lobe on the liver This is the curved or rounded part of the liver. This is considered the best part of the liver to eat. Alternate translation: “the best part of the liver” +LEV 4 11 fr9j וְ⁠אֶת־ ע֤וֹר הַ⁠פָּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־ כְּרָעָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠קִרְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠פִרְשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 And the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its inner parts and its dung You may want to begin this sentence with words that tell your reader that the sentence is very long. “As for the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its inner parts and its dung” +LEV 4 12 v3t5 figs-metaphor מָק֤וֹם טָהוֹר֙ 1 a clean place A place that is ritually pure and suitable to use for serving God is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 4 13 y4sp figs-activepassive מִ⁠כָּל־ מִצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־ תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה 1 from all the commands of Yahweh which are not to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “commanded them not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 14 vn62 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נֽוֹדְעָה֙ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטְא֖וּ עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 and the sin which they have sinned against it becomes known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they realize that they have sinned against it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 15 fjs3 translate-symaction וְ֠⁠סָמְכוּ זִקְנֵ֨י הָ⁠עֵדָ֧ה אֶת־ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם עַל־ רֹ֥אשׁ 1 And the elders of the congregation will lay their hands on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the people with the animal they are offering. In this way the people are offering themselves to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 4 15 a9t1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֖ר 1 And the bull will be slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they will kill the bull” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 16 l1qd figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵבִ֛יא הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֥ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֖יחַ מִ⁠דַּ֣ם 1 And the anointed priest will bring some of the blood of It is implied that the **priest** caught **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drained from the bull. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 4 17 lq1m figs-explicit הַ⁠פָּרֹֽכֶת 1 the curtain It is implied that this is **the curtain** before the most holy place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 4 18 fn7v יִתֵּ֣ן 1 he will put Alternate translation: “the priest will put” +LEV 4 18 xn3f קַרְנֹ֣ת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 the horns of the altar Here, **the horns of the altar** refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). +LEV 4 18 ni6l כָּל־ הַ⁠דָּ֗ם יִשְׁפֹּךְ֙ 1 he will pour out all the blood Alternate translation: “he will pour out the rest of the blood” +LEV 4 19 t3pe כָּל־ חֶלְבּ֖⁠וֹ יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר 1 all its fat he will remove from it and burn Alternate translation: “he will remove all the fat from the bull and burn the fat” +LEV 4 20 k2wc וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה 1 And he must do Alternate translation: “And the priest must do” LEV 4 20 t3ph figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֧ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 the priest will make atonement for the people If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the people’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 4 20 jd5j figs-activepassive 1 they will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 22 xg1v figs-activepassive 1 God has commanded not to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 23 g4fd figs-activepassive 1 then his sin which he has committed is made known to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he realizes that he has sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 24 q1kq 1 He will lay Alternate translation: “The ruler will lay” -LEV 4 24 aby2 translate-symaction 1 lay his hand on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 4 24 z9vz 1 where they kill Alternate translation: “where the priests kill” -LEV 4 24 zee3 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” -LEV 4 25 wnl3 figs-explicit 1 The priest will take the blood It is implied that the priest will catch the blood in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 4 25 hd5k 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). -LEV 4 26 el4n 1 He will burn Alternate translation: “The priest will burn” +LEV 4 20 jd5j figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 and it will be forgiven them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 22 xg1v figs-activepassive מִ⁠כָּל־ מִצְוֺת֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהָ֜י⁠ו אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹא־ תֵעָשֶׂ֛ינָה 1 from all the commands of Yahweh his God that should not be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: from all the things that God has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 23 g4fd figs-activepassive הוֹדַ֤ע אֵלָי⁠ו֙ חַטָּאת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ 1 his sin by which he has sinned is made known to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he realizes that he has sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 24 q1kq וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ 1 And he will lay Alternate translation: “And the ruler will lay” +LEV 4 24 aby2 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 4 24 z9vz אֲשֶׁר־ יִשְׁחַ֥ט 1 where he slaughters Alternate translation: “where the priest kills” +LEV 4 24 zee3 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “to Yahweh” +LEV 4 25 wnl3 figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן מִ⁠דַּ֤ם 1 And the priest will take some of the blood It is implied that **the priest** will catch **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drains from the goat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 4 25 hd5k קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). +LEV 4 26 el4n יַקְטִ֣יר 1 he will burn Alternate translation: “the priest will burn” LEV 4 26 h9gk figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 The priest will make atonement for the ruler If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 4 26 zhk2 figs-activepassive 1 the ruler will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the ruler’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 27 ppx5 figs-activepassive 1 Yahweh has commanded him not to be done All of the people of Israel were commanded not to sin. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 28 al2q figs-activepassive 1 his sin which he has committed is made known to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he becomes aware of the sin he committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 29 rup1 translate-symaction 1 lay his hand on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 4 30 su7w figs-explicit 1 The priest will take some of the blood It is implied that the priest will catch the blood in a bowl as the blood drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 4 30 zr2b 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar, which are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). -LEV 4 30 k9y4 1 all the rest of the blood Alternate translation: “all the blood remaining in the bowl” -LEV 4 31 hmu3 1 He will cut away Here “He” refers to the person offering the sacrifice. -LEV 4 31 x3cz figs-activepassive 1 just as the fat is cut away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person cuts away the fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 31 y4ug 1 will burn it Alternate translation: “will burn the fat” -LEV 4 31 e8ap figs-metaphor 1 to produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 4 26 zhk2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the ruler’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 27 ppx5 figs-activepassive אַחַ֨ת מִ⁠מִּצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־ תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה 1 one thing from the commands of Yahweh that must not be done All of the people of Israel were commanded not to sin. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one thing that Yahweh commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 28 al2q figs-activepassive הוֹדַ֣ע אֵלָ֔י⁠ו חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א 1 his sin which he sinned is made known to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he becomes aware of the sin he committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 29 rup1 translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 4 30 su7w figs-explicit וְ⁠לָקַ֨ח הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 And the priest will take some of its blood It is implied that **the priest** will catch **the blood** in a bowl as the blood drains from the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 4 30 zr2b קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the altar, which are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). +LEV 4 30 k9y4 כָּל־ דָּמָ֣⁠הּ 1 all its blood Alternate translation: “all the blood remaining in the bowl” +LEV 4 31 hmu3 יָסִ֗יר 1 he will remove Here **he** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. +LEV 4 31 x3cz figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮ 1 just as the fat is removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person cuts away the fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 31 y4ug וְ⁠הִקְטִ֤יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ 1 And the priest will burn it Alternate translation: “And the priest will burn the fat” +LEV 4 31 e8ap figs-metaphor לְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 as a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 4 31 f423 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 The priest will make atonement for the man If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 4 31 rty9 figs-activepassive 1 he will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 33 gp8z translate-symaction 1 lay his hand on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 4 33 n4w5 1 where they kill Alternate translation: “where the priests kill” -LEV 4 34 l4b7 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). -LEV 4 34 k2b9 1 he will pour out all its blood Alternate translation: “he will pour out the rest of its blood” -LEV 4 35 z6xq 1 He will cut away Here “He” refers to the person offering the sacrifice. -LEV 4 35 i2gb figs-activepassive 1 just as the fat of the lamb is cut away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person cuts away the fat of the lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 4 35 mpi3 1 the priest will burn it Alternate translation: “the priest will burn the fat” -LEV 4 35 a4m3 figs-activepassive 1 offerings of Yahweh made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “burnt offerings for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 31 rty9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 33 gp8z translate-symaction וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ 1 And he will lay his hand on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. In this way the person is offering himself to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 4 33 n4w5 אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁחַ֖ט 1 where he slaughters Alternate translation: “where the priest kills” +LEV 4 34 l4b7 קַרְנֹ֖ת מִזְבַּ֣ח 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). +LEV 4 34 k2b9 כָּל־ דָּמָ֣⁠הּ יִשְׁפֹּ֔ךְ 1 he will pour out all its blood Alternate translation: “he will pour out the rest of its blood” +LEV 4 35 z6xq יָסִ֗יר 1 he will remove Here, **he** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. +LEV 4 35 i2gb figs-activepassive כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־ הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ 1 just as the fat of the lamb is removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a person cuts away the fat of the lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 4 35 mpi3 וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 And the priest will burn them Alternate translation: “And the priest will burn the fat” LEV 4 35 sy5y figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן עַל־ חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ 1 will make atonement for him for the sin he has committed If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for the sin the person committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 4 35 m4ms figs-activepassive 1 the man will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 5 intro dfg1 0 # Leviticus 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a specific type of sacrifice.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Not testifying
If a person saw a crime, or a wrong being done, they were required to be a witness about what they saw or heard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

### Sacrifices for the poor
This chapter explains that poor people were allowed to offer less expensive sacrifices if they could not afford more costly sacrifices. +LEV 4 35 m4ms figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the man’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 intro dfg1 0 # Leviticus 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to offer a specific type of sacrifice.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Not testifying

If a person saw a crime, or a wrong being done, they were required to be a witness about what they saw or heard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

### Sacrifices for the poor

This chapter explains that poor people were allowed to offer less expensive sacrifices if they could not afford more costly sacrifices. LEV 5 1 rx2n 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -LEV 5 1 pp8d figs-activepassive 1 something about which he is required to testify Jewish law and leaders both required the people to testify if they were witnesses to a crime. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something about which a judge has required him to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 5 2 ix6b figs-metaphor 1 God has designated as unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 5 2 e821 1 the carcass Alternate translation: “the dead body” -LEV 5 2 y6l7 figs-metaphor 1 he is unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 5 2 ix6b figs-metaphor טָמֵא֒…טְמֵאָ֗ה…טְמֵאָ֔ה…טָמֵ֑א…טָמֵ֖א 1 unclean … unclean … unclean … unclean … unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 5 2 e821 בְ⁠נִבְלַ֨ת…בְּ⁠נִבְלַת֙…בְּ⁠נִבְלַ֖ת 1 it be the carcass of … the carcass of … the carcass of Alternate translation: “it be the dead body of … the dead body of … the dead body of” LEV 5 3 kp8s figs-abstractnouns כִ֤י יִגַּע֙ בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם 1 if he touches the uncleanness of someone, whatever that uncleanness is If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “if he touches anything that makes a person unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 5 3 b9ah figs-metaphor 1 the uncleanness Something that Yahweh has declared unfit for a person to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 5 3 k7l9 1 he is unaware of it Alternate translation: “he does not realize it” or “he does not know about it” -LEV 5 4 l73y figs-synecdoche 1 if anyone swears rashly with his lips Here “lips” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “if anyone swears rashly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 5 4 g4f9 figs-explicit 1 if anyone swears rashly This means to swear an oath without thinking seriously about it. It implies that after the person swears the oath that he either cannot fulfill it or he does not really want to fulfill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 5 5 qdz8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. +LEV 5 3 b9ah figs-metaphor בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת…טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ…יִטְמָ֖א 1 the uncleanness of … his uncleanness … one becomes unclean Something that Yahweh has declared unfit for a person to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 5 3 k7l9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 and it is concealed from him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he does not realize it” or “and he does not know about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 4 l73y figs-synecdoche נֶ֡פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תִשָּׁבַע֩ לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א בִ⁠שְׂפָתַ֜יִם 1 if a person swears rashly with his lips Here, **lips** represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “if anyone swears rashly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 5 4 g4f9 figs-explicit נֶ֡פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תִשָּׁבַע֩ לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א 1 if a person swears rashly This means to swear an oath without thinking seriously about it. It implies that after the person **swears** the oath that he either cannot fulfill it or he does not really want to fulfill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 5 6 fj3k figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 the priest will make atonement for him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 5 7 ki52 1 If he cannot afford to buy a lamb Alternate translation: “If he does not have enough money to buy a lamb” -LEV 5 8 bz85 1 he will wring off its head from its neck but will not remove it Alternate translation: “he will kill it by twisting its head and breaking its neck, but he will not remove the head” -LEV 5 10 t4n3 figs-activepassive 1 as described in the instructions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh has instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 8 bz85 וּ⁠מָלַ֧ק אֶת־ רֹאשׁ֛⁠וֹ מִ⁠מּ֥וּל עָרְפּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יַבְדִּֽיל 1 And he will wring off its head from the front of its neck, but he will not sever it Alternate translation: “And he will kill it by twisting its head and breaking its neck, but he will not remove the head” +LEV 5 10 t4n3 כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 according to the regulation Alternate translation: “as Yahweh has instructed” LEV 5 10 sf4t figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 the priest will make atonement for him for the sin that he has committed If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 5 10 v199 figs-activepassive 1 the person will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 5 11 cq1l translate-bvolume 1 a tenth of an ephah An ephah is 22 liters. A tenth of an ephah is about two liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 5 11 lta4 translate-fraction 1 a tenth This is one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -LEV 5 12 hn99 1 He must bring it Alternate translation: “He must bring the fine flour” -LEV 5 12 u4a3 1 a representative offering The handful that the priest burns on the altar represents the entire offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). -LEV 5 12 ml2a figs-activepassive 1 on top of the offerings made by fire for Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on top of the burnt offerings to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 10 v199 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven for him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 11 cq1l translate-bvolume עֲשִׂירִ֧ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֛ה 1 a tenth of an ephah of An ephah is 22 liters. A **tenth of an ephah** is about two liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 5 11 lta4 translate-fraction עֲשִׂירִ֧ת 1 a tenth of A **tenth** is one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +LEV 5 12 hn99 וֶ⁠הֱבִיאָ⁠הּ֮ 1 And he must bring it Alternate translation: “And he must bring the fine flour” +LEV 5 12 u4a3 אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠ה֙ 1 as its memorial offering The **memorial offering** is the handful that the priest burns on the altar represents the entire offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). LEV 5 13 g136 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן 1 will make atonement If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 5 13 zpm8 figs-activepassive 1 that person will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive that person’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 5 15 at39 1 sins and acts unfaithfully in regard to the things that belong to Yahweh This means the person sinned by not giving to Yahweh what Yahweh commanded him to give. Alternate translation: “sins by failing to give to Yahweh what belongs to Yahweh” -LEV 5 16 rlc3 1 he must add one-fifth This means the person must pay an extra one-fifth of the value of what he owes to Yahweh. -LEV 5 16 g15p translate-fraction 1 one-fifth This is one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +LEV 5 13 zpm8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven for him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive that person’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 15 at39 נֶ֚פֶשׁ כִּֽי־ תִמְעֹ֣ל מַ֔עַל וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה 1 If a person acts unfaithfully and sins by mistake with the holy things of Yahweh This means the person sinned by not giving to **Yahweh** what Yahweh commanded him to give. Alternate translation: “If a person sins by failing to give to Yahweh what belongs to Yahweh” +LEV 5 16 rlc3 וְ⁠אֶת־ חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 and one-fifth of it he must add to it This means the person must pay an extra **one-fifth** of the value of what he owes to Yahweh. +LEV 5 16 g15p translate-fraction חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ 1 one-fifth of it The **one-fifth** is one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) LEV 5 16 c3af figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן יְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו 1 the priest will make atonement for him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 5 16 c61p figs-activepassive 1 that person will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 5 17 aht3 figs-activepassive 1 has commanded not to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 5 17 kv1l figs-metaphor 1 must carry his own guilt A person’s guilt is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. Here the word “guilt” represents the punishment for that guilt. Alternate translation: “he is responsible for his own guilt” or “Yahweh will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 5 18 wdm5 figs-ellipsis 1 worth the current value This means the person must determine how many shekels the ram is worth by using the official standard of the sacred tent. See [Leviticus 5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -LEV 5 18 t3jx figs-activepassive 1 he will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 5 19 sa8m 1 he is certainly guilty before Yahweh Alternate translation: “Yahweh certainly considers him guilty” -LEV 6 intro yt3w 0 # Leviticus 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, burnt offerings, and grain offerings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eating sacrifices
The Levites were allowed to eat some of the leftover parts of the sacrifice, while they were not allowed to eat other sacrifices. The reasons for this is unknown. -LEV 6 2 bj5d 1 acts unfaithfully against Yahweh Alternate translation: “disobeys one of Yahweh’s commandments” -LEV 6 2 b62n figs-activepassive 1 deceiving his neighbor regarding something held in trust If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “lying to his neighbor about something the neighbor let him borrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 2 lxi3 1 his neighbor Here “neighbor” means any Israelite, not just someone who lives nearby. -LEV 6 4 d32h 1 that which was entrusted to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not returning something he borrowed” -LEV 6 5 sv3s 1 in full Alternate translation: “fully” or “totally” -LEV 6 5 tr1m translate-fraction 1 add one-fifth This means the person must return what he owes to someone and pay an extra one-fifth of the value. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -LEV 6 5 n94x figs-activepassive 1 pay it all to the owner If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to pay the person he owes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 6 b7td figs-ellipsis 1 worth the current value This means the person must determine how many shekels the ram is worth by using the official standard of the sacred tent. You can make clear the understood information. See how this was translated in [Leviticus 5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +LEV 5 16 c61p figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven for him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 17 aht3 figs-activepassive אַחַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל־ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה 1 one thing from all the commands of Yahweh that must not be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one thing that Yahweh has commanded the people not to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 17 kv1l figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ 1 and must bear his iniquity A person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that guilt. Alternate translation: “and he is responsible for his own guilt” or “Yahweh will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 5 18 wdm5 figs-ellipsis בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ 1 with your valuation This means the person must determine how many shekels the ram is worth by using the official standard of the sacred tent. See [Leviticus 5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +LEV 5 18 t3jx figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven for him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 5 19 sa8m אָשֹׁ֥ם אָשַׁ֖ם לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 He is certainly guilty to Yahweh Alternate translation: “Yahweh certainly considers him guilty” +LEV 6 intro yt3w 0 # Leviticus 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, burnt offerings, and grain offerings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eating sacrifices

The Levites were allowed to eat some of the leftover parts of the sacrifice, while they were not allowed to eat other sacrifices. The reasons for this is unknown. +LEV 6 2 bj5d וּ⁠מָעֲלָ֥ה מַ֖עַל בַּ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 and acts unfaithfully against Yahweh Alternate translation: “and disobeys one of Yahweh’s commandments” +LEV 6 4 d32h אֶת־ הַ⁠פִּקָּד֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָפְקַ֖ד אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 the deposit which was entrusted to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not returning something he borrowed” +LEV 6 5 sv3s בְּ⁠רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ 1 in full Alternate translation: “fully” or “totally” +LEV 6 5 tr1m translate-fraction וַ⁠חֲמִשִׁתָ֖י⁠ו יֹסֵ֣ף 1 and he must add one-fifth its value This means the person must return what he owes to someone and pay an extra **one-fifth** of the value. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +LEV 6 5 n94x figs-activepassive לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר ה֥וּא ל֛⁠וֹ יִתְּנֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 He must give it to whom it belongs If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must pay the person he owes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 6 b7td figs-ellipsis בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ 1 with your estimate of its value This means the person must determine how many shekels the ram is worth by using the official standard of the sacred tent. You can make clear the understood information. See how this was translated in [Leviticus 5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) LEV 6 7 ybw2 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 The priest will make atonement for him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the priest will atone for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 6 7 mnh9 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” -LEV 6 7 n4ih figs-activepassive 1 he will be forgiven This means Yahweh will forgive the person, not the priest. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 9 zk2u figs-quotesinquotes 1 “Command Aaron and his sons, saying, ‘This is the law The sentence that begins “Then Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying” (verse 8) has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. “Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and told him to command Aaron and his sons, saying, ‘This is the law” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -LEV 6 9 cs53 1 must be on the hearth of the altar Alternate translation: “must be on top of the altar” -LEV 6 9 a961 figs-activepassive 1 the fire of the altar will be kept burning If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must keep the fire of the altar burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 10 wc6s translate-unknown 1 his linen clothes Linen is a white cloth. Alternate translation: “his white clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 6 10 s22q 1 He will pick up the ashes Alternate translation: “He will gather the ashes” -LEV 6 10 m875 1 after the fire has consumed the burnt offering The fire completely burning up the offering is spoken of as if it consumed or used up the burnt offering. -LEV 6 11 lg73 figs-metaphor 1 to a place that is clean A place that is fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 6 12 w5lh figs-activepassive 1 The fire on the altar will be kept burning If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest will keep the fire on the altar burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 15 cs5z figs-metaphor 1 to produce a sweet aroma Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the sacrifice. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 6 15 sg3j 1 a representative offering The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). -LEV 6 16 yl98 figs-activepassive 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 17 scb9 figs-activepassive 1 It must not be baked with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not bake it with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 17 j876 figs-activepassive 1 offerings made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 18 n43x figs-explicit 1 Whoever touches them will become holy This is an implied warning that those who are not male descendants of Aaron should not touch this offering. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 6 7 mnh9 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” +LEV 6 7 n4ih figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ 1 and it will be forgiven for him This means Yahweh will forgive the person, not the priest. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 9 zk2u figs-quotesinquotes צַ֤ו אֶֽת־ אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ בָּנָ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה 1 “Command Aaron and his sons, saying, ‘This is the law of the burnt offering This sentence has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. “Tell Aaron and his sons that this is the law” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +LEV 6 9 cs53 עַל֩ מוֹקְדָ֨ה עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ 1 must be on the hearth of the altar Alternate translation: “must be on top of the altar” +LEV 6 9 a961 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ תּ֥וּקַד בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 And the fire of the altar will be kept burning on it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you must keep the fire of the altar burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 10 wc6s translate-unknown וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ יִלְבַּ֣שׁ 1 and he will put on his linen underclothes Linen is a white cloth. Alternate translation: “and he will put on his white underclothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 6 10 m875 אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאכַ֥ל הָ⁠אֵ֛שׁ אֶת־ הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 which is the burnt offering the fire has consumed on the altar The fire completely burning up **the offering** is spoken of as if it **consumed** or used up the burnt offering. +LEV 6 11 lg73 figs-metaphor אֶל־ מָק֖וֹם טָהֽוֹר 1 to a clean place Here, **a clean place** that is fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 6 12 w5lh figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אֵ֨שׁ עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ תּֽוּקַד־ בּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 And the fire on the altar will be kept burning on it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the priest will keep the fire on the altar burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 15 cs5z figs-metaphor רֵ֧יחַ נִיחֹ֛חַ 1 as a sweet aroma Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the sacrifice. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 6 15 sg3j אַזְכָּרָתָ֖⁠הּ 1 its memorial portion The **memorial portion** was a handful of the grain offering representing the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md). +LEV 6 16 yl98 figs-activepassive תֵּֽאָכֵל֙ 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 17 scb9 figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תֵאָפֶה֙ חָמֵ֔ץ 1 It must not be baked with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not bake it with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 18 n43x figs-explicit כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יִקְדָּֽשׁ 1 All that touches them will become holy This could mean: (1) this refers to any object that touches this offering. This is a warning to keep unclean things away from the offering. (2) this refers to any person who touches this offering. This is an implied warning that those who are not male descendants of Aaron should not touch this offering. Alternate translation: “anyone who touches them will become holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 6 20 skd2 figs-explicit בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 when he is anointed It is implied that they will be anointed when they become priests. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “on the day when he is anointed as priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 6 20 utnw figs-activepassive בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the day when he anoints each son as priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 20 ja5e translate-bvolume 1 a tenth part of an ephah An ephah is 22 liters. One-tenth of an ephah is about 2 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 6 20 uya3 translate-fraction 1 a tenth This is one part of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -LEV 6 21 kkw9 figs-activepassive 1 It will be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 21 r8ne translate-unknown 1 in a baking pan This is a thick plate made of either clay or metal. The plate was placed over a fire, and the dough cooked on top of the plate. See how you translated “flat iron pan” in [Leviticus 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 6 21 j4wr 1 When it is soaked Alternate translation: “When the flour is completely wet with oil” -LEV 6 21 u6mp figs-you 1 you will bring it in Here “you” refers to the person offering the sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -LEV 6 21 x83n figs-metaphor 1 to produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 6 22 naz3 figs-activepassive 1 As commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Yahweh has commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 22 qs7u figs-activepassive 1 all of it shall be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must burn all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 25 jr62 figs-quotesinquotes 1 “Speak to Aaron and to his sons, saying, ‘This is the law The sentence that begins “Yahweh spoke to Moses again, saying” (verse 24) has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. “Yahweh spoke to Moses again and told him to speak to Aaron and his sons, saying, ‘This is the law” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -LEV 6 25 jfy2 figs-explicit 1 Speak to Aaron and to his sons Yahweh is speaking to Aaron and his sons, but these regulations apply to all priest who perform these sacrifices. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 6 25 cq5t figs-explicit 1 The sin offering must be killed at … before Yahweh It can be made explicit that this refers to the north side of the altar. See [Leviticus 1:10-11](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 6 25 zni8 figs-activepassive 1 The sin offering must be killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must kill the sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 25 a3q6 figs-activepassive 1 where the burnt offering is killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where you kill the animal for the burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 25 dc8k 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “to Yahweh” -LEV 6 26 eaw2 figs-activepassive 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 27 is2v figs-explicit 1 Whatever touches its meat will become holy This is an implied warning that no one besides the priests should touch the meat of the sin offering. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 6 27 vj7x figs-activepassive 1 if the blood is sprinkled on If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if the blood sprinkles on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 28 f316 figs-activepassive 1 the clay pot in which it is boiled must be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must break the clay pot in which you boiled the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 28 e4tz figs-activepassive 1 If it is boiled in a bronze pot, it must be scrubbed and rinsed clean in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you boiled the meat in a bronze pot, then you must scrub the pot and rinse it with clean water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 30 b4w7 figs-activepassive 1 But any sin offering … must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But no one may eat any sin offering whose blood is brought into the tent of meeting to make atonement in the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 30 nw8d figs-activepassive יוּבָ֨א מִ⁠דָּמָ֜⁠הּ 1 some of its blood was brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priest takes some of the blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 6 30 w6h7 figs-activepassive 1 It must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 intro nbv3 0 # Leviticus 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blood
The people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed meat because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [Leviticus 17:11](../../lev/17/11.md)) +LEV 6 20 ja5e translate-bvolume עֲשִׂירִ֨ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֥ה 1 a tenth part of an ephah of An **ephah** is 22 liters. A **tenth part** of an ephah is about 2 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 6 20 uya3 translate-fraction עֲשִׂירִ֨ת 1 a tenth part of A **tenth** is one part of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +LEV 6 21 kkw9 figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה 1 It will be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 21 r8ne translate-unknown עַֽל־ מַחֲבַ֗ת 1 on a griddle This **griddle** was a thick plate made of either clay or metal. The griddle was placed over a fire, and the dough cooked on top of the plate. See how you translated “flat iron pan” in [Leviticus 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 6 21 j4wr מֻרְבֶּ֣כֶת 1 When it is well-mixed Alternate translation: “When the flour is completely wet with oil” +LEV 6 21 u6mp figs-you תְּבִיאֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 you will bring it in Here, **you** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +LEV 6 21 x83n figs-metaphor רֵֽיחַ־ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 as a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 6 22 qs7u figs-activepassive כָּלִ֥יל תָּקְטָֽר 1 it shall be completely burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must completely burn all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 25 jr62 figs-quotesinquotes דַּבֵּ֤ר אֶֽל־ אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ בָּנָ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת 1 “Speak to Aaron and to his sons, saying, ‘This is the law This sentence has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. “Tell Aaron and his sons that this is the law” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +LEV 6 25 jfy2 figs-explicit דַּבֵּ֤ר אֶֽל־ אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ בָּנָ֣י⁠ו 1 Speak to Aaron and to his sons Yahweh is speaking **to Aaron and his sons**, but these regulations apply to all priest who perform these sacrifices. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 6 25 cq5t figs-explicit תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 the sin offering must be slaughtered before the face of Yahweh It can be made explicit that **before the face of Yahweh** refers to the north side of the altar. See [Leviticus 1:10-11](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 6 25 zni8 figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ 1 the sin offering must be slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill the sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 25 a3q6 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה 1 where the burnt offering is slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where you kill the animal for the burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 26 eaw2 figs-activepassive תֵּֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 27 is2v כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ 1 All that touches its meat will become holy See how you translated a similar sentence in [6-18](../06/18.md). +LEV 6 27 vj7x figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 And if some of the blood is sprinkled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the blood sprinkles” or “And if you sprinkle some of the blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 28 f316 figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּבֻשַּׁל־ בּ֖⁠וֹ יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר 1 And the pot of clay in which it is boiled must be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you must break the clay pot in which you boiled the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 28 e4tz figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־ בִּ⁠כְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ בֻּשָּׁ֔לָה וּ⁠מֹרַ֥ק וְ⁠שֻׁטַּ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 And if it is boiled in a pot of bronze, then it must be scrubbed and rinsed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if you boiled the meat in a bronze pot, then you must scrub the pot and rinse it with clean water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 30 b4w7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־ חַטָּ֡את אֲשֶׁר֩ יוּבָ֨א מִ⁠דָּמָ֜⁠הּ אֶל־ אֹ֧הֶל מוֹעֵ֛ד לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ לֹ֣א תֵאָכֵ֑ל 1 And any sin offering from which some of its blood was brought into the tent of meeting to make atonement in the holy place must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And no one may eat any sin offering whose blood the priest has brought into the tent of meeting to make atonement in the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 6 30 w6h7 figs-activepassive תִּשָּׂרֵֽף 1 It must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 intro nbv3 0 # Leviticus 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives instructions on how to offer guilt offerings, peace offerings and freewill offerings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blood

The people were not allowed to eat or drink the blood of the sacrificed meat because life was considered to be in the blood of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [Leviticus 17:11](../../lev/17/11.md)) LEV 7 1 wr1b 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell Aaron and his sons. -LEV 7 2 q976 figs-explicit 1 in the place for killing it It can be made explicit that this refers to, the north side of the altar, the place where the animals for the burnt offerings are killed. See [Leviticus 1:10-11](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 7 3 zf51 figs-activepassive 1 All the fat in it will be offered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priest must offer all the fat in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 3 d8qy 1 inner parts This is the stomach and intestines. -LEV 7 4 ifx8 1 liver … kidneys See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). -LEV 7 4 u1cz 1 next to the loins This is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). -LEV 7 4 tww9 figs-activepassive 1 all this must be removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priest must remove all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 5 h1gh figs-activepassive 1 as an offering made with fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 6 ei3l figs-activepassive 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 7 hyn1 1 The same law applies to both of them Alternate translation: “The law is the same for both of them” +LEV 7 2 q976 figs-explicit בִּ⁠מְק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ אֶת־ הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה 1 In the place where they slaughter the burnt offering It can be made explicit that this refers to the north side of the altar where the animals for the burnt offerings are killed. See [Leviticus 1:10-11](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 7 3 zf51 figs-activepassive כָּל־ חֶלְבּ֖⁠וֹ יַקְרִ֣יב מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 all its fat will be offered from it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priest must offer all the fat in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 3 d8qy אֶת־ הַ⁠קֶּֽרֶב 1 the inner parts The **inner parts** are the stomach and intestines. +LEV 7 4 u1cz הַ⁠כְּסָלִ֑ים 1 the loins The **loins** is the part of the body on the sides of the backbone between the ribs and hipbone. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). +LEV 7 6 ei3l figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֔ל 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 7 hyn1 תּוֹרָ֥ה אַחַ֖ת לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 The law is the same for them Alternate translation: “The law is the same for both of them” LEV 7 7 waf4 figs-abstractnouns הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְכַפֶּר־ בּ֖⁠וֹ 1 to the priest who makes atonement with them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The priest who offers the sacrifice to atone for someone’s sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 7 8 f82t 1 hide the coat or skin of a herd animal -LEV 7 9 yc6s figs-activepassive 1 that is baked in an oven … that is cooked in a frying pan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone bakes in an oven … that someone cooks in a frying pan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 9 q9rm translate-unknown 1 oven This was probably a hollow object made of clay. A fire was lit under the oven, and the heat would bake the dough inside of the oven. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 7 9 e3bv translate-unknown 1 a frying pan This is a metal plate with rounded edges. The dough was placed in the pan and cooked over a fire. See how you translated “pan” in [Leviticus 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 7 9 q4xb translate-unknown 1 a baking pan This is a thick plate made of either clay or metal. The plate was placed over a fire, and the dough cooked on top of the plate. See how you translated “flat iron pan” in [Leviticus 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 7 12 d7uh figs-activepassive 1 of cakes made without yeast, but mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of cakes he made without yeast but mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 12 q9xa 1 cakes … mixed with oil Here “cakes” refers to a thick bread. -LEV 7 12 zz5x figs-activepassive 1 of cakes made without yeast, but spread with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of thin cakes he made without yeast but spread with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 12 wn8u 1 cakes … spread with oil Here “cakes” refers to a thin bread. -LEV 7 12 hv26 figs-activepassive 1 of cakes made with fine flour that is mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of cakes he made with fine flour mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 12 qye6 1 cakes made with fine flour Here “cakes” refers to a thick bread. It is similar to the first type of bread except it is made with the finest flour. -LEV 7 13 gvw2 figs-activepassive 1 cakes of bread made with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “cakes of bread he made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 13 t3ll 1 cakes This refers to a thick bread. -LEV 7 15 w5qb 1 The person presenting Alternate translation: “The person who offers” +LEV 7 8 f82t ע֤וֹר 1 the hide of The **hide** is the coat or skin of a herd animal. +LEV 7 9 yc6s figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֤ר תֵּֽאָפֶה֙ בַּ⁠תַּנּ֔וּר…נַעֲשָׂ֥ה בַ⁠מַּרְחֶ֖שֶׁת 1 that is baked in an oven …cooked in a frying pan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone bakes in an oven … that someone cooks in a frying pan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 9 q9rm translate-unknown בַּ⁠תַּנּ֔וּר 1 in an oven This **oven** was probably a hollow object made of clay. A fire was lit under the oven, and the heat would bake the dough inside of the oven. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 7 9 e3bv translate-unknown בַ⁠מַּרְחֶ֖שֶׁת 1 in a frying pan This **frying pan** was metal plate with rounded edges. The dough was placed in the pan and cooked over a fire. See how you translated “pan” in [Leviticus 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 7 9 q4xb translate-unknown מַחֲבַ֑ת 1 a griddle This **griddle** was a thick plate made of either clay or metal. The plate was placed over a fire, and the dough cooked on top of the plate. See how you translated “flat iron pan” in [Leviticus 2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 7 12 d7uh figs-activepassive חַלּ֤וֹת מַצּוֹת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן 1 cakes without yeast mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of cakes without yeast that he mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 12 q9xa חַלּ֤וֹת 1 cakes Here, **cakes** refers to a thick bread. +LEV 7 12 zz5x figs-activepassive וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 and wafers without yeast smeared with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of thin cakes without yeast upon which he spread oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 12 wn8u וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י 1 and wafers Here, **wafers** refers to a thin bread. +LEV 7 12 hv26 figs-activepassive וְ⁠סֹ֣לֶת מֻרְבֶּ֔כֶת חַלֹּ֖ת בְּלוּלֹ֥ת בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן 1 and well-mixed cakes of fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of cakes that he made with fine flour into which he thoroughly mixed oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 12 qye6 וְ⁠סֹ֣לֶת מֻרְבֶּ֔כֶת חַלֹּ֖ת 1 and well-mixed cakes of fine flour These **cakes** were a thick bread. It is similar to the first type of bread except it is made with the finest flour. +LEV 7 13 t3ll חַלֹּת֙ 1 the cakes These **cakes** were a thick bread. +LEV 7 15 w5qb לֹֽא־ יַנִּ֥יחַ 1 He must not leave Alternate translation: “The person who offers the sacrifice must not leave” LEV 7 15 h75f figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ֣ת שְׁלָמָ֔י⁠ו 1 for the purpose of giving thanks If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **thanksgiving**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “And the meat that makes up the peace offering for the purpose of thanking Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 7 16 wgx8 figs-activepassive 1 the meat must be eaten … it may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must eat the meat … he may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 17 m4fq translate-ordinal 1 on the third day Third is the ordinal number for three. Alternate translation: “after two days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 7 17 ykv8 figs-activepassive 1 must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 18 r23u figs-activepassive 1 If any of the meat of the sacrifice of one’s peace offering is eaten on the third day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone eats the meat of his peace offering sacrifice on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 18 rfk6 figs-activepassive 1 it will not be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 18 rzi4 figs-activepassive 1 neither will it be credited to the one who offered it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither will Yahweh honor the sacrifice that the person offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 18 u6eu figs-metaphor 1 will carry the guilt of his sin A person being responsible for the sin he committed is spoken of as if he had to carry the guilt physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 7 19 pa1d figs-activepassive 1 Any meat that touches an unclean thing must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one may eat meat that touches something unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 19 nz6s figs-metaphor 1 an unclean thing Something that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 7 19 b8tn figs-activepassive 1 It must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 19 w161 figs-metaphor 1 anyone who is clean A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 7 20 pk97 figs-metaphor 1 unclean person A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 7 16 wgx8 figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֑ל…וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יֵאָכֵֽל 1 it may be eaten … whatever remains of it may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he may eat it … he may eat whatever remains of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 17 m4fq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 on the third day The word **third** is the ordinal number for three. Alternate translation: “after two days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 7 17 ykv8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 And what is left from the meat of the sacrifice must be burned in the fire on the third day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the third day he must burn in the fire what is left from the meat of the sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 18 r23u figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־ זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֮ 1 And if any of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings to be eaten is eaten on the third day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If anyone eats the meat of his peace offering sacrifice on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 18 rfk6 figs-activepassive לֹ֣א יֵרָצֶה֒ 1 it will not be accepted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not accept it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 18 rzi4 figs-activepassive הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֣יב אֹת֗⁠וֹ לֹ֧א יֵחָשֵׁ֛ב ל֖⁠וֹ 1 It will not be credited to the one who offered it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not honor the sacrifice of the person who offered it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 18 u6eu figs-metaphor עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא 1 will carry his iniquity A person being responsible for the sin he committed is spoken of as if he had to carry his **iniquity** physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 7 19 pa1d figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֤ע בְּ⁠כָל־ טָמֵא֙ לֹ֣א יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 And the meat that touches any unclean thing must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And no one may eat meat that touches something unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 19 nz6s figs-metaphor טָמֵא֙ 1 unclean thing Something that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch or eat is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 7 19 b8tn figs-activepassive יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף 1 It must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 19 w161 figs-metaphor כָּל־ טָה֖וֹר 1 anyone who is clean A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 7 20 pk97 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 while his uncleanness is on him A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if **his uncleanness** were physically placed **on him**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 7 20 m7mh figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 that person must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “that person must be separated from his people like a branch cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 7 20 a43e figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 that person must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 21 q57k 1 whether uncleanness of man, or of unclean beast Here “man” means humans in general. Alternate translation: “whether of a person or a beast” -LEV 7 21 g4kv 1 or of some unclean, detestable thing Alternate translation: “or of some unclean thing that disgusts Yahweh” +LEV 7 21 q57k בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֤ת אָדָם֙ 1 the uncleanness of a human Here, **a human** could be either a man or a woman. Alternate translation: “a person” +LEV 7 21 g4kv א֚וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־ שֶׁ֣קֶץ טָמֵ֔א 1 or any unclean detestable thing Alternate translation: “or of some unclean thing that disgusts Yahweh” LEV 7 21 z5au figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 that person must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 7 21 of9w figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 that person must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must remove that person from your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 24 h1i5 1 died without being a sacrifice Alternate translation: “died but was not a sacrifice” -LEV 7 24 t2m9 figs-activepassive 1 the fat of an animal torn by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fat of an animal that wild animals killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 24 w8rx figs-activepassive 1 may be used If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 25 xu6q figs-activepassive 1 sacrifice by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 24 h1i5 וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙ וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠כָל־ מְלָאכָ֑ה וְ⁠אָכֹ֖ל לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 And the fat of a carcass or the fat of an animal torn by wild animals may be used for any other use, but you must certainly not eat it Alternate translation: “And you may certainly not eat the fat of a carcass or the fat of an animal that was torn by wild animals, but you may use it for other purposes” +LEV 7 24 t2m9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה 1 or the fat of an animal torn by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or the fat of an animal that wild animals killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 7 24 w8rx figs-activepassive יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה 1 may be used If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 7 25 jem2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֖לֶת מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 that person must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 7 25 ga8f figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֖לֶת מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 that person must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 26 iig8 1 You must eat no blood Alternate translation: “You must not consume blood” -LEV 7 26 f76a 1 in any of your houses Alternate translation: “in any of your homes” or “wherever you live” -LEV 7 29 rh99 figs-quotesinquotes 1 “Speak to the people of Israel and say, ‘He who offers The sentence that begins with the words “So Yahweh spoke to Moses and said” (verse 28) has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and told him to tell the people of Israel this: ‘He who offers” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -LEV 7 30 im7z figs-activepassive 1 The offering for Yahweh to be made by fire, his own hands must bring it The statement “his own hands must bring it” can be placed at the beginning of the sentence. If your language does not use the passive phrase **to be made by fire** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He himself must bring the offering that he plans to burn as a sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 30 w7dk figs-synecdoche 1 his own hands must bring it Here “hands” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “he must bring it himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 7 30 ry2t 1 breast the front part of the animal’s body below the neck -LEV 7 30 um94 figs-activepassive 1 so that the breast may be waved as a wave offering before Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the priest can present it to Yahweh as a wave offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 30 v5t2 translate-symaction 1 may be waved as a wave offering before Yahweh Raising up the offering is a symbolic gesture that shows that the person is dedicating the sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 7 32 f116 1 thigh the upper part of the leg above the knee -LEV 7 32 e4m5 figs-activepassive 1 as an offering presented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and present it as an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 34 sns3 1 For I have taken Here “I” refers to Yahweh. -LEV 7 34 k1k2 1 that is the contribution Alternate translation: “that is given as an offering” -LEV 7 35 vn41 figs-activepassive 1 the offerings for Yahweh made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the burnt offerings for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 36 gfs1 figs-activepassive 1 that Yahweh commanded to be given them from the people of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh commanded the people of Israel to give to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 7 36 mag4 1 that he anointed the priests Alternate translation: “that Moses anointed the priests” -LEV 7 36 sb6p 1 throughout all generations See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 7 37 duq2 1 Connecting Statement: This is the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md). -LEV 8 intro d9y6 0 # Leviticus 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +LEV 7 26 f76a בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 in any of your dwellings Alternate translation: “in any of your homes” or “wherever you live” +LEV 7 29 rh99 figs-quotesinquotes דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב 1 “Speak to the sons of Israel, saying, ‘He who offers This sentence has a quotation within a quotation. You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Tell the people of Israel that the one who offers” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +LEV 7 30 w7dk figs-synecdoche יָדָ֣י⁠ו תְּבִיאֶ֔ינָה 1 His hands must bring Here **His hands** represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “He must bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 7 30 ry2t אֵ֣ת הֶ⁠חָזֶ֗ה 1 the breast The **breast** is the front part of the animal’s body below the neck. +LEV 7 30 v5t2 translate-symaction לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף אֹת֛⁠וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 to wave it as a wave offering Here, **to wave** the offering is a symbolic gesture that shows that the person is dedicating the sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 7 32 f116 שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 the right thigh The **thigh** is the upper part of the leg above the knee. +LEV 7 34 sns3 לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ 1 I have taken Here, **I** refers to Yahweh. +LEV 7 36 mag4 בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 on the day of his anointing them Alternate translation: “on the day Moses anointed them as priests” +LEV 7 36 sb6p לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 throughout their generations See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 7 37 duq2 1 Connecting Statement: Verses 37-38 are the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md). +LEV 8 intro d9y6 0 # Leviticus 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) LEV 8 1 n6q2 0 General Information: In chapter 8 Moses ordains Aaron and his sons as priests according to the commands of Yahweh that Moses recorded in the book of Exodus. -LEV 8 2 i9xv 1 the garments Alternate translation: “the priestly garments” or “the clothes that the priests wore” -LEV 8 5 u5b7 figs-activepassive 1 Yahweh has commanded to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commands us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 8 6 mi63 translate-symaction 1 washed them with water This is a symbolic action. It is a ritually cleaning that prepares them to become priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 8 7 fk7h figs-explicit 1 the tunic … the sash … the robe … the ephod … the finely-woven waistband These are special garments that Yahweh commanded the people to make for the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 8 7 t8nm 1 sash a long piece of cloth that is tied around the waist or chest -LEV 8 7 h3ci 1 bound it to him Alternate translation: “tied it around him” -LEV 8 8 nv8j 1 He placed the breastpiece on him Alternate translation: “Moses placed the breastpiece on Aaron” -LEV 8 8 mus9 figs-explicit 1 the breastpiece This is a special garment that Yahweh commanded the people to make for the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 8 8 du8d translate-unknown 1 the Urim and the Thummim It is not clear what these are. They were objects that the priest somehow used to determine the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 8 9 sy7a figs-explicit 1 the turban … the golden plate, the holy crown These are special garments that Yahweh commanded the people to make for the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 8 9 tm71 1 turban a man’s head covering that is a long piece of cloth wrapped around the head -LEV 8 9 z3b6 1 the golden plate, the holy crown These two phrases refer to the same thing. It was a plate of pure gold attached to the turban. -LEV 8 11 s2ye 1 all its utensils These are all the pots, pans, shovels, and forks used at the altar. -LEV 8 11 ccy9 1 the washbasin This is a bronze basin that was located between the altar and the tabernacle. -LEV 8 11 ar2l 1 its base This is a bronze stand on which the washbasin was placed. -LEV 8 12 h6lm 1 He poured Alternate translation: “Moses poured” -LEV 8 13 p71m 1 sashes This is the plural form of “sash.” See how you translated this in [Leviticus 8:7](../08/07.md). -LEV 8 14 n1yy translate-symaction 1 laid their hands on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way they are offering themselves to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 8 15 z8mk 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). -LEV 8 15 mdq3 1 set it apart for God Alternate translation: “set the altar apart for God” -LEV 8 15 m4pw 1 in order to make atonement for it Here “atonement” means to make the altar fit for use in serving God. Alternate translation: “in order to make it a suitable place for burning sacrifices for sin” -LEV 8 16 zlu1 1 the inner parts This is the stomach and intestines. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). -LEV 8 16 s1n5 1 liver … kidneys See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). -LEV 8 17 l8kn 1 hide the coat or skin of a herd animal -LEV 8 18 r16d translate-symaction 1 laid their hands on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way they are offering themselves to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 8 20 y2l9 1 He cut the ram Alternate translation: “Moses cut the ram” -LEV 8 21 d927 figs-metaphor 1 produced a sweet aroma Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 8 21 d6dy figs-activepassive 1 an offering made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an offering he burned to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 8 2 i9xv הַ⁠בְּגָדִ֔ים 1 the garments Alternate translation: “the priestly garments” or “the clothes that the priests wore” +LEV 8 5 u5b7 figs-activepassive צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 Yahweh has commanded to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commands us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 8 6 mi63 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 and washed them with water This is a symbolic action. It is a ritually cleaning that prepares them to become priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 8 7 fk7h figs-explicit אֶת־ הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֗נֶת…בָּֽ⁠אַבְנֵ֔ט…הַ⁠מְּעִ֔יל…אֶת־ הָ⁠אֵפֹ֑ד…בְּ⁠חֵ֨שֶׁב֙ הָֽ⁠אֵפֹ֔ד 1 the tunic … with the sash … the robe … the ephod … with the finely-woven waistband of the ephod These are special garments that Yahweh commanded the people to make for the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 8 7 t8nm בָּֽ⁠אַבְנֵ֔ט 1 with the sash A **sash** is a long piece of cloth that is tied around the waist or chest. +LEV 8 7 h3ci וַ⁠יֶּאְפֹּ֥ד ל֖⁠וֹ בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 and bound it on him Alternate translation: “and tied it around him” +LEV 8 8 nv8j וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶת־ הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁן 1 And he placed the breastpiece on him Alternate translation: “And Moses placed the breastpiece on Aaron” +LEV 8 8 mus9 figs-explicit אֶת־ הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁן…הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁן 1 the breastpiece … the breastpiece This is a special garment that Yahweh commanded the people to make for the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 8 8 du8d translate-unknown אֶת־ הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים 1 the Urim and the Thummim It is not clear what **the Urim and the Thummim** are. They were objects that the priest somehow used to determine the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 8 9 tm71 אֶת־ הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 the turban A **turban** is a man’s head covering that is a long piece of cloth wrapped around the head. +LEV 8 9 z3b6 אֵ֣ת צִ֤יץ הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ נֵ֣זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 the golden rosette, the holy crown These two phrases refer to the same thing. It was a plate of pure gold attached to the turban. +LEV 8 11 s2ye כָּל־ כֵּלָ֗י⁠ו 1 all its utensils These **utensils** were all the pots, pans, shovels, and forks used at the altar. +LEV 8 11 ccy9 הַ⁠כִּיֹּ֛ר 1 the washbasin This **washbasin** was a bronze basin that was located between the altar and the tabernacle. +LEV 8 11 ar2l כַּנּ֖⁠וֹ 1 its base This **base** was a bronze stand on which the washbasin was placed. +LEV 8 12 h6lm וַ⁠יִּצֹק֙ 1 And he poured Alternate translation: “And Moses poured” +LEV 8 13 p71m אַבְנֵ֔ט 1 with sashes The word **sashes** is the plural form of “sash.” See how you translated this in [Leviticus 8:7](../08/07.md). +LEV 8 14 n1yy translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּסְמֹ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֤ן וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ אֶת־ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם עַל־ רֹ֖אשׁ 1 And Aaron and his sons laid their hands on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies **Aaron and his sons** with the animal they are offering. In this way they are offering themselves to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 8 15 z8mk קַרְנ֨וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). +LEV 8 15 mdq3 וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ 1 And he set it apart Alternate translation: “And he set the altar apart for God” +LEV 8 15 m4pw לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 to make atonement upon it Here, **to make atonement** means to make the altar fit for use in serving God. Alternate translation: “in order to make it a suitable place for burning sacrifices for sin” +LEV 8 16 zlu1 הַ⁠קֶּרֶב֒ 1 the inner parts The **inner parts** were the stomach and intestines. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). +LEV 8 16 s1n5 הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד…הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֖ת 1 the liver … kidneys See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). +LEV 8 17 l8kn עֹר⁠וֹ֙ 1 its hide A **hide** is the coat or skin of a herd animal. +LEV 8 18 r16d translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּסְמְכ֞וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־ רֹ֥אשׁ 1 And Aaron and his sons laid their hands on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies **Aaron and his sons** with the animal they are offering. In this way they are offering themselves to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 8 21 d927 figs-metaphor לְ⁠רֵֽיחַ־ נִיחֹ֨חַ֙ 1 a sweet aroma Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 8 22 qr6w figs-abstractnouns אֵ֖יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים 1 the ram of consecration If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **consecration**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the ram for setting Aaron and his sons apart for service to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 8 22 v85u translate-symaction 1 laid their hands on the head This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way the they are offering themselves to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 8 23 e9be figs-explicit 1 Moses took some of its blood It is implied that Moses caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained out from the animal. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 8 25 jt5v 1 inner parts Here, **the inner parts** refers to the stomach and intestines. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). -LEV 8 25 pi33 1 liver … kidneys See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). -LEV 8 25 u6m5 1 right thigh The thigh is the upper part of the leg above the knee. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:32](../07/32.md). -LEV 8 26 w3xw 1 the basket of bread without yeast that was before Yahweh This does not refer to the location of the basket of bread. It means this is the bread that Moses had dedicated to Yahweh. -LEV 8 27 hy74 figs-synecdoche 1 put it all in the hands of Aaron and in the hands of his sons Here “hands” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “gave it all to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 8 27 n3y7 figs-explicit 1 waved them before Yahweh as a wave offering It is implied that Aaron and his sons presented the offering. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “they waved them before Yahweh as a wave offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 8 27 rg6r translate-symaction 1 waved them This is a symbolic action that dedicates the offering to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 8 28 q9b5 1 Moses took them Here “them” refers to the fat, thigh, and all of the bread. -LEV 8 28 z1wv figs-synecdoche 1 from off their hands Here “hands” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “from Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 8 28 qfd1 1 They were a consecration offering Alternate translation: “They were an offering for setting Aaron and his sons apart for service to Yahweh” -LEV 8 28 y2f6 figs-activepassive 1 an offering made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a burnt offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 8 28 rd24 figs-metaphor 1 produced a sweet aroma Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 8 29 x4nk 1 breast the front part of the animal’s body below the neck -LEV 8 29 yt3l 1 ordination an official ceremony that makes someone a priest -LEV 8 31 q5eb 1 the basket of consecration This means the basket contains offerings used while consecrating Aaron and his sons. Alternate translation: “the basket” -LEV 8 31 bf4q figs-quotesinquotes 1 as I commanded, saying, ‘Aaron and his sons will eat it.’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “as I commanded you to do” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -LEV 8 33 m5um figs-activepassive 1 until the days of your ordination are fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until you fulfill the days of your ordination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 8 33 l462 1 ordination This is an official ceremony that makes someone a priest. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 8:29](../08/29.md). -LEV 8 34 ds5f figs-activepassive 1 to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 8 22 v85u translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּסְמְכ֞וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־ רֹ֥אשׁ 1 And Aaron and his sons laid their hands on the head of This is a symbolic action that identifies **Aaron and his sons** with the animal they are offering. In this way the they are offering themselves to Yahweh through the animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 8 23 e9be figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֓ט׀ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֹשֶׁה֙ מִ⁠דָּמ֔⁠וֹ 1 And Moses slaughtered it and took some of its blood It is implied that **Moses** caught the **blood** in a bowl as the blood drained out from the animal. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And Moses slaughtered it, caught some of the blood in a bowl,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 8 25 jt5v הַ⁠קֶּרֶב֒ 1 the inner parts Here, **the inner parts** refers to the stomach and intestines. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). +LEV 8 25 pi33 הַ⁠כָּבֵ֔ד…הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֖ת 1 the liver … kidneys See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). +LEV 8 25 u6m5 שׁ֥וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִֽין 1 the right thigh The **thigh** is the upper part of the leg above the knee. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:32](../07/32.md). +LEV 8 26 w3xw וּ⁠מִ⁠סַּ֨ל הַ⁠מַּצּ֜וֹת אֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 And from the basket of bread without yeast that was before the face of Yahweh This does not refer to the location of the **basket of bread**. It means this is the bread that Moses had dedicated to Yahweh. +LEV 8 27 hy74 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֶת־ הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל עַ֚ל כַּפֵּ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן וְ⁠עַ֖ל כַּפֵּ֣י בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 And he put it all in the hands of Aaron and in the hands of his sons Here, **hands** represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “gave it all to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 8 27 n3y7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 and waved them before the face of Yahweh as a wave offering It is implied that Aaron and his sons presented the offering. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and Aaron and his sons waved them before Yahweh as a wave offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 8 27 rg6r translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם 1 and waved them This is a symbolic action that dedicates the offering to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 8 28 q9b5 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 And Moses took them Here, **them** refers to the fat, thigh, and all of the bread. +LEV 8 28 qfd1 מִלֻּאִ֥ים הֵם֙ 1 They were a consecration offering Alternate translation: “They were an offering for setting Aaron and his sons apart for service to Yahweh” +LEV 8 28 rd24 figs-metaphor לְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ 1 a sweet aroma Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 8 29 x4nk אֶת־ הֶ֣⁠חָזֶ֔ה 1 the breast The **breast** is the front part of the animal’s body below the neck. +LEV 8 29 yt3l מֵ⁠אֵ֣יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֗ים 1 from the ram of consecration Here, ** consecration** refers to an official ceremony that makes someone a priest. +LEV 8 31 q5eb בְּ⁠סַ֣ל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים 1 is in the basket of consecration This means the **basket** contains offerings used while consecrating Aaron and his sons. +LEV 8 31 bf4q figs-quotesinquotes צִוֵּ֨יתִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אַהֲרֹ֥ן וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו יֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 I commanded, saying, ‘Aaron and his sons will eat it.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I commanded Aaron and his sons will eat it” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +LEV 8 33 m5um figs-activepassive עַ֚ד י֣וֹם מְלֹ֔את יְמֵ֖י מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 until the day of the fulfillment of the days of your consecration If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until you fulfill the days of your ordination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 8 33 l462 יְמֵ֖י מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 the days of your consecration This **consecration** was an official ceremony that made someone a priest. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 8:29](../08/29.md). +LEV 8 34 ds5f figs-activepassive לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֖ת 1 to be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 8 34 e67x figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 to make atonement for you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to atone for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 8 35 m25h figs-activepassive 1 this is what I have been commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is what he has commanded me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 9 intro s8cl 0 # Leviticus 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Following Yahweh’s instructions
Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Fire came out from Yahweh”
Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) +LEV 8 35 m25h figs-activepassive כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי 1 this is what I have been commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is what he has commanded me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 9 intro s8cl 0 # Leviticus 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Following Yahweh’s instructions

Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Fire came out from Yahweh”

Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) LEV 9 1 ksc2 translate-ordinal 1 the eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal number for eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) LEV 9 2 exi1 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “to Yahweh” or “in the presence of Yahweh” LEV 9 3 x3yx 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to Aaron. @@ -414,7 +363,7 @@ LEV 9 23 d94f figs-metonymy 1 the glory of Yahweh appeared to all the people He LEV 9 24 v7ig 1 Fire came out from Yahweh and consumed Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a fire that consumed” LEV 9 24 m6fb figs-metaphor 1 consumed the burnt offering The fire completely burning up the offering is spoken of as if the fire consumed or used up the burnt offering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 9 24 da35 translate-symaction 1 lay facedown This is a sign respect and honor. Alternate translation: “lay with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 10 intro qn6v 0 # Leviticus 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mourning

Aaron was told that he and his remaining sons should not mourn Aaron’s sons who were killed. As priests, they must put priestly work first, before their mourning and personal problems.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Unapproved fire”
The phrase “unapproved fire “ indicates that Aaron’s son offered an unacceptable sacrifice. Because of Yahweh’s holiness, this was a serious sin. They may have offered a sacrifice at the wrong time or in the wrong way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +LEV 10 intro qn6v 0 # Leviticus 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mourning

Aaron was told that he and his remaining sons should not mourn Aaron’s sons who were killed. As priests, they must put priestly work first, before their mourning and personal problems.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Unapproved fire”

The phrase “unapproved fire “ indicates that Aaron’s son offered an unacceptable sacrifice. Because of Yahweh’s holiness, this was a serious sin. They may have offered a sacrifice at the wrong time or in the wrong way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) LEV 10 1 r6u3 translate-names 1 Nadab and Abihu These are the names of Aaron’s sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) LEV 10 1 ghd1 1 censer a shallow metal container which priests used to carry hot coals or incense LEV 10 1 d3vv 1 put fire in it Alternate translation: “put burning coals in it” @@ -463,7 +412,7 @@ LEV 10 17 m77r 1 before him Alternate translation: “in his presence” LEV 10 18 yy2n figs-activepassive 1 its blood was not brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you did not bring its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 10 19 jkx5 1 this thing has happened Aaron is referring to the death of his two sons. LEV 10 19 yzv9 figs-rquestion וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 would it have been pleasing in the sight of Yahweh? These sacrifices were to be eaten with joy and happiness. Aaron uses a question to emphasize that Yahweh would not be pleased for him to eat the sacrifices since he is sad because of his sons’ deaths. This question may be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly, Yahweh would not have been pleased if I had eaten the sin offering today.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -LEV 11 intro i427 0 # Leviticus 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Laws about food

This chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited.

=##### Special concepts in this chapter
Eating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +LEV 11 intro i427 0 # Leviticus 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter


### Laws about food

This chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited.

Eating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 11 2 sc39 1 among all the animals Alternate translation: “out of all the animals” LEV 11 3 m3yh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. LEV 11 3 yce6 1 split hoof This means a hoof that is split into two parts instead of being one whole. @@ -548,7 +497,7 @@ LEV 11 46 kcj2 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses and Aaron LEV 11 47 db9j figs-activepassive 1 for which a distinction is to be made between If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for which you must distinguish between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 11 47 x81a figs-metaphor 1 between the unclean and the clean Animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically unclean, and those which he declared to be acceptable for the people to touch and eat are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 11 47 e7h6 figs-activepassive 1 that may be eaten … that may not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may eat … that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Menstruation

A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) +LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Menstruation

A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) LEV 12 2 wr5g figs-metaphor 1 she will be unclean A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 12 2 tuc3 figs-euphemism 1 during the days of her monthly period This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 12 3 rcr8 figs-activepassive 1 the flesh of a baby boy’s foreskin must be circumcised Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the baby boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -562,7 +511,7 @@ LEV 12 6 cz1p 1 for a son or for a daughter This refers to the different numbe LEV 12 7 w9ty figs-activepassive 1 she will be cleansed from the flow of her blood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will cleanse her from her bleeding occurring during childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 12 8 vh6a figs-explicit 1 If she is not able to afford a lamb Translate this so it clarifies the woman’s inability to purchase a sacrificial animal. Alternate translation: “If she does not have enough money to buy a lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 12 8 q6q1 figs-metaphor 1 then she will be clean A woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Skin disease

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +LEV 13 intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Skin disease

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 13 2 gy4s figs-activepassive 1 then he must be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him” or “then he must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 13 2 ukq4 1 to one of his sons Alternate translation: “to one of Aaron’s sons” LEV 13 3 f8i6 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what the people must do. @@ -655,7 +604,7 @@ LEV 13 58 bbr2 figs-metaphor 1 it will be clean Something that God has declared LEV 13 59 h1gy 1 mildew in a garment … made with leather See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:47-48](./47.md). LEV 13 59 llt7 1 so that you may pronounce it Alternate translation: “so that a priest may declare it” LEV 13 59 h98k figs-metaphor 1 clean or unclean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically clean and something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 intro u79h 0 # Leviticus 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Skin disease and mildew

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +LEV 14 intro u79h 0 # Leviticus 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Skin disease and mildew

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 14 1 gi74 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. LEV 14 2 mv99 1 the day of his cleansing This refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean. LEV 14 2 d521 figs-activepassive 1 He must be brought to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must bring him to the priest” or “He must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -730,7 +679,7 @@ LEV 14 54 f451 1 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in LEV 14 55 e1sz 1 mildew See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md). LEV 14 56 qrw5 1 rash See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md). LEV 14 57 mf15 figs-metaphor 1 unclean or … clean People and items that other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean, and those which people may touch are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 intro zp3s 0 # Leviticus 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bodily fluid
This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Cleanliness
While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +LEV 15 intro zp3s 0 # Leviticus 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bodily fluid

This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Cleanliness

While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) LEV 15 2 rq7z figs-euphemism 1 comes out of his body This refers to the man’s private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 15 2 t2h2 figs-metaphor 1 he becomes unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 3 z6ih 1 it is unclean Alternate translation: “his body is unclean” or “he is unclean” @@ -787,7 +736,7 @@ LEV 15 32 mf54 figs-metaphor 1 makes him unclean People whom other people may n LEV 15 33 da8q figs-metaphor 1 an unclean woman People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 33 z57j 1 who has a menstrual period Alternate translation: “who is menstruating” or “who is bleeding from her womb” LEV 15 33 u1j5 figs-euphemism 1 who lies with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “who has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 16 intro g4sb 0 # Leviticus 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holiness
Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Day of Atonement
This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +LEV 16 intro g4sb 0 # Leviticus 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holiness

Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Day of Atonement

This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) LEV 16 1 j5x7 1 Aaron’s two sons This refers to Nadab and Abihu. They died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve ([Leviticus 10:1-2](../10/01.md)). LEV 16 3 xjg8 1 So here is how Alternate translation: “This is how” LEV 16 4 l4te 1 undergarments clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes @@ -843,7 +792,7 @@ LEV 16 32 g6n6 1 the holy garments These are special clothes the high priest m LEV 16 33 cx4j 1 for all the people of the assembly Alternate translation: “for all the people of Israel” LEV 16 34 p82l 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must do on the Day of Atonement. LEV 16 34 fk11 figs-activepassive 1 This was done as Yahweh commanded Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Moses did as Yahweh commanded” or “And Aaron did as Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 17 intro eez5 0 # Leviticus 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifices
Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The life of each creature is its blood”
It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) +LEV 17 intro eez5 0 # Leviticus 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifices

Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The life of each creature is its blood”

It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) LEV 17 4 ykk1 1 before his tabernacle Alternate translation: “before Yahweh’s tabernacle” LEV 17 4 r4p2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 17 4 zibd figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -870,7 +819,7 @@ LEV 17 15 iyc3 figs-metaphor 1 he will be unclean … Then he will be clean The LEV 17 15 fi2a 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” LEV 17 16 mf2b figs-metaphor 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here a person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 17 16 ssqc figs-metonymy 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own iniquity” or “then I will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 18 intro q7q3 0 # Leviticus 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Uncovering nakedness

To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations. +LEV 18 intro q7q3 0 # Leviticus 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Uncovering nakedness

To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations. LEV 18 4 ev4k figs-parallelism 1 My laws are what you must do, and my commandments are what you must keep These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LEV 18 4 e2a7 figs-metaphor 1 so that you walk in them Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 18 6 sty1 figs-euphemism 1 to uncover nakedness This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) @@ -913,7 +862,7 @@ LEV 18 29 kls3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥ LEV 18 29 i0lm figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם 1 the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must separate the who do such things from their people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 18 30 cz9s figs-activepassive 1 which were practiced here before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 18 30 k2fr 1 by them Here “them” refers to the detestable customs. -LEV 19 intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying Yahweh

Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +LEV 19 intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying Yahweh

Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) LEV 19 3 h3qu 1 keep my Sabbaths Alternate translation: “observe my Sabbaths” or “respect my day of rest” LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor 1 Do not turn to worthless idols Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 19 5 y6kv 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. @@ -961,7 +910,7 @@ LEV 19 35 l6ke 1 Do not use false measures This prohibits the practice of inte LEV 19 36 wsl8 translate-bvolume 1 ephah This was a measurement for grain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 19 36 s1cm translate-bvolume 1 hin This was a measurement for liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) LEV 19 37 m4f5 figs-doublet 1 must obey … and do them These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -LEV 20 intro tvf2 0 # Leviticus 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Punishments for serious sins

This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism

“To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### Metaphor
The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death. +LEV 20 intro tvf2 0 # Leviticus 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Punishments for serious sins

This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism

“To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### Metaphor

The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death. LEV 20 2 b75v figs-explicit 1 gives any of his children to Molech Those who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 20 2 wp2c figs-activepassive 1 must certainly be put to death. The people in the land must stone him with stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must stone him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 20 3 h93p figs-idiom 1 I also will set my face against that man This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1015,7 +964,7 @@ LEV 20 24 bt1d figs-idiom 1 a land flowing with milk and honey The phrase “fl LEV 20 26 jdt7 1 I have separated you Alternate translation: “I have distinguished you” or “I have set you apart” LEV 20 27 i739 1 talks with Alternate translation: “attempts to communicate with” LEV 20 27 kt2g figs-activepassive 1 must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they must certainly put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 21 intro l1al 0 # Leviticus 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Priests must be holy

Priests must be separate from the rest of the world. Priests should not do anything that would be unclean. They also cannot be unclean because of a birth defect, and they must not marry an unclean woman. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +LEV 21 intro l1al 0 # Leviticus 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Priests must be holy

Priests must be separate from the rest of the world. Priests should not do anything that would be unclean. They also cannot be unclean because of a birth defect, and they must not marry an unclean woman. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 21 1 nwz2 figs-metaphor 1 make himself unclean A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 21 1 gv2c 1 among his people Alternate translation: “among the Israelites” LEV 21 3 kba1 1 virgin This can also be translated as “young woman” @@ -1044,7 +993,7 @@ LEV 21 22 n6gw 1 He may Here “he” refers to the priest with the bodily def LEV 21 22 m8mz 1 eat the food of his God Parts of the sacrifices belonged to the priests and could be eaten. Alternate translation: “eat the food offering of his God” LEV 21 22 f3nk figs-explicit 1 some of the most holy or some of the holy This also refers to the food that was sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “some of the sacrifices offered in the most holy place or some of the sacrifices offered in the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 21 24 m5k8 1 to his sons Alternate translation: “to Aaron’s sons” -LEV 22 intro d2sr 0 # Leviticus 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Holy things

Priests who are unclean must not touch any holy thing. The things in the temple and involved in sacrifices must remain clean. An unclean priest would cause anything he touched to become unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +LEV 22 intro d2sr 0 # Leviticus 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holy things

Priests who are unclean must not touch any holy thing. The things in the temple and involved in sacrifices must remain clean. An unclean priest would cause anything he touched to become unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) LEV 22 2 xs6u 1 tell them to keep away from the holy things Yahweh is about to describe situations where a priest is unclean and not allowed to touch holy things. Alternate translation: “tell them when they should keep away from the holy things” LEV 22 2 r1dd figs-metonymy 1 profane my holy name The word “profane” here means to dishonor. The word “name” represents Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: “dishonor my reputation” or “dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 22 3 t1cx 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “from now on” @@ -1088,7 +1037,7 @@ LEV 22 30 x1gm figs-activepassive 1 that it is sacrificed If your language does LEV 22 31 x62z figs-doublet 1 keep my commandments and carry them out The words “keep” and “carry out” mean the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey God’s commands. Alternate translation: “obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) LEV 22 32 nc63 figs-metonymy 1 You must not profane my holy name Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself and his reputation and “profane” means to remove the honor that belongs to God as Creator and Lord of the universe. Alternate translation: “You must not dishonor me, for I am holy” or “You must not dishonor my holy reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 22 32 dq3e figs-activepassive 1 I must be acknowledged as holy by the people of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel must acknowledge me as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 23 intro j29n 0 # Leviticus 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### The feasts
The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) +LEV 23 intro j29n 0 # Leviticus 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting


## Special concepts in this chapter

### The feasts

The people should celebrate the Sabbath, the Passover, the Feast of First Fruits, the Feast of Weeks, the Feast of Trumpets, the Day of Atonement and the Feast of Booths. These feasts were important for the religious life of Israel. They were a part of proper worship of Yahweh and the identity of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) LEV 23 2 v493 1 the appointed festivals for Yahweh These were festivals that the Lord had appointed times for. The people were to worship him at these festivals. Alternate translation: “the festivals for Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s festivals” LEV 23 3 elq1 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do on special days and times. LEV 23 3 vk4w 1 the seventh day is a Sabbath of complete rest This is something the people must do habitually. After every six days in which they can work, they must rest on the seventh day. @@ -1149,7 +1098,7 @@ LEV 23 40 ven2 figs-explicit 1 branches of palm trees … willows from streams LEV 23 40 cnz9 translate-unknown 1 willows trees with long, narrow leaves, which grow near water (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 23 42 w2iy 0 General Information: Yahweh continues his instructions for the Festival of Shelters. LEV 23 43 ig75 figs-idiom 1 your descendants, generation after generation, may learn Here, **Generation after generation** is an idiom that refers to each generation that lives after another. Alternate translation: “your descendants belonging to all future generations may learn” or “all your descendants may learn forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 24 intro hb64 0 # Leviticus 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God

The punishment for someone who curses God is to have stones thrown at him until he is dead. This was acceptable in ancient Israel, but it is no longer considered acceptable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +LEV 24 intro hb64 0 # Leviticus 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God

The punishment for someone who curses God is to have stones thrown at him until he is dead. This was acceptable in ancient Israel, but it is no longer considered acceptable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) LEV 24 1 s8ts 0 General Information: God gives Moses instructions about the things in the tent of meeting. LEV 24 2 d6z4 1 pure oil beaten from olives Alternate translation: “pure olive oil” LEV 24 2 aa52 figs-explicit 1 the lamp This refers to the lamp or lamps in Yahweh’s sacred tent. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the lamp in the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1188,7 +1137,7 @@ LEV 24 20 u64z figs-idiom 1 eye for eye This refers to eyes being seriously inj LEV 24 20 gu8y figs-idiom 1 tooth for tooth This refers to teeth being knocked out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “If he knocks out someone’s tooth, one of his teeth must be knocked out” or “If he knocks out someone’s tooth, they will knock out one of his teeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LEV 24 21 vq5t figs-activepassive 1 anyone who kills a person must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they must put to death anyone who kills a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 24 23 jg5f 1 carried out the command Alternate translation: “obeyed the command” -LEV 25 intro z6ra 0 # Leviticus 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Over-farming
There is a provision made in this chapter to prevent over-farming of the land. If a land is farmed every year with the same crops, it will quickly become unable to grow anything.

### Sabbath and Jubilee Years

Every seventh year, the land should not be planted. Every fiftieth year Israelite slaves must be freed and all land that has been bought returned to its original owners. This prevented people from getting trapped by their poverty. +LEV 25 intro z6ra 0 # Leviticus 25 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Over-farming

There is a provision made in this chapter to prevent over-farming of the land. If a land is farmed every year with the same crops, it will quickly become unable to grow anything.

### Sabbath and Jubilee Years

Every seventh year, the land should not be planted. Every fiftieth year Israelite slaves must be freed and all land that has been bought returned to its original owners. This prevented people from getting trapped by their poverty. LEV 25 2 e4st figs-personification וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 then the land must keep a sabbath, a sabbath for Yahweh The **land** is spoken of as if it were a person that could obey the Sabbath by resting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) LEV 25 2 id1e figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ שַׁבָּ֖ת לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 then the land must keep a sabbath, a sabbath for Yahweh Here the people honoring God by not farming the **land** every seventh year is spoken of as if the land were taking a sabbath rest. Alternate translation: “you must let the land rest every seventh year to honor Yahweh” or “you must obey Yahweh’s Sabbath by not farming the land every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 25 3 bf66 1 prune your vineyard To prune a vineyard is to cut the branches and vines to help the fruit grow better. @@ -1264,7 +1213,7 @@ LEV 25 54 lr8h figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל בְּ LEV 25 54 u2vz 1 by these means Alternate translation: “in this way” LEV 25 54 e1ni 1 he must serve until the year of Jubilee, he and his children with him The Israelite slave and his children would serve the foreigner until the year of Jubilee, and then the foreigner would have to set the Israelite and his children free. LEV 25 55 g12z 1 To me the people of Israel are servants This is the reason that God wanted the Israelites to be set free in the year of jubilee. They were his servants. They were not permitted to be anyone else’s permanent slave. Alternate translation: “For it is to me that the people of Israel are servants” -LEV 26 intro tb8x 0 # Leviticus 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh

If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +LEV 26 intro tb8x 0 # Leviticus 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh

If people obey God and worship only him, he will bless and protect them. If people disobey his law and if they worship other gods, then he will severely punish them to help them to repent and begin obeying him. This takes the form of a promise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) LEV 26 1 cd19 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. LEV 26 2 rh4n 1 keep my Sabbaths Alternate translation: “obey the rules for my Sabbaths” LEV 26 3 wkx2 figs-parallelism 1 walk in my laws and keep my commandments and obey them These are three ways of saying the same thing. They emphasize that the people must obey everything that God commands them to do. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey my laws and commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1352,7 +1301,7 @@ LEV 26 44 i5np 0 General Information: This concludes Yahweh’s message to Mos LEV 26 45 x7p9 figs-metonymy וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים 1 And I will remember for their sake the covenant with their ancestors Here, **remember** represents fulfilling his covenant. Alternate translation: “And I will fulfill my covenant with their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 26 45 b2vu figs-metonymy 1 in the sight of the nations This represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 26 45 js1r figs-metonymy 1 the nations This represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 27 intro u6u9 0 # Leviticus 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Dedicated to Yahweh

This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) +LEV 27 intro u6u9 0 # Leviticus 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Dedicated to Yahweh

This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) LEV 27 2 ds9v figs-explicit 1 If anyone makes a special vow to Yahweh In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 27 2 w962 figs-explicit 1 use the following valuations Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. AT “use the following values as your gift to the Lord in place of the person” or “give the Lord the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 27 3 dj1b 1 Your standard value Alternate translation: “The amount to pay” or “You must pay” From 1e22fc0030b8cff7ef734348217ad46551e5a86b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 12:56:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 15/17] Jane's edits to Exodus (#2473) Co-authored-by: justplainjane47 Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2473 --- en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 208 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 104 insertions(+), 104 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 83638b031d..b04e6acafc 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ EXO 1 7 x97m figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 were fruitf EXO 1 7 r2f1 figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 the land was filled with them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language Alternate translation: “and they filled the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 1 7 e110 figs-idiom בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 Here the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 1 7 piq4 writing-pronouns אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 with them Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 1 8 eu8y writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +EXO 1 8 eu8y writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 1 8 d20y writing-participants מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ 1 The story begins with the new king. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 arose over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 8 dnkw figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 9 aku3 figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Here, **Behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 1 9 x65i figs-possession עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 his people The people whom the king rules over and who are also part of his group (probably ethnicity, tribe, and/or clan) rather than the Israelite group are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 1 9 x65i figs-possession עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 his people The people whom the king rules over and who are also part of his group (probably shared ethnicity, tribe, or clan) rather than the Israelite group are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 1 9 t7s1 עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: (1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or (2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2. EXO 1 9 jik8 מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are” EXO 1 9 njuf figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Beginning from **behold** and extending to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ EXO 2 3 v825 translate-unknown וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 pitch This is a st EXO 2 3 y8gq translate-unknown בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף 1 reeds These **reeds** were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 2 4 av8b וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 at a distance This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language. EXO 2 4 uf14 figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distance** in another way. Alternate translation: “not far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 2 4 ruvb translate-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she was older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings, use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+EXO 2 4 ruvb translate-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she was older. If your language uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages or the gender of the siblings or both, use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
EXO 2 4 z1cy grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 2 5 m3i0 figs-go וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד 1 **Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 5 y26h writing-participants וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) @@ -238,10 +238,10 @@ EXO 3 14 vigc figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי EXO 3 15 ubw7 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages. EXO 3 15 i6lg figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This section contains four levels of quotations as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 15 l962 figs-quotesinquotes יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 3 15 d91k figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 15 d91k figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 15 ixcb figs-merism לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 The repetition of **generation** means something like “to each and every generation,” which means "for all people at all times." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 3 16 ec3v figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 General Information: This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 16 usas figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 16 usas figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 16 xqy9 אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 the God of your ancestors, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. EXO 3 16 dvsz figs-quotemarks פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 16 efhh figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 The Hebrew word meaning **attended,** visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ EXO 5 1 cudx figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they h EXO 5 1 tsnv writing-participants פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter 2. Use the natural form in your language for reintroducing a character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 5 1 jarm figs-quotemarks כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 1 ckml figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 1 lu3i כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 5 1 lu3i כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 5 1 u2vt וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ 1 festival for me This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking” EXO 5 2 v4c1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Why should I…let Israel go? The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required, given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 5 2 fq6i figs-quotemarks מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -591,20 +591,20 @@ EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔ EXO 6 30 qvxf figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions.

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:

- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations

+EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Miracles

When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions.

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter Include:

- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations

EXO 7 1 r18p figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 7 1 dn1s figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 I have made you like a god This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 1 z163 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 7 1 z163 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet, because Aaron will actually be the one who proclaims to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 2 l44v translate-kinship אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 7 2 hdwo figs-quotations וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahweh’s main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 7 2 p9p7 מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “Egypt” +EXO 7 2 p9p7 מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “from Egypt” EXO 7 3 adsq figs-metaphor אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **hard**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. **hard** here. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 3 vtt1 figs-doublet אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י 1 many signs…many wonders The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine them.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 7 4 ar0l figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖⁠י 1 put my hand on The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 4 b6h8 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **on Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. **Armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people” +EXO 7 4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. Here, **armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people” EXO 7 5 cg3n grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל 1 reach out with my hand on This phrase represents God’s great power. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 5 dguc grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ EXO 7 5 d1hq figs-quotemarks מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 At the end of this ve EXO 7 6 iii5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ 1 This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 7 7 liir writing-background 0 This verse contains background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 7 7 g7i5 translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים 1 Aaron eighty-three years old Alternate translation: “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 7 7 zoou figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that refers to their age. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 7 7 zoou figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 The phrase **a son of**, followed by a number and then **years**, is an idiom that refers to their age. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 7 8 pwph writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea. The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 8 p2kf לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST. EXO 7 9 b0jl figs-quotemarks כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -620,32 +620,32 @@ EXO 7 9 jt9z figs-quotations כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם EXO 7 9 ye9j figs-quotemarks תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 9 r0tp figs-quotemarks קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may end after **Pharaoh.** If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 9 p3xh לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST. -EXO 7 9 ms5o figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 7 9 ms5o figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 These pronouns are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 7 9 kj8g figs-quotesinquotes תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 7 9 s5a9 figs-quotesinquotes קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 10 ehm9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 10 kv93 עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court and does not refer common servants. +EXO 7 10 kv93 עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 Here, **his servants** does not refer common servants but probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court. EXO 7 11 mqde לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים…חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term. EXO 7 12 u6np וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע 1 swallowed up Alternate translation: “ate up” or “devoured” EXO 7 12 m0kw grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 7 12 prnp figs-personification מַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake,” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also may not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once they have been transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 7 13 g42f figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 13 wekf כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST. -EXO 7 14 d27r figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart is hard Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s **heart** were **heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs **heavy** here. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 7 14 d27r figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart is hard Now Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s **heart** were **heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs **heavy** here. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 14 qiyx writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 14 t79b figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 15 ecby הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to information that follows. -EXO 7 15 c5np יֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 when he goes out to the water There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation. +EXO 7 15 ecby הִנֵּה֙ 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to information that follows. +EXO 7 15 c5np יֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 when he goes out to the water There are various theories as to what Pharaoh would go down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation. EXO 7 16 yqp7 וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Say to him Alternate translation: “Say to Pharaoh” EXO 7 16 i4yt figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 16 uvxe figs-possession אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙ 1 Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 7 16 d16q figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה 1 This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 7 16 cwox וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated. -EXO 7 17 j1ev כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 strike the water This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 7 16 cwox וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 Here, **behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated. +EXO 7 17 j1ev כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 strike the water This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 7 17 mywj figs-quotesinquotes בְּ⁠זֹ֣את 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quote actually ends before or after **Behold,** in which case, in the rest of the quote **I** refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 7 17 jjm3 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this” -EXO 7 18 bsjn grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 **The river will stink** will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 7 18 bsjn grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 His warning,**the river will stink**, will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 7 18 nx0q grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 In some languages you will need to put the reason before the result. Alternative translation: “In order to find water to drink from the river, the Egyptians will exhaust themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 7 18 rgl0 figs-rpronouns וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 Here, **themselves** refers back to the subject (**the Egyptians**) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 7 18 grwh figs-quotemarks מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -658,35 +658,35 @@ EXO 7 20 zy18 figs-explicit בַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר 1 in the river The name of the EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means in their sight. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 22 n7kr translate-unknown חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 7 22 qdc7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 22 sbic כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md) where the same sentence appears. +EXO 7 22 sbic כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md), where the same sentence appears. EXO 7 23 atdk figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת 1 This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 7 25 bn5h writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 25 gjyb figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This means seven days later. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 7 25 dg56 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is


### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.


## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. +EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes

## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain; translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians, but it is not specified how or why that is


### Lifting up the hand and staff:

In the next few chapters, God will instruct Moses or Aaron or both to raise his hand or staff or both hand and staff. The narrative will then record who will raise his hand or staff or both. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand, and the narrative may say that Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit, and they can both be mentioned, or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.


## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 Here, **Thus** begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 8 1 kure figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 8 2 s7y1 figs-ellipsis לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ 1 What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 8 2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out” +EXO 8 2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 Here, **behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out” EXO 8 3 vgby figs-merism בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 4 okok figs-quotemarks 0 Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 5 wll3 figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 5 ley6 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 8 5 dqsb figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 8 5 dqsb figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation. In that case, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 5 ejcx יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 8 5 z19q figs-merism עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים 1 This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in [8:6](../08/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 6 wf3a figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ 1 It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 8 6 wf3a figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ 1 It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 8 6 nrbq figs-explicit יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. You may choose to make this explicit. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 8 6 j1w7 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י 1 Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +EXO 8 6 j1w7 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י 1 Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile, symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 8 6 drmg figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ 1 [Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 8 6 rxze grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ 1 There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 8 6 rxze grammar-collectivenouns הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ 1 There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 8 6 j83d figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 8 7 n02y translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 8 mhn3 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron” -EXO 8 8 nfe3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 8 8 nfe3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 It is implied that Moses and Aaron came to Pharaoh between the time when he called them and when he spoke to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came, he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 8 8 pc7e figs-quotemarks הַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 8 tx3t figs-quotations אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaoh’s prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh saying, ‘Please take away the frogs from Pharaoh and from his people.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 8 qku4 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Use a natural form in your language for hypothetical situations. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) @@ -695,26 +695,26 @@ EXO 8 9 khfd figs-irony הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ 1 Moses speaks w EXO 8 9 g0lu figs-merism לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔…מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 10 g5e7 figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֑ר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 10 tvjo figs-quotemarks כִּ⁠דְבָ֣רְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 A direct quote begins here that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 10 ofw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md) after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +EXO 8 10 ofw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md), after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 8 10 d1wp figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 8 11 zwqo figs-merism מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 11 zwqo figs-merism מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as was its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 11 ttyr figs-quotemarks רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 12 jjv2 שָׂ֥ם 1 Alternate translation: “Yahweh had set” EXO 8 12 nxyi writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן 1 A minor scene shift occurs here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 13 rwe1 figs-merism מִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת 1 This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 14 a03n חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם 1 Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were. -EXO 8 15 lv2n figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 he hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 8 14 a03n חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם 1 Literally, the Hebrew says “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big the piles of frogs were. +EXO 8 15 lv2n figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 he hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note there that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 8 15 b47h כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 just as Yahweh had said that he would do Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do” EXO 8 16 cikq writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 16 s5gh figs-quotations אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +EXO 8 16 s5gh figs-quotations אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. See the UST. Alternate translation: “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 16 xh9e figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 16 joxz נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ 1 This is one action or motion, but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. -EXO 8 16 kpr5 מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 This is Aaron’s staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 8 16 w5el translate-unknown לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם 1 We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 17 l9wj וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Again, this is one action or motion, but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md). +EXO 8 16 kpr5 מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 This refers to Aaron’s staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. +EXO 8 16 w5el translate-unknown לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם 1 We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size), biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than the one in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 8 17 l9wj וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Again, this is one action or motion, but it is described with the two verbs, **stretched** and **struck**, that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md). EXO 8 17 l784 יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 8 17 nhgt translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם…כִנִּ֖ים 1 Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 17 grs3 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +EXO 8 17 grs3 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This term, **man**, includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 8 17 grg5 figs-hyperbole כָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ…בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This extraordinary statement is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 8 18 wga0 translate-unknown הַ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֧ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 18 ii85 translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנִּ֖ים…הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם 1 See how you translated this term in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -727,55 +727,55 @@ EXO 8 19 gjgg כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Some l EXO 8 20 j5n8 וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 stand in front of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “and present yourself to Pharaoh” EXO 8 20 frfn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 20 syv2 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 8 20 vnym הִנֵּ֖ה 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” +EXO 8 20 vnym הִנֵּ֖ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles, it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 8 20 uypa figs-quotations כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 8 20 eqd2 כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Let my people go This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 8 20 eqd2 כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Let my people go This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 8 20 a7l7 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This phrase opens a second-level direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md), unless you made **thus says Yahweh** an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 20 fgl3 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי 1 This is the purpose of the people being let go. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 8 21 hitq הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” -EXO 8 21 hwcl grammar-collectivenouns הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 8 21 l5z7 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 21 foli figs-merism בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 21 hitq הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 The expression **behold me!** is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” +EXO 8 21 hwcl grammar-collectivenouns הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 Here, **the swarm** is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of flying, biting insects traveling in a group. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 8 21 l5z7 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 8 21 foli figs-merism בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 22 mv8w grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב 1 General Information: This is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 8 22 apum grammar-collectivenouns עָרֹ֑ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 8 22 qb9h translate-unknown עָרֹ֑ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 8 22 qb9h translate-unknown עָרֹ֑ב 1 These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 22 refq grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 8 22 a28h אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Here, **am** could be connecting **I** and **Yahweh** or it could be connecting **I, Yahweh** and **in the middle of the land**. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land” -EXO 8 23 oxr5 figs-abstractnouns פְדֻ֔ת 1 This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 8 23 oxr5 figs-abstractnouns פְדֻ֔ת 1 This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly, it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 8 23 tf4j translate-textvariants פְדֻ֔ת 1 Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the [previous verse](../08/22.md). Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) EXO 8 23 u4gs עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Yahweh’s people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” EXO 8 23 rg2c עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Pharaoh’s people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians” EXO 8 23 tb24 figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in [8:20](../08/20.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 24 gw3c figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him, and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 8 24 lk5s writing-newevent וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 There is a minor scene change here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 24 ut0f translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 24 dg0k figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 8 24 tmcf figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 8 24 ut0f translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 There are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 8 24 dg0k figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as "going" rather than "coming." Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +EXO 8 24 tmcf figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt), as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 24 nd6e figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 the land was ruined because of the swarms of flies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 8 24 ngue figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 8 25 e7l0 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א 1 This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 8 25 ciy5 figs-quotemarks לְכ֛וּ זִבְח֥וּ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 25 gj2w figs-youdual לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **your** is plural. it could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron, otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 8 25 gj2w figs-youdual לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **your** is plural. It could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron; otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 8 26 tvnj figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 26 e9wk תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause. -EXO 8 26 idkt figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ…נִזְבַּ֞ח…יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +EXO 8 26 idkt figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ…נִזְבַּ֞ח…יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we**, **our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 8 26 i7dy figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 will they not stone us? Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 8 27 ju3u figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ…אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 8 27 clc3 figs-quotemarks אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes The express **before their eyes** is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 8 27 ju3u figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ…אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we**, **our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +EXO 8 27 clc3 figs-quotemarks אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 After the phrase **to us**, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 28 p3pd figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠זְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָ⁠לֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 28 qxes figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 8 28 mla2 אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites” EXO 8 28 hnud figs-idiom הַרְחֵ֥ק…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 In Hebrew, **far** is repeated to emphasize (with **not**) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 8 29 kgkx figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠הַעְתַּרְתִּ֣י אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠סָ֣ר הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ מָחָ֑ר רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם לִ⁠זְבֹּ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 29 h94t הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this” -EXO 8 29 jirm translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 8 29 h94t הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this” +EXO 8 29 jirm translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב 1 These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 29 yvcl figs-123person מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה…פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you … you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 8 29 la3z figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 29 bf85 figs-doublenegatives אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 8 29 hh4q רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל 1 But you must not deal deceitfully Alternate translation: “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us” EXO 8 30 tull writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 There is a minor scene shift here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the common large flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 31 iyhn figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 31 mb4r figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own **heart heavy**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 General I EXO 9 1 p1oj figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 1 maqa figs-quotemarks אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the quote beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 9 1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 9 1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 9 1 x4bd עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites” EXO 9 2 l7ld figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם 1 if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out” @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ EXO 9 13 ifs8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מ EXO 9 13 zsvl figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 13 zmrt figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 13 dxww figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 9 13 hsl6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 9 13 hsl6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 9 13 zi15 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 **Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 14 z68b grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, **For** means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 9 14 n6wq figs-synecdoche אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 on you yourself Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -898,13 +898,13 @@ EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּ EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 various signs Alternate translation: “I mocked Egypt” EXO 10 3 pm8p figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 10 3 u3mq figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 10 3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 10 3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 10 3 cicf figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” or “Until when will you refuse to be humble before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 4 ge67 הִנְ⁠נִ֨י 1 listen **Behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware” EXO 10 4 uwtp grammar-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 10 5 zu5r figs-parallelism וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 hail These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect, and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 10 5 rdav וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Alternate translation: “And it will cover the land from sight” -EXO 10 5 oj3i grammar-collectivenouns וְ⁠כִסָּה֙…וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל…וְ⁠אָכַל֙ 1 Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 10 5 oj3i grammar-collectivenouns וְ⁠כִסָּה֙…וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל…וְ⁠אָכַל֙ 1 Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 10 6 ir5l figs-hyperbole עַל־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 nothing ever seen This could either mean **on the earth** (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 10 6 ma0o figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֥פֶן 1 [Verse 3](../10/03.md) says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 10 7 xn8j figs-rquestion עַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֔שׁ 1 How long will this man be a menace to us? Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot allow this man to continue to bring trouble to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, * EXO 10 25 bjy0 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God” EXO 10 25 ixo7 figs-exclusive בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ…וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ…אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 10 26 k0pi figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ…עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ…נִקַּ֔ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ…נֵדַ֗ע…נַּעֲבֹד֙…בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 10 26 ys4v figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 10 26 ys4v figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 10 26 v9uc figs-synecdoche פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 a hoof Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 10 26 uiom שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)). EXO 10 27 n588 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ EXO 11 3 hng9 figs-idiom חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצ EXO 11 3 orq6 figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 11 3 s5zy וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 [Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there. EXO 11 4 sewb figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:8](../11/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 4 kpb5 כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 midnight This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. +EXO 11 4 kpb5 כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 midnight This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 11 4 vyvr figs-quotemarks כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:7](../11/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 5 hv8k בְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר 1 All the firstborn … the firstborn of Pharaoh … the firstborn of the slave girl … the firstborn of the cattle The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring. EXO 11 5 k42h figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 who sits on his throne This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three- item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ EXO 11 8 ria5 figs-explicit וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א 1 After EXO 11 8 awcj figs-quotemarks אֵצֵ֑א 1 After this phrase, the direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 11 9 xk4l figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
* v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
* v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
* v. 12-13: description of the plague
* v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
* v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unleavened bread

The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation

The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues:

### Passover


### Pronoun usage

In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.


### You plural

In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -1022,24 +1022,24 @@ EXO 12 11 nzw2 וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠חִפּ EXO 12 11 r789 figs-explicit פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 It is Yahweh’s Passover Here the word **it** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 12 12 sa5n figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 12 13 tywz figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 12 13 bnoe figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 13 bnoe figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 12 14 fa9q וְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application. EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 **This day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “Surely” or “Indeed” EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor **cut off** could mean (1) Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 15 enw3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 As noted in the previous note, the metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 15 enw3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 As noted in the previous note, the metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 15 eqzu grammar-collectivenouns מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 12 16 bzj6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 an assembly that is set apart to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 16 bzj6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 an assembly that is set apart to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 16 o3oh translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 **First** and **seventh** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “And on day one of the month … and on day seven of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 12 16 l7pj figs-activepassive כָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 No work will be done on these days If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 16 qr65 figs-activepassive ה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 That must be the only work that may be done by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 16 l7pj figs-activepassive כָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 No work will be done on these days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 16 qr65 figs-activepassive ה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 That must be the only work that may be done by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 17 r3qj translate-unknown צִבְאוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 armed group by armed group The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 12 18 v7g9 translate-ordinal בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 **First**, **fourteenth**, and **twenty-first** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen … until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 12 18 l57q translate-ordinal בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 12 18 m475 translate-hebrewmonths בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 the fourteenth day in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 12 18 uss3 translate-hebrewmonths י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 the twenty-first day of the month This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 12 19 aej1 figs-activepassive שְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 no yeast must be found in your houses If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Note that the UST is much more accurate to the meaning here as the alternate translation in this note could suggest to someone that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “Yahweh must not find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 19 aej1 figs-activepassive שְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 no yeast must be found in your houses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Note that the UST is much more accurate to the meaning here as the alternate translation in this note could suggest to someone that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “Yahweh must not find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 19 vy72 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 must be cut off from the community of Israel See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 12 19 cwvs figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). EXO 12 20 dj1c figs-quotemarks מַצּֽוֹת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands to Moses and Aaron for the Israelites ends (two levels). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing second-level and first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -1061,16 +1061,16 @@ EXO 12 27 t779 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ EXO 12 28 r5cj כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do” EXO 12 29 rvg9 0 The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point. EXO 12 29 zm1l figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 at midnight This is a merism used to indicate that there was no person or household excluded from Yahweh’s judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 12 29 uj6u בְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר 1 all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattle In theses usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md). +EXO 12 29 uj6u בְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר 1 all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattle In these usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md). EXO 12 29 g9z1 עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר 1 the firstborn of the person in prison Alternate translation: “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison. EXO 12 30 gt4w figs-doublenegatives כִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃ 1 for there was not a house where there was not someone dead This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 12 31 j8k5 figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם…כְּ⁠דַבֶּרְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 33 j5u4 figs-explicit כֻּלָּ֥⁠נוּ מֵתִֽים 1 We will all die The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 12 34 diw8 figs-activepassive מִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛⁠ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּ⁠שִׂמְלֹתָ֖⁠ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽ⁠ם 1 Their kneading bowls were already tied up in their clothes and on their shoulders If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread-making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 34 diw8 figs-activepassive מִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛⁠ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּ⁠שִׂמְלֹתָ֖⁠ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽ⁠ם 1 Their kneading bowls were already tied up in their clothes and on their shoulders If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread-making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 36 nvmo figs-idiom אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֛ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means that those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians saw the Israelites leaving Egypt, they gladly helped them (because they wanted them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 12 37 n1ha translate-names מֵ⁠רַעְמְסֵ֖ס 1 Rameses **Rameses** was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 12 37 u81l translate-numbers כְּ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֨וֹת אֶ֧לֶף 1 They numbered about 600,000 men Alternate translation: “about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 12 39 pva6 figs-activepassive כִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֗יִם 1 they had been driven out of Egypt If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 39 pva6 figs-activepassive כִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֗יִם 1 they had been driven out of Egypt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 40 qsi5 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 12 41 d8yh translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 12 41 xlf4 translate-unknown צִבְא֥וֹת 1 Yahweh’s armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1079,11 +1079,11 @@ EXO 12 43 zwac figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 After this phrase, a d EXO 12 44 n9wn וְ⁠כָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ 1 every Israelite’s slave Alternate translation: “But any slave of an Israelite” EXO 12 44 qabi grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ אָ֖ז 1 This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 12 44 jqs8 figs-yousingular וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה 1 Here **you** is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -EXO 12 46 j242 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠בַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל 1 The food must be eaten in one house If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 46 j242 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠בַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל 1 The food must be eaten in one house If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 46 iovj figs-youcrowd לֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 12 48 j7ob grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ גֵּ֗ר וְ⁠עָ֣שָׂה פֶסַח֮ לַ⁠יהוָה֒ 1 This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner, the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +EXO 12 48 j7ob grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ גֵּ֗ר וְ⁠עָ֣שָׂה פֶסַח֮ לַ⁠יהוָה֒ 1 This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner; the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 12 48 va2p figs-youcrowd אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 12 48 h7k9 figs-activepassive הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר 1 all his male relatives must be circumcised If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 12 48 h7k9 figs-activepassive הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר 1 all his male relatives must be circumcised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 48 n3fz grammar-connect-logic-goal הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְ⁠אָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֔⁠וֹ 1 The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the people who were born in the land Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -1094,17 +1094,17 @@ EXO 13 2 de3u figs-quotemarks קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹ EXO 13 3 e0n1 figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 16](../13/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 13 3 yjy5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Yahweh’s strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 3 c6ee figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ 1 No bread with yeast may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 13 3 c6ee figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ 1 No bread with yeast may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 13 4 y1f3 translate-hebrewmonths הָ⁠אָבִֽיב 1 the month of Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 13 5 x89s וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה כִֽי־יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֡ה אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ…וְ⁠עָבַדְתָּ֛ אֶת־הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 you must observe this act of worship When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md). -EXO 13 5 u37l figs-metonymy לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 13 5 u37l figs-metonymy לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 5 ueej אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 The same description occurs in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it. EXO 13 6 vwy9 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 For seven days Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 13 6 mde6 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 13 7 n41m figs-activepassive מַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 Bread without yeast must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 13 7 n41m figs-activepassive מַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 Bread without yeast must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 13 7 zm8p translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 13 7 le33 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ חָמֵ֗ץ 1 no bread with yeast may be seen among you If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 13 7 c9kr figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר 1 No yeast may be seen with you If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 13 7 le33 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ חָמֵ֗ץ 1 no bread with yeast may be seen among you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 13 7 c9kr figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר 1 No yeast may be seen with you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 13 7 dmv1 בְּ⁠כָל־גְּבֻלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 within any of your borders Alternate translation: “inside any of the borders of your land” EXO 13 8 qum9 figs-quotesinquotes בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠צֵאתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 On that day you are to say to your children, ‘This is because of what Yahweh did for me when I came out of Egypt.’ The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 13 9 p21h figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ EXO 13 9 mru4 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵ EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 9 w5rm figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 10 rxel figs-merism מִ⁠יָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָ⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 13 11 e886 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 13 11 e886 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 11 iqh5 וּ⁠נְתָנָ֖⁠הּ לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 when he gives the land to you Alternate translation: “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you” EXO 13 12 mqgs וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתָּ֥ 1 This is a deliberate word-play with [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) and [Exodus 12:23](../12/23.md) because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine. EXO 13 13 lwv5 figs-explicit בְ⁠שֶׂ֔ה…וַ⁠עֲרַפְתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Every firstborn of a donkey You may need to make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ EXO 13 17 pum6 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠לֹא־נָחָ֣⁠ם EXO 13 17 upop grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָ⁠עָ֛ם בִּ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם מִלְחָמָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁ֥בוּ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 13 17 fjvz יִנָּחֵ֥ם 1 Alternate translation: “turn back” EXO 13 18 c4tw וַ⁠חֲמֻשִׁ֛ים 1 The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army” -EXO 13 19 cxyk וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Jospeh’s bones. +EXO 13 19 cxyk וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Joseph’s bones. EXO 13 19 dnlp פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הַעֲלִיתֶ֧ם אֶת־עַצְמֹתַ֛⁠י מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this. EXO 13 20 qob9 מִ⁠סֻּכֹּ֑ת וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֣וּ בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham” EXO 13 20 xq5d translate-names בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 camped at Etham **Etham** was possibly located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1150,13 +1150,13 @@ EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְ EXO 14 3 tz6j figs-personification סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 The wilderness has closed in on them Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 14 4 dv62 figs-metaphor וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮ 1 I will harden Pharaoh’s heart This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 4 tw2m וְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 he will pursue them Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites” -EXO 14 4 d5x1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 I will get honor If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 14 4 d5x1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 I will get honor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 4 a7m2 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 14 4 dms1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן 1 So the Israelites camped as they were instructed This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 14 5 t4cn figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 When the king of Egypt was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 14 5 t4cn figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 When the king of Egypt was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 had fled Alternate translation: “had run away” EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 5 go8u figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 14 5 go8u figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 5 wljw אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “against the Israelites” EXO 14 5 v236 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us. They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 14 5 kw4x figs-quotemarks מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -1188,8 +1188,8 @@ EXO 14 17 z5ub וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Be aware **Behold** is EXO 14 17 qd3l figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 17 asz9 וְ⁠יָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 so they will go after them Alternate translation: “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites” EXO 14 17 hjyh figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 14 17 asfq figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 so they will go after them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 18 ytnm figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י 1 so they will go after them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 14 17 asfq figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 so they will go after them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 14 18 ytnm figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י 1 so they will go after them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 18 cji1 figs-ellipsis בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 14 19 hsih figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 so they will go after them Here, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 19 m1do עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ 1 so they will go after them See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ EXO 14 20 jyz2 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so one side did EXO 14 20 c4u5 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַ⁠יָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 so one side did not come near the other Alternate translation: “and the cloud became dark and light all night” EXO 14 21 qbzp וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט מֹשֶׁ֣ה אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֮ עַל־הַ⁠יָּם֒ 1 east wind See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 14 21 dfx5 בְּ⁠ר֨וּחַ קָדִ֤ים 1 east wind An **east wind** originates in the east and blows towards the west. -EXO 14 21 f9zh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 the waters were divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 14 21 f9zh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 the waters were divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 24 iz9t translate-unknown בְּ⁠אַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians This is the last third of the night. It is approximately the three hours before sunrise. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning” or “in the time before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 14 24 kjg9 בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ וְ⁠עָנָ֑ן 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians See how you translated this in [13:21](../13/21.md). EXO 14 24 zyp4 מַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם…מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians Alternate translation: “the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians” @@ -1236,17 +1236,17 @@ EXO 15 6 jx52 figs-parallelism יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְ EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious; Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful; Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 6 rmd4 figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 i2x4 figs-parallelism תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 those who rose up against you These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 those who rose up against you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 those who rose up against you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective, respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 15 7 nd3t figs-metaphor קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 those who rose up against you Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as **rising up against** him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 kst4 חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Alternate translation: “your wrath” or “your fury” EXO 15 7 glq7 figs-personification תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 7 a5x7 figs-metaphor יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃ 1 it consumed them like stubble Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like **stubble** in a fire. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 guap figs-simile יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 8 ic8v figs-personification וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 8 qg9g figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים 1 By the blast of your nostrils If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 15 8 qg9g figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים 1 By the blast of your nostrils If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 15 8 tguh figs-parallelism נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים קָֽפְא֥וּ תְהֹמֹ֖ת בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils These lines are synonymous parallels where each line means basically the same thing, but each gives the reader a different poetic image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 8 uevt figs-metaphor בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 But you blew with your wind Moses spoke about God making the **wind** blow as if God **blew** the wind through his nose or mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1255,8 +1255,8 @@ EXO 15 11 wq2s figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִ EXO 15 11 pp57 figs-rquestion מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא 1 Who is like you,…doing miracles? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 15 12 cid8 figs-metonymy יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 with your right hand The phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 12 bkg2 figs-metaphor נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You reached out with your right hand Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God **reached out** with his** hand**. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 12 g7bv figs-personification תִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ 1 the earth swallowed them Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with it’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 13 cvea figs-parallelism נָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 the earth swallowed them These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +EXO 15 12 g7bv figs-personification תִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ 1 the earth swallowed them Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with its mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +EXO 15 13 cvea figs-parallelism נָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 the earth swallowed them These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things, but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 14 qlpy figs-parallelism 0 tremble Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 14 zi1m יִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן 1 tremble This means to shake because you are afraid. EXO 15 14 uqf7 figs-personification חִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia Moses speaks of **terror** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ EXO 15 22 c7pe translate-names מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר 1 wilderness of Sh EXO 15 23 a9pv translate-names מָרָ֔תָ⁠ה 1 Marah We do not know the exact location of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 24 n64m וַ⁠יִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 complained to Moses and said **Murmur** is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses” EXO 15 26 l2hx figs-123person לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 15 26 oh8c figs-metonymy לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language.Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 15 26 oh8c figs-metonymy לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 26 sq5x figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה 1 do what is right in his eyes The **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 do what is right in his eyes The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-metaphor כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have **diseases** as putting diseases on them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ EXO 16 29 p22l figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ EXO 16 29 dt58 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֖י…בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 sixth day…two days…seventh day Alternate translation: “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 16 29 y8wf לֶ֣חֶם 1 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. EXO 16 29 x6gh יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 bread Alternate translation: “for 2 days” -EXO 16 31 r1a5 translate-unknown כְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 coriander seed **Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 16 31 r1a5 translate-unknown כְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 coriander seed **Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds, grind them into a powder, and put it in food to add flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 16 31 vrl4 כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת 1 wafers **Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers. EXO 16 33 ggba figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 0 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant** which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ EXO 17 12 js2p מִ⁠זֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֣ה אֶחָ EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב 1 with the sword The **sword** represents battle. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek The Amalekites are referred to by naming their ancestor. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽ⁠י 1 Amalek **Banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon” EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah” EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Amalek This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek” @@ -1435,9 +1435,9 @@ EXO 19 11 tdg9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י 1 Be ready Here, **before the EXO 19 12 d48p וְ⁠הִגְבַּלְתָּ֤ 1 set boundaries The **boundary** was either a mark or some kind of barrier. EXO 19 12 hhv5 figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 set boundaries A second-level direct quotation begins with **watch**. It is not clear where this command that Moses is to give the Israelites ends. Most English translations end it in [verse 13](../19/13.md) before the last sentence. For that reason, it may be most helpful to translate the instruction as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them to watch themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 19 12 xct0 הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲל֥וֹת בָּ⁠הָ֖ר וּ⁠נְגֹ֣עַ בְּ⁠קָצֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 set boundaries Here, the negative command is implied from the **watch yourselves** command. Alternate translation: “Watch yourselves against climbing on the mountain or touching on its edge” -EXO 19 12 kis1 figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ⁠הָ֖ר מ֥וֹת 1 Whoever touches the mountain will surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 19 12 kis1 figs-activepassive כָּל־הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ⁠הָ֖ר מ֥וֹת 1 Whoever touches the mountain will surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 19 13 l9ak figs-metonymy לֹא־תִגַּ֨ע בּ֜⁠וֹ יָ֗ד 1 such a person Here, **hand** is a metonym for any part of a person. Alternate translation: “No person shall touch that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 13 k35k figs-activepassive סָק֤וֹל יִסָּקֵל֙ אוֹ־יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 he must certainly be stoned or shot If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 19 13 k35k figs-activepassive סָק֤וֹל יִסָּקֵל֙ אוֹ־יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 he must certainly be stoned or shot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 19 13 vw19 יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 shot This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot. EXO 19 13 ezpm figs-go יַעֲל֥וּ 1 shot If you translate this with come or go, consider which would be the correct perspective for your language and the text context. Yahweh is speaking, so “come up” is valid, however, the people will be the ones moving so “go up” is as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 19 15 bw2p figs-euphemism אַֽל־תִּגְּשׁ֖וּ אֶל־אִשָּֽׁה 1 do not go near your wives This is a polite way of talking about sexual relations. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂ EXO 31 16 n7q2 לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations Alternate translation: “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “a covenant that will always exist” or “a lasting covenant” EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּ⁠אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen some time during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])


- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf
- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction
* v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people
- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idolatry

The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 1 oan6 writing-newevent 0 the people saw This chapter begins with a major scene shift, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2167,7 +2167,7 @@ EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 your burni EXO 32 13 t9sa זְכֹ֡ר 1 Call to mind Abraham Alternate translation: “Think about” EXO 32 13 p8jq נִשְׁבַּ֣עְתָּ 1 you swore Alternate translation: “you made an oath” EXO 32 13 q1g1 וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֜את אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֗רְתִּי אֶתֵּן֙ לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 They will inherit it forever That is, the land of Canaan. -EXO 32 15 cx7z figs-activepassive לֻחֹ֗ת כְּתֻבִים֙ מִ⁠שְּׁנֵ֣י עֶבְרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה הֵ֥ם כְּתֻבִֽים 1 tablets of the covenant decrees If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had written on both the sides of the tablets, on this side and on that side he had written.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 32 15 cx7z figs-activepassive לֻחֹ֗ת כְּתֻבִים֙ מִ⁠שְּׁנֵ֣י עֶבְרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה הֵ֥ם כְּתֻבִֽים 1 tablets of the covenant decrees If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had written on both the sides of the tablets, on this side and on that side he had written.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 32 16 w3ua figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ֨⁠לֻּחֹ֔ת מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים הֵ֑מָּה וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּכְתָּ֗ב מִכְתַּ֤ב אֱלֹהִים֙ ה֔וּא 1 The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing These two sentences have an unusual structure that places emphasis on **tablets** and **writing**. If your language would emphasize these topics in a different way than moving them to the front of the sentence follow your language’s natural usage for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And the tablets themselves were the work of God. And the writing itself was the writing of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 32 17 cua3 writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ 1 he said to Moses Joshua was last mentioned in [Exodus 24:13](../24/13.md). The text does not say if he was on top of the mountain with Moses or if he waited for him part way up. Consider if your language will need to re-introduce Joshua in any way here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 32 18 r0gm writing-poetry אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְ⁠אֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses These lines are widely considered to be poetic. It is not clear why a poetic form is used here. In some languages it may not be appropriate to convey this response in poetic form, in which case another form may be used. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ EXO 34 15 bj2i figs-explicit וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ EXO 34 16 jaic grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical 0 you will eat some of his sacrifice The string of hypothetical actions, each with its logical result continues throughout this verse. Continue translating the transitions between clauses as you decided in verse 15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 34 16 d4ma figs-metaphor וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ בְנֹתָ֗י⁠ו אַחֲרֵי֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. This metaphor is most often used regarding the unfaithfulness of the Israelites. The metaphor is not quite as clear with the other nations because while Yahweh is the only true God, he is not in special covenant with the other nations as their god. However, since the worship is still impurely following false gods, the metaphor is used here. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and his daughters worship their gods” or “and his daughters worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 16 k0lr figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. The metaphor is clear here since it is referring to Israelite men who should be Yahweh worshippers. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and cause your sons to worship their gods” or “and cause your sons to worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 16 p98a grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice This is the climatic consequence of living in peace the the nations God is driving out before them: complete apostacy from Yahweh and loss of the next generation to wickedness. Specifically it is the result of intermarriage with the pagans, which God has explicitly forbidden for this very reason. If your language marks the final consequence of a string of actions in a particular way it may be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “and in the end, they will cause even your sons to prostitute after their gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +EXO 34 16 p98a grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice This is the climatic consequence of living in peace the nations God is driving out before them: complete apostacy from Yahweh and loss of the next generation to wickedness. Specifically it is the result of intermarriage with the pagans, which God has explicitly forbidden for this very reason. If your language marks the final consequence of a string of actions in a particular way it may be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “and in the end, they will cause even your sons to prostitute after their gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 34 17 lgab 0 you will eat some of his sacrifice The prohibition here is focused on making gods. In your translation make sure that the focus is not on the method, but the god-making. EXO 34 17 rux0 מַסֵּכָ֖ה 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice See how you translated **molten metal** in [Exodus 32:4](../32/04.md). EXO 34 18 s1rr 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to most of [Exodus 23:15](../23/15.md). @@ -2596,7 +2596,7 @@ EXO 38 26 ll8b figs-idiom מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ EXO 38 27 p7r5 translate-bweight מְאַת֙ כִּכַּ֣ר 1 One hundred talents of silver were cast A talent is about 34 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 28 nxf5 figs-ellipsis הָ⁠אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֤ע הַ⁠מֵּאוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֔ים 1 Bezalel Here the words **shekels of silver** has been omitted because it is understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If the text would not be understood without it you may add it in. Alternate translation: “the 1775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 38 28 rcda 0 Bezalel See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). -EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. See the UST. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 30 rck7 מִכְבַּ֥ר 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). EXO 38 31 bvr9 יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes

- This chapter continues record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).
- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
From c74d7ea3aed2e0a866768cbe3f4d5f3546aa9a4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 15:53:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 16/17] Larry's edits to Leviticus 1-10 (#2474) Co-authored-by: lrsallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2474 --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 156 ++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 74 insertions(+), 82 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 2f11c2f8ef..e39ec35bbb 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -329,89 +329,81 @@ LEV 8 34 ds5f figs-activepassive לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֖ת 1 to be done If your lang LEV 8 34 e67x figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 to make atonement for you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **atonement**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to atone for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LEV 8 35 m25h figs-activepassive כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי 1 this is what I have been commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is what he has commanded me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 9 intro s8cl 0 # Leviticus 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Aaron begins to function as the high priest in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Following Yahweh’s instructions

Great care is taken to show that Aaron perfectly followed Yahweh’s instructions. Moses records every detail to show how Aaron correctly followed Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Fire came out from Yahweh”

Aaron did not create the fire that consumed his sacrifice. Instead, Yahweh miraculously began the fire which consumed the sacrifice. This showed that the sacrifice was acceptable to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) -LEV 9 1 ksc2 translate-ordinal 1 the eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal number for eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 9 2 exi1 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “to Yahweh” or “in the presence of Yahweh” -LEV 9 3 x3yx 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to Aaron. -LEV 9 3 jx2w figs-quotesinquotes 1 You must speak … and say, ‘Take a male goat … burnt offering Moses continues speaking to Aaron. This is the beginning of a direct quote within a direct quote. You can change this into an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “You must tell the people of Israel to take a male goat … burnt offering” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -LEV 9 3 ah79 1 a year old Alternate translation: “twelve months of age” -LEV 9 4 j1tu figs-quotesinquotes 1 also take an ox … will appear to you Moses continues speaking to Aaron. If you have begun an indirect quotation in verse 8, continue it here. “and to take an ox … will appear to them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -LEV 9 4 gz2r 1 to sacrifice before Yahweh Alternate translation: “to sacrifice to Yahweh” -LEV 9 6 m2gr figs-you 1 commanded you to do Here “you” refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -LEV 9 6 p7cq figs-metonymy 1 so that his glory may appear to you Here “glory” represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “so that he may show you the glory of his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 9 7 k98c 1 make atonement for yourself and for the people … offer the sacrifice for the people to make atonement for them These are two different sacrifices. The first sacrifice is to atone for the sins of the high priest. When the high priest sins it also makes the people guilty ([Leviticus 4:3](../04/03.md)). The second sacrifice is to atone of the sins the people themselves commit. -LEV 9 9 q85r figs-explicit 1 sons of Aaron presented the blood to him This implies that they caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the animal. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 9 9 pk8j 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). -LEV 9 9 pp55 1 at the base of the altar Alternate translation: “at the bottom of the altar” -LEV 9 10 dcj3 1 he burned Alternate translation: “Aaron burned” -LEV 9 10 gqd4 1 kidneys … liver See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). -LEV 9 11 n477 1 the hide This is the coat or skin of a herd animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:8](../07/08.md). -LEV 9 12 t13n figs-explicit 1 his sons gave him the blood It is implied that the sons caught the blood in a bowl as the blood drained from the animal. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 9 14 nj4y 1 inner parts Here, **the inner parts** refers to the stomach and intestines. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). -LEV 9 15 f5tq translate-ordinal 1 the first goat The word “first” is the ordinal number for one. Alternate translation: “the goat for his own offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 9 17 a8bb figs-explicit 1 along with the morning’s burnt offering This refers to the first sacrifice of each day. The priests would offer this burnt sacrifice in the morning before any other sacrifice. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 9 18 pdy2 1 He killed Alternate translation: “Aaron killed” -LEV 9 18 y9tz figs-explicit 1 Aaron’s sons gave him the blood It is implied that the blood was in a bowl. The full meaning of this statement may be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 9 19 ju3w 1 inner parts This is the stomach and intestines. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). -LEV 9 19 q1v7 1 kidneys … liver See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). -LEV 9 20 cb2c 1 They took the parts Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons took the parts” -LEV 9 20 nk86 1 put these The word “these” refers to the fat and inner parts listed previously. -LEV 9 20 u277 1 the breasts This is front part of the animal’s body below the neck. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:30](../07/30.md). -LEV 9 21 lwm2 1 right thigh This is the upper part of the leg above the knee. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:32](../07/32.md). -LEV 9 21 ki59 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “to Yahweh” -LEV 9 22 ky92 1 then he came down The phrase “came down” is used because the place of the altar was higher than where the people were standing. -LEV 9 23 d94f figs-metonymy 1 the glory of Yahweh appeared to all the people Here “glory” represents Yahweh’s presence. Alternate translation: “Yahweh showed all the people the glory of his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 9 24 v7ig 1 Fire came out from Yahweh and consumed Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a fire that consumed” -LEV 9 24 m6fb figs-metaphor 1 consumed the burnt offering The fire completely burning up the offering is spoken of as if the fire consumed or used up the burnt offering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 9 24 da35 translate-symaction 1 lay facedown This is a sign respect and honor. Alternate translation: “lay with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 9 1 ksc2 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֔י 1 on the eighth day The word **eighth** is the ordinal number for eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 9 2 exi1 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “to Yahweh” or “in the presence of Yahweh” +LEV 9 3 jx2w figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֶל־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל תְּדַבֵּ֣ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר קְח֤וּ שְׂעִיר־ עִזִּים֙ 1 And to the sons of Israel you must speak, saying, ‘Take a buck of the goats This is the beginning of a direct quote within a direct quote. You can change this into an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “And you must tell the people of Israel to take a male goat” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +LEV 9 3 ah79 בְּנֵי־ שָׁנָ֛ה 1 sons of the year Alternate translation: “a year old” or “twelve months of age” +LEV 9 4 gz2r לִ⁠זְבֹּ֨חַ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 to sacrifice before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “to sacrifice to Yahweh” +LEV 9 6 m2gr figs-you צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה תַּעֲשׂ֑וּ 1 Yahweh commanded you to do Here, **you** refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +LEV 9 6 p7cq figs-metonymy וְ⁠יֵרָ֥א אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כְּב֥וֹד יְהוָֽה 1 so the glory of Yahweh may appear to you Here, **glory** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “so that Yahweh may show you the glory of his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 9 7 k98c וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ חַטָּֽאתְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עֹ֣לָתֶ֔⁠ךָ…וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙ וְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר בַּֽעֲדָ֔⁠ם 1 and offer your sin offering and your burnt offering … And offer the sacrifice of the people and make atonement for them These are two different sacrifices. The first sacrifice is to atone for the sins of the high priest. When the high priest sins it also makes the people guilty ([Leviticus 4:3](../04/03.md)). The second sacrifice is to atone of the sins the people themselves commit. +LEV 9 9 q85r figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּקְרִבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֵלָי⁠ו֒ 1 And the sons of Aaron brought the blood to him This implies that they caught the **blood** in a bowl as the blood drained from the animal. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 9 9 pk8j קַרְנ֣וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refer to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). +LEV 9 9 pp55 יְס֖וֹד הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 the base of the altar Alternate translation: “the bottom of the altar” +LEV 9 10 dcj3 הִקְטִ֖יר 1 he burned Alternate translation: “Aaron burned” +LEV 9 10 gqd4 הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֜ת…הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙ 1 the kidneys … the liver See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). +LEV 9 11 n477 הָ⁠ע֑וֹר 1 the hide A **hide** is the coat or skin of a herd animal. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:8](../07/08.md). +LEV 9 12 t13n figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּמְצִאוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן אֵלָי⁠ו֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 And the sons of Aaron brought to him the blood It is implied that **the sons of Aaron** caught the **blood** in a bowl as the blood drained from the animal. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 9 14 nj4y אֶת־ הַ⁠קֶּ֖רֶב 1 the inner parts Here, **the inner parts** refers to the stomach and intestines. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). +LEV 9 15 f5tq translate-ordinal כָּ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן 1 like the first one The word **first** is the ordinal number for one. Alternate translation: “like the goat of the sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 9 17 a8bb figs-explicit מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד עֹלַ֥ת הַ⁠בֹּֽקֶר 1 along with the burnt offering of the morning The **burnt offering of the morning** refers to the first sacrifice of each day. The priests would offer this burnt sacrifice in the morning before any other sacrifice. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 9 18 pdy2 וַ⁠יִּשְׁחַ֤ט 1 And he slaughtered Alternate translation: “And Aaron killed” +LEV 9 18 y9tz figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּמְצִאוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּם֙ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 And the sons of Aaron brought the blood to him It is implied that they caught the **blood** in a bowl. The full meaning of this statement may be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 9 19 ju3w וְ⁠הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּה֙ 1 and the fat covering the inner parts The *inner parts** are the stomach and intestines. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). +LEV 9 19 q1v7 וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֔ת…הַ⁠כָּבֵֽד 1 and the kidneys … the liver See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:4](../03/04.md). +LEV 9 20 cb2c וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֥ימוּ אֶת־ הַ⁠חֲלָבִ֖ים עַל־ הֶ⁠חָז֑וֹת וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֥ר 1 they then put the fat portions on the breasts, and he burned Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons then put the fat portions on the breasts, and Aaron burned” +LEV 9 20 u277 הֶ⁠חָז֑וֹת 1 the breasts The breast is front part of the animal’s body below the neck. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:30](../07/30.md). +LEV 9 21 lwm2 שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 the right thigh The **thigh** is the upper part of the leg above the knee. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:32](../07/32.md). +LEV 9 21 ki59 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “to Yahweh” +LEV 9 22 ky92 וַ⁠יֵּ֗רֶד 1 And he came down The phrase **came down** is used because the place of the altar was higher than where the people were standing. +LEV 9 23 d94f figs-metonymy וַ⁠יֵּרָ֥א כְבוֹד־ יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָֽם 1 And the glory of Yahweh appeared to all the people Here, **glory** represents Yahweh’s presence. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh showed all the people the glory of his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 9 24 v7ig וַ⁠תֵּ֤צֵא אֵשׁ֙ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ 1 And fire came out from before the face of Yahweh and consumed Alternate translation: “And Yahweh sent a fire that consumed” +LEV 9 24 m6fb figs-metaphor וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙…אֶת־ הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 and consumed the burnt offering The fire completely burning up the offering is spoken of as if the fire **consumed** or used up the burnt offering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 9 24 da35 translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ עַל־ פְּנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and fell upon their faces This is a sign respect and honor. Alternate translation: “and lay with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) LEV 10 intro qn6v 0 # Leviticus 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mourning

Aaron was told that he and his remaining sons should not mourn Aaron’s sons who were killed. As priests, they must put priestly work first, before their mourning and personal problems.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Unapproved fire”

The phrase “unapproved fire “ indicates that Aaron’s son offered an unacceptable sacrifice. Because of Yahweh’s holiness, this was a serious sin. They may have offered a sacrifice at the wrong time or in the wrong way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -LEV 10 1 r6u3 translate-names 1 Nadab and Abihu These are the names of Aaron’s sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -LEV 10 1 ghd1 1 censer a shallow metal container which priests used to carry hot coals or incense -LEV 10 1 d3vv 1 put fire in it Alternate translation: “put burning coals in it” -LEV 10 1 qem4 1 Then they offered unapproved fire before Yahweh, which he had not commanded them to offer Alternate translation: “But Yahweh did not approve of their offering because it was not according to what he commanded them to offer” -LEV 10 1 afy8 1 unapproved fire before Yahweh Alternate translation: “unapproved fire to Yahweh” -LEV 10 2 et86 1 So fire came out from before Yahweh Alternate translation: “So Yahweh sent a fire” -LEV 10 2 by34 1 came out from before Yahweh Alternate translation: “came out from Yahweh” -LEV 10 2 f9fy figs-metaphor 1 devoured them The fire completely burning the men up is spoken of as if the fire devoured or completely used them up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 10 2 c893 1 they died before Yahweh Alternate translation: “they died in the presence of Yahweh” -LEV 10 3 pl7g figs-quotesinquotes 1 This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said, ‘I will reveal my holiness … before all the people.’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness … who come near him, and that he will be glorified … people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -LEV 10 3 c9g1 1 I will reveal my holiness to those who come near me The phrase “those who come near me” refers to the priests that serve Yahweh. “I will show those that come near to serve me that I am holy” or “Those who come near to serve me must treat me as holy” -LEV 10 3 py8y figs-activepassive 1 I will be glorified before all the people This second part of Yahweh’s statement still concerns the priest, who are the ones who come near to Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must glorify me before all the people” or “They must honor me in the presence of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 10 4 qzy6 translate-names 1 Mishael … Elzaphan … Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -LEV 10 4 bt7v 1 your brothers This does not mean they were literal brothers. Here “brothers” means relatives or cousins. -LEV 10 5 qi3k 1 So they came near Alternate translation: “So Mishael and Elzaphan came near” -LEV 10 5 lmx1 1 carried them, still wearing their priestly tunics carried the bodies of Nadab and Abihu, which still had on the priestly tunics -LEV 10 6 w2ql translate-names 1 Eleazar … Ithamar These are the names of Aaron’s sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -LEV 10 6 zau7 translate-symaction 1 Do not let your hair on your heads hang loosely, and do not tear your clothes Yahweh is telling Aaron and his sons not to show any outward signs of grief or mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 10 6 fv5t 1 so that you may not die Alternate translation: “so that you will not die” -LEV 10 6 pe72 figs-synecdoche 1 not be angry with all the assembly Here “assembly” means the whole congregation of Israel, not just a group of leaders. Alternate translation: “not be angry with all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LEV 10 6 cbn7 figs-metonymy 1 the entire house of Israel Here “house” represents the people. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 10 6 g4h2 1 for those whom the fire of Yahweh has set ablaze Alternate translation: “for those whom Yahweh killed with his fire” -LEV 10 9 fke8 1 This will be Here “This” refers back to the command for the priests to not drink wine or strong drink when they enter the tent of meeting. -LEV 10 9 xt68 1 a permanent statute throughout your people’s generations See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 10 10 c51w 1 to distinguish You can start a new sentence here. “You must do this so that you will be able to distinguish” -LEV 10 10 um6e figs-nominaladj 1 between the holy and the common The nominal adjectives “the holy” and “the common” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “between what is holy and what is common” or “between what is dedicated to God and what is ordinary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -LEV 10 10 h6gu figs-nominaladj 1 between the unclean and the clean The nominal adjectives “the unclean” and “the clean” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “between what is unclean and what is clean” or “between what God will not accept and what he will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -LEV 10 10 hnd2 figs-metaphor 1 the unclean A person or thing that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch is spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 10 10 hwt7 figs-metaphor 1 the clean A person or thing that Yahweh has stated is fit to touch is spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 10 12 j2wg figs-activepassive 1 the offerings to Yahweh made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the burnt offerings to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 10 12 x7w9 1 for it is most holy Alternate translation: “for the grain offering is most holy” -LEV 10 13 lw7m figs-activepassive 1 this is what I have been commanded to tell you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh commanded me to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 10 14 ded7 figs-activepassive 1 The breast that is waved and the thigh that is presented to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The breast and thigh that a person waved and presented to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 10 14 kzs9 1 the thigh the upper part of the leg above the knee -LEV 10 14 pj8w figs-metaphor 1 in a clean place A place that is fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 10 14 d7ig figs-activepassive 1 for they are given as your share If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has given them as your share” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 10 14 hd3b figs-you 1 You and your sons and daughters Here “You” refers to Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -LEV 10 15 y6r2 1 the breast the front part of the animal’s body below the neck -LEV 10 15 e8hp figs-explicit 1 They will be yours and your sons’ with you as a share forever Translate this so it is understood that the portion belongs to Aaron and his sons. Alternate translation: “This portion will always be for you and your sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 10 16 n88w figs-activepassive 1 it was burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priests had burned it all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 10 16 ssj2 1 Eleazar and Ithamar See how you translated these names in [Leviticus 10:6](../10/06.md). -LEV 10 17 y3wc figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ לֹֽא־ אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֶת־ הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִ֑וא וְ⁠אֹתָ֣⁠הּ׀ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֗ם לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Why have you not eaten … before him? Moses uses a question to rebuke Eleazar and Ithamar. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have eaten the sin offering in the holy place, since it is the holiest holy thing, and it he has given to you to take away the iniquity of the assembly, to make atonement for them before the face of Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -LEV 10 17 rz8i 1 since it is most holy Alternate translation: “since the sin offering is most holy” -LEV 10 17 d4e4 figs-metaphor 1 to take away the iniquity of the assembly Causing Yahweh to forgive the people of Israel is spoken of as if iniquity were an object that Yahweh takes from the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 10 17 m77r 1 before him Alternate translation: “in his presence” -LEV 10 18 yy2n figs-activepassive 1 its blood was not brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you did not bring its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 10 19 jkx5 1 this thing has happened Aaron is referring to the death of his two sons. -LEV 10 19 yzv9 figs-rquestion וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 would it have been pleasing in the sight of Yahweh? These sacrifices were to be eaten with joy and happiness. Aaron uses a question to emphasize that Yahweh would not be pleased for him to eat the sacrifices since he is sad because of his sons’ deaths. This question may be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly, Yahweh would not have been pleased if I had eaten the sin offering today.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +LEV 10 1 r6u3 translate-names נָדָ֨ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֜וּא 1 Nadab and Abihu **Nadab** and **Abihu** are the names of Aaron’s sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +LEV 10 1 ghd1 מַחְתָּת֗⁠וֹ 1 his censer A **censer** is a shallow metal container which priests used to carry hot coals or incense. +LEV 10 1 d3vv וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ בָ⁠הֵן֙ אֵ֔שׁ 1 and they put fire in it Alternate translation: “and they put burning coals in it” +LEV 10 1 qem4 וַ⁠יַּקְרִ֜בוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹ֦א צִוָּ֖ה אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 And they offered before the face of Yahweh unfamiliar fire that he had not commanded them Alternate translation: “But Yahweh did not approve of their offering because it was not according to what he commanded them to offer” +LEV 10 1 afy8 לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה 1 before the face of Yahweh unfamiliar fire Alternate translation: “unapproved fire to Yahweh” +LEV 10 2 et86 וַ⁠תֵּ֥צֵא אֵ֛שׁ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 And fire went out from before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “So Yahweh sent out fire” +LEV 10 2 f9fy figs-metaphor וַ⁠תֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 and it devoured them The fire completely burning the men up is spoken of as if the fire **devoured** or completely used them up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 10 2 c893 וַ⁠יָּמֻ֖תוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 And they died before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “And they died in the presence of Yahweh” +LEV 10 3 pl7g figs-quotesinquotes הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 This is what Yahweh spoke, saying,
‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +LEV 10 3 c9g1 בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ 1 Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart The phrase **those who come near me** refers to the priests that serve Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will show those that come near to serve me that I am holy” or “Those who come near to serve me must treat me as holy” +LEV 10 3 py8y figs-activepassive וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 I will be glorified before all the people This second part of Yahweh’s statement still concerns the priest, who are the ones who come near to Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must glorify me before all the people” or “And they must honor me in the presence of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 10 4 qzy6 translate-names מִֽישָׁאֵל֙…אֶלְצָפָ֔ן…בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל 1 Mishael … Elzaphan … Uzziel **Mishael**, **Elzaphan**, and **Uzziel** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +LEV 10 4 bt7v אֶת־ אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 your brothers This does not mean they were literal **brothers**. Here **brothers** means relatives or cousins. +LEV 10 5 qi3k וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְב֗וּ 1 And they came near Alternate translation: “So Mishael and Elzaphan came near” +LEV 10 5 lmx1 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 and carried them by their tunics They **carried** the bodies of Nadab and Abihu, which still had on the priestly **tunics**. +LEV 10 6 w2ql translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְעָזָר֩ וּ⁠לְ⁠אִֽיתָמָ֨ר 1 and to Eleazar and to Ithamar **Eleazar** and **Ithamar** are the names of Aaron’s sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +LEV 10 6 zau7 translate-symaction רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם אַל־ תִּפְרָ֣עוּ׀ וּ⁠בִגְדֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לֹֽא־ תִפְרֹ֨מוּ֙ 1 Do not let your heads be unbound, and do not tear your clothes Yahweh is telling Aaron and his sons not to show any outward signs of grief or mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 10 6 pe72 figs-synecdoche כָּל־ הָ⁠עֵדָ֖ה 1 all the assembly Here, **assembly** means the whole congregation of Israel, not just a group of leaders. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +LEV 10 6 cbn7 figs-metonymy כָּל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 all of the house of Israel Here, **house** represents the people. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 10 6 g4h2 יִבְכּוּ֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה 1 may weep for the burning that Yahweh burned Alternate translation: “may mourn for those whom Yahweh killed with his fire” +LEV 10 9 fke8 חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם 1 It is a permanent statute Here, **It** refers back to the command for the priests to not drink wine or strong drink when they enter the tent of meeting. +LEV 10 9 xt68 חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It is a permanent statute throughout your generations See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 10 10 c51w וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל 1 so to distinguish You can start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You must do this so that you will be able to distinguish” +LEV 10 10 um6e figs-nominaladj הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠חֹ֑ל 1 the set apart and the common The nominal adjectives **the set apart** and **the common** can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “what is holy and what is common” or “between what is dedicated to God and what is ordinary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +LEV 10 10 h6gu figs-nominaladj הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הַ⁠טָּהֽוֹר 1 the unclean and the clean The nominal adjectives **the unclean** and **the clean** indicate groups of things. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “what is unclean and what is clean” or “what God will not accept and what he will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +LEV 10 10 hnd2 figs-metaphor הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א 1 the unclean A person or thing that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch is spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 10 10 hwt7 figs-metaphor הַ⁠טָּהֽוֹר 1 the clean A person or thing that Yahweh has stated is fit to touch is spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 10 12 x7w9 כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא 1 for it is the holiest holy thing Alternate translation: “for the grain offering is most holy” +LEV 10 13 lw7m figs-activepassive כִּי־ כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי 1 for thus I have been commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh commanded me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 10 14 kzs9 שׁ֣וֹק 1 the thigh The **thigh** is the upper part of the leg above the knee. +LEV 10 14 pj8w figs-metaphor בְּ⁠מָק֣וֹם טָה֔וֹר 1 in a clean place A **place** that is fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 10 14 hd3b figs-you אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 you and your sons and your daughters with you Here, **you** and **your** refer to Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +LEV 10 14 d7ig figs-activepassive כִּֽי־ חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־ בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נִתְּנ֔וּ 1 for they are given as your share and the share of your sons If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has given them as the share of you and of your sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 10 15 y6r2 וַ⁠חֲזֵ֣ה 1 and the breast of The **breast** is the front part of the animal’s body below the neck. +LEV 10 15 e8hp figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֤י⁠ךָ אִתְּ⁠ךָ֙ לְ⁠חָק־ עוֹלָ֔ם 1 And it will belong to you and to your sons with you as a share forever Translate this so it is understood that the portion belongs to Aaron and his sons. Alternate translation: “And this portion will always be for you and your sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 10 16 ssj2 אֶלְעָזָ֤ר…אִֽיתָמָר֙ 1 Eleazar … Ithamar See how you translated *Eleazar** and **Ithamar** in [Leviticus 10:6](../10/06.md). +LEV 10 17 y3wc figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ לֹֽא־ אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֶת־ הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִ֑וא וְ⁠אֹתָ֣⁠הּ׀ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֗ם לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Why have you not eaten the sin offering in the holy place, since it is the holiest holy thing, and it he has given to you to take away the iniquity of the assembly, to make atonement for them before the face of Yahweh? Moses uses a question to rebuke Eleazar and Ithamar. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have eaten the sin offering in the holy place, since it is the holiest holy thing, and it he has given to you to take away the iniquity of the assembly, to make atonement for them before the face of Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +LEV 10 17 rz8i כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִ֑וא 1 since it is the holiest holy thing Alternate translation: “since the sin offering is most the most holy thing” +LEV 10 17 d4e4 figs-metaphor לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 to take away the iniquity of the assembly Causing Yahweh to forgive the people of Israel is spoken of as if their **iniquity** were an object that Yahweh takes from the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 10 17 m77r לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” +LEV 10 18 yy2n figs-activepassive לֹא־ הוּבָ֣א אֶת־ דָּמָ֔⁠הּ 1 its blood was not brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you did not bring its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 10 19 jkx5 וַ⁠תִּקְרֶ֥אנָה אֹתִ֖⁠י כָּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 and such things as these have happened to me Aaron is referring to the death of his two sons. +LEV 10 19 yzv9 figs-rquestion וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 If I had eaten the sin offering today, would it have been pleasing in the eyes of Yahweh? These sacrifices were to be eaten with joy and happiness. Aaron uses a question to emphasize that Yahweh would not be pleased for him to eat the sacrifices since he is sad because of his sons’ deaths. This question may be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly, Yahweh would not have been pleased if I had eaten the sin offering today.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) LEV 11 intro i427 0 # Leviticus 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter


### Laws about food

This chapter contains a list of the animals the Israelites were not allowed to eat. Further research may be needed to determine the exact location of different parts of an animal. Many of these foods are not consumed to this day because they cause diseases, but it is unclear why the other foods are prohibited.

Eating unclean foods made a person unclean. The process of consuming these types of foods spread the uncleanliness to a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 11 2 sc39 1 among all the animals Alternate translation: “out of all the animals” LEV 11 3 m3yh 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses and Aaron what he permits the people to eat and what he forbids them to eat. From 4f0688273f8caec6ca7dc04d6fbe63423f50e342 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 29 Apr 2022 17:50:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 17/17] Added second line break before heading in OT. (#2475) Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2475 --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 2 +- en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 74 ++++++------ en_tn_05-DEU.tsv | 68 +++++------ en_tn_06-JOS.tsv | 48 ++++---- en_tn_07-JDG.tsv | 44 +++---- en_tn_09-1SA.tsv | 62 +++++----- en_tn_10-2SA.tsv | 48 ++++---- en_tn_11-1KI.tsv | 46 ++++---- en_tn_12-2KI.tsv | 52 ++++---- en_tn_13-1CH.tsv | 60 +++++----- en_tn_14-2CH.tsv | 72 +++++------ en_tn_17-EST.tsv | 12 +- en_tn_18-JOB.tsv | 84 ++++++------- en_tn_19-PSA.tsv | 302 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ en_tn_20-PRO.tsv | 64 +++++----- en_tn_21-ECC.tsv | 26 ++-- en_tn_22-SNG.tsv | 18 +-- en_tn_23-ISA.tsv | 132 ++++++++++----------- en_tn_24-JER.tsv | 104 ++++++++-------- en_tn_25-LAM.tsv | 12 +- en_tn_26-EZK.tsv | 96 +++++++-------- en_tn_27-DAN.tsv | 24 ++-- en_tn_28-HOS.tsv | 28 ++--- en_tn_29-JOL.tsv | 6 +- en_tn_30-AMO.tsv | 20 ++-- en_tn_33-MIC.tsv | 14 +-- en_tn_34-NAM.tsv | 6 +- en_tn_35-HAB.tsv | 6 +- en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv | 6 +- en_tn_37-HAG.tsv | 4 +- en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv | 28 ++--- en_tn_39-MAL.tsv | 8 +- 32 files changed, 788 insertions(+), 788 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index e39ec35bbb..4a1c3fbd94 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Leviticus

1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
* Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
* Grain offerings (2:1–16)
* Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
* Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
* Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
1. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
* Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
* Grain offerings (6:14-23)
* Sin offerings (6:24-30)
* Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
1. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
* Peace offerings (7:11–21)
* Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
* The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
1. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
* Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
* Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
* Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
1. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
* Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
* Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
* Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
* Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
1. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
1. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
1. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
1. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
1. Gifts to God (27:1–34)

### What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.

In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.

Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.

It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.

Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.

### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.

### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”

This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.” +LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Leviticus

1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
* Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
* Grain offerings (2:1–16)
* Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
* Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
* Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
1. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
* Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
* Grain offerings (6:14-23)
* Sin offerings (6:24-30)
* Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
1. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
* Peace offerings (7:11–21)
* Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
* The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
1. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
* Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
* Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
* Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
1. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
* Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
* Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
* Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
* Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
1. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
1. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
1. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
1. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
1. Gifts to God (27:1–34)

### What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.

In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.

Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.

It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.

Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.

### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.

### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”

This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.” LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement

In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 1 1 j8us יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. LEV 1 2 yiq7 אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־ יַקְרִ֥יב מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם 1 When any man from among you Alternate translation: “When any one of you offers” or “When any of you offers” diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv index 155fb10077..c7e095e91d 100644 --- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Numbers

1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)
* Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)
* Regulations (5:1–6:27)
* Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)
* Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)
* Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)
* Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)
1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)
* Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)
* The quails (11:16–35)
* Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)
* The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)
* Commands (15:1-41)
* Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)
1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)
* Priests and Levites (18:1–32)
* The law about purifying (19:1–22)
1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)
* Miriam’s death (20:1–13)
* Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)
* Journey to Moab (21:1–35)
1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)
* Balaam (22:1–24:25)
* Baal Peor (25:1–18)
* The second counting (26:1-65)
* Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)
* Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)
* Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)
* Midianite war (31:1–54)
* Across the Jordan (32:1–42)
* The people set up camp (33:1–56)
* Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)
* Female heirs marry (36:1-13)

### What is the Book of Numbers about?

The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])

### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?

The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?

When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. -NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

### Census

They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100. +NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Numbers

1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)
* Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)
* Regulations (5:1–6:27)
* Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)
* Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)
* Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)
* Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)
1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)
* Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)
* The quails (11:16–35)
* Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)
* The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)
* Commands (15:1-41)
* Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)
1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)
* Priests and Levites (18:1–32)
* The law about purifying (19:1–22)
1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)
* Miriam’s death (20:1–13)
* Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)
* Journey to Moab (21:1–35)
1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)
* Balaam (22:1–24:25)
* Baal Peor (25:1–18)
* The second counting (26:1-65)
* Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)
* Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)
* Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)
* Midianite war (31:1–54)
* Across the Jordan (32:1–42)
* The people set up camp (33:1–56)
* Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)
* Female heirs marry (36:1-13)

### What is the Book of Numbers about?

The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])

### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?

The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?

When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead. +NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

### Census

They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100. NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year Alternate translation: “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ NUM 1 52 qn3w 0 his armed group Alternate translation: “his military divisio NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md). NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Camping

Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay. +NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Camping

Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay. NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner. NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard. NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ NUM 2 32 ifg9 figs-activepassive 0 All those counted If your language does not NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel. NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 Alternate translation: “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### The tribe of Levi

The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### The tribe of Levi

The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account. NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn Alternate translation: “Nadab, who was the firstborn” NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab … Abihu … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ NUM 3 51 u72d 0 the redemption money This refers to the money that Moses colle NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Counting the Levites by clans

Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) +NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Counting the Levites by clans

Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md). NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old Alternate translation: “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ NUM 4 49 v91x 0 keeping count of each by the type … He counted each man by t NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear Alternate translation: “he would have” NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron. -NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s camp

Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Vengeance
There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) +NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s camp

Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Vengeance
There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]]) NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people. NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids. NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yah NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens. NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest Alternate translation: “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest” NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear Alternate translation: “must endure” -NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nazirite vow
The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) +NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nazirite vow
The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself Alternate translation: “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ NUM 6 25 f8fh figs-you 0 on you … to you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[ NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you … give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Consecrating the altar

When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) +NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Consecrating the altar

When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]]) NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle Alternate translation: “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle” NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel … the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ NUM 7 89 y6f1 figs-synecdoche 0 he heard his voice speaking to him Here “his NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid … from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md). NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to Moses” -NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) +NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front Alternate translation: “must shine towards the front” NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light Alternate translation: “to shine” NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites Alternate translation: “All o NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old Alternate translation: “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md). NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years Alternate translation: “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

==Passover ==

This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) +NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

==Passover ==

This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ NUM 9 21 zn66 0 only when the cloud lifted would they journey on Alternate tra NUM 9 22 y7i4 figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was taken up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh took up the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 9 23 acm7 figs-abstractnouns 0 at Yahweh’s command The word “command” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NUM 9 23 h49s figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the command that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trumpets
In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.

### Israel starts to move

Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) +NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trumpets
In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.

### Israel starts to move

Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh commanded Moses to have someone make the trumpet. He did not make them himself. Alternate translation: “Tell someone to make two silver trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you Alternate translation: “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets. @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ NUM 10 35 hqm2 figs-metaphor 0 Rise up, Yahweh Here the phrase “rise up” is NUM 10 35 n947 figs-metaphor 0 Make those who hate you run from you Here Moses speaks about Yahweh causing their enemies to flee from the people of Israel as if they were fleeing from Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Make those who hate you run away from your ark and your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 10 36 a1np figs-personification 0 Whenever the ark stopped Here the ark is spoken of as if were a person traveling. The ark was really being carried by men. Alternate translation: “Whenever the people carrying the ark stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NUM 10 36 s46d figs-explicit 0 many tens of thousands This refers to people. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many tens of thousands of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaining
Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaining
Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) NUM 11 1 y6b3 0 Fire from Yahweh burned Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent fire that burned” NUM 11 3 n5ye figs-activepassive 0 That place was named This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 11 4 tfn7 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites ask this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ NUM 11 32 r8bg translate-bvolume 0 ten homers A homer is a unit of volume equal NUM 11 33 zs3j figs-parallelism 0 While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NUM 11 34 xkj8 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 11 35 j14n translate-names 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) NUM 12 2 h4pv figs-rquestion 0 Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us? Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NUM 12 2 aac3 0 Now Yahweh heard The word “Now” hear draws attention to the important point that follows. NUM 12 3 v4cp writing-background 0 Now the man Moses Alternate translation: “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. The narrator tells background information about Moses’ character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ NUM 12 14 f2gq figs-hypo 0 If her father had spit in her face This describes so NUM 12 15 dk19 figs-metaphor 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 12 15 ww7l figs-activepassive 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses shut Miriam outside the camp” or “Moses sent Miriam outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 12 16 w7ur 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. See how you translated it in [Numbers 11:35](../11/35.md). -NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Spies

Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Spies

Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) NUM 13 2 mg6w figs-pastforfuture 0 which I have given God had decided that the land of Canaan would belong to the people of Israel, but they had not yet moved into it. Alternate translation: “which I have decided to give” or “which I will soon give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) NUM 13 2 t5e2 0 Each man must be a leader among them Alternate translation: “Each man whom you send must be a leader among his tribe” NUM 13 4 l3bh translate-names 0 Shammua son of Zaccur These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ NUM 13 32 i1fs figs-metaphor 0 a land that eats up its inhabitants The men spea NUM 13 33 zz8m translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 13 33 ckl6 figs-metaphor 0 In our own sight … in their sight Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion … in their opinion” or “In our own judgement … in their judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 13 33 s8xm figs-simile 0 we were like grasshoppers in comparison with them The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) NUM 14 3 r8f9 figs-rquestion 0 Why did Yahweh bring us to this land to die by the sword? The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NUM 14 3 c2ap figs-metonymy 0 to die by the sword Here “the sword” represents either being killed by the sword or being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “to die when people attack us with swords” or “to die in battle” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 14 3 y89n figs-rquestion 0 Is it not better for us to return to Egypt? The people use this question to encourage people to agree with them that it would be better to return to Egypt. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be better for us to return to Egypt than to try to conquer Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ NUM 14 43 wp6t figs-metaphor 0 you turned back from following Yahweh Obeying Ya NUM 14 43 qj3c figs-metaphor 0 he will not be with you Helping them is spoken of as being with them. Alternate translation: “he will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 14 44 dy4m 0 they presumed to go up into the hill country Alternate translation: “they dared to go up into the hill country even though God did not approve” NUM 14 44 c73c 0 into the hill country Much of the land of Israel is elevated. When the Israelites crossed the Jordan River valley to attack the Canaanites, there were hills that they had to climb in order to go farther into the land of Canaan. -NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Purifying the people
As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prostitution

The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Purifying the people
As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prostitution

The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) NUM 15 1 kit4 0 General Information: Numbers 15:1-32 tells what God told Moses to tell the people of Israel. NUM 15 3 w63b figs-metaphor 0 to produce a pleasing aroma for Yahweh from the herd or the flock Alternate translation: “to produce from the herd or flock a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning a sacrifice from the herd or the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 15 4 x238 0 a burnt offering This refers to the offerings spoken of in [Numbers 15:3](../15/03.md). @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ NUM 15 39 vhx4 figs-metaphor 0 prostitute yourselves to them Being unfaithful t NUM 15 40 q9my 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people. NUM 15 40 x4hp figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 15 41 zvn9 0 I am Yahweh your God This clause is repeated for emphasis. -NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rebellion and punishment

A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) +NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rebellion and punishment

A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) NUM 16 1 xx9n 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md). NUM 16 2 t69q figs-metaphor 0 rose up against Moses Rebelling or criticizing someone in authority is spoken of as if they were standing up to fight. Alternate translation: “rebelled against Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 16 2 uge1 translate-numbers 0 two hundred and fifty Alternate translation: “250” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ NUM 16 46 pv5i figs-metonymy 0 anger is coming from Yahweh Anger coming from Go NUM 16 47 s2fi figs-metonymy 0 he put in the incense Putting the incense in the censer here represents burning it. Alternate translation: “he burned the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 16 48 fgs5 figs-activepassive 0 the plague was stopped If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the plague stopped spreading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 16 49 e8gm translate-numbers 0 14,700 in number Alternate translation: “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Which tribe should be special workers for God?

God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Which tribe should be special workers for God?

God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) NUM 17 2 qi3j translate-numbers 0 twelve Alternate translation: “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 17 3 jjh7 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. NUM 17 3 xg67 0 Levi’s staff The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi. @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ NUM 17 10 nwq2 figs-synecdoche 0 the covenant decrees The phrase “the covenan NUM 17 10 n4ip figs-abstractnouns 0 so that you may end complaints against me The word “complaints” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “so that you may stop them from complaining against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NUM 17 10 b4j8 0 or they will die This is what would happen if the people were to continue complaining. God wanted to prevent this. Alternate translation: “so that they will not die” NUM 17 12 m73b figs-parallelism 0 We will die here. We will all perish! These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tithes and offerings

The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tithes and offerings

The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) NUM 18 1 u2mx figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed against the sanctuary If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 18 1 g8xh figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 18 1 ljg9 0 anyone in the priesthood Alternate translation: “any priest” @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ NUM 18 30 c3xf 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses. NUM 18 30 l7ak 0 the best of it Alternate translation: “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel” NUM 18 31 g3lw 0 the rest of your gifts The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them. NUM 18 32 v4s3 0 You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it Alternate translation: “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it” -NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ritually clean

This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ritually clean

This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) NUM 19 2 vs5r figs-doublet 0 a statute, a law These two words share similar meanings. Alternate translation: “a statute of the law” or “a legal statute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NUM 19 2 u2gx 0 bring to you Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses. NUM 19 2 x8cy figs-doublet 0 flaw or blemish These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this animal is to have no imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” an NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor 0 that person will be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md) -NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ sin

God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”
It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ sin

God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”
It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) NUM 20 1 wu8m translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) NUM 20 1 ht9k translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. The first month is during the last part of March and the first part of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) NUM 20 1 r66w figs-activepassive 0 was buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ NUM 20 24 z598 0 rebelled against my word Alternate translation: “refused to NUM 20 25 ie14 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses. NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism 0 must die and be gathered to his people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) NUM 20 29 lcr9 translate-numbers 0 thirty days Alternate translation: “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungrateful

The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungrateful

The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) NUM 21 1 nsa6 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Israel Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 21 2 x3np figs-metonymy 0 Israel vowed This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel vowed” or “The Israelites made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NUM 21 3 j1ix figs-metonymy 0 listened to Israel’s voice Here “listen” means that Yahweh did as they asked. Alternate translation: “did what Israel asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ NUM 21 34 wk2t 0 Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites The Israel NUM 21 35 mdc5 0 So they killed him Alternate translation: “So the army of Israel killed Og” NUM 21 35 b31n figs-activepassive 0 none of his people were left alive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of his people were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 21 35 w1f2 0 they took over his land Alternate translation: “they took control of his land” -NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) NUM 22 1 vt4u 0 on the other side of the Jordan River from the city The Israelites were camped on the east side of the Jordan River. Jericho was on the west side of the river. NUM 22 2 a4k1 translate-names 0 Balak son of Zippor Balak was king of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 22 2 hqt3 translate-names 0 Zippor Zippor is the father of Balak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ NUM 22 38 re6i figs-metaphor 0 the words that God puts into my mouth The messag NUM 22 39 lt48 translate-names 0 Kiriath Huzoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 22 40 e9l3 0 some meat Alternate translation: “some of the meat from the sacrifices” NUM 22 41 sx5n 0 the high place of Baal This could mean: (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal. -NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God’s people

God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God’s people

God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) NUM 23 1 js8j 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md). NUM 23 1 yr7z 0 prepare seven bulls and seven rams Alternate translation: “kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice” NUM 23 3 s7kv 0 Stand at your burnt offering and I will go Alternate translation: “Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away” @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ NUM 23 24 jm1j figs-metaphor 0 the people rise like a lioness … he has killed NUM 23 25 yxn3 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md). NUM 23 26 sl4c figs-rquestion 0 Did I not tell you that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say? Balaam uses this rhetorical question to remind Balak that Balaam refused to disobey God even before he came to Balak. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I told you before that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NUM 23 28 jd2z figs-explicit 0 which looks down on the wilderness It is understood that this wilderness was where Israel was camped. Alternate translation: “which looks down on the wilderness where Israel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God’s people

God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cursing God’s people

God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) NUM 24 1 w9kx 0 as at the other times Alternate translation: “like he did the previous times” NUM 24 2 wa9k figs-idiom 0 He raised his eyes Here “raised his eyes” is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “He looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 24 2 vd4a 0 Spirit of God came on him This mean’s God’s Spirit took control of him to prophesy. @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ NUM 24 23 bj5v figs-rquestion 0 Who will survive when God does this? If your re NUM 24 24 rl4t translate-names 0 Kittim This is the name of a city on an island in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 24 24 zm8g figs-abstractnouns 0 they, too, will end in destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God will destroy them also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NUM 24 25 wf69 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md). -NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Foreign women

Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Foreign women

Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) NUM 25 1 bx2y translate-names 0 Shittim This is the name of a place in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 25 2 zud9 translate-symaction 0 bowed down This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NUM 25 3 bum9 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md). @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ NUM 25 18 kw2l 0 They led you into evil Alternate translation: “They persuad NUM 25 18 dj72 0 in the case of Peor … in the matter of Peor Both of these phrases mean that these things happened at Mount Peor. NUM 25 18 h4fy 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md). NUM 25 18 vp48 figs-activepassive 0 who was killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Phinehas killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### A new generation

None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### A new generation

None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) NUM 26 2 i1ce figs-explicit 0 Count all the community They were only to count the men, not the women. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Count all the men of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NUM 26 2 vni2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years old and up Alternate translation: “20 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 26 3 z8gq 0 spoke to them Alternate translation: “spoke to the Israelite leaders” @@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ NUM 26 64 xc7s figs-activepassive 0 when the descendants of Israel were counted NUM 26 65 zm6j figs-doublenegatives 0 There was not a man left among them, except The word “them” refers to all of the people who were counted in the wilderness of Sinai. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “The only ones who were still alive were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) NUM 26 65 sl65 0 son of Jephunneh Jephunneh was Caleb’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:6](../13/06.md). NUM 26 65 j2tl 0 son of Nun Nun was Joshua’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 11:28](../11/28.md). -NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daughters
The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])

### The new leader is Joshua

God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) +NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daughters
The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])

### The new leader is Joshua

God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) NUM 27 1 r2z7 0 Then to Moses came the daughters of Zelophehad … son of Joseph Alternate translation: “Then the daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher son of Gilead son of Machir son of Manasseh, of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph came to Moses.” This tells us the genealogy of Zelophehad. NUM 27 1 xh5x 0 Zelophehad son of Hepher … Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md). NUM 27 1 f1ul 0 Gilead … Machir See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md). @@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ NUM 27 23 gcp5 0 He laid his hands on him and commanded him to lead Alternate NUM 27 23 cb8n translate-symaction 0 He laid his hands on him The laying on of hands was a way of setting a person apart to do a special task for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NUM 27 23 nk4a figs-ellipsis 0 to lead You can make clear the understood information to lead the people. Alternate translation: “to lead the people” or “to be the leader of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NUM 27 23 cw8h 0 as Yahweh had commanded him to do Here “him” refers to Moses. -NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Offerings for special days

God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]]) +NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Offerings for special days

God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]]) NUM 28 2 vl5n 0 at the appointed times Alternate translation: “at the times that I haven chosen” NUM 28 2 d2nc figs-activepassive 0 the food of my offerings made by fire to produce If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 28 2 ii63 0 a sweet aroma for me Alternate translation: “a smell I enjoy” @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ NUM 28 29 tdh2 translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah Alternate translation: NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NUM 28 31 k54h figs-possession 0 their drink offerings This refers to the drink offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the drink offerings that are offered with them” or “the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days. +NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days. NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month, on the first day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event. @@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ NUM 29 37 m6nc figs-activepassive 0 as were commanded If your language does not NUM 29 38 nyr3 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) NUM 29 39 zpq3 0 These are what you must offer Alternate translation: “These offerings are what you must offer” NUM 29 39 y3wf 0 fixed festivals Alternate translation: “planned festivals.” These are festivals that occurred at regularly scheduled times. The word “fixed” means “set” or “predetermined.” -NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vows

Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vows

Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) NUM 30 2 n92a 0 a man makes a vow The words “a man” refer to any man, not one particular man. It refers only to men and does not include women. Alternate translation: “any man” NUM 30 2 yep5 figs-metaphor 0 to bind himself with a binding promise Here Moses speaks of a person promising to do something as if his promise were a physical object that he ties to himself. Alternate translation: “committing to fulfill a promise” or “promising to do something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 30 2 d5ft figs-parallelism 0 he must not break his word. He must keep his promise to do everything that comes out of his mouth These two sentences have similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that he must fulfill his promises. Here “word” is a metonym that refers to what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ NUM 30 14 sq3z figs-metaphor 0 binding promises Moses describes a woman’s pro NUM 30 14 ntv6 figs-idiom 0 will stand This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and that she will be required to fulfill them. Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NUM 30 14 w9nv figs-ellipsis 0 because he has said nothing to her You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “because he has said nothing to her about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NUM 30 15 z7x5 figs-explicit 0 then he will be responsible for her guilt This means that he will be guilty of her sin instead of her if she does not fulfill her vow. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “if she does not fulfill her vow, she will not be guilty of her sin, and he will be guilty instead of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Midianites

Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Midianites

Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) NUM 31 2 u6qq 0 Take vengeance on the Midianites for what they did to the Israelites Yahweh was punishing the Midianites for convincing the Israelites to worship idols. NUM 31 2 l7s2 figs-parallelism 0 you will die and be gathered to your people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This is a polite way to emphasize that it is time for Moses to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) NUM 31 3 z1v2 0 Arm some of your men for war Alternate translation: “Give weapons to some of your men” @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ NUM 31 52 qri3 translate-numbers 0 from the commanders of thousands and from th NUM 31 52 b57h translate-numbers 0 16,750 Alternate translation: “sixteen thousand, seven hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NUM 31 52 gj47 translate-bmoney 0 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) NUM 31 54 r1uq 0 as a reminder of the people of Israel for Yahweh The gold will remind the people that Yahweh gave them victory. It will also remind Yahweh that the people fulfilled his revenge on the Midianites. -NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance

Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance

Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) NUM 32 1 t4bt writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Moses tells background information about the tribes of Reuben and Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NUM 32 3 dwl6 translate-names 0 Ataroth, Dibon, Jazer, Nimrah, Heshbon, Elealeh, Sebam, Nebo, and Beon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 32 4 fd7v 0 General Information: The people from Reuben and Gad continue speaking to Moses, Eleazar, and the other leaders. @@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ NUM 32 41 h5li translate-names 0 Jair This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://e NUM 32 41 mn6c translate-names 0 Havvoth Jair This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 32 42 rm3m translate-names 0 Nobah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 32 42 r3cx translate-names 0 Kenath This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.” +NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.” NUM 33 1 va6t 0 by their armed groups Alternate translation: “by their military divisions.” This means that each tribe had their own men, who were armed, to protect them. See how you translated “armed groups” in [Numbers 1:3](../01/03.md). NUM 33 2 gx4i figs-activepassive 0 as commanded by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 33 2 y7p2 0 departure after departure Alternate translation: “from one place to another place” @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ NUM 33 54 q2gz figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land The Israelites claiming the lan NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it Alternate translation: “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls” NUM 33 55 ebs2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### The boundaries
Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) +NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### The boundaries
Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md). NUM 34 4 i8yz translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 34 6 aj34 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ NUM 34 19 d75w translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of men w NUM 34 21 ddd5 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 34 24 jyl2 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Revenge
Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Revenge
Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes. NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass @@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ NUM 35 32 a9qa 0 in this way Alternate translation: “by accepting a ransom NUM 35 33 gzd5 figs-metaphor 0 Do not pollute in this way the land where you live, because blood from murder pollutes the land Making the land unacceptable to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically polluting the land. Alternate translation: “Do not make the land where you live unacceptable to me in this way, because blood from murder makes the land unacceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NUM 35 33 df8z 0 in this way This means by disobeying the laws concerning a person who kills someone. NUM 35 33 pl2f figs-activepassive 0 No atonement can be made for the land when blood has been shed on it, except by the blood of the one who shed it This refers to when a person intentionally kills another person. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When someone has shed blood in the land, only the execution of the murderer can make atonement for the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Female heirs

Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) +NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Female heirs

Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) NUM 36 1 if4m translate-names 0 Machir This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NUM 36 2 gt4r figs-activepassive 0 You were commanded by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NUM 36 2 wj3z translate-names 0 Zelophehad This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv b/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv index 2217689afe..4f4056f15d 100644 --- a/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv +++ b/en_tn_05-DEU.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Deuteronomy

1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)
1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)
1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)
1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)
1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)
1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)
1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)
1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)


### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?

In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?

The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.

### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?

The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?

As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?

God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.

### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?

The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy. -DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

### Possessing the land
While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

### Possessing the land
While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan” DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph … Paran … Tophel … Laban … Hazeroth … Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea Alternate translation: “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb … to Kadesh Barnea” @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DEU 1 44 fn6p translate-names 0 Hormah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc:/ DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down Alternate translation: “killed many of your soldiers” DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did. DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept Alternate translation: “returned to Kadesh and wept” -DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant faithfulness
Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant faithfulness
Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did. DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey Alternate translation: “Then we turned around and went” DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days This could mean: (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ DEU 2 36 pd7q translate-names 0 Valley of the Arnon Alternate translation: “A DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victories
The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victories
The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past. DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ DEU 3 27 qm9b 0 Pisgah See how you translated this is in [Deuteronomy 3:17](.. DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses
In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Moses’ instructions
Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses
In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Moses’ instructions
Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do. DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them Alternate translation: “and obey them” DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words … neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ DEU 4 48 n3ct 0 the Valley of the Arnon This is the name of a place. See how y DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon … Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md). DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River” DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah … Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md). -DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ten commandments
This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors and idioms
Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ten commandments
This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors and idioms
Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel. DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ DEU 5 32 kyg9 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel. DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s blessings
Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s blessings
Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep Alternate translation: “might obey” DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan Alternate translation: “going to the other side of the Jordan River” @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DEU 6 24 nhg8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the peopl DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us” DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You must completely destroy them”
The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

### Abrahamic Covenant
This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “You must completely destroy them”
The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

### Abrahamic Covenant
This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ DEU 7 25 su6c figs-metaphor 0 you will become trapped by it Even taking the gol DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much” DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgetting
This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgetting
This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep … you may live and multiply, and go in and possess … your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ DEU 8 19 umv6 0 you will surely perish Alternate translation: “you will cert DEU 8 20 d86j figs-you 0 before you … you perish … you would not … your God All these instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 8 20 a8kh 0 before you Alternate translation: “in front of you” DEU 8 20 l83x figs-metonymy 0 would not listen to the voice of Yahweh Here “the voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh tells his people to do. Alternate translation: “would not obey Yahweh’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Israel’s sin
Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too. +DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s victory
This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Israel’s sin
Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too. DEU 9 1 iqh4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 9 1 wy46 figs-metonymy 0 Hear, Israel The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Listen, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 9 1 n75r 0 to dispossess Alternate translation: “to take the land from” @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ DEU 9 27 hp8s figs-idiom 0 Call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation DEU 9 28 cc26 figs-metonymy 0 so that the land from where you brought us The words “the land” are a metonym for the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “so that the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 9 28 pt4p 0 should say Alternate translation: “can say” DEU 9 29 rw92 figs-doublet 0 by your great strength and by the display of your power These phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s power that he used to rescue his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.

This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions. +DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.

This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions. DEU 10 1 y2d7 0 General Information: Moses continues to remind the people of Israel about what happened in the past. DEU 10 1 zf2r 0 At that time Alternate translation: “After I finished praying” DEU 10 1 sa1t figs-ellipsis 0 the first This refers to the first set of tablets that Moses had broken. Alternate translation: “the tablets you had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ DEU 10 22 es8i figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the DEU 10 22 p41a 0 went down into Egypt Alternate translation: “traveled south to Egypt” or “went to Egypt” DEU 10 22 ap9n translate-numbers 0 seventy persons Alternate translation: “70 persons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DEU 10 22 hh5t figs-simile 0 as many as the stars of the heavens This emphasizes the large number of Israelites that were with Moses. Alternate translation: “more than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Therefore
This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eyewitnesses
The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

### Covenant
This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Therefore
This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eyewitnesses
The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

### Covenant
This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 11 1 sgh5 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 11 1 e1ef 0 always keep Alternate translation: “always obey” DEU 11 2 s2x1 0 who have not known nor have they seen Alternate translation: “who have not experienced” @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ DEU 11 31 ke82 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people o DEU 11 32 k55e 0 all the statutes and the decrees These are the statutes and decrees Moses will give in Deuteronomy 12-26. DEU 11 32 h7se 0 I set before you today This does not mean these are new. Moses is reviewing the same statutes and decrees that he gave 40 years earlier. DEU 11 32 jh1q figs-metaphor 0 I set before you God’s statutes and decrees, which Moses is telling the people, are spoken of as if they were objects that Moses is setting before the people. Alternate translation: “I am giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant with Moses

This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Israel and Yahweh

In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant with Moses

This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Israel and Yahweh

In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) DEU 12 1 dsl2 0 General Information: Moses is still talking to the people of Israel. DEU 12 1 pm4g 0 you will keep Alternate translation: “you must obey” DEU 12 1 bb6r figs-idiom 0 all the days that you live on the earth The phrase “live on the earth” is an idiom that means as long as a person lives. Alternate translation: “for as long as you live” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ DEU 12 30 w8wj figs-metaphor 0 not trapped into following them The Israelites w DEU 12 30 j6jf figs-activepassive 0 after they are destroyed from before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after Yahweh destroys them before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 12 30 rz9c figs-quotesinquotes 0 into asking, ‘How do these nations worship their gods? I will do the same.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “into asking about how those people groups worship their gods so that you can do the same.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) DEU 12 32 zxp6 0 Do not add to it or take away from it They are not to create more laws nor are they to ignore laws that God has given them. -DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worshiping other gods

The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]]) +DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worshiping other gods

The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]]) DEU 13 1 z8ea 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 13 1 ei8s 0 If there arises among you Alternate translation: “If there appears among you” or “If someone among you claims to be” DEU 13 1 d2pw 0 a dreamer of dreams This is someone who receives messages from God through dreams. @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ DEU 13 17 d934 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will turn from the fierceness of his ange DEU 13 17 vyv7 0 to your fathers Here “fathers” means ancestors or forefathers. DEU 13 18 zgj9 figs-metonymy 0 you are listening to the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” represents what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “you are obeying what Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 13 18 gjk4 figs-metaphor 0 that which is right in the eyes of Yahweh your God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “that which is right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “that which Yahweh your God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses
This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Clean animals
There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Law of Moses
This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Clean animals
There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) DEU 14 1 yca2 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 14 1 c6vr 0 You are the people All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “We are the people” DEU 14 1 qkn4 translate-symaction 0 Do not cut yourselves, nor shave any part of your face for the dead These were ways the people groups living in Canaan showed that they were grieving over people who had died. Moses is telling the people of Israel not to act like them. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ DEU 14 29 mju1 figs-metaphor 0 because he has no portion nor inheritance with y DEU 14 29 qi4c 0 fatherless These are children whose parents have both died and do not have relatives to care for them. DEU 14 29 v7bc 0 widow This is a woman whose husband has died and has no children to care for her in her old age. DEU 14 29 zfp5 figs-synecdoche 0 in all the work of your hand that you do Here “hand” represents the whole person. This refers to the work that someone does. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgiveness of Debt
This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.

### Justice
As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Forgiveness of Debt
This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.

### Justice
As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) DEU 15 1 s315 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 15 1 my7z translate-numbers 0 seven years Alternate translation: “7 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DEU 15 1 ym2l 0 you must cancel debts Alternate translation: “forgive every thing which people still owe you” @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ DEU 15 22 rqw8 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean … persons A person who is not acce DEU 15 22 b1cn figs-metaphor 0 the clean persons A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 15 22 lxt5 0 a gazelle or a deer These are wild animals with long thin legs that can run quickly. See how you translated these in [Deuteronomy 12:15](../12/15.md). DEU 15 23 bw7p 0 you must not eat its blood Alternate translation: “you must not consume its blood.” Yahweh did not allow Israelites to consume blood because the blood represented life ([Deuteronomy 12:23](../12/23.md)). -DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Festivals

This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])

### Life in Israel

As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Festivals

This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])

### Life in Israel

As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) DEU 16 1 v2as 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 16 1 q8mq translate-hebrewmonths 0 month of Aviv This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. It is during the last part of March and the first part April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 16 1 l33g figs-explicit 0 keep the Passover It is implied by “keep the Passover” that they would celebrate and eat the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “celebrate the Passover meal” or “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ DEU 16 20 b78e figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land that Yahweh your God is giving DEU 16 21 ec3t figs-you 0 You must not Here “You” refers to all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 16 22 mw2w figs-distinguish 0 any sacred stone pillar, which Yahweh your God hates The phrase “which Yahweh your God hates” is giving more information about the sacred stone pillar. Alternate translation: “any sacred stone pillar because Yahweh your God hates them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) DEU 16 22 s7sn 0 sacred stone pillar This refers to pillars that are idols used to worship false gods. -DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### King
Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### King
Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 17 1 a78k 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 17 1 d6zp 0 in which is any blemish Alternate translation: “that has a blemish” or “that has something wrong with it.” The animal is to appear healthy without any deformity. DEU 17 1 y292 0 that would be an abomination to Yahweh Alternate translation: “that would be disgusting to Yahweh” @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ DEU 17 19 f877 figs-parallelism 0 so as to keep all the words of this law and t DEU 17 20 b7e5 figs-synecdoche 0 so that his heart is not lifted up above his brothers Here “his heart” refers to the whole person. A king becoming arrogant is spoken of as if his heart were lifted up. Alternate translation: “so that he does not become arrogant” or “so that he does not think he is better than his fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 17 20 idm3 figs-metaphor 0 so that he does not turn away from the commandments, to the right hand or to the left A king disobeying God’s commands is spoken of as if a person were to turn off the correct path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that he does not disobey any of the commandments” or “so that he obeys all of the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) DEU 17 20 sa87 figs-metaphor 0 prolong his days Long days is a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated a similar phrase “prolong your days” in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites
As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])

### Messiah
This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites
As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])

### Messiah
This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) DEU 18 1 ztw1 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do. DEU 18 1 u386 figs-metaphor 0 will have no portion nor inheritance with Israel The Levites not receiving any land from Yahweh is spoken of as if they would not receive an inheritance. Alternate translation: “will not possess any of the people’s land” or “will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 18 1 z6rx 0 no portion Alternate translation: “no part” or “no share” @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ DEU 18 21 gbx1 0 How will we recognize a message that Yahweh has not spoken? A DEU 18 22 law3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. DEU 18 22 kzp4 figs-metonymy 0 a prophet speaks in the name of Yahweh Here “name of Yahweh” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “a prophet claims to speak for me” or “a prophet claims to speak with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 18 22 ys2k 0 the prophet has spoken it arrogantly Alternate translation: “the prophet has spoken this message without my authority” -DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Law of retaliation
The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

### Witnesses
In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Law of retaliation
The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 19 1 rka3 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 19 1 av28 figs-metaphor 0 When Yahweh your God cuts off the nations Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 19 1 jh1z figs-metonymy 0 the nations This represents the people groups that live in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ DEU 19 20 n7hc figs-explicit 0 will hear and fear The full meaning of this stat DEU 19 20 wqw9 0 commit no longer any such evil Alternate translation: “never again do something evil like that” DEU 19 21 z5fm figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes must not pity Here “eyes” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You must not pity him” or “You must not show him mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) DEU 19 21 nz4x figs-ellipsis 0 life will pay for life … foot for foot Here the phrases are shortened because the meaning is understood. It means the people must punish a person in the same way that he harmed another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

### Holy war
Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “What man is there”
This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Excused from fighting
In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

### Holy war
Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “What man is there”
This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Excused from fighting
In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 20 1 x89z 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 20 1 ei7a 0 When you march out to battle against your enemies Alternate translation: “When you go out to fight in a war against your enemies” DEU 20 1 r5j1 figs-explicit 0 see horses, chariots People considered an army with many horses and chariots to be very strong. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ DEU 20 20 gis7 0 you know are not trees for food Alternate translation: “you DEU 20 20 czc4 0 siege works These are tools and structures, such as ladders and towers, that are needed to lay siege to a city. DEU 20 20 g9ny figs-idiom 0 until it falls This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until the people of the city lose the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 20 20 fdg1 figs-metonymy 0 it falls Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Elders
Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### Peace in Israel
The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people. +DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Elders
Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### Peace in Israel
The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people. DEU 21 1 g61z 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel. DEU 21 1 z641 figs-activepassive 0 If someone is found killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a person whom someone else has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 21 1 iqh7 0 lying in the field The dead person is lying in the field. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ DEU 21 22 hfw9 0 you hang him on a tree This could mean: (1) “after he has d DEU 21 23 y9lb 0 bury him the same day Alternate translation: “bury him on the same day as when you execute him” DEU 21 23 ztq8 figs-activepassive 0 for whoever is hanged is cursed by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “because God curses everyone whom people hang on trees” and (2) “people hang on trees those whom God has cursed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 21 23 i54a 0 do not defile the land by leaving something God has cursed hanging in the tree -DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Order in Israel
The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Virgin woman
If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Order in Israel
The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Virgin woman
If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 22 1 b8pa figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 22 1 j8sq 0 go astray Alternate translation: “walk away from its owner” DEU 22 1 z51n figs-idiom 0 hide yourself from them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “act as if you do not see them” or “go away without doing anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ DEU 22 28 m9ah figs-activepassive 0 if they are discovered If your language doe DEU 22 29 tr9z translate-bmoney 0 fifty shekels of silver A shekel weighs eleven grams. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver” or “550 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DEU 22 29 yb82 figs-idiom 0 He may not send her away during all his days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He must never divorce her during his entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 22 30 hh8b figs-explicit 0 must not take his father’s wife as his own The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not marry his father’s former wife, even if she is not his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The assembly of Yahweh
This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.

### Racial superiority
Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The assembly of Yahweh
This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.

### Racial superiority
Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) DEU 23 1 r8v9 0 man injured by crushing or cutting off Alternate translation: “man whose private body parts someone has crushed or cut off” DEU 23 1 z8kb figs-idiom 0 may enter the assembly of Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may be a full member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 23 2 j67e 0 illegitimate child This could mean: (1) a child born to parents who committed incest or adultery or (2) a child born to a prostitute. @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ DEU 23 25 em5k 0 When you go into your neighbor’s ripe grain Alternate trans DEU 23 25 v1t5 0 you may pluck the heads of grain with your hand Alternate translation: “then you may eat the kernels of grain with your hand” DEU 23 25 jv7v 0 but do not put a sickle to your neighbor’s ripe grain Alternate translation: “but do not cut down your neighbor’s ripe grain and take it with you” DEU 23 25 q13q 0 sickle a sharp tool that farmers use to harvest wheat -DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”
A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Lending money
Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money. +DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”
A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Lending money
Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money. DEU 24 1 fn1d 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 24 1 t3lr figs-doublet 0 When a man takes a wife and marries her The phrases “takes a wife” and “marries her” mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “When a man marries a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DEU 24 1 a5ki figs-synecdoche 0 if she finds no favor in his eyes Here the “eyes” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “if he decides that he does not like her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ DEU 24 21 qg17 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites a DEU 24 21 h98g 0 What is left over will be for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow Alternate translation: “The grapes that you do not pick will be for the foreigner, the fatherless, and the widow to pick” DEU 24 21 qsd7 figs-genericnoun 0 for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow These refer to groups of people. Alternate translation: “for foreigners, for those who are fatherless, and for the widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) DEU 24 22 jte9 figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “A perfect and just weight you must have”
In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “A perfect and just weight you must have”
In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 25 1 kk1l 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel. DEU 25 2 m44y figs-activepassive 0 If the guilty man deserves to be beaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the judge orders them to beat the guilty man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 25 2 b3ki figs-activepassive 0 be beaten in his presence If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will watch them beat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ DEU 25 18 f2uv 0 all who were feeble in your rear Alternate translation: “al DEU 25 18 bv3r figs-doublet 0 faint and weary These words have similar meanings and emphasize how tired the people were. Alternate translation: “tired and exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DEU 25 18 ig25 figs-explicit 0 he did not honor God The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he was not afraid of God’s punishment” or “he did not respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 25 19 gv8d 0 you must blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven Alternate translation: “you must kill all of the Amalekites so that nobody will remember them anymore” -DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt. +DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt. DEU 26 1 yl9f figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 26 2 epa3 translate-ordinal 0 some of the first of all the harvest Alternate translation: “some of the first fruits of the harvest” or “some of the first crops of the harvest.” This “first” is the ordinal number for one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DEU 26 3 wq9z figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ DEU 26 18 wri1 0 a people who are his own possession Alternate translation: DEU 26 19 q8jb figs-idiom 0 he will set you high above This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he will make you more important than” or “he will make you greater than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 26 19 p58x 0 he will set you high above all the other nations that he has made, and you will receive praise, fame, and honor This could mean: (1) “he will cause you to become greater than any other nation that he has established, and he will enable you to praise him and honor him” or (2) “he will have people praise you more than they praise every other nation that he has made; people will say that you are better than any other nation, and they will honor you.” DEU 26 19 lg4i figs-metaphor 0 You will be a people that is set apart to Yahweh your God Yahweh choosing the people of Israel to belong to him in a special way is spoken of as if Yahweh set them apart from all other nations. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will set you apart from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “May the man be cursed”
This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “May the man be cursed”
This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) DEU 27 1 mu7e figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted, the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 27 1 ya1q figs-you 0 command you today Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 27 1 g7rq 0 I command Here “I” refers to Moses. The elders are there in agreement with Moses, but he is the only one speaking. @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ DEU 27 24 q772 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and DEU 27 24 n57s figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 27 26 mmv3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say. DEU 27 26 z9xa figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings and warnings
This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings and warnings
This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) DEU 28 1 cg2q figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 28 1 f13g figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 28 1 nmq7 0 so as to keep Alternate translation: “and obey” @@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ DEU 28 67 bik8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites a DEU 28 67 wac6 figs-idiom 0 because of the fear in your hearts This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “because of the fear you are feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 28 67 u1ew figs-synecdoche 0 the things your eyes will have to see Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “the terrifying things I will force you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DEU 28 68 et6c 0 I had said Here “I” refers to Yahweh. -DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) DEU 29 1 nsu8 0 These are the words that Yahweh commanded Moses to tell This refers to words that Moses is about to speak. DEU 29 1 b8p6 0 in the land of Moab This is on the east side of the Jordan where the Israelites were staying before they entered the land of Canaan. “while they were in the land of Moab” DEU 29 1 b7xy 0 words that were added to the covenant … at Horeb These additional commands were given to make Yahweh’s covenant apply better to the people once they were settled in their new land. These new commands did not belong to a different covenant, but rather were additions to the original covenant. @@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ DEU 29 28 jz72 figs-doublet 0 in anger, in wrath, and in great fury The words DEU 29 29 d1e5 0 The secret matters belong alone to Yahweh our God Alternate translation: “Some things Yahweh our God has not revealed, and only he knows them” DEU 29 29 v7va figs-activepassive 0 that are revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he has revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DEU 29 29 ui8w 0 we may do all the words of this law Alternate translation: “we may do everything that this law commands us to do” -DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) +DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) DEU 30 1 rkk4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DEU 30 1 pfr8 figs-idiom 0 When all these things have come on you Here “these things” refer to the blessings and curses described in chapters 28-29. The phrase “have come on you” is an idiom that means to happen. Alternate translation: “When all these things happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DEU 30 1 k5mi figs-metaphor 0 that I have set before you This speaks of the blessings and curses that Moses told the people as if they were objects that he set in front of them. Alternate translation: “that I have just now told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ DEU 30 20 k5mz figs-metonymy 0 obey his voice Here “voice” refers to what Y DEU 30 20 sbp2 0 to cling to him Alternate translation: “to rely on him” DEU 30 20 x4gp figs-doublet 0 For he is your life and the length of your days These phrases have the same meaning and are metonyms for Yahweh, emphasizing that he is the one who gives life and determines the length of people’s lifetimes. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the only one who can enable you to live a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DEU 30 20 qi8g figs-ellipsis 0 swore to your ancestors The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “swore that he would give to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Final instructions
In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership. +DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Final instructions
In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership. DEU 31 2 mb3i translate-numbers 0 one hundred twenty years old Alternate translation: “120 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DEU 31 2 bvw8 figs-merism 0 I can no more go out and come in Here the extremes “go out” and “come in” used together mean that Moses can no longer do what a healthy person can do. Alternate translation: “I am no longer able to go everywhere that you need to go, so I cannot be your leader any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) DEU 31 3 ep95 figs-you 0 your God … before you … before you … you will dispossess … before you Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ DEU 31 29 i596 figs-synecdoche 0 through the work of your hands Here “your ha DEU 31 30 upf2 figs-synecdoche 0 Moses recited in the ears of all the assembly of Israel Here “ears” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Moses recited to all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) DEU 31 30 ilp6 0 recited This could mean: (1) “sang” or (2) “spoke.” DEU 31 30 wx6q figs-ellipsis 0 the words of this song You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the words of the song that Yahweh taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Punishment
This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Punishment
This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) DEU 32 1 bfi8 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) DEU 32 1 hf89 figs-apostrophe 0 Give ear, you heavens … Let the earth listen Yahweh speaks to the heavens and earth as if they are there listening. This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking to the inhabitants of heaven and earth or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the heavens and earth as if they are persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) DEU 32 2 zk7l figs-simile 0 Let my teaching drop down like the rain … and like the showers on the plants This means Yahweh wants the people to eagerly accept his helpful teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ DEU 32 50 w499 figs-euphemism 0 be gathered to your people This is a polite way DEU 32 50 gnq5 translate-names 0 Mount Hor This is the name of a mountain on the border of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 32 51 mwq1 translate-names 0 Meribah This is the name of the place in the desert where Moses disobeyed God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DEU 32 51 fv5z translate-names 0 wilderness of Zin This is the name of a wilderness on the southern border of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Families
Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Families
Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) DEU 33 1 p6db figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses begins to bless the tribes of Israel. Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) DEU 33 2 b26n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh came from Sinai and rose from Seir upon them. He shined out from Mount Paran Moses compares Yahweh to the rising sun. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh came from Sinai, he looked to them like the sun when it rises from Seir and shines out from Mount Paran” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 33 2 d9h2 0 upon them Alternate translation: “upon the people of Israel” @@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ DEU 33 29 n3du figs-merism 0 the shield … the sword This merism speaks of Yah DEU 33 29 tm9a figs-metaphor 0 the shield of your help The word “shield” is a metaphor for Yahweh protecting and defending the Israelites. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **help**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the one who protects you and helps you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) DEU 33 29 cur3 figs-metaphor 0 the sword of your majesty The word “sword” is a metaphor for the power to kill with the sword in order to win battles. Alternate translation: “the one who enables you to win battles and so have majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) DEU 33 29 ly3l 0 you will trample down their high places This could mean: (1) the Israelites will destroy the places where the other people worship false gods or (2) the Israelites will walk on the backs of their enemies when the Israelites defeat them. -DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) DEU 34 1 ayb8 0 Mount Nebo This is the highest point of Mount Pisgah which is in the northern part of the Abarim mountain range. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:49](../32/49.md). DEU 34 1 r9wl 0 Pisgah See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md). DEU 34 3 h1nc translate-names 0 the City of Palms This is another name for Jericho. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv b/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv index dff0834457..15d00a3472 100644 --- a/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_06-JOS.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Joshua

1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)
* Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)
* Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)
* The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)
* Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)
1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)
1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)

### What is the Book of Joshua about?

The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.

### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?

The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?

In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.

### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?

This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.

### When should Joshua be translated?

The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books. -JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Be strong and Courageous

Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future. +JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Be strong and Courageous

Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future. JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reu JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rahab’s faith

Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rahab’s faith

Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father o JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them Alternate translation: “all that the men had experienced and seen.” JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel. JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God dries the Jordan River

Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God dries the Jordan River

Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.” JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan. JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ JOS 3 15 nhu7 figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 edge JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 now the Jordan overflows all its banks throughout the time of the harvest This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s war
The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s war
The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ JOS 4 19 zy5r translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶ JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The twelve stones that they took out of the Jordan Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever. JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Circumcision

It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])

### Manna

Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop. +JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Circumcision

It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])

### Manna

Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop. JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted … there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies” JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh conquers

It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh conquers

It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up. JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣ JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat

It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat

It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction Alternate translation: “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them” JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan … Karmi … Zabdi … Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have y JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned. JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now” -JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Built an altar
Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua. +JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin brought defeat
It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Built an altar
Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua. JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day Alte JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s mistake

Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s mistake

Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ JOS 9 23 zlp7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 house of my JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites. JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living. -JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”
Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”
Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek. JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md). JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks. -JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms

Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”
This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms

Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”
This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin … Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor … Madon … Shimron … Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth … Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim Thes JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir … Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list. +JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list. JOS 12 1 e45x writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JOS 12 1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 these are the kings This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24. JOS 12 1 g8ju translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the Arabah These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ JOS 12 22 z2b9 translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 Kedesh JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor … Naphoth Dor … Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Division of the land

There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.

### Driving out the people

While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Division of the land

There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.

### Driving out the people

While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned If y JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes” JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ JOS 14 14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day Thi JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins. JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south Alternate translation: “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay” @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵ JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book. -JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz … Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ JOS 16 9 y6xs figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְ JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book. JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Manasseh’s lack of faith
Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Manasseh’s lack of faith
Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ JOS 17 15 psc4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 Rephaim This JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan … Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it Alternate translation: “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees” -JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off … has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ JOS 18 20 pe6e figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 it wa JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages Alternate translation: “the villages around them” JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon Alternate translation: “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon” JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan Alternate translation: “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans” @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵ JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances … assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cities of Refuge

If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) +JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cities of Refuge

If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so. JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ JOS 20 7 lyr5 translate-names 0 General Information: There are a lot of names i JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River. JOS 20 9 b89x figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 would not die by the hand of the one Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood that was shed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar … Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them Alternate translation: “The Levites said to them” JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ JOS 21 43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 he swore Alternate translation: “he gav JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument

The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land. +JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument

The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land. JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י י JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land” JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)

“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)

“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out
The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River. JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun. @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־לְב JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Joshua’s instructions
In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions. +JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Joshua’s instructions
In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions. JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before Alternate translation: “came and stood in front of” or “came before” JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago Alternate translation: “many years ago” diff --git a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv index 3bd4e03085..18becce9a5 100644 --- a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Judges

1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)
* Introduction (1:1-3:6)
* Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)
* Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)
* Gideon (6:1–8:35)
* Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)
* Jephthah (10:6-12:7)
* Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)
* Samson (13:1–16:31)
1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)
1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)

### What is the Book of Judges about?

The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.

This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.

After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What kind of leaders were the judges?

These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.

### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?

During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.

These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.

### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?

During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?

This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.

The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.

### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?

The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12. -JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### “After the death of Joshua”
This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land

Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. +JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Judges

1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)
* Introduction (1:1-3:6)
* Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)
* Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)
* Gideon (6:1–8:35)
* Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)
* Jephthah (10:6-12:7)
* Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)
* Samson (13:1–16:31)
1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)
1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)

### What is the Book of Judges about?

The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.

This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.

After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What kind of leaders were the judges?

These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.

### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?

During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.

These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.

### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?

During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?

This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.

The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.

### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?

The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12. +JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
### “After the death of Joshua”
This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land

Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land. JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story. JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ JDG 1 35 x276 0 the military might of the house of Joseph conquered them Alter JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 2 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh tests Israel

Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]]) +JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh tests Israel

Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]]) JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh This could mean: (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking. JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim Alternate translation: “left Gilgal and went to Bokim” JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ JDG 2 21 ry6q figs-metonymy 0 any of the nations Here “nations” represents JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people worship false gods

Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Blew a trumpet”

When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people worship false gods

Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Blew a trumpet”

When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story. JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3. JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ JDG 3 31 uz68 translate-names 0 Anath The name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle” JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Barak’s leadership

At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Barak’s leadership

At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md). JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ JDG 4 22 n7wq 0 Barak was pursuing Alternate translation: “Barak was chasing JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might Alternate translation: “The military power” JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The flood

God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making
them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The flood

God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making
them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md). JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak … Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md). @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ JDG 5 30 yg2c figs-synecdoche 0 for the necks of those who plunder Here “neck JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) +JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ JDG 6 37 qz5z 0 dew water that forms on plants during the night JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose Alternate translation: “Gideon got out of bed” JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water -JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God gets all of the credit

God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) +JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God gets all of the credit

God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped Alternate translation: “they set up their camp” JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod … hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ JDG 7 24 js9y translate-names 0 Beth Barah This is the name of a town. (See: [[ JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River Alternate translation: “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah” JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb … at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb … Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon
The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Gideon refuses to be king

Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon
The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Gideon refuses to be king

Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely” @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them” JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). -JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jotham’s curse

Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jotham’s curse

Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ JDG 9 56 h9fb translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/trans JDG 9 57 fx65 figs-idiom 0 made all the evil of the men of Shechem turn back on their own heads “Evil turn back on their heads” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “punished the men of Shechem for all the evil they had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JDG 9 57 hua1 figs-idiom 0 on them came the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JDG 9 57 q7dp 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md). -JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) +JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s punishment
In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) JDG 10 1 g7ww translate-names 0 Tola … Puah … Dodo These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 10 1 ti4g translate-names 0 Shamir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 10 1 lxh7 0 arose to deliver Israel Alternate translation: “came to deliver Israel” or “became the leader to deliver Israel” @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ JDG 10 13 zdy2 figs-idiom 0 I will not keep adding to the times I deliver you T JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? Alternate translation: “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?” -JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jephthah the leader
Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them. +JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jephthah the leader
Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them. JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up Alternate translation: “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults” JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ JDG 11 37 hj6q figs-activepassive 0 Let this promise be kept for me This can be JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity Alternate translation: “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married” JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). -JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.

### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Shibboleth
This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.

### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Shibboleth
This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **call**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men … of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through … pass through or “traveled through … travel” or “journeyed through … journey” @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ JDG 12 13 z3n6 translate-names 0 Pirathon This is the name of a city. (See: [[r JDG 12 14 n7k2 figs-metonymy 0 They rode on seventy donkeys These men owned seventy donkeys, which they did ride. Here the word “rode” is used instead of “owned.” Alternate translation: “They owned seventy donkeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 12 14 ua8s translate-numbers 0 forty sons … thirty grandsons … seventy donkeys “40 sons…30 grandsons…70 donkeys (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) JDG 12 15 wqm2 translate-names 0 Pirathonite … Pirathon Pirathon is the name of a place, someone who is from that place is called a Pirathonite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Warning not to cut his hair

The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) +JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Warning not to cut his hair

The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) JDG 13 1 acr5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 13 1 g29r figs-metonymy 0 he gave them into the hand of the Philistines Here “hand” refers to power to gain victory in battle. Alternate translation: “he allowed the Philistines to defeat them” or “he allowed them to be oppressed by the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 13 1 jxd2 translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ JDG 13 24 ht9i 0 grew up Alternate translation: “became an adult” or “ma JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan … Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md). -JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Samson continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Intermarriage
It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Samson continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.

### Special concepts in this chapter

### Intermarriage
It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ JDG 14 19 ym43 0 Burning with anger Alternate translation: “Very angry” JDG 14 19 d5ji 0 went up to his father’s house The phrase “went up” is used here because Samson was at Timnah which is lower in elevation than where his father’s house is located. JDG 14 20 hb14 figs-activepassive 0 Samson’s wife was given to his best friend If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his wife’s father gave her to his best friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JDG 14 20 ibt7 0 best friend Alternate translation: “closest friend” -JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Samson continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Samson’s strength

The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Samson continues in this chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Samson’s strength

The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) JDG 15 1 gn7w figs-idiom 0 He said to himself This refers to thinking. Alternate translation: “He thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JDG 15 1 n6ml figs-explicit 0 I will go to my wife’s room Samson intended to sleep with his wife. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I will go to my wife’s room, so we may sleep together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 15 1 hmg4 figs-ellipsis 0 would not allow him to go in The phrase “her room” is understood from what Samson said to himself. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “would not permit him to go into her room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ JDG 15 19 r7ji translate-names 0 En Hakkore This is the name of a spring of wat JDG 15 19 k47v figs-idiom 0 it is at Lehi to this day This means that the spring did not dry up but that it remained. The phrase “to this day” refers to the “present” time. Alternate translation: “the spring can still be found at Lehi, even today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JDG 15 20 ru29 figs-explicit 0 in the days of the Philistines This refers to the time period that the Philistines controlled the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “during the time the Philistines controlled Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 15 20 l52v translate-numbers 0 for twenty years “for 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Samson’s mistake

Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems. +JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Samson’s mistake

Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems. JDG 16 1 l289 figs-euphemism 0 he went to bed with her The phrase “went to bed with” is a polite way of referring to having sex. Alternate translation: “he had sex with her” or “he slept with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) JDG 16 2 j859 translate-names 0 The Gazites were told The word “Gazites” refers to people from Gaza. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told the people of Gaza” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 16 2 fyj2 0 The Gazites surrounded the place … they waited for him all night at the city gate This implies that some Gazites surrounded the place where Samson was staying and others waited at the city gate so that he could not leave. @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ JDG 16 31 de6c 0 in the burial place of Manoah, his father Alternate translati JDG 16 31 i2d4 translate-names 0 Manoah See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 16 31 wv8z figs-explicit 0 Samson had judged Israel for twenty years This same sentence is also in [Judges 15:20](../15/20.md). It is repeated here to remind readers of how long he judged Israel. Alternate translation: “Samson had judged Israel for twenty years before he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JDG 16 31 vmv2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idols and figures

According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idols and figures

According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) JDG 17 1 rrp1 writing-participants 0 There was a man This is a way to introduce a new person to the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) JDG 17 1 ke46 translate-names 0 Micah This is the name of a man. It is not the same man who wrote the book of Micah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 17 2 c1x6 translate-numbers 0 1,100 pieces “one thousand one hundred pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@ JDG 17 10 tm7m figs-explicit 0 So the Levite went into his house It is implied JDG 17 11 mvs9 figs-simile 0 the young man became to Micah like one of his sons The relationship between the Levite and Micah became like the close relationship between a father and son. Alternate translation: “the young man became close to Micah and was like one of his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JDG 17 12 t9an figs-idiom 0 Micah set apart the Levite Here “set apart” means that Micah “dedicated” or “ordained” him. Alternate translation: “Micah dedicated the Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JDG 17 12 s6d6 figs-metonymy 0 was in Micah’s house Here living in Micah’s house is spoken of as “being” in his house. Alternate translation: “lived in Micah’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tribe of Dan

The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) +JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tribe of Dan

The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]]) JDG 18 1 d1r4 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JDG 18 1 w9qn writing-background 0 In those days … from among the tribes of Israel This is background information about Israel and the people of the tribe of Dan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JDG 18 1 g4f2 figs-explicit 0 not received any inheritance from This refers specifically to land inherited where they would live. Alternate translation: “not received a land inheritance from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ JDG 18 28 vw28 translate-names 0 Beth Rehob This is a name of a town. (See: [[r JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The sin of Benjamin
People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The sin of Benjamin
People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ JDG 19 28 gk5s figs-explicit 0 But there was no answer The woman did not answer JDG 19 29 r79a figs-idiom 0 limb by limb “section by section.” The author uses this graphic description of how the Levite cut up her body into specific pieces to emphasize what he did. “Limbs” refers to a person’s arms and legs. If there is not a similar phrase in your language, this description may be left out of the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JDG 19 29 fx7u translate-numbers 0 twelve pieces “12 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) JDG 19 29 xd3i figs-explicit 0 sent the pieces everywhere throughout Israel This means that he sent the different pieces to twelve different areas of Israel. Alternate translation: “sent each piece to a different place throughout Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Benjamin destroyed

The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant. +JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Benjamin destroyed

The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant. JDG 20 1 wg4p figs-simile 0 as one man This simile speaks of the group as acting as a single person. It refers to a group of who people do everything together in the same way. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JDG 20 1 jp6a figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This refers to the land as a whole. Alternate translation: “from all the eleven tribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) JDG 20 2 ze7s 0 God—400,000 men on foot Alternate translation: “God and also 400,000 regular soldiers came” @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ JDG 20 47 h1ci translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man JDG 20 48 h7m3 0 turned back against the people of Benjamin These people of Benjamin are not the soldiers who fled to the rock of Rimmon, but the ones who were still in the city. JDG 20 48 l4rw figs-metonymy 0 the city Here “the city” refers to the people in that city. Alternate translation: “everyone who was in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JDG 20 48 ue39 figs-idiom 0 in their path This idiom refers to everything that they found as they went toward the city. Alternate translation: “they came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin and immorality

At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sin and immorality

At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) JDG 21 1 w65e writing-background 0 Now the men of Israel had made a promise … marry a Benjamite.” This background information tells the reader about the promise that the Israelites made before the battle with the Benjamites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JDG 21 1 rw2t 0 Benjamite This is the name of the descendants of Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md). JDG 21 3 q8cb figs-rquestion 0 Why, Yahweh, God of Israel, has this happened to Israel, that one of our tribes should be missing today? The people of Israel used this rhetorical question to express their deep sadness. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, we are so sad that one of the tribes of Israel has been completely destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) diff --git a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv index c9f3ddaa10..00e4420c89 100644 --- a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 1SA front intro z2ar 0 # Introduction to 1 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Samuel

1. Samuel as judge over Israel (1:1–7:17)
* Samuel as a child (1:1–3:21)
* Shiloh priesthood; the fall and death of Eli the priest (4:1–22)
* The ark of God and the war with the Philistines (5:1–6:21)
* Mizpah; Samuel’s rule over Israel (7:1–17)
1. Saul and Samuel (8:1–15:35)
* Samuel lets the people seek a king (8:1–22)
* Saul anointed king (9:1–10:27)
* Battle and victory over the Ammonites (11:1–15)
* Samuel’s farewell (12:1–25)
* Saul’s weakness and failures (13:1–15:35)
1. David and his conflicts with Saul (16:1–31:13)
* God’s choice of David to be king (16:1–23)
* David fights Goliath (17:1–58)
* Saul’s jealousy of David; David and Jonathan (18:1–20:42)
* David in the wilderness; David in Philistia (21:1–30:31)
* Death of Saul (31:1–13)

### What is the Book of 1 Samuel about?

The Book of 1 Samuel is about Samuel, Saul, and David. Samuel was the last of the judges over Israel. Saul was the first king of Israel. Much of the book is about how Saul became king, then how he later sinned against God and died. God chose David to be king after Saul. This book shows how God protected David when Saul tried to kill him.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “1 Samuel” or “First Samuel.” Or, translators may consider a clearer title such as “The First Book About Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What is the purpose of the Book of 1 Samuel?

The purpose of 1 Samuel is to give an account of the events leading up to David becoming king of Israel. In 1 Samuel, the twelve tribes of Israel unite under the first king of Israel, Saul. But Saul does not obey Yahweh’s commands. So God uses Samuel to choose David as a king who will trust and obey Yahweh.

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Samuel?

It is uncertain who wrote 1 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 1 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Who is “Yahweh’s anointed”?

The writer of 1 Samuel often speaks of “Yahweh’s anointed.” This refers to the one whom Yahweh chose to be the king of his people. Also, the phrase “Yahweh’s anointed” would make later readers think about the future descendant of David who would become king of God’s people. This person who Yahweh chose would be known as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are curses, as found in 1 Samuel and elsewhere?

A curse is a strong statement a person makes to cause bad things to happen to the person or thing being cursed. A curse usually has this pattern: “May God do so to you, and even more, if you hide anything from me of all the words that he spoke to you” (1 Sam. 3:17). Other instances of curses in 1 and 2 Samuel are found in 1 Sam 14:44; 20:13; 25:22; 2 Sam 3:9, 35; and 19:13. The translator should represent a curse in the project language in as strong a way as possible.

### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

The Book of 1 Samuel has two references to Israel and Judah ([1 Samuel 17:52](../17/52.md), [1 Samuel 18:16](../18/16.md)). However, these references appear in the text long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah are in the text because the author wrote at a time after the kingdoms split. He wanted the readers to understand that all the twelve tribes had supported David.

### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?

This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This phrase occurs in 1 Samuel 5:5; 6:18: 27:6; 30:25. -1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Two wives
This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])

### “Pay his vow”
It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.” +1SA 1 intro cj3l 0 # 1 Samuel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces Samuel. It is the beginning of the section 1, Samuel chapters 1-7, which tell about Samuel, the religious leader of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Two wives
This was a common practice in the ancient Near East. It was against the law of Moses. The men of Israel would have sinned if they married more than one woman. This type of marriage always creates problems because of jealousy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])

### “Pay his vow”
It was customary for Israelites to promise God to make a sacrifice to him if God answered special prayers. Making such a sacrifice was called paying one’s vow. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

When Hannah wanted to assure Eli she was telling the truth, she used the idiom “as you live.” This is a type of oath formula meaning “I promise you I am telling the truth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

The author also uses the phrase “call to mind.” This is a common idiom meaning “remember.” 1SA 1 1 xa1t translate-names הָ⁠רָמָתַ֛יִם 1 the Ramathaim This is the name of a small village possibly located eight kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 1 1 mwm2 translate-names צוֹפִ֖ים 1 the Zuphites The phrase **the Zuphites** refers to the people group that descended from Zuph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 1 1 hizk translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 Ephraim Here, **Ephraim** refers to the land that was allotted to the people belonging to the Israelite tribe of Ephraim (see Joshua 16:1-9). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 1 27 m76r figs-abstractnouns 0 has given me my petition which I asked of him The noun “petition” refers to a formal request for another person to do something. It can be translated with a verb. The idiom “to give a petition” means to do what the person requests. Alternate translation: “has agreed to do what I solemnly requested that he do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 1 28 fp77 figs-activepassive 0 he is lent to Yahweh This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am loaning him to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 1 28 f1d4 figs-synecdoche 0 he worshiped Yahweh This could mean: (1) “He” refers to Elkanah or (2) “he” is a synecdoche referring to both Elkanah and his family. Alternate translation: “Elkanah and his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1SA 2 intro fe7v 0 # 1 Samuel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with Hannah’s poetic prayer in 2:1-10 .

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hannah’s song of praise to God

This song is about how God protects the weak and strengthens them. He humbles the rich, provides for the poor, and defeats his enemies.

### Eli’s Sons

Eli, the chief priest, had two sons. They were ungodly priests who continually sinned and did not honor God. Eli corrected them but they did not listen. A prophet warned Eli that God would stop his family from being priests and his sons would both die on the same day. At the same time, Samuel was growing up and serving God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter has many figures of speech because the first part of the chapter is a song and the last part of the chapter is a prophecy. Songs and prophecy tend to have many figures of speech.

### Synecdoches

“My heart” and “my mouth” are synecdoches referencing the speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

### Metonymies

Body parts are often used to stand for activities involving that part of the body. “The feet of his faithful people” is a metonym meaning what they are doing or where they are going. Place names are often used for people in that place such as “the ends of the earth” meaning the people living in the ends of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Metaphors

Hannah used many military metaphors: “rock,” representing protection; “the bows of the mighty men are broken,” representing military defeat; “the horn of his anointed,” representing the power of the one that God has chosen to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

God used three rhetorical questions to correct and condemn Eli. “Did I not reveal myself to the house of your ancestor, when they were in Egypt in bondage to Pharaoh’s house?” “Why then do you scorn my offerings that I required in the place where I live?” “Why do you honor your sons above me by making yourselves fat with the best of every offering of my people Israel?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 2 intro fe7v 0 # 1 Samuel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with Hannah’s poetic prayer in 2:1-10 .

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hannah’s song of praise to God

This song is about how God protects the weak and strengthens them. He humbles the rich, provides for the poor, and defeats his enemies.

### Eli’s Sons

Eli, the chief priest, had two sons. They were ungodly priests who continually sinned and did not honor God. Eli corrected them but they did not listen. A prophet warned Eli that God would stop his family from being priests and his sons would both die on the same day. At the same time, Samuel was growing up and serving God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter has many figures of speech because the first part of the chapter is a song and the last part of the chapter is a prophecy. Songs and prophecy tend to have many figures of speech.

### Synecdoches

“My heart” and “my mouth” are synecdoches referencing the speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

### Metonymies

Body parts are often used to stand for activities involving that part of the body. “The feet of his faithful people” is a metonym meaning what they are doing or where they are going. Place names are often used for people in that place such as “the ends of the earth” meaning the people living in the ends of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Metaphors

Hannah used many military metaphors: “rock,” representing protection; “the bows of the mighty men are broken,” representing military defeat; “the horn of his anointed,” representing the power of the one that God has chosen to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

God used three rhetorical questions to correct and condemn Eli. “Did I not reveal myself to the house of your ancestor, when they were in Egypt in bondage to Pharaoh’s house?” “Why then do you scorn my offerings that I required in the place where I live?” “Why do you honor your sons above me by making yourselves fat with the best of every offering of my people Israel?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 2 1 e9ks figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Hannah recites a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1SA 2 1 aq77 0 My heart exults Alternate translation: “I have great joy” 1SA 2 1 j5ts 0 in Yahweh Alternate translation: “because of who Yahweh is” or “because Yahweh is so great” @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 2 35 bg77 figs-idiom 0 I will build him a sure house Here “house” is an idiom used for “descendants.” Alternate translation: “I will ensure that he always has a descendant who serves as high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 2 36 tmh4 0 him the faithful priest whom God will raise up 1SA 2 36 y912 figs-synecdoche 0 so I can eat a piece of bread Here “piece of bread” is used for “food. “Alternate translation: “so I can have something to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1SA 3 intro riy2 0 # 1 Samuel 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God speaks to Samuel

God spoke at night to Samuel when he was a small boy, telling him that he would punish Eli’s family. As Samuel grew up, God gave him many messages. People came from all over Israel to find out what God had to say.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

In order to show respect when talking to God, Samuel calls himself “your servant” when referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Idioms

One characteristic of prophecy is the use of figures of speech. In this passage there are two idioms: “ears will shake,” meaning “will shock everyone who hears” and “carry out,” meaning “do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

In order to be sure Samuel would tell him the whole truth, Eli used the standard formula for a curse: “may God do to you, and even more, if,” meaning “God will punish severely if the person does what the curse says he will do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +1SA 3 intro riy2 0 # 1 Samuel 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God speaks to Samuel

God spoke at night to Samuel when he was a small boy, telling him that he would punish Eli’s family. As Samuel grew up, God gave him many messages. People came from all over Israel to find out what God had to say.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

In order to show respect when talking to God, Samuel calls himself “your servant” when referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Idioms

One characteristic of prophecy is the use of figures of speech. In this passage there are two idioms: “ears will shake,” meaning “will shock everyone who hears” and “carry out,” meaning “do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

In order to be sure Samuel would tell him the whole truth, Eli used the standard formula for a curse: “may God do to you, and even more, if,” meaning “God will punish severely if the person does what the curse says he will do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) 1SA 3 1 w5tu 0 Yahweh’s word was rare Alternate translation: “Yahweh did not often speak to people” 1SA 3 3 vl1e 0 The lamp of God This is the seven-candle lampstand in the holy place of the tabernacle that burned every day and through the night until it was empty. 1SA 3 3 vv3t 0 the temple of Yahweh The “temple” was actually a tent, but it was where the people worshiped, so it is best to translate the word as “temple” here. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:9](../01/09.md). @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 3 20 km4x 0 All Israel Alternate translation: “All the people in Israel” 1SA 3 20 q8cs figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This is a merism for “in every part of the land.” Alternate translation: “from one end of the land to the other” or “from Dan in the very north to Beersheba in the very south” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1SA 3 20 v6xm figs-activepassive 0 Samuel was appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1SA 4 intro a7dh 0 # 1 Samuel 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### The Ark of the Covenant in Philistine country

This chapter begins a new section on the Ark and the Philistines. It recounts two battles between Israel and the Philistines. In both battles, Israel was badly defeated and, in the second, the Ark was captured.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ark is captured

The Philistine army invaded Israel, and Israel’s army went to fight them but was defeated. Israel decided that if they took the Ark into the next battle, God would cause them to win. When Eli’s sons took the Ark into the next battle and the Philistines won the battle, they killed Eli’s two sons and captured the Ark. When Eli heard the Ark was captured, he fell over, broke his neck, and died. Hearing this news, his daughter-in-law named her baby “the glory has departed.”

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Question

The Philistines expressed their fear using a rhetorical question: “Who will protect us from the strength of this mighty God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 4 intro a7dh 0 # 1 Samuel 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### The Ark of the Covenant in Philistine country

This chapter begins a new section on the Ark and the Philistines. It recounts two battles between Israel and the Philistines. In both battles, Israel was badly defeated and, in the second, the Ark was captured.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ark is captured

The Philistine army invaded Israel, and Israel’s army went to fight them but was defeated. Israel decided that if they took the Ark into the next battle, God would cause them to win. When Eli’s sons took the Ark into the next battle and the Philistines won the battle, they killed Eli’s two sons and captured the Ark. When Eli heard the Ark was captured, he fell over, broke his neck, and died. Hearing this news, his daughter-in-law named her baby “the glory has departed.”

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Question

The Philistines expressed their fear using a rhetorical question: “Who will protect us from the strength of this mighty God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 4 1 ahq8 translate-names 0 Ebenezer … Aphek These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 4 2 in3q figs-activepassive 0 Israel was defeated by the Philistines, who killed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Philistines defeated the Israelites and killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 4 2 c78l translate-numbers 0 about four thousand men Here the number four thousand is a round number. There may have been a few more than that or a few less than that. The word “about” shows that it is not an exact number. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 4 21 eja5 translate-names 0 Ichabod The name is actually a phrase that means “no glory.” The name of a person sometimes reveals information about the person, place, or thing it refers to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 4 21 b2am figs-activepassive 0 for the ark of God had been captured If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the Philistines had captured the ark of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 4 22 pea3 figs-activepassive 0 the ark of God has been captured If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the Philistines have captured the ark of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1SA 5 intro qnq6 0 # 1 Samuel 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of the Ark of the Covenant in Philistia continues.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ark in the Philistine Cities

The Philistines took the Ark of God to Ashdod and put it in their idol temple, but their idol fell down in front of the Ark and the people got sick with bubonic plague. They took it to Gath next, and the people of Gath began dying of the plague. When they took the Ark to Ekron, the people of Ekron were afraid of it too and did not want it there. Finally they decided to send it back to Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

There are two slightly different idioms used in the same way: the “hand was heavy” and the “hand was hard.” Both idioms mean “was severely punished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1SA 5 intro qnq6 0 # 1 Samuel 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of the Ark of the Covenant in Philistia continues.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ark in the Philistine Cities

The Philistines took the Ark of God to Ashdod and put it in their idol temple, but their idol fell down in front of the Ark and the people got sick with bubonic plague. They took it to Gath next, and the people of Gath began dying of the plague. When they took the Ark to Ekron, the people of Ekron were afraid of it too and did not want it there. Finally they decided to send it back to Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

There are two slightly different idioms used in the same way: the “hand was heavy” and the “hand was hard.” Both idioms mean “was severely punished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 5 1 r22j 0 Now This word marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a word or phrase that does the same, you could use it here. 1SA 5 1 j9ri 0 ark of God See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 3:3](../03/03.md). This is the a same as the “ark of the covenant of Yahweh” in [1 Samuel 4:3](../04/03.md). 1SA 5 2 ibj1 0 house of Dagon This refers to the temple of Dagon, the god of the Philistines. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 5 12 djg2 figs-explicit 0 The men who did not die This implies that many men actually died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 5 12 u8uu 0 tumors This could mean: (1) painful swelling under the skin or (2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md). 1SA 5 12 vm1y figs-metonymy 0 the cry of the city went up to the heavens The word “city” is a metonym for the people of the city. This could mean: (1) the words “went up to the heavens” is an idiom for “was very great.” Alternate translation: “the people of the city cried out very loudly” or (2) the words “the heavens” is a metonym for the people’s gods. Alternate translation: “the people of the city cried out to their gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1SA 6 intro z9kg 0 # 1 Samuel 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of the Ark of the Covenant among the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Philistines send the Ark back to Israel

The Philistine leaders asked their priests what they should do with the Ark. The priests said to send it off with an offering. The Philistines put the Ark on a cart drawn by cows and let them go wherever they wanted to go. The cows went straight toward Israel. When some people peeked into the Ark, God killed them. Because of this, the people sent the Ark to Kiriath Jearim. +1SA 6 intro z9kg 0 # 1 Samuel 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of the Ark of the Covenant among the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Philistines send the Ark back to Israel

The Philistine leaders asked their priests what they should do with the Ark. The priests said to send it off with an offering. The Philistines put the Ark on a cart drawn by cows and let them go wherever they wanted to go. The cows went straight toward Israel. When some people peeked into the Ark, God killed them. Because of this, the people sent the Ark to Kiriath Jearim. 1SA 6 2 rk4s 0 the priests and the diviners These were pagan priests and diviners who worshiped Dagon. 1SA 6 2 nd2k 0 Tell us how we should send it The Philistines wanted to know how to get rid of the ark without angering Yahweh any further. 1SA 6 3 gg7q 0 the God of Israel This could mean: (1) they were speaking the proper name of the God of Israel or (2) they believed that Israel worshiped one of many gods, “the god of Israel.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:7](../05/07.md). @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 6 20 zwk1 figs-rquestion 0 Who is able to stand before Yahweh, this holy God? This could mean: (1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses the people’s fear of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “There is no one who can resist Yahweh because he is so holy!” or (2) this is a question asking for information. The phrase “stand before Yahweh” may refer to priests who serve Yahweh. It is implied that the people were looking for a priest whom Yahweh would permit to handle the ark. Alternate translation: “Is there a priest among us who serves this holy God, Yahweh, and is able to handle this ark?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 6 20 bc1z figs-explicit 0 To whom will the ark go up from us? This is a question asking for information. It is implied that the people want Yahweh and the ark to go somewhere else so he will not punish them again. Alternate translation: “Where can we send this ark so that Yahweh will not punish us again?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 6 21 n5gr translate-names 0 Kiriath Jearim This was a town in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1SA 7 intro hd2a 0 # 1 Samuel 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter completes the section on Samuel leading Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel begins to worship Yahweh again

Samuel told the people to get rid of all their idols and worship Yahweh alone. The people were obedient. When the Philistines heard the Israelites were all gathered together, the Philistines attacked, but God defeated them. There was a time of peace during which Samuel settled disputes between the people as the judges had done before.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

Whenever Samuel spoke to a group of people, he used many idioms: “to turn to” means “to worship”; “with your whole heart” means “completely”; and “rescue from the hand” means “rescued from the power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1SA 7 intro hd2a 0 # 1 Samuel 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter completes the section on Samuel leading Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel begins to worship Yahweh again

Samuel told the people to get rid of all their idols and worship Yahweh alone. The people were obedient. When the Philistines heard the Israelites were all gathered together, the Philistines attacked, but God defeated them. There was a time of peace during which Samuel settled disputes between the people as the judges had done before.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

Whenever Samuel spoke to a group of people, he used many idioms: “to turn to” means “to worship”; “with your whole heart” means “completely”; and “rescue from the hand” means “rescued from the power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 7 1 vxi4 translate-names 0 Kiriath Jearim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 7 1 uf4m translate-names 0 Abinadab … Eleazar These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 7 2 kwf8 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 7 14 li9a figs-activepassive 0 The towns … from Israel were restored to Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Here “Israel” refers to the “land” of Israel. “Yahweh restored to the land of Israel the towns … from Israel” or (2) “Israel” is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were able to reclaim the towns … from Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 7 16 p2sh 0 went on a circuit traveled from place to place in a rough circle 1SA 7 16 qa19 0 He decided disputes Disputes are arguments or disagreements between two or more people. -1SA 8 intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### Saul and Samuel

The section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people want a king

When Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +1SA 8 intro ek6j 0 # 1 Samuel 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
### Saul and Samuel

The section including chapters 8-16 begins a new part of the story. The people wanted a king, and God chose Saul, the man the people wanted, to be their king. He was not the king Yahweh wanted.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people want a king

When Samuel was old, he appointed his sons to be judges. They were corrupt and took bribes, so the people came and asked Samuel to appoint a king for them. Samuel asked God, who gave them a king but warned them what a king would be like. Despite Samuel’s warning that a king would oppress them, the people still wanted a king. This was sinful because they were rejecting God as their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 1SA 8 3 d1qv figs-metaphor 0 chased after dishonest gain The writer speaks of money that people would give Samuel’s sons as if it were a person or animal running away from Samuel’s sons, and he speaks of Samuel’s sons as if they were physically chasing that person or animal. Alternate translation: “they worked hard to gain money by being dishonest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1SA 8 3 pt6z 0 perverted justice Alternate translation: “judged in favor of those who did evil” 1SA 8 5 rx69 figs-idiom 0 do not walk in your ways The way a person lives is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “do not do the things you do” or “do not do what is just the way you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 8 22 d8pw figs-metonymy 0 Obey their voice Here the metonym “their voice” refers to the will of the people. Alternate translation: “Obey the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 8 22 s4b6 0 cause someone to be king for them “make someone king over them.” Use the common term in your language for making someone king. 1SA 8 22 vjc2 0 go to his own city Alternate translation: “go home” -1SA 9 intro kus3 0 # 1 Samuel 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel chooses Saul to be their king

When the donkeys of Saul’s father strayed away, Saul went looking for them. When he could not find them, he asked Samuel to ask God where they were. Samuel said the donkeys had been found. He invited Saul as the guest of honor to a feast and gave him a place to sleep for the night.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Saul uses two rhetorical questions to convince Samuel he is not important: “Am not I a Benjamite, from the smallest of the tribes of Israel? Is not my clan the least of all the clans of the tribe of Benjamin?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 9 intro kus3 0 # 1 Samuel 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Samuel chooses Saul to be their king

When the donkeys of Saul’s father strayed away, Saul went looking for them. When he could not find them, he asked Samuel to ask God where they were. Samuel said the donkeys had been found. He invited Saul as the guest of honor to a feast and gave him a place to sleep for the night.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Saul uses two rhetorical questions to convince Samuel he is not important: “Am not I a Benjamite, from the smallest of the tribes of Israel? Is not my clan the least of all the clans of the tribe of Benjamin?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 9 1 y487 writing-background 0 General Information: If your language has a way of telling the reader that the writer is giving background information in these verses, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1SA 9 1 k9kq 0 a man of influence This could mean: (1) he was a wealthy man or (2) he was a nobleman or (3) he was a mighty and brave man. 1SA 9 1 sxy3 translate-names 0 Kish … Abiel … Zeror … Bekorath … Aphiah These are names of the men of Saul’s family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 9 26 r8sh figs-explicit 0 Samuel called to Saul on the rooftop and said What Saul was doing on the rooftop can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “while Saul was sleeping on the rooftop, Samuel called to him and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 9 27 yp6k 0 ahead of us”—and he went ahead—”but you must stay It is possible that Samuel speaks all of these words. Alternate translation: “ahead of us, and when he has gone ahead, you must stay” 1SA 9 27 e7zg 0 that I may announce the message of God to you Alternate translation: “so that I can tell you God’s message for you” -1SA 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Samuel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the first chapter about King Saul.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul as the New King
Samuel told Saul that God had chosen him to be king, and on the way home he would meet some prophets. Saul would then begin prophesying and God would give him the Holy Spirit to help him to know what to do. Samuel told everyone to come to Mizpah where he announced that God had chosen Saul to be their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

This chapter uses rhetorical questions to express different ideas: to state a fact (“Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance?”), to express surprise (“And who is their father?”), to say he is someone very special (“Do you see the man that Yahweh has chosen?”), and to express contempt (“How can this man save us?”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Idioms

Samuel frequently uses idioms when prophesying: “going to God” means “going to worship God”; “take it from their hands” means “accept their gift”; “rush upon you” means “control you”; “hand finds to do” means “what you think you should do”; “God is with you” means “God is directing you”; “another heart” means “a different way of thinking”; “came to pass” means “happened”; “before Yahweh” means “to do work for Yahweh”; and “hearts God had touched” means “God had made them want to help Saul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1SA 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Samuel 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the first chapter about King Saul.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul as the New King
Samuel told Saul that God had chosen him to be king, and on the way home he would meet some prophets. Saul would then begin prophesying and God would give him the Holy Spirit to help him to know what to do. Samuel told everyone to come to Mizpah where he announced that God had chosen Saul to be their king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

This chapter uses rhetorical questions to express different ideas: to state a fact (“Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance?”), to express surprise (“And who is their father?”), to say he is someone very special (“Do you see the man that Yahweh has chosen?”), and to express contempt (“How can this man save us?”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Idioms

Samuel frequently uses idioms when prophesying: “going to God” means “going to worship God”; “take it from their hands” means “accept their gift”; “rush upon you” means “control you”; “hand finds to do” means “what you think you should do”; “God is with you” means “God is directing you”; “another heart” means “a different way of thinking”; “came to pass” means “happened”; “before Yahweh” means “to do work for Yahweh”; and “hearts God had touched” means “God had made them want to help Saul.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 10 1 y1dk 0 took a flask of oil, poured it on Saul’s head In Israelite culture, when a prophet poured oil on someone’s head, that person received a blessing from Yahweh. 1SA 10 1 df9v 0 flask a small container made from baked clay 1SA 10 1 m8gx figs-rquestion 0 Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance? Samuel knows the answer to his question. He is reminding Saul that Yahweh has chosen him to be king of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has certainly anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 10 26 re4y figs-idiom 0 whose hearts God had touched God touching a person’s heart is an idiom that means God put something in their mind or moved them to do something. Alternate translation: “who wanted to go with Saul because God had changed their thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 10 27 u77f figs-rquestion 0 How can this man save us? This is a rhetorical question that is used to express sarcasm. Alternate translation: “This man has no power to save us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 10 27 qwt6 0 despised strongly disliked or hated -1SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Samuel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the story of King Saul by telling of his first victory in war.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul rescues the people of Jabesh Gilead

Nahash, king of the Ammonites, and his army surrounded the Israeli town of Jabesh Gilead. When the city’s leaders asked for peace terms, Nahash demanded the right to poke out one eye of every man in order to show Israel their weakness. When Saul heard this, he called for all of Israel to help save this city. Many people came to help Saul’s army. Israel was victorious and everyone wanted Saul as their king. At this time, Israel was not a truly unified country, even though it is often spoken of as one country. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

The idioms in this chapter explain the effect God has on his people: “rushed upon him” means “empowered him”; “terror … fell” means “they became afraid”; “as one man” means “they all agreed”; and “put to death” means “kill.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Samuel 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the story of King Saul by telling of his first victory in war.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Saul rescues the people of Jabesh Gilead

Nahash, king of the Ammonites, and his army surrounded the Israeli town of Jabesh Gilead. When the city’s leaders asked for peace terms, Nahash demanded the right to poke out one eye of every man in order to show Israel their weakness. When Saul heard this, he called for all of Israel to help save this city. Many people came to help Saul’s army. Israel was victorious and everyone wanted Saul as their king. At this time, Israel was not a truly unified country, even though it is often spoken of as one country. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idioms

The idioms in this chapter explain the effect God has on his people: “rushed upon him” means “empowered him”; “terror … fell” means “they became afraid”; “as one man” means “they all agreed”; and “put to death” means “kill.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 11 1 q5a1 translate-names 0 Nahash This is a man from Ammon, a descendent of Lot, Abraham’s nephew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 11 1 y34w translate-names 0 Jabesh Gilead This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 11 2 ztl3 0 I gouge out Alternate translation: “I cut out” or “I pluck out” @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 11 11 d6lh 0 the morning watch This was before dawn when most people in the camp were still asleep. 1SA 11 15 anj5 0 made Saul king before Yahweh Alternate translation: “made Saul king while Yahweh watched” 1SA 11 15 y7hb 0 There they sacrificed peace offerings before Yahweh Part of Samuel’s service to Yahweh is to offer sacrifices even though he is not from the line of Aaron or Levi. -1SA 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Samuel 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Samuel’s farewell address
This chapter serves as a type of farewell address. This is a way for leaders to give instructions to their followers before they leave or die. Samuel first established his holiness before calling on the people to repent of their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

It is common in Scripture to use Israel’s history to show how faithful God has been. This gives the readers evidence to trust in Yahweh in their current situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +1SA 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Samuel 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Samuel’s farewell address
This chapter serves as a type of farewell address. This is a way for leaders to give instructions to their followers before they leave or die. Samuel first established his holiness before calling on the people to repent of their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

It is common in Scripture to use Israel’s history to show how faithful God has been. This gives the readers evidence to trust in Yahweh in their current situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 1SA 12 2 jw1v figs-idiom 0 the king walking before you … I have walked before you These expressions mean that people can actually see the kind of lives Saul and Samuel are living. Alternate translation: “the king’s life was seen … My life was seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 12 3 y8su figs-explicit 0 Here I am; testify against me before Yahweh and before his anointed one By this statement, Samuel is challenging the people to speak up if he has done anything wrong to anyone. Alternate translation: “I stand in front of you now. I ask you to speak in front of Yahweh and his anointed king if I have done you any wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 12 3 zf3n figs-rquestion 0 Whose ox have I taken? Whose donkey have I taken? Samuel uses rhetorical questions to remind the people that he has never stolen their animals. Alternate translation: “I have never stolen a prized animal from anyone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 12 21 ek55 0 turn away after empty things Alternate translation: “pursue worship of false gods” 1SA 12 22 shb6 figs-metonymy 0 For the sake of his great name Here “name” refers to the reputation of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “So that people will continue to honor and respect Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 12 23 jh36 figs-explicit 0 far be it from me that I should sin against Yahweh by ceasing to pray for you The people are filled with fear because of the rain and thunder that Yahweh sent when Samuel prayed. Some people may believe Samuel would use his prayers to harm them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1SA 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Samuel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the beginning of a story about Jonathan’s victory over the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Preparation for the battle

Saul sent most of his army home before Jonathan attacked and defeated a Philistine garrison. This attack made the Philistines very angry, and they brought a huge army into Israel and camped at the top of a hill. Most of Saul’s army ran away in fear and hid from the Philistines. There are many aspects of this story that give the reader the impression that Israel was unprepared for battle.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole

Wanting to express the vast number of enemy soldiers, the author uses a hyperbole: “as numerous as the sand on the seashore,” meaning “too many to count.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +1SA 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Samuel 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the beginning of a story about Jonathan’s victory over the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Preparation for the battle

Saul sent most of his army home before Jonathan attacked and defeated a Philistine garrison. This attack made the Philistines very angry, and they brought a huge army into Israel and camped at the top of a hill. Most of Saul’s army ran away in fear and hid from the Philistines. There are many aspects of this story that give the reader the impression that Israel was unprepared for battle.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole

Wanting to express the vast number of enemy soldiers, the author uses a hyperbole: “as numerous as the sand on the seashore,” meaning “too many to count.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1SA 13 1 xn4d 0 General Information: Samuel has renewed Saul’s kingdom at Gilgal and Samuel has reminded the people to follow the Lord. 1SA 13 1 cyx8 0 Saul was thirty years old … over Israel The text of this verse in ancient copies seems to have been mutilated, so modern versions have many different translations. They are all attempts to represent the most probable meaning of the original text. 1SA 13 2 gep7 translate-numbers 0 chose three thousand men “chose 3,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 13 21 wv2t translate-bmoney 0 two-thirds of a shekel The shekel is divided into 3 parts, 2 of 3 parts are given. “2/3 of a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) 1SA 13 21 e1et 0 straightening the goads Alternate translation: “taking out the bend and making the ox goad straight again so it could be used” 1SA 13 22 lcm6 0 there were no swords or spears This explains in part why Saul’s army was afraid. They did not have any weapons to fight. -1SA 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Samuel 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter completes the story of Jonathan’s victory over the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The battle against the Philistines

Jonathan took his armor bearer to where the Philistines were on the top of the hill. He said God could use a few people just as easily as he could use many people to win his battles. He and his armor bearer started killing the Philistines, and suddenly the Philistines began fighting each other or running away. The rest of Israel, who had hidden, came and chased the Philistines. Even though Israel had a king, God was still in control of the nation of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Special reference

The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to mean the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]]) +1SA 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Samuel 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter completes the story of Jonathan’s victory over the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The battle against the Philistines

Jonathan took his armor bearer to where the Philistines were on the top of the hill. He said God could use a few people just as easily as he could use many people to win his battles. He and his armor bearer started killing the Philistines, and suddenly the Philistines began fighting each other or running away. The rest of Israel, who had hidden, came and chased the Philistines. Even though Israel had a king, God was still in control of the nation of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Special reference

The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to mean the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]]) 1SA 14 1 m1uz 0 General Information: Jonathan begins his second raid on the Philistines’ army. 1SA 14 1 kea8 0 his young armor bearer a teenage boy who is responsible for caring for his master’s weapons of war 1SA 14 1 s7kb 0 Philistines’ garrison This is an outpost staffed by the Philistine army. @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 14 51 eci8 translate-names 0 Kish … Ner … Abner … Abiel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 14 52 e8ef 0 all the days of Saul Alternate translation: “all of Saul’s life” 1SA 14 52 ezp3 0 he attached him to himself Alternate translation: “he forced him to join his army” -1SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Samuel 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the section on Saul and Samuel (8-15).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God wants total obedience
Samuel told Saul that God wanted him to completely destroy the Amalekite people and animals. Saul fought the Amalekites and killed all the people except the king. He destroyed the animals that were not very good but saved the best animals. Saul told Samuel he had obeyed God’s command. Samuel asked him about the animals Saul had. Saul said he had saved them for a sacrifice to God. God said that obedience was better than sacrifice. Because Saul had disobeyed him, God had chosen someone else to become king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
“He has turned back from following me” is an idiom meaning “he has stopped obeying me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### Rhetorical questions
When Saul insisted that he had obeyed God, Samuel rebuked him with these rhetorical questions: “What then is this bleating of sheep in my ears, and the lowing of the oxen that I hear?”; “Though you are little in your own sight, were you not made the head of the tribes of Israel?”; “Why then did you not obey the voice of Yahweh, but instead you seized the booty and did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh?”; and “Has Yahweh as much delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices, as in obeying the voice of Yahweh?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Samuel 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the section on Saul and Samuel (8-15).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God wants total obedience
Samuel told Saul that God wanted him to completely destroy the Amalekite people and animals. Saul fought the Amalekites and killed all the people except the king. He destroyed the animals that were not very good but saved the best animals. Saul told Samuel he had obeyed God’s command. Samuel asked him about the animals Saul had. Saul said he had saved them for a sacrifice to God. God said that obedience was better than sacrifice. Because Saul had disobeyed him, God had chosen someone else to become king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
“He has turned back from following me” is an idiom meaning “he has stopped obeying me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### Rhetorical questions
When Saul insisted that he had obeyed God, Samuel rebuked him with these rhetorical questions: “What then is this bleating of sheep in my ears, and the lowing of the oxen that I hear?”; “Though you are little in your own sight, were you not made the head of the tribes of Israel?”; “Why then did you not obey the voice of Yahweh, but instead you seized the booty and did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh?”; and “Has Yahweh as much delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices, as in obeying the voice of Yahweh?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 15 1 t4nn 0 the words of Yahweh Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” 1SA 15 3 q1vz figs-parallelism 0 completely destroy all that they have … kill both man and woman, child and infant, ox and sheep, camel and donkey These two phrases mean the same thing. The second phrase gives specific details about what they are to destroy completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1SA 15 3 ik1k figs-litotes 0 Do not spare them This negative statement emphasizes the completeness of the destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 15 34 p6j7 translate-names 0 Ramah … Gibeah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 15 34 wed2 0 went up to his house at Gibeah Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking. 1SA 15 35 hha6 0 Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death Alternate translation: “Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived” -1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

==Rhetorical Question ==
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

==Rhetorical Question ==
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 16 1 ib7t figs-rquestion 0 How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel? This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 16 1 aav1 0 Fill your horn with oil The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king. 1SA 16 2 msu1 figs-rquestion 0 How can I go? Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “I cannot go!” or “I am afraid to go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 16 23 c6ip 0 harmful spirit Here “harmful spirit” may refer to either a “spirit that causes trouble” or an “evil spirit.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 16:14](../16/14.md). 1SA 16 23 hnb5 0 was upon Saul Alternate translation: “troubled Saul” 1SA 16 23 pxe5 figs-activepassive 0 Saul would be refreshed and well If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the music would refresh Saul and make him well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1SA 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Samuel 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduced David as a soldier, a skill that will be important for the rest of his life.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David kills Goliath
Trust in God is more powerful than physical might or military training and equipment. David, trusting in the Lord and armed only with a sling, defeats Goliath who is well-armed and physically strong but who did not believe in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Uncircumcised

The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to describe the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
David uses rhetorical questions to state his desire to fight the giant: “What will be done for the man who kills this Philistine and takes away the disgrace from Israel? Who is this uncircumcised Philistine that he should defy the armies of the living God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

His brother uses rhetorical questions to show his disdain for his younger brother, whom he thinks is pretending to be bigger than he really is: “Why did you come down here? With whom have you left those few sheep in the wilderness?” David defends himself with some questions: “What have I done now? Was it not just a question?”

Goliath also uses a rhetorical question to show his contempt for young David: “Am I a dog, that you come to me with sticks?” +1SA 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Samuel 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduced David as a soldier, a skill that will be important for the rest of his life.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David kills Goliath
Trust in God is more powerful than physical might or military training and equipment. David, trusting in the Lord and armed only with a sling, defeats Goliath who is well-armed and physically strong but who did not believe in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Uncircumcised

The people of Israel often used the term “uncircumcised” to refer to Gentiles. Here it is used to describe the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
David uses rhetorical questions to state his desire to fight the giant: “What will be done for the man who kills this Philistine and takes away the disgrace from Israel? Who is this uncircumcised Philistine that he should defy the armies of the living God?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

His brother uses rhetorical questions to show his disdain for his younger brother, whom he thinks is pretending to be bigger than he really is: “Why did you come down here? With whom have you left those few sheep in the wilderness?” David defends himself with some questions: “What have I done now? Was it not just a question?”

Goliath also uses a rhetorical question to show his contempt for young David: “Am I a dog, that you come to me with sticks?” 1SA 17 2 z3hp translate-names 0 the Valley of Elah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 17 4 q4bx translate-bdistance 0 six cubits and a span A cubit is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. A span is a unit of measurement equal to about 23 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 3 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) 1SA 17 5 n5rl figs-activepassive 0 he was armed with a coat of chainmail A “coat of chainmail” is a flexible piece of body armor covered with protective scales or small plates. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he protected himself by wearing a coat of chainmail” or “he wore a coat of chainmail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 17 58 k63k 0 Whose son are you Alternate translation: “Who is your father” 1SA 17 58 k634 0 I am the son of your servant Jesse the Bethlehemite Alternate translation: “My father is your servant Jesse, the Bethlehemite” 1SA 17 58 g6vb 0 your servant Jesse David referred to his father as “your servant” to show that his father was faithful to King Saul. -1SA 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Samuel 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the first chapter of a section explaining why Saul wants to kill David.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 18:7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul is jealous of David’s popularity
Saul’s son, Jonathan, loves David. David is successful in battling the Philistines, and Saul is happy until the women give David more attention than they give him. He fears that David will replace him as king. This is potentially confusing because the author has already established that David will be the next king. It is probably that Saul feared David would kill him in order to be the next king sooner, or that he did not really believe David would be the next king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

### Jonathan’s love of David
Some scholars believe Jonathan loved David as a man loves his wife. There is no reason to translate this as if Jonathan were a homosexual. Instead, treat this as a brotherly type of love. +1SA 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Samuel 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the first chapter of a section explaining why Saul wants to kill David.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 18:7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul is jealous of David’s popularity
Saul’s son, Jonathan, loves David. David is successful in battling the Philistines, and Saul is happy until the women give David more attention than they give him. He fears that David will replace him as king. This is potentially confusing because the author has already established that David will be the next king. It is probably that Saul feared David would kill him in order to be the next king sooner, or that he did not really believe David would be the next king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

### Jonathan’s love of David
Some scholars believe Jonathan loved David as a man loves his wife. There is no reason to translate this as if Jonathan were a homosexual. Instead, treat this as a brotherly type of love. 1SA 18 1 w8c4 figs-metaphor 0 the soul of Jonathan was bound to the soul of David Very close friendship is spoken of as if it were binding together the souls of two people. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jonathan felt a strong affection towards David” or “Jonathan committed himself to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 18 1 k383 figs-synecdoche 0 Jonathan loved him as his own soul Here “loved” refers to the love between friends, not romantic love. The word “soul” represents the person or the person’s life. Alternate translation: “Jonathan loved David as much as he loved himself” or “Jonathan loved David as he loved his own life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1SA 18 3 l8pd figs-synecdoche 0 Jonathan loved him as his own soul Here “loved” refers to the love between friends, not romantic love. The word “soul” represents the person or the person’s life. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jonathan loved David as much as he loved himself” or “Jonathan loved David as he loved his own life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 18 28 rjc2 figs-doublet 0 Saul saw, and he knew Here the words “saw” and “knew” share similar meanings and emphasize that Saul knew with certainty. Alternate translation: “Saul recognized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1SA 18 28 ct4a 0 Michal, Saul’s daughter, loved him Here “loved” means she had romantic feelings for David. 1SA 18 30 z7de figs-metonymy 0 so that his name was highly regarded Here “name” is a metonym for David. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people greatly respected David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Samuel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God protects David
Jonathan persuades Saul not to kill David, but Saul again becomes jealous and orders his servants to bring David to him to be killed. God uses Michal to save David. David flees to Samuel and they begin prophesying. When Saul sends servants to capture David, they begin prophesying. This causes Saul to go himself and he begins to prophesy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +1SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Samuel 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God protects David
Jonathan persuades Saul not to kill David, but Saul again becomes jealous and orders his servants to bring David to him to be killed. God uses Michal to save David. David flees to Samuel and they begin prophesying. When Saul sends servants to capture David, they begin prophesying. This causes Saul to go himself and he begins to prophesy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 1SA 19 1 zd9j 0 to all his servants Here “his” refers to Saul. 1SA 19 1 u5h5 0 took great pleasure in David Jonathan greatly enjoyed being with David. 1SA 19 4 rf2u figs-pronouns 0 Do not let the king sin against his servant Jonathan speaks as if Saul is another person to show Saul that Jonathan respects Saul. Alternate translation: “Do not sin against your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 19 22 l3p8 translate-names 0 Ramah … Seku … Naioth These are place names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 19 24 tj4i writing-proverbs 0 This is why they ask, “Is Saul also among the prophets?” This became a proverb among the Israelites. Apparently people said this to express surprise when a person unexpectedly did something that he had not done before. The implied meaning of the question can be stated explicitly. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “That is the reason that when people see someone doing something that is very unexpected, they say, ‘Is Saul also a prophet?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 19 24 knd8 0 they ask Here “they” refers to people in general. The question became a proverb among the people. -1SA 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Samuel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jonathan warns David
David tells Jonathan that Saul is still trying to kill him. Jonathan promises to find out if this is true. When David misses dinner two consecutive days, Saul asks about him. Jonathan says that David went home for an annual sacrifice. Saul gets angry at Jonathan, telling him he will never be king unless they kill David. Saul throws his spear at Jonathan. Jonathan warns David to run away, but first they both promise to always be friends. It was usually a king’s son who became king after his death in the ancient Near East. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
David uses a powerful metaphor and an oath to impress Jonathan with the danger he is in: “But as truly as Yahweh lives, and as you live, there is but a step between me and death.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1SA 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Samuel 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jonathan warns David
David tells Jonathan that Saul is still trying to kill him. Jonathan promises to find out if this is true. When David misses dinner two consecutive days, Saul asks about him. Jonathan says that David went home for an annual sacrifice. Saul gets angry at Jonathan, telling him he will never be king unless they kill David. Saul throws his spear at Jonathan. Jonathan warns David to run away, but first they both promise to always be friends. It was usually a king’s son who became king after his death in the ancient Near East. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
David uses a powerful metaphor and an oath to impress Jonathan with the danger he is in: “But as truly as Yahweh lives, and as you live, there is but a step between me and death.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1SA 20 1 tia6 figs-parallelism 0 What have I done? What is my iniquity? What is my sin before your father, that he seeks to take my life? These three questions mean basically the same thing. David uses them to emphasize that he has done nothing wrong to Saul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have done nothing wrong. I have not committed any iniquity. I have not sinned against your father. He has no reason to take my life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 20 1 g2ib figs-idiom 0 that he seeks to take my life? Here “take my life” is an idiom for “kill me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1SA 20 2 e1je figs-idiom 0 Far from it Here “far from it” is an idiom that refers to that it is not true. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 20 41 b73c 0 the mound It seems that David had hidden behind a pile of earth or stones. 1SA 20 41 pg9k 0 lay facedown on the ground, and bowed himself three times. David bowed before Jonathan, who was still the King’s son, worthy of such respect. Also, this was the last time David met with Jonathan. 1SA 20 42 t28c 0 May Yahweh be between you and me This could mean: (1) “Yahweh is a witness between you and me” or “Yahweh will be watching how we treat each other” or (2) “May Yahweh be a witness between you and me” or “May Yahweh watch how we treat each other.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 20:23](../20/23.md). -1SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Samuel 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 21:11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and the chief priest
David visits the chief priest and lies to him about being on a special mission for the king. He asks for food, weapons, and prayer. The chief priest gives him some sacred bread and Goliath’s sword and prays for him.

### David and the king of Gath
David flees to Gath. The advisers to the king tell him that David is almost the king of Israel. David becomes afraid of the king and pretends to be insane.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
The king of Gath’s advisers use two rhetorical questions to warn him about how dangerous David could be: “Is not this David the king of the land? Did they not sing to one another about him in dances, ‘Saul has killed his thousands, and David his ten thousands?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Samuel 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 21:11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and the chief priest
David visits the chief priest and lies to him about being on a special mission for the king. He asks for food, weapons, and prayer. The chief priest gives him some sacred bread and Goliath’s sword and prays for him.

### David and the king of Gath
David flees to Gath. The advisers to the king tell him that David is almost the king of Israel. David becomes afraid of the king and pretends to be insane.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
The king of Gath’s advisers use two rhetorical questions to warn him about how dangerous David could be: “Is not this David the king of the land? Did they not sing to one another about him in dances, ‘Saul has killed his thousands, and David his ten thousands?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 21 1 sxr5 translate-names 0 Nob This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 21 1 lxn7 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 21 1 xz59 0 trembling shaking in fear @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 21 14 w6kd figs-rquestion 0 Why have you brought him to me? This could mean: (1) Achish demands that his servants explain why they have brought David to him or (2) Achish is scolding them with a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should have known not to bring him to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 21 15 kl34 figs-rquestion 0 Do I lack madmen, so that you have brought this fellow to behave like one in my presence? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “There are enough madmen here who waste my time. You should not have brought this fellow to behave like one in my presence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1SA 21 15 k152 figs-rquestion 0 Will this fellow really come into my house? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not allow this fellow to enter my house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Samuel 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

There are two stories in this chapter: David gathering a group of followers and Saul having all the priests and their families killed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David assembles a force of unhappy people
David hides in the wilderness, and people in trouble come to him. Soon he has a force of 500 men. The prophet then tells him to leave the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Saul and the chief priest’s family
Doeg tells Saul that Ahimelech the priest gave David food and a sword and prayed for him. Saul accuses the priests of encouraging David to rebel. This is a serious accusation because the priests are God’s representatives and are rebelling against God’s king if the accusation is true. Saul has the priests and all their families killed except those who escape to David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) +1SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Samuel 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two stories in this chapter: David gathering a group of followers and Saul having all the priests and their families killed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David assembles a force of unhappy people
David hides in the wilderness, and people in trouble come to him. Soon he has a force of 500 men. The prophet then tells him to leave the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Saul and the chief priest’s family
Doeg tells Saul that Ahimelech the priest gave David food and a sword and prayed for him. Saul accuses the priests of encouraging David to rebel. This is a serious accusation because the priests are God’s representatives and are rebelling against God’s king if the accusation is true. Saul has the priests and all their families killed except those who escape to David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) 1SA 22 1 wbc2 0 cave a hollow space under the ground, generally opening into the side of a hill, large enough for people to enter 1SA 22 1 h42f translate-names 0 Adullam This is the name of a town near the city of Gath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 22 1 mjh9 0 heard it heard that David had gone to hide in the cave @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 22 19 eh6l 0 put to the sword Alternate translation: “killed with the sword” 1SA 22 19 ru75 translate-names 0 Nob Nob is the name of a city. Here the name “Nob” represents the people of that city. Alternate translation: “the people in the city of Nob” or “the people of Nob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 22 20 g9ps translate-names 0 Abiathar This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Samuel 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul chases David
Saul wants to kill David, but David trusts in God who keeps rescuing him. David rescues the town of Keilah from the Philistines who are stealing their harvest. Saul goes to Keilah to capture David, but David flees to the wilderness near Ziph. When David goes deeper into the wilderness, Saul follows but he has to leave to fight the Philistines who have invaded the land. Saul’s pursuit of David shows that Saul cares more about killing his enemies than pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche
Jonathan strengthens David with a synecdoche: “For the hand of Saul my father will not find you.” This helps to strengthen David’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +1SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Samuel 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul chases David
Saul wants to kill David, but David trusts in God who keeps rescuing him. David rescues the town of Keilah from the Philistines who are stealing their harvest. Saul goes to Keilah to capture David, but David flees to the wilderness near Ziph. When David goes deeper into the wilderness, Saul follows but he has to leave to fight the Philistines who have invaded the land. Saul’s pursuit of David shows that Saul cares more about killing his enemies than pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche
Jonathan strengthens David with a synecdoche: “For the hand of Saul my father will not find you.” This helps to strengthen David’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) 1SA 23 1 by75 translate-names 0 fighting against Keilah “Keilah” is the name of a town. Here “Keilah” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “fighting against the people of Keilah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 23 1 g4uk 0 threshing separating the grain or seeds, generally from a cereal plant or wheat by some mechanical means 1SA 23 3 e1kx figs-rquestion 0 How much more then if we go to Keilah against the armies of the Philistines? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We will be even more fearful if we go to Keilah to fight the armies of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 23 27 j8yv figs-hendiadys 0 Hurry and come The words “hurry” and “come” can be combined into one idea. Alternate translation: “Come quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) 1SA 23 28 fy6k 0 pursuing David Alternate translation: “chasing David, trying to catch him” 1SA 23 28 qaa2 0 Rock of Escape a memorial or marker of David’s escape from Saul -1SA 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Samuel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

Even though Saul tries again and again to kill David, David does not avenge himself on Saul because God had chosen Saul as king. This is meant to contrast with Saul’s treatment of David, the future king. Saul represents the king the people wanted, a selfish man. David is the king God wanted, a godly man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]]) +1SA 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Samuel 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

Even though Saul tries again and again to kill David, David does not avenge himself on Saul because God had chosen Saul as king. This is meant to contrast with Saul’s treatment of David, the future king. Saul represents the king the people wanted, a selfish man. David is the king God wanted, a godly man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]]) 1SA 24 1 li61 figs-activepassive 0 he was told This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 24 1 b363 0 wilderness of Engedi Engedi is a place in Israel west of the Dead Sea where there is water with dry land all around it. 1SA 24 2 fgt3 translate-numbers 0 three thousand 3,000 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 24 21 lj2i 0 you will not cut off my descendants after me “you will not kill my sons and their families.” It was common for a new king who was not from the previous family line to kill off all the children of the former king to prevent any of them from challenging him for the throne. 1SA 24 21 hr5u figs-metonymy 0 you will not destroy my name out of my father’s house It is important for each family in Israel to have descendants from generation to generation carrying on the family name and land inheritance. Alternate translation: “you will not destroy my family and descendants” or “you will allow my family to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 24 22 yhv6 0 David and his men Alternate translation: “David and his army” -1SA 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Samuel 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Revenge
When David decides to kill all of the men in Nabal’s household, Abigail convinces David not to avenge himself but to leave revenge to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]]) +1SA 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Samuel 25 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Revenge
When David decides to kill all of the men in Nabal’s household, Abigail convinces David not to avenge himself but to leave revenge to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]]) 1SA 25 1 nvn1 figs-hyperbole 0 All Israel gathered together and mourned for him This is likely a generalization. A large number of the people of Israel were probably there, but some were probably unable to attend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1SA 25 1 xdb3 0 gathered together Alternate translation: “met together” 1SA 25 1 n1il 0 buried him in his house at Ramah This could mean that they buried Samuel: (1) in his home town of Ramah or (2) on his family’s land in Ramah but not physically in the house or (3) in his house in Ramah. @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 25 44 eld8 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 25 44 rm51 translate-names 0 Paltiel … Laish These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 25 44 qbi9 translate-names 0 Gallim This is a town north of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1SA 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Samuel 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vengeance
David has another opportunity to kill Saul but he refuses to kill the one God had chosen as king. This contrasts with Saul, who tried to find David and kill him. Saul came to admit that David was more righteous than he was because he did not kill his enemy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
David put his reason for not killing Saul in a rhetorical question: “Do not destroy him; for who can extend his hand against Yahweh’s anointed one and be guiltless?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Samuel 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vengeance
David has another opportunity to kill Saul but he refuses to kill the one God had chosen as king. This contrasts with Saul, who tried to find David and kill him. Saul came to admit that David was more righteous than he was because he did not kill his enemy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
David put his reason for not killing Saul in a rhetorical question: “Do not destroy him; for who can extend his hand against Yahweh’s anointed one and be guiltless?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 26 1 xrk7 figs-rquestion 0 Is not David hiding … Jeshimon? This rhetorical question can be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David is hiding … Jeshimon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 26 1 u73j 0 before Jeshimon Alternate translation: “from which we can see Jeshimon” 1SA 26 1 x3kj translate-names 0 Jeshimon This is the name of a desert area near the Dead Sea. It can also be translated as “the Judean Wilderness” or “the wasteland.” See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 23:19](../23/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 26 24 tf9s figs-metaphor 0 so may my life be much valued in the eyes of Yahweh Here the eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “so may Yahweh consider my life very valuable as well” or “so may Yahweh value my life as much as I have valued your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1SA 26 25 r7dp figs-activepassive 0 May you be blessed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1SA 26 25 ct8y figs-metaphor 0 my son Saul was not David’s true father. Saul speaks as if he were David’s father to show David that he wants David to trust and respect him as David would trust and respect his own father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1SA 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Samuel 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This begins a section about David living with the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s move
David is afraid Saul will someday catch him and kill him, so he moves to the Philistine city of Gath. This is a type of exile David creates for himself out of fear. It is caused by his lack of trust in God. This is the same reason his descendants would come to be exiled. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +1SA 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Samuel 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This begins a section about David living with the Philistines.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s move
David is afraid Saul will someday catch him and kill him, so he moves to the Philistine city of Gath. This is a type of exile David creates for himself out of fear. It is caused by his lack of trust in God. This is the same reason his descendants would come to be exiled. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 1SA 27 1 vu4l figs-synecdoche 0 David said in his heart Here “his heart” is a metonym that means to himself. Alternate translation: “David thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1SA 27 1 j9tl figs-synecdoche 0 escape out of his hand The word “hand” is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “escape from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1SA 27 2 cr5x 0 David arose and passed over Alternate translation: “David took action; he passed over” @@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 27 10 qt6s translate-names 0 Kenites a people group who lived in the land of Midian (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 27 11 x7vm translate-names 0 Gath one of five Philistine city-states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 27 12 g4e6 figs-pronouns 0 Achish the king of Gath (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) -1SA 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Samuel 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Talking to the dead

Talking to the dead was against the law of Moses. God or the Holy Spirit left Saul because of his sin and would not help him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Samuel uses a rhetorical question to say it was useless to ask his advice since there was no way Saul could be successful with God against him: “What then do you ask me, since Yahweh has left you, and he has become your enemy?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1SA 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Samuel 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Talking to the dead

Talking to the dead was against the law of Moses. God or the Holy Spirit left Saul because of his sin and would not help him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Samuel uses a rhetorical question to say it was useless to ask his advice since there was no way Saul could be successful with God against him: “What then do you ask me, since Yahweh has left you, and he has become your enemy?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1SA 28 1 u8jp 0 host large assembly of armies 1SA 28 2 au3y grammar-connect-words-phrases 0 So you will know … So I will The word “so” shows that the speaker agrees with what the other person has just said. Alternate translation: “Yes, I will go with you so that you will know … Very well, I will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1SA 28 2 a7g3 0 you will know what your servant can do David probably wanted Achish to think that David would kill many Israelites, but “what your servant can do” could also mean that David was planning to kill Philistines instead. Try to translate so that the reader can see both of these possible meanings. @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 28 23 htn7 0 compelled him Alternate translation: “forced him” 1SA 28 24 x7b9 0 fatted calf a calf that has been grown and fed to be available for a special feast 1SA 28 24 zn9w 0 she … kneaded it She mixed flour and oil, working and rolling the mixture thoroughly with her hands to produce dough for baking. -1SA 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Samuel 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 29:5.

## Other possible translation difficulties

It is unclear whether David wanted to go into battle with the Philistines. He would have been fighting against Saul, but he also would have been fighting against Israel’s soldiers. It is probably best to see that David is conflicted over this issue, but some scholars believe that David planned on turning against the Philistines in the battle. +1SA 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Samuel 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 29:5.

## Other possible translation difficulties

It is unclear whether David wanted to go into battle with the Philistines. He would have been fighting against Saul, but he also would have been fighting against Israel’s soldiers. It is probably best to see that David is conflicted over this issue, but some scholars believe that David planned on turning against the Philistines in the battle. 1SA 29 1 w2gw 0 spring a small stream of water flowing naturally from the Earth 1SA 29 2 tq6l 0 passed on by hundreds and by thousands Alternate translation: “divided their men into groups; some groups had one hundred soldiers and some groups had one thousand soldiers” 1SA 29 2 j1vs translate-numbers 0 hundreds … thousands 100s…1,000s (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 29 9 tse5 0 nevertheless, the princes Alternate translation: “even though that is true, this is more important: the princes” or “however, the princes” 1SA 29 10 xd7w 0 your master The reader should understand that Achish is speaking of Saul. 1SA 29 10 r3uy 0 have light Alternate translation: “can see with the morning sun” -1SA 30 intro abcu 0 # 1 Samuel 30 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### David fights the Amalekites
When David and his men arrive home, they find the Amalekites have raided Ziklag and taken everything. They catch and destroy them and bring back all of their goods and families. Then David sends gifts to all the cities in Judah through which they had traveled. +1SA 30 intro abcu 0 # 1 Samuel 30 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David fights the Amalekites
When David and his men arrive home, they find the Amalekites have raided Ziklag and taken everything. They catch and destroy them and bring back all of their goods and families. Then David sends gifts to all the cities in Judah through which they had traveled. 1SA 30 1 u6dp 0 Ziklag Ziklag is a city in the southern part of Judah. This was where David and his men kept their families. 1SA 30 2 i8bg 0 they the Amalekites 1SA 30 2 l5au 0 both small and great This could mean: (1) “both unimportant people and important people” or (2) “both physically small and physically large.” @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1SA 30 30 re7a 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues the list that began in [1 Samuel 30:27](../30/27.md) of towns whose elders received gifts from David. 1SA 30 30 n9nu translate-names 0 Hormah … Bor Ashan … Athak These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1SA 30 31 k11c 0 Connecting Statement: The writer finishes the list that began in [1 Samuel 30:27](../30/27.md) of towns whose elders received gifts from David. -1SA 31 intro abcv 0 # 1 Samuel 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the section on Saul, but the book continues in 2 Samuel 1.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul’s punishment
Saul receives his punishment from God: death for his disobedience and resisting the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) +1SA 31 intro abcv 0 # 1 Samuel 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the section on Saul, but the book continues in 2 Samuel 1.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Saul’s punishment
Saul receives his punishment from God: death for his disobedience and resisting the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) 1SA 31 1 k1fi 0 Now the Philistines fought against Israel This battle was the result of the conflict between David and the Philistines in [1 Samuel 29:11](../29/11.md). The writer has finished telling the story of David that began in [1 Samuel 30:1](../30/01.md), and now he tells about the battle between the Israelites and the Philistines. 1SA 31 1 mg5w figs-metonymy 0 against Israel “Israel” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “against the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1SA 31 1 u5ii translate-names 0 Mount Gilboa This is the name of a mountain (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv b/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv index 88036e3032..467a3cf9ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_10-2SA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote 2SA front intro bs9v 0 # Introduction to 2 Samuel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Samuel

1. The first years of David’s reign (1:1–7:29)
* Saul is killed; David is kind to Ishbosheth (1:1–4:12)
* David defeats the Philistines (5:1–25)
* Victories, the ark, the house of God (6:1–7:29)
1. David extends his rule to all the Promised Land (8:1–10:19)
1. David’s sin with Bathsheba (11:1–12:31)
1. Amnon and Tamar; Absalom kills Amnon (13:1–14:33)
1. The later years of David’s reign (15:1–24:25)
* Absalom rebels and is killed (15:1–18:33)
* David’s kingdom restored (19:1–20:26)
* Famine and warfare (21:1–14)
* David’s song of praise (22:1–23:7)
* David’s mighty men (23:8–39)
* Yahweh judges David’s sin of numbering the people; the plague stopped (24:1–25)

### What is the Book of 2 Samuel about?

This book is about David ruling as king over Israel. He first ruled over the tribe of Judah for seven years. Then the other eleven tribes agreed to have him become their king. He ruled over all Israel for thirty-three years.

Throughout this time, David led his army to fight foreign enemies who attacked Israel. However, he struggled the most against someone in his own family. Absalom, his son, rebelled and fought against him ([2 Samuel 13-19](../13/01.md)).

The Book of 2 Samuel also tells about when David sinned greatly. He slept with Bathsheba, the wife of Uriah the Hittite. When she became pregnant, David arranged for Uriah to be killed in battle. David and all Israel suffered much because of David’s sin. However, the writer also tells of Yahweh repeatedly showing David grace and love after David repented of his sin.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “2 Samuel,” or “Second Samuel.” Or translators may consider a clearer title such as “The Second Book about Samuel, Saul, and David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What was the purpose of the Book of 2 Samuel?

The Book of 2 Samuel begins where 1 Samuel ended. The writer continues to show how the tribes of Israel unite under the first kings of Israel. The Book of 2 Samuel centers around David as the king Yahweh chose to lead Israel.

### Who wrote the Book of 2 Samuel?

It is uncertain who wrote 2 Samuel. It may have been someone alive soon after King Solomon died. When Solomon died, the kingdom of Israel split into two kingdoms. The author probably lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. A descendant of David continued to rule over the southern kingdom. The author may have written 2 Samuel to defend David’s right to be king. This would prove that David’s descendant was the rightful king of God’s people.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What covenant had its beginning in the Book of 2 Samuel?

In 2 Samuel 7, Yahweh made a covenant with David. God promised to make a descendant of David rule forever over Israel. Christians believe that Jesus Christ fulfills this covenant. Jesus was a descendant of David. Jesus is the true “anointed one,” the person God chose to be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does the book refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

David frequently refers to himself as “your servant” when he speaks to King Saul. He also calls Saul “my master.” Indirectly addressing a person in this way can be difficult to translate. It is intended to show that the speaker submits to the one being addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” or “ma’am” in this way.

### Can I translate this book before 1 Samuel?

The Book of 1 Samuel should be translated before 2 Samuel, since 2 Samuel continues from where 1 Samuel ends.

### How is the name “Israel” used in the Bible?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

2 Samuel speaks of both the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel as “Israel.” However, these references appear in the narrative long before the two kingdoms split apart. It seems clear that the references to Israel and Judah indicate that the author wrote 2 Samuel at a time after the kingdoms split. (See: [2 Samuel 2:10](../02/10.md); [2 Samuel 3:10](../03/10.md); [2 Samuel 5:5](../05/05.md); [2 Samuel 11:11](../11/11.md); [2 Samuel 12:8](../12/08.md); [2 Samuel 19:42-43](../19/42.md); [2 Samuel 21:2](../21/02.md); [2 Samuel 24:1](../24/01.md)). -2SA 1 intro la44 0 # 2 Samuel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:19-27.

This chapter continues the material from 1 Samuel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s funeral song
David praised Saul and Jonathan as great warriors and Jonathan as his dearest friend.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche
David used two figures of speech to express that Jonathan and Saul were great warriors: “the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, and the sword of Saul did not return empty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +2SA 1 intro la44 0 # 2 Samuel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:19-27.

This chapter continues the material from 1 Samuel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s funeral song
David praised Saul and Jonathan as great warriors and Jonathan as his dearest friend.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Synecdoche
David used two figures of speech to express that Jonathan and Saul were great warriors: “the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, and the sword of Saul did not return empty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 1 1 q125 translate-names 0 Ziklag This is the name of a city in the southern part of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 1 2 vci9 translate-ordinal 0 On the third day “After three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2SA 1 2 v6vv translate-symaction 0 with his clothes torn and with dirt on his head In this culture, tearing one’s own clothes and putting dirt on one’s head was an act of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 1 25 i3z2 figs-apostrophe 0 on your high places David continues to address this part of the song to the mountains of Gilboa as he started in [2 Samuel 1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) 2SA 1 26 eg6m 0 my brother Jonathan Here “brother” is used in the sense of a very close friend. 2SA 1 26 l4ln 0 Your love to me was wonderful, exceeding the love of women Here “love” is used in the sense of friendship and loyalty. Jonathan’s loyalty to David was even greater than the loyalty a woman has for her husband and children. -2SA 2 intro k322 0 # 2 Samuel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the civil war between Saul’s son and David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Civil war
There was a civil war in Israel. David was made king of Judah and Saul’s uncle (Abner) made Saul’s son (Ishbosheth) king of the rest of Israel. When they fought each other, Abner killed Joab’s brother, but David’s army was victorious.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Abner finally stopped the battle with a rhetorical question to David’s army. “Must the sword devour forever?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2SA 2 intro k322 0 # 2 Samuel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of the civil war between Saul’s son and David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Civil war
There was a civil war in Israel. David was made king of Judah and Saul’s uncle (Abner) made Saul’s son (Ishbosheth) king of the rest of Israel. When they fought each other, Abner killed Joab’s brother, but David’s army was victorious.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Abner finally stopped the battle with a rhetorical question to David’s army. “Must the sword devour forever?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 2 1 lt47 0 After this Alternate translation: “After David mourned the deaths of Saul and Jonathan in battle” 2SA 2 1 ncw1 0 go up to one of the cities of Judah At this time David was in the city of Ziklag. David used the phrase “go up” because Ziklag was lower in elevation than Judah. Alternate translation: “travel to one of the cities of Judah” 2SA 2 2 x7ln 0 David went up with his two wives At this time David was in the city of Ziklag. The narrator uses the phrase “went up” because Ziklag was lower in elevation than Hebron. Alternate translation: “David traveled to Hebron with his two wives” @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 2 31 d81h figs-metonymy 0 of Benjamin This phrase means “from the tribe of Benjamin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 2 32 e5xq 0 took up Asahel Alternate translation: “carried Asahel’s body with them” 2SA 2 32 pzw9 0 the day dawned on them at Hebron Alternate translation: “they arrived at Hebron by dawn the next morning” -2SA 3 intro ka39 0 # 2 Samuel 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the first attempt to end the civil war.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:33-34.

## Special concepts in this chapter

David never wanted to hurt Saul’s family. Isbosheth criticized Abner and Abner became angry. He decided to help David become king of all of Israel. Abner came and made a treaty with David. As he left, Joab arrived and told him he wanted to talk to him and he murdered Abner. David was very unhappy that Abner had been killed. +2SA 3 intro ka39 0 # 2 Samuel 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the first attempt to end the civil war.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:33-34.

## Special concepts in this chapter

David never wanted to hurt Saul’s family. Isbosheth criticized Abner and Abner became angry. He decided to help David become king of all of Israel. Abner came and made a treaty with David. As he left, Joab arrived and told him he wanted to talk to him and he murdered Abner. David was very unhappy that Abner had been killed. 2SA 3 1 sq7q writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Samuel gives information about the war between David and the supporters of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2SA 3 1 u6f1 0 house Here “house” is used to mean “supporters.” 2SA 3 1 lag1 figs-metaphor 0 grew stronger and stronger This metaphor means the number of people supporting David increased. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 3 38 wxn9 figs-hendiadys 0 a prince and a great man These two phrases both refer to Abner. Alternate translation: “a great prince” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) 2SA 3 39 e6ux translate-names 0 Zeruiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 3 39 bw2y 0 are too brutal Alternate translation: “are too much like animals” or “are too violent” -2SA 4 intro hm82 0 # 2 Samuel 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

While the end of the civil war occurs in this chapter, David still only reigned over Judah (1-4).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and Ishbosheth
David never sought revenge against Saul’s family. When two men snuck into Ishbosheth’s room, cut off his head and brought it to David, David had them killed for killing an innocent man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
When two men brought Ishbosheth’s head to David and expected to get a reward for it, David condemned them with the rhetorical question: “should I not now require his blood from your hand, and remove you from the earth?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]]) +2SA 4 intro hm82 0 # 2 Samuel 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

While the end of the civil war occurs in this chapter, David still only reigned over Judah (1-4).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David and Ishbosheth
David never sought revenge against Saul’s family. When two men snuck into Ishbosheth’s room, cut off his head and brought it to David, David had them killed for killing an innocent man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
When two men brought Ishbosheth’s head to David and expected to get a reward for it, David condemned them with the rhetorical question: “should I not now require his blood from your hand, and remove you from the earth?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]]) 2SA 4 1 jmf8 translate-names 0 Ishbosheth This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 4 1 jnb3 figs-synecdoche 0 his hands became weak In this phrase “his hands” represents Ishbosheth himself. Alternate translation: “Ishbosheth became weak” or “Ishbosheth lost all strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 4 2 zhe1 translate-names 0 Baanah … Recab … Rimmon These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 4 11 pl52 figs-metonymy 0 require his blood from your hand The phrase “his blood” represents the life of Ishbosheth. Here “from your hand” represents Rechab and Baanah, the sons of Rimmon the Beerothite, introduced in [2 Samuel 4:5](./05.md). Alternate translation: “hold you responsible for the death of Ishbosheth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 4 12 b1ep translate-symaction 0 cut off their hands and feet and hung them up These were symbolic actions to show contempt for the men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2SA 4 12 a16g translate-symaction 0 they took the head of Ishbosheth and buried it in the grave This was a symbolic act to honor Ishbosheth. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “they honored Ishbosheth by burying his head in the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2SA 5 intro jv2a 0 # 2 Samuel 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This records the beginning of the kingdom’s expansion.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David conquers Jerusalem
David brought the combined army to Jerusalem and conquered it by going in through the water shaft. He enlarged the city and strengthened the defenses, and made it his capital. Jerusalem is an important place in the plans of God.

### David consulting God
David always consulted God before fighting a battle. The Philistines invaded Israel trying to capture David. David asked God if he should attack the Philistines, and God said yes; so he defeated them. They invaded again and God told him to attack them from the rear and he defeated them again. +2SA 5 intro jv2a 0 # 2 Samuel 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This records the beginning of the kingdom’s expansion.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David conquers Jerusalem
David brought the combined army to Jerusalem and conquered it by going in through the water shaft. He enlarged the city and strengthened the defenses, and made it his capital. Jerusalem is an important place in the plans of God.

### David consulting God
David always consulted God before fighting a battle. The Philistines invaded Israel trying to capture David. David asked God if he should attack the Philistines, and God said yes; so he defeated them. They invaded again and God told him to attack them from the rear and he defeated them again. 2SA 5 1 qs6r figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This phrase means “a relative.” Alternate translation: “we are related to you” or “we are of the same family” - (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2SA 5 2 h5dx writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2SA 5 2 fr5e figs-parallelism 0 You will shepherd my people Israel, and you will become ruler over Israel These two clauses mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh had chosen David to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 5 24 vp29 figs-123person 0 When you hear … Yahweh will have gone out before you to attack the army of the Philistines This is the continuation of Yahweh’s instruction to David that began in [2 Samuel 5:23](../05/23.md). Yahweh here speaks of himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 2SA 5 24 ccz2 figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 5 25 z8t1 translate-names 0 Geba … Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2SA 6 intro aen5 0 # 2 Samuel 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bringing the Ark of the Covenant to Jerusalem
David organized a procession with many musical instruments to bring the ark to Jerusalem. They put it on a cart; but when the oxen stumbled, Uzzah reached out to steady it so it would not fall. God killed him for touching the ark. David was angry at God for killing Uzzah and was afraid to bring the ark any further. Uzzah died because the ark was perfectly holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Dancing
David danced for joy in front of the ark. His wife, Michal, criticized David for uncovering himself as he danced, but David did not care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
Michal criticized David by using irony: “How honored the king of Israel was today, who undressed himself today before the eyes of the slave girls among his servants, like one of the crude fellows who shamelessly undresses himself!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +2SA 6 intro aen5 0 # 2 Samuel 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bringing the Ark of the Covenant to Jerusalem
David organized a procession with many musical instruments to bring the ark to Jerusalem. They put it on a cart; but when the oxen stumbled, Uzzah reached out to steady it so it would not fall. God killed him for touching the ark. David was angry at God for killing Uzzah and was afraid to bring the ark any further. Uzzah died because the ark was perfectly holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Dancing
David danced for joy in front of the ark. His wife, Michal, criticized David for uncovering himself as he danced, but David did not care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
Michal criticized David by using irony: “How honored the king of Israel was today, who undressed himself today before the eyes of the slave girls among his servants, like one of the crude fellows who shamelessly undresses himself!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 2SA 6 1 prk3 0 Now This word marks a new part of the story. 2SA 6 1 dz26 figs-metonymy 0 all the chosen men of Israel This metonym represents the army of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 6 1 f7cl translate-numbers 0 thirty thousand “30,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 6 22 y1pu figs-metonymy 0 I will be humiliated in my own eyes Here “in my own eyes” represents what a person considers or thinks about something. Alternate translation: “I will consider myself humiliated” or “I will consider myself a fool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 6 22 ifj3 figs-activepassive 0 But by these slave girls you have spoken about, I will be honored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the slave girls of whom you have spoken will honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2SA 6 23 cjq6 0 had no children to the day of her death Alternate translation: “was never able to bear any children” -2SA 7 intro c6fb 0 # 2 Samuel 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the finishing of a small interruption about the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

David wanted to honor God by building him a temple. God told David that he would not build it, but his son would build it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Covenant of David
God made a covenant with David that was not conditioned upon anything David or his descendants did. God promised that one of David’s descendants would rule Israel forever. Because Israel would not have a king in the future, this promise did not begin at this time. The descendant, who would rule forever, is Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +2SA 7 intro c6fb 0 # 2 Samuel 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the finishing of a small interruption about the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

David wanted to honor God by building him a temple. God told David that he would not build it, but his son would build it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Covenant of David
God made a covenant with David that was not conditioned upon anything David or his descendants did. God promised that one of David’s descendants would rule Israel forever. Because Israel would not have a king in the future, this promise did not begin at this time. The descendant, who would rule forever, is Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) 2SA 7 1 cu7z writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2SA 7 1 r5ag figs-abstractnouns 0 given him rest from all his surrounding enemies “given him safety from all his surrounding enemies.” Here “rest” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “caused the enemy people groups to stop attacking Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2SA 7 2 chf8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 7 28 pvq1 0 your words are trustworthy Alternate translation: “I trust what you say” 2SA 7 29 n6ik figs-activepassive 0 with your blessing your servant’s house will be blessed forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless my family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2SA 7 29 k3a5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house Here David refers to himself as “your servant.” Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2SA 8 intro hc4j 0 # 2 Samuel 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter returns to the theme of the expansion of David’s kingdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God enabled victory
God enabled David to conquer all the surrounding nations. Much of the loot and tribute David received, he saved for the temple that his son would build. +2SA 8 intro hc4j 0 # 2 Samuel 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter returns to the theme of the expansion of David’s kingdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God enabled victory
God enabled David to conquer all the surrounding nations. Much of the loot and tribute David received, he saved for the temple that his son would build. 2SA 8 1 drj7 figs-synecdoche 0 David attacked Here David represents his soldiers. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 8 2 xbr2 figs-synecdoche 0 Then he defeated Here “he” refers to David who represents his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then they defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 8 2 tcx6 0 measured their men with a line … He measured off two lines to put to death, and one full line to keep alive Here the “line” is a “rope.” David had the soldiers lie down on the ground to be measured and sorted into three groups. The men in two groups were killed, and in the third, they were allowed to live. @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 8 17 k3p5 translate-names 0 Ahitub … Ahimelech … Seraiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 8 18 gm1f translate-names 0 Benaiah … Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 8 18 xxs8 translate-names 0 Kerethites … Pelethites These are names of people-groups. These people were David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2SA 9 intro lwh6 0 # 2 Samuel 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is another interruption to the story of David expanding his kingdom. David is concerned with fulfilling his oath to Jonathan’s descendants.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s vow
David determined to fulfill his vow to Jonathan to care for Jonathan’s descendants. He found Jonathan’s son and told him he would treat him as if he was one of his sons. He restored all of Saul’s property to him and had him eat every day at the king’s table. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question and metaphor
Jonathan’s son expressed his surprise and feeling of unworthiness with a rhetorical question: “What is your servant, that you should look with favor on such a dead dog as I am?” and by a metaphor comparing himself to “a dead dog.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2SA 9 intro lwh6 0 # 2 Samuel 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is another interruption to the story of David expanding his kingdom. David is concerned with fulfilling his oath to Jonathan’s descendants.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s vow
David determined to fulfill his vow to Jonathan to care for Jonathan’s descendants. He found Jonathan’s son and told him he would treat him as if he was one of his sons. He restored all of Saul’s property to him and had him eat every day at the king’s table. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question and metaphor
Jonathan’s son expressed his surprise and feeling of unworthiness with a rhetorical question: “What is your servant, that you should look with favor on such a dead dog as I am?” and by a metaphor comparing himself to “a dead dog.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 9 1 t1g1 0 for Jonathan’s sake Alternate translation: “because of my love for Jonathan” 2SA 9 1 cy22 0 Jonathan’s sake Jonathan was Saul’s son and David’s best friend. 2SA 9 2 id7a translate-names 0 Ziba This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 9 12 u3qr figs-metonymy 0 All who lived in the house of Ziba Here “house” represents Ziba’s family. Alternate translation: “All of Ziba’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 9 13 caj8 figs-metonymy 0 he always ate at the king’s table Here “table” represents being together with David or in his presence. Eating with the king at his table was a great honor. Alternate translation: “he always ate with the king at his table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 9 13 du2g figs-metonymy 0 though he was lame in both his feet “thouge both of his feet were damaged.” Here “feet” represents the ability to walk. Alternate translation: “though he was unable to walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2SA 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Samuel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The chapter records the last expansion of David’s kingdom. This chapter is also the beginning of a section dealing with the war between Israel and Ammon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Shame
It was apparently the cause of shame or embarrassment in ancient Ammon to have their beards shaved off or to have their garments cut off. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The Ammon people used a metaphor comparing themselves to a bad smell: “they had become a stench to David” when they realized they had made David very angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2SA 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Samuel 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter records the last expansion of David’s kingdom. This chapter is also the beginning of a section dealing with the war between Israel and Ammon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Shame
It was apparently the cause of shame or embarrassment in ancient Ammon to have their beards shaved off or to have their garments cut off. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The Ammon people used a metaphor comparing themselves to a bad smell: “they had become a stench to David” when they realized they had made David very angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 10 1 g3zs translate-names 0 Hanun This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 10 2 k9r2 translate-names 0 Hanun … Nahash These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 10 3 r4at figs-rquestion 0 Do you really think that … you? The leaders use a question to suggest to the king that he should not trust David. Alternate translation: “You are wrong to think that … you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 10 18 s2lg 0 Shobak See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 10:16](../10/16.md). 2SA 10 19 s2mk 0 Hadarezer See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 10:16](../10/16.md). 2SA 10 19 dzd4 figs-activepassive 0 saw that they were defeated by Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “realized that the Israelites had defeated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Samuel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a new section of David’s life. God punished David by allowing his family to have many problems.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s adultery and the murder of Uriah
The army of Israel defeated the army of Ammon and then they besieged Ammon’s capital while David stayed in Jerusalem. One day, David saw a beautiful woman, named Bathsheba, bathing. He committed adultery with her. When she became pregnant, David tried to cover up his sin. When this did not work, he had her husband killed in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2SA 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Samuel 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a new section of David’s life. God punished David by allowing his family to have many problems.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s adultery and the murder of Uriah
The army of Israel defeated the army of Ammon and then they besieged Ammon’s capital while David stayed in Jerusalem. One day, David saw a beautiful woman, named Bathsheba, bathing. He committed adultery with her. When she became pregnant, David tried to cover up his sin. When this did not work, he had her husband killed in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2SA 11 1 eqn9 writing-newevent 0 It came about in the springtime “It happened in the springtime.” This introduces a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2SA 11 1 jf4r 0 at the time Alternate translation: “at the time of year” 2SA 11 1 a4ds figs-explicit 0 David sent out Joab, his servants, and all the army of Israel David sent them out to war. This can be stated clearly. Also, the word “his” refers to David. Alternate translation: “David sent Joab, his servants, and all the army of Israel to war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 11 27 d34z 0 sorrow a deep feeling of sadness caused by suffering, disappointment or misfortune 2SA 11 27 d21w figs-idiom 0 David sent and took her home Here the word “sent” means that he sent a messenger to get her and bring her to him. Alternate translation: “David sent a messenger to her to bring her home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 11 27 cq8x 0 displeased Yahweh Alternate translation: “saddened Yahweh” or “angered Yahweh” -2SA 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Samuel 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the final expansion of David’s kingdom and records the end of the war with Ammon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s punishment
God sent a prophet to confront David. He said that because David had Uriah killed, there would always be killing in his family and that the baby conceived with Bathsheba would die. David prayed that the baby be allowed to live, but the infant died. Bathsheba then had another son, who was named Solomon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +2SA 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Samuel 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the final expansion of David’s kingdom and records the end of the war with Ammon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s punishment
God sent a prophet to confront David. He said that because David had Uriah killed, there would always be killing in his family and that the baby conceived with Bathsheba would die. David prayed that the baby be allowed to live, but the infant died. Bathsheba then had another son, who was named Solomon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 2SA 12 3 jfa8 0 ewe lamb a female lamb 2SA 12 3 wd4g figs-simile 0 was like a daughter to him This refers to the closeness of this man and his little lamb. Alternate translation: “he loved it as much as if it were one of his daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 2SA 12 4 vv6b 0 ewe lamb a young, female sheep @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 12 31 ya1w 0 saws, iron picks, and axes These are tools to cut wood or break up the ground. 2SA 12 31 tl3i 0 brick kilns ovens where bricks are dried and hardened 2SA 12 31 ew58 figs-metonymy 0 all the cities of the people of Ammon This refers to the people in the cities. Alternate translation: “all the people of the cites of Ammon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2SA 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Samuel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story about the difficulties and killings in David’s family. David’s sin caused these problems in his family. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Amnon raped Absalom’s sister
Amnon raped Absalom’s sister, who was his own half-sister. David did nothing to punish him and David’s lack of action caused significant problems in his family and in Israel. This eventually caused Solomon to become king, even though he was not the oldest son. +2SA 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Samuel 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story about the difficulties and killings in David’s family. David’s sin caused these problems in his family. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Amnon raped Absalom’s sister
Amnon raped Absalom’s sister, who was his own half-sister. David did nothing to punish him and David’s lack of action caused significant problems in his family and in Israel. This eventually caused Solomon to become king, even though he was not the oldest son. 2SA 13 1 e2ti writing-newevent 0 It came about after this “It happened after this.” This phrase is used to introduce a new event to the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2SA 13 1 tup1 0 half-sister Amnon and Tamar shared the same father but not the same mother. 2SA 13 1 fj5k 0 full sister Absalom and Tamar shared the same father and mother. @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 13 38 pbz9 0 where he was for three years Alternate translation: “where he stayed for three years” 2SA 13 39 ky6u figs-synecdoche 0 The mind of King David longed Here David is referred to by his mind to emphasize his thoughts. Alternate translation: “King David longed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 13 39 t9kb 0 for he was comforted concerning Amnon and his death “because he was no longer grieving about Amnon being dead.” This refers to three years after Absalom fled to Geshur. -2SA 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Samuel 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reconciliation
David missed his son, Absalom, who was in exile. Joab summons a wise woman to reconcile David and Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])

## Important figures of speech used in this chapter

### Parable

The wise woman uses a type of parable to convince David that his actions were wrong. He treated a stranger worse than he treated his own son. This hypothetical situation was intended to convict David of his sin. She uses David’s own words against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2SA 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Samuel 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reconciliation
David missed his son, Absalom, who was in exile. Joab summons a wise woman to reconcile David and Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])

## Important figures of speech used in this chapter

### Parable

The wise woman uses a type of parable to convince David that his actions were wrong. He treated a stranger worse than he treated his own son. This hypothetical situation was intended to convict David of his sin. She uses David’s own words against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2SA 14 1 c5gz 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells about a new person in the story. 2SA 14 1 zlp2 0 Zeruiah See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 2:13](../02/13.md). 2SA 14 1 nt9e 0 perceived This means Joab discerned or understood what David was thinking. @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 14 32 ehw7 figs-synecdoche 0 the king’s face Here “king’s face” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 14 33 xix9 translate-symaction 0 bowed low to the ground before the king Absalom is showing respect to the king. Alternate translation: “bowed low to the ground to honor the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2SA 14 33 lr12 figs-explicit 0 the king kissed Absalom This implies that the king forgave and restored Absalom. The full meaning of this can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -2SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Samuel 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of Absalom’s attempted revolt.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Absalom’s conspiracy
For four years, Absalom made many allies in an attempt to make himself king. This is why he acted as a judge for the people. Since this was all done in secret, it is called a “conspiracy.” David found out and fled with those in the army who were loyal to him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The author used the metaphor of a thief to describe how Absalom was able to win people’s loyalty: “So Absalom stole the hearts of the men of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2SA 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Samuel 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of Absalom’s attempted revolt.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Absalom’s conspiracy
For four years, Absalom made many allies in an attempt to make himself king. This is why he acted as a judge for the people. Since this was all done in secret, it is called a “conspiracy.” David found out and fled with those in the army who were loyal to him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The author used the metaphor of a thief to describe how Absalom was able to win people’s loyalty: “So Absalom stole the hearts of the men of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 15 1 m44b writing-newevent 0 It came about This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2SA 15 1 a4qh translate-symaction 0 with fifty men to run before him These men would run in front of the chariot to honor Absalom. Alternate translation: “with fifty men to run before him to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2SA 15 2 f1j6 0 Your servant When a man would respond to Absalom’s question he would refer to himself as “your servant” to honor Absalom. @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 15 35 rkm7 figs-hyperbole 0 whatever you hear This is a generalization. It means all of the important and insightful things that he hears, not every single word he hears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2SA 15 36 yg9d translate-names 0 Ahimaaz … Jonathan These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 15 36 z36k figs-synecdoche 0 by their hand The phrase “their hand” refers to the sons and means that they were to serve as messengers. Alternate translation: “their sons to tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -2SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers
David’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
To show how seriously people took Ahithophel’s advice, the author used a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] comparing his advice to God’s advice. “Now the advice of Ahithophel that he gave in those days was as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself.” +2SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Samuel 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Absalom seeks advice from David’s advisers
David’s best adviser, Ahithophel, told Absalom to publicly seduce the concubines that David had left to take care of the palace. Because the concubines were the king’s property, having sexual relations with a king’s concubines implied that Absalom was now the king. This would show the people that the break with David was complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
To show how seriously people took Ahithophel’s advice, the author used a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] comparing his advice to God’s advice. “Now the advice of Ahithophel that he gave in those days was as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself.” 2SA 16 1 uv2h translate-names 0 Ziba This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 16 1 rzt4 0 Mephibosheth See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 4:4](../04/04.md). 2SA 16 1 eex7 translate-numbers 0 two hundred loaves … one hundred clusters … one hundred bunches “200 loaves…100 clusters…100 bunches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 16 23 qt97 figs-synecdoche 0 as if a man heard from the mouth of God himself Here God’s mouth represents himself and emphasizes his speech. Alternate translation: “as if God had said it with his own mouth” or “as if a man heard it spoken by God himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2SA 16 23 jqr6 0 all of Ahithophel’s advice was viewed by both David and Absalom This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “both David and Absalom viewed all of Ahithophel’s advice” 2SA 16 23 p2g1 0 was viewed Alternate translation: “was thought of” -2SA 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Samuel 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Confusion
Ahithophel gives good advise to Absalom, but Hushai confuses Absalom. God is using the misleading advice to protect David, his king. +2SA 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Samuel 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Confusion
Ahithophel gives good advise to Absalom, but Hushai confuses Absalom. God is using the misleading advice to protect David, his king. 2SA 17 1 jz1q translate-names 0 Ahithophel See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 15:12](../15/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 17 1 y3kl translate-numbers 0 twelve thousand men “12,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2SA 17 1 xpm7 0 arise and Alternate translation: “begin to” @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 17 28 s9d6 0 lentils a kind of seed that is cooked and eaten 2SA 17 29 vx1d 0 curds milk that has soured and become solid 2SA 17 29 hpg5 0 thirsty in need of water or some other drink -2SA 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Samuel 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter tells of the defeat and death of Absalom, ending this section on Absalom’s rebellion.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s mercy
David reorganized his army and sent them out to battle, but told them to be merciful to Absalom. When David’s army defeated Absalom’s army, Absalom fled on a mule, but his hair caught in a tree limb and the mule ran on, leaving him hanging. One of David’s soldiers saw him and told Joab. Joab went and killed him. When David heard about this he mourned for his son, Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) +2SA 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Samuel 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter tells of the defeat and death of Absalom, ending this section on Absalom’s rebellion.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s mercy
David reorganized his army and sent them out to battle, but told them to be merciful to Absalom. When David’s army defeated Absalom’s army, Absalom fled on a mule, but his hair caught in a tree limb and the mule ran on, leaving him hanging. One of David’s soldiers saw him and told Joab. Joab went and killed him. When David heard about this he mourned for his son, Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) 2SA 18 1 y2u4 figs-metonymy 0 David counted the soldiers who were with him and appointed David did not count all of the people himself, rather other men counted them. Alternate translation: “David commanded for the soldiers who were with him to be counted and he appointed” or “David arranged the soldiers who were with him and appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 18 1 qt9x translate-numbers 0 captains of thousands and captains of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these captains led. Alternate translation: “captains of 1,000 soldiers and captains of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “captains of large military divisions and captains of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2SA 18 1 pa96 0 captains A captain is a person who is in authority over a group of soldiers. @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 18 31 e1tf figs-idiom 0 rose up against This means to oppose. Alternate translation: “opposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2SA 18 32 s9h4 figs-simile 0 The enemies of my master the king,…should be as that young man is The Cushite uses a comparison as a polite way to tell the king that Absalom is dead. This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: “I would like all your enemies … to die the way that young man died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2SA 18 33 la2k 0 was deeply unnerved Alternate translation: “was very unhappy” or “was trembling with grief” -2SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Samuel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### David told to stop mourning Absalom
Joab warned David that if he continued to mourn Absalom and not thank his army, they would all desert him. So David went out to encourage the soldiers. David was both a good father and a good leader.

### David made king again
This chapter record the recognition that David was the true king of Israel. It is important to remember that even though Absalom had power for a while, David never stopped being the king.

### The ten tribes and Judah argue over David
The ten tribes of Israel argued with the tribe of Judah about who would bring David across the river. The men of Judah answered the ten tribes very harshly. This may foreshadow, or give a glimpse of, the future civil war that would come to divide these two groups.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
The people wanted David back as their king and expressed it in a rhetorical question: “So why are we not talking about bringing the king back?” David also used a question to persuade the people of Judah to bring him back: “You are my brothers, my flesh and bone. Why then are you the last to bring back the king?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2SA 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Samuel 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David told to stop mourning Absalom
Joab warned David that if he continued to mourn Absalom and not thank his army, they would all desert him. So David went out to encourage the soldiers. David was both a good father and a good leader.

### David made king again
This chapter record the recognition that David was the true king of Israel. It is important to remember that even though Absalom had power for a while, David never stopped being the king.

### The ten tribes and Judah argue over David
The ten tribes of Israel argued with the tribe of Judah about who would bring David across the river. The men of Judah answered the ten tribes very harshly. This may foreshadow, or give a glimpse of, the future civil war that would come to divide these two groups.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
The people wanted David back as their king and expressed it in a rhetorical question: “So why are we not talking about bringing the king back?” David also used a question to persuade the people of Judah to bring him back: “You are my brothers, my flesh and bone. Why then are you the last to bring back the king?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 19 1 wl3f figs-activepassive 0 Joab was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2SA 19 1 ggg6 0 Look, the king is weeping The word “Look” is used here to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen, the king is weeping” 2SA 19 2 jq6i figs-explicit 0 So the victory that day was turned into mourning for all the army This means that the whole army mourned instead of celebrating. AT “So instead of celebrating victory that day, the whole army mourned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 19 43 vc2s figs-rquestion 0 Why then did you despise us? The men of Israel ask this rhetorical question to express their anger. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have despised us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 19 43 vlb7 figs-rquestion 0 Was not our proposal to bring back our king the first to be heard? The men of Israel ask this question to remind and rebuke the people of Judah. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We were the first to suggest that we bring back the king!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2SA 19 43 el5k 0 the words of the men of Judah were even more harsh than the words of the men of Israel Alternate translation: “the men of Judah spoke even more harshly than the men of Israel did” -2SA 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Samuel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sheba’s revolt
A man named Sheba told the people of the ten tribes that David was Judah’s king, but not their king. David worked hard to preserve unity in Israel after this time of division.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Joab used an idiom “has lifted up his hand against the king, against David” meaning “revolted against David,” to explain why his army was attacking the city of Able. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2SA 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Samuel 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sheba’s revolt
A man named Sheba told the people of the ten tribes that David was Judah’s king, but not their king. David worked hard to preserve unity in Israel after this time of division.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Joab used an idiom “has lifted up his hand against the king, against David” meaning “revolted against David,” to explain why his army was attacking the city of Able. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2SA 20 1 fz8c 0 to be at the same place This refers to the town of Gilgal. 2SA 20 1 a6ci translate-names 0 Sheba … Bikri These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 20 1 l45i figs-parallelism 0 We have no part in David, neither have we any inheritance in the son of Jesse Both of these statements mean the same thing. Sheba is emphasizing that he and the tribes of Israel have no relationship with David. Alternate translation: “The inheritance of David and his father’s family does not belong to us” or “We are not a part of David and his father’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 20 25 pjz3 translate-names 0 Sheva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 20 26 w67i translate-names 0 Ira This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 20 26 qk9a translate-names 0 Jairite This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Samuel 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Famine caused by a broken oath
When Israel first conquered the land, they promised not to kill the people of Gibeon. When Saul tried to kill them all, God caused a famine in Israel. David made amends with the people of Gideon and the famine ended. David also kept his vow to Jonathan’s sons. This helps to show the wisdom of king David. Although these people were not Israelites, they believed in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Wisdom, grace and justice
David is seen to have many great qualities in this chapter. These were qualities important for a king of Israel: wisdom, grace and justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +2SA 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Samuel 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Famine caused by a broken oath
When Israel first conquered the land, they promised not to kill the people of Gibeon. When Saul tried to kill them all, God caused a famine in Israel. David made amends with the people of Gideon and the famine ended. David also kept his vow to Jonathan’s sons. This helps to show the wisdom of king David. Although these people were not Israelites, they believed in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Wisdom, grace and justice
David is seen to have many great qualities in this chapter. These were qualities important for a king of Israel: wisdom, grace and justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) 2SA 21 1 yc9z figs-synecdoche 0 sought the face of Yahweh Here “face” is a synecdoche for Yahweh’s presence. This means David prayed to Yahweh for an answer about the famine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2SA 21 1 f1fs 0 because of Saul and his murderous family Saul had killed many Gibeonites, and Saul’s descendants are guilty because of this sin. 2SA 21 2 j82w writing-background 0 Now Here “Now” marks a break in the main story line. This gives background information about the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 21 20 cka4 translate-names 0 Rephaim This people group was known for its giant warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 21 21 j56u translate-names 0 Jonathan son of Shimeah These are names of men. Shimeah was David’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 21 22 mqg8 figs-idiom 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers Here “by the hand of” means “through” or “by.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Samuel 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 22:2-51.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God rescued David
God rescued David when he thought he would die. He protected David, fought against his enemies, and enabled him to defeat his enemies.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
David uses many metaphors to express his trust in God’s protection: “my rock, my fortress, my shield, the horn of my salvation, my stronghold and my refuge.” He used other metaphors to express his hopelessness: “the waves of death surrounded me,” “the rushing waters of worthlessness overwhelmed me,” “the cords of sheol surrounded me;” “the snares of death trapped me,” and “the surging water.” He also used metaphors for the victory God gave him: “I can run over a barricade” and “by my God I can leap over a wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2SA 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Samuel 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 22:2-51.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God rescued David
God rescued David when he thought he would die. He protected David, fought against his enemies, and enabled him to defeat his enemies.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
David uses many metaphors to express his trust in God’s protection: “my rock, my fortress, my shield, the horn of my salvation, my stronghold and my refuge.” He used other metaphors to express his hopelessness: “the waves of death surrounded me,” “the rushing waters of worthlessness overwhelmed me,” “the cords of sheol surrounded me;” “the snares of death trapped me,” and “the surging water.” He also used metaphors for the victory God gave him: “I can run over a barricade” and “by my God I can leap over a wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2SA 22 1 vx4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: David’s song to Yahweh starts. He uses parallelism to emphasize what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 2SA 22 1 sh9l 0 out of the hand of all his enemies, and out of the hand of Saul This is a progression from enemies in general to one specific enemy of David, King Saul. 2SA 22 1 gzu9 figs-metonymy 0 out of the hand of This metonym means “out of the power of.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 22 50 r7zu 0 General Information: David concludes his song to Yahweh. 2SA 22 50 qk4d figs-metonymy 0 to your name Here the metonym “name” refers to Yahweh’s reputation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2SA 22 51 fz6y 0 he shows his covenant loyalty to his anointed one Here David may be referring to the promises Yahweh made in [2 Samuel 7:8](../07/08.md) -2SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Samuel 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:2-7.

2 Samuel 23:8-39 is a list of the famous people in David’s army along with some of the special deeds some of them did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Everlasting covenant
This is a reference to the covenant God previously made with David. (See: [2 Samuel 7](../07/01.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]). +2SA 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Samuel 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:2-7.

2 Samuel 23:8-39 is a list of the famous people in David’s army along with some of the special deeds some of them did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Everlasting covenant
This is a reference to the covenant God previously made with David. (See: [2 Samuel 7](../07/01.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]). 2SA 23 1 jk1i 0 Now This marks the beginning of a new section of the book. 2SA 23 1 lw9i 0 these are the last words This refers to what David will say in 2 Samuel 23:2-7. 2SA 23 1 hvt1 figs-activepassive 0 the man who was highly honored, the one anointed by the God of Jacob If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom the God of Jacob highly honored and anointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2SA 23 24 h79d translate-numbers 0 The thirty “The 30 very famous soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2SA 23 37 ud59 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of David’s greatest soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2SA 23 39 t6d8 translate-numbers 0 thirty-seven in all “there were 37 total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -2SA 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Samuel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Counting soldiers
David ordered the leaders of his army to count how many men of fighting age there were. He was not supposed to do this because it showed he did not trust God. God was displeased and offered David three punishments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2SA 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Samuel 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Counting soldiers
David ordered the leaders of his army to count how many men of fighting age there were. He was not supposed to do this because it showed he did not trust God. God was displeased and offered David three punishments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2SA 24 1 c86d figs-metaphor 0 the anger of Yahweh was ignited against Israel The word “ignite” means start a fire. Here Yahweh’s anger is compared to that of a fire. Alternate translation: “the anger of Yahweh started to burn like a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2SA 24 1 dq6l 0 he moved David against them Alternate translation: “he caused David to oppose them” 2SA 24 1 x6eq figs-explicit 0 Go, count Israel and Judah In the law of Moses, God prohibited the kings of Israel from taking a census of fighting men. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv index c48c8682a9..b6a13972df 100644 --- a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Kings

1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)
1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)
* Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)
* Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)
* Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)
1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)
* Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)
* Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)
* Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)
* Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)
1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)
* Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)
* Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)
* Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)
* Elah in Israel (16:8–14)
* Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)
* Omri in Israel (16:23–28)
* Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)
* Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)
* Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?

These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.

In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.

The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?

These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.

### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?

The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?

The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends. -1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.

This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

==The next king==
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Kings

1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)
1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)
* Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)
* Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)
* Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)
1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)
* Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)
* Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)
* Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)
* Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)
1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)
* Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)
* Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)
* Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)
* Elah in Israel (16:8–14)
* Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)
* Omri in Israel (16:23–28)
* Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)
* Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)
* Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?

These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.

In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.

The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?

These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.

### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?

The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?

The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends. +1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.

This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.

## Special concepts in this chapter

==The next king==
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm. 1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].) 1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched” @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah. 1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exalting oneself
Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism
David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Parallelism

David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exalting oneself
Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism
David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Parallelism

David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death. 1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Putting the needs of others first
There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Putting the needs of others first
There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) 1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian. 1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies. 1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 3 26 uue9 0 General Information: The real mother asks the king to spare the child’s life. 1KI 3 26 ix5r figs-metaphor 0 her heart was full of compassion for her son This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1KI 3 28 caa5 figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom. +1KI 4 intro q6h7 0 # 1 Kings 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom. 1KI 4 1 lyk2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a list of Solomon’s officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6. 1KI 4 2 e1li translate-names 0 Azariah … Zadok These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 4 3 hc81 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of Solomon’s officials. @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 4 30 g12d 0 the people of the east This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia. 1KI 4 31 cu1z translate-names 0 Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 4 33 r1r3 translate-unknown 0 cedar … hyssop These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. +1KI 5 intro c6a5 0 # 1 Kings 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Building the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. 1KI 5 1 f4a8 0 General Information: Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple. 1KI 5 1 wb37 0 Hiram had always loved David Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David” 1KI 5 3 pv3b figs-idiom 0 Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 5 16 f3hp translate-numbers 0 3,300 chief officers “three thousand three hundred chief officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 5 17 hk8u 0 quarried large stones of high quality Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape” 1KI 5 18 l6m8 translate-unknown 0 Gebalites men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. +1KI 6 intro dn22 0 # 1 Kings 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
Solomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. 1KI 6 1 si1j figs-metonymy 0 Solomon began to build Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 6 1 z8zf translate-ordinal 0 480th … fourth These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 1KI 6 1 u34s translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Ziv, which is the second month “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it” 1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bronze
Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.

### The temple and the palace
Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) +1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bronze
Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.

### The temple and the palace
Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) 1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace. 1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.” @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung. 1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Celebration of the temple’s completion
When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Celebration of the temple’s completion
When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel” 1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters . @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days … seven days … fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh
Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) +1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship only Yahweh
Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) 1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships” 1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
==Queen of Sheba ==
King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
==Queen of Sheba ==
King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) 1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.” @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 10 29 z3uu translate-numbers 0 six hundred shekels of silver “600 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 10 29 ce7h translate-numbers 0 150 shekels “one hundred and fifty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 10 29 e5bh figs-activepassive 0 Many of these were then sold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Intermarriage with Gentiles
God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Kings 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1-11)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Intermarriage with Gentiles
God had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1KI 11 1 i6y4 0 Now King Solomon The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story. 1KI 11 1 rz6n translate-names 0 Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 11 2 u5n2 figs-metonymy 0 turn your heart to their gods To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists. 1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Civil war
This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel splits
God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])

### Jeroboam introduces calf worship
Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Civil war
This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel splits
God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])

### Jeroboam introduces calf worship
Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) 1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined” -1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying God
People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) +1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying God
People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) 1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet” 1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah Alternate translation: “came from Judah” @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 13 34 u16a 0 This matter This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests. 1KI 13 34 ab53 figs-activepassive 0 caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1KI 13 34 p7vm figs-doublet 0 to be destroyed and to be exterminated These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The death of Jeroboam’s son
God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Rehoboam’s reign
When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The death of Jeroboam’s son
God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Rehoboam’s reign
When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) 1KI 14 2 qek9 0 disguise yourself Alternate translation: “change how you appear to others” 1KI 14 2 dqs3 figs-activepassive 0 you will not be recognized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1KI 14 5 gqa2 0 Look, the wife of Jeroboam Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.” @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 14 31 pki8 translate-names 0 Naamah This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 14 31 t2h3 0 Abijah his son Alternate translation: “Abijah the son of Rehoboam” 1KI 14 31 xgz7 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “But the shrines were not taken away.”
At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “But the shrines were not taken away.”
At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 1KI 15 1 ms3b figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1KI 15 1 njh8 translate-numbers 0 In the eighteenth year “In year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 15 3 hlc3 figs-metaphor 0 He walked in all the sins Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam. 1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Incorrect worship
The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Incorrect worship
The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) 1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha. 1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh” 1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” 1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baal worship
Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baal worship
Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true. @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah. 1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. 1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baal
God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Humor

Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baal
God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Humor

Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land” 1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 18 45 iv5m 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 1KI 18 46 y3cl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 18 46 jqk4 0 tucked his robe in his belt Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running. -1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) 1KI 19 2 s2y6 0 So may the gods do to me, and more also This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things” 1KI 19 2 sp3r 0 if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets Alternate translation: “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets” 1KI 19 3 hkc1 0 he arose Alternate translation: “he stood up” @@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha. 1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Battle
God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile
There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Battle
God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile
There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people” @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 20 40 q6ds figs-idiom 0 going here and there This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 20 42 f7yg figs-metonymy 0 let go from your hand Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1KI 20 42 m59l 0 your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people Alternate translation: “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people” -1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) 1KI 21 1 j692 writing-newevent 0 Now some time later This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 1KI 21 1 d4gf translate-names 0 Naboth the Jezreelite This is the name of a man from Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1KI 21 1 pe6g figs-synecdoche 0 king of Samaria “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1KI 21 28 lq1t figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1KI 21 29 hf8k figs-rquestion 0 Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1KI 21 29 cf9j 0 in his days … in his son’s day Alternate translation: “during his lifetime … during his son’s lifetime” -1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.

## Special concepts in this chapter

When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”
At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.

## Special concepts in this chapter

When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”
At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 1KI 22 1 hhf8 translate-numbers 0 Three years “3 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1KI 22 2 d41e 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 1KI 22 3 nn96 figs-rquestion 0 Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) diff --git a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv index 78ea5bee91..f7bc25696e 100644 --- a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Kings

1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)
* Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)
* Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)
* Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)
* Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)
* Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)
* Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)
* Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)
1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)
1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?

These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.

In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.

The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?

These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.

### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?

The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.

### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?

The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends. -2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s sovereignty
God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Kings

1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)
* Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)
* Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)
* Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)
* Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)
* Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)
* Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)
* Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)
1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)
1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?

These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.

In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.

The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?

These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?

In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.

### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?

The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.

### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?

The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends. +2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.

The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s sovereignty
God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled Alternate translation: “The people who lived in Moab rebelled” 2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken” 2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written … Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written … Israel.” or “someone has written about them in … Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around 2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live “As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live.” Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise you that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head. 2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory and defeat
God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Anger
It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. +2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory and defeat
God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Anger
It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry. 2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.” @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd. 2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Widow
Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread. +2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Widow
Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread. 2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband Alternate translation: “My husband, who was your servant” 2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not enough to feed a hundred men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men “100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) +2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) 2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master’s view “sight.” The king’s “view” represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: “in the king’s opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here “Aram” refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: “because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army” 2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the “Arameans” refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy” 2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

==Impossible actions ==
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) +2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

==Impossible actions ==
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) 2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important” 2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused. 2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. +2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind. 2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour … two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) 2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it Alternate translation: “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley” -2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kings
Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kings
Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) 2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story. 2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md). 2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life Alternate translation: “he had caused to become alive again” @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Jehu
Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Jehu
Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) 2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 9 37 kim4 figs-simile 0 the body of Jezebel will be like dung on the surface of the fields … so that no one will be able to say This speaks of the pieces of Jezebel’s body being scattered in the field as if they were dung spread in the field. Since the pieces of her body were so small and spread out there was nothing that could be collected and buried. Alternate translation: “the pieces of Jezebel’s body will be scattered like dung in the fields … so that no one will be able to recognize them and say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 2KI 9 37 xj6d 0 dung manure, specifically dung used as a fertilizer 2KI 9 37 ayb5 0 so that no one will be able to say, “This is Jezebel.” Alternate translation: “so that no one will be able to recognize her body.” or “so no one will be able to tell this was Jezebel.” -2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) 2KI 10 1 w4rf translate-numbers 0 seventy descendants “70 descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 10 1 bud2 figs-metonymy 0 Jehu wrote letters and sent them to Samaria This means that Jehu sent a messenger to deliver the letters. Alternate translation: “Jehu wrote letters and sent a messenger to deliver them in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2KI 10 3 fdt6 figs-metonymy 0 set him on his father’s throne Here, sitting on the king’s throne means to be appointed as king. Alternate translation: “make him king in his father’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 10 35 g2qi translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 10 36 m23h 0 The time that Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria was twenty-eight years Alternate translation: “Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria for twenty-eight years” 2KI 10 36 e9ns translate-numbers 0 twenty-eight years “28 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Athaliah’s evil actions
The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Athaliah’s evil actions
The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2KI 11 1 q8ru translate-names 0 Athaliah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 11 1 ed43 0 saw that her son was dead Alternate translation: “became aware that her son was dead” 2KI 11 1 vmz8 figs-explicit 0 she arose and killed all the royal children Athaliah did not personally kill the children. Alternate translation: “she commanded her servants to kill all the members of Ahaziah’s family who might become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: “many people in the land rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet Alternate translation: “the city was calm” or “the city was peaceful” 2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old “Joash was 7 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple
Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple
Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu “During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began Alternate translation: “Joash began to reign over Judah” 2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 12 21 a67i translate-names 0 Jozabad … Shimeath … Jehozabad … Shomer … Amaziah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 12 21 c8xh 0 with his ancestors Alternate translation: “in the place where his ancestors were buried” 2KI 12 21 jic7 0 became king in his place Alternate translation: “became the next king of Judah” -2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the last chapter about Elisha.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Elisha’s death
The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the last chapter about Elisha.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Elisha’s death
The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2KI 13 1 x3b7 translate-numbers 0 In the twenty-third year of Joash son of Ahaziah king of Judah “After Joash had been ruling Judah for almost 23 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 13 1 k11v 0 reign over Israel in Samaria Alternate translation: “rule over the kingdom of Israel located in Samaria” 2KI 13 1 sr5w 0 he reigned seventeen years Alternate translation: “Jehoahaz was king for 17 years” @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash … Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here “Jehoash” and “him” refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “Jehoash’s army attacked Ben Hadad’s army three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel Alternate translation: “Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured” -2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride
Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him. +2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride
Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him. 2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel Alternate translation: “When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years” 2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign Alternate translation: “Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah” 2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign “He was 25 years old when he became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 14 27 tjk3 figs-metonymy 0 he saved them by the hand of Jeroboam son of Jehoash Here “hand” is a metonym for power. Also, “Jehoash” is a synecdoche representing Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “he enabled King Jeroboam and his army to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 14 28 ka1r figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 14 29 eq5q figs-euphemism 0 Jeroboam slept with his ancestors, with the kings of Israel This is a polite way to say that he died and was buried. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam died, and was buried where the other kings of Israel were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s evil
Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s evil
Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) 2KI 15 1 e5x2 figs-explicit 0 In the twenty-seventh year of Jeroboam It can be stated clearly that this is the twenty-seventh year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 27 of the reign of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 15 1 kyq4 0 Azariah This king is better known today by the name “Uzziah.” 2KI 15 2 ric2 translate-names 0 Jekoliah This is the name of Azariah’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Jotham died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ahaz
Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ahaz
Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah … Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh his God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 16 20 c5rk figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died as his ancestors had” or “like his ancestors, Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2KI 16 20 wbc9 figs-activepassive 0 was buried with his ancestors If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2KI 16 20 y1p2 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idol worship

Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idol worship

Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 2KI 17 1 jz6k 0 Hoshea son of Elah Hoshea became the king of the northern kingdom of Israel. 2KI 17 1 b3fa translate-names 0 Elah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 17 1 y37g translate-names 0 He ruled in Samaria Samaria was the capital city of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen “Listen” here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: “They did not obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods. 2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day “and have continued ever since.” The phrase “this day” refers to the time period in which the writer lived. -2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz. 2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea … Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 18 37 ve84 0 who was over the household Alternate translation: “who managed the king’s palace” 2KI 18 37 ew4c 0 the recorder Alternate translation: “the history keeper” 2KI 18 37 k5bu 0 chief commander and is the translation of the Hebrew; some see this as a personal name, “Rabshakeh” -2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s power
God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s power
God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 19 1 kae1 0 house of Yahweh This is another way of saying “temple of Yahweh.” 2KI 19 2 aw2h translate-names 0 Eliakim … Shebna … Isaiah … Amoz These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 19 2 vdb3 0 He sent Eliakim Alternate translation: “Hezekiah sent Eliakim” @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 19 35 g563 translate-numbers 0 185,000 soldiers “one hundred eighty-five thousand soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 19 35 d5f2 0 When the men arose Alternate translation: “When the men who were left alive got up” 2KI 19 37 txi6 translate-names 0 Adrammelek … Sharezer … Esarhaddon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2KI 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Kings 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter finishes the story of Hezekiah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hezekiah’s additional time
God hears the distressed call of his faithful believers. Hezekiah was dying but when he prayed, God gave him 15 more years of life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) +2KI 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Kings 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter finishes the story of Hezekiah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hezekiah’s additional time
God hears the distressed call of his faithful believers. Hezekiah was dying but when he prayed, God gave him 15 more years of life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) 2KI 20 1 dhm5 figs-metonymy 0 Set your house in order “House” is metonymy for what was under Hezekiah’s control. Alternate translation: “Give final instructions to your household and government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2KI 20 3 y2ay figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is a common way of speaking, an idiom, urging Yahweh to remember. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2KI 20 3 vts1 figs-idiom 0 walked This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “lived my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 20 20 fgv7 0 pool A small area of still water for storage 2KI 20 20 xm9s 0 conduit A tunnel for carrying the water 2KI 20 20 v69i figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? This question is used to remind the reader that these things are recorded. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s judgment
God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s judgment
God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 2KI 21 1 cuc4 translate-names 0 Hephzibah The mother of King Manasseh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 21 2 k3ux figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2KI 21 2 qx6p 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.” @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md). 2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written … Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written … Judah.” or “you can find them … Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza This could mean: (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The law
The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The law
The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here “will not see” represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: “You will not experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here “eyes” represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ending idolatry
Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled. +2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ending idolatry
Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled. 2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the least important to the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing Alternate translation: “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear” @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s punishment
God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s punishment
God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim’s days Alternate translation: “During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah” 2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked and defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken” or “This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2KI 24 18 zy1q translate-names 0 Jeremiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 24 18 fxr8 translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2KI 24 19 wr7q figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Zedekiah’s revolt
Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained. +2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Zedekiah’s revolt
Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained. 2KI 25 1 pl4l translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2KI 25 1 j1c4 translate-ordinal 0 in the tenth month, and on the tenth day of the month This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of December on Western calendars. This is during the cold season when there may be rain and snow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) 2KI 25 1 ty29 figs-metonymy 0 came with all his army against Jerusalem The name “Jerusalem” is a metonym for the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “came with his whole army to fight against the people of Jerusalem” or “came with his whole army to conquer Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) diff --git a/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv b/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv index c0309c2fbe..89518035aa 100644 --- a/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_13-1CH.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Chronicles

1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)
* From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)
* Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)
1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)
* Saul dies (10:1–14)
* David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)
* David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)
* David prospers (13:1–22:1)
* David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?

The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?

The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God punish the people of Israel?

God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.

### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?

Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.

### What does it mean to “seek God”?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. -1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom. +1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Chronicles

1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)
* From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)
* Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)
1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)
* Saul dies (10:1–14)
* David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)
* David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)
* David prospers (13:1–22:1)
* David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)

### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?

The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?

The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God punish the people of Israel?

God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.

### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?

Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.

### What does it mean to “seek God”?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. +1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom. 1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam … Seth … Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan … Mahalalel … Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch … Methuselah … Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz … Teman … Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel … Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob. +1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob. 1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er … Onan … Shelah … Shua … Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites … Shimeathites … Sucathites … Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath Alternate translation: “the Kenites who descended from Hamath” 1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath … Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of King David. +1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of King David. 1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)). 1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam … Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the other descendants of Judah. +1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the other descendants of Judah. 1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel … Ishma … Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees Alternate translation: “the remaining Amalekite refugees” 1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country 1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account. -1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh. +1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh. 1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah … Habor … Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md) -1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Levi. +1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Levi. 1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon … Kohath … Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath … Amram … Izhar … Hebron … Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram … Nadab … Abihu … Eleazar … Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth … Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md). 1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon … Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River. +1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River. 1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar … Tola, Puah, Jashub … Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.” @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans” 1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men Alternate translation: “important men” 1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family. +1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family. 1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah … Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela … Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul. +1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul. 1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants 1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book … Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book … Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 9 42 n1j7 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 9 43 r6ya translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 9 44 tv24 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The death of Saul

Saul died because he disobeyed God. +1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The death of Saul

Saul died because he disobeyed God. 1CH 10 1 ws2j figs-explicit 0 Every man of Israel fled from before the Philistines and fell down dead on Mount Gilboa It is implied that these men were Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “The whole army of Israel ran away from the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CH 10 1 fcs6 figs-hyperbole 0 Every man of Israel … fell down dead This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: “Every man of Israel … most of them died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1CH 10 2 yet5 translate-names 0 Abinadab … Malki-Shua See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 8:33](../08/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here. 1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh Alternate translation: “did not ask Yahweh to guide him” 1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King David the military leader
David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) +1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King David the military leader
David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) 1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”
These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### King David
This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David. +1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”
These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### King David
This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David. 1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows Alternate translation: “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows” 1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances. @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David Alternate translation: “These soldiers were there with David” 1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ark of the covenant
David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) +1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ark of the covenant
David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) 1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 13 14 a576 0 in Obed Edom’s household in his house Alternate translation: “with Obed Edom’s family in his house” 1CH 13 14 v7sp translate-numbers 0 three months “3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1CH 13 14 t1je figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blessed his house Here the word “house” is a metonym for his family. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blessed his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him. +1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him. 1CH 14 1 cbx4 translate-names 0 Hiram This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 14 1 fm3f 0 carpenters people who make things with wood 1CH 14 1 d13q 0 masons people make things with stone or brick @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 14 15 y5kt figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CH 14 16 pwb6 translate-names 0 Gezer This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 14 17 jy1f figs-personification 0 David’s fame went out into all lands People in every land hearing of David’s reputation is spoken of as if David’s fame traveled to those lands. Alternate translation: “People far away heard about David’s fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) 1CH 15 1 bu8k figs-metonymy 0 David built houses for himself … He prepared It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: “David had workers build houses for him … He had them prepare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CH 15 2 n56n figs-activepassive 0 they had been chosen by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had chosen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 15 3 ew5y figs-hyperbole 0 David assembled all Israel at Jerusalem Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase “all Israel” means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: “David assembled at Jerusalem people from all over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 15 29 hd59 0 as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David Alternate translation: “as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David” 1CH 15 29 vj56 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of David’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 15 29 miz6 figs-metonymy 0 she despised him in her heart Here “heart” represents thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “she despised him” or “she hated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s psalm
As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh. +1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s psalm
As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh. 1CH 16 1 p8df 0 General Information: The word “they” in these verses refers to the priests and Levites. 1CH 16 1 p6yr 0 before God Alternate translation: “to God” 1CH 16 2 jb7f figs-metonymy 0 When David had finished sacrificing the burnt offering and the fellowship offerings This is a metonym for David directing the priests, who performed the actual sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Building the temple
David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) 1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change 1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 17 27 qhn5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house David speaks of himself in the third person. This can be expressed in the first person. Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1CH 17 27 ip6n figs-parallelism 0 You, Yahweh, have blessed it, and it will be blessed forever These two phrases have about the same meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1CH 17 27 b2st figs-activepassive 0 it will be blessed forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s victories
David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s victories
David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 1CH 18 1 d4bc 0 After this Alternate translation: “After God’s promise to bless David” 1CH 18 1 rze7 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 1CH 18 3 il58 figs-metonymy 0 David then defeated Hadadezer Here David and Hadadezer are spoken of as if they were alone, but the reader should understand that these kings represent their armies that were with them. Alternate translation: “David and his army then defeated the army of Hadadezer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 18 16 iz88 0 Ahimelech This spelling represents a correction of the spelling “Abimelech,” which some versions follow. The corrected spelling makes this verse agree with [2 Samuel 8:17](../08/17.md). 1CH 18 17 x55d translate-names 0 Benaiah … Jehoiada These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 18 17 gp59 translate-names 0 Kerethites … Pelethites These are the names of foreign people groups who became David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Insults

The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries. +1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Insults

The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries. 1CH 19 1 i9za 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 1CH 19 1 b5fi translate-names 0 Nahash This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 19 2 dn3v translate-names 0 Nahash … Hanun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 19 19 k6iq 0 Connecting Statement: This verse finishes describing a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again. 1CH 19 19 lej2 figs-activepassive 0 they were defeated by Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Israel had defeated them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 19 19 w6z2 0 they made peace with David and served them They made the peace agreement with David as the king, and served the Israelites. -1CH 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Chronicles 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of the war with Ammon and tells of giants being killed by David’s soldiers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “When kings normally go to war”
It was advantageous for kings to go to war in the springtime. This was possibly due to the weather being neither too hot nor too cold.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “It came about”
This is a phrase used to indicate the next event in a series. It can often be translated as “after,” “then” or “next.” +1CH 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Chronicles 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the story of the war with Ammon and tells of giants being killed by David’s soldiers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “When kings normally go to war”
It was advantageous for kings to go to war in the springtime. This was possibly due to the weather being neither too hot nor too cold.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “It came about”
This is a phrase used to indicate the next event in a series. It can often be translated as “after,” “then” or “next.” 1CH 20 1 n3jh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 1CH 20 1 syx2 writing-background 0 at the time when kings normally go to war This is background information from the author. It was harder to fight wars in the cold winter, so kings normally waited for spring to attack their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1CH 20 1 b2iq figs-metonymy 0 kings normally go to war … Joab led the army into battle Here “kings” is a metonym that means the kings sent their armies into battle. Joab was the commander of David’s army. Alternate translation: “kings normally send their armies to war … Joab led David’s army into battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab … Shimea These are names of men. 1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6. 1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of **adversary** are: (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel. 1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here. 1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel … that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight. @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction Alternate translation: “to ask God to tell him what he should do” 1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon
In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary. +1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon
In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary. 1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where Alternate translation: “This threshing floor is where” 1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings 1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges” @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Organizing the Levites
As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Organizing the Levites
As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) 1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service. 1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month. 1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh Alternate translation: “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh” 1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of Alternate translation: “The Levites were responsible for” -1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Arranging the priests
David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Arranging the priests
David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) 1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments. 1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md). 1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md). 1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli … Eder … Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md). -1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Music
The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve. +1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Music
The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve. 1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service Alternate translation: “the work done at the tabernacle” 1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman … Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Casting lots
The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots. +1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Casting lots
The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots. 1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers. 1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups 1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 26 31 pz7d 0 men of ability Alternate translation: “capable men” 1CH 26 31 hqn8 translate-names 0 Jazer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 26 32 eq1n translate-numbers 0 2,700 relatives “two thousand seven hundred family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 1CH 27 1 azm6 0 This is the list Alternate translation: “These are the names” 1CH 27 1 j7ta translate-numbers 0 commanders of thousands and hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 1CH 27 1 ms1c 0 in various ways Alternate translation: “in different ways” or “in many ways” @@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 27 33 iz6y translate-names 0 Ahithophel … Hushai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 27 33 d46f translate-names 0 Arkite This is the name of a tribe or clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CH 27 34 r3m1 translate-names 0 Ahithophel … Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s instructions
David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death. +1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### David’s instructions
David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death. 1CH 28 1 y878 0 assembled called together 1CH 28 1 u8rq 0 scheduled work Work that needs to be repeated, for example every day or every month. 1CH 28 1 k8yf translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon. 1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple. 1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md). -1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Offering
David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God. +1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Offering
David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God. 1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen Alternate translation: “the one whom God has chosen” 1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple. 1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold … to be made of wood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv b/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv index 79fcee9bfe..1a1d8d762c 100644 --- a/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_14-2CH.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Chronicles

1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)
* Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)
* Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)
* Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)
* The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)
1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)
* From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)
* The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)

### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?

The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?

The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God punish the people of Israel?

God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.

### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?

Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.

### What does it mean to “seek God?”

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. -2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 2 Chronicles

1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)
* Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)
* Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)
* Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)
* The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)
1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)
* From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)
* The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)

### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?

The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”

### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?

The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God punish the people of Israel?

God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.

### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?

Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.

### What does it mean to “seek God?”

The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?

The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25. +2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) 2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. 2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) 2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another -2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### House of God
The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) +2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### House of God
The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) 2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story. 2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom Alternate translation: “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself” @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3,600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand … eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Location of the temple
The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. +2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Location of the temple
The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location. 2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build … He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build … They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named Alternate translation: “Solomon named” 2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Special construction
Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. +2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Special construction
Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way. 2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits … ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) 2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers … were all made of pure gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers … out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps. 2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors … were made of gold If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors … out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moving the contents of the tent
Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moving the contents of the tent
Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored 2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel” @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple dedication
Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple dedication
Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) 2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty” 2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind Alternate translation: “Remember” -2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s dream
God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s dream
God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple” 2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **covenant loyalty**, you could express the same idea with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s victories
Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king. +2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s victories
Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king. 2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here. 2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon ends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s fame
Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Solomon ends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Solomon’s fame
Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) 2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan Alternate translation: “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants” 2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 9 29 a674 0 Ahijah the Shilonite This is a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms. 2CH 9 29 ae38 translate-names 0 Shilonite This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 9 31 bi64 figs-euphemism 0 He slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. Alternate translation: “He died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rehoboam’s taxes
The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rehoboam’s taxes
The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 10 1 e14t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” is a metonym for the men of Israel. The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2CH 10 2 ihc3 translate-names 0 Jeroboam … Nebat These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [2 Chronicles 9:29](../09/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 10 3 muy4 0 they sent and called him Alternate translation: “the men of Israel sent for Jeroboam” @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones Alternate translation: “killed Adoniram by stoning him” 2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now” -2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Strengthening their defenses
Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel. +2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Strengthening their defenses
Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel. 2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 11 21 m2ue translate-numbers 0 eighteen wives and sixty concubines … twenty-eight sons and sixty daughters “18 wives and 60 concubines…28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 11 22 c4mf 0 he had the thought of making him king Alternate translation: “he had thought of making Abijah king” 2CH 11 23 dy54 0 he scattered all his sons throughout all the land of Judah and Benjamin to every fortified city Alternate translation: “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin” -2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worshiping Yahweh

The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up. +2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worshiping Yahweh

The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up. 2CH 12 1 tjl2 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 2CH 12 1 gxk5 figs-activepassive 0 when Rehoboam’s reign was established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “when Rehoboam had established his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 12 1 z28t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel with him Here the words “all Israel” refer specifically to the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, over which Rehoboam was king. The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite people whom he ruled also abandoned the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives … twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words Alternate translation: “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said” 2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him” 2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. This could mean: (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Promise
The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Promise
The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Asa did not trust Yahweh
When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Asa did not trust Yahweh
When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) 2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to Alternate translation: “so that no one could” @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral. 2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place Alternate translation: “after his father” 2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces Alternate translation: “He places soldiers” @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 17 18 gt7s translate-names 0 Jehozabad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 17 18 tzr5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 “one hundred and eighty thousand men” or “180,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CH 17 19 rb3n 0 besides those Alternate translation: “in addition to” -2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) +2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) 2CH 18 1 r6yh writing-background 0 Now Jehoshaphat had great riches and honor; he allied himself with Ahab The word “now” is used here to mark background information. This happened before Ahab went down to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2CH 18 1 xea2 0 he allied himself with Ahab Alternate translation: “he aligned himself with Ahab” or “he made himself a friend of Ahab” 2CH 18 2 brr6 figs-explicit 0 Ahab killed many sheep and oxen for him and the people This means that he had these animals slaughtered to prepare a feast for the people. Also, Ahab himself would not have prepared the animals, but rather would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Ahab commanded his workers to slaughter many sheep and oxen for a feast for Jehoshaphat and the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind. 2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords. 2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levite judges
Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levite judges
Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) 2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat. 2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah … Zebadiah … Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you Alternate translation: “is in charge of you” 2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Deliverance and trust
God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Deliverance and trust
God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) 2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. 2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail Alternate translation: “no one was able to sail them” -2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil
Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil
Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) 2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 21 19 b2kq figs-idiom 0 in due time This is an idiom that refers to a set or appointed time. Alternate translation: “in the proper time” or “when the time was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 21 19 d8dk figs-explicit 0 made no fire in his honor as they had done for his ancestors The custom of the Israelites was to make a bonfire to honor the king who had died. They did not do this for Jehoram to express their contempt for him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not make a bonfire to honor him as they normally did to honor kings when they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 21 20 y2kv 0 when he departed no one mourned him Alternate translation: “no one was sad that he died” -2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) +2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) 2CH 22 1 mmm8 writing-background 0 for the band of men … had killed all his older sons This is background information about the events of [2 Chronicles 21:16](../21/16.md) and [2 Chronicles 21:17](../21/17.md). Ahaziah was called “Jehoahaz” in that earlier account. It is possible he changed his name when he became king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2CH 22 1 r4vf 0 all his older sons Alternate translation: “all Jehoram’s older sons” 2CH 22 2 nym9 translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years old “22 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest. 2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them Alternate translation: “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada” -2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Having a king
The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) +2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Having a king
The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) 2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act” @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 23 20 tc95 0 the throne of the kingdom Alternate translation: “the royal throne” 2CH 23 21 cu4z figs-hyperbole 0 So all the people of the land This is generalization to say that most of the people rejoiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2CH 23 21 yrp6 figs-metonymy 0 the city was quiet Here “the city” represents the people of the city, and “quiet” represents peace, since no one opposed Joash after Athaliah died. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were at peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Joash repairs the temple

Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

### Joash becomes evil

When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Joash repairs the temple

Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

### Joash becomes evil

When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 2CH 24 1 v56j 0 began to reign Alternate translation: “became king of Judah” 2CH 24 1 qs6q translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 24 1 rsd4 translate-names 0 Zibiah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 24 27 ua6b 0 the important prophecies that were spoken about him Alternate translation: “the important things the prophets spoke about him” 2CH 24 27 j35b 0 see, they are written Here “see” alerts the reader to pay special attention to the information that follows. 2CH 24 27 sg2c 0 the commentary on the book of the kings This is a book which no longer exists. -2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worshiping other gods

When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worshiping other gods

When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 2CH 25 1 ng3y translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years … twenty-nine years “25 years…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 25 1 bg2h translate-names 0 Jehoaddan This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 25 2 sad2 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here the word “eyes” represents sight, and sight represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible. 2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back Alternate translation: “brought back his body” 2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David. -2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Uzzah the leper
Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Uzzah the leper
Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) 2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors Alternate translation: “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried” 2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place Alternate translation: “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah” -2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 27 9 rz6e figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Jotham dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 27 9 ipz3 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him” 2CH 27 9 mbl8 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Ahaz’s idolatry

Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Ahaz’s idolatry

Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 2CH 28 1 q5fy translate-numbers 0 twenty years old … sixteen years “20 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 28 1 vk31 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Ahaz’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 28 2 yfe8 figs-metaphor 0 he walked in the ways of the kings of Israel Walking represents behavior and actions. Alternate translation: “he acted the same way that the kings of Israel had acted” or “he did the things that the kings of Israel had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 28 27 ik3s figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Ahaz dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2CH 28 27 db2g 0 they buried him Alternate translation: “people buried him” 2CH 28 27 i4nk figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cleansing the temple

King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) +2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cleansing the temple

King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) 2CH 29 1 at93 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old … twenty-nine years “25 years old…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 29 1 r1vb translate-names 0 Abijah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 29 2 jk4r figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Hezekiah’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:1](../14/01.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 30 27 mi6e figs-parallelism 0 Their voice was heard … their prayer went up to heaven, the holy place where God lives These two phrases mean the same thing and imply that God responded favorably to their prayer. Alternate translation: “God responded favorably to their prayer, which he heard in heaven, the holy place where he lives” or “God, who lives in the holy heaven, heard their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 2CH 30 27 wny8 figs-activepassive 0 Their voice was heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God heard their voice” or “God heard what they said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 30 27 pdh5 figs-metaphor 0 their prayer went up to heaven Their prayer going up to heaven represents God in heaven paying attention to them praying on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 31 1 gd96 0 who were there Alternate translation: “who were in Jerusalem” 2CH 31 1 wb97 figs-genericnoun 0 to his own possession Here “possession” means possessions in general. Alternate translation: “to his own property” or “to his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 2CH 31 2 rdy8 figs-activepassive 0 Hezekiah assigned the divisions of the priests and the Levites organized by their divisions, each man assigned to his work, both the priests and the Levites If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah organized the priests and the Levites into groups. He assigned each priest and Levite to their duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) 2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came … He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came … They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 32 31 pf9p figs-activepassive 0 the miraculous sign that had been done in the land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the miracle that Yahweh had performed in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 32 31 gzw6 figs-metonymy 0 to know all that was in his heart Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “to reveal Hezekiah’s true character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 32 33 feg7 figs-euphemism 0 Hezekiah slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:31](../09/31.md). Alternate translation: “Hezekiah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Manasseh

Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King Manasseh

Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) 2CH 33 2 new5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “things that Yahweh said were evil” or “the things that Yahweh considers evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 33 2 jsg3 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.” 2CH 33 3 ii16 figs-metonymy 0 he rebuilt the high places … he built altars … he made Asherah poles Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt … he had altars built … he had Asherah poles made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places … he had them build altars … he had them make Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 33 24 d226 figs-idiom 0 put him to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CH 33 24 ii8t 0 conspired against him Alternate translation: “planned in secret to kill him” 2CH 33 25 i411 figs-idiom 0 king in his place This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “became the next king” or “became the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Returning the people to Yahweh

Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Returning the people to Yahweh

Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) 2CH 34 1 ek19 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 2CH 34 2 xd2k figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh said were right” or “the things that Yahweh considers right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 34 2 mad6 figs-metaphor 0 walked in the ways of David his ancestor Josiah behaving as David did is spoken of as if he walked on the same road or way as David. Alternate translation: “lived the way David his ancestor had lived” or “followed the example of David his ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of King Josiah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Passover
Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) +2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of King Josiah.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Passover
Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) 2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate. 2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover. 2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds … are written in the book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds … in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists. -2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Punishment
God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) +2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Punishment
God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) 2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his … place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old … three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) diff --git a/en_tn_17-EST.tsv b/en_tn_17-EST.tsv index 1a8951f231..abdb555f63 100644 --- a/en_tn_17-EST.tsv +++ b/en_tn_17-EST.tsv @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ EST 1 22 jd41 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 that every man should be ruling in his house This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children. EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EST 1 22 agj7 figs-explicit כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Esther becomes queen

Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.

### Mordecai warns the king against a plot

Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her. +EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Esther becomes queen

Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.

### Mordecai warns the king against a plot

Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her. EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time later, but we do not know how much later. You can show this with a phrase like “After some time had passed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 2 1 e4lp כְּ⁠שֹׁ֕ךְ חֲמַ֖ת הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 when the rage of the king Ahasuerus subsided Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was not angry any more” or “when King Ahasuerus became less angry” EST 2 1 agj9 זָכַ֤ר אֶת־וַשְׁתִּי֙ 1 he remembered Vashti This means that he started to think about Vashti. He probably thought about the things that he liked about her, meaning that he missed her. @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ EST 4 16 abs3 אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־כַ⁠דָּ֔ת 1 which is not accordi EST 4 16 abs4 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָבַ֖דְתִּי אָבָֽדְתִּי 1 and if I perish, I perish Alternate translation: “then if they kill me, they kill me” EST 4 17 abs5 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֖ר מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Mordecai went The implication is that Mordecai did this after Hathak brought Esther’s reply back to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so after Hathak told this to Mordecai, he went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 4 17 abs6 כְּ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוְּתָ֥ה עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 according to the whole charge that Esther had laid upon him Alternate translation: “everything that Esther had told him to do” -EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Esther’s respect
Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Esther’s respect
Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 5 1 j53r writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י ׀ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י 1 Now it happened on the third day This introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “three days later” or “when Esther had been fasting for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 5 1 abs7 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **royalty**, you could express the same idea with an adjective and a concrete noun. Alternate translation: “Esther put on the robes that showed that she was the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EST 5 1 abs8 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֤שׁ אֶסְתֵּר֙ מַלְכ֔וּת 1 Esther put on royalty It is clear from the story that before she went to see the king, Esther got a banquet ready so that she could invite him and Haman to come to it right away. If it is confusing to leave that out, you can explain that here. Alternate translation, add: “Esther prepared a grand banquet and then put on her royal robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ EST 5 14 abw8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מּ EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 and he made the tree Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows” EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Approaching the king
It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king. +EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Approaching the king
It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king. EST 6 1 j85r writing-newevent בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא 1 That night This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way of introducing a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the sleep of the king fled away Here, **sleep** is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could flee away. Alternate translation: “the king could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 And he said to bring **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ EST 6 14 j4d1 grammar-connect-time-background עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּר EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 when the eunuchs of the king See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 And they hurried to bring Haman Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly” EST 6 14 aca6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־עָשְׂתָ֥ה אֶסְתֵּֽר 1 that Esther had made Esther’s servants would have done most of the work of preparing the banquet. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Esther and her servants had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Covering Haman’s face

When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Covering Haman’s face

When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 7 1 n8vb figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠הָמָ֔ן לִ⁠שְׁתּ֖וֹת עִם־אֶסְתֵּ֥ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּֽה 1 So the king came with Haman to drink with Esther the queen. Esther hosted Ahasuerus and Haman for more than just drinks. This is a figure of speech in which a part of something is used to mean the whole thing. An entire banquet is being described here by reference to one part of it, the drinks. Alternate translation: “so the king and Haman went to the second banquet that Queen Esther had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EST 7 2 xt9f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 on the second day This refers to the day after the first banquet, as mentioned in [5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “at that second banquet” or “on that second day of feasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EST 7 2 s5ae בְּ⁠מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 during the banquet of wine Alternate translation: “while they were drinking wine” or “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them” @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ EST 7 9 sre1 translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַ EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Hang him on it **Him** means Haman. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s protection
Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people. +EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s protection
Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people. EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ EST 9 31 rgr9 figs-distinguish הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙ 1 the Jew This phrase EST 9 31 acr5 וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר קִיְּמ֥וּ עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּמ֖וֹת וְ⁠זַעֲקָתָֽ⁠ם 1 according to what they had set up concerning their lives and concerning their seed, to matters of the fasts and their outcry This is referring to background information that the original audience would have known. They would have known what the fasting was about. It could be either: (1) fasting as a part of Purim. We know that some Jews fasted on the 13th day of the month of Adar to commemorate the day that Haman intended to destroy them, or (2) other times of fasting. Ever since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had been fasting and mourning in the fifth month of the year to show their sorrow over what had happened. (The story refers to the Babylonian conquest of Jerusalem in [2:6](../02/06.md).) You could put this information in a footnote if it would help your readers to understand this. EST 9 31 rl2s figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם 1 and concerning their seed Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EST 9 32 acr7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְתָּ֖ב בַּ⁠סֵּֽפֶר 1 and it was written in the book You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the royal scribes made an official record of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mordecai’s new position

Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews. +EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mordecai’s new position

Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews. EST 10 1 j157 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֧וֹשׁ 1 Then the king Ahasuerus set This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way to introduce a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EST 10 1 b5ht וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס 1 Then … set a tribute Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax” EST 10 1 acr8 figs-merism עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) diff --git a/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv b/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv index 5de265a051..6fe3284853 100644 --- a/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_18-JOB.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Job

1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)
* Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)
* Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)
1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)
* Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each
1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)
* Eliphaz, Bildad, and ZopharJob replies to each
1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)
* Eliphaz and BildadJob replies to each
1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)
1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)
1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)
1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)
1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)

### What is the Book of Job about?

The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”

### Who wrote the Book of Job?

We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Does sin cause suffering?

When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?

Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.

### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?

We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?

The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.

### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?

The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books. -JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wealth
Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Feasts
Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Job’s faith
Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wealth
Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Feasts
Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Job’s faith
Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) JOB 1 1 k5g4 translate-names 0 land of Uz Possible locations are: (1) a place in ancient Edom east of the Jordan River in modern western Jordan or (2) a place east of the Euphrates River in modern Iran. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 1 1 r5aj figs-doublet 0 blameless and upright The words “blameless” and “upright” share similar meanings and emphasize that Job was a righteous man. Alternate translation: “one who did what was right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOB 1 1 qj15 0 one who feared God Alternate translation: “one who honored God” @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JOB 1 20 d1w8 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe, shaved his head These were r JOB 1 21 wph4 0 I was naked when I came out of my mother’s womb, and I will be naked when I will return there Alternate translation: “At my birth, I brought nothing into the world, and at my death I will return to the earth with nothing” JOB 1 22 l3ef 0 In all this matter Alternate translation: “Regarding all this that happened” JOB 1 22 xns1 0 accuse God of wrongdoing Alternate translation: “say that God had done wrong” -JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) JOB 2 1 rz1x 0 General Information: This verse is almost exactly the same as [Job 1:6](../01/06.md) and can probably be translated in the same way. JOB 2 1 r1zs 0 Then it was the day See how you translated this in [Job 1:6](../01/06.md). JOB 2 1 hst1 0 the day when This is not a specific day. The gathering happened often. Alternate translation: “at the time when” or “one day when” @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ JOB 2 12 kle6 0 they did not recognize him This probably means that Job’s vi JOB 2 12 jd72 figs-idiom 0 They raised their voices and wept Here “raised their voices” is an idiom that means they became loud. Alternate translation: “They wept out loud” or “They wept loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 2 12 ira1 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe This was a sign of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JOB 2 12 zzf1 translate-symaction 0 threw dust into the air and upon his own head These were signs of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 3 1 hmv8 figs-idiom 0 opened his mouth This idiom means he began to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 3 3 z3eb figs-personification 0 May the day on which I was born perish, the night Job speaks of that day and night as if they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JOB 3 3 zca2 figs-ellipsis 0 the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived.’ This expression intensifies the statement of Job’s grief by going even further back in time from his birth to his conception. Alternate translation: “the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived’ perish.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JOB 3 24 ya6w 0 my sighing happens instead of eating Alternate translation: JOB 3 24 jp2u figs-metaphor 0 my groaning is poured out like water Moral qualities and emotions such as grief are often spoken of as if they were water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 3 25 pvp2 figs-parallelism 0 the thing that I feared has come on me; what I was afraid of has come to me These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “what I feared most has happened to me” or “my worst fear has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 3 26 f53t figs-parallelism 0 I am not at ease, I am not quiet, and I have no rest Job expresses his anguish in three separate phrases. Alternate translation: “I am very anxious” or “I am emotionally and physically tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 4 1 e5n4 translate-names 0 Eliphaz Eliphaz is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 4 1 c3fq translate-names 0 Temanite A Temanite belongs to the tribe of Teman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 4 2 y6k8 figs-rquestion 0 will you be impatient? Eliphaz asks this question in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely be impatient.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ JOB 4 20 m44u figs-metaphor 0 Between morning and evening they are destroyed Th JOB 4 20 znp6 figs-activepassive 0 they are destroyed This may also be put into active form. Alternate translation: “they die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 4 21 n9su figs-rquestion 0 Are not their tent cords plucked up among them? This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Have not their enemies plucked up their tent cords from among them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 4 21 ugp9 figs-synecdoche 0 their tent cords Here tent cords represent a tent. Sometimes a person’s home and family are pictured as his tent, which can also represent all his possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Sickness and sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Sickness and sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 5 1 gaw4 figs-rquestion 0 To which of the holy ones will you turn? Eliphaz poses this question to make the point that there is no one Job can turn to for help. Alternate translation: “Is there a holy one to whom you may turn?” or “There is no holy one to whom you can turn for help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 5 1 n2rw 0 holy ones This refers to supernatural beings of some kind, whether angels or other spirits. JOB 5 2 v7ip 0 jealousy kills the silly one Alternate translation: “jealousy kills anyone who acts ignorantly and impulsively” @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ JOB 5 25 f961 figs-simile 0 your offspring will be like the grass on the ground JOB 5 26 a9gt 0 You will come to your grave at a full age Alternate translation: “You will die at a very old age” JOB 5 26 w6jt figs-explicit 0 like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 5 27 uwj5 figs-exclusive 0 See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 6 2 use6 figs-parallelism 0 if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 6 2 cqr6 0 in the balance Alternate translation: “on a scale” JOB 6 3 l5j1 figs-simile 0 For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ JOB 6 29 hka9 0 Indeed, relent Alternate translation: “Please relent.” JOB 6 30 km3f figs-rquestion 0 Is there evil on my tongue? “Do I say wicked things?” Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he is not wicked. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not say wicked things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 6 30 z316 figs-metonymy 0 on my tongue Here Job’s speech is represented by his “tongue.” Alternate translation: “in my speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 6 30 f1ga figs-rquestion 0 Cannot my mouth detect malicious things? Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he can tell the difference between right and wrong. Here Job refers to himself by his “mouth” to emphasize his speech. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know what is right to say and what is wrong to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 7 1 nz5u figs-rquestion 0 Does not man have hard labor on earth? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people experience hard work. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “There is hard labor for every person on earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 7 1 a1c6 figs-hyperbole 0 on earth This is a generalization that means for the time people are living on the earth. Alternate translation: “while he lives on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JOB 7 1 m3yt figs-rquestion 0 Are not his days like the days of a hired man? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people struggle in life. Alternate translation: “And their days are like the days of a hired man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ JOB 7 21 gzz5 figs-parallelism 0 Why do you not pardon my transgression and tak JOB 7 21 ek8a 0 take away Alternate translation: “remove” JOB 7 21 yf7g figs-metonymy 0 now will I lie down in the dust The phrase “lie down in the dust” is a metonym that represents dying. Alternate translation: “now I will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 7 21 uz1p 0 I will not exist Alternate translation: “I will not be here” or “I will be gone” -JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist of two different questions that have the same meaning. Bildad uses these questions to rebuke Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints. JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ JOB 8 21 e5gp figs-ellipsis 0 your lips with shouting The verb “fill” is un JOB 8 22 tc4g figs-metaphor 0 Those who hate you will be clothed with shame Here “shame” is spoken of as if it were clothing that God will cause Job’s enemies to wear. This means they will be very ashamed. Alternate translation: “God will cause those who hate you to be very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 8 22 k5y9 0 the tent of the wicked will be no more Here “tent” refers to the homes of the wicked. Alternate translation: “the houses of the wicked will be destroyed” JOB 8 22 uz63 0 will be no more Alternate translation: “will not last” or “will be destroyed” -JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 9 2 e369 0 I truly know that this is so Alternate translation: “I know that what you say is true” JOB 9 2 a9ku 0 this is so Here the word “this” refers to what Bildad said. JOB 9 2 r4pi 0 how can a person be in the right with God? Alternate translation: “how can anyone be innocent before God?” @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ JOB 9 34 cc5r figs-metonymy 0 take God’s rod off me Here “God’s rod” is JOB 9 34 vs1b figs-abstractnouns 0 keep his terror from frightening me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **terror**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “terrify.” Alternate translation: “keep him from terrifying and frightening me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 9 35 fa78 0 Then would I speak up Alternate translation: “Then I would speak” JOB 9 35 ug86 0 as things are now Alternate translation: “because this is how things are now” -JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 10 1 ch7h 0 I am weary of my life Alternate translation: “I am tired of living” JOB 10 1 p5cl figs-abstractnouns 0 I will give free expression to my complaint The abstract nouns “expression” and “complaint” can be translated as the verbs “express” and “complain.” Alternate translation: “I will freely express what I have to complain about” or “I will argue freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 10 1 zk1f figs-metaphor 0 I will speak in the bitterness of my soul How Job feels is compared to a bitter taste. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **bitterness**, you could express the same idea with the adverb “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “My inner being will speak bitterly” or “I will bitterly speak out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ JOB 10 21 zq3v 0 the shadow of death See how you translated this in [Job 3:5]( JOB 10 22 xkq9 figs-simile 0 as dark as midnight The darkness of the place where the spirits of dead people go is compared to the darkness of midnight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 10 22 r9u5 figs-litotes 0 without any order This negative phrase can be expressed in positive form. Alternate translation: “full of confusion” or “where all is confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) JOB 10 22 a8nx figs-simile 0 where the light is like midnight The light of the place where the spirits of dead people go is compared to midnight. Alternate translation: “where there is no light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JOB 11 intro m1vt 0 # Job 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Zophar’s advice

Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He even questions the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Zophar uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Zophar’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 11 intro m1vt 0 # Job 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Zophar’s advice

Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He even questions the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Zophar uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Zophar’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 11 1 mbq7 translate-names 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “Zophar from the region of Naamah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 11 2 cq18 figs-rquestion 0 Should not such a multitude of words be answered? Zophar is asking a question in the negative to emphasize that Job’s words must be challenged. Alternate translation: “We must answer all of these words!” or “Someone should respond to all these words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 11 2 ua2s figs-rquestion 0 Should this man, so full of talk, be believed? Zophar uses this question to emphasize that they should not believe what Job was saying. Alternate translation: “This man is so full of talk, but the people should not believe him!” or “Your many words alone do not mean you are innocent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ JOB 11 18 f1be figs-idiom 0 would take your rest in safety “Take your rest” JOB 11 19 fm2w figs-parallelism 0 Also you would lie down in rest … your favor. Zophar repeats the same idea for emphasis and describes the possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JOB 11 19 hc18 figs-abstractnouns 0 you would lie down in rest If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rest**, you could express the same idea with the verb “rest.” Alternate translation: “you would lie down and rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 11 20 s359 figs-metaphor 0 the eyes of wicked people will fail Their eyes represent their understanding. Alternate translation: “the understanding of the wicked people will fail” or “the wicked people will not be able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 12 2 dpz4 figs-irony 0 No doubt you are the people; wisdom will die with you Job mocks how they are acting and shows how ridiculous they sound. Alternate translation: “Surely you are such important people that wisdom cannot exist without you” or “You all act like you are the only wise people and that when you die, wisdom will disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JOB 12 2 ba96 0 No doubt Alternate translation: “Surely” JOB 12 2 dk3z figs-you 0 you This is plural in verses 2 and 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ JOB 12 24 n4ta figs-metaphor 0 He takes away understanding from the leaders of JOB 12 24 w1re figs-metaphor 0 to wander in a wilderness where there is no path Wandering in a wilderness where there is no path represents being in a difficult situation and not knowing what to do. Alternate translation: “to be unsure of what to do like a person wandering in a wasteland with no path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 12 25 x7t2 figs-metaphor 0 They grope in the dark without light Being in the dark without light represents lacking knowledge. Alternate translation: “They struggle to make decisions without knowledge as people struggle to walk in the dark without light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 12 25 a21u figs-simile 0 he makes them stagger like a drunk man Staggering or wandering like a drunk man represents living without purpose. Alternate translation: “he makes them live without purpose like a drunk person who staggers as he walks” or “they wander aimlessly like a drunk person who staggers back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 13 1 i5ce 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues to speak to his friends. JOB 13 1 i4pc 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” JOB 13 1 d8w1 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye has seen all this Job referred to himself as his eye since it is with his eyes that he saw these things. Alternate translation: “I have seen all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ JOB 13 27 x3kd figs-synecdoche 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my f JOB 13 27 l15n figs-metaphor 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my feet have walked Examining this ground represents examining all that Job has done. Alternate translation: “it is as though you examine the ground where I have walked” or “you examine everything I do like a person examining someone’s footprints on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 13 28 mlj8 figs-simile 0 like a rotten thing that wastes away Job compares his life to something that is decaying. He is slowly dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 13 28 fq5k figs-simile 0 like a garment that moths have eaten Job compares himself to clothes that are full of holes because the moths have eaten parts of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Resurrection
The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Resurrection
The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 14 1 d6in figs-gendernotations 0 Man, who is born of woman This refers to all people, both men and women; all are born into this world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) JOB 14 1 u162 figs-hyperbole 0 lives only a few days This is an exaggeration to emphasize that people live only a short time. Alternate translation: “lives only a very short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JOB 14 1 pfe3 figs-explicit 0 is full of trouble Being “full of trouble” represents experiencing much trouble. Alternate translation: “has many troubles” or “suffers much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ JOB 14 20 uah1 figs-euphemism 0 he passes away Passing away represents dying. A JOB 14 20 p3dh 0 you change his face This could mean: (1) the pain just before dying makes his face contract or (2) when a person dies, God makes the person’s face look different. JOB 14 20 lq7f figs-metaphor 0 send him away to die This represents causing him to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 14 21 m7cw figs-metaphor 0 if they are brought low Being brought low represents being shamed. Alternate translation: “if they are disgraced” or “if people shame them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Eliphaz’s advice
Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 15 1 v5mb translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite This is the name of a man. People from Teman are known as Temanites. See how you translated this in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 15 2 mw8h figs-rquestion 0 Should a wise man answer with useless knowledge and fill himself with the east wind? Eliphaz uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Job. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “A wise man should not answer with useless knowledge nor fill himself with the east wind.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 15 2 hd46 figs-metaphor 0 fill himself with the east wind The wind represents emptiness. This phrase speaks of a person speaking empty and meaningless words as if that person were full of the wind. Alternate translation: “fill himself with empty words” or “only have meaningless words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ JOB 15 34 rr5n 0 the company of godless people Alternate translation: “the g JOB 15 34 v3q1 figs-possession 0 fire will consume their tents of bribery The phrase “tents of bribery” means that the wicked people bought these tents with the money they made by bribery. Alternate translation: “the tents they bought with their bribes will be burned by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JOB 15 35 x22k figs-parallelism 0 They conceive mischief and give birth to iniquity; their womb conceives deceit The same thought is repeated three times to emphasize how much evil these people produce. This speaks of a person planning to do evil things and doing them as if the person were conceiving and giving birth to these things as a woman conceives and gives birth to a child. Alternate translation: “They plan to cause mischief and do evil things; they are always planning to deceive others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 15 35 u7sb figs-synecdoche 0 their womb conceives Here the “womb” is used to refer to the person to emphasize conception, as it is in the womb that conception takes place. Alternate translation: “they conceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s response
Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s response
Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) JOB 16 2 t7wj 0 you are all miserable comforters Alternate translation: “instead of comforting me, you all make me more miserable” JOB 16 3 p7ga figs-rquestion 0 Will useless words ever have an end? Job uses this rhetorical question to express that he wishes that they would stop speaking useless words. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “How I wish your useless words would end!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 16 3 g4tp figs-rquestion 0 What is wrong with you that you answer like this? Job uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Eliphaz. Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Eliphaz, who just finished speaking to Job. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Eliphaz, you should stop answering me like this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ JOB 16 20 v43g figs-hyperbole 0 my eye pours out tears Job describes how strong JOB 16 21 izh8 figs-123person 0 for this man “for me.” Here Job refers to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JOB 16 21 kk12 figs-simile 0 as a man does with his neighbor! “as a man does for his neighbor.” Job describes how he wants that one in heaven to plead for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 16 22 z81v figs-explicit 0 I will go to a place Here Job is referring to himself dying. Alternate translation: “I will die and go to a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s grief
Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])

### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s grief
Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])

### Advocate
Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) JOB 17 1 c8r6 figs-synecdoche 0 My spirit is consumed Job refers to himself by his “spirit” to emphasize his inner emotions. He speaks of not having any strength left as if he were something that has been used up. Alternate translation: “I am consumed” or “I have lost all of my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 17 1 yjx4 0 my days are over Alternate translation: “my time is over” or “I am going to die soon” JOB 17 1 awv1 figs-personification 0 the grave is ready for me This phrase describes “the grave” as if it is a person who will receive Job as a guest. Alternate translation: “soon I will be dead and buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ JOB 17 16 h77p figs-rquestion 0 Will hope go down with me … dust? The implici JOB 17 16 yx83 figs-metaphor 0 gates of Sheol Sheol does not really have gates, but it is a metaphor for Job entering Sheol. Alternate translation: “when I go into Sheol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 17 16 ajw5 0 when we “when I and the things that I hope for” or “when I and my hopes.” The word “we” refers to Job and his hope. JOB 17 16 z16e figs-idiom 0 descend to the dust This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die and are buried” or “go to the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JOB 18 intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JOB 18 intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bildad’s advice
Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JOB 18 1 g41k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Bildad the Shuhite is speaking to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 18 1 b2sb 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered and said “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. See how you translated this in [Job 8:1](../08/01.md). JOB 18 2 b4en figs-rquestion 0 When will you stop your talk? This rhetorical question means that Job has been talking for too long. Alternate translation: “Stop talking!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ JOB 18 19 asp3 0 kinfolk Alternate translation: “relatives” JOB 18 20 wn9y figs-merism 0 Those who live in the west … those who live in the east will be frightened by it The phrases “in the west” and “in the east” are together a merism that refers to all people living everywhere. This is an exaggeration as not everyone on the earth will hear about what happened to a specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “Everyone in the whole world will be horrified and frightened when they see what happens to the wicked person” or “Many people who live in the east and in the west will be horrified and frightened when they see what happens to the wicked person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JOB 18 20 r4pt 0 one day Alternate translation: “someday” JOB 18 21 da3s figs-parallelism 0 the homes of unrighteous people, the places of those who do not know God These two phrases have the same meaning and refer to the same people. Here these people are referred to by the places where they live. Alternate translation: “unrighteous people, those who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOB 19 intro vq57 0 # Job 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

Verses 25-27 are very important to this book. They show the great depth of Job’s faith in Yahweh after his most difficult time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +JOB 19 intro vq57 0 # Job 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

Verses 25-27 are very important to this book. They show the great depth of Job’s faith in Yahweh after his most difficult time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) JOB 19 1 rlm3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] JOB 19 1 u8kd 0 Connecting Statement: Job speaks to his three friends. JOB 19 2 xxa9 figs-rquestion 0 How long will you make me suffer and break me into pieces with words? Job uses this question to complain about how his friends are treating him. Alternate translation: “Stop making me suffer and breaking me into pieces with words.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ JOB 19 29 tw35 figs-metonymy 0 then be afraid of the sword Possible meanings ar JOB 19 29 t8gg figs-abstractnouns 0 because wrath brings the punishment of the sword The abstract nouns “wrath” and “punishment” can be expressed with the adjective “angry” and the verb “punish.” This could mean: (1) God’s anger results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because God will be angry with you and punish you” or (2) the anger of Job’s friends results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because if you are so angry with me, God will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 19 29 yy9j 0 brings Alternate translation: “causes” or “results in” JOB 19 29 n1i1 figs-abstractnouns 0 there is a judgment If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you could express the same idea with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Zophar’s advice
Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Zophar’s advice
Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 20 1 p292 0 General Information: Zophar replies to Job. JOB 20 1 chh1 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Since this is the second time that Zophar speaks, some translations omit “the Naamathite” here. JOB 20 2 eef1 figs-metaphor 0 My thoughts make me answer quickly The idea of Zophar’s thoughts making him do something represents his strong desire to do something. Alternate translation: “I want very much to answer you quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ JOB 20 28 wi73 0 his goods Alternate translation: “his possessions” JOB 20 28 e2e8 figs-metonymy 0 the day of God’s wrath Here “wrath” represents punishment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wrath**, you could express the same idea with the verb punish. Alternate translation: “the day when God punishes people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 20 29 d9w5 figs-metaphor 0 This is the wicked man’s portion from God Here “portion from God” represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him. Alternate translation: “This is what God has decided should happen to the wicked man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 20 29 a1s8 figs-metaphor 0 the heritage reserved for him by God This represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “what God has planned to give to him” or “what God has planned should happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ancestor’s sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ancestor’s sin
In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 21 1 l3vp 0 Connecting Statement: Job begins to answer Zophar’s accusations. JOB 21 3 x7gy 0 Put up with me Alternate translation: “Allow me” or “Be patient with me” JOB 21 3 w3a4 figs-irony 0 mock on “you can continue mocking me.” Job is using sarcasm to imply that his friends would ignore what he would say and continue to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) @@ -1270,7 +1270,7 @@ JOB 21 33 eqt1 figs-synecdoche 0 The clods of the valley will be sweet to him J JOB 21 33 p9wd figs-hypo 0 all people will follow after him, as there were innumerable people before him Job emphasizes that a large crowd of people will be in the funeral procession of this imaginary wicked man to honor him. Alternate translation: “a huge number of people go to the grave site; some go in front of the procession and some come behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JOB 21 34 aa8a 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Job’s speech to his friends. JOB 21 34 j6yy figs-rquestion 0 How then do you comfort me with nonsense, since in your answers there is nothing but falsehood? Job uses a question to scold his friends. Alternate translation: “You cannot comfort me with nonsense. All of your answers are false.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 22 1 cea8 translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 22 2 r9kd figs-parallelism 0 Can a man be useful to God? Can a wise man be useful to him? Both questions mean basically the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that a person’s actions and wisdom do not benefit God. Alternate translation: “A man cannot be useful to God. A wise man cannot be useful to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 22 3 h3pe figs-parallelism 0 Is it any pleasure to the Almighty if you are righteous? Is it gain to him if you make your ways blameless? Both of these statements mean the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that Job’s actions do not help God. Alternate translation: “The Almighty does not receive any pleasure if you are righteous. He does not gain anything if you make your ways blameless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ JOB 22 29 yck5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Eliphaz’s speech to Jo JOB 22 29 xgw4 figs-idiom 0 the one with lowered eyes Here “lowered eyes” refers to humility. Alternate translation: “the humble person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 22 30 f84n figs-metaphor 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Job being innocent is spoken of as if his hands were physically clean. The phrase “who will be rescued” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will rescue even the person who is not innocent because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 22 30 wrz4 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Some versions of the Bible read, “He rescues the innocent person; so he will rescue you when your hands are clean” -JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 23 2 fi9s 0 Even today my complaint is bitter Here “Even today” emphasizes that his friends arguments have not changed Job’s situation at all. Alternate translation: “In spite of what you have said, my complaint is still bitter” JOB 23 2 ke1p figs-idiom 0 my complaint is bitter Job speaks of his unanswered complaint against God as if it was a bitter taste in his mouth. Alternate translation: “my unanswered complaint is as bad as bitter food in my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 23 2 cm2j figs-metonymy 0 my hand … heavy because of my groaning This could mean: (1) “I can barely lift my hand because of my groaning” or (2) “God’s hand continues to make me suffer in spite of my groaning” where “hand” refers to God’s power to punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ JOB 23 16 p6ma figs-parallelism 0 For God has made my heart weak; the Almighty JOB 23 16 d4fw figs-idiom 0 made my heart weak A person whose heart is weak is a person who is timid or fearful. Alternate translation: “made me afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 23 17 dng4 figs-explicit 0 I have not been brought to an end by darkness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) “The thick darkness in front of me has not made me silent” or (2) “Darkness has not stopped me” or “God has stopped me, not the darkness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 23 17 qpa8 figs-synecdoche 0 the gloom of my face Here Job refers to himself by his “face.” Alternate translation: “my sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Court
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 24 1 mg7h 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues speaking. JOB 24 1 thc8 figs-rquestion 0 Why are times for judging wicked people not set by the Almighty? Job uses this question to express his frustration that God has not judged evil. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God does not set a time when he will judge wicked people.” or “The Almighty should set a time when he will judge wicked people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 24 1 ej3y figs-rquestion 0 Why do not those who are faithful to God see his days of judgment come? Job uses this question to express his frustration that the righteous have not seen God judge evil. Alternate translation: “It seems that those who obey him never get to see him judge the wicked.” or “God should show the day he will judge the wicked to those who know him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1434,7 +1434,7 @@ JOB 24 24 ix1v figs-activepassive 0 they will be gathered up like all the other JOB 24 24 mqt2 figs-simile 0 they will be cut off like the tops of ears of grain These wicked people will be cut off in the same way heads of grain are cut off during harvest. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cut them off like a farmer cuts off the top of a stalk of grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 24 25 cfk7 figs-rquestion 0 If it is not so, who can prove me to be a liar; who can make my speech worth nothing? Job uses this question to express the certainty of his argument. The implicit answer is: “no one.” Alternate translation: “This is true, and no one can prove that I am a liar; no one can prove me wrong.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 24 25 iy58 0 make my speech worth nothing Alternate translation: “prove what I say is wrong” -JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s holiness and man’s sin
Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s holiness and man’s sin
Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 25 1 vb52 0 Bildad the Shuhite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). JOB 25 2 cz5c figs-abstractnouns 0 Dominion and fear are with him Here “him” refers to God. The abstract nouns “dominion” and “fear” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “God rules over all and people should fear only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 25 2 t8t1 0 he makes order in his high places of heaven Alternate translation: “he makes peace in the high heaven” @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ JOB 25 5 kt4v 0 the stars are not pure in his sight Here “pure” means “p JOB 25 6 c7kh figs-parallelism 0 How much less man … a son of man, who is a worm These two lines say the same thing and are used together to emphasize that man is not perfect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 25 6 h6x7 figs-metaphor 0 who is a worm Bildad states that human beings are as worthless as worms. Alternate translation: “who is as worthless as a worm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 25 6 l7b7 figs-metonymy 0 a son of man This is another way of referring to a person. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Sarcasm
Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.

This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Sarcasm
Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JOB 26 2 lud4 figs-irony 0 How you have helped one … the arm that has no strength In these statements, Job is accusing Bildad. The word “one” refers to Job. And, the word “arm” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am powerless and have no strength, but you act like you have helped me; but really, you have not helped me at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JOB 26 3 s1r5 figs-irony 0 How you have advised one who has no wisdom and announced to him sound knowledge Job is saying that Bildad has not provided him with good advice and knowledge. Alternate translation: “You act like I have no wisdom and that you have advised me, that you have given me good advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JOB 26 3 y2kk 0 announced to him sound knowledge Alternate translation: “given him good advice” @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ JOB 26 13 c2jc 0 the fleeing serpent “the serpent as it was trying to escape JOB 26 14 qb3u figs-metaphor 0 See, these are but the fringes of his ways Here “fringes” represents a small part that we can see of something that is much bigger. Alternate translation: “See, these things that God has done show only a small part of his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 26 14 k819 figs-exclamations 0 how small a whisper do we hear of him! This is an exclamation that expresses Job’s amazement of all the great things that God does that we do not even know about. Seeing what God does is spoken of as hearing God’s voice. Alternate translation: “it is as if we heard only his quiet whisper!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 26 14 b468 figs-rquestion 0 Who can understand the thunder of his power? The “thunder of his power” represents God’s greatness. Job uses this question to emphasize that God’s power is so great that no one can understand it. Alternate translation: “The thunder displays the greatness of his power which no one can understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 27 intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +JOB 27 intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) JOB 27 2 vm9g 0 As surely as God lives This phrase shows that Job is taking an oath. Job compares the certainty that God is alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I swear by God” JOB 27 2 zm2r figs-metaphor 0 has taken away my justice Justice is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away or given. Taking it away represents refusing to treat Job with justice. Alternate translation: “has refused to treat me justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 27 2 tp23 figs-metonymy 0 made my life bitter Job’s “life” being bitter represents Job feeling resentful toward God. Alternate translation: “has caused me to become resentful” or “has made me feel angry because of the unfair way he has treated me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ JOB 27 22 xs2l figs-personification 0 It throws itself at him Here the phrase JOB 27 22 fa8c figs-personification 0 he tries to flee out of its hand Here “hand” represents the power or control that the wind has over the wicked man. Alternate translation: “he tries to flee out of its control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 27 23 kvs2 translate-symaction 0 It claps its hands at him Clapping the hands is a way of mocking someone. Here it represents the wind making loud noises. Alternate translation: “It makes loud noises like someone clapping his hands to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JOB 27 23 r28v translate-symaction 0 hisses him from his place The wind makes a noise as it blows him out of his place, and the noise is like the hissing sound that people make to mock someone. Alternate translation: “it makes a hissing noise as it causes him to leave his home” or “it blows him out of his place and makes a hissing noise like someone who hisses at him to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JOB 28 intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s wisdom

Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s wisdom and authority. This chapter especially focuses on Yahweh’s wisdom as he controls the circumstances of Job’s life. Men cannot understand because they do not have Yahweh’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +JOB 28 intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s wisdom

Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s wisdom and authority. This chapter especially focuses on Yahweh’s wisdom as he controls the circumstances of Job’s life. Men cannot understand because they do not have Yahweh’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) JOB 28 1 fb4g 0 mine This is a place where people dig rocks out of the earth. These rocks have metal in them. JOB 28 1 zr9q 0 refine This is the process of heating a metal to remove all of the impurities that are in it. JOB 28 2 a9j8 figs-activepassive 0 Iron is taken out of the earth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People take iron out of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ JOB 28 25 l7lk figs-metaphor 0 parceled out the waters by measure This describe JOB 28 26 qy1s 0 a path for the thunder Alternate translation: “he decided how the thunder can be heard” or “he decided the path of the thunderstorm” JOB 28 28 l4bu figs-abstractnouns 0 See, the fear of the Lord—that is wisdom If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **fear**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “fear” or “respect.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you could express the same idea with another word such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “Listen, if you fear the Lord, you will be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JOB 28 28 m7dq figs-metaphor 0 to depart from evil is understanding Here “depart from evil” means refusing to do evil things. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “if you refuse to do evil, then you will understand many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 29 intro eli2 0 # Job 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.

In this chapter, Job recalls the days before Yahweh’s blessings were taken from him. This is only one part of Job’s argument that continues for the next 3 chapters. +JOB 29 intro eli2 0 # Job 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.

In this chapter, Job recalls the days before Yahweh’s blessings were taken from him. This is only one part of Job’s argument that continues for the next 3 chapters. JOB 29 2 h8k3 figs-exclamations 0 Oh, that I were as I was in the past months Job uses this exclamation to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that I were as I was in past months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) JOB 29 3 n6gg figs-metaphor 0 when his lamp shined on my head God’s lamp shining on Job represents God blessing Job. Alternate translation: “when God’s blessing was like a lamp shining its light on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 29 3 z42n figs-metaphor 0 when I walked through darkness by his light Walking through darkness represents experiencing difficult situations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ JOB 29 25 gh9m figs-metonymy 0 sat as their chief Here “sat” represents rul JOB 29 25 azd4 figs-metonymy 0 sat as their chief Job was their chief. Alternate translation: “led them because I was their chief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 29 25 dv86 figs-simile 0 I lived like a king in his army Job speaks of how he led the people and how they obeyed him as if he were a king and they were his army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JOB 29 25 nmq6 figs-explicit 0 like one who comforts mourners This phrase means that Job actually was one who comforted people. Alternate translation: “I comforted them when they mourned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JOB 30 intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.

In this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]]) +JOB 30 intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.

In this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]]) JOB 30 1 ghr9 figs-explicit 0 whose fathers I would have refused to allow to work beside the dogs of my flock This shows how much he despised those fathers. They were not even good enough to be with his dogs. Alternate translation: “whose fathers I despised and would not have allowed to work beside the dogs of my flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOB 30 1 bw8l figs-explicit 0 the dogs of my flock The dogs’ relationship to the flock can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the dogs that guarded my flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOB 30 2 dkd7 figs-rquestion 0 Indeed, the strength of their fathers’ hands, how could it have helped me … perished? Job uses this question to mock the weakness of those men. Alternate translation: “The strength of their fathers’ hands could not have helped me … perished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ JOB 30 30 udu9 figs-synecdoche 0 my bones are burned with heat Here “bones” JOB 30 31 qj9s figs-metonymy 0 my harp is tuned for songs of mourning Here “my harp” represents Job himself, and also represents his desire to sing only songs of mourning. Alternate translation: “I play only songs of mourning on my harp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 30 31 v1kr figs-metonymy 0 my flute for the singing of those who wail Here “my flute” represents Job himself, and also his desire to sing only songs of crying. Alternate translation: “I play only songs of wailing on my flute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 30 31 d2w2 0 wail To wail is to cry very loudly because of terrible sadness or pain. -JOB 31 intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.

In this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +JOB 31 intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.

In this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) JOB 31 1 ka6e figs-metaphor 0 I have made a covenant with my eyes Job speaks of making a promise about what he would look at as though his eyes were a person and he made a covenant with them. Alternate translation: “I have made a firm promise about what I will look at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JOB 31 1 af9x figs-explicit 0 I have made a covenant with my eyes What job promised can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I made a promise that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” or “I promised that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOB 31 1 sxi9 figs-rquestion 0 how then should I look with desire on a virgin? Job uses this question to emphasize that he would never break his promise. Alternate translation: “So I certainly will not look with lust at a virgin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ JOB 31 38 g2jv figs-hypo 0 General Information: This concludes Job’s descript JOB 31 38 r91t figs-personification 0 If my land ever cries out against me, and its furrows weep together Job speaks of being guilty as if his land were a person who cries out against Job because of the wrong Job has done to the land. Alternate translation: “If I have done wrong concerning my land” or “If I have stolen my land from someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JOB 31 39 vfe3 figs-metonymy 0 to lose their lives This represents dying. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 31 40 k93z figs-ellipsis 0 weeds instead of barley The words “let” and “grow” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “let weeds grow instead of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -JOB 32 intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter. +JOB 32 intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter. JOB 32 1 k2f6 figs-metaphor 0 he was righteous in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “he considered himself righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 32 2 cr7d figs-metaphor 0 Then was kindled the anger of Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram; it was kindled against Job This compares Elihu’s anger to someone starting a fire. Also, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram, became very angry with Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 32 2 hxc1 translate-names 0 Elihu … Barakel … Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ JOB 32 20 w6zz figs-synecdoche 0 open my lips Here the “lips” represent the JOB 32 21 mi73 0 neither will I give honorific titles to any man Alternate translation: “neither will I praise any man or give him titles of honor” JOB 32 22 nb65 0 my Maker This is a name referring to God. Alternate translation: “God who made me” JOB 32 22 i4r2 figs-euphemism 0 take me away This means that he would destroy him. Alternate translation: “destroy me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -JOB 33 intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s mercy
While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) +JOB 33 intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s mercy
While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) JOB 33 1 m7lu figs-parallelism 0 hear my speech; listen to all my words These two phrases mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that Job must listen carefully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 33 2 j572 figs-parallelism 0 I have opened my mouth … my tongue has spoken in my mouth These mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that he is now ready to speak. His “tongue” speaking represents himself speaking. Alternate translation: “I have opened my mouth and I have begun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 33 3 u1kk figs-synecdoche 0 My words come from the uprightness of my heart Here Elihu refers to himself by his “heart” as he speaks of being upright. Alternate translation: “I will speak with uprightness” or “I will speak with complete honesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ JOB 33 30 qg5z figs-metaphor 0 the pit The place where people go when they die JOB 33 30 myd4 figs-activepassive 0 he may be enlightened with the light of life This is an idiom and may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he may be happy to still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOB 33 31 z1l9 figs-doublet 0 Pay attention, Job, and listen to me These phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully to me, Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOB 33 32 g3l6 figs-idiom 0 that you are in the right This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that you are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JOB 34 intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s justice
Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +JOB 34 intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s justice
Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) JOB 34 1 h9vc 0 Moreover, Elihu Alternate translation: “Then, Elihu” JOB 34 1 yw36 translate-names 0 Elihu See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 32:2](../32/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JOB 34 2 k8a4 0 Listen to my words Alternate translation: “Listen to what I say” @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ JOB 34 36 w7eb 0 of his talking like wicked men Alternate translation: “of h JOB 34 37 jr4v figs-explicit 0 he adds rebellion This refers to rebellion against God. Alternate translation: “he adds rebellion against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOB 34 37 fm5k figs-explicit 0 he claps his hands in mockery in our midst In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JOB 34 37 g7nc figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words against God Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ironic situation
Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ironic situation
Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) JOB 35 2 s9jw figs-rquestion 0 Do you think this is just…‘My right before God’? Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right…‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just…‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 35 2 yh9l 0 Do you think this is just when you say Alternate translation: “Do you think it is right for you to say” JOB 35 2 g7jg figs-you 0 Do you think Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ JOB 35 14 c513 0 you are waiting for him Alternate translation: “you are wai JOB 35 15 ub2k 0 Now you say that his anger does not punish, and he does not take even a litte notice of transgression Because Job is saying these things about God that are untrue, it is even less likely that God will answer Job’s prayers. JOB 35 15 kpu8 figs-metonymy 0 his anger does not punish Here “his anger” is a metonym for “him.” Alternate translation: “he never punishes anyone because he is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOB 35 16 ben3 figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words without knowledge Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words without knowing what he is talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JOB 36 intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s justice
This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +JOB 36 intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s justice
This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) JOB 36 2 h1hx figs-metaphor 0 I will show you some things Elihu speaks of explaining things to Job as if he were going to show those things to Job. Alternate translation: “I will explain some things to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 36 3 c3pd figs-metaphor 0 I will obtain my knowledge from far off Elihu speaks of having knowledge of many different subjects as if it were getting his knowledge from far away places. Alternate translation: “I will show you my great knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 36 3 u4g9 figs-abstractnouns 0 that righteousness belongs to my Maker Here the word “righteousness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “that my Maker is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ JOB 36 30 e9es figs-metaphor 0 and covers the roots of the sea Elihu speaks of JOB 36 32 tsi9 figs-metaphor 0 He fills his hands with the lightning Elihu speaks of the lightning that storms cause as if God were holding the lightning in his hand and directing it to strike where he wills. This could mean: (1) that God holds the lightning bolts in his hands in order to throw them, or (2) that God hides the lightning bolts in his hands until he is ready to use them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 36 33 k3qk 0 Its thunder Alternate translation: “The thunder caused by the lightning” or “The thunder” JOB 36 33 se83 0 hear it is coming Alternate translation: “hear that the storm is coming” -JOB 37 intro ccm7 0 # Job 37 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s justice
This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +JOB 37 intro ccm7 0 # Job 37 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s justice
This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) JOB 37 1 mup1 figs-parallelism 0 my heart trembles … it is moved out of its place These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOB 37 1 eid2 0 my heart trembles at this The word “this” refers to the storm in [Job 36:33](../36/33.md). JOB 37 1 nhy8 figs-metaphor 0 it is moved out of its place Elihu speaks of his heart beating violently as if it were to jump out of his chest. Alternate translation: “it moves out of its place” or “it beats violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ JOB 37 20 x2hn figs-metaphor 0 to be swallowed up Elihu speaks of a person bein JOB 37 22 l64j figs-metaphor 0 over God is fearsome majesty The word “fearsome” means that it causes fear. Elihu speaks of God’s majesty as if it were something that rests upon God. Alternate translation: “God’s majesty causes people to fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 37 23 c4sd figs-metaphor 0 we cannot find him This could mean: (1) “we cannot approach him” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Elihu speaks of a person’s being unable to fully understand God as if he could not find God. Alternate translation: “we cannot comprehend him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOB 37 24 n2pv figs-metonymy 0 those who are wise in their own minds Here “minds” represents the person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “those who are wise in their own thinking” or “those who consider themselves to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 38 1 b53y 0 Then Yahweh called Here, the word “then” marks the beginning of a new part of the book. See if your language has a similar way to introduce a new scene. Alternate translation: “After all that had happened, Yahweh called. JOB 38 1 zh2u 0 called to Job Alternate translation: “answered Job” or “responded to Job” JOB 38 1 zk13 0 out of a fierce storm Alternate translation: “from a powerful storm” @@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ JOB 38 41 hc2b 0 ravens large birds with shiny black feathers that feed on dea JOB 38 41 y9ey figs-explicit 0 cry out to God The implied information is that the ravens are crying out for food. Alternate translation: “cry to God for help” or “cry out for God to give them food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JOB 38 41 nde9 0 stagger about This means to walk around in an unsteady way. JOB 38 41 i8kr 0 for lack of food Alternate translation: “because they have no food” or “because they have nothing to eat” -JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) +JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) JOB 39 1 b1wa figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Yahweh uses four questions to emphasize that he is greater than Job because Yahweh takes care of the wild mountain goats and deer and Job does not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 39 1 sw6i 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job. JOB 39 1 m8kw figs-rquestion 0 Do you know at what time … bear their young? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not know when … bear their young!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@ JOB 39 30 e2b5 0 His young It may be helpful to state that this happens after JOB 39 30 s29l 0 drink up blood Alternate translation: “drink the blood of the animal that he killed” JOB 39 30 iv5j 0 where killed people are “where there are dead people.” This phrase refers to dead bodies that are lying out in the open, not to bodies that are buried in the ground. JOB 39 30 nx3p figs-explicit 0 there he is It can be made explicit that he comes to eat the dead bodies. Alternate translation: “he is there to eat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals
There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives. +JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Job’s righteousness
In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals
There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives. JOB 40 1 jlf1 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job. JOB 40 2 kpm1 figs-rquestion 0 Should anyone who wishes to criticize try to correct the Almighty? Yahweh is rebuking Job. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one who wants to criticize me should try to argue with me, for I am Almighty God.” or “You, a person, want to criticize me, Almighty God, but you should not try to correct me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 40 2 p78z figs-pronouns 0 He who argues with God, let him answer Yahweh speaks of Job and himself as if they were two other people to remind Job that no person anywhere should argue with God. Alternate translation: “You want to argue with me, so answer me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) @@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ JOB 40 22 k86u 0 willows of the brook Willows are large trees that grow in dam JOB 40 23 vbe3 0 banks sides of the river JOB 40 23 x8nv 0 though the Jordan should surge up to his mouth Alternate translation: “even if the flood of the Jordan should come up to his mouth” JOB 40 24 uyb7 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone capture him with a hook … snare? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can capture him with a hook or pierce his nose through with a snare.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals

There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives. +JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals

There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives. JOB 41 1 tg8a figs-rquestion 0 Can you draw out Leviathan with a fishhook? God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot draw out Leviathan with a fishhook.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOB 41 1 f9dw 0 draw out pull out of the water JOB 41 1 li7c figs-ellipsis 0 Or tie up his jaws with a cord? The words “can you” are understood from the previous question. They can be repeated here. God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Or can you tie up his jaws with a cord?” or “And you know that you cannot tie up his jaws with a cord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -2466,7 +2466,7 @@ JOB 41 33 f5nc 0 him Leviathan JOB 41 34 b5cm 0 He sees everything that is proud Alternate translation: “He is very, very proud” JOB 41 34 c959 figs-personification 0 he is king over all the sons of pride Leviathan is spoken of as if he were a person who is able to become king and be proud. Alternate translation: “Leviathan has more reason to be proud than anyone else on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JOB 41 34 n88z 0 He … he Leviathan -JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) +JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) JOB 42 2 bdu3 figs-ellipsis 0 I know that you can do all things, that no purpose of yours can be stopped You may want to repeat the words “I know.” Alternate translation: “I know that you can do all things. I know that no purpose of yours can be stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JOB 42 2 wu37 figs-activepassive 0 no purpose of yours can be stopped This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one can stop any of your plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JOB 42 3 b75d figs-rquestion 0 Who is this The ULT and most modern versions agree that Job is loosely quoting God’s own words from [Job 38:2](../38/02.md). You may decide, as does the UST, to make it clear that God asked this question of Job and that Job is now remembering it. Alternate translation: “You said to me, ‘Who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) diff --git a/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv b/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv index 90b5a0a0f0..cc77079a7e 100644 --- a/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_19-PSA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -PSA front intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Psalms

1. Book One (Psalms 1-41)
1. Book Two (Psalms 42-72)
1. Book Three (Psalms 73-89)
1. Book Four (Psalms 90-106)
1. Book Five (Psalms 107-150)

### What is the Book of Psalms?

The Book of Psalms is a collection of songs. People called psalmists wrote them for different reasons. In some psalms, the psalmists expressed their praise for God. In other psalms, they asked God for help and expressed confidence in his love and power. In others, they confessed their sins and begged for mercy. The Israelites wrote some psalms to ask Yahweh to defeat their enemies. Other psalms celebrated the event of a new king beginning his reign. Psalmists also wrote to praise the city of Jerusalem. They wrote some psalms to instruct people on how to be wise by honoring Yahweh and obeying his law. Also, pilgrims sang some of the psalms while traveling to Jerusalem to worship there. Some psalms became songs of praise in the temple worship of Yahweh.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title of this book, “The Book of Psalms” or just “Psalms.” Another title of this book is “Songs of Praise.” Translators may express this meaning in their own languages, or they may choose to use or transliterate the name from another language version if it is well known. For example, the French title “Les Psaumes” might be understood by everyone in a project language, if French is the language of wider communication in the region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

### When was the Book of Psalms written?

The Psalms were written over a long period of time. Moses probably wrote the earliest psalm around 1400 B.C. David and Asaph wrote their psalms between 1020 and 975 B.C. The Korahites may have written their psalms before Jerusalem was destroyed and the Jews were exiled to Babylon in 587 B.C. Psalm 126 appears to come from the period after the exile, which ended in 538 B.C.

### What are the Messianic psalms?

Some psalms are called “Messianic psalms.” New Testament writers considered these psalms to prophesy about the Messiah, Jesus Christ. They cited Psalms 2, 8, 16, 22, 34, 40, 41, 45, 68, 69, 89, 102, 109, 110, and 118 at least one time each in the New Testament.

### What are superscriptions in the Psalms?

Many psalms give some information called superscriptions before the beginning of the psalm. Some of the expressions in the superscriptions are difficult to understand, so modern versions often have different interpretations of them.

Seventy-three psalms are called “A psalm of David.” This may mean they were written by King David. Or, it could mean someone wrote them for David or in the style that David used when he composed poetry. The superscriptions of some psalms give the historical situations in which they were written.

Some superscriptions give instructions about how they should be played and sung. They tell which instruments, singers, or melodies that should be used for that psalm. Fifty-five psalms are addressed “to the choirmaster” or “chief musician.” The psalmists seem to have meant them to be used in temple worship.

Traditionally, English versions do not give verse numbers to the superscriptions. But many versions in other languages do. Whether or not translators give them verse numbers, they should consider the superscriptions in the Psalms as part of the divinely inspired biblical text.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are some important ways in which Yahweh is pictured in the Book of Psalms?

The psalmists often pictured Yahweh as:

* a king who rules over the nation of Israel and over all the nations
* a shepherd who leads the people of Israel and also the individual psalm writers
* a “rock,” that is, a high rocky mountain on which people can be completely safe from their enemies
* a strong warrior who always defeats his enemies.

### What is the importance of honor and shame in the Book of Psalms?

When people honor someone, they think well of him and may even admire him. On the other hand, if people shame someone, that person loses honor and is disgraced.

Psalmists often expressed a great desire that Yahweh would be honored by the Israelites and also by the rest of the world.

Also, psalmists often expressed fear that they would be shamed by their enemies. When they felt this way, the psalmists wrote of their trust that Yahweh would not allow this to happen.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the ULT and UST display the Book of Psalms as poetry, but some modern versions do not?

The psalmists wrote the Psalms as Hebrew poetry. The ULT and UST set each line farther to the right on the page than regular text is placed to show that the writing is poetry rather than prose.

This style typically uses pairs of poetic lines that relate to each other in different ways. Usually, poetic lines are said to be “parallel” to each other. A line that is indented farther to the right is paired with the line above it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

Translators will have to decide whether to present the Psalms as poetry or as prose in their own language. Translators will need to consider whether their language has poetic forms that are suitable for expressing the Psalms.

### Why do some versions number the Psalms differently than others?

From ancient times, people have numbered the Psalms in different ways. The Jews numbered the Psalms in Hebrew in one way. When they translated the Psalms into Greek, they numbered them in a different way. As a result, the Hebrew numbering and the Greek numbering of Psalms were both passed down through the centuries. They are both still in use today. Translators will probably want to number the Psalms in the same way that most versions in their own country do.

### How should the translator view the terms Selah and Higgaion that occur in various psalms?

“Selah” and “Higgaion” seem to be musical terms inserted as directions for singers and musicians. Scholars do not agree as to their meaning. For this reason, translators may decide to transliterate them or leave them out but not try to translate them. -PSA 1 intro fan4 0 # Psalm 01 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 1 is usually considered to be a “wisdom psalm,” which gives advice to those who hear it read or sung. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessed
A main theme in this psalm is what it means to be blessed. Here “blessed” refers to anyone who is well off because of a good relationship to God. The contrasting theme is that there are ungodly people, those who refuse to honor God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### People who opposed Yahweh

There are several words in this psalm for those who oppose God: “the wicked” (those who do evil), “sinners” (those who ignore God’s law), and “mockers” (those who mock God and the righteous people). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PSA front intro rx9u 0 # Introduction to Psalms

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Psalms

1. Book One (Psalms 1-41)
1. Book Two (Psalms 42-72)
1. Book Three (Psalms 73-89)
1. Book Four (Psalms 90-106)
1. Book Five (Psalms 107-150)

### What is the Book of Psalms?

The Book of Psalms is a collection of songs. People called psalmists wrote them for different reasons. In some psalms, the psalmists expressed their praise for God. In other psalms, they asked God for help and expressed confidence in his love and power. In others, they confessed their sins and begged for mercy. The Israelites wrote some psalms to ask Yahweh to defeat their enemies. Other psalms celebrated the event of a new king beginning his reign. Psalmists also wrote to praise the city of Jerusalem. They wrote some psalms to instruct people on how to be wise by honoring Yahweh and obeying his law. Also, pilgrims sang some of the psalms while traveling to Jerusalem to worship there. Some psalms became songs of praise in the temple worship of Yahweh.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title of this book, “The Book of Psalms” or just “Psalms.” Another title of this book is “Songs of Praise.” Translators may express this meaning in their own languages, or they may choose to use or transliterate the name from another language version if it is well known. For example, the French title “Les Psaumes” might be understood by everyone in a project language, if French is the language of wider communication in the region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

### When was the Book of Psalms written?

The Psalms were written over a long period of time. Moses probably wrote the earliest psalm around 1400 B.C. David and Asaph wrote their psalms between 1020 and 975 B.C. The Korahites may have written their psalms before Jerusalem was destroyed and the Jews were exiled to Babylon in 587 B.C. Psalm 126 appears to come from the period after the exile, which ended in 538 B.C.

### What are the Messianic psalms?

Some psalms are called “Messianic psalms.” New Testament writers considered these psalms to prophesy about the Messiah, Jesus Christ. They cited Psalms 2, 8, 16, 22, 34, 40, 41, 45, 68, 69, 89, 102, 109, 110, and 118 at least one time each in the New Testament.

### What are superscriptions in the Psalms?

Many psalms give some information called superscriptions before the beginning of the psalm. Some of the expressions in the superscriptions are difficult to understand, so modern versions often have different interpretations of them.

Seventy-three psalms are called “A psalm of David.” This may mean they were written by King David. Or, it could mean someone wrote them for David or in the style that David used when he composed poetry. The superscriptions of some psalms give the historical situations in which they were written.

Some superscriptions give instructions about how they should be played and sung. They tell which instruments, singers, or melodies that should be used for that psalm. Fifty-five psalms are addressed “to the choirmaster” or “chief musician.” The psalmists seem to have meant them to be used in temple worship.

Traditionally, English versions do not give verse numbers to the superscriptions. But many versions in other languages do. Whether or not translators give them verse numbers, they should consider the superscriptions in the Psalms as part of the divinely inspired biblical text.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are some important ways in which Yahweh is pictured in the Book of Psalms?

The psalmists often pictured Yahweh as:

* a king who rules over the nation of Israel and over all the nations
* a shepherd who leads the people of Israel and also the individual psalm writers
* a “rock,” that is, a high rocky mountain on which people can be completely safe from their enemies
* a strong warrior who always defeats his enemies.

### What is the importance of honor and shame in the Book of Psalms?

When people honor someone, they think well of him and may even admire him. On the other hand, if people shame someone, that person loses honor and is disgraced.

Psalmists often expressed a great desire that Yahweh would be honored by the Israelites and also by the rest of the world.

Also, psalmists often expressed fear that they would be shamed by their enemies. When they felt this way, the psalmists wrote of their trust that Yahweh would not allow this to happen.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why do the ULT and UST display the Book of Psalms as poetry, but some modern versions do not?

The psalmists wrote the Psalms as Hebrew poetry. The ULT and UST set each line farther to the right on the page than regular text is placed to show that the writing is poetry rather than prose.

This style typically uses pairs of poetic lines that relate to each other in different ways. Usually, poetic lines are said to be “parallel” to each other. A line that is indented farther to the right is paired with the line above it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

Translators will have to decide whether to present the Psalms as poetry or as prose in their own language. Translators will need to consider whether their language has poetic forms that are suitable for expressing the Psalms.

### Why do some versions number the Psalms differently than others?

From ancient times, people have numbered the Psalms in different ways. The Jews numbered the Psalms in Hebrew in one way. When they translated the Psalms into Greek, they numbered them in a different way. As a result, the Hebrew numbering and the Greek numbering of Psalms were both passed down through the centuries. They are both still in use today. Translators will probably want to number the Psalms in the same way that most versions in their own country do.

### How should the translator view the terms Selah and Higgaion that occur in various psalms?

“Selah” and “Higgaion” seem to be musical terms inserted as directions for singers and musicians. Scholars do not agree as to their meaning. For this reason, translators may decide to transliterate them or leave them out but not try to translate them. +PSA 1 intro fan4 0 # Psalm 01 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 1 is usually considered to be a “wisdom psalm,” which gives advice to those who hear it read or sung. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessed
A main theme in this psalm is what it means to be blessed. Here “blessed” refers to anyone who is well off because of a good relationship to God. The contrasting theme is that there are ungodly people, those who refuse to honor God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### People who opposed Yahweh

There are several words in this psalm for those who oppose God: “the wicked” (those who do evil), “sinners” (those who ignore God’s law), and “mockers” (those who mock God and the righteous people). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PSA 1 1 w56f writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 1 1 gz4n figs-metaphor 0 who does not walk in the advice of the wicked The “advice of the wicked” is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. Alternate translation: “who does not follow the advice of the wicked” or “who does not do what wicked people advise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 1 1 uqr7 figs-metaphor 0 stand in the pathway with sinners Here the word “pathway” represents the way people live. The word “stand” is in parallel with “walk.” Alternate translation: “imitate the behavior of sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ PSA 1 5 nr84 figs-metonymy 0 nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous Being PSA 1 6 wmx7 figs-parallelism 0 For Yahweh approves of the way of the righteous, but the way of the wicked will perish These two clauses contrast what happens to righteous people with what happens to wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 1 6 cxy6 figs-metaphor 0 the way of the righteous How people live is spoken of as if it were a “way” or “road” that they are walking on. Alternate translation: “how the righteous live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 1 6 jy56 figs-metaphor 0 the way of the wicked will perish How people live and what they do is spoken of as if it were a “way” or “road” that they walk on. This could mean: (1) the way perishing represents the wicked perishing because of how they live. Alternate translation: “The wicked will die because of how they live” or (2) the way perishing is a metaphor for no longer being able to live the way they do. Alternate translation: “the wicked will no longer be able to live the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 2 intro z14u 0 # Psalm 02 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. It is often thought to be about the Messiah because of verse 6 and 7 reference the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection

The main theme of this psalm is that God is protecting and empowering the king he has appointed and that it is useless for the foreign nations to oppose God and his king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
“Today I have begotten you” here is a metaphor meaning that God acknowledges the king as his special person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +PSA 2 intro z14u 0 # Psalm 02 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 2 is usually considered a royal psalm because it is about the king. It was probably first sung when a new person became the king. It is often thought to be about the Messiah because of verse 6 and 7 reference the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection

The main theme of this psalm is that God is protecting and empowering the king he has appointed and that it is useless for the foreign nations to oppose God and his king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
“Today I have begotten you” here is a metaphor meaning that God acknowledges the king as his special person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 2 1 bht4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 2 1 e4gn figs-rquestion 0 Why are the nations in turmoil, and why do the peoples make plots that will fail? These questions are used to show surprise that the people are doing things that are so wrong and foolish. Alternate translation: “The nations are in turmoil and the peoples are making plots that will fail.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PSA 2 1 zq9d 0 are the nations in turmoil This probably means that the nations were making a noisy and angry commotion. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ PSA 2 12 w4m8 translate-symaction 0 Kiss the son People would show their king t PSA 2 12 v3bs 0 you will die in the way This may refer to dying right there, before the person has a chance to go away. Alternate translation: “you will die immediately” PSA 2 12 l654 figs-metaphor 0 when his anger burns for just a moment The king’s anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that could burn. Alternate translation: “when he suddenly becomes very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 2 12 ty9p figs-metaphor 0 seek refuge in him Asking the king for protection is spoken of as seeking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “ask the king to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 3 intro py7j 0 # Psalm 03 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 3 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a morning song intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during morning worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
Although the psalmist has many enemies and is saying he is without help, God is protecting him and delivering him from danger. +PSA 3 intro py7j 0 # Psalm 03 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 3 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a morning song intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during morning worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
Although the psalmist has many enemies and is saying he is without help, God is protecting him and delivering him from danger. PSA 3 1 ylp1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 3 1 g1yb 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. PSA 3 1 xp7i figs-exclamations 0 Yahweh, how many are my enemies! This exclamation shows that David is afraid of his enemies. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, I have so many enemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ PSA 3 7 az5m figs-parallelism 0 hit all my enemies … break the teeth of the w PSA 3 7 r6xe translate-symaction 0 For you will hit all my enemies on the jaw This was a way of insulting people. David speaks as if Yahweh would come and physically hit his enemies. Alternate translation: “For you will insult all my enemies like someone hitting them on the jaw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 3 7 k36i figs-metaphor 0 you will break the teeth of the wicked Animals attack with their teeth. Breaking their teeth takes away their power to attack. David speaks as if Yahweh would come and physically fight against the wicked. Alternate translation: “you will make the wicked unable to harm me like someone breaking the teeth of a ferocious animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 3 8 x9bn figs-abstractnouns 0 Salvation comes from Yahweh If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh saves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 4 intro b2qk 0 # Psalm 04 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 4 is a psalm of deliverance. It is an evening song, intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during evening worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
God protects all those who truly trust in him for protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 4 intro b2qk 0 # Psalm 04 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 4 is a psalm of deliverance. It is an evening song, intended to be sung in the temple accompanied by musical instruments during evening worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
God protects all those who truly trust in him for protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 4 1 zjj1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 4 1 q28k 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 4 1 k7md 0 on stringed instruments Alternate translation: “people should play stringed instruments with this song” @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ PSA 4 7 b9ht figs-metaphor 0 You have given my heart more gladness than others PSA 4 7 izx5 figs-metonymy 0 when their grain and new wine abound “New wine” may represent grapes. Alternate translation: “when they reap plentiful harvests of grain and grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 4 8 b57u figs-metaphor 0 It is in peace that I will lie down and sleep Peace is spoken of as if it were a place. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ****, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will be peaceful when I lie down and sleep” or “I will not be afraid of danger when I lie down and sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 4 8 p2ce figs-doublet 0 make me safe and secure The words “safe” and “secure” mean basically the same thing and emphasize complete safety. Alternate translation: “make me completely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -PSA 5 intro e67h 0 # Psalm 05 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 5 is a psalm of deliverance. Notice how the psalmist both praises God and asks Him for help in defeating the wicked. It was intended to be sung accompanied by flutes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God does not help people who do evil but he blesses those who are good and trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 5 intro e67h 0 # Psalm 05 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 5 is a psalm of deliverance. Notice how the psalmist both praises God and asks Him for help in defeating the wicked. It was intended to be sung accompanied by flutes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God does not help people who do evil but he blesses those who are good and trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 5 1 k92k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 5 1 q7tu 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 5 1 tu54 0 with wind instruments Alternate translation: “This song should be accompanied by people who play wind instruments.” @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ PSA 5 11 w32e figs-parallelism 0 those who take refuge in you rejoice … shout PSA 5 11 h7eq figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in you Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 5 11 jnt7 figs-metonymy 0 those who love your name God’s name represents him. Alternate translation: “those who love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 5 12 t1zz figs-simile 0 you will surround them with favor as with a shield God’s favor is spoken of as if it were a shield. Alternate translation: “you will favor them and protect them as a soldier protects himself with his shield” or “because you are kind to them, you will protect them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -PSA 6 intro gpl3 0 # Psalm 06 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 6 is a deliverance psalm: a call to God for help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trouble
He is in deep trouble and needs God to help him in his difficult situation. But then God hears his prayer and scatters his enemies.

### First Person

This psalm is written using first person making its perspective very personal. There are many uses of the first person in this Psalm. +PSA 6 intro gpl3 0 # Psalm 06 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 6 is a deliverance psalm: a call to God for help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trouble
He is in deep trouble and needs God to help him in his difficult situation. But then God hears his prayer and scatters his enemies.

### First Person

This psalm is written using first person making its perspective very personal. There are many uses of the first person in this Psalm. PSA 6 1 qy9s writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 6 1 z78f 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 6 1 w19w 0 on stringed instruments Alternate translation: “people should play stringed instruments with this song” @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ PSA 6 7 fup4 figs-metonymy 0 My eyes grow dim The ability to see is spoken of i PSA 6 7 gny4 figs-metonymy 0 from grief Grief here represents crying. Alternate translation: “from crying” or “because I cry so much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 6 9 j23z figs-parallelism 0 Yahweh has heard my appeal for mercy … Yahweh has accepted my prayer These two lines have very similar meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 6 9 dq36 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has accepted my prayer Being willing to do what David has prayed for is spoken of as accepting his prayer. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will respond to my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 7 intro zey1 0 # Psalm 07 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 7 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
The author had not wronged anyone, yet his enemy was trying to attack him. But he knew that God would protect him.

### Cush the Benjamite
Note the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul. +PSA 7 intro zey1 0 # Psalm 07 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 7 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
The author had not wronged anyone, yet his enemy was trying to attack him. But he knew that God would protect him.

### Cush the Benjamite
Note the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul. PSA 7 1 wzv4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 7 1 v239 0 A musical composition of David Alternate translation: “This is a song that David wrote” PSA 7 1 huv1 figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in you! Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ PSA 7 11 j5zn figs-explicit 0 a God who is indignant each day Who God is angry PSA 7 12 y4zk figs-metaphor 0 God will sharpen his sword and will prepare his bow for battle In verses 12 and 13, David speaks of God deciding to punish the wicked as if God were a warrior preparing to fight against them with weapons. Alternate translation: “God will take action against him like a warrior who sharpens his sword and prepares his bow for battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 7 14 l54a figs-metaphor 0 one who is pregnant with wickedness … conceives destructive plans … gives birth to harmful lies David speaks of the things that a wicked person does as if the person were pregnant and wickedness was the baby. Alternate translation: “the wicked person. He makes plans to destroy people and produces harmful lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 7 16 p524 figs-metaphor 0 His own destructive plans return to his own head, for his violence comes down on his own head Destruction and violence are spoken of as if they hit a person’s head or fall down on it. Alternate translation: “His own destructive plans destroy him, for his violence attacks him” or “When he plans to destroy others, others destroy him; when he attacks others, others attack him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 8 intro rs24 0 # Psalm 08 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s creation
God has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings

[Psalms Psalm 8:4-6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6-8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) +PSA 8 intro rs24 0 # Psalm 08 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s creation
God has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])

### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings

[Psalms Psalm 8:4-6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6-8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]]) PSA 8 1 lk7t writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 8 1 i9hb 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 8 1 ye1p 0 set to the gittith style This may refer to a style of music. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ PSA 8 6 py2w figs-metaphor 0 you have put all things under his feet Having auth PSA 8 9 y339 figs-exclamations 0 how magnificent is your name in all the earth With this exclamation, David shows his joy and awe about how great God is. Alternate translation: “your name is wonderfully magnificent in all the earth” or “people in all the earth know how magnificent you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) PSA 8 9 dvi7 figs-metonymy 0 your name God’s “name” represents him or his reputation. Alternate translation: “your reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 8 9 bf2u 0 magnificent excellent, great -PSA 9 intro zq96 0 # Psalm 09 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 9 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God is a protector. He is all-powerful and his enemies cannot withstand him.

### Acrostic Psalm

This psalm along with Psalm 10 form an acrostic. Which means that each unit begins with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet.

### One Psalm or two

This psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 doesn’t. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms has lead some scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm. +PSA 9 intro zq96 0 # Psalm 09 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 9 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God is a protector. He is all-powerful and his enemies cannot withstand him.

### Acrostic Psalm

This psalm along with Psalm 10 form an acrostic. Which means that each unit begins with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet.

### One Psalm or two

This psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 doesn’t. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms has lead some scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm. PSA 9 1 xxu5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 9 1 w9iy 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 9 1 nqw5 0 set to Muth Labben This may refer to a style of music. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ PSA 9 19 dw6d 0 man people PSA 9 19 f879 figs-metonymy 0 be judged Here judging represents punishing. Alternate translation: “be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 9 19 dca3 figs-metonymy 0 in your sight Here sight represents presence. Alternate translation: “in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 9 19 xin9 figs-activepassive 0 may the nations be judged in your sight If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “judge the nations in your presence” or “take the nations into your presence and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PSA 10 intro h366 0 # Psalm 010 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 10 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil people
The wicked people are prospering and think that God does not care. They think that he is not involved in these affairs. They destroy the innocent. The godly need God to come to their rescue and to punish the wicked people for the evil that they are doing to the good people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])

### Second half of Psalm 9

As noted in the intro to the last psalm, this one is part of an acrostic poem. This psalm covers the last half on the Hebrew alphabet. It also does not have a superscription to introduce it. However, the psalms do separate well on the subjects they address. One addresses thanksgiving and praise whereas Psalm 10 is a lament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]]) +PSA 10 intro h366 0 # Psalm 010 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 10 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil people
The wicked people are prospering and think that God does not care. They think that he is not involved in these affairs. They destroy the innocent. The godly need God to come to their rescue and to punish the wicked people for the evil that they are doing to the good people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])

### Second half of Psalm 9

As noted in the intro to the last psalm, this one is part of an acrostic poem. This psalm covers the last half on the Hebrew alphabet. It also does not have a superscription to introduce it. However, the psalms do separate well on the subjects they address. One addresses thanksgiving and praise whereas Psalm 10 is a lament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]]) PSA 10 1 he97 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 10 1 l729 figs-rquestion 0 Why, Yahweh, do you stand far off? Why do you hide yourself in times of trouble? The speaker uses these questions to express his distress that God has not helped him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, it seems as though you are far away from me and you hide from me whenever I am in trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 10 2 ml6r 0 schemes evil plans @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ PSA 10 16 zc2f figs-activepassive 0 the nations are driven out of his land If y PSA 10 17 d6nx figs-explicit 0 you have heard the needs of the oppressed It is implied that the oppressed people cried out to God. Alternate translation: “when oppressed people cried out to you, you listened to them tell you what they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PSA 10 17 yqz9 figs-metonymy 0 you strengthen their heart A strong heart represents courage, and making people’s hearts strong represents encouraging them. Alternate translation: “you encourage them” or “you make them confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 10 18 w3s1 0 no man … will cause terror again Alternate translation: “no one … will cause people to be afraid again” -PSA 11 intro zn9r 0 # Psalm 011 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 11 is a worship psalm. It tells how great God is and that God delivers the good people from the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
The wicked people try to destroy the good people but God knows everything that is being done and he saves the good people and destroys the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 11 intro zn9r 0 # Psalm 011 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 11 is a worship psalm. It tells how great God is and that God delivers the good people from the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
The wicked people try to destroy the good people but God knows everything that is being done and he saves the good people and destroys the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 11 1 t2nr writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 11 1 ca3b 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 11 1 i5j2 figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in Yahweh Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to Yahweh for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ PSA 11 5 qa59 0 do violence Alternate translation: “hurt others” PSA 11 6 t8lu figs-metaphor 0 He rains burning coals and brimstone upon the wicked; a scorching wind will be their portion from his cup! God’s punishment is described as if it were burning coals and brimstone from a volcano. Alternate translation: “He punishes the wicked; there will be no relief for them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 11 6 i1h8 0 brimstone sulphur PSA 11 7 ai4r 0 see his face Alternate translation: “be in his presence” -PSA 12 intro c38b 0 # Psalm 012 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 12 is a judgment psalm, where the author asks God to judge and punish the wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh saves
There are so many wicked people now and they are proud of their evil. But God will save the poor who call out to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])

### Words
This relatively short psalm focuses on the words people use. +PSA 12 intro c38b 0 # Psalm 012 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 12 is a judgment psalm, where the author asks God to judge and punish the wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh saves
There are so many wicked people now and they are proud of their evil. But God will save the poor who call out to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])

### Words
This relatively short psalm focuses on the words people use. PSA 12 1 lrn6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 12 1 l7ap 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 12 1 d3jh 0 set to the Sheminith This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 6:1](../006/001.md). @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ PSA 12 7 txp6 0 You keep them Alternate translation: “You keep the righteous PSA 12 8 q4v9 0 walk on every side Alternate translation: “surround us” PSA 12 8 y7uy figs-activepassive 0 when evil is exalted among the children of mankind If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when people everywhere are praising evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 12 8 lrt6 0 children of mankind Alternate translation: “human beings” or “people” -PSA 13 intro nza7 0 # Psalm 013 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 13 is a psalm of deliverance because the psalmist is calling on God to deliver him from death and his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
The author needs God to help him because his enemies will rejoice if they are able to defeat him. The string of rhetorical questions is very effective at heightening the fear David is feeling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) +PSA 13 intro nza7 0 # Psalm 013 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 13 is a psalm of deliverance because the psalmist is calling on God to deliver him from death and his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
The author needs God to help him because his enemies will rejoice if they are able to defeat him. The string of rhetorical questions is very effective at heightening the fear David is feeling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) PSA 13 1 vsr8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 13 1 hwf6 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 13 1 xg9c figs-rquestion 0 How long, Yahweh, will you keep forgetting about me? This question is asked to get the reader’s attention and to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, it seems that you have forgotten about me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ PSA 13 4 ucm3 0 Do not let my enemy say … so that my enemy may not say Alter PSA 13 4 x5p1 0 when I am brought down Alternate translation: “when I fall” or “when they defeat me” PSA 13 5 l1in figs-abstractnouns 0 I have trusted in your covenant faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “I have trusted that you are faithful to your covenant” or “I have trusted you because you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 13 5 s3s4 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart rejoices in your salvation Here “my heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will rejoice because you have rescued me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -PSA 14 intro a269 0 # Psalm 014 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 14 is a deliverance psalm because he is trusting God to deliver the poor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil people
Wicked people do not even consider God when they make their plans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +PSA 14 intro a269 0 # Psalm 014 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 14 is a deliverance psalm because he is trusting God to deliver the poor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil people
Wicked people do not even consider God when they make their plans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) PSA 14 1 ghg8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 14 1 l8jh 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 14 1 bwz9 figs-idiom 0 A fool says in his heart This is an idiom that means to say to oneself or to think to oneself. Alternate translation: “A foolish person says to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ PSA 14 6 ysx7 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh is his refuge This speaks of the protectio PSA 14 7 uji3 figs-exclamations 0 Oh, that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion! This is an exclamation. The writer is saying what he wishes or longs for God to do. Alternate translation: “I wish so much that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) PSA 14 7 xxx6 figs-metonymy 0 Oh, that the salvation of Israel would come from Zion! Here “the salvation of Israel” is a metonym for Yahweh, the one who saves Israel. Alternate translation: “Oh, that Yahweh would come from Zion and save Israel!” or “I wish that Yahweh would come from Zion and rescue his people Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 14 7 h25q figs-parallelism 0 then Jacob will rejoice and Israel will be glad These two phrases mean the same thing. Here both “Jacob” and “Israel” represent the people of Israel. The two phrases can be combined in the translation. Alternate translation: “then all the people of Israel will rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -PSA 15 intro j6s2 0 # Psalm 015 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 15 is a wisdom psalm telling how people who honor God should live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Godliness
This psalm outlines a person who is godly and sees others from a godly perspective. There are several good actions mentioned. Such a person treats his neighbor right, does not slander him, does not take a bribe or interest from him, and keeps his promises even when it is difficult to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Moral Conditions for Worship

Scholars have noted that this psalm contains a list of ten different conditions for those who want to participate in worship at the temple. The list consists of three positives in verse 2, 3 negatives in verse 3, two positives in verse 4, followed by two negatives in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +PSA 15 intro j6s2 0 # Psalm 015 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 15 is a wisdom psalm telling how people who honor God should live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Godliness
This psalm outlines a person who is godly and sees others from a godly perspective. There are several good actions mentioned. Such a person treats his neighbor right, does not slander him, does not take a bribe or interest from him, and keeps his promises even when it is difficult to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Moral Conditions for Worship

Scholars have noted that this psalm contains a list of ten different conditions for those who want to participate in worship at the temple. The list consists of three positives in verse 2, 3 negatives in verse 3, two positives in verse 4, followed by two negatives in verse 5. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) PSA 15 1 u6j8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 15 1 sql5 figs-metonymy 0 Who may live on your holy hill? God’s “holy hill” represents God’s temple, which was on Mount Zion. Alternate translation: “Who may live in your holy place?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 15 2 jg77 0 speaks truth from his heart Alternate translation: “speaks honestly” @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ PSA 15 3 ih3s 0 harm hurt PSA 15 4 y2jl 0 The worthless person is despised in his eyes, but he honors those who fear Yahweh Alternate translation: “Righteous people hate those who have rejected God, but they honor those who respect God” PSA 15 4 y1aw 0 The worthless person Alternate translation: “The wicked person” or “The person who has rejected Yahweh” PSA 15 5 qq63 figs-metaphor 0 will never be shaken Here “to be shaken” represents not living safely any longer. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will live in safety” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 16 intro hm6c 0 # Psalm 016 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 16 is a psalm of praise, thanking God for all his mercies. The New Testament considers this psalm to be a messianic psalm: a psalm about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
God has been so good to the psalmist, who will worship no other god. The New Testament considers the tenth verse to be about Christ’s resurrection when it says that he is God’s anointed one, and that God will not leave his body in the grave to decay. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])

### Superscription
The term “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this term, but in the end no one is certain what it means. So it is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you are welcome to translate it as “psalm.” +PSA 16 intro hm6c 0 # Psalm 016 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 16 is a psalm of praise, thanking God for all his mercies. The New Testament considers this psalm to be a messianic psalm: a psalm about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
God has been so good to the psalmist, who will worship no other god. The New Testament considers the tenth verse to be about Christ’s resurrection when it says that he is God’s anointed one, and that God will not leave his body in the grave to decay. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])

### Superscription
The term “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this term, but in the end no one is certain what it means. So it is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you are welcome to translate it as “psalm.” PSA 16 1 m94a writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 16 1 u6cp figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in you Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 16 3 b6f8 figs-explicit 0 the holy people who are on the earth Here “holy people” refers to God’s own people who trust him. Alternate translation: “your people who live in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ PSA 16 9 e6e1 0 my glory is rejoicing This could mean: (1) the word “glory PSA 16 11 b54u 0 abundant joy Alternate translation: “great joy” or “a large amount of joy” PSA 16 11 hxq5 figs-personification 0 joy resides in your presence The writer speaks of “joy” as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 16 11 v4yr figs-idiom 0 in your right hand The words “right hand” indicate being in God’s special presence. Alternate translation: “when I am near you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PSA 17 intro thd2 0 # Psalm 017 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 17 is a prayer for deliverance from all his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Innocence
The psalmist is innocent and needs God to rescue him from these enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]]) +PSA 17 intro thd2 0 # Psalm 017 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 17 is a prayer for deliverance from all his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Innocence
The psalmist is innocent and needs God to rescue him from these enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]]) PSA 17 1 y32y writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 17 1 z6y3 figs-metaphor 0 Give ear to my prayer from lips without deceit The phrase “give ear” is a metaphor for listening, and “lips without deceit” is synecdoche for a person who does not lie. Alternate translation: “Listen to my prayer for I speak without deceit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 17 2 k4su figs-metaphor 0 Let my vindication come from your presence Vindication coming from God represents God judging someone and declaring him innocent. God’s “presence” is a metonym for God himself. Alternate translation: “Let my vindication come from you” or “Declare that I am innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ PSA 17 14 xg3n figs-metaphor 0 You will fill the bellies of your treasured ones PSA 17 14 knu1 figs-metaphor 0 You will fill the bellies … with riches Here “fill the bellies … with riches” is a metaphor for giving them many valuable things. This could mean: (1) “You will give many riches to the people you love” or (2) “you will give the men of this world many riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 17 15 ck39 figs-synecdoche 0 I will see your face in righteousness Here “face” represents Yahweh in all of his being. David is confident he will see Yahweh. Alternate translation: “because I act in the right way, I will be with you one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 17 15 bpx8 figs-explicit 0 I will be satisfied, when I awake, with a sight of you David believes that after he dies, he will be with Yahweh. This can be made clear in the translation. Alternate translation: “After I die, I will be happy to wake up in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -PSA 18 intro enj7 0 # Psalm 018 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 18 is a psalm of praise to God for his strengthening David for war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
God has tremendous power and he enabled David to prosper in war. This psalm, and its superscription, also appears in 1 Samuel 22 with some minor differences. +PSA 18 intro enj7 0 # Psalm 018 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 18 is a psalm of praise to God for his strengthening David for war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
God has tremendous power and he enabled David to prosper in war. This psalm, and its superscription, also appears in 1 Samuel 22 with some minor differences. PSA 18 1 xfk3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 18 1 ig1a 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 18 1 vm1x 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ PSA 18 49 f8x9 figs-explicit 0 among the nations Here the writer means that he PSA 18 49 qvh1 figs-metonymy 0 to your name Here “name” represents God himself. Alternate translation: “in honor of your name” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 18 50 ggt6 figs-123person 0 victory to his king By using the words “his king,” David is referring to himself as king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) PSA 18 50 sw5u 0 he shows his covenant loyalty to his anointed one … to his descendants forever Alternate translation: “he faithfully loves me as he promised in his covenant, and he will love my descendants forever” -PSA 19 intro sn29 0 # Psalm 019 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 19 is a praise psalm, praising God for his creation and for his law.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s law
God’s law keeps people from sinning. There are two distinct themes in this psalm. Verses 1-6 are God’s glory in the heavens and the second is praising God for his law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) +PSA 19 intro sn29 0 # Psalm 019 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 19 is a praise psalm, praising God for his creation and for his law.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s law
God’s law keeps people from sinning. There are two distinct themes in this psalm. Verses 1-6 are God’s glory in the heavens and the second is praising God for his law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) PSA 19 1 s9h1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 19 1 j4zh 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 19 1 mn6q 0 The heavens declare The heavens are described as if they were a person. Alternate translation: “The heavens show” or “The heavens look like they declare” @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ PSA 19 14 l16r figs-metonymy 0 the words of my mouth and the thoughts of my hea PSA 19 14 t28d 0 be acceptable in your sight Alternate translation: “receive approval in your sight” or “be pleasing to you” PSA 19 14 bu1w figs-metaphor 0 in your sight Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 19 14 vn8k figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh, my rock The writer speaks of God as if he were a rock that one could climb and be protected from his enemies. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you are like my rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 20 intro h99t 0 # Psalm 020 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 20 is a royal psalm. It is probably a prayer for the king, perhaps when he first became king.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting God is much better than trusting in military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 20 intro h99t 0 # Psalm 020 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 20 is a royal psalm. It is probably a prayer for the king, perhaps when he first became king.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Trust
Trusting God is much better than trusting in military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 20 1 v6pl writing-poetry 0 General Information: This Psalm begins with a group of people speaking to the king of Israel. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 20 1 h9gw 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 20 1 vrb5 0 help you The word “you” in this Psalm is singular and refers to the king. @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ PSA 20 8 g7uv figs-doublet 0 brought down and fall Both these verbs mean basica PSA 20 8 y7lr figs-doublet 0 we will rise and stand upright “we will get up and stand up straight.” These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Both of these stand for victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) PSA 20 9 c5i4 0 Yahweh, rescue the king This could mean: (1) the people ask God to protect the king or (2) the king continues to speak about himself in the third person. PSA 20 9 brk5 0 the king; help us when we call Some translations understand the Hebrew differently. Some translate it as the people speaking to Yahweh their king. Alternate translation: “King, help us when we call you” -PSA 21 intro mq8x 0 # Psalm 021 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 21 is a royal psalm. The king is praying for victory. Victory in war comes from the power and help from God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pronouns
There is a shift in pronouns in this psalm. In verses 1-6 the psalm addresses Yahweh in second person but in verse 7 the psalmist uses third person before moving back to second person in the latter part. +PSA 21 intro mq8x 0 # Psalm 021 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 21 is a royal psalm. The king is praying for victory. Victory in war comes from the power and help from God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pronouns
There is a shift in pronouns in this psalm. In verses 1-6 the psalm addresses Yahweh in second person but in verse 7 the psalmist uses third person before moving back to second person in the latter part. PSA 21 1 k12k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 21 1 h69b 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 21 1 bt8s 0 in your strength, Yahweh It is implied that this is strength Yahweh has given the king to defeat his enemies. Alternate translation: because you, Yahweh, have made him strong enough to defeat his enemies” @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ PSA 21 12 ti25 figs-idiom 0 you will turn them back This is a way of saying tha PSA 21 12 ge87 figs-explicit 0 you will draw your bow before them This implies that he actually shoots his arrows at his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PSA 21 13 aul7 0 Be exalted, Yahweh, in your strength This could mean: (1) “Yahweh, show us that you are very strong” or (2) “Yahweh, because you are strong we will exalt you” PSA 21 13 w52b figs-doublet 0 we will sing and praise your power The words “sing” and “praise” share similar meanings. Here the word “power” represents God and his power. Alternate translation: “with singing we will praise you because you are powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 22 intro y7hl 0 # Psalm 022 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 22 is a messianic psalm. It contains references to events during the crucifixion of Christ. It is also a psalm of individual lament and praise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/crucify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
Christ was despised and taunted by his enemies; but finally people all over the earth will bow down to him.

### New Testament usage
This psalm is quoted in different places in the New Testament. Verse 1a is cited in Matthew 27:46 and Mark 15:34 as the words of Christ on the cross. Many of the events in the narratives of the crucifixion are mentioned in this psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]]) +PSA 22 intro y7hl 0 # Psalm 022 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 22 is a messianic psalm. It contains references to events during the crucifixion of Christ. It is also a psalm of individual lament and praise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/crucify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
Christ was despised and taunted by his enemies; but finally people all over the earth will bow down to him.

### New Testament usage
This psalm is quoted in different places in the New Testament. Verse 1a is cited in Matthew 27:46 and Mark 15:34 as the words of Christ on the cross. Many of the events in the narratives of the crucifixion are mentioned in this psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]]) PSA 22 1 lw3l writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 22 1 k951 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 22 1 ux16 0 The rhythm of the deer This may refer to a style of music. @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ PSA 22 30 tak2 figs-metonymy 0 A generation to come Here “A generation” rep PSA 22 30 l73k figs-metonymy 0 the next generation Here “generation” represents the people of that generation. Alternate translation: “the people of the next generation” or “their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 22 30 j95t 0 of the Lord Alternate translation: “about the Lord” or “about what the Lord has done” PSA 22 31 lt28 figs-abstractnouns 0 tell of his righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “tell of the righteous things he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 23 intro r1f6 0 # Psalm 023 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 23 is a psalm of praise to God for his continued care and protection. The psalmist praises God for always being with him and for caring for him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Psalm 23 is an extended metaphor speaking of God as if he were a shepherd, and of the psalmist as if he were a sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +PSA 23 intro r1f6 0 # Psalm 023 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 23 is a psalm of praise to God for his continued care and protection. The psalmist praises God for always being with him and for caring for him.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Psalm 23 is an extended metaphor speaking of God as if he were a shepherd, and of the psalmist as if he were a sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 23 1 h1x8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: In much of this psalm, David writes as if he were a sheep and the Lord were his shepherd. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) PSA 23 1 t39n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh is my shepherd The writer speaks about Yahweh as if he were a shepherd. This emphasizes how God cares for people as a shepherd cares for his sheep. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a shepherd to me” or “Yahweh cares for me as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 23 1 gb7q figs-litotes 0 I will lack nothing This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I have everything that I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ PSA 23 6 y8zc figs-metaphor 0 Surely goodness and covenant faithfulness will pu PSA 23 6 ep2g figs-abstractnouns 0 all the days of my life If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **life**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as long as I live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 23 6 u2bl 0 the house of Yahweh This could mean: (1) this refers to Yahweh’s eternal home, or (2) this refers to Yahweh’s temple in Jerusalem. If possible, translate it so that both meanings could be understood. PSA 23 6 u53m figs-idiom 0 for the length of my days This idiom refers to the duration of his life. Alternate translation: “as long as I live” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PSA 24 intro cw5j 0 # Psalm 024 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 24 is a psalm of praise to God as the almighty God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/almighty]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Righteous people
Only the righteous come to worship God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The psalmists uses several rhetorical questions. Each question forms a unit with a response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +PSA 24 intro cw5j 0 # Psalm 024 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 24 is a psalm of praise to God as the almighty God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/almighty]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Righteous people
Only the righteous come to worship God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Questions
The psalmists uses several rhetorical questions. Each question forms a unit with a response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PSA 24 1 nne9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 24 1 hma5 figs-abstractnouns 0 its fullness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **fullness**, you could express the same idea with the verb “fills.” Alternate translation: “everything that fills it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 24 2 v6lt figs-parallelism 0 For he has founded it upon the seas and established it on the rivers Here “founded it upon the seas” and “established it on the rivers” mean basically the same thing. The Hebrews of that time believed their land was supported by the oceans and deep underground rivers. Alternate translation: For he formed its foundation on the seas and built it on the deep waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ PSA 24 7 z61a figs-synecdoche 0 Lift up your heads It is uncertain what specifi PSA 24 8 bp2e figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh, strong and mighty; Yahweh, mighty in battle The writer speaks about Yahweh as if he were a mighty warrior who fights in battles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 24 9 hl69 figs-parallelism 0 Lift up your heads, you gates; be lifted up, everlasting doors The two phases are very similar in meaning. The words “gates” and “doors” refer to the gates of the temple. The writer is speaking to the gates as if they were a person. A gatekeeper would be the one to open the gates. See how you translated this in [Psalms 24:7](../024/007.md). Alternate translation: “Open up, you ancient gates” or “Open these ancient gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 24 9 fk49 figs-synecdoche 0 Lift up your heads It is uncertain what specific part of the gate is the “head.” But, it stands for the gate as a whole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -PSA 25 intro utp4 0 # Psalm 025 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 25 is a prayer for God’s help.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The humble
God is very good to humble people who seek to obey him. +PSA 25 intro utp4 0 # Psalm 025 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 25 is a prayer for God’s help.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The humble
God is very good to humble people who seek to obey him. PSA 25 1 sq2m writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 25 1 z3ls figs-metaphor 0 I lift up my life The phrase “lift up my life” is a metaphor. This could mean: (1) the writer is giving himself to Yahweh, which means he is completely depending on Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I give myself to you” or (2) he is offering prayer and adoration to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I worship and adore you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 25 2 m2b6 figs-activepassive 0 Do not let me be humiliated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let my enemies humiliate me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ PSA 25 21 b36j figs-personification 0 May integrity and uprightness preserve me PSA 25 21 d4fj 0 preserve me Alternate translation: “keep me safe” PSA 25 22 vj9z 0 Rescue Israel Alternate translation: “Save Israel” or “Redeem Israel” PSA 25 22 msf4 figs-metonymy 0 Israel … his troubles Here “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel … our troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 26 intro q9dz 0 # Psalm 026 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 26 is a teaching psalm; showing people how they should live by the example of the psalmsist.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
The psalmist delights in praising God and doing good deeds. It is striking how this psalm uses the first person pronoun. This is an individual psalm of petition. Each of the four petitions are accompanied with various claims. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) +PSA 26 intro q9dz 0 # Psalm 026 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 26 is a teaching psalm; showing people how they should live by the example of the psalmsist.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
The psalmist delights in praising God and doing good deeds. It is striking how this psalm uses the first person pronoun. This is an individual psalm of petition. Each of the four petitions are accompanied with various claims. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) PSA 26 1 h9z4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 26 1 b9cq figs-metaphor 0 I have walked The word “walked” is a metaphor for behavior. Alternate translation: “I have behaved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 26 1 am7u figs-123person 0 in Yahweh The third person use of “Yahweh” can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ PSA 26 11 vu5m figs-metaphor 0 I will walk in integrity “Walk” here is a me PSA 26 12 xe4n figs-synecdoche 0 My foot stands Here “foot” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 26 12 apj3 figs-metaphor 0 level ground Here, **level ground** could mean: (1) a safe place or (2) right behavior (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 26 12 p8c6 0 in the assemblies will I bless Yahweh Alternate translation: “when I gather with the people of Israel I will praise you” -PSA 27 intro ru1e 0 # Psalm 027 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 27 is a psalm of praise to God because God keeps the psalmist safe from all his enemies.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
Because of God’s help, he has nothing to fear, no matter what happens. The psalmist shows his confidence in God; he also asks God for help. +PSA 27 intro ru1e 0 # Psalm 027 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 27 is a psalm of praise to God because God keeps the psalmist safe from all his enemies.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
Because of God’s help, he has nothing to fear, no matter what happens. The psalmist shows his confidence in God; he also asks God for help. PSA 27 1 cx3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 27 1 pgd5 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh is my light Here “light” represents life. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the source of my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 27 1 f2iu figs-rquestion 0 whom should I fear? This question emphasizes that there is no one that David should fear. Alternate translation: “I will not be afraid of anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ PSA 27 13 wld8 figs-idiom 0 in the land of the living This refers to being aliv PSA 27 14 g4pq 0 Wait for Yahweh … Wait for Yahweh! This verse may be: (1) the writer speaking to himself or (2) the writer speaking to others or (3) someone speaking to the writer. PSA 27 14 m8gs figs-synecdoche 0 let your heart be courageous Here “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “be courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 27 14 yng1 0 Wait for Yahweh! This line is repeated at the end of the psalm as a way of ending the psalm. -PSA 28 intro a18t 0 # Psalm 028 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 28 is a psalm of prayer to God that he is not be punished along with the wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
The psalmist trusted God completely and God rescued him. This is similar to psalm 7 and 17 because it is an individual lament psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]]) +PSA 28 intro a18t 0 # Psalm 028 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 28 is a psalm of prayer to God that he is not be punished along with the wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
The psalmist trusted God completely and God rescued him. This is similar to psalm 7 and 17 because it is an individual lament psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]]) PSA 28 1 p6ea writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 28 1 t7sd 0 I cry out Alternate translation: “I call out loudly” PSA 28 1 vx2c figs-metaphor 0 my rock This is a metaphor for strength. Alternate translation: “my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ PSA 28 8 vd99 figs-metaphor 0 he is the saving refuge of his anointed one Yahwe PSA 28 8 yh2k figs-metonymy 0 his anointed one The represents the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 28 9 at1a figs-metaphor 0 your inheritance This speaks about the people of God as if they were something God inherited. Alternate translation: “your possession” or “those who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 28 9 e7e7 figs-metaphor 0 Be their shepherd and carry them forever The writer speaks about Yahweh as if he were a shepherd and the people are his sheep. A shepherd would carry a sheep if it needed help or protection. Alternate translation: “Be like their shepherd and protect them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 29 intro b4tt 0 # Psalm 029 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 29 is a worship psalm. It tells how Yahweh rules all nature.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
God is powerful. All he has to do is to speak in order to control nature.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

The voice of the Yahweh stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +PSA 29 intro b4tt 0 # Psalm 029 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 29 is a worship psalm. It tells how Yahweh rules all nature.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
God is powerful. All he has to do is to speak in order to control nature.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

The voice of the Yahweh stands for Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 29 1 kq7e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 29 1 bc7z figs-idiom 0 you sons of God The phrase “sons of” is a way of saying “having the characteristics of.” Alternate translation: “you mighty men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 29 1 i354 figs-abstractnouns 0 ascribe to Yahweh glory and strength The abstract nouns “glory” and “strength” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “praise Yahweh because he is glorious and strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ PSA 29 9 f33q figs-metaphor 0 strips the forests bare Removing the leaves of th PSA 29 10 mk7u figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sits as king This means that Yahweh rules. Alternate translation: “Yahweh rules” or “Yahweh is king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 29 10 b6k6 0 over the flood Here “flood” refers to waters that cover the earth. PSA 29 11 vm7e figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blesses his people with peace The word “peace” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blesses his people by causing them to prosper and to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 30 intro eee3 0 # Psalm 030 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 30 is a psalm of praise and thanksgiving to God. The psalmist was near death but God rescued him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The psalmist’s death
If he had died, it would not have been a help to God. But since God rescued him he can praise God. +PSA 30 intro eee3 0 # Psalm 030 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 30 is a psalm of praise and thanksgiving to God. The psalmist was near death but God rescued him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The psalmist’s death
If he had died, it would not have been a help to God. But since God rescued him he can praise God. PSA 30 1 iaj9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 30 1 e8py 0 a song at the dedication of the temple Alternate translation: “This song was sung when the temple was dedicated” PSA 30 1 ig1t figs-metaphor 0 you have raised me up The writer speaks of God rescuing him and keeping him from dying as if God had drawn him up from a deep well. Alternate translation: “you rescued me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ PSA 30 11 fh4q figs-abstractnouns 0 You have turned my mourning into dancing It PSA 30 11 y5wj figs-metonymy 0 you have removed my sackcloth Sackcloth was associated with mourning and sorrow. Alternate translation: “You have caused me to no longer be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 30 11 l9jm figs-metaphor 0 clothed me with gladness The writer speaks of gladness as if it were a garment that he could put on. Alternate translation: “caused me to be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 30 12 b717 figs-synecdoche 0 my glory will sing praise to you Here “my glory” refers to the writer’s soul or heart or inner being. This represents the entire person of the writer, who worships God because God has made him glad. Alternate translation: “I will sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -PSA 31 intro j2an 0 # Psalm 031 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 31 is a psalm of deliverance. The psalmist’s enemies thought they had defeated him, but God protected him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Abandonment
Even though everyone deserted and despised the psalmist, God did not abandon him. +PSA 31 intro j2an 0 # Psalm 031 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 31 is a psalm of deliverance. The psalmist’s enemies thought they had defeated him, but God protected him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Abandonment
Even though everyone deserted and despised the psalmist, God did not abandon him. PSA 31 1 ggk4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 31 1 yu4y 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 31 1 fs4i figs-metaphor 0 In you, Yahweh, I take refuge Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “I go to you, Yahweh, for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ PSA 31 22 aku2 figs-synecdoche 0 your eyes Here Yahweh is represented by his PSA 31 22 pa4l figs-abstractnouns 0 you heard my plea for help Here “plea” can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “you heard me plead for help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 31 23 a8kd figs-nominaladj 0 the faithful This refers to the faithful people. Alternate translation: “the people who are faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 31 23 el6y figs-idiom 0 he pays back the arrogant in full Here “pay back” is an idiom that refers to punishment. Alternate translation: “he gives the proud people all of the punishment that they deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PSA 32 intro le2f 0 # Psalm 032 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 32 is a psalm of confession of sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Confession of sin
This psalm tells of the sorrow of unconfessed sin; it also tells of the blessing of confession and of receiving God’s forgiveness. It is such a blessing when God forgives sin. Trouble comes when sin is hidden and not confessed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]]) +PSA 32 intro le2f 0 # Psalm 032 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 32 is a psalm of confession of sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Confession of sin
This psalm tells of the sorrow of unconfessed sin; it also tells of the blessing of confession and of receiving God’s forgiveness. It is such a blessing when God forgives sin. Trouble comes when sin is hidden and not confessed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]]) PSA 32 1 w4yz writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 32 1 tgw8 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. PSA 32 1 pzp9 figs-parallelism 0 whose transgression is forgiven, whose sin is covered These phrases have similar meanings. They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who God forgives his transgression and covers his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ PSA 32 11 zxp2 figs-idiom 0 Be glad in Yahweh Here “in Yahweh” refers to wh PSA 32 11 n71r figs-nominaladj 0 you righteous This refers to people. Alternate translation: “you righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 32 11 gs62 0 shout for joy Alternate translation: “shout joyfully” or “shout because of joy” PSA 32 11 ame7 figs-synecdoche 0 who are upright in heart Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “people who are upright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -PSA 33 intro m4ih 0 # Psalm 033 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 33 is a worship song. It tells how great God is.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s power
God is the creator and also the God of his people, Israel. Whatever he plans works out. He alone provides safety in battle. +PSA 33 intro m4ih 0 # Psalm 033 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 33 is a worship song. It tells how great God is.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s power
God is the creator and also the God of his people, Israel. Whatever he plans works out. He alone provides safety in battle. PSA 33 1 b979 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 33 1 x3gc figs-idiom 0 Rejoice in Yahweh Here “in Yahweh” refers to what Yahweh has done for them. “Rejoice because of what Yahweh has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 33 1 jn1l 0 praise is appropriate for the upright Alternate translation: “to praise Yahweh is appropriate for upright people” @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ PSA 33 21 ujv3 figs-synecdoche 0 Our hearts rejoice Here “hearts” refer to PSA 33 21 eu9i figs-metonymy 0 in his holy name Here “holy name” refers to Yahweh’s holy character. Alternate translation: “in his holy character” or “in him because he is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 33 22 nn9g figs-metaphor 0 Let your covenant faithfulness, Yahweh, be with us Yahweh acting faithfully towards the people is spoken of as if Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness were with them. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adverb. Alternate translation: “May you always act faithfully towards us because of your covenant, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 33 22 jye8 0 as we put our hope in you Alternate translation: “as we hope for your help” -PSA 34 intro az5s 0 # Psalm 034 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 34 is a teaching psalm and includes thanksgiving. It teaches that living right leads to a good life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])

The psalm does not relate directly to the superscription given about Abimelech.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
Good people can have problems, but God brings them through these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]]) +PSA 34 intro az5s 0 # Psalm 034 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 34 is a teaching psalm and includes thanksgiving. It teaches that living right leads to a good life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])

The psalm does not relate directly to the superscription given about Abimelech.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
Good people can have problems, but God brings them through these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]]) PSA 34 1 p9iv writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 34 1 w9ay 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. PSA 34 1 j36y 0 pretended to be insane Alternate translation: “acted like a crazy person” @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ PSA 34 21 v5tb figs-activepassive 0 Those who hate the righteous will be condem PSA 34 21 a6li figs-nominaladj 0 the righteous This refers to righteous people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 34 22 pl7j figs-activepassive 0 None of those who take refuge in him will be condemned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive everyone who takes refuge in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) PSA 34 22 wb23 figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in him Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to him for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 35 intro d3ln 0 # Psalm 035 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 35 is a prayer for deliverance. His enemies are coming against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Enemies
When his enemies were sick, he tried to comfort them, but when he was in trouble his enemies use this as a time to attack him. +PSA 35 intro d3ln 0 # Psalm 035 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 35 is a prayer for deliverance. His enemies are coming against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Enemies
When his enemies were sick, he tried to comfort them, but when he was in trouble his enemies use this as a time to attack him. PSA 35 1 u6dy writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 35 2 uj8w figs-metaphor 0 Grab your small shield and large shield The writer describes God as a warrior who is preparing himself for battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 35 2 f9eb 0 small shield and large shield these are defensive weapons @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ PSA 35 27 zr5u figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh be praised If your language does not PSA 35 27 l9kp 0 who delights in Alternate translation: “who is happy with” or “who is glad for” PSA 35 27 ra7f 0 welfare well-being, happiness PSA 35 28 b4q3 figs-abstractnouns 0 tell of your justice If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “right.” Alternate translation: “proclaim that you act in the right way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 36 intro a634 0 # Psalm 036 General Notes
## Formatting in this chapter

Psalm 36 is a psalm of praise. It speaks of how good God is to those who love him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God and man
Evil people do not think about God; but he is such a pleasure to all who honor him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +PSA 36 intro a634 0 # Psalm 036 General Notes

## Formatting in this chapter

Psalm 36 is a psalm of praise. It speaks of how good God is to those who love him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God and man
Evil people do not think about God; but he is such a pleasure to all who honor him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) PSA 36 1 d19d writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 36 1 hw62 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 36 1 eg5r figs-genericnoun 0 An evil man This does not refer to a specific man, but to evil people in general. Alternate translation: “Evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ PSA 36 11 a5wg 0 drive me away Alternate translation: “send me away” or PSA 36 12 mm9r figs-metaphor 0 evildoers have fallen; they are knocked down and are not able to get up All three phrases describe the evildoers as defeated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 36 12 q7yf figs-activepassive 0 they are knocked down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have knocked them down” or “you have destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 36 12 bmn7 0 are not able to get up Alternate translation: “cannot get up” -PSA 37 intro tv7e 0 # Psalm 037 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 37 is a teaching psalm. It provides guidance about how to live a moral and God-fearing life. It teaches that evil people do not prosper in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Envy
Do not envy evil people. Although it appears as though they prosper, soon they will be destroyed and the good people will continue on living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) +PSA 37 intro tv7e 0 # Psalm 037 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 37 is a teaching psalm. It provides guidance about how to live a moral and God-fearing life. It teaches that evil people do not prosper in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Envy
Do not envy evil people. Although it appears as though they prosper, soon they will be destroyed and the good people will continue on living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) PSA 37 1 bd2s writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 37 1 a1ye 0 Do not be irritated because of evildoers Alternate translation: “Do not let wicked people upset you” or “Do not be bothered by what wicked people do” PSA 37 2 y2vk figs-simile 0 dry up as the grass … wither as the green plants Evildoers are spoken of as if they are grass and plants that dry up and die in the hot weather. These two similes both mean they will die. Alternate translation: “die” or “come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ PSA 37 39 m69g figs-abstractnouns 0 Salvation of the righteous comes from Yahwe PSA 37 39 rjp3 figs-nominaladj 0 the righteous This refers to the righteous people. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 37 40 jus5 figs-parallelism 0 helps … rescues … saves This same idea is repeated in several different ways to emphasize that Yahweh is dependable and able to give aid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 37 40 qwg7 figs-metaphor 0 they have taken refuge in him Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “they have gone to him for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 38 intro ysy3 0 # Psalm 038 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 38 is a confession of sin and a prayer for deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Author’s sickness
The author was very sick and his enemies were seeking ways to destroy him. +PSA 38 intro ysy3 0 # Psalm 038 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 38 is a confession of sin and a prayer for deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Author’s sickness
The author was very sick and his enemies were seeking ways to destroy him. PSA 38 1 nsf9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 38 1 n1x9 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. PSA 38 1 nd38 figs-parallelism 0 do not rebuke me in your anger … do not punish me in your wrath These phrases mean basically the same thing and the idea is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ PSA 38 21 czy3 figs-parallelism 0 Do not abandon me … do not stay far away fr PSA 38 21 nrs8 figs-metaphor 0 do not stay far away from me Because Yahweh has not yet answered the writer’s request, he speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh were standing far away from the writer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 38 22 zv2x figs-metaphor 0 Come quickly to help me God is spoken of as if he is running to the writer to help him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 38 22 a3xa figs-abstractnouns 0 my salvation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you are the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 39 intro z1zc 0 # Psalm 039 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 39 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life
Life on earth is short. The psalmist wanted God’s healing so he can enjoy the rest of his life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])

This psalm shares some characteristics of another wisdom book called Ecclesiastes or Koheleth but is more positive. +PSA 39 intro z1zc 0 # Psalm 039 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 39 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life
Life on earth is short. The psalmist wanted God’s healing so he can enjoy the rest of his life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]])

This psalm shares some characteristics of another wisdom book called Ecclesiastes or Koheleth but is more positive. PSA 39 1 lx3e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 39 1 rc8d 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship,” PSA 39 1 br39 translate-names 0 Jeduthun One of David’s chief musicians had this same name. This may refer to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ PSA 39 12 ae4r figs-metaphor 0 Do not be deaf to me The writer speaks of Yahweh PSA 39 12 nnj1 figs-simile 0 I am like a foreigner with you, a refugee The writer speaks of Yahweh’s lack of response as if Yahweh considered him to be a total stranger to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a complete stranger to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 39 13 k2nr figs-metonymy 0 Turn your gaze from me Here “your gaze” represents Yahweh’s punishment. Alternate translation: “Please stop punishing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 39 13 kfn1 figs-metonymy 0 so that I may smile again Here “smile” is associated with being happy. Alternate translation: “so that I can be happy again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 40 intro ik39 0 # Psalm 040 General Notes
## Type of psalm
Psalm 40 is a psalm of praise. Many also see it as a messianic psalm, a psalm about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifices
God is not interested in sacrifices but wants people to obey him and fulfill his plans for them. +PSA 40 intro ik39 0 # Psalm 040 General Notes

## Type of psalm
Psalm 40 is a psalm of praise. Many also see it as a messianic psalm, a psalm about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifices
God is not interested in sacrifices but wants people to obey him and fulfill his plans for them. PSA 40 1 k46g writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 40 1 q9w4 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 40 1 yu4m 0 I waited patiently for Yahweh This means the writer was waiting for Yahweh to help him. @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ PSA 40 17 a8vb figs-parallelism 0 You are my help … you come to my rescue The PSA 40 17 g2mh 0 You are my help Alternate translation: “You are the one who helps me” PSA 40 17 zf6l 0 you come to my rescue Alternate translation: “you come to save me” PSA 40 17 c1t7 figs-litotes 0 do not delay This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “respond quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -PSA 41 intro q9l9 0 # Psalm 041 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 41 is a psalm of deliverance. The author’s friends had become his enemies who wanted to see him die but he trusted God to rescue him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies
The author’s best friend had become an enemy. His enemies were happy because they were sure his sickness would result in death. +PSA 41 intro q9l9 0 # Psalm 041 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 41 is a psalm of deliverance. The author’s friends had become his enemies who wanted to see him die but he trusted God to rescue him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Enemies
The author’s best friend had become an enemy. His enemies were happy because they were sure his sickness would result in death. PSA 41 1 y6js writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 41 1 ay4z 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 41 1 bd73 0 he who is concerned for the weak … rescue him The words “he” and “him” refer to anyone who is concerned for the weak. @@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ PSA 41 12 jj35 figs-metaphor 0 will keep me before your face The writer speaks PSA 41 13 s4va 0 General Information: This verse is more than the end of this psalm. It is the closing statement for all of Book 1 of the Psalms, which starts at Psalm 1 and ends with Psalm 41. PSA 41 13 xi7f figs-merism 0 from everlasting to everlasting This refers to two extremes and means for all time. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) PSA 41 13 d4ws figs-doublet 0 Amen and Amen The word “Amen” is repeated to emphasize approval of what has been said. Alternate translation: “May it certainly be so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -PSA 42 intro mu68 0 # Psalm 042 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 42 is a psalm of praise for all that God has done and a prayer for deliverance from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s deliverance
The psalmist praises God as he remembers what God has done for him in the past, and he puts his trust in him. He needs rescuing from his enemies. Scholars believe that this psalm is about a man in exile longing for Jerusalem.

### Psalm 42 and Psalm 43
Some scholars believe that these two psalms were originally written together as one psalm.

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of the sons of Korah.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 42 intro mu68 0 # Psalm 042 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 42 is a psalm of praise for all that God has done and a prayer for deliverance from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s deliverance
The psalmist praises God as he remembers what God has done for him in the past, and he puts his trust in him. He needs rescuing from his enemies. Scholars believe that this psalm is about a man in exile longing for Jerusalem.

### Psalm 42 and Psalm 43
Some scholars believe that these two psalms were originally written together as one psalm.

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of the sons of Korah.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 42 1 t39i writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 42 1 rt7c 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 42 1 c3mx 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md). @@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ PSA 42 10 ae82 figs-rquestion 0 Where is your God? The writer’s enemies use t PSA 42 11 evd8 figs-rquestion 0 Why are you bowed down, my soul? Why are you upset within me? The author refers to his inner self as his “soul,” which represents himself. He asks these questions to rebuke himself. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). Alternate translation: “I should not be bowed down, I should not be worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 42 11 wp6h figs-metaphor 0 bowed down The writer speaks of depression or discouragement as if it were his soul being bent over. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 42 11 ghd7 figs-imperative 0 Hope in God The writer continues to speak to his own soul and commands it to trust God. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -PSA 43 intro x44y 0 # Psalm 043 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 43 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a plea for rescue from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Encouragement
The author should not be discouraged because he trusts in God to deliver him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Psalm 42 and Psalm 43
Some scholars believe that these two psalms were originally written together as one psalm. +PSA 43 intro x44y 0 # Psalm 043 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 43 is a psalm of deliverance. It is a plea for rescue from the psalmist’s enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Encouragement
The author should not be discouraged because he trusts in God to deliver him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Psalm 42 and Psalm 43
Some scholars believe that these two psalms were originally written together as one psalm. PSA 43 1 il4d writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 43 2 quk8 0 the God of my strength This could mean: (1) “the God who protects me” or (2) “the God who gives me strength.” PSA 43 2 a96e figs-rquestion 0 Why have you rejected me? Why do I go about in mourning because of the oppression of the enemy? The writer asks these questions in order to complain to God and express his emotions, not to receive an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ PSA 43 5 qb88 figs-rquestion 0 Why are you bowed down, my soul? Why are you ups PSA 43 5 wn18 figs-metaphor 0 bowed down The writer speaks of depression or discouragement as if it were his soul being bent over. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 43 5 z1zd figs-imperative 0 Hope in God The writer continues to speak to his own soul and commands it to trust God. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) PSA 43 5 dgl5 figs-doublet 0 my salvation and my God The phrase “my salvation” refers to God. If necessary the two phrases can be combined. Alternate translation: “my God who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -PSA 44 intro cu7e 0 # Psalm 044 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 44 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for God’s help against enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Enemies
When Israel entered the Promised Land, God fought for them and drove out their enemies. Since their enemies have now defeated them, they are in need of God’s help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 44 intro cu7e 0 # Psalm 044 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 44 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for God’s help against enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Enemies
When Israel entered the Promised Land, God fought for them and drove out their enemies. Since their enemies have now defeated them, they are in need of God’s help. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 44 1 gi44 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 44 1 n2t8 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 44 1 vwd3 0 A psalm of the sons of Korah Alternate translation: “This is a psalm that the sons of Korah wrote.” @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ PSA 44 25 f1gv figs-metaphor 0 For we have sunk down into the dust The writer s PSA 44 25 q4te figs-metaphor 0 our bodies cling to the earth The writer speaks of their humiliation as if their bodies were stuck to the ground and they could not raise themselves up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 44 26 gbh3 figs-idiom 0 Rise up This is a command to stand. This phrase refers to beginning to act on something. Alternate translation: “Take action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 44 26 uu4n figs-abstractnouns 0 for the sake of your covenant faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to show that you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 45 intro hk23 0 # Psalm 045 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 45 is a royal psalm written for the king’s wedding day.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The king has a beautiful palace, and his bride is also beautiful.

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 45 intro hk23 0 # Psalm 045 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 45 is a royal psalm written for the king’s wedding day.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The king has a beautiful palace, and his bride is also beautiful.

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 45 1 v3sl writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 45 1 p8j6 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 45 1 f1a1 0 set to Shoshannim This may refer to a style or the tune of the music. Sometimes it is translated as “set to the tune of ‘Lilies.’” @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ PSA 45 16 x1cw 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues to address the kin PSA 45 16 jy9e 0 In the place of your fathers will be your children This means that the king’s sons will replace him as king, just as he replaced his ancestors as king. PSA 45 16 wu3k figs-hyperbole 0 you will make princes in all the earth The phrase “in all the earth” is an exaggeration to emphasize that they will rule over many nations. Alternate translation: “you will make rulers over many nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) PSA 45 17 n62l figs-metonymy 0 I will make your name to be remembered in all generations Here the word “I” refers to the writer. The word “name” refers to the king’s character and reputation. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will cause people in every generation to know about your greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PSA 46 intro w4ye 0 # Psalm 046 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 46 is a psalm of praise to God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

God is all-powerful, controls nature, and protects his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +PSA 46 intro w4ye 0 # Psalm 046 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 46 is a psalm of praise to God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

God is all-powerful, controls nature, and protects his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) PSA 46 1 pye4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 46 1 b2mp 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 46 1 t2j8 0 A psalm of the sons of Korah Alternate translation: “This is a psalm that the sons of Korah wrote” @@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ PSA 46 10 ua4x figs-explicit 0 Be quiet In this context, these words are likely PSA 46 10 u2j9 0 know that I am God Here the word “know” means to understand and to confess that Yahweh is the true God. PSA 46 10 ssq3 figs-parallelism 0 I will be exalted among the nations; I will be exalted on the earth These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people of every nation in the world will exalt God. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will exalt me; people all over the earth will exalt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 46 11 gl4e figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh of hosts is with us; the God of Jacob is our refuge The writer speaks of God as if he were a place where people can go for safety. See how you translated these lines in [Psalms 46:7](../046/007.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 47 intro j9a7 0 # Psalm 047 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 47 is a psalm of praise to God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
God is powerful over all the nations in the world. +PSA 47 intro j9a7 0 # Psalm 047 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 47 is a psalm of praise to God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
God is powerful over all the nations in the world. PSA 47 1 l66j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 47 1 xf2n 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 47 1 uqb5 figs-explicit 0 Clap your hands Clapping your hands is associated with celebration. Alternate translation: “Clap your hands in celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ PSA 47 6 wn5w figs-parallelism 0 Sing praises to God, sing praises; sing praise PSA 47 9 vxi7 0 The princes of the peoples Alternate translation: “The rulers of all the nations” PSA 47 9 kg5b 0 gathered together to the people Possible meanings are that the rulers of the nations: (1) “gather in front of the people” or (2) “gathered together with the people” so that all may worship God as king. PSA 47 9 eew2 figs-metaphor 0 the shields of the earth belong to God Possible meanings are that **shields**: (1) refers to instruments of war. Alternate translation: “God has more power than the weapons of all the kings on the earth” or (2) refers to the rulers of the nations who are spoken of as shields who protect their nations. Alternate translation: “the kings of the earth are subject to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 48 intro wfx3 0 # Psalm 048 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 48 is a psalm of praise for Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jerusalem
Jerusalem has mighty defenses. Foreign nations will be amazed. It is something to remember and testify about. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

It is helpful to know that “Mount Zion” is often used to refer to the city of Jerusalem. +PSA 48 intro wfx3 0 # Psalm 048 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 48 is a psalm of praise for Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jerusalem
Jerusalem has mighty defenses. Foreign nations will be amazed. It is something to remember and testify about. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])

It is helpful to know that “Mount Zion” is often used to refer to the city of Jerusalem. PSA 48 1 s5c1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song about Jerusalem being God’s dwelling place. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 48 1 az4y figs-activepassive 0 greatly to be praised This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: “people are to praise him greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 48 1 az2x 0 the city of our God on his holy mountain This is a reference to Jerusalem, which was built on Mount Zion. @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ PSA 48 12 r196 figs-parallelism 0 Walk around Mount Zion, go round about her Th PSA 48 13 d5xm 0 notice well Alternate translation: “notice in detail” PSA 48 14 wub8 figs-abstractnouns 0 he will be our guide The word “guide” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “he will guide us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 48 14 rmz8 0 to death This could mean: (1) “until we die” or (2) “forever.” -PSA 49 intro r9r3 0 # Psalm 049 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 49 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Riches
Riches do not last forever. They cannot save a person from death, and they cannot be taken from a person at death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 49 intro r9r3 0 # Psalm 049 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 49 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Riches
Riches do not last forever. They cannot save a person from death, and they cannot be taken from a person at death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 49 1 wm6j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 49 1 f4gj 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 49 1 a8dr figs-parallelism 0 Hear this, all you peoples; give ear, all you inhabitants These two phrases are parallel. Together they strengthen the command for all people to listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ PSA 49 17 cz54 figs-euphemism 0 his glory will not go down after him The phrase PSA 49 18 eq9c figs-synecdoche 0 He blessed his soul Here the word “soul” refers to the whole person. This phrase means that he considered himself to be happy and successful because of his riches. Alternate translation: “He congratulated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 49 19 hq9g figs-euphemism 0 he will go to the generation of his fathers “he will go to where his fathers’ generation is.” This is a euphemism that means that the rich man will die and join his ancestors in the grave. Alternate translation: “he will join his ancestors in the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) PSA 49 19 dvh8 figs-metaphor 0 they will never see the light again The word “they” refers to the rich man and his ancestors. The word “light” may refer to the sun or be a metaphor for life. Alternate translation: “they will never see the sun again” or “they will never live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 50 intro cbd7 0 # Psalm 050 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 50 is a wisdom psalm. It tells what pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifices
God does not need animal sacrifices; he does not eat meat or drink blood. The world and everything in it belong to God. He wants people to be thankful and to depend on him. God rejects evil people who reject his covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +PSA 50 intro cbd7 0 # Psalm 050 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 50 is a wisdom psalm. It tells what pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifices
God does not need animal sacrifices; he does not eat meat or drink blood. The world and everything in it belong to God. He wants people to be thankful and to depend on him. God rejects evil people who reject his covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) PSA 50 1 v4hj writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song that teaches people. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 50 1 wpn8 0 The Mighty One, God, Yahweh The author uses three different names to speak of God. PSA 50 1 s58x figs-metonymy 0 called the earth Here the word “earth” refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “called all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ PSA 50 22 jz7u figs-metaphor 0 you who forget God God speaks of the wicked reje PSA 50 22 ql5f figs-metaphor 0 I will tear you to pieces God speaks of destroying the wicked as if he were a lion eating its prey. Alternate translation: “I will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 50 23 u8xr figs-metaphor 0 plans his path in the right way God speaks of a the way a person lives as if it were a path that the person travels. Alternate translation: “lives his life the right way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 50 23 u5xv figs-abstractnouns 0 I will show God’s salvation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “save.” God refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -PSA 51 intro uij8 0 # Psalm 051 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 51 is a psalm of repentance from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
The psalmist is truly sorry for having sinned. He repented and God forgave his sins. God wants true sorrow for having sinned, not sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])

### Author of Psalm
Scholars are divided over whether this psalm was authored by King David as is mentioned by the superscription. If nothing else, we can assume the last two verses were added later since Jerusalem is intact with well-built walls during King David’s reign. +PSA 51 intro uij8 0 # Psalm 051 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 51 is a psalm of repentance from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
The psalmist is truly sorry for having sinned. He repented and God forgave his sins. God wants true sorrow for having sinned, not sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])

### Author of Psalm
Scholars are divided over whether this psalm was authored by King David as is mentioned by the superscription. If nothing else, we can assume the last two verses were added later since Jerusalem is intact with well-built walls during King David’s reign. PSA 51 1 v8pw writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. In this psalm David asks God for forgiveness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 51 1 rl6b 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 51 1 ia5j 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. @@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ PSA 51 17 e3fd figs-metaphor 0 a broken spirit A broken spirit represents a hum PSA 51 17 r49l figs-metonymy 0 a broken and a contrite heart Being humble and sorry for one’s sin is spoken of as having a broken and contrite heart. The heart represents the emotions and will. Alternate translation: “sorrow and humility” or “a person who is sorry for his sin and humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 51 18 sl4i figs-metaphor 0 rebuild the walls of Jerusalem The walls of a city protect the city and the people in it. This could mean: (1) “enable us to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem” or (2) “protect Jerusalem and make it strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 51 19 qe3h 0 our people will offer bulls on your altar A bull is an adult male cow. Bulls were often used as sacrificial animals, according to God’s instruction. -PSA 52 intro gx5r 0 # Psalm 052 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 52 is a wisdom psalm. It teaches that God will destroy evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil people
Although the evil people feel secure with their wealth and evil deeds, God will destroy them. But people who do good are secure because God protects them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 52 intro gx5r 0 # Psalm 052 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 52 is a wisdom psalm. It teaches that God will destroy evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Evil people
Although the evil people feel secure with their wealth and evil deeds, God will destroy them. But people who do good are secure because God protects them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 52 1 xe8m writing-poetry 0 General Information: In this psalm the word “you” refers to Doeg. When Saul wanted to kill David, Doeg told Saul where David was so that Saul could find him. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 52 1 eve8 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 52 1 px5f 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md). @@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ PSA 52 8 e2xz figs-simile 0 I am like a green olive tree in God’s house Being PSA 52 8 ydi4 0 in God’s house This refers to God’s temple. PSA 52 8 bgx6 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will trust in the covenant faithfulness of God forever and ever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “I will trust in God forever and ever because he is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 52 9 cj6z figs-metonymy 0 I will wait for your name, because it is good God’s name represents God himself. Waiting for God represents waiting for God to help him. Alternate translation: “I will wait for you, because you are good” or “I will wait for you to help me, because you are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 53 intro u3hp 0 # Psalm 053 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 53 is a wisdom psalm. It warns people who do evil that God will judge them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s watching mankind
God looks down from heaven and sees that all humans are evil and corrupt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 53 intro u3hp 0 # Psalm 053 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 53 is a wisdom psalm. It warns people who do evil that God will judge them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s watching mankind
God looks down from heaven and sees that all humans are evil and corrupt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 53 1 btc5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 53 1 kkk8 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 53 1 a9tq translate-transliterate 0 set to Mahalath This may refer to a style of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) @@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ PSA 53 6 awk5 figs-metonymy 0 the salvation of Israel would come from Zion The PSA 53 6 hj3c 0 When God brings back his people from the captivity Alternate translation: “When God saves his captive people” PSA 53 6 fw2j figs-parallelism 0 Jacob will rejoice and Israel will be glad! These two phrases have the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 53 6 xbm3 figs-metonymy 0 Jacob Here “Jacob” refers to the descendants of Jacob, the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 54 intro vvf3 0 # Psalm 054 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 54 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rescue
Evil people want to kill David; but God has rescued him in the past and he trusts God to rescue him again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 54 intro vvf3 0 # Psalm 054 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 54 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rescue
Evil people want to kill David; but God has rescued him in the past and he trusts God to rescue him again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 54 1 fa4h writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a prayer for help. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 54 1 s1kh 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 54 1 nwg2 0 on stringed instruments Alternate translation: “people should play stringed instruments with this song” @@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ PSA 54 5 y135 0 in your faithfulness, destroy them Here David changes from tal PSA 54 6 kq3s figs-synecdoche 0 I will give thanks to your name, Yahweh, for it is good Yahweh’s name represents him. Alternate translation: “I will give thanks to you, Yahweh, for you are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 54 7 q8mm figs-synecdoche 0 my eye has looked The eye represents the person. Alternate translation: “I have looked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 54 7 z3ih figs-metonymy 0 my eye has looked in triumph on my enemies This could mean: (1) seeing that his enemies have been defeated. Alternate translation: “I have seen that my enemies have been defeated” or (2) defeating his enemies. Alternate translation: “I have defeated my enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 55 intro fx5e 0 # Psalm 055 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 55 is a deliverance psalm. The psalmist is praying that God will deliver him from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Betrayal
The author wishes he could get far away from his enemies after his best friend betrayed him. He asks God to completely destroy his enemies. He is trusting God to save him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 55 intro fx5e 0 # Psalm 055 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 55 is a deliverance psalm. The psalmist is praying that God will deliver him from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Betrayal
The author wishes he could get far away from his enemies after his best friend betrayed him. He asks God to completely destroy his enemies. He is trusting God to save him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Superscription
This psalm is called “a Maschil of David.” The word “Maschil” in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 55 1 gsm2 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 55 1 v48i 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 55 1 y5nc 0 on stringed instruments Alternate translation: “people should play stringed instruments with this song” @@ -1969,7 +1969,7 @@ PSA 55 23 b5vk 0 the pit of destruction This probably refers to the grave or h PSA 55 23 u8sz figs-metonymy 0 will bring the wicked down into the pit of destruction This represents causing people to die. Alternate translation: “will cause the wicked to die” or “will cause wicked people to die and go to the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 55 23 kab2 0 bloodthirsty and deceitful men Alternate translation: “people who lie and who want to kill others” or “deceitful murderers” PSA 55 23 pe8d 0 even half as long as others Alternate translation: “even half as long as other people live” -PSA 56 intro h1w3 0 # Psalm 056 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 56 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
Although the psalmist’s enemies are trying to harm him, he is not afraid because God is protecting him.

### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.” +PSA 56 intro h1w3 0 # Psalm 056 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 56 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
Although the psalmist’s enemies are trying to harm him, he is not afraid because God is protecting him.

### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.” PSA 56 1 xsm1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 56 1 by4v 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship;” PSA 56 1 azv1 0 set to Jonath elem rehokim This probably tells what musical style or tune to use when singing this psalm. Alternate translation: “Sing this psalm using the tune of ‘Jonath elem rehokim’” or “Sing this using the Jonath elem rehokim style” @@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ PSA 56 12 mw9n figs-metaphor 0 The duty to fulfill my vows to you is on me Bein PSA 56 13 y3b3 figs-synecdoche 0 you have kept my feet from falling The feet here represent the person. Falling here probably represents being killed by his enemies. Alternate translation: “you have kept me from falling” or “you have kept me from being killed by my enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 56 13 y78t figs-metaphor 0 so that I may walk before God Living and being seen by God is spoken of as walking before God. Alternate translation: “so that I may live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 56 13 npe7 figs-metonymy 0 in the light of the living Here “the light of the living” probably represents God’s enabling people to live. Alternate translation: “with the life that you give” or “because you enable me to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 57 intro hv64 0 # Psalm 057 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 57 is a psalm of deliverance. It praises God for the many times he has delivered David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
Since God is protecting the psalmist, he has nothing to fear from his enemies.

### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.” +PSA 57 intro hv64 0 # Psalm 057 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 57 is a psalm of deliverance. It praises God for the many times he has delivered David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
Since God is protecting the psalmist, he has nothing to fear from his enemies.

### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.” PSA 57 1 i8s5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 57 1 ga1f 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 57 1 s96j 0 set to Al Tashheth This probably tells what musical style or tune to use when singing the psalm. Alternate translation: “sing this psalm using the tune of ‘Al Tashheth’” or “sing this using the Al Tashheth style” @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ PSA 57 10 tna7 figs-metaphor 0 For great is your unfailing love, reaching to th PSA 57 10 ywg7 figs-ellipsis 0 your faithfulness to the clouds The words “great is your” and “reaching” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “great is your faithfulness, reaching to the clouds” or “your faithfulness is as great as the distance from the earth to the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 57 11 yyx8 figs-metaphor 0 Be exalted, God, above the heavens The psalmist is asking God to show that he is exalted. Being exalted above the heavens represents being great. Alternate translation: “God, show that you are exalted above the heavens” or “God, show that you are great in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 57 11 n64e 0 may your glory be exalted over all the earth The psalmist is asking God to show his glory. Alternate translation: “show your glory over all the earth” -PSA 58 intro dhx6 0 # Psalm 058 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 58 is a deliverance psalm. It asks God for deliverance from the unjust rulers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Deliverance
Although the leaders are very evil and unfair, God can deliver his people from their oppression. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])

### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.” +PSA 58 intro dhx6 0 # Psalm 058 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 58 is a deliverance psalm. It asks God for deliverance from the unjust rulers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Deliverance
Although the leaders are very evil and unfair, God can deliver his people from their oppression. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])

### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.” PSA 58 1 qfv5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song about wicked people. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 58 1 d8qb 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 58 1 zc3z 0 set to Al Tashheth This probably tells what musical style or tune to use when singing the psalm. See how you translated this in [Psalms 57:1](../057/001.md). @@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ PSA 58 9 ka8t 0 the thorn’s burning heat … the green thorns and the burnin PSA 58 10 wz3e figs-genericnoun 0 The righteous will rejoice when he sees The phrase “the righteous” refers to righteous people in general. Alternate translation: “Righteous people will rejoice when they see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) PSA 58 10 gi2k figs-metaphor 0 he will wash his feet in the blood of the wicked Getting one’s feet wet by walking on blood is spoken of as washing the feet in blood. Alternate translation: “the righteous will make their feet wet in the blood of the wicked” or “the righteous will march on the blood of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 58 10 ll57 figs-metaphor 0 he will wash his feet in the blood of the wicked This exaggeration expresses that a great number of wicked people will die. Alternate translation: “so many wicked people will die that when the righteous march on their blood, it will seem as if they could wash their feet in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -PSA 59 intro zf27 0 # Psalm 059 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 59 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Protection
The author prays for God to defeat his enemies. God is his protector. Therefore, he will praise God.

### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.” +PSA 59 intro zf27 0 # Psalm 059 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 59 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Protection
The author prays for God to defeat his enemies. God is his protector. Therefore, he will praise God.

### Superscription
The word “Michtam” is used in the superscription for this psalm. There is much discussion about this word but, in the end, no one is certain what it means. It is easiest to transliterate this word into your language, or you can simply translate it as “psalm.” PSA 59 1 w4sd writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 59 1 p57e 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 59 1 me33 0 set to Al Tashheth This probably tells what musical style or tune to use when singing the psalm. See how you translated this in [Psalms 57:1](../057/001.md). @@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ PSA 59 17 q7yw figs-sentences 0 To you, my strength, I will sing praises “To PSA 59 17 g4db figs-metonymy 0 my strength God’s being the psalmist’s strength represents God protecting him. Alternate translation: “my protector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 59 17 m2u5 figs-metaphor 0 for God is my high tower High towers are places that people can go to for shelter from their enemies. The psalmist speaks of God protecting him as if God were a strong, safe shelter. Alternate translation: “you have protected me like a high tower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 59 17 shn4 figs-abstractnouns 0 the God of covenant faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. This can be expressed in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “He is the God who is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 60 intro wza8 0 # Psalm 060 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 60 is a psalm of war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Protection
God has preserved the land of Israel, and now he will give them victory over the countries of Moab and Edom. +PSA 60 intro wza8 0 # Psalm 060 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 60 is a psalm of war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Protection
God has preserved the land of Israel, and now he will give them victory over the countries of Moab and Edom. PSA 60 1 ev3m writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 60 1 usc3 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 60 1 vsl6 0 set to Shushan Eduth This probably tells what tune or musical style to use when singing the psalm. Alternate translation: “sing this psalm using the tune of ‘Shushan Eduth’” or “sing this using the Shushan Eduth style” @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ PSA 60 10 v89k figs-metaphor 0 You do not go into battle with our army The psal PSA 60 11 sm5b 0 is futile Alternate translation: “is worthless” PSA 60 12 x5wt 0 will triumph Alternate translation: “will defeat our enemies” PSA 60 12 i34s figs-metaphor 0 he will trample down our enemies The psalmist speaks of God helping their army defeat their enemies as if God were to trample down the enemies. Alternate translation: “he will enable us to trample down our enemies” or “he will make us able to defeat our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 61 intro is6k 0 # Psalm 061 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 61 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vow
The author has vowed to praise God every day of his life because God has blessed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +PSA 61 intro is6k 0 # Psalm 061 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 61 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vow
The author has vowed to praise God every day of his life because God has blessed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) PSA 61 1 u44c writing-poetry 0 General Information: This is a song about God’s faithfulness. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 61 1 y257 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 61 1 w7m6 0 on a stringed instrument Alternate translation: “people should play a stringed instrument with this song” @@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ PSA 61 6 dq7t figs-metonymy 0 his years will be like many generations Here “y PSA 61 7 j14f figs-explicit 0 He will remain before God forever Here “to remain before God” means to be in God’s presence or to be with God. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “God will be with him forever” or “God will be with the king forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PSA 61 8 ut6s figs-metonymy 0 I will sing praise to your name forever Here “name” stands for God himself. Alternate translation: “I will always sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 61 8 yd7n 0 my vows These refer to the promise to offer sacrifices to God every day. -PSA 62 intro dc2q 0 # Psalm 062 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 62 is a psalm of deliverance. It expresses trust that God will save the psalmist from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Although the psalmist’s enemies have attacked him when he was feeling weak, he trusts in God to deliver him. God is powerful and kind. +PSA 62 intro dc2q 0 # Psalm 062 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 62 is a psalm of deliverance. It expresses trust that God will save the psalmist from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Although the psalmist’s enemies have attacked him when he was feeling weak, he trusts in God to deliver him. God is powerful and kind. PSA 62 1 fc8k writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song about God’s faithfulness. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 62 1 a4ay 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 62 1 zun4 translate-names 0 Jeduthun One of David’s chief musicians had this same name. This may refer to him. See how you translated this in [Psalms 39:1](../039/001.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ PSA 62 11 x8ts 0 God has spoken once, twice have I heard this This means that PSA 62 11 kc1v figs-metaphor 0 power belongs to God God being characterized by power is spoken of as if power belonged to him. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **power**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “God is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 62 12 n56f figs-metaphor 0 Also to you, Lord, belongs covenant faithfulness God being characterized by covenant faithfulness is spoken of as if covenant faithfulness belonged to him. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “You, Lord, are also faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 62 12 gl1p figs-metaphor 0 for you pay back every person for what he has done The writer speaks of God’s rewards as if he were paying a wage for work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 63 intro py5b 0 # Psalm 063 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 63 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
The author praises God for who he is and for having protected him. +PSA 63 intro py5b 0 # Psalm 063 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 63 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
The author praises God for who he is and for having protected him. PSA 63 1 rct4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 63 1 jrr4 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. PSA 63 1 d7d1 0 earnestly sincerely @@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ PSA 63 10 ru7l 0 the jackals “jackals” here are a kind of long-legged wild PSA 63 11 q4st figs-explicit 0 the king will David is speaking about himself. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “I, the king of Israel, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PSA 63 11 lcq4 0 swears by him … proud of him The word “him” refers to “God.” PSA 63 11 a434 figs-synecdoche 0 but the mouth of those who speak lies will be stopped up Here “the mouth” represents the whole person. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but God will silence the liars” or “but God will silence those who lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PSA 64 intro t6rs 0 # Psalm 064 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 64 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Plotting of enemies
The author’s enemies have plotted against him but God has saved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 64 intro t6rs 0 # Psalm 064 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 64 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Plotting of enemies
The author’s enemies have plotted against him but God has saved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 64 1 b1fk writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a prayer for help. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 64 1 j144 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 64 1 y5d6 0 preserve save @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ PSA 64 8 f4zp figs-metonymy 0 since their own tongues are against them Here “ PSA 64 9 gv21 0 what he has done Alternate translation: “what God has done” PSA 64 10 v64d figs-metaphor 0 take refuge in him Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to him for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 64 10 pzy4 figs-idiom 0 all the upright in heart will take pride in him Here “upright in heart” is an idiom that means godly or righteous. Alternate translation: “all the people who are godly will praise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PSA 65 intro zl1t 0 # Psalm 065 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 65 is a psalm of praise to God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s power
God answered prayers and gave the people justice and hope. God created nature and controls it, sending rain so the grain and pastures grow well. +PSA 65 intro zl1t 0 # Psalm 065 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 65 is a psalm of praise to God.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s power
God answered prayers and gave the people justice and hope. God created nature and controls it, sending rain so the grain and pastures grow well. PSA 65 1 g299 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song of praise. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 65 1 qt1y 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 65 1 ce6n figs-personification 0 For you, God in Zion, our praise waits This speaks of praise as if it were a person who could act on its own. Alternate translation: “To you alone, God in Zion, we will offer our praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ PSA 65 13 le4m 0 pastures a large field where animals feed on the grass PSA 65 13 h9k9 0 flocks group of animals, such as sheep and goats PSA 65 13 kh7i figs-personification 0 they shout for joy, and they sing The pastures, hills and valleys are so bountiful, that they seem to shout and sing for joy. Alternate translation: “they are like joyful singing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 65 13 e1qd 0 they shout The word “they” refers to the pastures and valleys. -PSA 66 intro xwm8 0 # Psalm 066 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 66 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh saves
Just as God brought Israel through the wilderness, he took the author through hard times but saved him. The author will worship God by sacrificing animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 66 intro xwm8 0 # Psalm 066 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 66 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh saves
Just as God brought Israel through the wilderness, he took the author through hard times but saved him. The author will worship God by sacrificing animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 66 1 wxl5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a song of praise. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 66 1 kzn5 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 66 1 cmh2 figs-metonymy 0 Make a joyful noise to God, all the earth A “joyful noise to God” represents singing and shouting praises to God. Alternate translation: “Let all the earth sing and shout joyfully to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ PSA 66 19 n9pa figs-parallelism 0 But God has truly heard; he has paid attentio PSA 66 19 itl3 figs-personification 0 the voice of my prayer Here the author’s prayer is given the personal quality of having a voice. Alternate translation: “my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 66 20 sj37 0 who has not turned away my prayer Here “turned away’ represents ignoring his prayer. Alternate translation: “who has not ignored my prayer” PSA 66 20 p1vb figs-explicit 0 or his covenant faithfulness from me The phrase “has not turned away” is understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated here. The idea of “his covenant faithfulness” can be translated with the phrase “being faithful to his covenant.” Alternate translation: “and has not turned away his covenant faithfulness from me” or “and has not stopped being faithful to his covenant with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 67 intro g3hz 0 # Psalm 067 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 67 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
People all over the world should be praising God. +PSA 67 intro g3hz 0 # Psalm 067 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 67 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
People all over the world should be praising God. PSA 67 1 w6h8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 67 1 v59b 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 67 1 d6gg 0 on stringed instruments Alternate translation: “people should play stringed instruments with this song” @@ -2319,7 +2319,7 @@ PSA 67 4 g91t 0 with justice Alternate translation: “fairly” or “justly PSA 67 5 e74n figs-parallelism 0 Let the peoples praise you … let all the peoples praise you The second clause intensifies the meaning of the first to emphasize how important it is to praise God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 67 6 ew33 figs-personification 0 The earth has yielded its harvest Here the writer speaks of “the earth” as if it has chosen to provide a harvest to the people. Alternate translation: “We have reaped a bountiful harvest from our crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 67 7 m77g figs-metonymy 0 all the ends of the earth honor him This means that people everywhere should honor God because of his blessings. Alternate translation: “I desire that all people everywhere on the earth may have an awesome respect for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 68 intro i82v 0 # Psalm 068 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 68 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
God is exceedingly great. He takes care of the weak and helpless. He is glorious in his temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### No Common Theme
Scholars have found this psalm the most difficult to interpret. There does not appear to be any unity to this psalm. +PSA 68 intro i82v 0 # Psalm 068 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 68 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s greatness
God is exceedingly great. He takes care of the weak and helpless. He is glorious in his temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### No Common Theme
Scholars have found this psalm the most difficult to interpret. There does not appear to be any unity to this psalm. PSA 68 1 c4xg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 68 1 mf9s 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 68 1 e798 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. @@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@ PSA 68 34 a3cn 0 Ascribe strength to God Here, **Ascribe** means to give credi PSA 68 34 ul58 figs-abstractnouns 0 his strength is in the skies If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **strength**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “powerful.” Alternate translation: “in the skies he also shows that he is powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 68 35 m2ya figs-apostrophe 0 God, you are fearsome in your holy place Here the author speaks directly to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) PSA 68 35 sy6i figs-doublet 0 strength and power These two words mean basically these same thing. They emphasize how much strength God provides to his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -PSA 69 intro im3w 0 # Psalm 069 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 69 is a psalm of deliverance. The author prays to be saved from his enemies and for them to be punished. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Deliverance
The author prays for God to rescue him from his enemies. They show him no mercy, and he asks God to show them no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) +PSA 69 intro im3w 0 # Psalm 069 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 69 is a psalm of deliverance. The author prays to be saved from his enemies and for them to be punished. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Deliverance
The author prays for God to rescue him from his enemies. They show him no mercy, and he asks God to show them no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]]) PSA 69 1 emd2 writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a prayer for help. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 69 1 x1w1 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 69 1 jj9x 0 set to Shoshannim This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 45:1](../045/001.md). @@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@ PSA 69 34 p3qb figs-ellipsis 0 the seas and everything that moves in them It is PSA 69 35 m398 figs-metonymy 0 God will save Zion Here “Zion” refers to the people in Zion. Alternate translation: “God will save the people of Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 69 35 w8jf 0 have it as a possession The word “it” refers to the land of Judah. PSA 69 36 s9pk figs-metonymy 0 who love his name Here “name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “who love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 70 intro qdg2 0 # Psalm 070 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 70 is a psalm of deliverance. The psalmist asks God to deliver him from his enemies.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Help
The author needs help and needs it immediately.

### Psalm 40
This psalm is an almost exact duplicate of Psalm 40:13-17. +PSA 70 intro qdg2 0 # Psalm 070 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 70 is a psalm of deliverance. The psalmist asks God to deliver him from his enemies.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Help
The author needs help and needs it immediately.

### Psalm 40
This psalm is an almost exact duplicate of Psalm 40:13-17. PSA 70 1 eg6f writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 70 1 m2am 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 70 1 f84m 0 A psalm of David This could mean: (1) David wrote the psalm or (2) the psalm is about David or (3) the psalm is in the style of David’s psalms. @@ -2503,7 +2503,7 @@ PSA 70 5 k146 figs-doublet 0 poor and needy Here the words “poor” and “ne PSA 70 5 s6qa figs-metaphor 0 hurry to me The writer speaks of God as if he were running to the writer in order to help him. Alternate translation: “come quickly to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 70 5 r77i figs-parallelism 0 you are my help and you rescue me Here the phrase “you rescue me” explains how God is his “help.” Alternate translation: “you help me by rescuing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 70 5 ww8h figs-litotes 0 do not delay If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please come quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -PSA 71 intro r8sf 0 # Psalm 071 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 71 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God has helped the psalmist all his life. Now that he is old, his enemy thinks that God has abandoned him; but the psalmist trusts in God and will praise Yahweh with songs of praise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 71 intro r8sf 0 # Psalm 071 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 71 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God has helped the psalmist all his life. Now that he is old, his enemy thinks that God has abandoned him; but the psalmist trusts in God and will praise Yahweh with songs of praise. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 71 1 b9md writing-poetry 0 General Information: This psalm is a prayer for help. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 71 1 lb3w figs-metaphor 0 In you, Yahweh, I take refuge Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you, Yahweh, for protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 71 1 ew7k figs-activepassive 0 let me never be put to shame If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how “do not let me be humiliated” is translated in [Psalms 25:2](../025/002.md). Alternate translation: “never let my enemies put me to shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@ PSA 71 24 wy5p figs-synecdoche 0 My tongue will also talk Here “tongue” ref PSA 71 24 mf6u 0 they have been put to shame and are confused, those who sought my hurt Alternate translation: “those who sought my hurt have been put to shame and are confused” PSA 71 24 h4mq figs-activepassive 0 for they have been put to shame and are confused If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God has put to shame and confused them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 71 24 kz4y 0 those who sought my hurt This refers to the enemies of the writer. ([Psalms 71:10](../071/010.md)). See how “those who seek my hurt” is translated in [Psalms 71:13](./013.md). -PSA 72 intro h1hi 0 # Psalm 072 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 72 is a psalm for the king when he begins to be the king. David wrote it as a blessing on his son, Solomon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings for the king
May the king be honored throughout the world. May he help the poor. May there be prosperity while he is king.

### Close of Book Two
The whole collection of Psalms has been divided into several “books.” This is the last psalm of the second book. It is attributed to Solomon, the son of David. +PSA 72 intro h1hi 0 # Psalm 072 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 72 is a psalm for the king when he begins to be the king. David wrote it as a blessing on his son, Solomon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings for the king
May the king be honored throughout the world. May he help the poor. May there be prosperity while he is king.

### Close of Book Two
The whole collection of Psalms has been divided into several “books.” This is the last psalm of the second book. It is attributed to Solomon, the son of David. PSA 72 1 u47g writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. Possible meanings for the header **a psalm of Solomon** are: (1) David wrote this psalm about Solomon (“the king’s son”) or (2) Solomon (who, as David’s son, was “the king’s son”) wrote this psalm as a prayer about himself or (3) another king wrote it about his son in the style of Solomon. People in those days would often speak of themselves as if they were someone else. However, it would be best to translate this as though the psalmist is speaking of someone else, not of himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) PSA 72 1 sep9 figs-123person 0 Give the king your righteous decrees, God, your righteousness to the king’s son This could mean: (1) “Give me, the king, your righteous decrees, God, your righteousness to my son” or (2) “Give me, the king, your righteous decrees, God, your righteousness to me, the king’s son.” People in those days would often speak of themselves as if they were someone else. However, it would be best to translate this as though the psalmist is speaking of someone else, not of himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) PSA 72 1 vw1m 0 Give the king your righteous decrees Alternate translation: “Enable the king to judge rightly” @@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ PSA 72 19 s32j 0 his glorious name be blessed Alternate translation: “he, wh PSA 72 19 qe7e figs-activepassive 0 may the whole earth be filled with his glory If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may his glory fill the whole earth” or “may he fill the whole earth with his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 72 19 q3wa 0 Amen and Amen The word “Amen” is repeated to emphasize approval of what has been said. See how you translated this in [Psalms 41:13](../041/013.md). Alternate translation: “May it certainly be so” PSA 72 20 ktc5 figs-activepassive 0 The prayers of David son of Jesse are finished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “David, the son of Jesse has finished his prayers” or “This is the last prayer of the David the son of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PSA 73 intro t2n1 0 # Psalm 073 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 73 is a wisdom psalm. It explains the problem of wicked people who seem to prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
Sometimes it seems that wicked people have no problems and everything works for them. Despite this, they will be destroyed. In contrast, the righteous always have God to help them through problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### Psalms by Asaph
There are twelve psalms attributed to Asaph; the first one is Psalm 50, which is in Book Two, and the other eleven (Psalm 73–83) are at the beginning of Book Three. +PSA 73 intro t2n1 0 # Psalm 073 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 73 is a wisdom psalm. It explains the problem of wicked people who seem to prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Evil people
Sometimes it seems that wicked people have no problems and everything works for them. Despite this, they will be destroyed. In contrast, the righteous always have God to help them through problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### Psalms by Asaph
There are twelve psalms attributed to Asaph; the first one is Psalm 50, which is in Book Two, and the other eleven (Psalm 73–83) are at the beginning of Book Three. PSA 73 1 p92k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 73 2 bq59 figs-metaphor 0 my feet almost slipped; my feet almost slipped out from under me The psalmist speaks of being unable to trust God and wanting to sin as if he had almost fallen while walking on a slippery path. Alternate translation: “I almost stopped trusting in God; I was almost guilty of committing a great sin against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 73 3 eb9z 0 I was envious of the arrogant Alternate translation: “I envied the arrogant” or “I did not want arrogant people to have the good things that they had” @@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@ PSA 73 25 p7l4 0 in heaven Alternate translation: “among the gods” or “a PSA 73 26 u7tm figs-doublet 0 My flesh and my heart These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “My body and my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) PSA 73 27 i4nr figs-metaphor 0 Those who are far from you Here the idea of staying far from God is compared to being unwilling to obey him. Alternate translation: “Those who do not want to obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 73 28 s5pl figs-metaphor 0 my refuge The writer speaks of Yahweh as if he were a place to which a person could flee for safety. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 74 intro nd5v 0 # Psalm 074 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 74 is a psalm of deliverance. The people have been completely conquered and they pray for God to deliver them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The enemies have destroyed God’s temple and are insulting the people. God is powerful. He made everything and he chose Israel for his people. He should avenge himself on these enemies that have burnt his temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

### Superscription
This is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 74 intro nd5v 0 # Psalm 074 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 74 is a psalm of deliverance. The people have been completely conquered and they pray for God to deliver them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### God’s power
The enemies have destroyed God’s temple and are insulting the people. God is powerful. He made everything and he chose Israel for his people. He should avenge himself on these enemies that have burnt his temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

### Superscription
This is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 74 1 vy9v writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 74 1 k7ui 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md). PSA 74 1 c2uv figs-rquestion 0 God, why have you rejected us forever? If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “God, we have done nothing wrong, but you have rejected us forever!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -2724,7 +2724,7 @@ PSA 74 22 a6kn 0 call to mind “Pay attention to.” God has not forgotten ho PSA 74 23 c7dc figs-metonymy 0 the voice of your adversaries The word “voice” is a metonym for the words people use when they speak. Alternate translation: “what your adversaries are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 74 23 n9n5 figs-ellipsis 0 or the uproar of those who continually defy you The psalmist speaks of the words of those who defy God as if they were the loud sound of animals or non-living objects like water or the wind. Alternate translation: “and pay attention to the loud and meaningless words of those who continually defy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 74 23 cyg8 0 defy boldly oppose -PSA 75 intro rtb1 0 # Psalm 075 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 75 is a wisdom psalm; teaching what will happen to evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Punishment
God has warned the evil people that they will be punished. He will strengthen the good people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]]) +PSA 75 intro rtb1 0 # Psalm 075 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 75 is a wisdom psalm; teaching what will happen to evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Punishment
God has warned the evil people that they will be punished. He will strengthen the good people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]]) PSA 75 1 nc37 writing-poetry 0 General Information: The people of God are speaking in 75:1, and God speaks in 75:2-3. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 75 1 isd5 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 75 1 wue5 0 set to Al Tashheth This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 57:1](../057/001.md). @@ -2749,7 +2749,7 @@ PSA 75 8 x1zf 0 drink it to the last drop Alternate translation: “drink ever PSA 75 10 vl5i 0 He says God says PSA 75 10 eip6 figs-metaphor 0 cut off all the horns of The horns of an animal are a metaphor for the power of a person. Alternate translation: “take away all power from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 75 10 qr6b figs-metaphor 0 the horns of the righteous will be raised up The horns of an animal are a metaphor for the power of a person. This can be translated as a statement in active form. Alternate translation: “I will raise up the horns of the righteous” or “I will make the righteous powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PSA 76 intro ml6q 0 # Psalm 076 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 76 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s greatness
God is great. He has conquered all the nations surrounding Israel. Everyone should bring him gifts. +PSA 76 intro ml6q 0 # Psalm 076 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 76 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s greatness
God is great. He has conquered all the nations surrounding Israel. Everyone should bring him gifts. PSA 76 1 qjr7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 76 1 ps6c 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 76 1 ec3c 0 on stringed instruments Alternate translation: “people should play stringed instruments with this song.” @@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@ PSA 76 10 f4xe figs-metaphor 0 you gird yourself with what is left of your ange PSA 76 11 kw7a 0 him who is to be feared Alternate translation: “Yahweh, whom they should fear” PSA 76 12 vwa6 figs-idiom 0 He cuts off the spirit of the princes The phrase “He cuts off the spirit” is an idiom that means He breaks the spirit or He humbles. Alternate translation: “He humbles the princes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 76 12 qgb5 figs-activepassive 0 he is feared by the kings of the earth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the kings of the earth fear him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PSA 77 intro ks6q 0 # Psalm 077 General Notes
## Type of psalm

The author felt abandoned by God. This is a psalm of lament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lament
God used to be close to the psalmist, but now it seems that God has completely abandoned him. Long ago, God took care of Israel and brought the people safely through the sea. +PSA 77 intro ks6q 0 # Psalm 077 General Notes

## Type of psalm

The author felt abandoned by God. This is a psalm of lament. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lament
God used to be close to the psalmist, but now it seems that God has completely abandoned him. Long ago, God took care of Israel and brought the people safely through the sea. PSA 77 1 r8dd writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 77 1 t66u 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 77 1 cek3 translate-names 0 Jeduthun One of David’s chief musicians had this same name. This may refer to him. See how you translated this in [Psalms 39:1](../039/001.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ PSA 77 19 k4y3 figs-activepassive 0 your footprints were not seen If your langu PSA 77 20 iq66 figs-simile 0 You led your people like a flock This simile compares God’s people to a flock of animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 77 20 w73a 0 by the hand of The phrase “by the hand of” here means “by the action of” or “through the action of.” PSA 77 20 m5wn figs-synecdoche 0 hand Here “hand” is synechdoche for the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -PSA 78 intro grf1 0 # Psalm 078 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 78 is a wisdom psalm using Israel’s history. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s complaining
Although God did one miracle after the other, the people of Israel still complained and failed to believe Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Superscription
This is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. +PSA 78 intro grf1 0 # Psalm 078 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 78 is a wisdom psalm using Israel’s history. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s complaining
Although God did one miracle after the other, the people of Israel still complained and failed to believe Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Superscription
This is called a “Maschil.” The word in the original language has caused scholars to have various opinions about its meaning. Some say it means to instruct, while others say that the word is referring to the skill used in creating the psalm. Still others think it means that meditation should be used in reading this psalm. PSA 78 1 w9rf writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 78 1 n8s4 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md). PSA 78 1 d6i3 figs-abstractnouns 0 Hear my teaching The noun “teaching” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “Hear what I teach” or “Hear me as I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ PSA 78 70 c6y9 0 sheepfolds spaces with walls around them where sheep are kept PSA 78 71 x189 figs-metaphor 0 to be shepherd of Jacob, his people, and of Israel, his heritage The word “shepherd” is a metaphor for one who leads and protects other people. Alternate translation: “to lead and protect the descendants of Jacob, his people, and of Israel, his heritage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 78 71 f6sh 0 his heritage “the ones he had chosen to be his forever” See how this is translated in [Psalms 78:62](../078/062.md). PSA 78 72 q2pe figs-metaphor 0 David shepherded them The word “shepherded” is a metaphor for leading and protecting. Alternate translation: “David led them and protected them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 79 intro k1lh 0 # Psalm 079 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 79 is a deliverance psalm and a prayer for revenge against their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction
Jerusalem has been destroyed and its people killed. God should destroy these enemy nations who do not pray to him. +PSA 79 intro k1lh 0 # Psalm 079 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 79 is a deliverance psalm and a prayer for revenge against their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction
Jerusalem has been destroyed and its people killed. God should destroy these enemy nations who do not pray to him. PSA 79 1 q2wf writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 79 1 yd8b 0 your inheritance “the land that was to be yours forever” See how this is translated in [Psalms 68:9](../068/009.md). PSA 79 3 da6v figs-metonymy 0 They have shed their blood like water The word “blood” is a metonym for innocent life. To shed blood is to kill innocent people. Most people saw water every day, so for blood to be as common as water, many innocent people would have to die. Alternate translation: “They have killed so many innocent people that the blood is everywhere, like water after it rains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -2976,7 +2976,7 @@ PSA 79 12 v85q figs-metaphor 0 into the laps onto their knees and thighs as the PSA 79 13 uf6h figs-metaphor 0 we your people and sheep of your pasture will give you thanks The word “sheep” is a metaphor for helpless people whom a shepherd protects and leads. Alternate translation: “we who are your people, whom you protect and lead, will thank you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 79 13 qt1i 0 tell your praises to all generations Alternate translation: “make sure that all generations to come know all the good things you have done” PSA 79 13 y9ux figs-metonymy 0 your praises This represents the things that people will praise them the Lord for. Alternate translation: “continue to praise you for the things that you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 80 intro lis5 0 # Psalm 080 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 80 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
Israel’s enemies threaten them. The psalmist asks Yahweh to look down with joy on them, then they will be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The author uses an extended metaphor of Israel as a vine planted by God which is being uprooted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +PSA 80 intro lis5 0 # Psalm 080 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 80 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
Israel’s enemies threaten them. The psalmist asks Yahweh to look down with joy on them, then they will be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The author uses an extended metaphor of Israel as a vine planted by God which is being uprooted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 80 1 ijk8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 80 1 lsl8 0 For the chief musician “This is for the director of music to use in worship” See how this is translated in [Psalms 4:1](../004/001.md). PSA 80 1 gk4a 0 set to the Shoshannim This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 45:1](../045/001.md). @@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@ PSA 80 17 pxv7 figs-idiom 0 right hand When a man in Israel wanted to honor ano PSA 80 18 hml7 figs-metaphor 0 we will not turn away from you Here “turn away” is a metaphor for rejecting someone. This can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we will not stop worshiping and obeying you” or “we will always worship and obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 80 19 sz4h figs-metaphor 0 shine on us The writer speaks of Yahweh acting favorably towards them as if Yahweh’s face shone a light on them. See how you translated this in [Psalms 80:3](../080/003.md). Alternate translation: “act favorably towards us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 80 19 q2fl figs-activepassive 0 we will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PSA 81 intro dvt7 0 # Psalm 081 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 81 is a wisdom psalm. It is meant to be sung at “new moon” and “full moon” ceremonies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obedience
If Israel would obey and worship God, he would destroy their enemies. +PSA 81 intro dvt7 0 # Psalm 081 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 81 is a wisdom psalm. It is meant to be sung at “new moon” and “full moon” ceremonies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obedience
If Israel would obey and worship God, he would destroy their enemies. PSA 81 1 m6jf writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 81 1 v66t 0 A psalm of Asaph A psalm that Asaph wrote. PSA 81 1 f39e 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship;” @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ PSA 81 15 pck7 figs-activepassive 0 May they be humiliated forever If your lang PSA 81 16 q9k3 figs-metaphor 0 I would feed Israel with the finest wheat God causing the best wheat to grow in Israel is spoken of as if he would literally feed the wheat to the people. Alternate translation: “I would allow the Israelites to eat the finest wheat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 81 16 ix1f 0 feed Israel … satisfy you Both “Israel” and “you” refer to the Israelites. PSA 81 16 vv42 figs-explicit 0 honey out of the rock This refers to wild honey. Bees would build hives in the holes in rocks and make the honey there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -PSA 82 intro a4le 0 # Psalm 082 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 82 is a psalm of judgment against the leaders of the other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Favoritism
The leaders of the nations need to protect the poor and needy and not to favor the evil rich people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

The leaders of the nations are represented by their gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +PSA 82 intro a4le 0 # Psalm 082 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 82 is a psalm of judgment against the leaders of the other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Favoritism
The leaders of the nations need to protect the poor and needy and not to favor the evil rich people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

The leaders of the nations are represented by their gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) PSA 82 1 why9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 82 1 c9rs 0 the divine assembly Alternate translation: “the heavenly council” or “the meeting in heaven” PSA 82 1 xb2b figs-abstractnouns 0 he renders judgment “he gives judgment.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -3083,7 +3083,7 @@ PSA 82 8 rpl1 0 General Information: The writer is speaking again. PSA 82 8 acl5 figs-metonymy 0 judge the earth Here “earth” represents the people. Alternate translation: “judge the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 82 8 lz8v figs-metaphor 0 for you have an inheritance in all the nations “for all the nations are your inheritance.” Yahweh taking all the people as his own and ruling over them is spoken of as if the nations were a possession that he inherited. Alternate translation: “for you rule over all the people of every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 82 8 j3wm figs-metonymy 0 all the nations Here “nations” represents the people of the nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 83 intro kij7 0 # Psalm 083 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 83 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for deliverance from the many nations allied against Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction
God should destroy these enemy nations like he destroyed Israel’s enemies during the time of the Judges. +PSA 83 intro kij7 0 # Psalm 083 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 83 is a deliverance psalm. It is a prayer for deliverance from the many nations allied against Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction
God should destroy these enemy nations like he destroyed Israel’s enemies during the time of the Judges. PSA 83 1 iiq7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 83 1 c7u9 0 remain unmoved Alternate translation: “do nothing to help us” PSA 83 2 rq2g 0 Look, your enemies are making a commotion Here “making a commotion” means they are rioting and rebelling. Alternate translation: “Look, your enemies are rebelling against you” @@ -3119,7 +3119,7 @@ PSA 83 17 q6j1 figs-activepassive 0 May they be put to shame and be terrified f PSA 83 17 l9px 0 may they perish in disgrace Alternate translation: “may they die while they are ashamed” PSA 83 18 y45v 0 Then they will know This can also be stated as the writer making a request to God. Alternate translation: “Cause them to know” PSA 83 18 tw1g figs-metaphor 0 are the Most High over all the earth God ruling over everything in the earth is spoken of as if he were elevated higher than everything else. Alternate translation: “are supreme, and you rule all things on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 84 intro mf13 0 # Psalm 084 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 84 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obedience
God blesses all who want to obey him. Praising God in his temple is better than anything else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Similarity to Psalm 42-43
There are many similarities between these psalms and some scholars suggest they were written by the same people. +PSA 84 intro mf13 0 # Psalm 084 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 84 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obedience
God blesses all who want to obey him. Praising God in his temple is better than anything else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Similarity to Psalm 42-43
There are many similarities between these psalms and some scholars suggest they were written by the same people. PSA 84 1 mkj6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 84 1 wu9e 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship” PSA 84 1 yxs9 0 set to the Gittith This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 8:1](../008/001.md). @@ -3154,7 +3154,7 @@ PSA 84 11 d9l1 figs-metaphor 0 For Yahweh God is our sun and shield Yahweh who PSA 84 11 ge8a figs-abstractnouns 0 Yahweh will give grace and glory The abstract nouns “grace” and “glory” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be kind to us and honor us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 84 11 tv3q 0 who walk in integrity The way a person conducts their lives or behaves is spoken of as if the person were walking. Alternate translation: “who live honestly” or “who are honest” PSA 84 12 tfi5 figs-genericnoun 0 blessed is the man Here “man” means people in general. Alternate translation: “blessed are those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -PSA 85 intro vtd4 0 # Psalm 085 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 85 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings
God has given so many blessings. If the people stop their sinning, then the land will be filled by the glory of God and his blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])

### Group Prayer
Note how this psalm uses the plural to show that it is a group praying. +PSA 85 intro vtd4 0 # Psalm 085 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 85 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings
God has given so many blessings. If the people stop their sinning, then the land will be filled by the glory of God and his blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])

### Group Prayer
Note how this psalm uses the plural to show that it is a group praying. PSA 85 1 d8a7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 85 1 h493 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 85 1 iym4 figs-metonymy 0 you have showed favor to your land Here “land” represents the nation and people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3182,7 +3182,7 @@ PSA 85 11 y3gv figs-metaphor 0 Trustworthiness springs up from the ground The p PSA 85 11 uw31 figs-abstractnouns 0 righteousness looks down from the sky The word “righteousness” is an abstract noun, and it is spoken of as a person looking down as God does. Alternate translation: “God will look on us from heaven and will act justly towards us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 85 13 bxa8 figs-personification 0 Righteousness will go before him and make a way for his footsteps God doing what is right everywhere he goes is spoken of as if righteousness were a person who goes ahead of God and prepares a path for God to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 85 13 b458 figs-metonymy 0 his footsteps Here “footsteps” represents where God walks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 86 intro yms3 0 # Psalm 086 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 86 is a deliverance psalm. He is praying for deliverance from his many enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God has blessed the psalmist and is so loving to him. He has been one of God’s servants. Now he needs God to save him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 86 intro yms3 0 # Psalm 086 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 86 is a deliverance psalm. He is praying for deliverance from his many enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God has blessed the psalmist and is so loving to him. He has been one of God’s servants. Now he needs God to save him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 86 1 ss24 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 86 1 j7gt 0 poor and needy Alternate translation: “weak and needy” PSA 86 2 b1gx figs-123person 0 save your servant David refers to himself as “your servant,” that is, God’s servant. Alternate translation: “save me, your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -3209,7 +3209,7 @@ PSA 86 16 rlz9 figs-metaphor 0 Turn toward me Asking God to consider him is spo PSA 86 16 ha4f figs-abstractnouns 0 give your strength to your servant If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **strength**, you could express the same idea with a verb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “strengthen your servant” or “make your servant strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 86 16 r4fq figs-123person 0 your servant … the son of your servant woman The writer is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) PSA 86 17 ja63 figs-activepassive 0 be put to shame If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PSA 87 intro l8z3 0 # Psalm 087 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 87 is a psalm about Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride
People will be proud to have been born in Jerusalem.

### Psalms about Jerusalem

Psalm 46, 48, and 76 are part of a group of psalms that celebrate Jerusalem. +PSA 87 intro l8z3 0 # Psalm 087 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 87 is a psalm about Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride
People will be proud to have been born in Jerusalem.

### Psalms about Jerusalem

Psalm 46, 48, and 76 are part of a group of psalms that celebrate Jerusalem. PSA 87 1 pr6p writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 87 2 mz5w figs-synecdoche 0 gates of Zion Here “gates of Zion” represents the entire city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 87 2 tah3 figs-metonymy 0 all the tents of Jacob The people lived in tents while they wandered in the desert. Here the writer uses “tents of Jacob” to represent where the Israelites live now. Alternate translation: “any of the other dwelling places of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ PSA 87 5 mx5t 0 will establish her Alternate translation: “will make Jerusal PSA 87 6 p3jr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh writes in the census book of the nations Yahweh acknowledging that the people from other nations belong to him is spoken of as if he were a king writing down the names of the people who live in his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 87 6 wgv4 figs-metaphor 0 This one was born there “This one” refers to the people from the nations that the writer mentions. Although they were not physically born in Zion, those who follow God are natives of Jerusalem spiritually. See how you translated this in [Psalms 87:4](../087/004.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 87 7 q7a8 figs-metaphor 0 All my fountains are in you Jerusalem being a place where people receive all their blessings is spoken of as if Jerusalem were a spring that provided water to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 88 intro w2mk 0 # Psalm 088 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 88 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abandon
Ever since he was a child, the psalmist has been sick, and now all his friends have abandoned him. If he dies he cannot testify about God’s healing. +PSA 88 intro w2mk 0 # Psalm 088 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 88 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Abandon
Ever since he was a child, the psalmist has been sick, and now all his friends have abandoned him. If he dies he cannot testify about God’s healing. PSA 88 1 vi6i writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 88 1 d8eg 0 A song, a psalm of the sons of Korah Alternate translation: “This is a psalm that the sons of Korah wrote” PSA 88 1 qm8l 0 for the chief musician Alternate translation: “this is for the director of music to use in worship” @@ -3268,7 +3268,7 @@ PSA 88 17 e9s9 0 They The word “They” refers to God’s “angry actions PSA 88 17 qva9 figs-metaphor 0 they have all encircled me The writer speaks of God’s “angry actions” and “terrifying deeds” as if they were enemies who were trying to capture and kill him. Alternate translation: “they have surrounded me like enemy soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 88 18 x6gd 0 every friend and acquaintance Alternate translation: “every person I love and know” PSA 88 18 pnc1 figs-personification 0 My only acquaintance is the darkness This speaks about darkness as if it were a person that could be friends with someone else. The writer is emphasizing that he feels completely alone. Alternate translation: “Everywhere I go it is dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -PSA 89 intro aw17 0 # Psalm 089 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 89 is a worship and a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s promises
God is mighty and has promised David an eternal kingdom. But now that kingdom is being destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### Parallelism
This psalm exhibits the kind of parallelism where the second line often emphasizes the first line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +PSA 89 intro aw17 0 # Psalm 089 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 89 is a worship and a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s promises
God is mighty and has promised David an eternal kingdom. But now that kingdom is being destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### Parallelism
This psalm exhibits the kind of parallelism where the second line often emphasizes the first line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 89 1 knd1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 89 1 mu2k 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md). PSA 89 1 dqe7 translate-names 0 Ethan This is the name of the writer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -3372,7 +3372,7 @@ PSA 89 51 vq6j figs-metonymy 0 they mock the footsteps of your anointed one Her PSA 89 52 hvn5 0 General Information: This verse is more than the end of this psalm. It is the closing statement for all of Book 3 of the Psalms, which starts at Psalm 73 and ends with Psalm 89. PSA 89 52 fig1 figs-activepassive 0 Blessed be Yahweh forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 89 52 h8fn 0 Amen and Amen The word “Amen” is repeated to emphasize approval of what has been said. See how you translated this in [Psalms 41:13](../041/013.md). -PSA 90 intro gmu6 0 # Psalm 090 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm is a wisdom psalm. God is eternal but a human’s life is short. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life’s shortness
Because life is so short, people need to spend it as God wants them to spend it. +PSA 90 intro gmu6 0 # Psalm 090 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm is a wisdom psalm. God is eternal but a human’s life is short. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life’s shortness
Because life is so short, people need to spend it as God wants them to spend it. PSA 90 1 jue7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 90 1 n3vq figs-metaphor 0 Lord, you have been our refuge God protecting his people is spoken of as if God were a refuge or shelter. Alternate translation: “Lord, you have been like a shelter for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 90 1 ykl6 0 throughout all generations Alternate translation: “always” @@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@ PSA 90 16 g2qt 0 let our children Here “children” means children and desce PSA 90 16 sjz5 figs-abstractnouns 0 see your majesty If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **majesty**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “great things.” Alternate translation: “see the great things you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 90 17 at2j figs-abstractnouns 0 May the favor of the Lord our God be ours If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **favor**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “be kind.” Alternate translation: “May the Lord our God be kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 90 17 ye67 figs-synecdoche 0 prosper the work of our hands Here “hands” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “cause us to be successful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -PSA 91 intro ye5h 0 # Psalm 091 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 91 is a wisdom psalm. Those who depend on God are protected by him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
No matter what dangers befall a person, they do not need to fear. God is protecting them from all harm. +PSA 91 intro ye5h 0 # Psalm 091 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 91 is a wisdom psalm. Those who depend on God are protected by him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fear
No matter what dangers befall a person, they do not need to fear. God is protecting them from all harm. PSA 91 1 xv6f writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 91 1 g3bv figs-metaphor 0 He who lives … will stay … of the Almighty Because “live” and “stay” mean almost the same thing, as do “shelter” and “shadow,” which are both metaphors for protection, you may need to combine the two lines into one. Alternate translation: “The Most High, the Almighty, will care for all those who live where he can protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) PSA 91 1 lc6j figs-metaphor 0 who lives in the shelter of the Most High The word “shelter” is a metaphor for protection. Alternate translation: “who lives where the Most High protects him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@ PSA 91 15 cwn1 figs-explicit 0 I will be with him in trouble This can be made e PSA 91 15 am3h figs-abstractnouns 0 I will give him victory If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **victory**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “I will cause him to be victorious” or “I will enable him to defeat his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 91 16 jc9f figs-idiom 0 will satisfy him with the length of his days The idiom “the length of his days” here refers to the duration of his life. It may imply a long life. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy him by giving him a long life” or “I will make him happy by letting him live a very long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 91 16 xnz9 figs-metaphor 0 and show him my salvation “and I will show him my salvation.” The psalmist speaks of the work God does to save people as if it were a physical object. Alternate translation: “I will save him so that he knows I am the one who saved him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 92 intro cs72 0 # Psalm 092 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 92 is a psalm of praise for God’s kindness and faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
God causes evil people to be destroyed and good people to be happy and useful, even after they grow old. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +PSA 92 intro cs72 0 # Psalm 092 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 92 is a psalm of praise for God’s kindness and faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
God causes evil people to be destroyed and good people to be happy and useful, even after they grow old. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) PSA 92 1 bx9h writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 92 1 fur9 figs-metonymy 0 to sing praises to your name The words “your name” are a metonym for “you.” Alternate translation: “to sing praises to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 92 2 b75i figs-abstractnouns 0 proclaim your covenant faithfulness in the morning If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “proclaim in the morning that you are faithful to your covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -3485,7 +3485,7 @@ PSA 92 14 pf43 figs-metaphor 0 They bear fruit The psalmist speaks of righteous PSA 92 14 m2x1 figs-metaphor 0 they stay fresh and green The psalmist speaks of righteous people as if they were trees. Alternate translation: “they remain strong and healthy” or “they always do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 92 15 sev8 0 to proclaim that These words continue the thought begun by the words “they stay fresh and green” in ([Psalms 92:14](../092/014.md)). This could mean: (1) “they stay fresh and green, so that they can proclaim” or (2) “they stay fresh and green. This shows that.” PSA 92 15 fh1p figs-metaphor 0 He is my rock “Yahweh is the one who protects me.” The psalmist speaks of Yahweh as if he were a rock that would protect him. See how this is translated in [Psalms 18:2](../018/002.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 93 intro r2fh 0 # Psalm 093 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 93 is a worship psalm about the power of Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
Yahweh is all powerful; He even controls the ocean. +PSA 93 intro r2fh 0 # Psalm 093 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 93 is a worship psalm about the power of Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
Yahweh is all powerful; He even controls the ocean. PSA 93 1 gs1h writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 93 1 cif2 figs-metaphor 0 he is robed in majesty; Yahweh has clothed and girded himself with strength The psalmist speaks of Yahweh’s strength and majesty as if they were things Yahweh wears. Alternate translation: “he shows everyone that he is a powerful king” or “his majesty is there for all to see, like the robe a king wears; everything about Yahweh shows that he is strong and he is ready to do great work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 93 1 g76j 0 majesty the power of a king and the way a king acts @@ -3506,7 +3506,7 @@ PSA 93 5 f31y figs-metaphor 0 holiness adorns your house The psalmist speaks of PSA 93 5 a9yi 0 adorns makes beautiful PSA 93 5 xku4 0 your house This refers to the temple in Jerusalem. PSA 93 5 lsy7 figs-idiom 0 for the length of your days This idiom refers to the duration of God’s life. Since God lives forever, it can also be translated as forever. Alternate translation: “for as long as you live” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PSA 94 intro afb5 0 # Psalm 094 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 94 is a prayer requesting that evil people be punished. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
Evil people expect God to ignore their injustices. But God knows what they are doing and will punish them for their evil deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) +PSA 94 intro afb5 0 # Psalm 094 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 94 is a prayer requesting that evil people be punished. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice
Evil people expect God to ignore their injustices. But God knows what they are doing and will punish them for their evil deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]]) PSA 94 1 ns8u writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 94 1 h3e7 figs-metaphor 0 shine over us Here “shine” is a metaphor for God revealing himself. Alternate translation: “show yourself” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 94 2 i9f5 0 Rise up, judge of the earth, give to the proud what they deserve Alternate translation: “Come, judge of the earth, and punish the proud” @@ -3550,7 +3550,7 @@ PSA 94 22 r48i figs-metaphor 0 God has been the rock of my refuge The psalmist PSA 94 23 fx4p 0 will bring on them their own iniquity This could mean: (1) “will do to them the evil things they have done to others” or (2) “will punish them for all the evil things he has done to others.” PSA 94 23 qc5b figs-idiom 0 cut them off This is an idiom which means “kill them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 94 23 i6z5 0 in their own wickedness This could mean: (1) “while they are doing wicked things” or (2) “because they have done wicked things.” -PSA 95 intro e91f 0 # Psalm 095 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 95 is the first in a series of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s care
God made everything and takes good care of people. People should not be stubborn like the Israelites were in the days of Moses. The Israelites with Moses wandered in the desert for forty years. +PSA 95 intro e91f 0 # Psalm 095 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 95 is the first in a series of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s care
God made everything and takes good care of people. People should not be stubborn like the Israelites were in the days of Moses. The Israelites with Moses wandered in the desert for forty years. PSA 95 1 qaf5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 95 1 gv24 figs-metaphor 0 the rock of our salvation The psalmist speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh were a mountain the people could climb so they would be safe. See how “rock” and “of my salvation” are translated in [Psalms 18:46](../018/046.md). Alternate translation: “the rock where we can go and God will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 95 2 q5qb figs-metaphor 0 enter his presence The psalmist speaks as if he is telling the readers to go into the throne room of a king. Alternate translation: “go to where he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ PSA 95 10 mu82 0 that generation Alternate translation: “all of those people PSA 95 10 ejg1 figs-metaphor 0 wander astray God speaks of the people as if they were sheep, which will go wherever they want to and not stay near their shepherd. Alternate translation: “move away from me” or “go their own way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 95 10 b41a figs-metaphor 0 they have not known my ways Yahweh’s commands are spoken of as if they were paths on which the people should walk. The people not obeying Yahweh’s commands is spoken of as if they did not know these paths. Alternate translation: “they have not obeyed my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 95 11 l98t 0 my resting place Alternate translation: “the place where I would have allowed them to rest” -PSA 96 intro hdp3 0 # Psalm 096 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 96 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh, the king
Yahweh is king over all the earth and is worthy of all praise. +PSA 96 intro hdp3 0 # Psalm 096 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 96 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh, the king
Yahweh is king over all the earth and is worthy of all praise. PSA 96 1 i5dj writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 96 1 sm6u 0 a new song a song no one has ever sung before PSA 96 1 mlu3 figs-metonymy 0 all the earth This refers to the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “all you people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3607,7 +3607,7 @@ PSA 96 13 jp59 0 to judge … will judge Another possible meaning is “to rul PSA 96 13 yk8h figs-metonymy 0 He will judge the world with righteousness Here “the world” is a metonym for all the people in the world. See how these words are translated in [Psalms 9:8](../009/008.md). Alternate translation: “He will judge all the people of the world righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 96 13 yn8l figs-ellipsis 0 the peoples with his faithfulness The words “he will judge” are understood. Alternate translation: “he will judge the peoples with his faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PSA 96 13 z7r2 figs-abstractnouns 0 with his faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “fairly, according to what he knows is true” or (2) Alternate translation: “using the same standard for all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 97 intro ydx4 0 # Psalm 097 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 97 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s authority
All people who worship idols are disgraced because Yahweh rules over all the world. +PSA 97 intro ydx4 0 # Psalm 097 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 97 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s authority
All people who worship idols are disgraced because Yahweh rules over all the world. PSA 97 1 myd1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 97 1 aa9a figs-personification 0 let the earth rejoice; let the many coastlands be glad The earth and the coastlands are said to have emotions like people. Alternate translation: “Rejoice and be glad every person on the earth and near the seas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 97 1 n5lw 0 coastlands This could mean: (1) “lands near the seas” or (2) “islands.” @@ -3632,7 +3632,7 @@ PSA 97 11 tqu7 figs-synecdoche 0 those with honest hearts The heart is a synecd PSA 97 12 bkn2 0 General Information: This verse has a command followed by the reason for the command. If your language requires the reason to precede the command: “Because of what Yahweh has done for you, you righteous people, be glad and give thanks when you remember his holiness.” PSA 97 12 h6wc figs-idiom 0 Be glad in Yahweh This idiom means to be glad because of what Yahweh has done. Alternate translation: “Be glad because of what Yahweh has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 97 12 df6i figs-metonymy 0 when you remember his holiness This could mean: (1) “when you remember how holy he is” or (2) “to his holy name,” a metonym for “to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 98 intro rt9w 0 # Psalm 098 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 98 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
Everyone and every thing should sing praises to Yahweh because he is worthy of all praise. +PSA 98 intro rt9w 0 # Psalm 098 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 98 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
Everyone and every thing should sing praises to Yahweh because he is worthy of all praise. PSA 98 1 p45q writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 98 1 p2zl 0 a new song a song no one has ever sung before. See how this is translated in [Psalms 96:1](../096/001.md). PSA 98 1 diq2 figs-metonymy 0 his right hand and his holy arm have The words “right hand” and “holy arm” refer to Yahweh’s strength. Together they emphasize how great his strength is. Alternate translation: “his very great power has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -3658,7 +3658,7 @@ PSA 98 8 t1an figs-personification 0 Let the rivers clap their hands, and let t PSA 98 9 r45f figs-ellipsis 0 the nations with fairness The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “he will judge the nations with fairness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PSA 98 9 qd66 figs-metonymy 0 the nations This is a metonym for “the people who live in the nations.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 98 9 lp38 0 with fairness Alternate translation: “honestly” or “using the same standard for everyone” -PSA 99 intro wma5 0 # Psalm 099 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 99 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s justice
God is just and fair. Moses, Aaron and Samuel each prayed to him and obeyed him and he answered their prayers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +PSA 99 intro wma5 0 # Psalm 099 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 99 is one of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s justice
God is just and fair. Moses, Aaron and Samuel each prayed to him and obeyed him and he answered their prayers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) PSA 99 1 k3aw writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 99 1 gp6t figs-metonymy 0 the nations This refers to the people of all nations. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 99 1 mf5d 0 tremble shake with fear @@ -3673,7 +3673,7 @@ PSA 99 5 j6yj figs-explicit 0 worship at his footstool Here the word “footsto PSA 99 7 cv85 0 solemn important, given seriously PSA 99 8 v1qa 0 You answered them Alternate translation: “You answered your people” PSA 99 9 lw8c 0 his holy hill Alternate translation: “Mount Zion” -PSA 100 intro n9yp 0 # Psalm 10 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 100 is the last of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s care for his creation
God made mankind and takes good care of people. +PSA 100 intro n9yp 0 # Psalm 10 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 100 is the last of six worship psalms (Psalms 95-100).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s care for his creation
God made mankind and takes good care of people. PSA 100 1 m9ga writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 100 1 xue7 0 Shout joyfully to Yahweh “Raise a shout to Yahweh.” See how “shout” is translated in [Psalms 47:1](../047/001.md). PSA 100 1 szl7 figs-metonymy 0 all the earth This refers to all the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “everyone on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3685,7 +3685,7 @@ PSA 100 4 zt85 figs-metonymy 0 bless his name The word “name” is a metonym PSA 100 5 qn11 figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he is faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 100 5 e52y figs-ellipsis 0 his truthfulness through all generations The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truthfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his truthfulness endures through all generations” or “he is truthful through all generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 100 5 nly8 0 through all generations “generation after generation.” See how this is translated in [Psalms 89:4](../089/004.md). -PSA 101 intro vhm3 0 # Psalm 11 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 101 is a psalm asking God’s help in living as a person should.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Encouragement
The psalmist wanted to encourage all the good people in the land restrain all the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +PSA 101 intro vhm3 0 # Psalm 11 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 101 is a psalm asking God’s help in living as a person should.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Encouragement
The psalmist wanted to encourage all the good people in the land restrain all the evil people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) PSA 101 1 icq7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 101 1 lx29 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will sing of covenant faithfulness and justice The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “justice” can be translated with adjectives. Alternate translation: “I will sing that you are faithful to your covenant and that you are just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 101 2 v15m figs-metaphor 0 I will walk in the way of integrity Here David speaks about “living” as if it were “walking.” Alternate translation: “I will live in a way that is honest and right” or “I will live a life full of integrity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3705,7 +3705,7 @@ PSA 101 7 hk5x figs-synecdoche 0 before my eyes Here “my eyes” refers to Da PSA 101 8 xql1 0 Morning by morning Alternate translation: “Every day” PSA 101 8 e3n4 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “the wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 101 8 nwb7 figs-explicit 0 from the city of Yahweh David is referring to the city that he is in as “the city of Yahweh.” This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “from this city, which is Yahweh’s city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -PSA 102 intro ew2b 0 # Psalm 12 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 102 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Salvation
The author does not want to die young. He also wants to see Jerusalem saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 102 intro ew2b 0 # Psalm 12 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 102 is a psalm of deliverance from sickness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Salvation
The author does not want to die young. He also wants to see Jerusalem saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 102 1 p5kd writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 102 1 g5ux figs-nominaladj 0 the afflicted This refers to a man who is afflicted. Alternate translation: “the afflicted man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 102 3 z22d figs-simile 0 my days pass away like smoke Here “my days” refers to the author’s life and the idea of “smoke” is something that quickly disappears. Alternate translation: “my life passes away quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -3746,7 +3746,7 @@ PSA 102 26 r72f 0 they will all grow old The word “they” refers to “the PSA 102 27 fd7u figs-metaphor 0 your years will have no end Here David describes the length of time that God is alive as his “years.” This can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) PSA 102 28 va7h 0 will live on Alternate translation: “will continue to live” PSA 102 28 nf8i figs-metaphor 0 live in your presence Here David describes the descendants being protected by Yahweh as being in his presence. Alternate translation: “be protected as they live in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 103 intro b1ht 0 # Psalm 13 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 103 is the first in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s grace
God is good to us by forgiving our sins and not punishing us as much as we deserve. His loving-kindness goes on from generation to generation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +PSA 103 intro b1ht 0 # Psalm 13 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 103 is the first in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s grace
God is good to us by forgiving our sins and not punishing us as much as we deserve. His loving-kindness goes on from generation to generation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) PSA 103 1 j269 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 103 1 dn28 figs-parallelism 0 I give praise to Yahweh with all my life, and with all that is within me, I give praise to his holy name These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how much he will praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will praise Yahweh with all that I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 103 1 tv2n figs-metonymy 0 give praise to his holy name This refers to praising Yahweh’s name as Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ PSA 103 19 q47p figs-metonymy 0 his kingdom rules Here Yahweh is referred to by PSA 103 21 hie6 figs-idiom 0 carry out his will This is an idiom meaning to “do his will.” Alternate translation: “do his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 103 22 kgz3 0 in all the places where he reigns Alternate translation: “praise him in all the places where he reigns” PSA 103 22 te1g figs-metonymy 0 with all my life This phrase means that he will praise Yahweh wholeheartedly and is used to emphasize his devotion to him. Alternate translation: “with all of me” or “with all my soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 104 intro zu6w 0 # Psalm 14 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 104 is the second in the series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s creation
God has created everything good on earth, in the sky and in the sea. +PSA 104 intro zu6w 0 # Psalm 14 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 104 is the second in the series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yahweh’s creation
God has created everything good on earth, in the sky and in the sea. PSA 104 1 n2h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. This psalm is a song of praise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 104 1 h3du figs-metonymy 0 with all my life This phrase means that he will praise Yahweh wholeheartedly and is used to emphasize his devotion to him. Alternate translation: “with all of me” or “with all my soul”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 104 1 pn87 figs-doublet 0 you are clothed with splendor and majesty The words “splendor” and “majesty” have similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s glory. They are described as clothing Yahweh like a garment. Alternate translation: “you have splendor and majesty all around you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3843,7 +3843,7 @@ PSA 104 30 bvs4 0 you renew the countryside Alternate translation: “you caus PSA 104 34 wqg4 figs-metaphor 0 my thoughts be sweet He is comparing his thoughts to something that tastes sweet. Alternate translation: “my thoughts be pleasing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 104 35 j2if 0 vanish disappear PSA 104 35 d8e7 figs-nominaladj 0 let the wicked be no more The phrase “the wicked” refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “may wicked people disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -PSA 105 intro lfu2 0 # Psalm 15 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +PSA 105 intro lfu2 0 # Psalm 15 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 105 is the third in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God protected Abraham and Jacob. He worked throughout Israel’s history to bring Israel into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) PSA 105 1 zzf7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 105 1 vd4n figs-metonymy 0 call on his name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “call on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 105 1 x3bs figs-metonymy 0 the nations This refers to the people in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -3907,7 +3907,7 @@ PSA 105 43 s27l figs-parallelism 0 He led his people out … his chosen with sh PSA 105 43 is64 figs-nominaladj 0 his chosen Here “chosen” refers to Yahweh’s chosen people. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 105 43 vc3k 0 shouts of triumph the sound that people make when they are shouting with joy because they have defeated their enemies PSA 105 45 x32z figs-parallelism 0 keep his statutes and obey his laws These two phrases have basically the same meaning and are used together for emphasis. “To keep” his statutes means to obey them. Alternate translation: “obey his laws and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -PSA 106 intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 16 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s sin
Although Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +PSA 106 intro b2l3 0 # Psalm 16 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 106 is the fourth in a series of five psalms of praise to God. (Psalm 103-107)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s sin
Although Israel continually sinned in the desert, God still took them to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) PSA 106 1 m751 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 106 1 n4rk figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant faithfulness endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “for he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 106 2 mp3f figs-rquestion 0 Who can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh … deeds? The author asks this question to praise God and does not expect an answer. Alternate translation: “No one can recount the mighty acts of Yahweh … deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -3977,7 +3977,7 @@ PSA 106 47 p7rh 0 General Information: Here 106:48 is more than the end of thi PSA 106 47 n47s figs-metonymy 0 to your holy name Here Yahweh is referred to by his “holy name.” Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 106 48 qmx9 figs-activepassive 0 May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 106 48 qzy4 figs-merism 0 from everlasting to everlasting This refers to two extremes and means for all time. See how you translated this in [Psalms 41:13](../041/013.md). Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -PSA 107 intro j88n 0 # Psalm 17 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 107 is the last in a series of five psalms of praise to God (Psalm 103-107).

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist praises Yahweh for saving people lost in the desert, in prison, sick, in a storm at sea, homeless and oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) +PSA 107 intro j88n 0 # Psalm 17 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 107 is the last in a series of five psalms of praise to God (Psalm 103-107).

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The psalmist praises Yahweh for saving people lost in the desert, in prison, sick, in a storm at sea, homeless and oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) PSA 107 1 h2en writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 107 1 he6p figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 107 2 p5ij figs-nominaladj 0 the redeemed of Yahweh “The redeemed” refers to the people whom Yahweh has saved. Alternate translation: “those whom Yahweh has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -4054,7 +4054,7 @@ PSA 107 42 pa98 figs-metonymy 0 all wickedness Here wicked people are referred PSA 107 42 s6wb figs-idiom 0 shuts its mouth This means to not say anything in response. Alternate translation: “has nothing to say against Yahweh in reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 107 43 fk8h figs-idiom 0 take note of these things This means to think about these things. Alternate translation: “think about these things” or “remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 107 43 u9kq figs-abstractnouns 0 meditate on Yahweh’s acts of covenant faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “meditate on the things that Yahweh has done that show that he is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 108 intro vpj5 0 # Psalm 18 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 108 is a psalm of war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory
God promised success to the psalmist, but Yahweh failed to help him conquer the country of Edom. He needed God to give him victory over Edom. +PSA 108 intro vpj5 0 # Psalm 18 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 108 is a psalm of war.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Victory
God promised success to the psalmist, but Yahweh failed to help him conquer the country of Edom. He needed God to give him victory over Edom. PSA 108 1 lxd7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 108 1 c1mr figs-synecdoche 0 My heart is fixed, God Here David is referring to himself by his heart. Also, the word “fixed” means to trust completely. Alternate translation: “My heart is fixed on you, God” or “I am trusting completely in you, God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 108 1 tuz7 figs-synecdoche 0 I will sing praises also with my honored heart Here David is represented by his “heart.” David refers to himself as having the honor of praising God. Alternate translation: “You honor me by allowing me to sing praises to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -4087,7 +4087,7 @@ PSA 108 12 va87 0 is futile Alternate translation: “is worthless” PSA 108 13 vs71 0 General Information: This verse is the same as [Psalms 60:12](../060/012.md). PSA 108 13 wk3a 0 will triumph Alternate translation: “will defeat our enemies” PSA 108 13 a18r figs-metaphor 0 he will trample down our enemies The psalmist speaks of God helping their army defeat their enemies as if God were to trample down the enemies. Alternate translation: “he will enable us to trample down our enemies” or “he will make us able to defeat our enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 109 intro r1w7 0 # Psalm 19 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 109 is a psalm of vengeance against an enemy who has lied about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Enemies destroyed
This enemy lied about the psalmist. So he asked God to completely destroy his enemy and his enemy’s family. +PSA 109 intro r1w7 0 # Psalm 19 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 109 is a psalm of vengeance against an enemy who has lied about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Enemies destroyed
This enemy lied about the psalmist. So he asked God to completely destroy his enemy and his enemy’s family. PSA 109 1 w5rb writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 109 1 ka6w 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 109 2 tj2t figs-nominaladj 0 For the wicked and deceitful The words “wicked” and “deceitful” refer to people. They have similar meanings and emphasize how bad these people are. Alternate translation: “For wicked and deceitful men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -4146,7 +4146,7 @@ PSA 109 29 qa66 figs-metaphor 0 be clothed with shame Here David speaks of them PSA 109 29 xhb9 figs-simile 0 may they wear their shame like a robe David speaks of them being ashamed as if it were a robe that they wore. Alternate translation: “may their shame cover them just like their robe is wrapped around them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 109 30 d8ig figs-idiom 0 With my mouth I give This means that he will speak. Alternate translation: “I will speak and give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 109 31 pa49 figs-idiom 0 will stand at the right hand of the one who is needy This means that he will help and defend the poor person. Alternate translation: “will defend the one who is needy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PSA 110 intro h1ti 0 # Psalm 110 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 110 is a psalm honoring the king as he becomes king and also a prophecy about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King
The king will be able to conquer his enemies. Christ is seen as both high priest and king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) +PSA 110 intro h1ti 0 # Psalm 110 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 110 is a psalm honoring the king as he becomes king and also a prophecy about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King
The king will be able to conquer his enemies. Christ is seen as both high priest and king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) PSA 110 1 u94e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 110 1 xte6 figs-idiom 0 Sit at my right hand The phrase “my right hand” refers to the place of honor. Alternate translation: “Sit at the place of honor which I have for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PSA 110 1 ke66 figs-metaphor 0 make your enemies your footstool Here David describes Yahweh placing his master’s enemies under his power and control as putting them under his feet like a footstool. Alternate translation: “put your enemies under your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -4171,7 +4171,7 @@ PSA 110 7 mb7t figs-synecdoche 0 of the brook This means the he will drink wate PSA 110 7 hi2c 0 and then Alternate translation: “and so” or “therefore” PSA 110 7 qf91 0 he will lift his head This could mean: (1) the king lifts up his own head or (2) Yahweh lifts up the head of the king. PSA 110 7 c1xr figs-idiom 0 he will lift his head up high after victory People raised their heads when they are victorious, confident, and joyful. Alternate translation: “he will confidently lift his head after victory” or “he will be victorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PSA 111 intro mk5d 0 # Psalm 111 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 111 is a psalm of praise to God for his miracles and care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s character
God is great. He has given his people food and a land always keeps his promises to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +PSA 111 intro mk5d 0 # Psalm 111 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 111 is a psalm of praise to God for his miracles and care. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s character
God is great. He has given his people food and a land always keeps his promises to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) PSA 111 1 gj78 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 111 1 ydq8 figs-metonymy 0 with my whole heart Here the word “heart” represents the person’s entire inner being and emotions. Alternate translation: “with all that I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 111 1 wk3i figs-doublet 0 in the assembly of the upright, in their gathering These two phrases mean that same thing and may be combined if necessary. Alternate translation: “in the gathering of upright people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -4188,7 +4188,7 @@ PSA 111 9 e4zm figs-metonymy 0 holy and awesome is his name Here the word “na PSA 111 10 x95h figs-abstractnouns 0 the beginning of wisdom The word “wisdom” can be translated as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the first step to becoming wise” or “the most important thing to become wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 111 10 rv8i 0 those who carry out his instructions Alternate translation: “those who obey his instructions” PSA 111 10 vh6q figs-abstractnouns 0 His praise endures forever The word “praise” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “People will praise him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 112 intro s165 0 # Psalm 112 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 112 is a wisdom psalm teaching the value of a righteous life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Righteous people
The righteous people will be well-known for their generosity and they will not have to worry about bad news because God is taking care of them. +PSA 112 intro s165 0 # Psalm 112 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 112 is a wisdom psalm teaching the value of a righteous life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Righteous people
The righteous people will be well-known for their generosity and they will not have to worry about bad news because God is taking care of them. PSA 112 1 m17p writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 112 1 s1nc 0 greatly delights Alternate translation: “takes great pleasure” PSA 112 2 yd3e figs-activepassive 0 the descendants of the godly man will be blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless the descendants of the godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -4204,7 +4204,7 @@ PSA 112 10 rn5k 0 will see this “will see that things go well for the godly PSA 112 10 c3ev translate-symaction 0 he will grind his teeth in rage The grinding of teeth is an expression of extreme anger. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Psalms 35:16](../035/016.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) PSA 112 10 xx9c figs-metaphor 0 melt away The writer speaks of the wicked person’s eventual death as if that person were something, such as ice, that can melt. Alternate translation: “eventually die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 112 10 ig26 figs-metonymy 0 the desire of the wicked people will perish Here, **desire** could mean: (1) the emotional desire that wicked people have. Alternate translation: “the things that wicked people want to do will never happen” or (2) it is a metonym for the things that wicked people have desired. Alternate translation: “wicked people will lose the things that they desired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 113 intro p4uj 0 # Psalm 113 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 113 is a psalm of praise to God for his goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God helps the poor and gives children to the wife who cannot conceive children. +PSA 113 intro p4uj 0 # Psalm 113 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 113 is a psalm of praise to God for his goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
God helps the poor and gives children to the wife who cannot conceive children. PSA 113 1 qx3m writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 113 1 pvw9 figs-metonymy 0 the name of Yahweh Here the word “name” represents Yahweh, himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 113 3 fc3w figs-merism 0 From the rising of the sun to its setting This phrase refers to the directions east, where the sun rises, and west, where the sun sets. The writer uses these two extremes to represent everywhere on earth. See how you translated this in [Psalms 50:1](../050/001.md). Alternate translation: “Everywhere on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -4217,7 +4217,7 @@ PSA 113 7 d8bp figs-parallelism 0 He raises up the poor … from the ash heap T PSA 113 7 rib6 translate-symaction 0 out of the dirt … from the ash heap Sitting in dirt and ashes represents either poverty or despair. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) PSA 113 8 ztn3 figs-parallelism 0 so that he may seat him with princes, with the princes of his people Here the second phrase clarifies that the first phrase refers to the princes of Yahweh’s people. These two statements can be combined. Alternate translation: “so that Yahweh may seat him next to rulers of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 113 9 c3e3 figs-metonymy 0 He gives a home to the barren woman of the house Here “home” refers to the children that live in a home. Alternate translation: “He gives children to the woman who had none” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 114 intro vu9f 0 # Psalm 114 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 114 is a psalm of praise to God for his miracles in bringing the people of Israel to the promised land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
The psalmist praised God for opening up the Red Sea for the people to cross, for providing the earthquake that stopped the Jordan River so the people could cross and providing water from a rock for the people to drink. +PSA 114 intro vu9f 0 # Psalm 114 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 114 is a psalm of praise to God for his miracles in bringing the people of Israel to the promised land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
The psalmist praised God for opening up the Red Sea for the people to cross, for providing the earthquake that stopped the Jordan River so the people could cross and providing water from a rock for the people to drink. PSA 114 1 eph8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 114 1 d4dj figs-parallelism 0 When Israel left Egypt, the house of Jacob from a people who spoke a foreign language These two lines are parallel, with “Israel” and “the house of Jacob” meaning the same thing and “Egypt” and “that foreign people” referring to the same people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 114 1 trv6 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jacob from a people who spoke a foreign language The word “house” here represents the family or descendents. The verb may be supplied to this phrase. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Jacob left people who spoke a language that the descendants of Jacob did not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -4231,7 +4231,7 @@ PSA 114 7 xi33 figs-parallelism 0 Tremble, earth, before the Lord, at the prese PSA 114 7 k6tn figs-personification 0 Tremble, earth This could mean: (1) the writer is speaking to the earth as if it were a person and commands it to tremble with fear before God or (2) the word “earth” is a metonym for those who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “Tremble, everyone one earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 114 8 u6n5 figs-parallelism 0 He turned the rock into a pool of water, the hard rock into a spring of water These two phrases are parallel. The writer describes Yahweh causing water to flow from the rock as if he turned the rock into water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 114 8 ca4j figs-ellipsis 0 the hard rock into a spring of water The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “He turned the hard rock into a spring of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -PSA 115 intro it4i 0 # Psalm 115 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 115 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
God is in heaven and is able to do whatever he wants. Idols can not do anything. Therefore, people and priests should trust God for their protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 115 intro it4i 0 # Psalm 115 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 115 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
God is in heaven and is able to do whatever he wants. Idols can not do anything. Therefore, people and priests should trust God for their protection. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 115 1 i2ig writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 115 1 l7ze figs-doublet 0 Not to us, Yahweh, not to us The writer repeats the phrase “Not to us” in order to emphasize that they are not worthy to receive the honor that is due only to Yahweh. If necessary, a verbal phrase may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “Do not bring honor to us, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PSA 115 1 a1ln 0 to us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel. @@ -4259,7 +4259,7 @@ PSA 115 17 n4er figs-nominaladj 0 The dead The adjective “dead” may be tran PSA 115 17 m2zu figs-ellipsis 0 nor do any who go down into silence This parallel phrase has a similar meaning to phrase before it. The verb may be supplied from that previous phrase to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “nor do any who go down into silence praise Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 115 17 hd34 figs-metaphor 0 nor do any who go down into silence The writer speaks of the grave or the place of the dead as a place of silence where no one can speak. This is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “nor do any who go to the place of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) PSA 115 18 m43y 0 But we The word “we” refers to the people of Israel who are still alive. -PSA 116 intro r7gl 0 # Psalm 116 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 116 is a psalm of praise for saving the psalmist’s life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Healing
The author was very sick and expected to die but God healed him. So he will pay his vow and sacrifice an offering of thanks. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) +PSA 116 intro r7gl 0 # Psalm 116 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 116 is a psalm of praise for saving the psalmist’s life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Healing
The author was very sick and expected to die but God healed him. So he will pay his vow and sacrifice an offering of thanks. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]]) PSA 116 1 y25k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 116 1 w8ar figs-synecdoche 0 he hears my voice and my pleas for mercy Here the word “voice” represents the person who is speaking. The abstract nouns “pleas” and “mercy” can be stated as “plead” and “merciful.” Alternate translation: “he hears me when I plead for him to be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 116 3 mte5 figs-personification 0 The cords of death surrounded me The writer speaks of death as if it were a person who could capture him and bind him with ropes. See how you translated this in [Psalms 18:4](../018/004.md). Alternate translation: “I felt like I was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -4287,12 +4287,12 @@ PSA 116 17 qr1l figs-metonymy 0 will call on the name of Yahweh Here the word PSA 116 18 ttr5 0 I will fulfill … all his people See how you translated [Psalms 116:14](../116/014.md). PSA 116 19 u16b figs-metonymy 0 in the courts of Yahweh’s house The word “house” refers to Yahweh’s temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyards of Yahweh’s temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 116 19 hv6v figs-personification 0 in your midst, Jerusalem The writer speaks to Jerusalem as though it were a person. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -PSA 117 intro kfu1 0 # Psalm 117 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 117 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
Everyone should praise God for his love and unending faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +PSA 117 intro kfu1 0 # Psalm 117 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 117 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
Everyone should praise God for his love and unending faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) PSA 117 1 wmd2 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 117 2 ce43 0 For his Alternate translation: “Because his” PSA 117 2 t4z5 figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness is great toward us If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he does great things for us because he is faithful to his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 117 2 uht9 figs-abstractnouns 0 the trustworthiness of Yahweh endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **trustworthiness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “Yahweh remains trustworthy forever” or “Yahweh will forever be worthy of people trusting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 118 intro z9au 0 # Psalm 118 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 118 is a psalm of war and is about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rejected stone
The author praised Yahweh for his rescuing him. God enabled him to overpower his enemies. The new Testament, and even Jesus himself, saw the rejected stone as a reference to the Messiah’s rejection by the Jewish leaders. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +PSA 118 intro z9au 0 # Psalm 118 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 118 is a psalm of war and is about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rejected stone
The author praised Yahweh for his rescuing him. God enabled him to overpower his enemies. The new Testament, and even Jesus himself, saw the rejected stone as a reference to the Messiah’s rejection by the Jewish leaders. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) PSA 118 1 g414 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 118 1 af6g 0 Give thanks to Yahweh, for he is good Alternate translation: “Thank Yahweh because of the good things he does” PSA 118 1 qcw2 figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -4336,7 +4336,7 @@ PSA 118 28 rb4j 0 You are my God Here the writer begins to speak again and add PSA 118 29 b2wp figs-exclamations 0 Oh This is an exclamation that should be translated with whatever exclamation of emphasis you have in your language to make it sound natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) PSA 118 29 vx5j 0 give thanks to Yahweh; for he is good “thank Yahweh because of the good things he does.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1](../118/001.md). PSA 118 29 k1qj figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant faithfulness endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. See how you translated this in [Psalms 118:1-2](./001.md). Alternate translation: “he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 119 intro yf89 0 # Psalm 119 General Notes
## Formatting in this chapter

This is an alphabetic psalm with twenty-two groups of eight verses each all beginning with the same letter of the alphabet in the alphabetical order of the Hebrew alphabet.

## Type of psalm

Psalm 119 is a wisdom psalm about the Law of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Law
The author loved the law of God and was blessed by obeying it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +PSA 119 intro yf89 0 # Psalm 119 General Notes

## Formatting in this chapter

This is an alphabetic psalm with twenty-two groups of eight verses each all beginning with the same letter of the alphabet in the alphabetical order of the Hebrew alphabet.

## Type of psalm

Psalm 119 is a wisdom psalm about the Law of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Law
The author loved the law of God and was blessed by obeying it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) PSA 119 1 ipj6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 119 1 r86i 0 Blessed are those Alternate translation: “How good it is for those” PSA 119 1 a56q figs-metaphor 0 those whose ways are blameless How a person behaves is spoken of as “ways” or “paths.” Alternate translation: “those whose behavior is blameless” or “those whom no one can blame for doing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ PSA 119 174 wa6g figs-abstractnouns 0 your law is my delight If your language d PSA 119 175 z1ep figs-metaphor 0 may your righteous decrees help me The psalmist speaks of Yahweh’s decrees as if they were a person who could help him. Alternate translation: “may I listen to your righteous decrees and so become wise and strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 119 176 xw7j figs-simile 0 I have wandered off like a lost sheep The psalmist compares his disobedience to Yahweh to a sheep that has wandered away from the flock. Alternate translation: “I have left your way like a sheep that has left its flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 119 176 ap6x 0 seek your servant Alternate translation: “because I am your servant, come and search for me” -PSA 120 intro x4aj 0 # Psalm 120 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 120 is a psalm of deliverance from liars. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fighting
The author did not want to fight, but the people he lived with wanted to fight him. +PSA 120 intro x4aj 0 # Psalm 120 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 120 is a psalm of deliverance from liars. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fighting
The author did not want to fight, but the people he lived with wanted to fight him. PSA 120 1 xq2k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 120 1 d8u6 0 In my distress Alternate translation: “In my trouble” or “When I was in trouble” PSA 120 2 a439 figs-metonymy 0 Rescue my life Here the word “life” represents the person. Alternate translation: “Rescue me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -4600,7 +4600,7 @@ PSA 120 5 mg3z figs-metaphor 0 I temporarily live in Meshech; I lived previousl PSA 120 5 qx4h figs-metonymy 0 the tents of Kedar This phrase represents the people of Kedar who live in those tents. Alternate translation: “the people who live in Kedar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 120 7 sf92 0 I am for peace Alternate translation: “I want peace” PSA 120 7 lr78 0 they are for war Alternate translation: “they want war” -PSA 121 intro n97g 0 # Psalm 121 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 121 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God always watches over those who believe in him and protects them from harm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) +PSA 121 intro n97g 0 # Psalm 121 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 121 is a worship psalm.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God always watches over those who believe in him and protects them from harm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) PSA 121 1 xgy7 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 121 1 cb45 figs-metonymy 0 lift up my eyes This expression means “look at” or “focus my attention on.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 121 1 yb6k figs-rquestion 0 From where will my help come? The writer uses this question to focus attention on the source of his help. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you from where my help comes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@ PSA 121 5 hq1i 0 at your right hand Here this expression means to be beside or PSA 121 6 p2y6 figs-merism 0 The sun will not harm you by day, nor the moon by night The contrasting terms “day” and “night” refer to those extremes and everything in between. Alternate translation: “God protects you from the elements at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) PSA 121 6 wzt9 figs-ellipsis 0 nor the moon by night It is implies that “will not harm you” is implied here. The full meaning of this statement may be made clear. Alternate translation: “nor will the moon harm you by night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PSA 121 7 au24 figs-metonymy 0 your life This refers to the writer. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 122 intro x7wj 0 # Psalm 122 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 122 is a psalm about Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jerusalem
Jerusalem is an important city, the center of government and religious activities; so the author prays for peace for the city. +PSA 122 intro x7wj 0 # Psalm 122 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 122 is a psalm about Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jerusalem
Jerusalem is an important city, the center of government and religious activities; so the author prays for peace for the city. PSA 122 1 lck5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 122 1 x5k5 0 A song of ascents This could mean: (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md) PSA 122 2 d2gp figs-apostrophe 0 Jerusalem, our feet are standing within your gates! The writer briefly stops speaking to his audience and speaks directly to the city of Jerusalem. Jerusalem is spoken to as if it was a person who could hear the writer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -4633,7 +4633,7 @@ PSA 122 8 hz78 figs-apostrophe 0 General Information: In this section, the writ PSA 122 8 i3zr 0 For the sake Alternate translation: “For the well-being” PSA 122 8 b3mx 0 May there be peace within you Alternate translation: “May the people in you live in peace” PSA 122 9 nt39 0 I will seek good for you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will pray that people treat you well” -PSA 123 intro vet5 0 # Psalm 123 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 123 is a psalm asking for deliverance from the contempt of proud people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Just as a servant trusts his master to protect him, so the author is trusting God to stop proud people from insulting him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 123 intro vet5 0 # Psalm 123 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 123 is a psalm asking for deliverance from the contempt of proud people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Just as a servant trusts his master to protect him, so the author is trusting God to stop proud people from insulting him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 123 1 iym8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 123 1 ja7b figs-metonymy 0 I lift up my eyes Here the author refers to his eyes because that is the part of the body used for seeing. Alternate translation: “I look to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 123 1 kx53 0 enthroned sitting on a throne and ruling as king @@ -4649,7 +4649,7 @@ PSA 123 4 fq81 figs-parallelism 0 of the scoffing … and with the contempt The PSA 123 4 xq36 0 scoffing Alternate translation: “mocking” or “insults” PSA 123 4 gp8j figs-nominaladj 0 the insolent This refers to the insolent people. Alternate translation: “rude and arrogant people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PSA 123 4 ugx5 figs-nominaladj 0 the proud This refers to the proud people. Alternate translation: “the people who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -PSA 124 intro khc4 0 # Psalm 124 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 124 is a psalm of praise for God’s delivering the Israelites from their enemy’s attack. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh saves
God saved the Israelites from their enemy who wanted to completely destroy them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 124 intro khc4 0 # Psalm 124 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 124 is a psalm of praise for God’s delivering the Israelites from their enemy’s attack. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh saves
God saved the Israelites from their enemy who wanted to completely destroy them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 124 1 fes4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 124 1 uf2u 0 song of ascents This could mean: (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md) PSA 124 1 zqy6 figs-hypo 0 “If Yahweh had not been on our side This is the beginning of a hypothetical statement about something that did not actually happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) @@ -4667,7 +4667,7 @@ PSA 124 6 thg5 figs-metaphor 0 torn by their teeth The enemies are spoken of as PSA 124 7 fr8c figs-metaphor 0 escaped like a bird out of the snare of the fowlers The writer describes his escape from the enemies as if he was a bird that had escaped from the snare of the hunters. Alternate translation: “escaped from our enemies as a bird escapes from the trap that hunters have set” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 124 7 r8zv 0 snare a small trap of string or wire made for catching small animals or birds PSA 124 7 a4a8 figs-metaphor 0 the snare has been broken The plot of the enemies to catch the writer failed as if it was a snare that had broken. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 125 intro bc6u 0 # Psalm 125 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 125 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God protects good people. He will not allow the evil people to rule over the good people because they might make them do evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +PSA 125 intro bc6u 0 # Psalm 125 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 125 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
God protects good people. He will not allow the evil people to rule over the good people because they might make them do evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) PSA 125 1 d4h2 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 125 1 spt5 figs-simile 0 Those who trust in Yahweh are like Mount Zion, unshakable, forever enduring People who trust in Yahweh are spoken of as if they were Mount Zion. Mountains are unable to be moved. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 125 2 t72p figs-simile 0 As the mountains surround Jerusalem, so Yahweh surrounds his people Yahweh’s protection is spoken of as if he was the mountains surrounding Jerusalem. Jerusalem was surrounded by several mountains, which protected it from attack. Alternate translation: “As the hills that surround Jerusalem protect it, so Yahweh protects his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -4678,7 +4678,7 @@ PSA 125 4 y93a figs-metonymy 0 are upright in their hearts Here, “hearts” r PSA 125 5 t4ae figs-metaphor 0 turn aside Refusing to obey Yahweh is spoken of as turning away from a good path. Alternate translation: “leave good and go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 125 5 daf6 figs-metaphor 0 their crooked ways Here wicked ways are spoken of as if they were a path that is not straight. Alternate translation: “their wicked ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 125 5 ru69 figs-explicit 0 lead them away People are lead away in order to punish them. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “lead them away to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -PSA 126 intro q9ig 0 # Psalm 126 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 126 is a psalm of praise for Yahweh bringing captives home.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sorrow and joy
People may have sorrow now; but later it will turn into joy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]]) +PSA 126 intro q9ig 0 # Psalm 126 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 126 is a psalm of praise for Yahweh bringing captives home.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sorrow and joy
People may have sorrow now; but later it will turn into joy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/joy]]) PSA 126 1 h3wt writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 126 1 y7ss 0 restored the fortunes of Zion Alternate translation: “made Zion prosperous again” PSA 126 2 wxr3 figs-metaphor 0 our mouths were filled with laughter Laughing is spoken of as if their mouths were a container and their laughter was in it. It can be made clear that this laughter was a response to their joy. Alternate translation: “we laughed for joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -4686,7 +4686,7 @@ PSA 126 2 g1bj figs-ellipsis 0 our tongues with singing The verbs “were fille PSA 126 2 xir4 0 they said among the nations “the people of the nations said among themselves.” The pronoun is used before introducing what it references. This is very unusual. PSA 126 3 js5q 0 Yahweh did great things for us; how glad we were! Alternate translation: “How glad we were, because Yahweh did these great things for us!” PSA 126 5 i43v 0 Those who sow in tears Alternate translation: “Those who weep as they sow” -PSA 127 intro ipx7 0 # Psalm 127 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 127 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings
God wants his people to have rest. It is a blessing to have many children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/rest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +PSA 127 intro ipx7 0 # Psalm 127 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 127 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Blessings
God wants his people to have rest. It is a blessing to have many children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/rest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) PSA 127 1 nt9a writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 127 1 m7vn 0 song of ascents This could mean: (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md) PSA 127 2 qvi2 0 to rise up early, to come home late A person who works hard often has to wake up earlier in the morning and return home late at night. @@ -4694,7 +4694,7 @@ PSA 127 2 vc2y figs-idiom 0 eat the bread of hard work This is an idiom. Bread PSA 127 3 qz98 figs-metaphor 0 heritage property that a person can inherit from his ancestors. Children normally receive an inheritance from their parents. Inheritance goes from parents to children. This passage uses parents inheriting children from Yahweh as a metaphor for Yahweh being the only one who can give children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 127 4 iyl8 figs-simile 0 Like arrows in the hand of a warrior, so are the children of one’s youth Arrows are very important to a warrior because they protect him in battle. Children are spoken of as if they are a warrior’s arrow. Alternate translation: “Having many children will help to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 127 5 vf7l figs-metaphor 0 his quiver full of them A quiver is a container for arrows. Having many children is spoken of as if the children were arrows in a quiver. Alternate translation: “a home full of children” or “many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 128 intro f8w6 0 # Psalm 128 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 128 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Respect
Those people who respect God will live well and have many children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) +PSA 128 intro f8w6 0 # Psalm 128 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 128 is a wisdom psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Respect
Those people who respect God will live well and have many children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) PSA 128 1 xub9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 128 1 h11n figs-activepassive 0 Blessed is everyone who honors Yahweh This phrase occurs in the passive voice to avoid implying that Yahweh is obligated to bless those who honor him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless everyone who honors him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 128 2 xw8w figs-synecdoche 0 What your hands provide A man can be referred to by his hands because that is the part of the body he works with. Alternate translation: “What you provide” or “What you work for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@ PSA 128 3 vlk1 0 around your table This refers to the place where a family gat PSA 128 4 v5em figs-activepassive 0 the man will be blessed who honors Yahweh This can be stated as an active verb. “Yahweh will bless the man who honors him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 128 5 iz4u 0 all the days of your life Alternate translation: “throughout your lifetime” PSA 128 6 cd66 0 May peace be on Israel Alternate translation: “May Israel have peace” -PSA 129 intro p9dv 0 # Psalm 129 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 129 is a psalm of deliverance from Israel’s many enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh saves
Israel’s enemies have always persecuted them but God has saved them from their enemies. He prays that this enemy will be destroyed with no one to wish them well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 129 intro p9dv 0 # Psalm 129 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 129 is a psalm of deliverance from Israel’s many enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh saves
Israel’s enemies have always persecuted them but God has saved them from their enemies. He prays that this enemy will be destroyed with no one to wish them well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 129 1 ut36 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 129 3 wpl7 figs-metaphor 0 The plowers plowed on my back The cuts from a whipping are spoken of as the plow of a plowman. A farmer plowed deep lines into a field. Alternate translation: “My enemies have cut me deeply on my back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 129 3 nq4f figs-metaphor 0 they made their furrows long This is a continuation of the plowing metaphor. The “furrow” is the line the farmer plowed. Alternate translation: “they made their cuts long” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -4714,7 +4714,7 @@ PSA 129 5 z781 figs-activepassive 0 May they all be put to shame and turned bac PSA 129 6 s2gl figs-simile 0 May they be like the grass on the housetops that withers before it grows up The psalmist speaks of his enemies dying and being few in number. He compares them to the little bit of grass that grows on the roof of a house and withers and is not enough to cut or bundle. Alternate translation: “May they die and may there be few of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 129 7 s57h figs-simile 0 that cannot fill … together These words finish the simile that begins in ([Psalms 129:6](../129/006.md)). The psalmist speaks of his enemies dying and being few in number. He compares them to the little bit of grass that grows on the roof of a house and withers and is not enough to cut or bundle. “May they be like the grass, which cannot fill … together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 129 8 pu7b 0 the blessing of Yahweh be on you Alternate translation: “Yahweh bless you” -PSA 130 intro c2ly 0 # Psalm 130 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 130 is a psalm of praise that God forgives sins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Forgive
God forgives sin and helps the sinner. So Israel should trust in God for his forgiveness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +PSA 130 intro c2ly 0 # Psalm 130 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 130 is a psalm of praise that God forgives sins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Forgive
God forgives sin and helps the sinner. So Israel should trust in God for his forgiveness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) PSA 130 1 f4r9 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 130 1 h3vi figs-metaphor 0 Out of the depths I The author’s sadness is spoken of as if it were a container. His sadness comes from the bottom of the container. Sadness is often spoken of as being a container that fills from the top to the bottom. Alternate translation: “Because I am very sad, I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 130 2 i2dr figs-synecdoche 0 let your ears be attentive The ears represent Yahweh, but because the author knows that Yahweh hears everything, he is really asking for Yahweh to respond. Alternate translation: “please listen” or “please respond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -4727,7 +4727,7 @@ PSA 130 6 ge7s figs-simile 0 My soul waits … more than watchmen wait for the PSA 130 6 cx47 0 watchmen These are men who guard towns or fields against enemies or robbers. Here it refers to men who have to stay awake at night doing this. PSA 130 7 ua2z figs-metaphor 0 Israel, hope in Yahweh The people of Israel are spoken of as if they were a man. Alternate translation: “You people of Israel, hope in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 130 8 i64f figs-metaphor 0 who will redeem Israel from all his sins The people of Israel are spoken of as if they were a man. Alternate translation: “who will redeem the people of Israel from all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 131 intro ej7h 0 # Psalm 131 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 131 is a wisdom psalm teaching trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
This psalm focuses on the concept of trust. A quiet trust in Yahweh is best. +PSA 131 intro ej7h 0 # Psalm 131 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 131 is a wisdom psalm teaching trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
This psalm focuses on the concept of trust. A quiet trust in Yahweh is best. PSA 131 1 ct5z writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 131 1 px11 0 song of ascents This could mean: (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md) PSA 131 1 kgc5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is not proud or my eyes haughty The heart and the eyes represent the person. Alternate translation: “I am not proud or haughty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -4736,7 +4736,7 @@ PSA 131 1 xfb4 figs-metaphor 0 things that are beyond me Things that are too ha PSA 131 2 r92s figs-synecdoche 0 I have stilled and quieted my soul The soul represents the person or his emotions. Being calm and peaceful is spoken of has having making one’s soul still and quiet. Alternate translation: “I am calm and peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 131 2 sep5 figs-metonymy 0 my soul within me The soul represents the person or his emotions. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 131 2 sim5 figs-metaphor 0 a weaned child with his mother The psalmist speaks of himself being content and resting as if he were a young child that no longer demands breast milk from his mother. Alternate translation: “content like a young child that no longer cries for breast milk but rests in his mother’s arms” or “content and resting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 132 intro fp7w 0 # Psalm 132 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 132 is a royal psalm praising David. It might have been sung when David brought the ark to Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ark
The Ark had been moved from one place to another several times. David wanted to make a permanent home for it. God had promised David that his son would be king after him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +PSA 132 intro fp7w 0 # Psalm 132 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 132 is a royal psalm praising David. It might have been sung when David brought the ark to Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ark
The Ark had been moved from one place to another several times. David wanted to make a permanent home for it. God had promised David that his son would be king after him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) PSA 132 1 sq3d writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 132 1 lvf4 0 for David’s sake Alternate translation: “because of what happened to David” PSA 132 1 rsq8 0 call to mind Alternate translation: “remember” or “think about” @@ -4772,7 +4772,7 @@ PSA 132 17 yc3b figs-metaphor 0 set up a lamp for my anointed one God speaks of PSA 132 17 dms8 0 my anointed one Alternate translation: “my chosen king” or “the king I have chosen” PSA 132 18 gp1f figs-metaphor 0 I will clothe his enemies with shame Shame is spoken of as if it was clothing. This shame would result from losing in war. Alternate translation: “I will cause his enemies to be ashamed” or “I will cause his enemies to be defeated and ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 132 18 hdu2 figs-metonymy 0 his crown will shine The crown represents his rule, and greatness is spoken of as shining. Alternate translation: “he will be a great king” or “his greatness will shine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 133 intro lg1c 0 # Psalm 133 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 133 is a wisdom psalm about harmony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Harmony
Harmony between relatives is refreshing and brings a blessings from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +PSA 133 intro lg1c 0 # Psalm 133 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 133 is a wisdom psalm about harmony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Harmony
Harmony between relatives is refreshing and brings a blessings from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) PSA 133 1 s9bf writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 133 1 xwd2 0 song of ascents This could mean: (1) “song people sang while going up to Jerusalem for a celebration” or (2) “song people sang while going up the steps into the temple” or (3) “song whose words are like steps.” See how you translated this in [Psalms 120:1](../120/001.md) PSA 133 1 d9ck 0 Behold This word is used to stress the importance of the statement that follows. @@ -4780,13 +4780,13 @@ PSA 133 1 s8hv figs-metaphor 0 for brothers to live together The relationships PSA 133 2 qj4c figs-simile 0 It is like fine oil on the head The goodness of unity among God’s people is spoken of as if it were like the fine oil that was poured on Aaron’s head. Alternate translation: “This unity is precious like the oil that was poured on Aaron’s head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 133 3 r3pl figs-simile 0 like the dew of Hermon The goodness of unity among God’s people is spoken of as it if it were refreshing like dew. Alternate translation: “refreshing like the dew of Hermon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 133 3 q5fz 0 Hermon This is a mountain in Israel that has snow on its peak year-round. -PSA 134 intro az9r 0 # Psalm 134 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 134 is a temple psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Watchmen
The watchmen who work at night should praise God. Then he will bless them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +PSA 134 intro az9r 0 # Psalm 134 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 134 is a temple psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Watchmen
The watchmen who work at night should praise God. Then he will bless them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) PSA 134 1 x2de writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 134 1 y7mi 0 all you servants of Yahweh Alternate translation: “all you who serve Yahweh” PSA 134 2 fx9g translate-symaction 0 Lift up your hands This is how people prayed or praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) PSA 134 2 x39j 0 to the holy place This could mean: (1) “to the temple” or (2) “to the holy place in the temple.” PSA 134 3 d5zb figs-merism 0 heaven and earth The phrase “heaven and earth” here represents all things. Alternate translation: “everything in heaven and earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -PSA 135 intro qzj7 0 # Psalm 135 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 135 is a worship psalm focusing on worshiping God because his greatness.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The people, priests and their helpers should praise God because he is so great. He defeated the Egyptians and led his people to the promise land. Idols have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +PSA 135 intro qzj7 0 # Psalm 135 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 135 is a worship psalm focusing on worshiping God because his greatness.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
The people, priests and their helpers should praise God because he is so great. He defeated the Egyptians and led his people to the promise land. Idols have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) PSA 135 1 s987 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 135 1 q37i figs-metonymy 0 Praise the name of Yahweh Yahweh’s name represents him. “Praise Yahweh” or “Praise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 135 2 hmn4 figs-metonymy 0 stand in Yahweh’s house This represents serving Yahweh in his temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -4805,7 +4805,7 @@ PSA 135 13 z179 figs-metonymy 0 Your name His name here represents his fame or PSA 135 18 wi2e figs-simile 0 Those who make them are like them Being ignorant and powerless is spoken of as being like idols, which cannot speak, see, hear, or breathe. Alternate translation: “Those who make them are stupid and powerless like their idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PSA 135 18 z43m 0 as is everyone who trusts in them Alternate translation: “and so are those who trust in the idols” PSA 135 21 l26a figs-metonymy 0 he who lives in Jerusalem God is spoken of as if he lived in Jerusalem because the temple where the Israelites worshiped him was there. Alternate translation: “he whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 136 intro wah2 0 # Psalm 136 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 136 is a worship psalm. It was written to be sung by two parts of the choir. One part would sing the first part of each of the lines and then the other part of the choir would sing the repeated refrain.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel blessed
God has blessed Israel throughout its history and taken care of the needy people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +PSA 136 intro wah2 0 # Psalm 136 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 136 is a worship psalm. It was written to be sung by two parts of the choir. One part would sing the first part of each of the lines and then the other part of the choir would sing the repeated refrain.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel blessed
God has blessed Israel throughout its history and taken care of the needy people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) PSA 136 1 my49 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 136 1 ra72 figs-exclamations 0 Oh This is an exclamation that should be translated with whatever exclamation of emphasis you have in your language to make it sound natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) PSA 136 1 f89e figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant faithfulness endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “because he remains faithful to his covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -4827,7 +4827,7 @@ PSA 136 23 q5t2 0 called us to mind Alternate translation: “thought about us PSA 136 23 g78u figs-metaphor 0 helped us in our humiliation The condition of feeling shame is spoken of as if it were a place that the Israelites had been in. This is a reference to the many times when the Israelites’ enemies had defeated them in battle and shamed them. Alternate translation: “cared when we were shamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 136 24 zn74 figs-metaphor 0 has given us victory over our enemies Causing people to be victorious and defeat their enemies is spoken of as giving them victory, as if victory were an object that can be given. Alternate translation: “has made us victorious over our enemies” or “has made us able to defeat our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 136 26 vqb3 0 the God of heaven Alternate translation: “the God who lives in heaven” or “the God whom the heavenly beings worship” -PSA 137 intro syg4 0 # Psalm 137 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 137 is a psalm of mourning and vengeance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Songs of Zion
The captives are told to sing songs of Zion there in Babylon but they felt too unhappy to want to sing. The army from Babylon was cruel when it destroyed Jerusalem and the people of Edom encouraged them to destroy Jerusalem. They prayed that God will be cruel to the people of Edom and Babylon. +PSA 137 intro syg4 0 # Psalm 137 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 137 is a psalm of mourning and vengeance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Songs of Zion
The captives are told to sing songs of Zion there in Babylon but they felt too unhappy to want to sing. The army from Babylon was cruel when it destroyed Jerusalem and the people of Edom encouraged them to destroy Jerusalem. They prayed that God will be cruel to the people of Edom and Babylon. PSA 137 1 g7si writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 137 1 kt8v 0 By the rivers of Babylon Alternate translation: “Next to one of the rivers near Babylon” PSA 137 1 rih5 figs-exclusive 0 we sat … wept … we thought The writer does not include the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -4846,7 +4846,7 @@ PSA 137 8 c3dh figs-metonymy 0 Daughter of Babylon This represents the city of PSA 137 8 w6kc figs-activepassive 0 may the person be blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may God bless the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PSA 137 8 v1xl figs-metaphor 0 pays you back for what you have done to us The writer speaks of someone doing to others what they have done as if were payment. Alternate translation: “does to you what you did to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 137 9 v5tp 0 dashes your little ones against a rock Alternate translation: “smashes your babies’ heads against rocks” -PSA 138 intro lv6z 0 # Psalm 138 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Answered prayers
God answers prayers and he protects the psalmist from his enemies. +PSA 138 intro lv6z 0 # Psalm 138 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Answered prayers
God answers prayers and he protects the psalmist from his enemies. PSA 138 1 uq65 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 138 1 hm3q figs-metonymy 0 I will give you thanks with my whole heart The heart here represents the emotions. Doing something sincerely or completely is spoken of as doing it with all one’s heart. Alternate translation: “I will sincerely thank you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 138 1 eq6r 0 before the gods This could mean: (1) “in spite of the false idols that exist” or (2) “before the heavenly assembly,” which means “in the knowledge of the angels in heaven.” @@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@ PSA 138 7 uh62 figs-abstractnouns 0 anger of my enemies If your language does n PSA 138 8 uma6 figs-abstractnouns 0 your covenant faithfulness, Yahweh, endures forever If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh, remain faithful to your covenant forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 138 8 hc8j 0 the ones whom your hands have made This expression probably refers to the nation of Israel. PSA 138 8 m81b figs-metaphor 0 your hands have made God is spoken of as if he had physically used hands to create. Alternate translation: “you have created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 139 intro spl6 0 # Psalm 139 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 139 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s care
God created the psalmist in his mother’s womb and has taken care of him all of his life. No matter where he goes, God is always with him. +PSA 139 intro spl6 0 # Psalm 139 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 139 is a psalm of praise.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s care
God created the psalmist in his mother’s womb and has taken care of him all of his life. No matter where he goes, God is always with him. PSA 139 1 f2ij writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 139 1 m5if 0 For the chief musician Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 139 1 z372 0 have examined Alternate translation: “have tested” @@ -4901,7 +4901,7 @@ PSA 139 23 e3ka figs-explicit 0 Examine me This is a request for God to tell th PSA 139 23 s3gp figs-parallelism 0 Examine me, God, and know my heart; test me and know my thoughts These two sentences have similar meanings. The second one strengthens the thought in the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 139 24 r9qy figs-metaphor 0 any wicked way Here “way” stands for behavior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 139 24 h9f8 figs-metaphor 0 the everlasting way Here “way” refers to trust and obedience in God. Anyone who “walks” this way will have everlasting life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 140 intro qi17 0 # Psalm 140 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 140 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
He prayed that God would save him from his enemies who are lying about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) +PSA 140 intro qi17 0 # Psalm 140 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 140 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s protection
He prayed that God would save him from his enemies who are lying about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) PSA 140 1 g538 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 140 1 gc5w 0 For the chief musician This is for the director of music to use in worship.” PSA 140 2 luc4 0 they cause battles Here “battles” probably refers to conflict of any kind, including quarrels. @@ -4924,7 +4924,7 @@ PSA 140 11 i174 0 secure on the earth Alternate translation: “safe in this l PSA 140 11 k1fm figs-personification 0 may evil hunt down the violent man Here evil is spoken of as if it were someone taking revenge on another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PSA 140 12 em3r figs-abstractnouns 0 he will give justice to the needy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “just.” Alternate translation: “He will act in a just manner to help the needy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 140 13 wfl7 figs-metonymy 0 to your name This represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 141 intro j6r9 0 # Psalm 141 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 141 is a psalm of deliverance from his enemies and from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s correction
The author prayed that God would keep him from sinning. He is glad to be corrected by good people. He asked God to show that he is right by destroying the evil leaders of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +PSA 141 intro j6r9 0 # Psalm 141 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 141 is a psalm of deliverance from his enemies and from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s correction
The author prayed that God would keep him from sinning. He is glad to be corrected by good people. He asked God to show that he is right by destroying the evil leaders of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) PSA 141 1 f34t writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 141 1 gns6 0 crying out Alternate translation: “asking you for help” PSA 141 1 uq2e figs-personification 0 come quickly to me The psalmist speaks as if Yahweh were a person who needed to come from another place to help him. What the psalmist wanted Yahweh to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “come quickly to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -4953,7 +4953,7 @@ PSA 141 9 q9db figs-metaphor 0 the snares that they have laid for me The psalmi PSA 141 9 y879 0 snares … traps Bible experts disagree on the exact meanings of these words. It would be best either to translate one of them with the word for a net or cage that contains the prey and the other as a rope or vine that catches the prey by the leg or neck or to translate both with the general word for “traps.” See how these words are translated in [Psalms 140:5](../140/005.md). PSA 141 9 g9xn figs-ellipsis 0 from the traps of evildoers The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and protect me from the traps that those who do evil have set” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PSA 141 10 zb2q 0 Let the wicked fall into their own nets The psalmist speaks of evil people deceiving good people as if hunters were trapping animals. Alternate translation: “Let the wicked fall into the net traps they have made to trap other people” or “Let the bad things the wicked planned for the righteous happen to the wicked instead” -PSA 142 intro psy6 0 # Psalm 142 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 142 is a psalm of deliverance from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
The psalmist is alone, and has many enemies surrounding him. Despite this, Yahweh will help him. Then, good people will join the author. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]]) +PSA 142 intro psy6 0 # Psalm 142 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 142 is a psalm of deliverance from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
The psalmist is alone, and has many enemies surrounding him. Despite this, Yahweh will help him. Then, good people will join the author. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]]) PSA 142 1 j93h writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 142 1 p2w2 0 A maschil This may refer to a style of music. See how you translated this in [Psalms 32:1](../032/001.md). PSA 142 1 bue5 0 cave open place under the earth large enough for people to walk around in @@ -4973,7 +4973,7 @@ PSA 142 6 t4vr figs-metonymy 0 Listen to my call This is a call for help. See h PSA 142 6 y2xf 0 I have been brought very low This could mean: (1) “I am very needy” and (2) “I am very weak.” See how “we are very low” is translated in [Psalms 78:8](../078/008.md). PSA 142 7 va7w figs-synecdoche 0 Bring my soul out of prison This is a request. The “soul” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “bring me out of prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 142 7 w9yx figs-metonymy 0 give thanks to your name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. See how you translated this in [Psalms 5:11](../005/011.md). Alternate translation: “give thanks to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 143 intro tm9v 0 # Psalm 143 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 143 is a deliverance psalm. The author prays for deliverance from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
The author prayed for help from Yahweh against his enemies because he is God’s servant. +PSA 143 intro tm9v 0 # Psalm 143 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 143 is a deliverance psalm. The author prays for deliverance from his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s help
The author prayed for help from Yahweh against his enemies because he is God’s servant. PSA 143 1 jk8k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 143 1 c8pp figs-metonymy 0 Hear my prayer The words “my prayer” are a metonym for the person who is praying. See how these words are translated in [Psalms 39:12](../039/012.md). Alternate translation: “Listen to me as I pray to you” or “Be willing to do what I ask you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 143 2 h1x7 figs-idiom 0 Do not enter into judgment To “enter into judgment” is an idiom that means to pronounce judgment. Alternate translation: “Please do not judge” or “I beg you not to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -5007,7 +5007,7 @@ PSA 143 11 drk5 figs-metonymy 0 for your name’s sake Yahweh’s name represen PSA 143 12 d1cl 0 the enemies of my life Alternate translation: “the enemies who want to take my life” PSA 143 12 wp4f figs-abstractnouns 0 In your covenant faithfulness cut off my enemies “Show your covenant faithfulness by cutting off my enemies.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “Because you are faithful to your covenant, cut off my enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PSA 143 12 wl46 figs-metonymy 0 the enemies of my life “the enemies of my soul.” My “life” may be understood as representing the speaker. Alternate translation: “my enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 144 intro j9c6 0 # Psalm 144 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 144 is a worship psalm. It is the first worship psalm in a series consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Safety
Psalm 144 is a prayer for safety and prosperity for the nation of Israel. +PSA 144 intro j9c6 0 # Psalm 144 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 144 is a worship psalm. It is the first worship psalm in a series consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Safety
Psalm 144 is a prayer for safety and prosperity for the nation of Israel. PSA 144 1 kh8j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 144 1 lg69 figs-metaphor 0 my rock This could mean: (1) “the one who keeps me safe” or (2) “the one who gives me strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 144 1 r6cj figs-synecdoche 0 who trains my hands for war and my fingers for battle The words “hands” and “fingers” are synecdoches for “me.” If “war” and “battle” are the same word in your language, you can translate this as one line. Alternate translation: “who trains me for war and trains me for battle” or “who trains me for war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -5044,7 +5044,7 @@ PSA 144 12 ah7c 0 pillars, shapely like those of a palace Alternate translatio PSA 144 13 m4xe translate-numbers 0 thousands and ten thousands in our fields “thousands—even tens of thousands!—and fill up our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) PSA 144 14 zjd7 0 No one will break through our walls Alternate translation: “No one will be able to invade our city” PSA 144 14 r26v figs-metonymy 0 no outcry Here the outcry is associated with a severe problem that causes the person to cry out. Alternate translation: “no one crying in pain” or “no one crying for help” or “no one calling out for justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 145 intro nm65 0 # Psalm 145 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 145 is a worship psalm. This is the second in a series of worship psalms consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
God is worthy of all praise. This is in part because he does such wonderful things for all who worship him. +PSA 145 intro nm65 0 # Psalm 145 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 145 is a worship psalm. This is the second in a series of worship psalms consisting of the final seven psalms (Psalms 144-150).

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Praise
God is worthy of all praise. This is in part because he does such wonderful things for all who worship him. PSA 145 1 rw8s writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 145 1 dl46 0 extol you Alternate translation: “tell people how wonderful you are” PSA 145 1 p5ni figs-metonymy 0 bless your name The word “name” is a metonym for Yahweh himself. See how “may his glorious name be blessed” is translated in [Psalms 72:19](../072/019.md). Alternate translation: “bless you” or “do what makes you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -5066,7 +5066,7 @@ PSA 145 18 v98h figs-abstractnouns 0 to all who call to him in trustworthiness PSA 145 21 asw2 figs-synecdoche 0 My mouth will speak Here the words “My mouth” represent the one speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PSA 145 21 t2tr 0 will speak out the praise of Yahweh Alternate translation: “tell everyone how good Yahweh is” PSA 145 21 nc4f figs-metonymy 0 let all mankind bless his holy name The word “name” is a metonym for Yahweh himself. See how “may his glorious name be blessed” is translated in [Psalms 72:19](../072/019.md). Alternate translation: “let all people bless him” or “let all people do what makes him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PSA 146 intro s9dj 0 # Psalm 146 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 146 is a worship psalm. It is the third in series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Trusting people for protection is useless because they die. But God blesses everyone who trusts in him. He provides everything people need. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) +PSA 146 intro s9dj 0 # Psalm 146 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 146 is a worship psalm. It is the third in series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
Trusting people for protection is useless because they die. But God blesses everyone who trusts in him. He provides everything people need. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) PSA 146 1 xb8v writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 146 1 jq1j figs-metonymy 0 Praise Yahweh, my soul Here “soul” represents the writer’s inner being. The writer is commanding his inner being to praise Yahweh. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will praise Yahweh with all my soul” or “I give praise to Yahweh with all my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PSA 146 2 isg7 0 with all my life Alternate translation: “until I die” or “while I live” @@ -5087,7 +5087,7 @@ PSA 146 8 ml15 translate-symaction 0 who are bowed down This action is a sign o PSA 146 9 l8p2 figs-metaphor 0 he lifts up God helping someone is spoken of as if he were physically lifting them up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PSA 146 10 kr81 figs-metonymy 0 your God, Zion Here “Zion” represents all the people of Israel. The writer is speaking to the people of Israel as if they were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “your God, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) PSA 146 10 il4h figs-ellipsis 0 for all generations The words “will reign” are understood. Alternate translation: “will reign for all generations” or “will reign forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -PSA 147 intro z5be 0 # Psalm 147 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 147 is a worship psalm. It is the fourth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s control
Yahweh has created everything and controls all of nature. He provides for the animals and people. +PSA 147 intro z5be 0 # Psalm 147 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 147 is a worship psalm. It is the fourth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s control
Yahweh has created everything and controls all of nature. He provides for the animals and people. PSA 147 1 u7wi writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 147 1 g689 figs-ellipsis 0 it is pleasant The object may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “it is pleasant to sing praises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PSA 147 1 i9pm 0 praise is suitable Alternate translation: “praise is fitting” or “praise is appropriate” @@ -5116,7 +5116,7 @@ PSA 147 19 h3ti figs-parallelism 0 He proclaimed his word to Jacob, his statute PSA 147 19 m4av figs-ellipsis 0 his statutes and his righteous decrees to Israel The verbal phrase can be supplied from the previous line. Alternate translation: “He proclaimed his statutes and his righteous decrees to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PSA 147 19 c558 figs-doublet 0 his statutes and his righteous decrees The words “statutes” and “righteous decrees,” along with “word” in the previous line, all refer to the law of Moses. If your language does not have different words for these terms, you may combine the two lines into one, using either “Jacob” or “Israel” for the people who received them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) PSA 147 20 s9ly 0 they do not know them The other nations do not know Yahweh’s decrees. -PSA 148 intro ug77 0 # Psalm 148 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 148 is a worship psalm. It is the fifth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
All creation, including humans, should praise God for his greatness. +PSA 148 intro ug77 0 # Psalm 148 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 148 is a worship psalm. It is the fifth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
All creation, including humans, should praise God for his greatness. PSA 148 1 hy45 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 148 1 y3gp figs-parallelism 0 Praise Yahweh, you in the heavens … you in the heights “Praise Yahweh, you in the heavens … you in the sky.” These two lines are parallel, with phrase “the heights” meaning the same thing as “the heavens” in the previous line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 148 3 ri28 figs-personification 0 Praise him, sun and moon The writer speaks to the sun and moon as if they were people and commands them to praise Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, sun and moon, as people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -5141,7 +5141,7 @@ PSA 148 13 lr9t figs-metaphor 0 his glory extends over the earth and the heaven PSA 148 14 qn5e figs-metaphor 0 He has lifted up the horn of his people The writer speaks of strength as if it were the horn of an animal. Lifting up an animal horn was a symbolic action that represented military victory. Alternate translation: “He has made his people strong” or “He has given his people victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) PSA 148 14 wv8t 0 for praise from all his faithful ones Alternate translation: “so that all his faithful ones praise him” PSA 148 14 n4ru figs-metaphor 0 the people near to him The writer speaks of Yahweh loving his people as if his people were physically close to him. Alternate translation: “the people he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PSA 149 intro au8i 0 # Psalm 149 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 149 is a worship psalm. It is the sixth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
The people of Israel should praise God and conquer the other nations. +PSA 149 intro au8i 0 # Psalm 149 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 149 is a worship psalm. It is the sixth in a series of seven worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Praise
The people of Israel should praise God and conquer the other nations. PSA 149 1 p2dk figs-pronouns 0 General Information: The psalmist is speaking to all of God’s people, so you should use the plural command form if your language has one. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 149 1 e71a 0 a new song This could mean: (1) “a song you have never sung before” or (2) a song no one has ever sung before. PSA 149 1 vlr1 0 sing his praise Alternate translation: “praise him with songs” @@ -5158,7 +5158,7 @@ PSA 149 7 c66f figs-metonymy 0 the nations The phrase “the nations” is a me PSA 149 8 ka3y 0 chains These are made of heavy metal and restrict the movement of prisoners. PSA 149 8 ety5 0 shackles a pair of chains or bands with a chain between that limits the movement of both a person’s hands or feet. PSA 149 9 jie7 figs-abstractnouns 0 They will execute the judgment that is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “judge.” Alternate translation: “They will judge and punish the people of those nations as God wrote should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -PSA 150 intro r7f5 0 # Psalm 150 General Notes
## Type of psalm

Psalm 150 is a worship psalm. It is last in a series of worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Instruments
People should praise Yahweh with every type of musical instrument. +PSA 150 intro r7f5 0 # Psalm 150 General Notes

## Type of psalm

Psalm 150 is a worship psalm. It is last in a series of worship psalms. (Psalms 144-150)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Instruments
People should praise Yahweh with every type of musical instrument. PSA 150 1 jx5k writing-poetry 0 General Information: This focuses on praise or worship that is most commonly held in the temple. Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PSA 150 1 djp3 0 Praise God in his holy place God’s temple was often referred to as his holy place. This was the most common place to go to worship God. PSA 150 2 e6ff 0 his mighty acts “the great things he has done.” God’s **mighty acts** could mean: (1) natural such as thunderstorms and earthquakes or (2) miraculous such as healings and great victories in battle. diff --git a/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv b/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv index f162bc074f..df6e224c78 100644 --- a/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_20-PRO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Proverbs

1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)
1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)
1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)
1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)
1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)
1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)
1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)
1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)
1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)

### What is the book of Proverbs about?

A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.

The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.

### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?

Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?

“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What form do the individual proverbs have?

Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

### How should personification be represented in translation?

In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parallelism

Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Proverbs

1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)
1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)
1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)
1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)
1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)
1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)
1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)
1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)
1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)

### What is the book of Proverbs about?

A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.

The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.

### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?

Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?

“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What form do the individual proverbs have?

Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

### How should personification be represented in translation?

In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parallelism

Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight Alternate translation: “to help you understand wise teachings” @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ PRO 1 32 t8af 0 naive inexperienced or immature PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **indifference**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something -PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. +PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son. PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words Alternate translation: “if you listen to what I am teaching you” PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ PRO 2 20 fiw6 figs-metaphor 0 you will walk in the way … follow the paths A p PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked … the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked … those who are faithless” or “wicked people … faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ PRO 3 33 q866 figs-metonymy 0 he blesses the home of righteous people The word PRO 3 34 kb65 figs-metaphor 0 he gives his favor to humble people The writer speaks of Yahweh’s favor as if it were an object that he gives to people. Alternate translation: “he shows his favor to humble people” or “he is gracious to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 3 35 y7vz figs-metaphor 0 Wise people inherit honor The writer speaks of wise people obtaining a reputation of honor as if they inherited honor as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Wise people will obtain honor” or “Wise people will gain an honorable reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 3 35 b6jx figs-metaphor 0 fools will be lifted up in their shame The writer speaks of Yahweh making the shame of fools evident to everyone as if Yahweh were lifting fools up for everyone to see them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause everyone to see the shame of fools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 4 intro z4ah 0 # Proverbs 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 4 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Wisdom is feminine

You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 4 1 hqv1 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children. PRO 4 1 zck6 0 pay attention Alternate translation: “listen carefully” PRO 4 1 s4lm 0 you will know what understanding is Alternate translation: “you will know how to understand” or “you will gain understanding” @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ PRO 4 26 g2a2 0 a level path Alternate translation: “a smooth path” or “ PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) +PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son
Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children. PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md). @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ PRO 5 22 u9ya figs-personification 0 A wicked person will be seized by his own PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness Alternate translation: “because he is very foolish” -PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son

Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])

### Numbers

Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals used as types

The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### My Son

Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.

### Adulteress

The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])

### Numbers

Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Animals used as types

The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan This could mean: (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot. PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.” @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ PRO 6 34 tk3n 0 takes his revenge If a person takes revenge, it is to cause hu PRO 6 35 b2ym 0 compensation payment by one who does wrong to the person to whom he has done wrong PRO 6 35 fly2 figs-activepassive 0 he cannot be bought off If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you cannot pay him enough money to change his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 6 35 pc8x 0 off, though Alternate translation: “off. This will be true even if” -PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parallelism

Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.

### My Son

Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. +PRO 7 intro pk5f 0 # Proverbs 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 7 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Parallelism

Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

Many of the proverbs are stated as promises or commands, but they are intended to be advice.

### My Son

Occasionally the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males, but is still given in the context of a father warning his son.

### Adulteress

This chapter continues the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. PRO 7 1 at6w figs-metaphor 0 keep my words Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 7 1 k635 figs-metaphor 0 store up my commands within yourself Here God’s commands are spoken of as if they were objects that someone could put into a storeroom. Alternate translation: “memorize my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 7 2 a8m4 figs-metaphor 0 keep my instruction Here keeping represents obeying. Alternate translation: “obey my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ PRO 7 26 xx9k figs-metonymy 0 She has caused many people to fall down pierced B PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol … they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead. PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol … down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom calls out

The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom calls out

The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ PRO 8 35 z6lm figs-personification 0 finds me This is still wisdom talking abou PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom calls out

The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her. +PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom calls out

The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her. PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ PRO 9 16 lfx9 0 those who have no sense Alternate translation: “those who do PRO 9 17 jsi6 figs-metaphor 0 Stolen waters are sweet, and bread of secrecy is delicious The foolish woman speaks of the pleasure of stolen waters and bread of secrecy to tell men that if they sleep with her, they will have pleasure. This can be stated clearly in a simile: “You can enjoy me just as you enjoy water that you have stolen or bread that is secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 9 18 kg4h 0 that the dead are there Alternate translation: “that the men who have gone to her are now dead” PRO 9 18 k1fh 0 in the depths of Sheol “Sheol” refers to the world of the dead. -PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 10 1 i2yb figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 10 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 10 1 tab7 0 The proverbs of Solomon After the introduction of Chapters 1-9, Chapter 10 begins the collection of the proverbs; short sayings that teach wisdom. PRO 10 2 ffz8 0 accumulated acquired over time @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ PRO 10 31 f7hy figs-metonymy 0 Out of the mouth of the righteous person “Mout PRO 10 31 amx2 figs-metonymy 0 the perverse tongue will be cut out “Tongue” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “God will shut the mouths of people who say what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 10 32 y79y figs-metonymy 0 lips of the righteous person know what is acceptable “Lips” represent what a person says. Alternate translation: “righteous person knows how to speak acceptably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 10 32 ay8q figs-metonymy 0 mouth of the wicked “Mouth” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 11 1 hzq7 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 11 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 11 1 g3jt figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh hates scales that are not accurate “Scales” represent measuring accurately in negotiating. Alternate translation: “God hates deceiving scales” or “God hates it when people are deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 11 1 pe2q 0 but he delights in a precise weight Here, **precise weight** represents accuracy in negotiating. Alternate translation: “but he delights in honest ways” or “but he is happy when people are honest” @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ PRO 11 29 p1pb figs-metaphor 0 inherit the wind The “wind” is a metaphor fo PRO 11 30 q7ul figs-simile 0 The righteous person will be like a tree of life A person who does what is right is compared to a tree that produces life as its fruit. Alternate translation: “Those who do right will bring life to themselves and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PRO 11 30 hlz7 0 tree of life See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:18](../03/18.md). PRO 11 31 s8p9 0 how much more Alternate translation: “even more so” -PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 12 1 ktr2 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The author uses [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] throughout this chapter. Verses 1-15 contrast wisdom and foolishness. PRO 12 1 r7h6 0 Whoever Alternate translation: “Any person who” PRO 12 1 tz7m 0 the one who hates correction Alternate translation: “the person who does not want to be told what to do” @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ PRO 12 25 n82f figs-metaphor 0 weighs him down “Weighing down” represents t PRO 12 25 z6n9 figs-abstractnouns 0 but a good word makes him glad If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **word**, you could express the same idea with the verb “speak.” Alternate translation: “but when others speak kindly to him, he is cheerful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 12 27 gdt7 0 would not roast their own game “Game” means animals caught and killed while hunting. And “roast” is a way of cooking food. PRO 12 27 vz9v 0 precious wealth Alternate translation: “valuable treasure” -PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 13 1 ugs5 figs-metonymy 0 A wise son hears Here “hears” represents listening in order to do it. Alternate translation: “A wise son obeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 13 1 sy9c figs-metonymy 0 will not listen to rebuke Here “listen” represents paying attention in order to do it. Alternate translation: “will not learn from rebuke” or “will not obey, despite rebuke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 13 2 zu98 figs-metonymy 0 From the fruit of his mouth Here “fruit” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “From the words of his mouth” or “From what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ PRO 13 23 h46l figs-metaphor 0 but it is swept away by injustice “Swept away PRO 13 24 jp8a 0 is careful to instruct him Alternate translation: “makes sure to instruct him” PRO 13 25 a593 0 he satisfies his appetite Alternate translation: “he has satisfied himself” or “he fulfills his desires” PRO 13 25 azl9 figs-metonymy 0 the stomach of the wicked is always hungry Here “stomach” represents the desires of a person. Alternate translation: “the wicked person is always hungry for more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 14 1 r3rp 0 builds her house Alternate translation: “builds up her house” or “makes her house better” PRO 14 1 tv3l 0 house This could mean: (1) this may refer to her actual house, that is the building she lives in or (2) this may refer to her family. PRO 14 1 l2y8 figs-synecdoche 0 with her own hands The woman is represented by her “hands.” Alternate translation: “by herself” or “by the way she behaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ PRO 14 33 xi3x figs-personification 0 she The word “she” refers to wisdom. PRO 14 34 dl6h 0 is a disgrace Alternate translation: “brings shame upon to any people” or “should cause any people to be ashamed” PRO 14 35 qjf7 0 who acts prudently Alternate translation: “who acts wisely” or “who makes sure bad things do not happen” PRO 14 35 vi56 0 the one who Alternate translation: “the servant who” -PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 15 1 x2lh figs-metaphor 0 A gentle answer turns away wrath Causing a person to stop being angry is spoken of as if it were turning that person’s wrath away. Alternate translation: “Answering a person gently will calm that person’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 15 1 hu6m figs-metaphor 0 but a harsh word stirs up anger Causing a person to become more angry is spoken of as if it were stirring up or awakening anger. Alternate translation: “but speaking harshly causes that person to become more angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 15 2 w6ic figs-synecdoche 0 The tongue of wise people compliments knowledge Here the word “tongue” refers to the person who speaks. Alternate translation: “Wise people compliment knowledge when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ PRO 15 32 l9cd figs-abstractnouns 0 listens to correction The word “correctio PRO 15 33 nhk9 figs-abstractnouns 0 The fear of Yahweh teaches wisdom The words “fear” and “wisdom” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “When one fears Yahweh, he will learn to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 15 33 t56g 0 The fear of Yahweh See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 1:7](../01/07.md). PRO 15 33 w2h2 0 humility comes before honor This means that a person must first learn humility before Yahweh will honor him. -PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King and royalty

Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### King and royalty

Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 16 1 bqu9 figs-metonymy 0 The plans of the heart belong to a person Here the word “heart” represents the person’s mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “A person makes plans in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 16 1 hf8a figs-metaphor 0 from Yahweh comes the answer from his tongue This could mean: (1) Yahweh speaks his answer to a person’s plans, which is a metaphor meaning that Yahweh determines the outcome of that person’s plans or (2) Yahweh enables a person to speak words about the plans that he has made. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 16 1 j1hu figs-synecdoche 0 the answer from his tongue The person is represented by his “tongue” to emphasize his speech. Alternate translation: “the answer that he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ PRO 16 31 y1am figs-activepassive 0 it is gained If your language does not use PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh This could mean: (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen. -PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ PRO 17 27 je2b figs-explicit 0 uses few words This refers to the way he speaks. PRO 17 28 b5ay figs-activepassive 0 Even a fool is thought to be wise This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People even think a fool is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 17 28 i81a figs-idiom 0 keeps his mouth shut This means that he does not speak. Alternate translation: “does not speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PRO 17 28 q1jm figs-activepassive 0 he is considered to be intelligent This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “people consider him to be intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 18 1 n34r 0 isolates himself Alternate translation: “keeps away from other people” PRO 18 1 vun3 figs-personification 0 quarrels with all sound judgment This speaks of a person disagreeing with sound judgment as if “sound judgment” were a person he fought with. Alternate translation: “he disagrees with all sound judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PRO 18 1 r3yq 0 sound judgment Alternate translation: “good judgment” or “wise choices” @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ PRO 18 21 n65f figs-metonymy 0 by the tongue … love the tongue Here the “to PRO 18 21 l141 figs-metaphor 0 will eat its fruit This speaks of a person receiving the consequence for what he says as if the consequences were fruit that he receives. Alternate translation: “will receive its consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 18 24 wg3n figs-activepassive 0 many friends is brought to ruin by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many friends--they will bring him to ruin” or “many friends--his friends will destroy him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 18 24 zc7f 0 comes closer than Alternate translation: “is more faithful than” or “stays more loyal than” -PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 19 1 ev8n 0 Better is a poor person Alternate translation: “It is better to be a poor person” PRO 19 1 bpi4 figs-idiom 0 who walks in his integrity This is an idiom. Here walking refers to living. Alternate translation: “who lives in his integrity” or “who lives an honest life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PRO 19 1 wj4i figs-abstractnouns 0 is perverse in speech The word “speech” may be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “speaks perversely” or “speaks in an evil way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ PRO 19 28 g9y4 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alter PRO 19 29 d4f3 figs-abstractnouns 0 Condemnation is ready for mockers and flogging for The words “condemnation” and “flogging” may be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is ready to condemn mockers and to flog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 19 29 ray2 figs-ellipsis 0 flogging for the backs of fools The words “is ready” are understood from the previous phrase and may be repeated. Alternate translation: “flogging is ready for the backs of fools” or “he is ready to flog the backs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PRO 19 29 r21d 0 flogging beating with a whip or stick -PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 20 1 p893 figs-parallelism 0 Wine is a mocker and strong drink is a brawler These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize the danger of too much alcohol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) PRO 20 1 v7zx figs-metonymy 0 Wine is a mocker Here “wine” refers to the person who is drunk with wine. Alternate translation: “A person who is drunk with wine mocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 20 1 qa7m figs-metonymy 0 strong drink is a brawler Here “strong drink” refers to a person who is drunk with strong drink. Alternate translation: “a person who is drunk with strong drink starts fights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ PRO 20 28 f9he figs-activepassive 0 Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness p PRO 20 28 dyd6 0 preserve the king keep the king safe from harm PRO 20 28 dym8 figs-metonymy 0 his throne is made secure by love Here “throne” represents the king’s power to rule. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Also, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a king ensures that he will rule for a long time by loving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 20 30 g7u1 figs-parallelism 0 Blows that make a wound cleanse away evil and beatings make the innermost parts clean Both statements mean the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Using physical punishment to correct a person is spoken of as if the evil were dirt and the beatings cleansed him. Alternate translation: “Beating a person who has done wrong will correct him and cause him to be a better person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 21 1 w5md figs-metaphor 0 The king’s heart is a stream of water in the hand of Yahweh The writer speaks of the king’s heart as if it were an irrigation ditch in a dry area through which people direct water to plants that need it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh controls the king’s heart as a man directs water for irrigation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 21 1 t1m8 figs-metonymy 0 The king’s heart The heart is a metaphor for what a person thinks and what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “The king’s thoughts and actions” or “What the king thinks and what he wants to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 21 2 yz3c figs-metaphor 0 Every person’s way is right in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. The writer speaks of what a person does as if it that person were walking down a path. Alternate translation: “Every person thinks that what he does is good” or “Every person judges what he does as good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ PRO 21 30 n8kt figs-abstractnouns 0 There is no wisdom, there is no understandi PRO 21 30 k3pe 0 stand against Yahweh Alternate translation: “defeat Yahweh” or “work against what Yahweh wants to do” or “show that he is right and Yahweh is wrong” PRO 21 31 j1hq figs-activepassive 0 The horse is prepared for the day of battle These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soldiers prepare horses for the day of battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 21 31 i6w8 figs-idiom 0 the day of battle The word “day” refers to time that may be longer or shorter than a day. Alternate translation: “when there is a battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions

With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +PRO 22 intro t5zj 0 # Proverbs 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 22 ends the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions

With this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PRO 22 1 but9 figs-activepassive 0 A good name is to be chosen over great riches These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person should choose a good name rather than great riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 22 1 m8c7 0 A good name Alternate translation: “To have others think that one is a good person” PRO 22 3 nt9p 0 A prudent man “A man who is wise” or “A man who has good sense.” See how you translated “prudent” in [Proverbs 12:16](../12/16.md). @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ PRO 22 28 djq5 0 boundary stone a large stone that shows where one person’s PRO 22 28 j4id 0 fathers ancestors PRO 22 29 y4ub figs-rquestion 0 Do you see a man skilled at his work? This rhetorical question is actually a command. Alternate translation: “Think of someone you know who is skilled at his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PRO 22 29 e6ii figs-metonymy 0 stand before This represents becoming a servant of the important person. Kings and other important people will think so highly of him that they will use his services. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 23 1 z181 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)). PRO 23 2 lu62 figs-hyperbole 0 put a knife to your throat Possible meanings of this exaggeration are: (1) “be very careful not to eat too much” or (2) “do not eat anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) PRO 23 3 zfk9 0 Do not crave “Do not strongly desire.” See how you translated “craves” in [Proverbs 21:9](../21/09.md). @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ PRO 23 34 q7lv figs-idiom 0 lies on the top of a mast The place on the mast whe PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything. PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop. -PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter finishes the section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lazy man story

Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.

The second half of this chapter finishes the section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lazy man story

Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)). PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ PRO 24 32 u9za 0 received instruction Alternate translation: “learned a less PRO 24 34 d7gx figs-ellipsis 0 and poverty comes This finishes a thought begun with the words “A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest” (Proverbs 24:33). You may need to fill in the omitted words. “You may say to yourself, ‘A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest,’ but then poverty will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PRO 24 34 v85w figs-personification 0 poverty comes marching upon you Some translations read, “poverty comes upon you like a robber.” Poverty is spoken of as if it were a person or animal that can attack a lazy person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) PRO 24 34 zx1y figs-simile 0 your needs like an armed soldier Needs are spoken of as if they were a person who could attack the lazy person. Alternate translation: “your needs will come to you like an armed soldier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 25 2 x2ec 0 to conceal a matter Alternate translation: “to keep some things secret” PRO 25 2 cj4p figs-ellipsis 0 but the glory The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “but it is the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) PRO 25 2 dg6e 0 search it out Alternate translation: “search that matter out” or “search for those things that God has concealed” @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ PRO 25 27 x6in figs-litotes 0 It is not good This can be stated positively. Alt PRO 25 27 ea11 0 that is like searching for honor after honor The meaning of the original language is uncertain. Some versions of the Bible translate this as “that is like speaking too many compliments to people.” Alternate translation: “that is like always thinking about how others should honor you” PRO 25 28 gl3p figs-simile 0 A person without self-control is like a city breached and without walls. Both a person without self-control and a city without walls are weak and vulnerable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PRO 25 28 jh45 0 breached and without walls Alternate translation: “whose walls an army has knocked down and destroyed” -PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 26 1 w8yc figs-simile 0 Like snow in summer or rain in harvest Normally snow does not fall during the summer and rain does not fall during the harvest. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Just as it would be very strange to have snow in summer or rain during the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PRO 26 2 kdg7 figs-simile 0 so an undeserved curse does not alight A curse that does not harm a person is spoken of as if it were a bird that does not land. Alternate translation: “so an undeserved curse does not land on its mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) PRO 26 2 mf19 figs-activepassive 0 an undeserved curse This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “a curse on a person who does not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ PRO 26 27 nj1w figs-explicit 0 the stone will roll back on the one who pushed i PRO 26 28 wvw9 figs-synecdoche 0 A lying tongue hates the people it crushes The phrase “a lying tongue” represents a person who tells lies. Crushing people represents causing them trouble. Alternate translation: “A liar hates those he hurts by his lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 26 28 dfi2 figs-synecdoche 0 a flattering mouth brings about ruin The phrase “a flattering mouth” represents a person who flatters people. This could mean: (1) a person who flatters others causes trouble or (2) a person who flatters others ruins them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) PRO 26 28 qp8a 0 flattering praising someone in a manner that is not sincere, or praising someone about things that are not true -PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 27 1 f85w figs-explicit 0 Do not boast about tomorrow This is a warning not to brag about what you expect to happen tomorrow. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak proudly about your plans for tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PRO 27 1 t368 figs-metaphor 0 what a day may bring Something happening on a certain day is spoken of as if the day were to bring that event. Alternate translation: “what will happen on a day” or “what will happen tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 27 2 cyj6 figs-ellipsis 0 and not your own mouth … and not your own lips The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you … and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself … and do not praise yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ PRO 27 26 dar8 figs-explicit 0 Those lambs will provide your clothing The impli PRO 27 26 j2vp figs-explicit 0 the goats will provide the price of the field The implied information is that the money received by selling the goats will be enough to buy a field. Alternate translation: “selling your goats will provide the price of the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PRO 27 27 q28m figs-explicit 0 nourishment for your servant girls The implied information is that there will also be enough goats’ milk to feed the servant girls. Alternate translation: “there will be goat’s milk to nourish your servant girls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PRO 27 27 xjw4 0 nourishment Alternate translation: “food” -PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 28 2 b4c7 figs-abstractnouns 0 Because of the transgression of a land If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **transgression**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Because of how a land transgresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 28 2 qks4 figs-metonymy 0 the transgression of a land This is a metonym for the sins of the people living in a land. Alternate translation: “the transgression of the people of a land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 28 2 ivf7 figs-explicit 0 with a man of understanding and knowledge The implied information is that this man is a ruler or leader. The abstract nouns “understanding” and “knowledge” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “with a man who understands and knows how to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ PRO 28 28 ku38 figs-idiom 0 When the wicked arise This is an idiom that means w PRO 28 28 xc51 figs-hyperbole 0 people hide themselves This is an exaggeration for doing everything they can to avoid having wicked people harm them. Alternate translation: “people go into hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) PRO 28 28 vjp8 0 perish This could mean: (1) “go away” or (2) “fall from power” or (3) “are destroyed.” PRO 28 28 pd87 0 increase This could mean: (1) “multiply” or (2) “rise to power.” -PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Themes

There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 29 1 rl7a figs-metaphor 0 who stiffens his neck A person becoming stubborn is spoken of as if he stiffens his neck. Alternate translation: “who becomes stubborn” or “who refuses to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PRO 29 1 nb5z figs-activepassive 0 will be broken in a moment If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will suddenly break him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) PRO 29 1 y5ft figs-metaphor 0 beyond healing “and no one will be able to heal him.” Sickness is a metaphor for any kind of bad situation. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ PRO 29 25 t3gk figs-activepassive 0 the one who trusts in Yahweh will be protec PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md). -PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Agur

His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.

### Three things and four

From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Agur

His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.

### Three things and four

From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur … Jakeh … Ithiel … Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild. PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance Alternate translation: “the message” @@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ PRO 30 29 dc44 0 stately majestic or dignified, like a king PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick. -PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### King Lemuel

This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### An acrostic poem

Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) +PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### King Lemuel

This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### An acrostic poem

Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.

### Themes
There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? The rhetorical question **What** could mean: (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son … son of my womb … son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him. PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born. diff --git a/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv b/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv index 170a333294..48fab42bb2 100644 --- a/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_21-ECC.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ECC front intro d82s 0 # Introduction to Ecclesiastes
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Ecclesiastes

1. The author questions the nature of life and the limits of human wisdom (1:1–6:12)
1. The author teaches about making wise choices in how one lives (7:1–12:7)
1. The conclusion and ending (12:8–14)

### What is the Book of Ecclesiastes about?

Ecclesiastes is a group of short teachings that try to answer questions such as “What do people gain from all their labor?” Ecclesiastes is a series of thoughts about a variety of subjects, all of them about the purpose and worth of various actions and events. The author concludes that all the work we perform and all the knowledge and skill we gain is like a vapor that disappears, and that we must fear Yahweh and keep his commandments.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title for this book is “Ecclesiastes.” Its meaning is similar to “religious assembly.” Translators might decide on a title that better describes the content of the book, such as “Words of a Teacher” or “Teachings of a Wise Man.”

### Who wrote the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The author appears to be Solomon, “the Teacher, the descendant of David and king in Jerusalem.” This is consistent with what Solomon was known for:
* his wisdom ([Ecclesiastes 1:16](../../ecc/01/16.md) and twenty-six other references to wisdom);
* his vast wealth ([Ecclesiastes 2:8](../../ecc/02/08.md)), and the pain that comes from wealth ([Ecclesiastes 5:13-14](../05/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); and [Ecclesiastes 9:11](../../ecc/09/11.md));
* his large number of servants ([Ecclesiastes 2:7](../../ecc/02/07.md) and [Ecclesiastes 10:7](../../ecc/10/07.md));
* his limitless opportunities for worldly pleasures ([Ecclesiastes 2:1-2](../02/01.md), [Ecclesiastes 10](../02/09.md); [Ecclesiastes 3:13](../../ecc/03/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); [Ecclesiastes 5:4](../../ecc/05/04.md); and [Ecclesiastes 12:1](../../ecc/12/01.md)); and
* the wide range of his many building projects ([Ecclesiastes 2:4-6](../02/04.md)).

Solomon appears to have written the Book of Ecclesiastes near the end of his life, as he reflected on what he gained from all that he did.

### Why are there so many apparent contradictions in the Book of Ecclesiastes?

Some scholars think the author was a faithful man. Other scholars think that the author made bad decisions and was sorrowful when he wrote this book. Apparent contradictions in the book may indicate that Solomon’s faith was sometimes weak. Or, it is also possible that the teachings in the book differ from each other in order to relate to different things happening in the lives of readers.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What does this book teach about how God repays people?

In the ancient Near East, people were concerned with why they were being punished or blessed. They often connected these things to their gods. The writer of Ecclesiastes explains that Yahweh will bless and reward people for the right things they do and punish people for the evil things they do. But this might not happen in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### What value did the Israelites place on the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The Israelites have often questioned the value of this book. This is due in large part to its unusual wording and teachings. At times, it appears to disagree with the rest of Scripture. While many have questioned its authority, it has been affirmed to be Scripture. It gives valuable lessons concerning the uselessness of pursuing any goal other than to give Yahweh glory.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of “under the sun?”

“Under the sun” here is another way of saying “on the earth.” When the author says that there is “nothing new under the sun,” this means that every kind of thing has already happened before on the earth. While a particular event may not have specifically occurred before, something similar has already occurred.

### How do I translate harsh or shocking passages?

Parts of the Book of Ecclesiastes can be shocking or surprising to read in Scripture. For example, “If a man fathers a hundred children and lives many years, so that the days of his years are many, but if his heart is not satisfied with good and he is not buried with honor, then I say that a baby that is born dead is better off than he is” (6:3). The translator should allow these difficulties to remain and not try to make them less surprising.

### How is life described in the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The author of Ecclesiastes concludes that everything in this life quickly passes away, like a vapor that disappears. A person’s circumstances or character and even all of the things of this world have little or no significance apart from God. That is because God gives meaning to everything.

At the end of their life, people often say that the years of their life seemed short. The author of Ecclesiastes used the metaphor of vapor or breath to describe how life ends while it seems to be just beginning. -ECC 1 intro g7jr 0 # Ecclesiastes 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11 and 15.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tone
The tone of this chapter is sad, or depressing. The author believes that everything in life is pointless. The metaphors in this chapter all describe the idea that nothing ever changes. This is also known as “fatalism.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ECC front intro d82s 0 # Introduction to Ecclesiastes

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Ecclesiastes

1. The author questions the nature of life and the limits of human wisdom (1:1–6:12)
1. The author teaches about making wise choices in how one lives (7:1–12:7)
1. The conclusion and ending (12:8–14)

### What is the Book of Ecclesiastes about?

Ecclesiastes is a group of short teachings that try to answer questions such as “What do people gain from all their labor?” Ecclesiastes is a series of thoughts about a variety of subjects, all of them about the purpose and worth of various actions and events. The author concludes that all the work we perform and all the knowledge and skill we gain is like a vapor that disappears, and that we must fear Yahweh and keep his commandments.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title for this book is “Ecclesiastes.” Its meaning is similar to “religious assembly.” Translators might decide on a title that better describes the content of the book, such as “Words of a Teacher” or “Teachings of a Wise Man.”

### Who wrote the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The author appears to be Solomon, “the Teacher, the descendant of David and king in Jerusalem.” This is consistent with what Solomon was known for:
* his wisdom ([Ecclesiastes 1:16](../../ecc/01/16.md) and twenty-six other references to wisdom);
* his vast wealth ([Ecclesiastes 2:8](../../ecc/02/08.md)), and the pain that comes from wealth ([Ecclesiastes 5:13-14](../05/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); and [Ecclesiastes 9:11](../../ecc/09/11.md));
* his large number of servants ([Ecclesiastes 2:7](../../ecc/02/07.md) and [Ecclesiastes 10:7](../../ecc/10/07.md));
* his limitless opportunities for worldly pleasures ([Ecclesiastes 2:1-2](../02/01.md), [Ecclesiastes 10](../02/09.md); [Ecclesiastes 3:13](../../ecc/03/13.md); [Ecclesiastes 4:8](../../ecc/04/08.md); [Ecclesiastes 5:4](../../ecc/05/04.md); and [Ecclesiastes 12:1](../../ecc/12/01.md)); and
* the wide range of his many building projects ([Ecclesiastes 2:4-6](../02/04.md)).

Solomon appears to have written the Book of Ecclesiastes near the end of his life, as he reflected on what he gained from all that he did.

### Why are there so many apparent contradictions in the Book of Ecclesiastes?

Some scholars think the author was a faithful man. Other scholars think that the author made bad decisions and was sorrowful when he wrote this book. Apparent contradictions in the book may indicate that Solomon’s faith was sometimes weak. Or, it is also possible that the teachings in the book differ from each other in order to relate to different things happening in the lives of readers.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What does this book teach about how God repays people?

In the ancient Near East, people were concerned with why they were being punished or blessed. They often connected these things to their gods. The writer of Ecclesiastes explains that Yahweh will bless and reward people for the right things they do and punish people for the evil things they do. But this might not happen in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### What value did the Israelites place on the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The Israelites have often questioned the value of this book. This is due in large part to its unusual wording and teachings. At times, it appears to disagree with the rest of Scripture. While many have questioned its authority, it has been affirmed to be Scripture. It gives valuable lessons concerning the uselessness of pursuing any goal other than to give Yahweh glory.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of “under the sun?”

“Under the sun” here is another way of saying “on the earth.” When the author says that there is “nothing new under the sun,” this means that every kind of thing has already happened before on the earth. While a particular event may not have specifically occurred before, something similar has already occurred.

### How do I translate harsh or shocking passages?

Parts of the Book of Ecclesiastes can be shocking or surprising to read in Scripture. For example, “If a man fathers a hundred children and lives many years, so that the days of his years are many, but if his heart is not satisfied with good and he is not buried with honor, then I say that a baby that is born dead is better off than he is” (6:3). The translator should allow these difficulties to remain and not try to make them less surprising.

### How is life described in the Book of Ecclesiastes?

The author of Ecclesiastes concludes that everything in this life quickly passes away, like a vapor that disappears. A person’s circumstances or character and even all of the things of this world have little or no significance apart from God. That is because God gives meaning to everything.

At the end of their life, people often say that the years of their life seemed short. The author of Ecclesiastes used the metaphor of vapor or breath to describe how life ends while it seems to be just beginning. +ECC 1 intro g7jr 0 # Ecclesiastes 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11 and 15.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tone
The tone of this chapter is sad, or depressing. The author believes that everything in life is pointless. The metaphors in this chapter all describe the idea that nothing ever changes. This is also known as “fatalism.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 1 2 x2dt figs-simile 0 Like a vapor of mist, like a breeze in the wind, everything vanishes This speaks of how everything in life vanishes and has no lasting value as if everything were like a disappearing vapor or breeze. Alternate translation: “Like a vapor of mist vanishes and like a breeze in the wind disappears, everything vanishes and has no lasting value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ECC 1 3 bsv3 figs-rquestion 0 What profit does mankind gain … under the sun? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that man’s work is pointless and has no lasting benefit. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Mankind gains no profit … under the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 1 3 r9j3 figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ ECC 1 16 mnf4 0 My mind has seen Here the author refers to himself by his “m ECC 1 17 ewq3 figs-synecdoche 0 I applied my heart Here the author refers to himself by his “heart” to emphasize his feelings. Alternate translation: “I determined” or “I applied myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 1 17 bp2y figs-doublet 0 madness and folly The words “madness” and “folly” share similar meanings and refer to foolish thinking and behavior, respectively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ECC 1 17 msw2 figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author says learning wisdom and madness and folly is as useless as trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 2 intro cab9 0 # Ecclesiastes 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10-16.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pleasures
When the author thought about the pointlessness of life, he decided to fill it with pointless pleasures. He believed that this type of living would have no effect on the world. Therefore, he indulged in every type of pleasure.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Assumed knowledge
It is assumed that the author is going to reject the way of living in this chapter. He is certainly not encouraging this way of living even though he does not say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ECC 2 intro cab9 0 # Ecclesiastes 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10-16.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pleasures
When the author thought about the pointlessness of life, he decided to fill it with pointless pleasures. He believed that this type of living would have no effect on the world. Therefore, he indulged in every type of pleasure.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Assumed knowledge
It is assumed that the author is going to reject the way of living in this chapter. He is certainly not encouraging this way of living even though he does not say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ECC 2 1 dd5v figs-synecdoche 0 I said in my heart Here the author refers to himself by his “heart” to emphasize his feelings. Alternate translation: “I said to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 2 1 shl4 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will test you with happiness Here the word “you” refers to himself. The word “happiness” can be expressed as an adjective. Alternate translation: “I will test myself with things that make me happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ECC 2 1 c2cn figs-abstractnouns 0 So enjoy pleasure The word “pleasure” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “So I will enjoy things that please me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ ECC 2 26 s16q 0 so that he may give it away to someone who pleases God Possibl ECC 2 26 fs9n figs-parallelism 0 vapor … an attempt to shepherd the wind These two phrases are both metaphors that emphasize the idea of things being useless and futile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 2 26 v8zn figs-metaphor 0 vapor “mist.” The author speaks of useless and meaningless things as if they were “vapor.” See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as vapor” or “meaningless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 2 26 e7hm figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author speaks of everything that people do as being useless as if they were trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “are as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 3 intro a9c1 0 # Ecclesiastes 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-8 and 3:15.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Parallelism
The chapter uses parallelism with the phrase, “a time to.” This gives the quotation a poetic style. Their overall purpose is to show that Yahweh directs the events of the world and therefore, they have purpose. +ECC 3 intro a9c1 0 # Ecclesiastes 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-8 and 3:15.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Parallelism
The chapter uses parallelism with the phrase, “a time to.” This gives the quotation a poetic style. Their overall purpose is to show that Yahweh directs the events of the world and therefore, they have purpose. ECC 3 1 q8gz figs-merism 0 General Information: The writer uses merisms to describe various aspects of life from one extreme to the other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ECC 3 1 hn82 figs-parallelism 0 For everything there is an appointed time, and a season for every purpose These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 3 1 s8am figs-idiom 0 under heaven This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ ECC 3 20 d4km 0 dust soil ECC 3 21 h8x9 figs-rquestion 0 Who knows whether the spirit … into the earth? The author asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one truly knows what happens after people and animals die. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one knows whether the spirit … into the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 3 22 h5jm 0 there is nothing better for anyone than to See how you translated this phrase in [Ecclesiastes 3:12](../03/12.md). ECC 3 22 lqg2 figs-rquestion 0 Who can bring him back to see what happens after him? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one will see what happens after he dies. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one of us knows what happens to us after we die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ECC 4 intro ev1x 0 # Ecclesiastes 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-3, 4:5-6, and 4:8-12.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
The teacher looks at the oppression in the world and is saddened by it, but he is the king and has the power to change things. He also laments being alone even though he has many wives, children, and concubines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +ECC 4 intro ev1x 0 # Ecclesiastes 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-3, 4:5-6, and 4:8-12.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Irony
The teacher looks at the oppression in the world and is saddened by it, but he is the king and has the power to change things. He also laments being alone even though he has many wives, children, and concubines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ECC 4 1 cuy2 figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 4 1 ys32 0 behold, the tears Alternate translation: “I looked and I saw” ECC 4 1 zp3i figs-metonymy 0 the tears of oppressed people Here “tears” represent weeping. Alternate translation: “the oppressed people were weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ ECC 4 16 rru3 figs-hyperbole 0 There is no end to all the people This is an exa ECC 4 16 xk33 figs-parallelism 0 vapor … an attempt to shepherd the wind These two phrases are both metaphors that emphasize the idea of things being useless and futile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 4 16 xp58 figs-metaphor 0 vapor “mist.” The author speaks of things as being useless and meaningless as if they were vapor. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “as useless as vapor” or “meaningless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 4 16 l1y1 figs-metaphor 0 an attempt to shepherd the wind The author speaks of everything that people do as being useless as if they were trying to control the wind. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “are as useless as trying to control the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 5 intro p4zf 0 # Ecclesiastes 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:2-3, and 5:10-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Materialism
The author describes the pointlessness of pursuing material things. This is known as “materialism.” Those who pursue after things will always want more. At the end of their life, they will not be able to use these things. +ECC 5 intro p4zf 0 # Ecclesiastes 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:2-3, and 5:10-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Materialism
The author describes the pointlessness of pursuing material things. This is known as “materialism.” Those who pursue after things will always want more. At the end of their life, they will not be able to use these things. ECC 5 1 h4uf figs-metonymy 0 Guard your steps Here “steps” are a metonym for a person’s conduct. Alternate translation: “Be careful how you conduct yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 5 2 k5is figs-parallelism 0 Do not be too quick … do not let your heart be too quick These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that you should think first before you speak to God about a matter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ECC 5 2 s9ue 0 to speak with your mouth Here the phrase “with your mouth” emphasizes and describes a person speaking. Alternate translation: “to speak” @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ ECC 5 19 b3ld 0 to receive his share Alternate translation: “to accept what ECC 5 20 iz9m figs-idiom 0 he does not call to mind Here the word “he” refers to the person to whom God has given a gift. The phrase “call to mind” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he does not remember” or “he does not think about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 5 20 qr1s figs-idiom 0 the days of his life This refers to the things that happened during his lifetime. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the things that have happened during his lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 5 20 n32s 0 keep busy Alternate translation: “stay busy” -ECC 6 intro ar6e 0 # Ecclesiastes 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:7-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satisfaction
While a person may be given a great many things, they are worthless and provide no sense of satisfaction or peace. It is assumed that only Yahweh can provide these things to man. Solomon is depressed that he had everything he could have ever wanted in life, but they were not enough to give him satisfaction or peace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ECC 6 intro ar6e 0 # Ecclesiastes 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:7-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satisfaction
While a person may be given a great many things, they are worthless and provide no sense of satisfaction or peace. It is assumed that only Yahweh can provide these things to man. Solomon is depressed that he had everything he could have ever wanted in life, but they were not enough to give him satisfaction or peace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ECC 6 1 fyq4 figs-metaphor 0 it weighs heavy on men Here evil is spoken of as something that is a heavy load to carry. Alternate translation: “it causes hardship for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 6 2 jzl7 figs-doublet 0 riches, wealth These two words mean basically the same thing. They refer to money and the things that a person can buy with money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ECC 6 2 n75e figs-doublenegatives 0 he lacks nothing This is a double negative. Alternate translation: “he has everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ ECC 6 12 jj23 figs-simile 0 in his life during his futile, numbered days throug ECC 6 12 ka2l figs-rquestion 0 Who can tell a man … after he passes? The author uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that no one knows what will happen after a person dies. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can tell a man … after he passes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ECC 6 12 pjl3 figs-idiom 0 what will come under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated “under the sun” in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “what will happen on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 6 12 k2ab figs-euphemism 0 after he passes This is a polite expression for death. Alternate translation: “after he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ECC 7 intro fp2g 0 # Ecclesiastes 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:1-26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” +ECC 7 intro fp2g 0 # Ecclesiastes 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:1-26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” ECC 7 1 fq9e figs-metonymy 0 A good name Here a person’s “name” is used to represent their reputation. Alternate translation: “A good reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 7 2 y1yx figs-idiom 0 must take this to heart This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “must think seriously about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 7 3 g9c7 figs-idiom 0 sadness of face This refers to being sad. Alternate translation: “an experience that makes a person sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ ECC 7 28 twu8 translate-numbers 0 one righteous man among a thousand “1 right ECC 7 28 xkw3 0 a woman among all those There were no righteous women found in a group of 1,000 people. ECC 7 29 dra3 0 they have gone away looking for many difficulties This could mean: (1) “they have made many sinful plans” or (2) “they have made their own lives difficult.” ECC 7 29 e78n figs-metaphor 0 they have gone away Here the word “they” refers to “humanity.” This speaks of humanity changing from being upright to not being upright as if they were going from one place to another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 8 intro g2ul 0 # Ecclesiastes 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:1 and 8:5-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon, known for his wisdom, gives a detailed description of wisdom. True wisdom is seeking to honor God. This is the only thing that lasts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) +ECC 8 intro g2ul 0 # Ecclesiastes 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:1 and 8:5-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom
Solomon, known for his wisdom, gives a detailed description of wisdom. True wisdom is seeking to honor God. This is the only thing that lasts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]]) ECC 8 1 sfc8 0 Who is a wise man? Who knows what the events in life mean? The writer asks these as leading questions to provide the answer in what he says next. ECC 8 1 v1sf figs-idiom 0 causes his face to shine This means that the person’s face will show that he has wisdom. Alternate translation: “shows on his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 8 1 e5zq figs-idiom 0 the hardness of his face This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “his harsh appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ ECC 8 16 d9sa figs-activepassive 0 the work that is done on the earth If your l ECC 8 16 ct32 figs-synecdoche 0 without sleep for the eyes Here a person is represented by his “eyes.” Alternate translation: “without sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ECC 8 17 vk1q figs-activepassive 0 the work that is done under the sun This could mean: (1) “the work that God does under the sun” or (2) “the work that God allows people to do under the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ECC 8 17 gl2w figs-idiom 0 under the sun This refers to things that are done on earth. See how you translated this in [Ecclesiastes 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ECC 9 intro j3kr 0 # Ecclesiastes 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:2, 5-6, and 11-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment
This chapter explains that there is one thing that awaits all people: judgment. When people die, they will all face Yahweh’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +ECC 9 intro j3kr 0 # Ecclesiastes 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:2, 5-6, and 11-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment
This chapter explains that there is one thing that awaits all people: judgment. When people die, they will all face Yahweh’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) ECC 9 1 hpl4 0 I thought about all this in my mind Alternate translation: “I thought very deeply about all this” ECC 9 1 dt8e 0 They are all in God’s hands Here the word “they” refers to “the righteous and wise people” as well as “their deeds.” ECC 9 1 l7sr figs-metonymy 0 in God’s hands Here the word “hands” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “under God’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ ECC 9 15 bx8x figs-activepassive 0 in the city was found a poor, wise man If yo ECC 9 16 k3fl figs-activepassive 0 the poor man’s wisdom is despised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people despise the poor man’s wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ECC 9 16 i9hl figs-activepassive 0 his words are not heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they do not listen to what he says” or “they do not take his advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ECC 9 17 h8wq figs-activepassive 0 The words of wise people spoken quietly are heard better Here “heard” represents understanding. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is easier to understands the words that wise people speak quietly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ECC 10 intro awi8 0 # Ecclesiastes 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” +ECC 10 intro awi8 0 # Ecclesiastes 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” ECC 10 1 m6u5 figs-simile 0 As dead flies … so a little folly Just as flies can ruin perfume, so folly can ruin a person’s reputation for wisdom and honor. This speaks of how a little folly can ruin a person’s reputation in the same way that a few dead flies ruin perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ECC 10 1 u5bv figs-personification 0 a little folly can overpower wisdom and honor This speaks of how a person acting foolishly can ruin his reputation as if his “folly” and “wisdom and honor” were people and that his folly overpowered his wisdom and honor. Alternate translation: “committing a little folly can ruin a person’s wisdom and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ECC 10 2 rs5s figs-metonymy 0 The heart of a wise person … the heart of a fool Here the word “heart” refers to the mind or will. Alternate translation: “The way a wise person thinks … the way a fool thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ ECC 10 19 fsx4 0 money fills the need for everything This could mean: (1) “m ECC 10 20 yf3x figs-metonymy 0 not even in your mind A person’s thoughts are represented by the person’s “mind.” Alternate translation: “not even in your thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 10 20 qbv8 0 rich people in your bedroom “rich people when you are in your bedroom.” This means that you should not curse rich people even when you are in a private place where no one else will hear. ECC 10 20 ba7r figs-parallelism 0 For a bird of the sky … can spread the matter These two lines mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. This speaks of people finding out what you have said as if a small bird would hear what you say and tell other people. Alternate translation: “For a bird may hear what you say and tell the matter to other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 11 intro byx8 0 # Ecclesiastes 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” +ECC 11 intro byx8 0 # Ecclesiastes 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in all of chapter 11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.” ECC 11 1 iuj7 figs-metaphor 0 Send out your bread on the waters, for you will find it again after many days This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means a person should be generous with his possessions and will then receive generously from others , or (2) that a person should invest his resources overseas and will make a profit from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 11 2 gt4a 0 Share it with seven, even eight people This could mean: (1) to share your possessions with many people, or (2) to invest your resources in multiple places. ECC 11 2 qri5 translate-numbers 0 seven, even eight people “7, even 8 people.” This is an idiom that means “numerous” people. Alternate translation: “numerous people” or “multiple people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ ECC 11 9 si2a figs-synecdoche 0 whatever is within the sight of your eyes Here ECC 11 9 u7ek figs-abstractnouns 0 God will bring you into judgment for all these things If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “judge” or “make you account” Alternate translation: “God will judge you for all these things” or “God will make you account for all of your actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ECC 11 10 tu41 figs-metaphor 0 Drive anger away from your heart Refusing to be angry is spoken of as if anger were something that can be forced away. Also, “heart” represents a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “Refuse to be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ECC 11 10 y37w figs-metaphor 0 because youth and its strength are vapor The authors speaks of things as being useless and meaningless as if they were “vapor” Just as vapor disappears and does not last, the author speaks of things having no lasting value. See how you translated “vapor” in [Ecclesiastes 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “because youth and its strength will not last forever” or “because you will not be young and strong forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ECC 12 intro qx5w 0 # Ecclesiastes 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-7 and 12:13-14.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”

### Yahweh
At the end of a very impressive life, Solomon looks back and sees that the only real lasting thing in this world is Yahweh. The purpose of his life was to honor Yahweh, something he should have done far more throughout his life. Therefore, he felt that his life was wasted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ECC 12 intro qx5w 0 # Ecclesiastes 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-7 and 12:13-14.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Advice
This chapter gives a series of disconnected pieces of advice. Translators should not try to smooth the transitions between these pieces of advice. The advice in these statements do not apply in every situation. Therefore, they should be seen as “good ideas.”

### Yahweh
At the end of a very impressive life, Solomon looks back and sees that the only real lasting thing in this world is Yahweh. The purpose of his life was to honor Yahweh, something he should have done far more throughout his life. Therefore, he felt that his life was wasted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ECC 12 1 jq6t figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ECC 12 1 r69h figs-metaphor 0 before the days of difficulty come Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming” Alternate translation: “before you experience difficult times” or “before bad things happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ECC 12 1 f747 figs-metaphor 0 before the years arrive when you say, “I have no pleasure in them,” Future time is spoken of as if “years arrive” Alternate translation: “before you become old when you say, ‘I no longer enjoy being alive,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv b/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv index 87eb75d4d5..3e475f32f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_22-SNG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Song of Songs

1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)
1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)
1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)
1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)
1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)
1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)

### What is the Song of Songs about?

The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.

### Who wrote the Song of Songs?

The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?

The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?

The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.

Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.

### What are the lines about people speaking?

The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.

Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.

### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?

Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?

There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Love and affection
This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I am dark”
In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. +SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Song of Songs

1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)
1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)
1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)
1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)
1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)
1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)

### What is the Song of Songs about?

The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.

### Who wrote the Song of Songs?

The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?

The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?

The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.

Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.

### What are the lines about people speaking?

The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.

Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.

### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?

Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?

There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 1 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Love and affection
This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I am dark”
In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger. SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs Alternate translation: “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song” SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.” @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ SNG 1 16 xed8 0 The lush plants plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams … rafters This could mean: (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials. SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars … firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Euphemisms
It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 2 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Euphemisms
It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ SNG 2 17 d8mw 0 like a gazelle or a young stag See how you translated this in SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md). SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains Alternate translation: “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains” -SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Longing
This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Longing
This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him … could not find him Alternate translation: “I had a strong desire to be with him … loves, but he was not there” SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city Alternate translation: “walk through the city” @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ SNG 3 11 i961 0 daughters of Zion Alternate translation: “you young women wh SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling. SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown Alternate translation: “wearing the crown” SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. +SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md). @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ SNG 4 16 kdi9 0 may give off their fragrance Alternate translation: “may sen SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved … choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit Alternate translation: “wonderful fruit” -SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. +SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “My sister, my bride”
The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite. SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking. SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ SNG 5 16 w3vr 0 he is completely lovely Alternate translation: “every part o SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like” SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Metaphors
In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here. SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone Alternate translation: “Which way did your beloved go” SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love” @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ SNG 6 13 za54 figs-pronouns 0 we may gaze Some versions understand the plural t SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies Alternate translation: “as if she were dancing between two armies” -SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes
There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Beauty
The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes
There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions. SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.” @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ SNG 7 13 xbk7 figs-explicit 0 at the door The doors belong to their house. Alte SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old Alternate translation: “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit” SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you Alternate translation: “saved so I can give to you” SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover” -SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Passion
The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. +SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Kisses
The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Passion
The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person. SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside Alternate translation: “you in public” diff --git a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv index 422acd2883..31a45f0dfe 100644 --- a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv +++ b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ISA front intro l9fr 0 # Introduction to Isaiah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Isaiah

1. Yahweh judges his people but gives them hope (chapters 1–12)
1. Isaiah prophesies against many nations (13–23)
1. Universal judgment and promise of redemption (24–27)
1. The people of Yahweh judged (28–31)
1. The righteous kingdom (32–33)
1. The nations judged; the ransomed will be restored (34–35)
1. Hezekiah and Sennacherib (36–39)
1. Yahweh comforts his people and will restore them (40–45)
1. Prophecies against Babylon (46–48)
1. The servant of Yahweh (49–55)
1. Ethics of Yahweh’s kingdom (56–59)
1. Restored Jerusalem (60–66)


### What is the Book of Isaiah about?

The first part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 1-39) contains many different prophecies. Some of Isaiah’s prophecies are about how God would send an army to destroy the southern kingdom of Judah. Some of the prophecies are about how God would punish other nations of the world. The end of the first part (chapters 36-39) tells how Isaiah helped King Hezekiah when the Assyrians were about to attack Jerusalem.

The second part of the Book of Isaiah (chapters 40-66) has prophecies about how God will comfort and restore his people. He will do this through his chosen servant. By the suffering of this servant, God will forgive his people (chapter 53). This servant will also cause Gentiles to worship Yahweh. The Book of Isaiah ends with a prophecy about God creating a new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators can use the traditional title, “The Book of Isaiah” or just “Isaiah.” Or they may call it “The Book about Isaiah” or “The Sayings of Isaiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### When was the Book of Isaiah written?

Isaiah prophesied around 740–700 B.C., when the Assyrian Empire was becoming more powerful. Isaiah spoke the prophecies from God to the people of Judah during the reigns of Kings Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. The story of Isaiah helping King Hezekiah (chapters 36-39) is also found in 2 Kings 19–20.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What did Isaiah prophesy about the future Messiah of Israel?

Jews and Christians have interpreted many passages in Isaiah to be about the Messiah. In 9:1-7, Isaiah described a child being born who would rule over David’s kingdom. In chapter 11, Isaiah described a descendant of David who would have God’s spirit upon him. Several prophecies in chapters 40-66 are about “the servant.” This servant will comfort the people, rule righteously, and suffer so that God will forgive the people for sinning against him. The New Testament writers interpret these prophecies to be about Jesus Christ.

### What did Isaiah mean by the “last days”?

Isaiah prophesied of the “last days” (2:2) as some later or final period of time. The New Testament writers understood the “last days” to be the church age (Acts 2:17, Hebrews 1:2). The Book of Isaiah was one of the first books to include prophesies about the last days. Isaiah explained that in the last days there would be a future kingdom of Israel. Jerusalem would be its main city. And people from all over the world will go there to learn about Yahweh and worship him.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### What are some characteristics of prophetic literature in the Book of Isaiah?

Most of Isaiah’s prophecies are in poetic form. Many prophets in Israel used poetry when they spoke important messages that were meant to be remembered.

Sometimes Isaiah’s messages are hard to understand. He assumed his original hearers would know what he was talking about. But readers today do not always understand what he meant. However, Isaiah’s basic messages are still clear to us today. These messages are about how God’s people sinned against him, how he would punish them, and how he would eventually comfort and restore them.

Isaiah also speaks about the Servant of Yahweh, in four different poems that are today called the “Four Servant Songs.” Christians understand these very clearly as prophecies about Jesus Christ, the Messiah. These “songs” are in Isaiah 42:1-9; 49:1-7; 50:4-9; and 52:13-53:12. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) -ISA 1 intro q326 0 # Isaiah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
The prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ISA 1 intro q326 0 # Isaiah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-31, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
The prophecy of this chapter serves as a warning to the people of the kingdom of Judah. If they do not change their evil ways, Yahweh will punish them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many vivid metaphors used to describe Judah’s sin. Their sin is described as a sickness that spreads. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince the people of Judah of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 1 1 qur5 0 The vision of Isaiah … that he saw Alternate translation: “This is the vision of Isaiah … that Yahweh showed him” or “This is what God showed Isaiah” ISA 1 1 zfq5 translate-names 0 Amoz Amoz was the father of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 1 1 i66y figs-metonymy 0 Judah and Jerusalem “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Israel. “Jerusalem” was its most important city. The names of the places represent the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” or “the people of Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ ISA 1 31 sh9k figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks Yahweh’s ISA 1 31 mly5 0 The strong man “The strong person” or “Whoever is powerful.” This may refer to people who are important and who influence other people. ISA 1 31 lq77 0 tinder dry material that burns easily ISA 1 31 a5w2 figs-simile 0 his work like a spark This compares the person’s deeds or evil works to a spark that falls on tinder and sets it on fire. Alternate translation: “his work will be like a spark that starts a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ISA 2 intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Latter days
This is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Idolatry
While the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +ISA 2 intro pr4a 0 # Isaiah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:2-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Latter days
This is probably a reference to the “last days.” This makes parts of this prophecy reference events near the end of this world. Most scholars expect these prophecies to be fulfilled by Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Idolatry
While the first prophecy of Isaiah concerned the lack of justice in Judah, this chapter focuses on the presence of idolatry in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) ISA 2 1 tt88 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks to the people of Judah in the form of a poem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 2 1 p86l figs-metonymy 0 Judah and Jerusalem “Judah” and “Jerusalem” are metonyms for the people who live there. Alternate translation: “those living in Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 2 2 dw9n 0 in the last days Alternate translation: “in the future” @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ ISA 2 21 nz4j 0 when he rises to terrify the earth “when Yahweh takes action ISA 2 22 c4s2 figs-explicit 0 whose life-breath is in his nostrils This describes how man is human and weak by emphasizing that he needs to breath to live. Alternate translation: “who is weak and will die” or “who needs the breath in his nose to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 2 22 thr5 0 nostrils the holes in the nose through which people breathe ISA 2 22 hw38 figs-rquestion 0 for what does he amount to? Isaiah uses a question to remind the people of something they should already know. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “for man amounts to nothing!” or “for man is not worth anything!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ISA 3 intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

### Judgment
This chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
While the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +ISA 3 intro bgn6 0 # Isaiah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-26, which is a vision Isaiah receives. These are the words of Yahweh.

### Judgment
This chapter is structured as a judgment against the Jews. God is acting as a judge reading the list of convictions against them and then he reads the judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
While the previous part of the prophecy in chapter 2 discussed the last days, this part of the prophecy predicts the exile of Judah to Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) ISA 3 1 li2r 0 See The word “see” here adds emphasis to what follows. It can also be translated as “Listen” or “Indeed.” ISA 3 1 b6ce figs-metaphor 0 support and staff Both of these words refer to a walking stick, on which someone leans for support. This idea here stands for the things that people need the most in order to live: food and water. Alternate translation: “everything that supports you” or “everything that you depend on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 3 2 c9rl figs-genericnoun 0 the mighty man … the warrior … the judge … the prophet … the one who practices divination … the elder This is a list of categories of people that others depend on. Since they do not refer to particular individuals, they can all be translated with plural nouns as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the mighty men … the warriors … the judges … the prophets … the ones who practices divination … the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ ISA 3 24 c3sv 0 well-arranged hair, baldness Alternate translation: “pretty ISA 3 25 ng43 figs-metonymy 0 Your men will fall by the sword, and your strong men will fall in war Falling represents being killed, and the sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “Your men will be killed in battle, and your strong men will be killed in war” or “Enemies will kill your soldiers in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 3 26 kz3l figs-metonymy 0 Jerusalem’s gates will lament and mourn Here the city gates represent the people who sit at the public places near the city gates. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem will sit at the city gates and cry and mourn” (See:- [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 3 26 qeu2 figs-personification 0 she will be alone and sit upon the ground Isaiah speaks of the people of Jerusalem, whom no one will save from their enemies, as if they were the city itself and as if they were a woman who sits on the ground because all her friends have deserted her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 4 intro xy1x 0 # Isaiah 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### More women than men
This chapter describes a time when there will be many more women than men in Judah. This is because so many of Judah’s fighting men will have died before the exile. Those who come through this difficult time will be a holy remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Branch of Yahweh
Scholars are divided over the possible meaning of this metaphor. Some believe it is a reference to the Messiah, while others believe it is a reference to the faithful remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +ISA 4 intro xy1x 0 # Isaiah 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### More women than men
This chapter describes a time when there will be many more women than men in Judah. This is because so many of Judah’s fighting men will have died before the exile. Those who come through this difficult time will be a holy remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Branch of Yahweh
Scholars are divided over the possible meaning of this metaphor. Some believe it is a reference to the Messiah, while others believe it is a reference to the faithful remnant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) ISA 4 1 ke3e figs-idiom 0 let us take your name This phrase means “let us marry you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 4 2 ki64 figs-synecdoche 0 the branch of Yahweh will be beautiful This could mean: (1) “branch” is a synecdoche that represents the crops Yahweh will cause to grow in the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause the crops in Israel to be beautiful” or (2) “branch” is a metaphor that refers to the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 4 2 egm3 0 will be beautiful and glorious Alternate translation: “will be full of beauty and glory” @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ ISA 4 4 l3vm 0 spirit of judgment This could mean: (1) Yahweh will punish the ISA 4 4 si1b figs-metaphor 0 the spirit of flaming fire This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will remove sinners from Zion like a fire removes impurities or (2) “flaming fire” is a metonym that represents the destruction in general of all the sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 4 5 yk4j 0 a canopy over all the glory This could mean: (1) a canopy for protecting the glorious city, or (2) a canopy consisting of God’s glory that will protect the city. If the first meaning is followed, then it may further mean that the city is glorious because Yahweh is present in it. ISA 4 5 h7ct 0 canopy This is a cloth that is hung over something to cover it for protecton. -ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

==Animals being present where people once lived==
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people. +ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

==Animals being present where people once lived==
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people. ISA 5 1 wd3z figs-parables 0 General Information: Isaiah tells a parable about a farmer and his vineyard. The farmer represents God and the vineyard represents the people of Judah, the southern kingdom of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) ISA 5 1 csd3 0 my well beloved Alternate translation: “my dear friend” ISA 5 1 y5t9 0 on a very fertile hill Alternate translation: “on a hill where very good crops could grow” @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ ISA 5 29 kw8f 0 prey animals that another animal wants to catch and kill ISA 5 29 ixb3 0 with none to rescue Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to save them” ISA 5 30 x52f 0 will roar … sea roars The word “roar” here is translated “growl” in verse 29. Use your language’s word for the sound of waves in a storm or heavy rain or some other frightening natural sound. ISA 5 30 rw65 figs-metaphor 0 even the light will be made dark by the clouds Here darkness represents suffering and disaster. This metaphor can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the dark clouds will completely block the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 6 intro g9bq 0 # Isaiah 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:3-4,7, 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heaven
This vision described in this chapter is probably a scene in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Isaiah’s call
This chapter record Isaiah’s call to prophetic ministry. It recognizes the holiness of God and Isaiah recognizes his need for holiness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inevitability
The way Yahweh speaks in this chapter shows the inevitability of the punishment of Yahweh against the people of Judah. The punishment must now come. It is too late for repentance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +ISA 6 intro g9bq 0 # Isaiah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:3-4,7, 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heaven
This vision described in this chapter is probably a scene in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Isaiah’s call
This chapter record Isaiah’s call to prophetic ministry. It recognizes the holiness of God and Isaiah recognizes his need for holiness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inevitability
The way Yahweh speaks in this chapter shows the inevitability of the punishment of Yahweh against the people of Judah. The punishment must now come. It is too late for repentance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) ISA 6 1 fpg5 figs-doublet 0 he was high and elevated The words “high” and “elevated” emphasize that the throne was very high and above everything around it. The height of the throne represents how great and powerful the Lord is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ISA 6 1 s9gi 0 filled the temple “filled the palace.” The word used for temple here is often used to refer to the palace of kings. ISA 6 2 rmg2 0 Above him were the seraphim The word “seraphim” is the plural of seraph. This means the Lord was seated on the throne and the seraphim were standing or flying near the Lord ready to serve him. @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ ISA 6 13 r74f figs-simile 0 as a terebinth or an oak is cut down and whose trun ISA 6 13 h3vb translate-unknown 0 terebinth a kind of oak tree (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ISA 6 13 tbt2 0 trunk … stump A trunk is the thick main stem of a tree. A stump is the part of a tree that remains in the ground after the tree is cut down. ISA 6 13 p9id figs-metaphor 0 the holy seed The people who will serve Yahweh after armies destroy Israel are spoken of as if they were set apart as a holy seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 7 intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Young woman”
Some translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
In this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe. +ISA 7 intro kcq7 0 # Isaiah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:7-9, 18-25.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Young woman”
Some translations choose to translate this as “virgin” and believe it is a reference to the Messiah being born of a virgin woman. This is only one possible translation, therefore most translations have avoided forcing this specific connotation into the meaning of the term. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
In this chapter, Israel is a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the nation as a whole. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter after its most prominent tribe. ISA 7 1 u9lp figs-idiom 0 During the days of Ahaz … king of Judah “When Ahaz … was king of Judah” This was when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 7 1 e4tt translate-names 0 Rezin … Pekah … Remaliah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 7 1 vuv8 figs-synecdoche 0 Rezin … and Pekah … went up The author speaks as if the kings were the armies they led. Alternate translation: “Rezin … and Pekah … led their armies up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ISA 7 23 y1fr translate-numbers 0 a thousand silver shekels “1,000 silver she ISA 7 23 hu8n figs-doublet 0 briers and thorns The words “briers” and “thorns” both refer to useless, thorny plants. It is not necessary to translate both words. Alternate translation: “thorn bushes” or “brier bushes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ISA 7 24 sr7t figs-explicit 0 because all the land will be briers and thorns Why the hunters come to these lands can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “because there will be nothing in these lands but briers, thorns, and wild animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 7 25 azm2 figs-activepassive 0 They will stay away from all the hills that were cultivated with the hoe If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will stay away from the hills where they once prepared the soil to plant crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 8 intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6-18, 21-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Israel will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 8 intro c8jg 0 # Isaiah 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:6-18, 21-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust in Yahweh
Israel will not trust in Yahweh. Instead, they will trust in their own power, their Gentile allies and the power of false gods. They will be punished because the power of Yahweh is greater than all of these. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 8 1 kzi2 0 Yahweh said to me Here the word “me” refers to Isaiah. ISA 8 2 x1fq 0 I will summon faithful witnesses to attest for me This could mean: (1) Yahweh is speaking: “I will call honest men to be witnesses” or (2) Isaiah is speaking: “I called honest men to be witnesses” or (3) Yahweh is commanding Isaiah: “Call honest men to be witnesses.” ISA 8 3 j2ld figs-euphemism 0 I went to the prophetess It can be stated explicitly that Isaiah is married to the prophetess. Alternate translation: “I slept with my wife, the prophetess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ ISA 8 20 i61u 0 If they do not say such things Alternate translation: “If th ISA 8 20 vr4u figs-metaphor 0 it is because they have no light of dawn Isaiah speaks of people who do not know God as if they were people walking in darkness without any light. Alternate translation: “it is because they are like a person lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 8 22 d61f 0 oppressive gloom Alternate translation: “terrible sadness” ISA 8 22 c4e1 figs-activepassive 0 They will be driven into a land of darkness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will drive them out into complete darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 9 intro e336 0 # Isaiah 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy concluding the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-21. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
The prophecy in 9:1-7 is about the coming Messiah. Parts of this prophecy were fulfilled when he first came to earth. Other parts are to be fulfilled when he will return in glory to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Fulfillment of prophecies
Some of the prophecies in this chapter were fulfilled in Isaiah’s lifetime while others are fulfilled in the distant future. Some scholars believe that there can be multiple fulfillments of each of these prophecies, while others see only one complete fulfillment. +ISA 9 intro e336 0 # Isaiah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy concluding the previous chapter. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-21. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
The prophecy in 9:1-7 is about the coming Messiah. Parts of this prophecy were fulfilled when he first came to earth. Other parts are to be fulfilled when he will return in glory to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Fulfillment of prophecies
Some of the prophecies in this chapter were fulfilled in Isaiah’s lifetime while others are fulfilled in the distant future. Some scholars believe that there can be multiple fulfillments of each of these prophecies, while others see only one complete fulfillment. ISA 9 1 c7zh figs-metaphor 0 The gloom will be dispelled from her who was in anguish Isaiah speaks of people who are spiritually lost as if they were walking around in total darkness. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the darkness from her who was in anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 9 1 c8yr 0 The gloom This word means “partial or total darkness.” Translate as you translated “gloom” in [Isaiah 8:22](../08/22.md). ISA 9 1 q9g1 figs-metaphor 0 her who was in anguish “her who was suffering great pain and sadness.” This is probably a metaphor for the people of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ ISA 9 20 e6kn figs-metonymy 0 They will grab food on the right hand … on the ISA 9 20 sl21 figs-metaphor 0 Each will even eat the flesh of his own arm This could mean: (1) people will be so hungry that they will want to eat or will actually eat their own arms or (2) the word “arm” is a metaphor for the person’s neighbor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 9 21 y7rj 0 In all these things, his anger does not subside; instead, his hand “Even though all these things have happened, he is still angry, and his hand.” See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). ISA 9 21 gxv7 figs-metaphor 0 his hand is still stretched out Isaiah speaks as if Yahweh were a person about to hit another person with his fist. This is a metaphor for Yahweh punishing Israel. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 5:25](../05/25.md). Alternate translation: “he will still be ready to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 10 intro dc9a 0 # Isaiah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy beginning in 8:21. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:1-11, 13-14, 15-19, 27-34.
(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s sovereignty
Yahweh has so much power and authority that he controls all of the nations. He even controls the nations who do not worship him. He uses Assyria to punish the kingdom of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to make statements about Israel’s sin. The Assyrians use rhetorical questions in order to boast in their pride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +ISA 10 intro dc9a 0 # Isaiah 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins with a prophecy that is a continuation of the prophecy beginning in 8:21. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:1-11, 13-14, 15-19, 27-34.
(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s sovereignty
Yahweh has so much power and authority that he controls all of the nations. He even controls the nations who do not worship him. He uses Assyria to punish the kingdom of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to make statements about Israel’s sin. The Assyrians use rhetorical questions in order to boast in their pride. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ISA 10 1 gwe8 figs-parallelism 0 to those who enact unjust laws and write unfair decrees These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “to those who make laws and decrees that are not fair to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 10 2 qr4b figs-parallelism 0 They deprive the needy of justice, rob the poor of my people of their rights These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “They are unjust to the poor and needy among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 10 2 rlv2 0 the needy Alternate translation: “poor people” @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ ISA 10 33 bra5 0 lofty proud ISA 10 34 f4p6 figs-metaphor 0 He will chop down the thickets … and Lebanon in his majesty will fall Isaiah speaks of the army of Assyria as if it were the tall trees in Lebanon. God will destroy the army like people cutting down the mighty trees of Lebanon. This emphasizes that though the army is strong, God has the power to destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 10 34 xu8i figs-metaphor 0 the thickets of the forest “the dense shrubs in the forest.” This is possibly a metaphor for those people who are not well known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 10 34 g78z figs-metaphor 0 Lebanon in his majesty will fall “the forests of Lebanon will no longer be so grand.” This is possibly a metaphor for the Assyrian army. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will defeat the army of Assyria, as mighty as it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 11 intro v1l2 0 # Isaiah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
The prophecies of this chapter focus on the coming Messiah. Some of these prophecies concern the first coming of Jesus, while some reference a future day of restoration. The author transitions between these time periods without telling his reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ambiguity
It is uncertain what period of time these prophecies refer to or who will fulfill them. The translator should allow this uncertainty and ambiguity to remain. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 11 intro v1l2 0 # Isaiah 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
The prophecies of this chapter focus on the coming Messiah. Some of these prophecies concern the first coming of Jesus, while some reference a future day of restoration. The author transitions between these time periods without telling his reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ambiguity
It is uncertain what period of time these prophecies refer to or who will fulfill them. The translator should allow this uncertainty and ambiguity to remain. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 11 1 fxf2 figs-parallelism 0 A shoot will sprout from the stump of Jesse … a branch out of his roots will bear fruit Isaiah speaks of Jesse and his descendants as if they were a tree that had been cut down. Both of these phrases tell about a descendant of Jesse who would be king. Alternate translation: “As a shoot sprouts out of a tree stump, so a descendant of Jesse will become king over what remains of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 11 1 b412 figs-metaphor 0 the stump of Jesse A stump is what remains of a tree after it is chopped down. The “stump of Jesse” represents what was left of the kingdom that Jesse’s son David was once king of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 11 2 ptc5 figs-metaphor 0 The Spirit of Yahweh will rest upon him Resting upon him represents being with him and helping him. The word “him” refers to the one who would become king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ ISA 11 15 k4y5 0 his scorching wind This is a strong or hot wind that causes s ISA 11 15 hj6s 0 so it can be crossed over in sandals Alternate translation: “so that people can cross over it even while wearing their sandals” ISA 11 16 e52k 0 There will be a highway A highway is a large road that many people can travel on. “Yahweh will make a road” ISA 11 16 b1xk 0 in their coming up from the land of Egypt Alternate translation: “when they came up from the land of Egypt” -ISA 12 intro x9cy 0 # Isaiah 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### “That day”
The time of this day is unclear. It may be a time in the near future for Isaiah, or a time in the distant future for him. In the latter case, it would reference the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tense
Extra care must be taken in translating the tense of this chapter. The author talks about the future, but frequently changes to speak in the present tense. Some languages will have difficulty speaking in this way. +ISA 12 intro x9cy 0 # Isaiah 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “That day”
The time of this day is unclear. It may be a time in the near future for Isaiah, or a time in the distant future for him. In the latter case, it would reference the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Tense
Extra care must be taken in translating the tense of this chapter. The author talks about the future, but frequently changes to speak in the present tense. Some languages will have difficulty speaking in this way. ISA 12 1 b681 figs-explicit 0 On that day It can be stated clearly what time is being referred to. Alternate translation: “At that time” or “When the king rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 12 1 cgh8 figs-personification 0 your wrath has turned away God’s wrath is spoken of as if it were a person that could turn away and leave. It means that God has stopped being angry. Alternate translation: “You are no longer angry with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ISA 12 2 il35 figs-metaphor 0 God is my salvation God causing someone’s salvation is spoken of as if God were that salvation. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with the noun “savior” or the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “God causes my salvation” or “God is my savior” or “God is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ ISA 12 4 ut6u figs-metonymy 0 call upon his name Here “his name” refers to ISA 12 4 jq63 figs-abstractnouns 0 declare his deeds among the peoples The noun “deeds” can be expressed with the phrase “what he has done.” Alternate translation: “Tell the peoples about the great things he has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 12 4 wi1x figs-metonymy 0 proclaim that his name is exalted Here “his name” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “proclaim that he is exalted” or “proclaim that he is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 12 6 b2j7 0 for great in your midst is the Holy One of Israel Alternate translation: “because the Holy One of Israel, who lives among you, is mighty” or “because the Holy One of Israel is mighty and he lives among you” -ISA 13 intro qak7 0 # Isaiah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies
It is unclear who is addressed by these prophecies. At times, it appears to be the people of Judah, while at other times it seems to reference the last days. This ambiguity should remain in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +ISA 13 intro qak7 0 # Isaiah 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies
It is unclear who is addressed by these prophecies. At times, it appears to be the people of Judah, while at other times it seems to reference the last days. This ambiguity should remain in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) ISA 13 1 ifl8 figs-metonymy 0 about Babylon The name of the city stands for the people of Babylon. Alternate translation: “about the people of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 13 1 t34a translate-names 0 Amoz Amoz was the father of Isaiah. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 13 2 she6 0 cry aloud to them The word “them” refers to soldiers from another country. @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ ISA 13 22 r81d translate-unknown 0 Hyenas Hyenas are large wild animals that lo ISA 13 22 inv9 figs-ellipsis 0 jackals in the beautiful palaces The words “will cry” are understood. Alternate translation: “jackals will cry in the beautiful palaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ISA 13 22 ly2k translate-unknown 0 jackals wild dogs (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ISA 13 22 wym1 figs-parallelism 0 Her time is near, and her days will not be delayed These two phrases mean basically the same thing. “Her time” and “her days” both refer to the time that God has chosen for Babylon to be destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time that all of this will happen to the people of Babylon is near, and nothing will stop it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 14 intro k7wp 0 # Isaiah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:4-27, 29-32.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satan
It is believed that this chapter references Satan. It describes Satan as a star fallen from heaven. There are five important statements beginning with the words “I will” which appear to show the essence of Satan’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Babylon
This is the name of the kingdom that conquered Judah, but it is also the name representing Satan’s kingdom in prophecies. They were not yet a world power when these words were spoken. It should be translated as “Babylon,” but translators should be aware of its dual meaning.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
The use of Israel in this chapter is in reference to the nation or people group of Israel. It is this Israel who will be restored and not the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +ISA 14 intro k7wp 0 # Isaiah 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:4-27, 29-32.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Satan
It is believed that this chapter references Satan. It describes Satan as a star fallen from heaven. There are five important statements beginning with the words “I will” which appear to show the essence of Satan’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Babylon
This is the name of the kingdom that conquered Judah, but it is also the name representing Satan’s kingdom in prophecies. They were not yet a world power when these words were spoken. It should be translated as “Babylon,” but translators should be aware of its dual meaning.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
The use of Israel in this chapter is in reference to the nation or people group of Israel. It is this Israel who will be restored and not the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) ISA 14 1 i59z figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh will have compassion on Jacob Here “Jacob” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will have mercy on the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 14 1 i2au figs-metonymy 0 attach themselves to the house of Jacob The house of Jacob refers to the descendants of Jacob, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “unite with the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 14 2 s7ge 0 The nations will bring them to their own place Alternate translation: “The nations will bring the descendants of Jacob back to the land of Israel” @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ ISA 14 32 ld7h figs-rquestion 0 How will they respond to the messengers of that ISA 14 32 geq9 0 Yahweh has founded Zion Alternate translation: “Yahweh started Zion” ISA 14 32 q7h8 0 in her Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” or “there” ISA 14 32 k8ir 0 the afflicted of his people Alternate translation: “those of his people who have been afflicted” -ISA 15 intro u6k8 0 # Isaiah 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter shifts from discussing Judah to the nation of Moab. Moab is punished by Yahweh, even though he is not a god they worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/god]]) +ISA 15 intro u6k8 0 # Isaiah 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter shifts from discussing Judah to the nation of Moab. Moab is punished by Yahweh, even though he is not a god they worship. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/god]]) ISA 15 1 ss3j figs-pastforfuture 0 General Information: Often in prophecy events that will happen in future are described as happening now or in the past. This emphasizes that the event will certainly happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ISA 15 1 y2ws 0 A declaration Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares” or “This is a message from Yahweh” ISA 15 1 y4g4 translate-names 0 Ar … Kir These are names of cities and towns in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ ISA 15 8 teq6 0 the wailing as far as Eglaim and Beer Elim The words “has go ISA 15 8 sc3g translate-names 0 Eglaim … Beer Elim These are names of cities and towns. Dimon was the principal city of the country of Moab. Several modern versions have “Dibon” instead of “Dimon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 15 9 fd7d translate-names 0 Dimon This is the name of a city or town. Dimon was the principal city of the country of Moab. Several modern versions have “Dibon” instead of “Dimon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 15 9 i5we figs-metonymy 0 but I will bring even more upon Dimon Here “I” refers to Yahweh. Also, “Dimon” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “but I will cause even more trouble for the people of Dimon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 16 intro ww5p 0 # Isaiah 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter and is a prophecy against the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:1-12. +ISA 16 intro ww5p 0 # Isaiah 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter and is a prophecy against the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:1-12. ISA 16 1 tn1s translate-symaction 0 Send rams to the ruler of the land The Moabites will send rams to the king of Judah so that he might protect them from the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ISA 16 1 yi43 translate-names 0 Selah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 16 1 g19r figs-idiom 0 the daughter of Zion The “daughter” of a city means the people of the city. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ ISA 16 12 i9ei 0 his prayers will accomplish nothing Alternate translation: ISA 16 13 q3qj 0 This is the word “This is the message.” This refers to all he said in 15:1-16:12. ISA 16 13 t123 figs-metonymy 0 concerning Moab The word “Moab” refers to the people of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 16 14 ubw7 0 the glory of Moab will disappear Alternate translation: “The country of Moab will no longer be glorious” -ISA 17 intro uhu9 0 # Isaiah 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The ULT sets the lines in 17:1-6, 9-14 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Damascus
This chapter prophesies destruction against the people of Damascus. Damascus was the capital of Aram. The people of Damascus worship gods other than Yahweh and have fought Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ephraim
This chapter prophesied destruction against the kingdom of Israel. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter. Both the northern kingdom of Israel and Aram were conquered at about the same time in history. +ISA 17 intro uhu9 0 # Isaiah 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The ULT sets the lines in 17:1-6, 9-14 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Damascus
This chapter prophesies destruction against the people of Damascus. Damascus was the capital of Aram. The people of Damascus worship gods other than Yahweh and have fought Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Ephraim
This chapter prophesied destruction against the kingdom of Israel. They are also called Ephraim in this chapter. Both the northern kingdom of Israel and Aram were conquered at about the same time in history. ISA 17 1 c1yu translate-names 0 about Damascus Damascus is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 7:8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 17 2 ez1z figs-activepassive 0 The cities of Aroer will be abandoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “All the people will abandon the cities of Aroer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 17 2 h23p 0 no one will frighten them The word “them” refers to the sheep. @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ ISA 17 12 u4ze figs-synecdoche 0 the rushing of nations The word “nations” ISA 17 13 ls6k figs-parallelism 0 before the wind like chaff on the mountains … like weeds whirling before a storm These two phrases mean the same thing. The enemy armies seem powerful but God will easily stop them and send them away. Alternate translation: “like chaff on the mountains that the wind blows away … like weeds that whirl and blow away as a storm approaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ISA 17 14 jpf9 figs-metaphor 0 This is the portion of those What happens to them is spoken of as if it is a portion that they inherit. Alternate translation: “This is what happens to those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 17 14 i9ms 0 loot us … rob us The word “us” refers to Isaiah and the people of Judah. -ISA 18 intro qz72 0 # Isaiah 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cush
This chapter records prophecies against the nation of Cush. They are being punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
This chapter uses many metaphors to describe the destruction coming to the people of Cush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ISA 18 intro qz72 0 # Isaiah 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cush
This chapter records prophecies against the nation of Cush. They are being punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
This chapter uses many metaphors to describe the destruction coming to the people of Cush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 18 1 w55y figs-metaphor 0 Woe to the land of the rustling of wings, which is along the rivers of Cush Here, the phrase **the rustling of wings** could mean (1) the boats that have sails are spoken of as having wings. Alternate translation: “Woe to those who live in the land beyond the rivers of Cush, whose many ships look like insects on the water” or (2) the rustling of wings refers to the noise of insects that have wings, perhaps locusts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 18 2 fa3r figs-metaphor 0 by the sea The Nile River was very wide, and people in Egypt and Cush referred to it as “the sea.” Alternate translation: “on the great river” or “along the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 18 2 na6w translate-unknown 0 vessels of papyrus Papyrus is a tall plant that grows along the side of the Nile River. People bound together papyrus bundles to make boats. Alternate translation: “papyrus boats” or “boats made of reeds” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ ISA 18 7 ggw4 0 a people tall and smooth Alternate translation: “a people wh ISA 18 7 gc7i figs-merism 0 a people feared far and near The words “far” and “near” are used together to mean “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “a people who are feared everywhere” or “a people that everyone in the earth fears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ISA 18 7 n6h8 figs-metonymy 0 a nation strong and trampling down Trampling down represents conquering other nations. Alternate translation: “a nation that is strong and conquers other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 18 7 wrg1 figs-metonymy 0 to the place of the name of Yahweh of hosts, to Mount Zion The word “name” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to Mount Zion, where Yahweh of hosts dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 19 intro y3c4 0 # Isaiah 19 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:1-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Egypt

This chapter prophesied destruction against the nation of Egypt. Their destruction will come from internal division instead of being conquered by another nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Imagery

Some of the imagery used in this chapter may be connected to the worship of specific false gods. One important god the people of Canaan worshiped was Baal, the god of rain or storms. One of the important gods the Egyptians worshiped was Ra, the god of the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “In that day”
This changes the reference from the time when Assyria comes to dominate the world and looks to a more distant future day. +ISA 19 intro y3c4 0 # Isaiah 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:1-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Egypt

This chapter prophesied destruction against the nation of Egypt. Their destruction will come from internal division instead of being conquered by another nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Imagery

Some of the imagery used in this chapter may be connected to the worship of specific false gods. One important god the people of Canaan worshiped was Baal, the god of rain or storms. One of the important gods the Egyptians worshiped was Ra, the god of the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “In that day”
This changes the reference from the time when Assyria comes to dominate the world and looks to a more distant future day. ISA 19 1 iz8p 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” ISA 19 1 pi3g figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh rides on a swift cloud Yahweh seems to be pictured here as riding on a cloud as if he was riding in a chariot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 19 1 st7u figs-personification 0 the idols of Egypt quake before him The idols are described as having feelings of fear as Yahweh approaches. Alternate translation: “the idols of Egypt tremble in fear before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ ISA 19 24 x4sx figs-metonymy 0 Israel will be the third with Egypt and Assyria ISA 19 24 d63v translate-ordinal 0 be the third with This could mean: (1) “join together with” or (2) “be the third blessing with” or (3) “be equal to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ISA 19 25 ial4 figs-metonymy 0 Blessed be Egypt, my people; Assyria, the work of my hands; and Israel, my inheritance The names of the three nations refer to the people of those nations. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have blessed you, people of Egypt, because you are my people; and I have blessed you, people of Assyria, because I created you; and I have blessed you, people of Israel, because I securely possess you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 19 25 hd4u figs-metonymy 0 the work of my hands Here “hands” refers to God’s power and action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 20 intro qqp3 0 # Isaiah 20 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Naked and barefoot
This is an image used in this chapter to describe Assyria’s victory over Egypt and Ethiopia. While they will be defeated, they will not be totally destroyed. Instead, they will be left with nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ISA 20 intro qqp3 0 # Isaiah 20 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Naked and barefoot
This is an image used in this chapter to describe Assyria’s victory over Egypt and Ethiopia. While they will be defeated, they will not be totally destroyed. Instead, they will be left with nothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 20 1 cw3v translate-names 0 Tartan the name of the chief commander of the armies of Assyria (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 20 1 q4u1 0 Sargon the name of the king of Assyria ISA 20 1 g7u8 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Ashdod and took it Ashdod refers to the army of Ashdod. Alternate translation: “he fought against the army of Ashdod and defeated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ ISA 20 5 x6ix figs-metonymy 0 because of Cush their hope and of Egypt their glo ISA 20 6 ppe5 0 The inhabitants of these coasts the people who lived in the lands bordering the Mediterranean Sea ISA 20 6 a114 figs-activepassive 0 where we fled for help to be rescued If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where we fled to so they would rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 20 6 ul8x figs-rquestion 0 now, how can we escape? The author uses this question to emphasize how hopeless their situation was. Alternate translation: “now there is no way for us to escape!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ISA 21 intro b7ty 0 # Isaiah 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:1-10, 13-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cush
Dumah and Seir are places in Edom. Part of this chapter is a prophecy against Cush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The desert by the sea
This is a metaphor for an unknown nation. Scholars are divided over the proper identity of this nation, but it is probably Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Mystery
The fulfillment of this chapter is very mysterious. It is unknown who is truly being addressed and how this is to be fulfilled in history. The translator should not attempt to give the reader insight into this prophecy’s fulfillment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 21 intro b7ty 0 # Isaiah 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:1-10, 13-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Cush
Dumah and Seir are places in Edom. Part of this chapter is a prophecy against Cush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The desert by the sea
This is a metaphor for an unknown nation. Scholars are divided over the proper identity of this nation, but it is probably Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Mystery
The fulfillment of this chapter is very mysterious. It is unknown who is truly being addressed and how this is to be fulfilled in history. The translator should not attempt to give the reader insight into this prophecy’s fulfillment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 21 1 c5lv 0 A declaration Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares” or “This is Yahweh’s message” ISA 21 1 x48q figs-metonymy 0 about the desert by the sea This refers to the people who live in Babylon as being a desert, even though God has not made it into a desert yet. This event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “about the people who live in a land that soon will be a desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ISA 21 1 x94u figs-simile 0 Like stormwinds sweeping through the Negev Isaiah compares the army that will attack the people to a storm with strong winds. They will be quick and powerful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ ISA 21 15 y9if figs-metonymy 0 from the sword, from the drawn sword, from the b ISA 21 15 tnx9 figs-metaphor 0 from the weight of war The terror and suffering that is experienced during war is spoken of as if war were a heavy weight on people. Alternate translation: “from the horrors of war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 21 16 y8lk figs-explicit 0 as a laborer hired for a year would see it “as a hired laborer would count the days of a year.” A hired worker is careful to count the days so that he works exactly the amount of time he is paid to work. This means Kedar will be defeated in exactly one year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 21 16 z33f translate-names 0 of Kedar This is a region in Arabia. Kedar represents the population of Kedar. Alternate translation: “of the people of Kedar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ISA 22 intro j95f 0 # Isaiah 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
On this day of judgment, Judah should be repenting of their sin. Instead, they are celebrating it. Although Judah avoids Yahweh’s punishment through the Assyrians, their punishment will still come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Valley of Visions”
This is a metaphor used in this prophecy against the nation of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ISA 22 intro j95f 0 # Isaiah 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
On this day of judgment, Judah should be repenting of their sin. Instead, they are celebrating it. Although Judah avoids Yahweh’s punishment through the Assyrians, their punishment will still come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Valley of Visions”
This is a metaphor used in this prophecy against the nation of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ISA 22 1 k9gg 0 A declaration Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares” or “This is Yahweh’s message” ISA 22 1 r9lq figs-metonymy 0 about the Valley of Vision Here “Valley” refers to those who live in the valley, that is, Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “about those who live in the Valley of Vision” or “about those who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 22 1 eln4 figs-rquestion 0 What is the reason that you have all gone up to the housetops? Isaiah uses a question to scold the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “You should not go and stand on the tops of your houses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ ISA 22 24 p4as figs-metaphor 0 every small container from the cups to all the j ISA 22 24 y52b 0 the cups to all the jugs A cup is a small container that holds water. A jug is a larger container that holds water. ISA 22 25 tll3 figs-metaphor 0 the peg driven in a firm place … will be cut off Yahweh causing Shebna to lose his authority in the king’s palace is spoken of as if Shebna were a peg in the wall that breaks off and falls to the ground. This emphasizes that Shebna thought his authority was secure but God will remove him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 22 25 l3m8 figs-metonymy 0 the weight that was on it will be cut off Here “weight” represents Shebna’s power and authority. It is spoken of as if it were an object hanging on the peg that represents Shebna. Yahweh causing Shebna to lose his power and authority is spoken of as if someone were to cut off the object that was hanging on the peg. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 23 intro zw88 0 # Isaiah 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Phoenicia
This chapter prophesies destruction against several cities in Phoenicia as well as in Tarshish. The exact location of Tarshish is unknown. Because of the locations mentioned in this chapter, it appears that the Assyrians will conquer many of the nations on the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ISA 23 intro zw88 0 # Isaiah 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Phoenicia
This chapter prophesies destruction against several cities in Phoenicia as well as in Tarshish. The exact location of Tarshish is unknown. Because of the locations mentioned in this chapter, it appears that the Assyrians will conquer many of the nations on the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ISA 23 1 p3kt 0 A declaration about Tyre Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh declares about Tyre” ISA 23 1 fmd1 figs-metonymy 0 Howl, you ships of Tarshish Here “ships” represents the men on the ships. Isaiah speaks to the men on the ships of Tarshish as if they could hear him. Alternate translation: “Cry out in despair you men on the ships of Tarshish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) ISA 23 1 ggd2 0 harbor an area of the sea that is near land and safe for ships @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ ISA 23 17 au66 figs-metaphor 0 she will start making money again by doing the w ISA 23 18 jdj2 figs-activepassive 0 They will not be stored up or kept If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The merchants will not store away their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 23 18 if24 0 those who live in Yahweh’s presence Alternate translation: “those who obey and serve Yahweh” ISA 23 18 y9rb 0 to supply them with abundant food Alternate translation: “so they will have enough food to eat” -ISA 24 intro a6m4 0 # Isaiah 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

While it appears that this chapter is a continuation of the prophecy from the previous chapter, it actually looks at the whole of the Assyrian conquest as Yahweh’s punishment on the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant
The mention of an “everlasting covenant” in this chapter is probably not to a specific covenant with Abraham or Moses. Instead, it is an expectation that mankind would obey Yahweh. Some consider this to be a covenant Yahweh made with Adam. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +ISA 24 intro a6m4 0 # Isaiah 24 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

While it appears that this chapter is a continuation of the prophecy from the previous chapter, it actually looks at the whole of the Assyrian conquest as Yahweh’s punishment on the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant
The mention of an “everlasting covenant” in this chapter is probably not to a specific covenant with Abraham or Moses. Instead, it is an expectation that mankind would obey Yahweh. Some consider this to be a covenant Yahweh made with Adam. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) ISA 24 1 itu1 0 to empty the earth Alternate translation: “to make the earth desolate” or “to destroy everything on the earth” ISA 24 2 v1j9 0 It will come about that This phrase marks an important event. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. ISA 24 2 b89l figs-ellipsis 0 as with … so with What Yahweh will do is not stated here, but it is understood. This shows that God will treat all people the same way. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh scatters … so he will scatter”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ ISA 24 21 vwu5 0 in the heavens Alternate translation: “in the sky” ISA 24 22 m1h2 figs-activepassive 0 They will be gathered together, prisoners in a pit, and will be shut up in a prison Here “pit” refers to a dark room or hole in a prison. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will gather them together as his prisoners and lock them in the dungeon of a prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 24 22 a1hh figs-activepassive 0 they will be punished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 24 23 jhu9 figs-personification 0 Then the moon will be ashamed, and the sun disgraced The sun and the moon are described as a person who is ashamed of being in front of someone with greater power. In the presence of Yahweh, the light of the moon and sun will seem less bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ISA 25 intro p6t1 0 # Isaiah 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter shifts from being a prophecy against the nations to the personal praises of Isaiah. He praises Yahweh for the deliverance of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +ISA 25 intro p6t1 0 # Isaiah 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter shifts from being a prophecy against the nations to the personal praises of Isaiah. He praises Yahweh for the deliverance of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) ISA 25 1 fw3y figs-metonymy 0 praise your name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “praise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 25 1 e938 figs-activepassive 0 things planned long ago If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things you planned long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 25 1 th82 figs-abstractnouns 0 in perfect faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “because you are perfectly faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ ISA 25 11 kk8y figs-metaphor 0 will bring down their pride Yahweh humiliating a ISA 25 11 cmz8 figs-metonymy 0 in spite of the skill of their hands Here “hands” represents the power to do or make something. Alternate translation: “in spite of the great things they have built” or “in spite of the great things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 25 12 i3tb figs-metonymy 0 Your high fortress walls he will bring down to the ground, to the dust This speaks of Yahweh causing armies to bring down the walls as if he himself were going to bring them down. Alternate translation: “He will send an army to bring your high fortress walls to the ground, to the dust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 25 12 m6re figs-123person 0 Your high fortress Here “Your” refers to the people of Moab. It can be stated in third person to be consistent with the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Their high fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ISA 26 intro im4d 0 # Isaiah 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 26 intro im4d 0 # Isaiah 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 26 1 u2d5 0 In that day Alternate translation: “At that time” ISA 26 1 p5n8 figs-activepassive 0 this song will be sung in the land of Judah If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land of Judah will sing this song” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 26 1 u7ja 0 We have a strong city This refers to the city of Jerusalem. @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ ISA 26 19 gb4p figs-metaphor 0 the earth will bring forth its dead “the earth ISA 26 20 z699 0 my people Here “my” refers to Isaiah. Also “people” refers to the people of Israel. ISA 26 20 k2ad figs-abstractnouns 0 until the indignation has passed by If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **indignation**, you could express the same idea with the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “until Yahweh is no longer angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 26 21 rcq2 figs-personification 0 the earth will uncover her bloodshed, and will no longer conceal her slain Yahweh revealing all murders that have happened on the earth so that he can punish the murderers is spoken of as if the earth itself will reveal everyone who has been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ISA 27 intro p2zg 0 # Isaiah 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leviathan
This was an ancient type of dragon or serpent. It is possible that this is a reference to Satan, who is also described as a serpent and a dragon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 27 intro p2zg 0 # Isaiah 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leviathan
This was an ancient type of dragon or serpent. It is possible that this is a reference to Satan, who is also described as a serpent and a dragon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator should not add explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 27 1 u82j 0 On that day Alternate translation: “At that time” ISA 27 1 zm2d figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh with his hard, great and fierce sword will punish Yahweh having the power to destroy his enemies is spoken of as if he had strong, large sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 27 1 tj3b 0 the monster that is in the sea This refers to Leviathan. @@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ ISA 27 12 gz3e figs-activepassive 0 you … will be gathered together one by on ISA 27 13 i56v figs-activepassive 0 a great trumpet will be blown If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will blow a trumpet loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 27 13 qs1g figs-ellipsis 0 the perishing ones in the land of Assyria will come, and the outcasts in the land of Egypt The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “those who are in exile and dying in the land of Assyria and the land of Egypt will return to the land of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ISA 27 13 bdq2 0 holy mountain The “holy mountain” is Mount Zion, in Jerusalem. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:9](../11/09.md). -ISA 28 intro np8h 0 # Isaiah 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used to describe Yahweh’s punishment as well as the sin of the people of Ephraim. In one such metaphor, they are described as being drunk. Construction and weather metaphors are also used in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 28 intro np8h 0 # Isaiah 28 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are many metaphors used to describe Yahweh’s punishment as well as the sin of the people of Ephraim. In one such metaphor, they are described as being drunk. Construction and weather metaphors are also used in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. This chapter pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 28 1 j6gg figs-metaphor 0 Woe to the proud garland … on the head of the lush Valley of those who are overcome with wine A “garland” is a crown made of flowers. Here it represents the city of Samaria, the capital of Israel, which sits above a fertile valley. Samaria and its people being destroyed is spoken of as if the flowers in the garland will grow old and stop being beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 28 1 i15u 0 who are overcome with wine Alternate translation: “who are drunk with wine” ISA 28 2 yjl9 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention” @@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ ISA 28 27 r6a8 figs-activepassive 0 but caraway is beaten with a stick, and cum ISA 28 28 zb1a figs-activepassive 0 Grain is ground for bread but not too finely If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The farmer grinds the grain for bread but not so that it is too small” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 28 29 vw1a figs-explicit 0 This too comes … excellent in wisdom This concludes the parable started in [Isaiah 28:23](../28/23.md). The implied lesson of the parable is that farmers are wise enough to listen to Yahweh’s instructions about planting and threshing. But the leaders of Jerusalem are foolish for not listening to Yahweh’s instructions that he is speaking through Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 28 29 fh5n 0 Yahweh of hosts See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:9](../01/09.md). -ISA 29 intro e58i 0 # Isaiah 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter begins a series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the kingdoms of Ephraim and eventually Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ariel
This is another name for Jerusalem. It is an uncommon name.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prophecies
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 29 intro e58i 0 # Isaiah 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter begins a series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the kingdoms of Ephraim and eventually Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ariel
This is another name for Jerusalem. It is an uncommon name.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prophecies
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 29 1 p34x figs-metonymy 0 Woe to Ariel Here “Ariel” represents the people who live in the city of Ariel. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for the people of Ariel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 29 1 kp7k translate-names 0 Ariel This is another name for Jerusalem, and it means “altar.” If possible translate this as “Ariel” rather than “Jerusalem” since the meaning of “Ariel” is important in 29:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 29 1 bhl8 0 David encamped Alternate translation: “David dwelled” or “David lived” @@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ ISA 29 23 hf61 figs-123person 0 of the God of Israel Yahweh refers to himself a ISA 29 24 ajl7 figs-metonymy 0 Those who err in spirit Here “spirit” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Those who are wrong in what they think” or “Those who are wrong in their attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 29 24 ly72 figs-explicit 0 will gain understanding This can be made more explicit to explain what they will understand. Alternate translation: “will begin to understand Yahweh and his laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 29 24 uc4z figs-explicit 0 complainers will learn knowledge This can be made more explicit to explain what knowledge they will learn. Alternate translation: “those who complain will begin to know that what Yahweh teaches them is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ISA 30 intro e211 0 # Isaiah 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Negev
This is an area between Egypt and Judah. The people would have had to travel though it in order to get to Egypt. No one really lived in this area and it was known to be very dangerous.

### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. The people were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. The chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 30 intro e211 0 # Isaiah 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Negev
This is an area between Egypt and Judah. The people would have had to travel though it in order to get to Egypt. No one really lived in this area and it was known to be very dangerous.

### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. The people were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. The chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 30 1 e6vd figs-metaphor 0 the rebellious children Yahweh speaks about his people as if they were his children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 30 1 dq2r figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ISA 30 1 cu63 figs-abstractnouns 0 They make plans, but not from me This can be reworded so that If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **plans**, you could express the same idea with the verb “plan.” Alternate translation: “They plan to do things, but they do not ask me what I want them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ ISA 30 33 ry8p figs-explicit 0 a place of burning This phrase is the meaning of ISA 30 33 lpk7 figs-explicit 0 it is prepared for the king It is implied that this refers to the king of Assyria. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh prepared it for the king of Assyria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 30 33 nue1 0 The pile is ready with a fire and much wood Alternate translation: “The pile is ready with much wood to make a fire” ISA 30 33 dbe3 figs-simile 0 The breath of Yahweh, like a stream of brimstone, will set it on fire This speaks of Yahweh’s breath as if it were a river of fire that will set the pile on fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ISA 31 intro a5pj 0 # Isaiah 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. It also prophesies the destruction of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. They were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Israel
The use of the term “Israel” in this chapter is in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel exclusively. +ISA 31 intro a5pj 0 # Isaiah 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes” against specific nations. It presents judgments against the people of Ephraim and Judah when they desired to make an alliance with Egypt. It also prophesies the destruction of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust
The people were to trust in Yahweh. Only he could provide them with protection. They were punished for their lack of trust when they were in trouble, but Yahweh only required that they trust him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “That day”
This is a common phrase in this section of Isaiah. This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Israel
The use of the term “Israel” in this chapter is in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel exclusively. ISA 31 1 mn6p 0 go down to Egypt The phrase “go down” is used here because Egypt is lower in Elevation than Jerusalem. ISA 31 1 u5k2 0 those who go down Alternate translation: “those people of Judah who go down” ISA 31 1 fq71 figs-metaphor 0 lean on horses This speaks about people relying on their horses to help them as if they were leaning on their horses. Alternate translation: “rely on their horses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ ISA 31 8 ib91 figs-activepassive 0 his young men will be forced to do hard labo ISA 31 9 cb3x figs-abstractnouns 0 They will lose all confidence because of terror The word “confidence” can be expressed with the adjective “confident.” The word “terror” can be expressed with the adjective “terrified.” Alternate translation: “They will no longer be confident because they are so terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 31 9 eqd6 0 his princes Alternate translation: “their leaders” ISA 31 9 awn7 figs-parallelism 0 whose fire is in Zion and whose firepot is in Jerusalem Both of these clauses mean the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Here God’s presence and his power to judge and destroy are spoken of as if they were a fire. Alternate translation: “whose powerful presence is in Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 32 intro qg44 0 # Isaiah 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 32 intro qg44 0 # Isaiah 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 32 1 bfx3 0 Look This word is used here to draw peoples’ attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen” ISA 32 2 he1m figs-simile 0 Each one will be like a shelter from the wind and a refuge from the storm This compares the king and princes who protect the people to a shelter. Alternate translation: “the rulers will protect the people like a shelter does in a storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ISA 32 2 i91q figs-simile 0 like streams of water in a dry place This is another comparison that means that the rulers will provide for the needs of the people. Alternate translation: “they will provide for the people like streams of water in a dry place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ ISA 32 18 q9gf 0 habitation place where people live ISA 32 19 xzc9 0 hails See how you translated this in [Isaiah 28:2](../28/02.md). ISA 32 19 stg9 figs-activepassive 0 the forest is destroyed, and the city is completely annihilated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it destroys the forest and completely destroys the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 32 20 wd7c figs-activepassive 0 you who sow beside all the streams will be blessed, you who send out your ox and donkey to graze If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This refers to Yahweh blessing all of his people and speaks of the things that are normal for his people to do. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless you, as you plant your crops in fields alongside the streams and as you send out your ox and donkey to graze in the pasture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ISA 33 intro bx2g 0 # Isaiah 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes.” It speaks against ungodly or evil people in general. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +ISA 33 intro bx2g 0 # Isaiah 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter continues the series of “woes.” It speaks against ungodly or evil people in general. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) ISA 33 1 uq8j figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Isaiah speaks in poetry for Yahweh to the Assyrians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 33 1 vi89 figs-activepassive 0 who has not been destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom others have not destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 33 1 uz7b figs-activepassive 0 you will be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “others will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ ISA 33 23 l3q9 0 sail a large cloth that fills with wind and moves a boat thro ISA 33 23 a64j figs-activepassive 0 when the great spoil is divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when they divide the treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 33 23 tx7c figs-nominaladj 0 the lame This refers to people who are cannot walk. Alternate translation: “those who are lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ISA 33 24 brw9 figs-activepassive 0 the people who live there will be forgiven for their iniquity If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sins of the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 34 intro rp2m 0 # Isaiah 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Destruction
There are many images used in this chapter which describe destruction. Here each of these metaphors describes complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prophecy

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 34 intro rp2m 0 # Isaiah 34 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Destruction
There are many images used in this chapter which describe destruction. Here each of these metaphors describes complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Prophecy

This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 34 1 l8gx figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 34 1 xx72 figs-personification 0 The earth and all that fills it must listen, the world, and all things that come from it Here the earth is spoken of as being required to listen to Yahweh to emphasize that it is under Yahweh’s authority. These two parallel phrases are metonyms for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “In all places everywhere on earth, everyone must listen to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 34 1 q1g4 figs-ellipsis 0 the world, and all things that come from it This is the second of two parallel phrases. The understood words may be supplied in this phrase. Alternate translation: “the world, and all things that come from it must listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ ISA 34 16 zh4w figs-synecdoche 0 for his mouth has commanded it Yahweh is refer ISA 34 17 wiz7 figs-metaphor 0 He has cast lots for their places This speaks of Yahweh deciding where to cause the animals to live as if he actually cast lots for their places. Alternate translation: “He has determined where they will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 34 17 n3hj figs-metaphor 0 his hand has measured it out for them by a cord This refers to the way that people measured things in biblical times. Alternate translation: “he has given the animals their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 34 17 f3tu figs-idiom 0 from generation to generation they will The phrase “generation to generation” refers to all generations of people who will live in the future. See how you translated the phrase “from generation to generation” in [Isaiah 13:20](../13/20.md). Alternate translation: “forever they will” or “they will always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ISA 35 intro wlq4 0 # Isaiah 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +ISA 35 intro wlq4 0 # Isaiah 35 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Reign of the Messiah
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) ISA 35 1 s4b3 figs-personification 0 The wilderness and the Arabah will be glad; and the desert will rejoice These two phrases have basically the same meaning. These places are described as being glad, like a person is glad, because they have received water and are blossoming. Alternate translation: “It will be like the wilderness and the Arabah are glad and the desert will rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 35 1 pis9 figs-synecdoche 0 blossom This speaks of the plants in the desert blossoming as if the desert itself were blossoming. Alternate translation: “its plants will blossom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ISA 35 2 f7wa figs-simile 0 it will blossom abundantly This compares the way the plants of the desert blossom to the way a rose (verse 1) has many blossoms. Alternate translation: “The desert will grow many new plants and trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ ISA 35 10 q3ha figs-synecdoche 0 everlasting joy will be on their heads This us ISA 35 10 x841 figs-doublet 0 gladness and joy … sorrow and sighing The words “gladness” and “joy” mean basically the same thing, as do “sorrow” and “sighing.” Together they emphasize the intensity of these emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ISA 35 10 b5lz figs-personification 0 gladness and joy will overtake them This speaks of the people being overwhelmed by gladness and joy by giving these emotions the human quality of being able to overtake someone by force. Alternate translation: “they will be overwhelmed by joy and gladness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ISA 35 10 d5f7 figs-personification 0 sorrow and sighing will flee away This speaks of the people no longer being sorrowful and sighing by giving these emotions the human ability to run away. Alternate translation: “they will no longer be sorrowful and sighing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ISA 36 intro r5x3 0 # Isaiah 36 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The previous chapters have been constructed as prophecy and contain many poetic elements. This chapter switches to a narrative and is a discussion between the officials from Assyria and Judah. To make the meaning clear here, it may be helpful to set apart the extended quotations by setting them farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust

The people of Judah were to trust in Yahweh because only he could provide them with protection. The people of Jerusalem were protected because they trusted in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The Assyrian commanders use rhetorical questions in this chapter to mock or insult Judah and their God, Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ISA 36 intro r5x3 0 # Isaiah 36 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The previous chapters have been constructed as prophecy and contain many poetic elements. This chapter switches to a narrative and is a discussion between the officials from Assyria and Judah. To make the meaning clear here, it may be helpful to set apart the extended quotations by setting them farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trust

The people of Judah were to trust in Yahweh because only he could provide them with protection. The people of Jerusalem were protected because they trusted in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The Assyrian commanders use rhetorical questions in this chapter to mock or insult Judah and their God, Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 36 1 v35t translate-ordinal 0 the fourteenth year “year 14” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ISA 36 1 jr4c 0 King Hezekiah See how you translated the name of this king in [Isaiah 1:1](../01/01.md). ISA 36 1 np79 translate-names 0 Sennacherib This is the name of the king of Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ ISA 36 20 r234 figs-metonymy 0 his land This refers to the people who live in t ISA 36 22 zjw1 translate-names 0 Eliakim … Hilkiah … Shebna … Joah … Asaph Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [Isaiah 36:3](../36/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 36 22 yqy8 figs-idiom 0 over the household This idiom means that he was in charge of the affairs of the palace household. Alternate translation: “in charge of the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 36 22 kdc7 translate-symaction 0 with their clothes torn Hezekiah’s officials tore their clothes as a sign of mourning and distress. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “with their clothes torn because they were extremely distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ISA 37 intro vy96 0 # Isaiah 37 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 37:22-38.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tearing clothes and putting on sackcloth
This was a sign of great distress. While it is often accompanies repentance, in this chapter it is intended to show the king’s anger at the blasphemy of the Assyrians when they spoke against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]])

### Prayer
Hezekiah was different from the other kings because when he was threatened by Assyria, he went to Yahweh in prayer. He did not trust in his army or make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +ISA 37 intro vy96 0 # Isaiah 37 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 37:22-38.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tearing clothes and putting on sackcloth
This was a sign of great distress. While it is often accompanies repentance, in this chapter it is intended to show the king’s anger at the blasphemy of the Assyrians when they spoke against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]])

### Prayer
Hezekiah was different from the other kings because when he was threatened by Assyria, he went to Yahweh in prayer. He did not trust in his army or make an alliance with Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) ISA 37 1 u52c writing-newevent 0 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ISA 37 1 qkd2 translate-symaction 0 he tore his clothes, covered himself with sackcloth This is a sign of mourning and distress. Alternate translation: “he tore his clothes and covered himself with sackcloth because he was very distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ISA 37 2 he14 translate-names 0 Eliakim … Shebna Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [Isaiah 36:3](../36/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ ISA 37 38 m18l 0 as he was worshiping Alternate translation: “as Sennacherib ISA 37 38 m2c7 translate-names 0 Nisrok This is the name of a false god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 37 38 id3l translate-names 0 Adrammelek … Sharezer … Esarhaddon These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 37 38 fbz6 0 with the sword Alternate translation: “with their swords” -ISA 38 intro s3fq 0 # Isaiah 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 38:10-20.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Poetry
This chapter is written as a narrative, but the section including Hezekiah’s prayer is written as poetry. The tone of this prayer shifts from sorrow to praise. +ISA 38 intro s3fq 0 # Isaiah 38 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 38:10-20.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Poetry
This chapter is written as a narrative, but the section including Hezekiah’s prayer is written as poetry. The tone of this prayer shifts from sorrow to praise. ISA 38 1 g1p4 figs-explicit 0 Set your house in order This means to prepare your family and those in charge of your affairs so that they know what to do after you die. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “You should tell the people in your palace what you want them to do after you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 38 3 c5ru figs-idiom 0 call to mind This idiom means to remember. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 38 3 rvv5 figs-idiom 0 faithfully walked before you This is an idiom. Here “walk” means to “live.” The phrase means to live in a way the pleases Yahweh. Alternate translation: “faithfully lived before you” or “faithfully served you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ ISA 38 21 b3bq writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break ISA 38 21 x8d3 0 Let them Alternate translation: “Let Hezekiah’s servants” ISA 38 21 drf6 figs-explicit 0 a lump of figs This was used as an ointment. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “use an ointment of mashed figs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 38 21 t3l6 0 boil a painful area on the skin that is infected -ISA 39 intro lz5x 0 # Isaiah 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride
Although it is not said why it was sinful for Hezekiah to show the king of Babylon his riches, the sin was probably because of his pride. It can be viewed as bragging to another king about how rich and powerful he was without giving proper credit to Yahweh. Because of this sin, Yahweh punished him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Babylon
At this time, Babylon was not very powerful, but was little more than a city. In a short time, however, Babylon became a very powerful nation and conquered Assyria. +ISA 39 intro lz5x 0 # Isaiah 39 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pride
Although it is not said why it was sinful for Hezekiah to show the king of Babylon his riches, the sin was probably because of his pride. It can be viewed as bragging to another king about how rich and powerful he was without giving proper credit to Yahweh. Because of this sin, Yahweh punished him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Babylon
At this time, Babylon was not very powerful, but was little more than a city. In a short time, however, Babylon became a very powerful nation and conquered Assyria. ISA 39 1 z1d1 translate-names 0 Marduk-Baladan … Baladan These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 39 2 x7xe figs-explicit 0 Hezekiah was pleased by these things This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “When the king’s messengers arrived, Hezekiah was pleased with what they brought to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 39 2 ig2z 0 showed the messengers his storehouse of valuable things Alternate translation: “he showed the messengers everything of value he had” @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ ISA 39 6 w6ck 0 Look This word is used here to draw Hezekiah’s attention to ISA 39 6 y5e5 figs-activepassive 0 when everything in your palace … will be carried to Babylon This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “when the enemy army will take everything in your palace … back to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 39 7 mls8 0 The sons born from you Alternate translation: “Your sons” ISA 39 7 tb9y 0 they will take them Alternate translation: “the Babylonians will take them” -ISA 40 intro xc5h 0 # Isaiah 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These rhetorical questions help to prove the point he is making and convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “She has received double from Yahweh’s hand for all her sins”
It is common in many languages to use the feminine “she” to refer to a nation, rather than the word “it,” which is neither masculine or feminine. The translator should use the pronoun that aligns with the common usage in the target language. Therefore, it is acceptable to use “he,” “she,” or “it” in reference to a nation.

The phrase “received double” indicates that Jerusalem was punished more severely than the other nations. This is because they had the privilege of a special relationship to Yahweh and had more knowledge than the other nations.

### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. It does not appear that this prophecy was fulfilled in the days of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 40 intro xc5h 0 # Isaiah 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Yahweh uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These rhetorical questions help to prove the point he is making and convince the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “She has received double from Yahweh’s hand for all her sins”
It is common in many languages to use the feminine “she” to refer to a nation, rather than the word “it,” which is neither masculine or feminine. The translator should use the pronoun that aligns with the common usage in the target language. Therefore, it is acceptable to use “he,” “she,” or “it” in reference to a nation.

The phrase “received double” indicates that Jerusalem was punished more severely than the other nations. This is because they had the privilege of a special relationship to Yahweh and had more knowledge than the other nations.

### Reign of Yahweh
This chapter appears to prophesy about a time of restoration when the Messiah will reign. It pictures a time of great peace and harmony in the world. The translator does not need to add an explanation, but should try to maintain the tense of the original text, as a future or uncompleted action. It does not appear that this prophecy was fulfilled in the days of Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 40 1 uzv6 0 Comfort, comfort The word “comfort” is repeated for emphasis. ISA 40 1 wa9a figs-you 0 says your God Here “your” is plural and refers to those whom the prophet tells to comfort God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ISA 40 2 f6th figs-personification 0 Speak tenderly to Jerusalem The prophet speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a woman whom Yahweh has forgiven. As such, Jerusalem represents the people who live in that city. Alternate translation: Speak tenderly to the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ ISA 40 29 gt6k figs-parallelism 0 He gives strength to the tired; and to the we ISA 40 29 l1wl 0 He gives strength Alternate translation: “Yahweh gives strength” ISA 40 31 gu6x figs-metaphor 0 they will soar with wings like eagles People receiving strength from Yahweh is spoken of as if the people were able to fly like eagles fly. An eagle is a bird often used as a symbol for strength and power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 40 31 vgd6 figs-parallelism 0 they will run and not be weary; they will walk and not faint These two lines share similar meanings. People receiving strength from Yahweh is spoken of as if they were able to run and walk without tiring. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 41 intro mwf4 0 # Isaiah 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mocking
Yahweh tells the people to present their best arguments in favor of honoring their idols. In this Yahweh challenges the people. Yahweh mocks or insults these false gods because they are not real and have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 41 intro mwf4 0 # Isaiah 41 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Mocking
Yahweh tells the people to present their best arguments in favor of honoring their idols. In this Yahweh challenges the people. Yahweh mocks or insults these false gods because they are not real and have no power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 41 1 ihs8 0 Listen before me in silence Here “me” refers to God. ISA 41 1 gik7 figs-metonymy 0 you coastlands This refers to the people who live on the islands and in the lands bordering or beyond the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) ISA 41 1 w3dd 0 renew their strength See how you translated this phrase in [Isaiah 40:31](../40/31.md). @@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ ISA 41 26 u3i7 figs-rquestion 0 Who announced this from the beginning, that we ISA 41 26 xn3y 0 Indeed none of them decreed it, yes, none heard you say anything Alternate translation: “Indeed, none of the idols decreed it. Indeed, no one heard you idols say anything” ISA 41 28 k8tv 0 not one among them Alternate translation: “not one idol” ISA 41 29 i3rp figs-metaphor 0 their cast metal figures are wind and emptiness Yahweh speaks of the worthlessness of the idols as if the idols are wind and nothing at all. Alternate translation: “their idols are all worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 42 intro q7al 0 # Isaiah 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 42:1-4 is the first of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Servant
Israel is called Yahweh’s servant. The Messiah is also called the servant of Yahweh. It is likely that the two different usages of the word “servant” are intended to contrast with one another. +ISA 42 intro q7al 0 # Isaiah 42 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 42:1-4 is the first of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Servant
Israel is called Yahweh’s servant. The Messiah is also called the servant of Yahweh. It is likely that the two different usages of the word “servant” are intended to contrast with one another. ISA 42 1 e7j9 0 Behold, my servant Alternate translation: “Look, my servant” or “Here is my servant” ISA 42 1 d5ej 0 in him I take delight Alternate translation: “with whom I am very happy” ISA 42 3 w4sn figs-metaphor 0 A crushed reed he will not break, and a dimly burning wick he will not quench Yahweh speaks of weak and helpless people as if they were crushed reeds and dimly burning wicks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ ISA 42 25 dqe8 0 on them “against us.” Here “them” refers to the peopl ISA 42 25 x8pk figs-abstractnouns 0 and the violence of war The word “devastation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “by devastating them with war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 42 25 ym86 figs-metaphor 0 Its flames encircled them … it consumed them Isaiah speaks of Yahweh’s fierce anger as if it were a fire that burned the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 42 25 q8m2 figs-metaphor 0 they did not take it to heart Paying attention to something and learning from it is spoken of as if it were placing that thing on one’s heart. Alternate translation: “they did not pay attention” or “they did not learn from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 43 intro bc7l 0 # Isaiah 43 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exodus
This chapter pictures Judah’s eventual return from exile in Babylon as a kind of second exodus. It was reminiscent of their exodus from Egypt.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Exile
This chapter prophesies about the Jews return from Babylon, but the exile has yet to happen and is still more than a hundred years in the future. These events will show that Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ISA 43 intro bc7l 0 # Isaiah 43 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exodus
This chapter pictures Judah’s eventual return from exile in Babylon as a kind of second exodus. It was reminiscent of their exodus from Egypt.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Exile
This chapter prophesies about the Jews return from Babylon, but the exile has yet to happen and is still more than a hundred years in the future. These events will show that Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 43 1 ce9y figs-parallelism 0 he who created you, Jacob, and he who formed you, Israel Both clauses mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the one who created you, O people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 43 2 q1vm figs-metaphor 0 When you pass through the waters … the flames will not destroy you Yahweh speaks of suffering and difficult experiences as if they are deep waters and fires through which the people walk. The words “waters” and “flames” form a merism and emphasize any difficult circumstance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ISA 43 2 j81j figs-parallelism 0 When you pass through the waters, I will be with you; and through the rivers, they will not overwhelm you These two statements mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people will experience no harm because Yahweh is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ ISA 43 26 xn62 figs-activepassive 0 that you may be proved innocent If your lan ISA 43 27 m9k5 0 Your first father sinned This refers to the founder of Israel and may represent either Abraham or Jacob. ISA 43 28 c8g9 figs-metonymy 0 I will hand Jacob over to complete destruction Here to “hand over” represents putting someone under the power of another. The noun “destruction” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “I will cause the enemy to completely destroy Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 43 28 rtm7 figs-parallelism 0 Israel to abusive humiliation The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase, with which this phrase is parallel. The noun “humiliation” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “I will allow the enemy to abuse and humiliate Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ISA 44 intro lx1i 0 # Isaiah 44 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
There is a prophecy in this chapter that gives the name of the king who will end the exile of the Jews from Babylon and rebuild the temple, even though the exile has not yet even occurred. This emphasizes that Yahweh knows the future, so the translator should translate the name of Cyrus given here. There are many other aspects of this chapter that show Yahweh’s power as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +ISA 44 intro lx1i 0 # Isaiah 44 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
There is a prophecy in this chapter that gives the name of the king who will end the exile of the Jews from Babylon and rebuild the temple, even though the exile has not yet even occurred. This emphasizes that Yahweh knows the future, so the translator should translate the name of Cyrus given here. There are many other aspects of this chapter that show Yahweh’s power as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) ISA 44 1 j7v9 figs-metonymy 0 Jacob my servant This refers to Jacob’s descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob, my servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 44 2 a1el figs-metaphor 0 he who made you and formed you in the womb Yahweh speaks of creating the nation of Israel as if it were forming the nation as a baby in its mother’s womb. Alternate translation: “he who made you, as I form a baby in the womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 44 2 aj5d figs-ellipsis 0 you, Jeshurun, whom I have chosen The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “you, Jeshurun, whom I have chosen, do not fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -2478,7 +2478,7 @@ ISA 44 26 e9rr figs-metaphor 0 I will raise up their ruins The phrase “ruins ISA 44 28 nrh6 figs-metaphor 0 He is my shepherd Yahweh speaks of Cyrus ruling and protecting the people of Israel as if Cyrus is their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 44 28 q7mc figs-activepassive 0 She will be rebuilt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let the people rebuild the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 44 28 j6ev figs-activepassive 0 Let its foundations be laid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let the people lay its foundations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 45 intro gu9r 0 # Isaiah 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Potter and clay
The potter and the clay are important images used in Scripture. They emphasize the power and control of God. This chapter connects this to the truth that Yahweh is the creator of all, which it repeatedly emphasizes. He is even able to “anoint” or chose a future, pagan king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) +ISA 45 intro gu9r 0 # Isaiah 45 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Potter and clay
The potter and the clay are important images used in Scripture. They emphasize the power and control of God. This chapter connects this to the truth that Yahweh is the creator of all, which it repeatedly emphasizes. He is even able to “anoint” or chose a future, pagan king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]]) ISA 45 1 a5da figs-metaphor 0 whose right hand I hold Yahweh helping Cyrus and causing him to be successful is spoken of as if he were holding his right hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 45 2 kyy4 figs-metaphor 0 level the mountains Yahweh speaks of removing obstacles that would hinder Cyrus’s success as if it were leveling mountains before him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 45 2 jjq8 0 the mountains The Hebrew word used in the text is rare and is of an uncertain meaning. Some modern versions have “rough places” or “crooked places.” @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ ISA 45 22 ee2e figs-metonymy 0 all the ends of the earth Here this phrase repre ISA 45 23 yq9q figs-synecdoche 0 To me every knee will bend, every tongue will swear The words “knee” and “tongue” represent the people. Alternate translation: “Every person will kneel before me, and everyone will swear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ISA 45 24 b27g 0 They will say All the people on the earth are speaking. ISA 45 25 kxm4 figs-activepassive 0 In Yahweh all the descendants of Israel will be justified Here the word “justified” does not refer to Yahweh forgiving their sins, but to proving to the nations that Israel was right to worship him. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will justify all the descendants of Israel” or “Yahweh will vindicate all the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 46 intro c5i1 0 # Isaiah 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

### Yahweh and the false gods
This chapter is intended to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison at all because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 46 intro c5i1 0 # Isaiah 46 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

### Yahweh and the false gods
This chapter is intended to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison at all because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 46 1 dtc9 figs-metaphor 0 Bel bows down, Nebo stoops; their idols … for weary animals Isaiah speaks of people placing the idols of Bel and Nebo into a cart for animals to transport as if these gods were made to “bow down” and “stoop.” These are both postures of humiliation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 46 1 yx1v translate-names 0 Bel … Nebo These were the two primary gods whom the Babylonians worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 46 1 tyx5 0 their idols the idols that represented Bel and Nebo @@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ ISA 46 11 f49l figs-metaphor 0 I call a bird of prey from the east Yahweh speak ISA 46 11 yfg8 figs-parallelism 0 I have spoken; I will also accomplish it; I have purposed, I will also do it. This repeats the same idea for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 46 12 cq6x figs-metaphor 0 who are far from doing what is right Yahweh speaks of the people stubbornly doing wrong as if they were physically far away from doing the right thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 46 13 ykp7 figs-personification 0 my salvation does not wait Yahweh speaks of saving his people soon as if his salvation were a person who does not wait to act. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “I will not wait to save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ISA 47 intro ss9a 0 # Isaiah 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon
This chapter prophesied the destruction of Babylon. At the time that the prophesy was written, Assyria was still in power and Babylon had not yet become a world power. The Chaldeans were not yet a powerful nation either. The people of Judah would become servants or slaves of Babylon and be forced to work very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ISA 47 intro ss9a 0 # Isaiah 47 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon
This chapter prophesied the destruction of Babylon. At the time that the prophesy was written, Assyria was still in power and Babylon had not yet become a world power. The Chaldeans were not yet a powerful nation either. The people of Judah would become servants or slaves of Babylon and be forced to work very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ISA 47 1 h2n7 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In this chapter, Yahweh speaks to Babylon about her downfall as if she were a queen who is humiliated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ISA 47 1 qpl4 figs-parallelism 0 sit in the dust, virgin daughter of Babylon; sit on the ground … daughter of the Chaldeans. These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Sitting in the dust was a sign of humiliation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ISA 47 1 u5gc figs-metaphor 0 virgin daughter of Babylon … daughter of the Chaldeans Both of these phrases refer to the city, Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a daughter. That the city is a “daughter” indicates how people think fondly of her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ ISA 47 14 cm8n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh continues to speak to Babylon about her ISA 47 14 v2fe figs-simile 0 they will become like stubble. The fire will burn them up Yahweh compares the magicians and sorcerers to straw that burns quickly in a fire. This means that Yahweh will destroy them as easily as fire burns stubble, and so they are powerless to save Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ISA 47 14 ktj7 figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the flame Here the word “hand” represents strength. Alternate translation: “the power of the flame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 47 14 z4mb 0 There are no coals to warm them and no fire for them to sit by Yahweh emphasizes that this is a destructive fire by stating that it is not one that people will use to warm themselves. -ISA 48 intro db3q 0 # Isaiah 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

### Yahweh and the false gods

This chapter is set up to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison between the two because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Exile
Yahweh explains purpose behind the Jews exile in Babylon, even though it is still in the future. This emphasizes that Yahweh is much more powerful than the false gods. +ISA 48 intro db3q 0 # Isaiah 48 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

### Yahweh and the false gods

This chapter is set up to compare Yahweh with various false Gods whom the Israelites worship. There really is no comparison between the two because Yahweh alone is God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Exile
Yahweh explains purpose behind the Jews exile in Babylon, even though it is still in the future. This emphasizes that Yahweh is much more powerful than the false gods. ISA 48 1 kwr6 0 Hear this “Listen to my message.” Yahweh is speaking. ISA 48 1 ur9w figs-metonymy 0 house of Jacob Here “house” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 48 1 y5hd figs-activepassive 0 who are called by the name Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom everyone calls the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ ISA 48 19 w43e figs-doublet 0 cut off nor blotted out These two expressions in ISA 48 20 lf27 figs-metaphor 0 to the ends of the earth The places on the earth that are very far away are spoken of as if they were the places where the earth ends. This phrase also forms a merism and refers to everywhere in between the ends. Alternate translation: “to all the farthest places of the earth” or “to the entire earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ISA 48 20 kr2r figs-metonymy 0 his servant Jacob This refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel, his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 48 21 pw4g 0 They did not thirst … the waters gushed out This refers to an event in the history of the people of Israel when Yahweh took care of them while they lived in the desert after escaping Egypt. -ISA 49 intro j3n4 0 # Isaiah 49 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 49:1-6 is the second of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A day of salvation
It is unclear if this is a reference to the gospel proclaimed by the Messiah or to the day of restoration of all things. The translator should not try to explain its reference to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +ISA 49 intro j3n4 0 # Isaiah 49 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 49:1-6 is the second of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### A day of salvation
It is unclear if this is a reference to the gospel proclaimed by the Messiah or to the day of restoration of all things. The translator should not try to explain its reference to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) ISA 49 1 pv8e 0 Listen to me Here “me” refers to Yahweh’s servant. ISA 49 1 wr47 figs-metonymy 0 you coastlands This refers to the people who live on the coastlands. Alternate translation: “you who live on the coastlands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 49 2 wz7q figs-metonymy 0 He has made my mouth like a sharp sword Here the word “mouth” represents the words that he speaks. His words are compared to a sharp sword to emphasize that they will be effective. Alternate translation: “He has made my words as effective as a sharp sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ ISA 49 25 kqr1 figs-activepassive 0 the captives will be taken away from the wa ISA 49 25 zzu8 figs-metaphor 0 I will … save your children Yahweh speaks of the people who will inhabit Zion as if they were the city’s children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 49 26 qp7y figs-metaphor 0 I will feed your oppressors with their own flesh This could mean: (1) the oppressors will be so hungry that they will eat the flesh of their friends who have died. Alternate translation: “I will cause your oppressors to eat their own flesh” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the oppressors fighting against and destroying themselves as if they were eating themselves. Alternate translation: “I will cause your oppressors to destroy themselves, as if they were eating their own flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 49 26 l5ym figs-metaphor 0 they will get drunk on their own blood, as if it were wine This could mean: (1) the oppressors will be so thirsty that they drink the blood of their friends who have died. Alternate translation: “they will drink their friends’ blood and be like weak people who are drunk on wine” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the oppressors fighting against and destroying themselves as if they were drinking their own blood. Alternate translation: “they will shed so much of their friends’ blood that it will be as though they were getting drunk with wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 50 intro w2ie 0 # Isaiah 50 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 50:4-9 is the third of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ISA 50 intro w2ie 0 # Isaiah 50 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

Many scholars believe that there are four songs or poems which Isaiah records about the Messiah. Isaiah 50:4-9 is the third of these songs. They are often called the “servant songs” because they focus on the Messiah being a servant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 50 1 ca66 figs-metaphor 0 Where is the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother? Yahweh speaks of Zion as if the city were the mother of the people who lived there and of sending the people into exile as if he were divorcing their mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 50 1 dz6i figs-rquestion 0 Where is the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question so that the people would produce “the certificate of divorce,” which would provide the reason Yahweh sent them into exile. Alternate translation: “Show me the certificate of divorce with which I divorced your mother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 50 1 wz9n figs-metaphor 0 To which of my creditors did I sell you? Yahweh speaks of sending the people into exile as if he were selling them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2724,7 +2724,7 @@ ISA 50 10 v35n figs-metaphor 0 walks in deep darkness without light The servant ISA 50 10 kt5t figs-parallelism 0 trust in the name of Yahweh and lean on his God These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Here the word “name” represents Yahweh himself. Trusting in God is spoken of as if it were leaning on him. Alternate translation: “trust in Yahweh, his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 50 11 w57f figs-metaphor 0 all you who light fires … flames that you have ignited This continues the metaphor from the previous verse of people who walk in darkness. Here people who try to live according to their own wisdom instead of trusting in Yahweh are spoken of as if they lit their own fires and carried about torches in order to see in the dark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 50 11 ftd9 figs-euphemism 0 You will lie down in a place of pain Here to “lie down” refers to dying. Dying painfully is spoken of as if it were lying down in a place where they will experience pain. Alternate translation: “You will die with great suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 51 intro lu7c 0 # Isaiah 51 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Awake
In this chapter the author uses sleeping as a metaphor for sin. The people are told to “awake,” meaning they are to repent and return to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +ISA 51 intro lu7c 0 # Isaiah 51 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions prove Yahweh’s point and are intended to convince the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Awake
In this chapter the author uses sleeping as a metaphor for sin. The people are told to “awake,” meaning they are to repent and return to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) ISA 51 1 amf7 0 Listen to me Here the word “me” refers to Yahweh. ISA 51 1 uux8 figs-metaphor 0 look at the rock … and to the quarry Looking at something represents thinking about it. Alternate translation: “think about the rock … and the quarry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 51 1 xs1b figs-metaphor 0 the rock from which you were chiseled and to the quarry from which you were cut God speaks of the nation of Israel as if it were a building made of stones and as if their ancestors were a rock or quarry from which God cut them. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors, who are like a rock from which you were chiseled and a quarry from which you were cut” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2816,7 +2816,7 @@ ISA 51 23 qgu7 figs-metaphor 0 I will put it into the hand of your tormentors T ISA 51 23 wu8d figs-explicit 0 I will put it into the hand of your tormentors It is implied that by putting the cup of his anger in their hand Yahweh will be forcing them to drink what is in the cup. Alternate translation: “I will force your tormentors to drink from the wine of the bowl of my anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 51 23 t6ks 0 your tormentors The word “tormentors” may be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “those who have tormented you” or “those who have caused you to suffer” ISA 51 23 xv84 figs-simile 0 you made your back like the ground and like the street for them to walk on This compares the way their enemies walked on their back to the way people walk on the street. Alternate translation: “you lay in the streets so your enemies could walk on your backs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ISA 52 intro ac65 0 # Isaiah 52 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The prophecies of this chapter occur after the exile in Babylon and are not in reference to the people contemporary to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

There is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah beginning in this chapter and continues through the next chapter. This prophesy begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) +ISA 52 intro ac65 0 # Isaiah 52 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The prophecies of this chapter occur after the exile in Babylon and are not in reference to the people contemporary to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

There is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah beginning in this chapter and continues through the next chapter. This prophesy begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) ISA 52 1 rzb3 figs-metaphor 0 Awake, awake This word is repeated for emphasis and shows urgency. Isaiah trying to arouse the people is spoken of as if he were trying to wake them up from sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 52 1 vfg8 figs-metaphor 0 put on your strength Being strong again is spoken of as if strength were clothing that a person puts on. Alternate translation: “be strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 52 1 p8u4 figs-metonymy 0 Zion … Jerusalem Both of these refer to the people who live in Jerusalem. Isaiah is speaking to the people as if they were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “people of Zion … people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) @@ -2858,7 +2858,7 @@ ISA 52 15 g9pf 0 will sprinkle The Hebrew word translated “sprinkle” here ISA 52 15 vtr9 figs-metonymy 0 many nations Here “nations” represents the people of the nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 52 15 ccn8 figs-idiom 0 kings will shut their mouths The phrase “shut their mouths” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “kings will stop talking” or “kings will be silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 52 15 r1l5 figs-activepassive 0 that which they had not been told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that which no one had told them” or “something no one had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 53 intro znn5 0 # Isaiah 53 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

In this chapter there is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah and his life and ministry. It begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement
This chapter prophesies about the death of Christ for sin. Most scholars believe it teaches that Christ was a righteous man who died for the sins of mankind. This is usually referred to as the atonement. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) +ISA 53 intro znn5 0 # Isaiah 53 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

In this chapter there is an important teaching or prophecy about the Messiah and his life and ministry. It begins in 52:13 and scholars usually note that it portrays the Messiah as a “suffering servant.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement
This chapter prophesies about the death of Christ for sin. Most scholars believe it teaches that Christ was a righteous man who died for the sins of mankind. This is usually referred to as the atonement. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]]) ISA 53 1 yul6 figs-exclusive 0 Who has believed what they heard from us What Isaiah just found out is so amazing that he wonders if the exiles will believe it. The “we” includes him and those in exile. Alternate translation: “It is hard for anyone to believe what we have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 53 1 vlz4 figs-metonymy 0 to whom has the arm of Yahweh been revealed? Arm refers to God’s power. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has revealed his power to people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 53 2 v5vm figs-simile 0 For he grew up before Yahweh like a sapling Here “he” refers to God’s servant whom Isaiah compares to a very young tree. This emphasizes that he will appear weak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ ISA 53 12 p84g figs-parallelism 0 Therefore will I give him his portion among t ISA 53 12 q68p 0 the multitudes Many versions interpret this expression as “the many” or “the strong.” ISA 53 12 tiu1 figs-metonymy 0 because he exposed himself to death “Exposed” means to be vulnerable or unprotected. The servant of Yahweh put himself in a situation where he would die. Alternate translation: “he willingly accepted the possibility of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 53 12 ih2g figs-activepassive 0 was numbered with the transgressors If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “allowed people to treat him as a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 54 intro yq8q 0 # Isaiah 54 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness
This chapter focuses on Yahweh’s faithfulness to fulfill his covenants. It references several different covenant promises in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +ISA 54 intro yq8q 0 # Isaiah 54 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness
This chapter focuses on Yahweh’s faithfulness to fulfill his covenants. It references several different covenant promises in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) ISA 54 1 z782 figs-metaphor 0 you barren woman … children of the married woman Yahweh telling the people of Jerusalem to rejoice because there will be many people living in Jerusalem again is spoken of as if Yahweh were telling a barren women she is going to have many children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 54 1 qza5 figs-parallelism 0 break into joyful singing and cry aloud, you who have never been in birth labor This statement means the same thing as the first part of the sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 54 1 zw4s figs-pastforfuture 0 For the children of the desolate one are more An event that will happen in the future is spoken of as if it happened in the past. This emphasizes that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “For the children of the desolate woman will be more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ ISA 54 15 ii4x figs-idiom 0 will fall in defeat This is an idiom. Alternate tra ISA 54 17 thu4 figs-metonymy 0 No weapon that is formed against you will succeed Enemies not succeeding against Yahweh’s people is spoken of as if their weapons would not succeed against Yahweh’s people. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Enemies may form weapons to attack you but they will not defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 54 17 f69n figs-metaphor 0 This is the heritage of the servants of Yahweh The reward that Yahweh will give to those who serve him is spoken of as if the reward were something they would inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 54 17 b727 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Translate as in [Isaiah 30:1](../30/01.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ISA 55 intro c34c 0 # Isaiah 55 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +ISA 55 intro c34c 0 # Isaiah 55 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) ISA 55 1 vge8 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks of blessing the people freely as if he were selling food and drink to needy people for free. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 55 1 y9kd 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Jerusalem in exile through Isaiah. ISA 55 1 g9yx 0 Come … Come The repetition of this word four times adds a sense of urgency to the invitation. @@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ ISA 55 12 w3uy figs-personification 0 the mountains and the hills will break ou ISA 55 13 a7v2 translate-unknown 0 Instead of the thornbushes, the cypress will grow; and instead of the brier, the myrtle tree will grow The words “thornbushes” and “brier” refer to species of plants that have sharp thorns growing on them. The words “cypress” and “myrtle” refer to species of evergreen trees. The thorny plants symbolize desolation, while the evergreens symbolize life and prosperity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ISA 55 13 l82f figs-metonymy 0 for his name Here the word “name” represents Yahweh’s fame. Alternate translation: “for his fame” or “for his honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 55 13 pj5z figs-metaphor 0 that will not be cut off Something ceasing to exist is spoken of as if it were cut off, as a branch is cut off of a tree or a piece of fabric is cut off of clothing. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that will never end” or “that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 56 intro y2w8 0 # Isaiah 56 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Beasts
The Israelites are compared to beasts and dogs in this chapter. This would have been very offensive to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ISA 56 intro y2w8 0 # Isaiah 56 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles
Many scholars believe this chapter prophesies that Gentiles will be able to come to a saving faith in Yahweh. At this time, the Israelites believed that only an Israelite could be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Beasts
The Israelites are compared to beasts and dogs in this chapter. This would have been very offensive to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 56 1 f7bp figs-activepassive 0 for my salvation is near, and my righteousness is about to be revealed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will soon save you and show you that I am righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 56 2 v4ay figs-idiom 0 who holds it tightly Here “holds it tightly” is an idiom that means to continue to observe something. Alternate translation: “who is careful to always do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 56 2 cv9i figs-synecdoche 0 keeps his hand from doing any evil Here the “hand” represents the whole person and emphasizes the person’s actions or behaviors. Alternate translation: “does not do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -2985,7 +2985,7 @@ ISA 56 10 m4qm 0 All their watchmen are blind This means Israel’s leaders ca ISA 56 10 tz9w figs-metaphor 0 They are all silent dogs The leaders are supposed to open their mouths and warn the people, but they do not. Comparing someone to a dog in this society is a great insult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 56 10 r63i 0 They dream, and lying down they love to sleep This means the leaders are not bringing God’s word of warning to Israel but prefer their own comfort. ISA 56 11 ub1k figs-metaphor 0 The dogs have big appetites Yahweh continues comparing Israel’s bad leaders to dogs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 57 intro miv3 0 # Isaiah 57 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Child sacrifice
This chapter references the killing of children. Some religions in the ancient Near East practiced the sacrificing of their children. This was considered evil by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Mocking
The people abandoned the worship of Yahweh in favor of other gods. When they needed help, he tells them to ask these false gods. This is mocking the power of the false gods and shows the people the uselessness of their worship of these gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +ISA 57 intro miv3 0 # Isaiah 57 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Child sacrifice
This chapter references the killing of children. Some religions in the ancient Near East practiced the sacrificing of their children. This was considered evil by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Mocking
The people abandoned the worship of Yahweh in favor of other gods. When they needed help, he tells them to ask these false gods. This is mocking the power of the false gods and shows the people the uselessness of their worship of these gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) ISA 57 1 r38x figs-abstractnouns 0 the people of covenant faithfulness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” See how you translated “covenant faithfulness” in [Isaiah 16:5](../16/05.md). Alternate translation: “the people who are faithful to the covenant” or “the people who are faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ISA 57 1 mfl3 figs-euphemism 0 are gathered away … is gathered away “die and go away … dies and goes away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ISA 57 1 u6v1 figs-activepassive 0 that the righteous is gathered away from the evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the righteous people die, and Yahweh takes them away from all that is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ ISA 57 18 kfr6 0 comfort and console those who mourn for him Alternate transla ISA 57 19 u422 figs-metonymy 0 I create the fruit of the lips Here “fruit of the lips” refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “I cause them to praise and thank me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 57 19 nl5v 0 Peace, peace, to those who are far off “I have made peace with them who are far off.” The word “Peace” is repeated for emphasis. ISA 57 20 w5a6 figs-simile 0 But the wicked are like the tossing sea … mire and mud This compares the wicked to rough water on the shore that makes the water dirty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ISA 58 intro wkw6 0 # Isaiah 58 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting
The practice of fasting became more common after the exile. This was intended to bring people into a right relationship with God by creating a designated time to concentrate on him. It may have been believed that Yahweh heard people better when they fasted. The significance of fasting is derived from the faster’s attitude of repentance and faith in Yahweh and not the practice itself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Yet they seek me daily”
The people did not truly seek Yahweh every day. They practiced the outward aspects of the Jewish religion, but their hearts were far from Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ISA 58 intro wkw6 0 # Isaiah 58 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting
The practice of fasting became more common after the exile. This was intended to bring people into a right relationship with God by creating a designated time to concentrate on him. It may have been believed that Yahweh heard people better when they fasted. The significance of fasting is derived from the faster’s attitude of repentance and faith in Yahweh and not the practice itself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Yet they seek me daily”
The people did not truly seek Yahweh every day. They practiced the outward aspects of the Jewish religion, but their hearts were far from Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ISA 58 1 akw2 figs-simile 0 Lift up your voice like a trumpet This means shout loudly. Here “your” refers to Isaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ISA 58 1 dw8k figs-parallelism 0 Confront my people with their rebellion, and the house of Jacob with their sins These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they strengthen the urgency to confront Yahweh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 58 3 c1tq figs-rquestion 0 ‘Why have we fasted,’ they say, ‘but you do not see it? Why have we humbled ourselves, but you do not notice?’ The people of Israel use questions to complain to God because they feel he is ignoring them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@ ISA 58 12 a2lt figs-activepassive 0 you will be called If your language does no ISA 58 13 dvf4 figs-synecdoche 0 you turn back your feet from traveling on the Sabbath day, and from doing your own pleasure on my holy day Here the people are represented by their “feet.” God did not allow long travels or work on the day of rest. Alternate translation: “you stop traveling and doing what you want to do on the Sabbath, my holy day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ISA 58 14 gl7b figs-metaphor 0 I will make you ride on the heights of the earth This refers to God exalting the nation in reputation and power in response to living righteously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 58 14 g7g6 figs-synecdoche 0 for the mouth of Yahweh has spoken The word “mouth” symbolizes what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has spoken it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ISA 59 intro ag3n 0 # Isaiah 59 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s deliverance
When Israel was conquered, they were being punished for their sin. Yahweh is strong enough to deliver them, but he did not because he desired to refine them through the experience of the exile. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +ISA 59 intro ag3n 0 # Isaiah 59 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s deliverance
When Israel was conquered, they were being punished for their sin. Yahweh is strong enough to deliver them, but he did not because he desired to refine them through the experience of the exile. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ISA 59 1 pss8 0 Look “Behold!” or “You should know!” Yahweh tells the people to pay attention. ISA 59 1 q7gn figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh’s hand is not so short “Hand” represents power and ability. A “short” hand does not have power and ability. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is fully able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 59 2 d3ku figs-you 0 your … you These plural pronouns refer to the people of Israel as a single group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -3089,7 +3089,7 @@ ISA 59 19 s4n5 figs-simile 0 for he will come as a rushing stream Narrow valley ISA 59 19 v9b2 figs-activepassive 0 driven by the breath of Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the breath of Yahweh drives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 59 20 sbk2 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Translate as in [Isaiah 30:1](../30/01.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ISA 59 21 yj33 0 my words which I have put in your mouth Alternate translation: “the message I have given you to speak” -ISA 60 intro w59w 0 # Isaiah 60 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s restoration
This chapter pictures a time when Israel will be fully restored to Yahweh. They will be everything Yahweh intended them to be. All the nations will look to Israel and acknowledge her special relationship to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +ISA 60 intro w59w 0 # Isaiah 60 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s restoration
This chapter pictures a time when Israel will be fully restored to Yahweh. They will be everything Yahweh intended them to be. All the nations will look to Israel and acknowledge her special relationship to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) ISA 60 1 dli2 figs-metaphor 0 Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you This refers to the glorious things Yahweh has done for the inhabitants of Jerusalem. They are now to show that glory through what they do and say and have hope in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 60 2 ty2x figs-parallelism 0 Though darkness will cover the earth, and thick darkness the nations Both of these phrases mean the same thing and are combined for emphasis. They refer to “spiritual darkness.” This means all the other people of the world will not know Yahweh or how to please him. This is a metaphor for divine judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 60 2 kp9c figs-metaphor 0 yet Yahweh will arise upon you This means the light of God’s presence will appear for the people of Israel, and it will show the way they should go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3132,7 +3132,7 @@ ISA 60 21 eqv7 figs-metaphor 0 the branch of my planting Yahweh is comparing th ISA 60 21 w3n1 figs-metaphor 0 the work of my hands Yahweh compares the people of Israel to something made by the skill of his handicraft. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 60 21 sit8 figs-activepassive 0 that I may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that all people may glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 60 22 zuc9 translate-numbers 0 a thousand “1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ISA 61 intro vsb3 0 # Isaiah 61 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The first part of this chapter is probably a prophecy about the coming Messiah and not Isaiah because this was different than the message Isaiah delivered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 61 intro vsb3 0 # Isaiah 61 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

The first part of this chapter is probably a prophecy about the coming Messiah and not Isaiah because this was different than the message Isaiah delivered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 61 1 s7f8 0 The Spirit of the Lord Yahweh is on me “Spirit” here is the Holy Spirit of Yahweh who compels or motivates the person. See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:2](../11/02.md) or in [Isaiah 42:1](../42/01.md). ISA 61 1 xr6t 0 the afflicted This refers to poor people, those in great sorrow, or oppressed people who have problems they cannot overcome by themselves. ISA 61 1 n6cg figs-parallelism 0 liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison for those who are bound These two phrases mean the same thing. They state that God will certainly give freedom to captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -3155,7 +3155,7 @@ ISA 61 10 k3wx figs-simile 0 as a bridegroom adorns himself with a turban, and ISA 61 10 j7bv 0 turban See how you translated this in [Isaiah 61:3](../61/03.md). ISA 61 11 q4ad figs-parallelism 0 For as the earth produces its sprouting plants, and as the garden makes its planting grow This is saying the same thing in two ways. The fact that whatever God says he will do is certainly going to happen is compared to the fact that seeds sprout after planting. Alternate translation: “Just as seeds sown in a garden sprout from the soil and grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ISA 61 11 zgl9 figs-metaphor 0 righteousness and praise to sprout up This expression describes these virtues as growing from seed like plants do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ISA 62 intro q3u6 0 # Isaiah 62 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) +ISA 62 intro q3u6 0 # Isaiah 62 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Restoration
This chapter prophesies concerning a future time of peace and restoration. It is unlikely to have been fulfilled in Isaiah’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]]) ISA 62 1 dja1 figs-parallelism 0 For Zion’s sake I will not be silent, and for Jerusalem’s sake I will not be quiet Both of these statements mean the same thing. Here “Zion” and “Jerusalem” both represent the people who live in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the people of Jerusalem I will not be silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 62 1 b9bc 0 I will not be silent It is most likely that “I” refers to Isaiah. ISA 62 1 q71s figs-simile 0 until her righteousness proceeds brightly, and her salvation as a burning torch Both clauses reassure the people that God will eventually come and save the people of Israel and that it will be as apparent as light is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ ISA 62 11 e6rw figs-metaphor 0 the ends of the earth The places on the earth th ISA 62 11 sa9m figs-idiom 0 the daughter of Zion “Daughter” represents the people of Jerusalem (Zion). See how you translated this in [Isaiah 1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 62 11 n3g6 figs-parallelism 0 See, his reward is with him, and his recompense is going before him These clauses represent the same idea for emphasis. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Isaiah 40:10](../40/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ISA 62 12 q31l figs-activepassive 0 you will be called This can be stated actively, “they will call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ISA 63 intro g5yz 0 # Isaiah 63 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Imagery
The imagery of judgment in this chapter is intended to be rather vivid. The translator should avoid euphemisms, if possible. Overall, this chapter prophesies a day of great judgment and God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]]) +ISA 63 intro g5yz 0 # Isaiah 63 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Imagery
The imagery of judgment in this chapter is intended to be rather vivid. The translator should avoid euphemisms, if possible. Overall, this chapter prophesies a day of great judgment and God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]]) ISA 63 1 qz61 figs-rquestion 0 Who is this who comes from Edom … Bozrah Isaiah speaks as a watchman using the question and answer format to present this information about Yahweh’s judgment on Edom, an enemy of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am coming from Edom, clothed in red from Bozrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 63 1 vv2a translate-names 0 Bozrah This is the capital city of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ISA 63 1 j2ug 0 It is I Here “I” refers to Yahweh. @@ -3226,7 +3226,7 @@ ISA 63 17 pqt9 figs-metaphor 0 harden our hearts This means to become resistant ISA 63 18 ka89 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking. ISA 63 19 j3dn figs-activepassive 0 who were never called by your name If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The word “name” refers to a family relationship. Alternate translation: “who never belonged to your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ISA 63 19 kcq5 0 We have become … called by your name Some modern versions interpret this passage differently: “We are like the people over whom you have not ruled, like those who have not been called by your name.” -ISA 64 intro pn57 0 # Isaiah 64 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
This chapter records the repentance of the righteous remnant of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ISA 64 intro pn57 0 # Isaiah 64 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance
This chapter records the repentance of the righteous remnant of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ISA 64 1 k72d 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking to Yahweh ([Isaiah 63:11](../63/11.md)). ISA 64 1 vzg6 figs-hypo 0 Oh, if you had Isaiah introduces this desire for Yahweh’s presence in their past history with a strong exclamation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ISA 64 1 ea39 figs-metaphor 0 if you had split open the heavens If Yahweh had shown himself very dramatically by tearing open the sky. The words “split open” refer to ripping a piece of cloth apart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -3249,7 +3249,7 @@ ISA 64 10 ie3k 0 General Information: The people of Israel continue speaking t ISA 64 10 gfj3 0 Your holy cities have become a wilderness This emphasizes that the cities have been destroyed and no one lives there. ISA 64 11 ev92 figs-activepassive 0 Our holy and beautiful temple, where our fathers praised you, has been destroyed by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy has destroyed our holy and beautiful temple, where our fathers praised you, by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 64 12 x5p8 figs-rquestion 0 How can you still hold back, Yahweh? How can you remain silent and continue to humiliate us? They use questions to express their frustration because God has not yet come to help them. Alternate translation: “Please do not hold back, Yahweh! Please do not remain silent and continue to humiliate us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ISA 65 intro mm3j 0 # Isaiah 65 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter is Yahweh’s response to the repentance of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment and hope
This chapter records that Yahweh’s judgment on the people must come. Despite this, there is hope that in the end, Yahweh will make all things new and restore them to himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +ISA 65 intro mm3j 0 # Isaiah 65 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

This chapter is Yahweh’s response to the repentance of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judgment and hope
This chapter records that Yahweh’s judgment on the people must come. Despite this, there is hope that in the end, Yahweh will make all things new and restore them to himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) ISA 65 1 fu52 0 I was ready Here “I” refers to Yahweh. ISA 65 2 k5z1 figs-idiom 0 I have spread out my hands all day to a stubborn people “Spreading out my hands” here is a person’s gesture to show imploring or a strong request. Alternate translation: “I have continually begged a stubborn people to receive my help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ISA 65 3 y6w2 figs-explicit 0 in gardens … on brick tiles These refer to Canaanite places for worshiping idols. Their sacred altars were made of bricks, which Yahweh forbid for his altars. Yahweh’s altars were made of stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -3288,7 +3288,7 @@ ISA 65 20 fte4 figs-activepassive 0 will be considered cursed This can be state ISA 65 22 t1rr 0 for as the days of trees will be the days of my people Alternate translation: “for my people will live as long as trees live” ISA 65 23 ea83 figs-activepassive 0 they are the children of those blessed by Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they are the children of those whom Yahweh blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ISA 65 25 pu4h 0 holy mountain See how you translated this in [Isaiah 11:9](../11/09.md). -ISA 66 intro d1a4 0 # Isaiah 66 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 66:1-17, 21-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### In the end
In the end, Yahweh will enact his perfect justice. This is the true hope of this world. The new heaven and the new earth are an important part of this. In the end, this will be the perfect creation of Yahweh and will last forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +ISA 66 intro d1a4 0 # Isaiah 66 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 66:1-17, 21-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### In the end
In the end, Yahweh will enact his perfect justice. This is the true hope of this world. The new heaven and the new earth are an important part of this. In the end, this will be the perfect creation of Yahweh and will last forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) ISA 66 1 ym2c figs-metaphor 0 Heaven is my throne, and the earth is my footstool Yahweh compares heaven to a throne and the earth to a footstool to emphasize how great he is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ISA 66 1 fgf8 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is the house you will build for me? Where is the place where I may rest? Yahweh uses questions to emphasize that humans cannot build a place for him to dwell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ISA 66 2 z6n3 figs-synecdoche 0 My hand has made all these things Yahweh is represented by his hand which emphasizes his power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have made all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) diff --git a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv index 76e2ef3417..e1ad25b2b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv +++ b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah

1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)
* Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)
* Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)
* Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)
* Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)
1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)
* Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)
* Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)
* The people will come back (32:1–44)
* Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)
1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)
* Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)
* While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)
* After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)
1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)
* Egypt (46:1–28)
* Philistia (47:1–28)
* Moab (48:1–47)
* Ammon (49:1–6)
* Edom (49:7–22)
* Damascus (49:23–27)
* Kedar (49:28–33)
* Elam (49:34–39)
* Babylonia (50:1–51:64)
1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)

### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?

The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.

Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.

King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.

Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?

Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?

Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?

Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?

Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.

### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?

Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.” -JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jeremiah appointed as prophet

God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Northern kingdom
This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.

### Opposition
The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jeremiah appointed as prophet

God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])

### Northern kingdom
This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.

### Opposition
The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) JER 1 1 zm8t 0 Jeremiah son of Hilkiah, one of the priests Alternate translation: “Jeremiah son of Hilkiah. Jeremiah was one of the priests” JER 1 1 ynh2 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 1 1 hbs3 translate-names 0 Anathoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JER 1 18 l1sl figs-metaphor 0 iron … bronze These were the strongest material JER 1 18 u7cf figs-metonymy 0 the whole land This represents all the people of the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 1 19 zp53 0 They will fight against you This refers to the people of Judah. JER 1 19 c3xx figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people refuse to learn

The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people refuse to learn

The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 2 1 n8ww figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 2 2 g2d8 0 Go and proclaim in the hearing of Jerusalem Alternate translation: “Go and speak where the people in Jerusalem can hear you” JER 2 2 mz95 0 I have called to mind on your behalf Alternate translation: “I remember about you” @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JER 2 36 f9em figs-ellipsis 0 just as you were by Assyria The word “disappoin JER 2 37 e943 0 You will also go out from there Alternate translation: “You will go out from Egypt” JER 2 37 tk5j translate-symaction 0 with your hands on your head This is a symbol of shame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) JER 2 37 dzs3 figs-activepassive 0 so you will not be helped by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so they will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah told to repent

If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Adultery
Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) +JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah told to repent

If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

### Adultery
Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) JER 3 1 b8c6 figs-rquestion 0 will he return to her again? God uses this question to remind the people that a man would never return to his wife if another man marries her. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would not return to her again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 3 1 wfd2 figs-rquestion 0 Would that land not be greatly polluted? God uses this question to remind the people that a married man would not return to his wife if she married another man, because he knows that the land would become ceremonially unclean. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “He knows that if he did, the land would be greatly polluted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 3 1 f5ac figs-metaphor 0 greatly polluted This is a metaphor for being terribly unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “completely unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ JER 3 25 qy9p figs-parallelism 0 Let us lie down in shame. May our shame cover JER 3 25 ny7e figs-metaphor 0 May our shame cover us Being fully aware of their shame is spoken of as if shame were covering them like a blanket or a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 3 25 x6vr figs-metaphor 0 from the time of our youthfulness This could mean: (1) “the time of our youthfulness” refers to when each person was young. Alternate translation: “from when we were young” or (2) “the time of our youthfulness” is a metaphor that refers to when Israel was first becoming a nation. Alternate translation: “from when we were first becoming a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 3 25 u638 figs-metonymy 0 have not listened to the voice of Yahweh our God Here “listened” represents obeying, and “the voice of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh has said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what Yahweh our God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s punishment
This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) +JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s punishment
This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) JER 4 1 nmt1 figs-metonymy 0 then it should be to me that you return This could mean: (1) this is a command that emphasizes who they should return to. Alternate translation: “then come back to me” or “then worship me” (2) this is a repetition of the first phrase, which expresses a condition. Alternate translation: “if you will come back to me” or “if you will start worshiping me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 4 1 q5zm figs-metonymy 0 If you remove your detestable things from before me Here “detestable things” refers to idols, which God hates. Alternate translation: “If you remove your disgusting idols from my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 4 1 g7zg figs-metaphor 0 do not wander from me again Here “wander” is a metaphor for being unfaithful. Alternate translation: “if you remain faithful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ JER 4 31 fqh9 figs-simile 0 distress as in the birth This simile is used to sho JER 4 31 l6l7 figs-metaphor 0 the daughter of Zion God shows his love for the people of Jerusalem by speaking of them as a daughter. Alternate translation: “my dear daughter, Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 4 31 j9ka 0 Woe to me Alternate translation: “I am in great danger” JER 4 31 r56w 0 I am fainting Alternate translation: “I am becoming weak” -JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Hyperbole
It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Rhetorical questions
Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 5 1 wtq8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 5 1 a164 0 Rush about through the streets Alternate translation: “Go quickly through the streets” JER 5 1 ig3t 0 Then look and think about this Alternate translation: “look and find out” @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ JER 5 31 m6tl 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit, and the priests rule with t JER 5 31 jd9n 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit Alternate translation: “The prophets prophesy lies” or “The prophets tell lies when they prophesy” JER 5 31 md9e figs-explicit 0 the priests rule with their own power This could mean: (1) the priests do not submit to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “the priests rule by their own authority” or (2) the priests rule according to the directions of the prophets (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 5 31 lf6j figs-rquestion 0 but what will happen in the end? “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gods and battle
In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gods and battle
In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) JER 6 1 h511 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. JER 6 1 f21l figs-idiom 0 Find safety … by leaving Jerusalem Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe … by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem … so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 6 1 a8g6 0 people of Benjamin This is who Yahweh was speaking to. @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ JER 6 29 a9dw figs-explicit 0 the lead is consumed in the flames The silver has JER 6 29 fd3z figs-activepassive 0 The refining continues among them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will continue to refine them” or “You will continue to try to purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 6 29 ujx6 figs-activepassive 0 because the evil is not removed God speaks of Israel continuing to be evil as if they were silver and the impurities remained in the silver. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the evil remains” or “the impurities remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 6 30 q4md figs-activepassive 0 They will be called rejected silver, for If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will say about the people of Israel, ‘They are rejected silver,’ for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society
Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Do not pray for this people”
Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society
Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Do not pray for this people”
Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) JER 7 1 y68e figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 7 2 bj92 0 all you of Judah Alternate translation: “all you people of Judah” JER 7 3 vlv3 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah. @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ JER 7 34 cm8g 0 I will put an end to Alternate translation: “I will remove f JER 7 34 w3gl figs-doublet 0 the sound of joy and the sound of gladness These two phrases mean almost the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract nouns “joy” and “gladness” can be translated using the verb “rejoicing” and the adjective “glad.” Alternate translation: “the sounds of people rejoicing and being glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JER 7 34 mbc1 figs-metonymy 0 the sound of the groom and the sound of the bride This is a metonym for what happens at marriage ceremonies. Alternate translation: “and people celebrating marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 7 34 t5xh figs-abstractnouns 0 will become a desolation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **desolation**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “desolate.” Alternate translation: “will become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole
The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Hyperbole
The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JER 8 1 w8bg 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to speak of his judgment on the people of Judah. JER 8 1 x5ig 0 they will bring This word “they” here refers to the enemies of the people of Judah. JER 8 1 c3wu 0 its officials Alternate translation: “its princes” or “its rulers” @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ JER 8 20 ey1x 0 The harvest has passed on Alternate translation: “Harvest ti JER 8 20 d3mu figs-activepassive 0 But we have not been saved Jeremiah tells what the people of Judah are saying. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh has not saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 8 21 epc5 figs-parallelism 0 I am hurt because of the hurt of the daughter of my people. I mourn at the horrible things that have happened to her; I am dismayed These statements express the same idea in more than one way for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 8 22 j9cz figs-rquestion 0 Is there no medicine in Gilead? Is there no healer there? Why will the healing of the daughter of my people not happen? These questions are asked to make the point that the people of Judah have not been saved. Alternate translation: “There is medicine in Gilead, and there are healers there, so tell me why the healing of my dear people will not happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Funeral
This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.

### Circumcision
Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.

The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Funeral
This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.

### Circumcision
Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 9 1 dw2v 0 General Information: Yahweh and Jeremiah continue talking about the people of Judah. JER 9 1 rjn7 figs-parallelism 0 If only my head could produce water, and my eyes be a fountain of tears This is Jeremiah speaking. These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how much Jeremiah is weeping. Alternate translation: “I wish I could make more tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 9 1 f1ez figs-merism 0 day and night By mentioning both “day” and “night” this phrase means all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ JER 9 25 k6yc figs-metaphor 0 all the circumcised who are such only in their bo JER 9 26 qn15 0 all the people who cut the hair on their heads very short This probably refers to people who cut their hair short in order to honor a pagan god. Some modern versions interpret this Hebrew expression as “all the people who live on the edge of the wilderness.” JER 9 26 siw4 figs-metonymy 0 For all these nations are uncircumcised The word “nations” refers to the people who live in these places. Foreigners being uncircumcised was a sign that they were not in Yahweh’s covenant. Alternate translation: “For the people of these nations did not enter into a covenant with Yahweh through circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 9 26 l471 figs-metonymy 0 all the house of Israel has an uncircumcised heart The “heart” represents a person’s will and desires. An “uncircumcised heart” represents the character of a person that does not follow Yahweh and his laws. Also, the “house” of Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel are only circumcised on the outside and have not changed their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JER 10 intro v6xy 0 # Jeremiah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 10:1-25 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a long quotation.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
This chapter contrasts the great power of Yahweh with the powerlessness of any other false god. It is intended to question why the Jews would worship any other god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +JER 10 intro v6xy 0 # Jeremiah 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 10:1-25 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a long quotation.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s power
This chapter contrasts the great power of Yahweh with the powerlessness of any other false god. It is intended to question why the Jews would worship any other god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) JER 10 1 v6qy 0 General Information: Yahweh has just reminded the people of Judah, as well as Egypt, Edom, Ammon, Moab and all people, that they will be punished. JER 10 1 d4ld 0 Hear the word Alternate translation: “Hear the message” JER 10 1 str3 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel Here the “house” of Israel represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ JER 10 25 kfn6 figs-metaphor 0 Pour your fury on the nations Here “the nation JER 10 25 pi1m figs-idiom 0 that do not call on your name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that do not worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 10 25 b1zn figs-parallelism 0 For they have devoured Jacob and consumed him so as to completely destroy him These three phrases have the same meaning. Jeremiah repeats this idea three times to emphasize the utter destruction of Israel. This speaks of the enemy armies attacking the people of Israel as if the armies were a fierce animal attacking and devouring its prey. Alternate translation: “For they have fiercely attacked the people of Israel and consumed them so as to completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 10 25 z8p8 0 demolish his habitation Alternate translation: “demolish their homes” -JER 11 intro tg7m 0 # Jeremiah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:15-17, 20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The covenant

The covenant Yahweh made with Moses is prominent in this chapter. Because the people disobeyed this covenant, God will not help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) +JER 11 intro tg7m 0 # Jeremiah 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:15-17, 20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The covenant

The covenant Yahweh made with Moses is prominent in this chapter. Because the people disobeyed this covenant, God will not help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) JER 11 1 l9ym figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 11 2 q9d8 0 the inhabitants of Jerusalem Alternate translation: “the people who live in Jerusalem” JER 11 3 d8vl figs-activepassive 0 Cursed is anyone If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will curse anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ JER 11 22 kn5i 0 vigorous young men men at the strongest time of their lives JER 11 22 hgu8 figs-metonymy 0 will die by the sword Here the “sword” represents battle. Alternate translation: “will die in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 11 23 k7a8 figs-activepassive 0 None of them will be left If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will leave none of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 11 23 wlv1 figs-idiom 0 a year of their punishment The word “year” here is a idiom that describes a specific period of time that Yahweh decides. Alternate translation: “in the time of their punishment” or “for the time of their punishment is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JER 12 intro mtm9 0 # Jeremiah 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper

Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper. He questions Yahweh’s justice. Yahweh’s response: if Jeremiah is upset by the people of Anathoth, how will he face enemies in Jerusalem? (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### Yahweh’s grace to the other nations

Yahweh gives a gracious offer to the Gentile nations. If the other nations who have been against Judah leave their idols and worship God, then God will allow them to return to their lands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) +JER 12 intro mtm9 0 # Jeremiah 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper

Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper. He questions Yahweh’s justice. Yahweh’s response: if Jeremiah is upset by the people of Anathoth, how will he face enemies in Jerusalem? (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### Yahweh’s grace to the other nations

Yahweh gives a gracious offer to the Gentile nations. If the other nations who have been against Judah leave their idols and worship God, then God will allow them to return to their lands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]]) JER 12 1 h7ur 0 General Information: Jeremiah speaks to Yahweh. JER 12 1 v383 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) JER 12 2 xd5m figs-metaphor 0 You planted them and they took root. They continue to produce fruit Here Jeremiah speaks of the wicked as if they were fruit trees. Alternate translation: “They are like fruit trees that you planted, that you allow to prosper and to produce lots of fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ JER 12 16 j3ji figs-idiom 0 As Yahweh lives “As surely as Yahweh is alive.” JER 12 16 uph7 figs-metaphor 0 they will be built up in the midst of my people This speaks of the people becoming prosperous as if they were a building that was being built. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will build them up in the midst of my people” or “I will make them wealthy and they will live among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 12 16 pe5g 0 midst middle JER 12 17 w4yd figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.

===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===

### Symbolism

The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.

===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===

### Symbolism

The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 13 1 yq1d 0 linen a type of very fine cloth JER 13 1 puq2 0 undergarment clothing that people wear under their clothes; underwear JER 13 1 d4jw 0 waist the middle part of the body, usually the narrowest, between the hips and chest @@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ JER 13 23 m8ie figs-irony 0 If so, then you yourself, although accustomed to wi JER 13 24 rw5p figs-simile 0 I will scatter them like chaff that perishes in the desert wind “I will scatter them like chaff that is blown away by the wind.” Yahweh is saying He will scatter His people throughout the world just as chaff is scattered by the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JER 13 26 pid5 figs-metaphor 0 I myself will strip your skirts off you, and your private parts will be seen. This means that Yahweh will make them feel ashamed. It does not in any way mean that he will rape them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is as though I myself will strip your skirts off of you so that everyone will see your private parts and you will be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 13 27 r896 figs-metaphor 0 neighing This is the sound of a male horse desiring a female horse. Alternate translation: “lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JER 14 intro pqn1 0 # Jeremiah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### False prophets

The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +JER 14 intro pqn1 0 # Jeremiah 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### False prophets

The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) JER 14 1 dvb6 0 General Information: Yahweh, through the prophet Jeremiah, has just talked about the adultery of the people. JER 14 1 c8lt figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 14 2 cn9g figs-metonymy 0 Let Judah mourn Here “Judah” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “Let the people of Judah mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ JER 14 20 z8n3 0 We admit, Yahweh, our offenses, the iniquity of our ancestors JER 14 21 ur4i figs-metonymy 0 For the sake of your name Here Yahweh’s “name” refers to his reputation. Alternate translation: “For the sake of your reputation” or “In order that everyone can see that you are very great and keep your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 14 21 h4sh figs-metonymy 0 your glorious throne Yahweh’s “throne” is represented by Zion, that is Jerusalem. His “throne” also represents the place where he rules as king. Alternate translation: “do disgrace Zion where you glorious throne is” or “do not disgrace Zion, where you rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 14 22 my15 0 can the skies themselves send down showers Alternate translation: “Can the skies decide when they make the rain to fall?” -JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Do not pray for the people

God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Yahweh uses Gentile nations
Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Do not pray for the people

God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Yahweh uses Gentile nations
Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 15 1 w1rn 0 General Information: Jeremiah has just been praying to Yahweh. JER 15 1 az7b figs-explicit 0 were standing in front of me, I would still not be in favor of this people This implies that they are pleading for Yahweh to spare the people. Alternate translation: “were standing in front of me pleading for these people, I would still not be in favor of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 15 1 g56c figs-parallelism 0 Send them out from before me, for them to go away Yahweh repeats this idea of sending away his people to add emphasis to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ JER 15 21 bet8 figs-parallelism 0 rescue you from … and redeem you from These JER 15 21 z99x figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the wicked … the hand of the tyrant Here the word “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the wicked … the control of the tyrant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 15 21 lwc5 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) JER 15 21 mm5k 0 tyrant a ruler who demands absolute obedience and is not friendly for the people under his rule -JER 16 intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Coming punishment

The punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Israel restored

God will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +JER 16 intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Coming punishment

The punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Israel restored

God will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) JER 16 1 iq2r figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 16 4 bdx2 0 They will die diseased deaths Alternate translation: “They will die from deadly diseases” JER 16 4 nm5s figs-activepassive 0 They will not be mourned or buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will mourn for them or bury them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ JER 16 21 gwn6 0 Therefore see “Therefore, indeed.” Here Yahweh begins spe JER 16 21 fz8r 0 I will cause them to know Here the word “them” refers to the people from the nations. Yahweh repeats this phrase for emphasis. JER 16 21 cs55 figs-metonymy 0 my hand and my power Here the word “hand” refers to power and authority. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Yahweh’s great power. Alternate translation: “my great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JER 16 21 hl7n figs-metonymy 0 they will know that Yahweh is my name Here the word “name” refers to Yahweh’s entire person. Alternate translation: “they will know that I am Yahweh, the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JER 17 intro l48r 0 # Jeremiah 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 17:1-18. This poem is a continuation of 16:19-21, and these should be seen as one section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trusting God or humans

Trust is an important part of this chapter. Those who trust in human wisdom will not prosper. Those who trust in God will have all of their needs met. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

The person who depends on the power of other people is compared to a bush in the desert which always has to struggle for life. But the person who trusts in God is like a tree growing by a stream and has all his needs supplied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JER 17 intro l48r 0 # Jeremiah 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 17:1-18. This poem is a continuation of 16:19-21, and these should be seen as one section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Trusting God or humans

Trust is an important part of this chapter. Those who trust in human wisdom will not prosper. Those who trust in God will have all of their needs met. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

The person who depends on the power of other people is compared to a bush in the desert which always has to struggle for life. But the person who trusts in God is like a tree growing by a stream and has all his needs supplied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JER 17 1 f2as writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 17 1 qcz2 figs-metaphor 0 The sin of Judah is written … on the horns of your altars Yahweh speaks of Judah’s sins being so great that they cannot stop committing them as if someone had engraved their sin permanently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 17 1 ntb1 figs-activepassive 0 The sin of Judah is written Here the word “Judah” represents the people of Judah. This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has written the sin of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1323,7 +1323,7 @@ JER 17 25 i3jj figs-metonymy 0 those who sit on David’s throne Here the thron JER 17 25 r4s3 figs-activepassive 0 this city will be inhabited forever If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will inhabit this city forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 17 27 xjp9 0 I will light a fire in its gates Alternate translation: “I will set the gates of Jerusalem on fire” JER 17 27 r5tg figs-activepassive 0 it cannot be put out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cannot put it out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Attacking Jeremiah
Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Attacking Jeremiah
Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JER 18 1 ad7f figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said, ‘Arise” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah: ‘Arise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 18 2 ww5x 0 the potter’s house “the workshop of the potter.” A potter is someone who makes pots from clay. JER 18 3 z9ps 0 behold! The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ JER 18 22 pxk9 figs-synecdoche 0 have hidden traps for my feet Here the word JER 18 23 yh1m figs-parallelism 0 Do not wipe their sins away from you Jeremiah speaks of Yahweh forgiving his enemies’ sins as if someone had written their sins down and Yahweh would erase them. This phrase means the same thing as the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “Do not pardon their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 18 23 fin3 figs-activepassive 0 let them be overthrown before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “let people overthrow them in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 18 23 jrr6 figs-abstractnouns 0 in the time of your wrath The word “wrath” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “when you are still angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JER 19 intro e68t 0 # Jeremiah 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### People horrified

The destruction of Jerusalem will be so complete that it will leave dead bodies everywhere and horrify people who see it. +JER 19 intro e68t 0 # Jeremiah 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### People horrified

The destruction of Jerusalem will be so complete that it will leave dead bodies everywhere and horrify people who see it. JER 19 2 r77q 0 Valley of Ben Hinnom This is the name of a valley south of the city of Jerusalem, where people sacrificed to false gods. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:31](../07/31.md). JER 19 3 lse3 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md). JER 19 3 tn4j 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ JER 19 13 u9v5 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean people People who are not acceptable JER 19 15 ut7s 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md). JER 19 15 d4pr 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” JER 19 15 rv5y figs-parallelism 0 stiffened their neck and refused to listen These two phrases both speak of the people being stubborn. In the first phrase, Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had made their necks stiff. Alternate translation: “stubbornly refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pashhur
This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Jeremiah’s reaction
Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pashhur
This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### Jeremiah’s reaction
Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) JER 20 1 l4ka writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 20 1 xjd1 translate-names 0 Pashhur … Immer These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 20 2 h7fz figs-metonymy 0 Pashhur beat Jeremiah This could mean: (1) that Pashhur himself beat Jeremiah or (2) that Pashhur ordered other men to beat Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ JER 20 17 z5dt figs-metaphor 0 a womb that was pregnant forever Jeremiah speaks JER 20 18 zc9e figs-rquestion 0 Why is it that I came out from the womb to see troubles and agony … shame? Jeremiah uses this rhetorical question to complain that there was no good reason for him to be born. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no reason for me to be born only to see troubles and agony … shame.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 20 18 szf6 figs-doublet 0 to see troubles and agony The words “troubles” and “agony” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the amount and severity of suffering. Alternate translation: “to experience so much suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JER 20 18 fz2s figs-synecdoche 0 my days are filled with shame Here the word “days” represents all the days of Jeremiah’s life. Alternate translation: “my life is filled with shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JER 21 intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jerusalem doomed

God will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) +JER 21 intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jerusalem doomed

God will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) JER 21 1 tf6j figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke a message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 21 1 ur9x 0 Pashhur This is not the same Pashhur that was mentioned in [Jeremiah 20:1](../20/01.md). JER 21 1 ad5j translate-names 0 Pashhur … Malkijah … Maaseiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@ JER 21 13 h96i 0 I am against Alternate translation: “I oppose” or “I am JER 21 13 dxt4 figs-rquestion 0 Who will come down to attack us?…Who will enter our houses? These questions are used to state their confidence that they can resist attack. Alternate translation: “No one will attack us!…No one will enter our houses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 21 14 uf3g figs-metaphor 0 I have assigned the fruit of your practices to come against you The result of their evil deeds is spoken of as fruit which grew from those practices. Alternate translation: “I will punish you as you deserve because of the things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 21 14 nf8v figs-metaphor 0 in the thickets This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor for the columns of wood that supported the palace or (2) these are literal patches of brush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JER 22 intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Luxury and oppression

Because the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) +JER 22 intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Luxury and oppression

Because the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) JER 22 1 z5bz 0 the house of the king of Judah “the palace of the king of Judah.” The word “house” has a range of possible meanings. In this case it refers to the royal palace where the king lived. JER 22 1 qfg5 0 proclaim this word Alternate translation: “proclaim this message” JER 22 2 qj9k figs-explicit 0 your people who come through these gates These gates are the gates of the king’s palace. Alternate translation: “your people who come to visit the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ JER 22 28 vh5v figs-metaphor 0 have poured them out Jehoiachin and his descenda JER 22 29 ac8x figs-apostrophe 0 Land, Land, Land Yahweh speaks his message to all the people of the land by calling out to the land where they live. The title is repeated to call attention to the message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) JER 22 30 ll6p figs-explicit 0 He will be childless Jehoiachin has several sons. This phrase, then, means it is as if he was childless. His children will not succeed him as king. Alternate translation: “It will be as if he did not have any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 22 30 h57d figs-metonymy 0 sit on David’s throne Sitting on a throne is a metonym for ruling as king. Alternate translation: “become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JER 23 intro u767 0 # Jeremiah 23 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:5-6, 9-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophesying lies

The false prophets had encouraged people to continue sinning by saying everything will be alright. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Wordplay

In Hebrew, the word for “message” can also mean “burden.” In translations that are using footnotes, you may want to explain the wordplay in a footnote. In translations that are not using footnotes or which will primarily be distributed in an oral form, you may need a sentence like “What message has the Lord burdened you with now?” or “You (plural) call God’s message a heavy burden on you.” +JER 23 intro u767 0 # Jeremiah 23 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:5-6, 9-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophesying lies

The false prophets had encouraged people to continue sinning by saying everything will be alright. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Wordplay

In Hebrew, the word for “message” can also mean “burden.” In translations that are using footnotes, you may want to explain the wordplay in a footnote. In translations that are not using footnotes or which will primarily be distributed in an oral form, you may need a sentence like “What message has the Lord burdened you with now?” or “You (plural) call God’s message a heavy burden on you.” JER 23 1 q9nk figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In verses 1-4, Yahweh refers to Israel as his pasture, the people of Israel as his sheep, and the leaders of Israel as the shepherds. Shepherds have a duty to protect the sheep, but the leaders were not doing that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 23 1 z9sb figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 23 2 hus7 figs-doublet 0 You have scattered my flock and have driven them away These two phrases have similar meanings. The second one strengthens the thought in the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ JER 23 39 ad6n 0 the city that I gave you This refers to Jerusalem. JER 23 40 bq3w figs-you 0 insult on you This instance of “you” is plural and refers to the priests and false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) JER 23 40 t2qe 0 I will put everlasting shame and insult on you that will not be forgotten “I will cover you with shame that will last forever and insult that you will never forget” or “I will cause people to make fun of you forever. People will never forget that you were disgraced.” Yahweh speaks of the humiliation of the priests and false prophets as if he would put shame and insult on them like clothing. JER 23 40 p6n8 figs-activepassive 0 that will not be forgotten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 24 intro fru9 0 # Jeremiah 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The exiles are blessed and the others punished

God will bless the people who were taken away into Babylon but punish the people left in the land because they still did not repent and turn to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +JER 24 intro fru9 0 # Jeremiah 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The exiles are blessed and the others punished

God will bless the people who were taken away into Babylon but punish the people left in the land because they still did not repent and turn to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) JER 24 1 dy22 0 me All instances of this pronoun refer to Jeremiah. JER 24 1 gh4c 0 Behold The word “Behold” here shows that Jeremiah saw something interesting. JER 24 1 mx54 writing-background 0 This vision happened … them to Babylon This part of the story is used to provide historical information to show when the events of the happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ JER 24 10 f8lu 0 I will send out sword, famine, and plague against them Altern JER 24 10 j4rn figs-metonymy 0 I will send out sword Here “sword” refers to war or enemy armies. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies” or “I will send out war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 24 10 k2as figs-personification 0 sword, famine, and plague These things are spoken of as if they were living things that could attack the people of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JER 24 10 l4fs 0 they are destroyed from the land Alternate translation: “none of them remain in the land” -JER 25 intro uf7k 0 # Jeremiah 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:30-38.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seventy years

Babylon will rule over Judah for seventy years. Because Yahweh is just, he will soon punish Babylon for their evil actions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

Jeremiah uses the idiom of drinking the cup of wine of God’s punishment to say that Babylon will destroy all the surrounding nations and then be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JER 25 intro uf7k 0 # Jeremiah 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:30-38.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seventy years

Babylon will rule over Judah for seventy years. Because Yahweh is just, he will soon punish Babylon for their evil actions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

Jeremiah uses the idiom of drinking the cup of wine of God’s punishment to say that Babylon will destroy all the surrounding nations and then be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 25 1 jgw9 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah It is implied that the word that came to Jeremiah was from Yahweh. This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 25 1 a9rv translate-ordinal 0 the fourth … the first (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) JER 25 3 q39g translate-names 0 Amon This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ JER 25 37 nz1v figs-activepassive 0 the peaceful pastures will be devastated be JER 25 38 gc84 figs-metaphor 0 Like a young lion, he has left his den Yahweh punishing his people in his extreme wrath is spoken of as if Yahweh were a lion who leaves his den in search of prey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 25 38 tr4c figs-abstractnouns 0 their land will become a horror The word “horror” may be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their land will become something that horrifies people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JER 25 38 ef4f 0 the oppressor’s anger This refers to the anger of Israel’s enemies. -JER 26 intro m6jw 0 # Jeremiah 26 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people want to kill Jeremiah

The people wanted to kill Jeremiah but other people intervened and said that they should listen to Jeremiah and repent. They represent the remnant of the faithful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +JER 26 intro m6jw 0 # Jeremiah 26 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The people want to kill Jeremiah

The people wanted to kill Jeremiah but other people intervened and said that they should listen to Jeremiah and repent. They represent the remnant of the faithful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) JER 26 1 hc6c figs-idiom 0 this word came from Yahweh, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 18:1](../18/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This message came from Yahweh. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 26 1 v8wh figs-explicit 0 this word came from Yahweh, saying It can be stated clearly who Yahweh gave this message to. Alternate translation: “this word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 26 2 f1ff figs-metaphor 0 cities of Judah The word “cities” is a metonym for the people who live in the city. Alternate translation: “people from the cities of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@ JER 26 23 dgv1 0 corpse dead body JER 26 24 d2pc figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Ahikam … was with Jeremiah The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. Ahikam was not a soldier, so he probably was able to talk to people and change their minds. Alternate translation: “Ahikam … was able to help Jeremiah” or “Ahikam … was able to keep the people from harming Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 26 24 t71n translate-names 0 Ahikam … Shaphan men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 26 24 y6jk figs-metonymy 0 he was not given into the hand of the people to be put to death The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Ahikam did not allow the people to have the power to put Jeremiah to death” or “the people could not kill Jeremiah because Ahikam did not give them the power to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 27 intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The nations should serve Babylon

Jeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land. +JER 27 intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The nations should serve Babylon

Jeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land. JER 27 2 w3cz 0 fetters things that keep a person from moving freely JER 27 3 ak1w 0 Then send them out This seems to mean that Jeremiah was to send a set of fetters and yoke to each king listed. But some versions of the Bible translate this as “Then send out messages.” JER 27 3 tkx8 figs-synecdoche 0 Send them by the hand of those kings’ ambassadors who … Judah The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Have those kings’ ambassadors, who … Judah, take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ JER 27 21 trv4 0 the house of the king of Judah The word “house” has a ran JER 27 22 s56l figs-activepassive 0 They will be brought to Babylon This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will bring them to Babylon” or “I will bring them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 27 22 au73 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 27 22 jjc7 0 I will bring them up The reader should understand that Yahweh will have people carry them up. -JER 28 intro r9mb 0 # Jeremiah 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### False prophecies continue

A false prophet prophesied that the captives would return from Babylon with all the temple vessels. Jeremiah told the false prophet that he would die that year for prophesying lies, and he did die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +JER 28 intro r9mb 0 # Jeremiah 28 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### False prophecies continue

A false prophet prophesied that the captives would return from Babylon with all the temple vessels. Jeremiah told the false prophet that he would die that year for prophesying lies, and he did die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) JER 28 1 eue8 0 General Information: Hananiah claims to speak for God. JER 28 1 uk8e translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the fourth year and the fifth month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the dry season. It is during the last part of July and the first part of August on Western calendars. This was after Zedekiah had been king for three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) JER 28 1 i5s1 translate-names 0 Azzur This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ JER 28 14 u3bq 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words JER 28 14 y7rs figs-metaphor 0 I have placed a yoke of iron on the neck of all of these nations to serve Nebuchadnezzar Yahweh speaks of making nations to be slaves of Nebuchadnezzar as if he were putting yokes on oxen to make them do heavy work. Alternate translation: “I have made all of these nations slaves, and they will have to serve Nebuchadnezzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 28 16 mdf5 figs-123person 0 you proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “you urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 28 17 gp9j translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -JER 29 intro l6ne 0 # Jeremiah 29 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Two letters

Jeremiah sent a letter to Babylon telling the exiles to prepare for a long stay. A false prophet in Babylon wrote back to the chief priest telling him to punish Jeremiah. Even though Jeremiah had prophesied the exile, the Jews still did not believe him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) +JER 29 intro l6ne 0 # Jeremiah 29 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Two letters

Jeremiah sent a letter to Babylon telling the exiles to prepare for a long stay. A false prophet in Babylon wrote back to the chief priest telling him to punish Jeremiah. Even though Jeremiah had prophesied the exile, the Jews still did not believe him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) JER 29 1 j1gt 0 sent out from Jerusalem Alternate translation: “proclaimed from Jerusalem” JER 29 1 kv6v 0 remaining elders Alternate translation: “elders who were still alive” JER 29 2 ici1 0 Jehoiachin The Hebrew text has “Jeconiah,” which is a variation of the name “Jehoiachin.” Many modern versions have “Jehoiachin” in order to make it clear that the same king is being referred to. @@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ JER 29 31 ysp9 0 Shemaiah the Nehelamite See how you translated this man’s n JER 29 32 h1dk figs-nominaladj 0 the good This can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) JER 29 32 q7ck figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 29 32 bs4i figs-123person 0 he has proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “he has urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God promises restoration

Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel. +JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God promises restoration

Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel. JER 30 1 f64q figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 30 3 iwm1 0 For look “For listen carefully.” This phrase brings attention to what Yahweh is going to say next. JER 30 3 s2us figs-metaphor 0 days are coming … when I will restore the fortunes Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future … I will restore the fortunes” or “there will be a time … when I will restore the fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ JER 30 20 tnn9 figs-activepassive 0 their assembly will be established before m JER 30 21 nyu6 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translates this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 30 23 u8p2 figs-metaphor 0 See, the tempest of Yahweh, his fury, has gone out This speaks of God’s anger and punishment as if it were a storm. This emphasizes his power and ability to destroy wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 30 24 wc7x figs-abstractnouns 0 his heart’s intentions If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **intentions**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “intends.” The heart is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “what he intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.

The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.

This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The new covenant

This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group. +JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.

The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.

This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The new covenant

This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group. JER 31 1 p3h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 31 2 ht7e figs-idiom 0 The people who have survived the sword have found favor in the wilderness The phrase “found favor” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “While the people who have survived the sword have been in the wilderness, I have had grace on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 31 2 ml2j figs-metonymy 0 who have survived the sword The word “sword” is a metonym for war. Alternate translation: “who have survived the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ JER 31 40 bf2f figs-activepassive 0 The whole valley … will be set apart for JER 31 40 z7hx translate-names 0 Kidron Valley … Horse Gate These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 31 40 j8yq 0 set apart Alternate translation: “made holy” JER 31 40 gu9q figs-metaphor 0 The city will not be pulled up or overthrown again The city is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone could pull out of the ground or a building that someone could break down. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow anyone to pull up or overthrow the city again” or “No one will tear the city down or destroy it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter. +JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter. JER 32 1 xs6y figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:2](../01/02.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 32 1 mul1 0 in the tenth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, the eighteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar Alternate translation: “after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for more than nine years and Nebuchadnezzar had been king for more than seventeen years” JER 32 2 nkx2 figs-activepassive 0 Jeremiah the prophet was imprisoned This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were keeping Jeremiah as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ JER 32 43 s9q4 figs-you 0 you are saying Here “you” refers to the people of JER 32 43 mhj8 figs-metonymy 0 It has been given into the hand of the Chaldeans Here “hand” is a metonym for power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has given it to the Chaldeans” or “Yahweh has given the Chaldeans power over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 32 44 ytf6 0 write in sealed scrolls. They will assemble witnesses The “sealed scrolls” are the deeds that a person would sign to purchase land. Other people would be witnesses to confirm the purchase. JER 32 44 tg5c figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Covenant faithfulness
Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Covenant faithfulness
Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) JER 33 1 zhp8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] JER 33 1 rj9y figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Jeremiah a second time, while he was … guard, saying, The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah a second time, while Jeremiah was … guard. He said,” or “While Jeremiah was … guard, Yahweh spoke this second message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 33 1 wa3r figs-123person 0 came to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ JER 33 26 x6zy figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the wor JER 33 26 w9mt figs-hypo 0 then I will reject … and not bring The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. This is a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true. Alternate translation: “I have established the covenant … so I will never reject … and I will bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JER 33 26 z156 0 I will restore their fortunes “I will cause things to go well for them again” or “I will cause them to live well again” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md). JER 33 26 e4m9 0 show mercy to Translate as “have compassion on” is translated in ([Jeremiah 30:18](../30/18.md)). -JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Actions with cultural meaning

When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Law of Moses
According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Actions with cultural meaning

When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 34 1 z8xz figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, saying: This idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah when Nebuchadnezzar … her cities. He said,” or “When Nebuchadnezzar … her cities, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 34 1 d4fn figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name in this chapter. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 34 1 p1vd 0 waging war Alternate translation: “fighting” @@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ JER 34 20 gan7 figs-euphemism 0 seeking their lives This is a polite way to say JER 34 20 sjp1 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of their enemies Here the word “hands” represents control. Alternate translation: “to be conquered by their enemies” or “over to the control of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 34 21 wl9t 0 risen up Alternate translation: “come to fight” JER 34 22 ug2t 0 bring them bring the Babylonian armies -JER 35 intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Rechabites

The actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges. +JER 35 intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Rechabites

The actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges. JER 35 1 pt2v figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh in the days … of Judah, saying, The idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah in the days … of Judah. He said,” or “In the days … of Judah, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 35 1 x1f1 figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 35 2 t4d9 translate-names 0 Rekabites This is a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ JER 35 18 ijd5 0 Rekabites This is the name of the people group. See how you t JER 35 18 i21g 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md). JER 35 18 nqf5 0 Jonadab a man’s name. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 35:5](../35/05.md). JER 35 19 ehq6 0 Jonadab … Rekab These are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Jeremiah 35:5](../35/05.md). -JER 36 intro f643 0 # Jeremiah 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Opposition to Jeremiah

Jeremiah wrote God’s prophesies on a scroll but the king burned it. It is possible that this action was intended to be understood as representing the definitiveness of these prophecies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +JER 36 intro f643 0 # Jeremiah 36 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Opposition to Jeremiah

Jeremiah wrote God’s prophesies on a scroll but the king burned it. It is possible that this action was intended to be understood as representing the definitiveness of these prophecies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) JER 36 1 w23y writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] JER 36 1 a3lh 0 It came about “It happened.” This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. JER 36 1 v3ak translate-ordinal 0 in the fourth year of Jehoiakim … king of Judah Jehoiakim had been king of Judah for more than three years. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 25:1](../25/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ JER 36 32 k5z6 figs-123person 0 Jeremiah took … Jeremiah’s dictation Jeremi JER 36 32 k1wh figs-abstractnouns 0 Baruch wrote on it at Jeremiah’s dictation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **dictation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 36:4](../36/04.md). Alternate translation: “while Jeremiah was speaking, Baruch wrote on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JER 36 32 b4kt 0 burned by Jehoiakim king of Judah Alternate translation: “that Jehoiakim king of Judah had burned in the fire” JER 36 32 mev6 figs-activepassive 0 Furthermore, many other similar words were added to this scroll This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Furthermore, Jeremiah and Baruch added to this scroll many more words which were similar to the words that had been in the first scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 37 intro du3z 0 # Jeremiah 37 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Ironic situation

Jeremiah was thrown into prison and beaten for prophesying the word of God. Then the king asked him, “Is there any word from Yahweh?” This is a type of irony. The king simply did not agree with God’s original word. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]]) +JER 37 intro du3z 0 # Jeremiah 37 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Ironic situation

Jeremiah was thrown into prison and beaten for prophesying the word of God. Then the king asked him, “Is there any word from Yahweh?” This is a type of irony. The king simply did not agree with God’s original word. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]]) JER 37 1 c5u8 0 Jehoiachin The Hebrew text has “Coniah,” which is a variation of the name “Jehoiachin.” Many modern versions have “Jehoiachin” in order to make it clear that the same king is being referred to. JER 37 2 vt3f 0 of the land Alternate translation: “of the land of Judah” JER 37 2 j785 figs-synecdoche 0 he proclaimed by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “he had Jeremiah the prophet proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -2492,7 +2492,7 @@ JER 37 20 e2hq 0 the house of Jonathan the scribe “the house of Jonathan, wh JER 37 21 pss2 0 the courtyard of the guard This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md). JER 37 21 s566 figs-activepassive 0 A loaf of bread was given him This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “His servants also gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 37 21 v6xa 0 from the street of the bakers Alternate translation: “from the street where the bakers worked” -JER 38 intro eu3f 0 # Jeremiah 38 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Surrender and live

If the king obeyed God and surrendered to the Babylonians, he would be allowed to live and the city would not be burned. But if he refused, he would be captured and the city burned. This took faith that Yahweh was using this ungodly, Gentile nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]]) +JER 38 intro eu3f 0 # Jeremiah 38 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Surrender and live

If the king obeyed God and surrendered to the Babylonians, he would be allowed to live and the city would not be burned. But if he refused, he would be captured and the city burned. This took faith that Yahweh was using this ungodly, Gentile nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]]) JER 38 1 gl7q translate-names 0 Shephatiah … Mattan, Gedaliah … Pashhur, Jehukal … Shelemiah … Pashhur … Malkijah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 38 2 p2xn figs-activepassive 0 Anyone staying in this city will be killed by sword, famine, and plague This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Anyone staying in this city will die by sword, famine, and plague” or “I will kill anyone staying in this city with sword, famine, and plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 38 2 izt9 0 He will escape with his own life The one who surrenders to the Babylonians will escape alive, even though he will lose all his possessions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 21:9](../21/09.md). @@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ JER 38 26 l1fb 0 Jonathan See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremia JER 38 27 e9tl figs-abstractnouns 0 the conversation between Jeremiah and the king If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **conversation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what Jeremiah and the king said to each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JER 38 28 kaj5 0 the courtyard of the guard This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md). JER 38 28 l5rj figs-activepassive 0 until the day Jerusalem was captured This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day that the Babylonian army captured Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JER 39 intro i9ad 0 # Jeremiah 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The prophesied destruction of Jerusalem is over and the actual conquering of the Promised Land by Babylon begins in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +JER 39 intro i9ad 0 # Jeremiah 39 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The prophesied destruction of Jerusalem is over and the actual conquering of the Promised Land by Babylon begins in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) JER 39 1 bc1u 0 came … against Jerusalem Alternate translation: “came to attack Jerusalem” JER 39 1 dap3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the ninth year and tenth month of Zedekiah king of Judah This is after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for eight years, in the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of December and the first part of January on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the tenth month of the ninth year that Zedekiah was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) JER 39 1 yh1s translate-ordinal 0 ninth … tenth See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] @@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ JER 39 16 pb72 0 For they will all come true before you on that day Alternate JER 39 17 d4fl figs-metonymy 0 you will not be given into the hand of the men whom you fear Here “hand” refers to power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men you fear will not harm you” or “I will not allow anyone to put you under the control of the people whom you fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JER 39 18 y55h figs-euphemism 0 You will not fall by the sword The sword is a metonym for dying in war. Alternate translation: “No one will kill you with their sword” or “You will not die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 39 18 h19r 0 with your life Alternate translation: “alive” -JER 40 intro rx94 0 # Jeremiah 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Peace in Judah

After Babylon conquered Jerusalem, this chapter reveals an unfolding peace in the area. Ammon, who was supposed to be Judah’s ally against Babylon, probably sought to distract Babylon from attacking them by ruining the peace in the region of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 40 intro rx94 0 # Jeremiah 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Peace in Judah

After Babylon conquered Jerusalem, this chapter reveals an unfolding peace in the area. Ammon, who was supposed to be Judah’s ally against Babylon, probably sought to distract Babylon from attacking them by ruining the peace in the region of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 40 1 vp76 figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:1](../32/01.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 40 1 nzv7 translate-names 0 Nebuzaradan This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 39:9](../39/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 40 1 w77l figs-activepassive 0 who were being carried into exile to Babylon If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers were about to take to Babylon as exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@ JER 40 15 mj6g figs-activepassive 0 to be scattered This can be translated in a JER 40 15 pxq9 figs-activepassive 0 the remnant of Judah destroyed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow the Chaldeans to destroy the remnant of Judah” or “and allow the remnant of Judah to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JER 40 15 zr8s 0 remnant of Judah “remnant of the people of Judah.” See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 40:11](../40/11.md). JER 40 16 gc11 0 Ahikam See how you translated this name in [Jeremiah 26:24](../26/24.md). -JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life in Judah
This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life in Judah
This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) JER 41 1 mz9m 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. JER 41 1 rce7 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) JER 41 1 va8n translate-names 0 Ishmael son of Nethaniah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:8](../40/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2663,7 +2663,7 @@ JER 41 17 b8j8 0 they went Alternate translation: “Johanan, his companions, JER 41 17 di1c translate-names 0 Geruth Kimham This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 41 18 k3qd figs-explicit 0 because of the Chaldeans It is implied that they were afraid that the Chaldeans would attack them. Alternate translation: “because they thought the Chaldeans may attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 41 18 iuc2 figs-metonymy 0 in charge of the land Here “land” represents the people. Alternate translation: “in charge of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life in Babylon
The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) +JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Life in Babylon
The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) JER 42 1 jc5i translate-names 0 Johanan … Kareah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:13](../40/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 42 1 w479 translate-names 0 Jezaniah … Hoshaiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 42 1 h1f8 figs-merism 0 all the people from the least to the greatest This is a way to refer to people from every social status. Here “least” and “greatest” represent those who are least important and those who are most important. Alternate translation: “all the people from every social status” or “all the people, including the least important and the most important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ JER 42 21 bn7i figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here “voice” JER 42 22 ewj3 0 now The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. JER 42 22 ah9a figs-metonymy 0 you will die by sword Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “you will die in warfare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 42 22 b8em figs-explicit 0 in the place where you desired to go to live They desired to live in Egypt. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Egypt, where you thought you would be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### They did not believe Jeremiah
After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Babylon invades Egypt
Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.

## Other possible translation issues in this chapter

### Symbolic actions
Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### They did not believe Jeremiah
After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Babylon invades Egypt
Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.

## Other possible translation issues in this chapter

### Symbolic actions
Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 43 1 ufu5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. JER 43 2 wg2c translate-names 0 Azariah This could mean: (1) this is another name for Jezaniah in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md) or (2) this is a different son of Hoshaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 43 2 a3qd translate-names 0 Hoshaiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@ JER 43 12 yqt6 figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar will … He will Here Nebuchadnez JER 43 12 nms7 0 burn them or capture them Alternate translation: “burn the Egyptian idols or take them” JER 43 12 e3qj figs-simile 0 He will clean out the land of Egypt just as shepherds clean vermin off their clothes Taking or destroying everything in Egypt is compared to how a shepherd carefully cleans off his clothes. Alternate translation: “He will take or destroy everything valuable in Egypt just as a shepherd is careful to get every insect off of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JER 43 13 pyt4 translate-names 0 Heliopolis This is the name of a city. The name means “city of the sun.” In this city was a temple where they worshiped a sun god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JER 44 intro xf8j 0 # Jeremiah 44 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

The people called Ashtoreth the goddess of the Canaanites, “the queen of heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +JER 44 intro xf8j 0 # Jeremiah 44 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom

The people called Ashtoreth the goddess of the Canaanites, “the queen of heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) JER 44 1 s5cz figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah It is implied that the word that came to Jeremiah was from Yahweh. This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 44 1 gzg8 translate-names 0 Migdol This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 44 1 a4bd translate-names 0 Tahpanhes … Memphis Translate the names of these cities as you did in [Jeremiah 2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ JER 44 30 wm1f 0 Look Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention JER 44 30 fk1y figs-metonymy 0 I am about to give Pharaoh Hophra king of Egypt into the hand of his enemies and into the hand of those who seek to kill him Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “I will allow the enemies who want to kill Pharaoh Hophra, the king of Egypt, to defeat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 44 30 k1p8 translate-names 0 Hophra This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 44 30 sf5s figs-metonymy 0 when I gave Zedekiah king of Judah into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, his enemy who sought his life Here “hand” represents power or control. And, Nebuchadnezzar represents his whole army. The phrase “sought his life” is an idiom that means to want to kill someone. Alternate translation: “when I allowed the army of Nebuchadnezzar to defeat Zedekiah king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JER 45 intro m5sy 0 # Jeremiah 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a break in the narrative sequence. It records prophecies that have already occurred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +JER 45 intro m5sy 0 # Jeremiah 45 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter forms a break in the narrative sequence. It records prophecies that have already occurred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) JER 45 1 n8gv 0 this was in the fourth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah This information can be placed at the beginning of 45:1 as in the UST. JER 45 1 uid7 figs-ellipsis 0 in the fourth year of Jehoiakim The words “of the rule” are understood. Alternate translation: “in the fourth year of the rule of Jehoiakim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JER 45 1 d24t translate-ordinal 0 fourth year The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of the number four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ JER 45 5 jtj1 figs-rquestion 0 But are you hoping for great things for yourself JER 45 5 m1dh 0 For see Alternate translation: “For understand” or “Be aware” JER 45 5 n1jc figs-metaphor 0 your life as your plunder everywhere you will go Allowing Baruch to escape and remain alive is spoken of as if his life were plunder that he would take after a battle. Alternate translation: “but wherever you go, I will protect you and allow you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 45 5 a5tu 0 plunder things stolen from a place by force -JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.

This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Battle preparations
Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh. +JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.

This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Battle preparations
Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh. JER 46 1 sfw3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 46 1 e496 figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 46 2 q4ql 0 For Egypt This phrase indicates this message is intended for the nation of Egypt. @@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ JER 46 27 cfi7 figs-parallelism 0 my servant Jacob, do not fear. Do not be dism JER 46 27 n8yh 0 from the land of their captivity Alternate translation: “from the land where they are captives” JER 46 28 r2ij figs-abstractnouns 0 I will bring complete destruction against all the nations If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you could express the same idea with the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) JER 46 28 h92x figs-doublenegatives 0 will certainly not leave you unpunished This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will certainly punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Flood waters
This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Flood waters
This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 47 1 up7u figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah The idiom “the word of Yahweh that came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 47 1 z4d3 figs-idiom 0 This word came to him The idiom “this word came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave this message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 47 1 n7b3 figs-metonymy 0 before Pharaoh Here “Pharaoh” represents the Egyptians army. Alternate translation: “before Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ JER 47 6 r4br figs-idiom 0 you become silent A sword makes a noise as it slashe JER 47 6 hg5n 0 scabbard This is the case used to protect the blade of a sword. JER 47 7 x3p6 figs-personification 0 How can it rest … along the sea? Here Jeremiah is speaking. He continues speaking of the sword of Yahweh as if it were a person who could rest. Yahweh punishing the Philistines by sending the army of the north is spoken of as if Yahweh were striking the people with a sword. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot rest … along the sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 47 7 w3uj figs-rquestion 0 How can it rest when Yahweh has commanded it, when he has ordered … the sea? Jeremiah uses a question to mean that the sword cannot stop since Yahweh has commanded it to continue killing. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot stop, for Yahweh has commanded it. He has ordered … the sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JER 48 intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying Yahweh

Moab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) +JER 48 intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying Yahweh

Moab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) JER 48 1 r24j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 48 1 kuu3 figs-metonymy 0 To Moab Here “Moab” represents the people. Alternate translation: “To the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 48 1 tu4z 0 Yahweh of hosts … says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md). @@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ JER 48 46 k4g8 figs-activepassive 0 your sons are taken as captives and your da JER 48 47 b2it 0 I will restore the fortunes of Moab “I will cause things to go well for Moab again” or “I will cause Moab to live well again.” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md). JER 48 47 ei27 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) JER 48 47 i5t1 0 The judgment on Moab ends here Alternate translation: “That is the end of what Jeremiah prophesied about Moab” -JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Abraham
Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.

Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Covenant with Abraham
Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JER 49 1 q42f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] JER 49 1 tz36 0 Yahweh says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md). JER 49 1 rj3z figs-rquestion 0 Does Israel have no children? Is there no one to inherit anything in Israel? Why does Molech occupy Gad, and his people live in its cities? Yahweh uses a question to express that the people of Israel should be living in Gad rather than those who worship Molech. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are plenty of Israelites to inherit the land of Israel. The people who worship the false idol, Molech, should not live in Gad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ JER 49 37 l2b9 figs-metaphor 0 I will bring disaster against them Yahweh causin JER 49 37 kkm4 figs-metonymy 0 the sword after them Here “sword” represents the enemy army carrying their weapons. Alternate translation: “the enemy army to pursue and kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 49 38 we6b figs-metonymy 0 I will put my throne in Elam Here “throne” represents Yahweh’s right to rule and judge as the king. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JER 49 39 s61m 0 in later days Alternate translation: “in the future” -JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon destroyed

Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Babylon destroyed

Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Israel
The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JER 50 1 mzg3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God gives Jeremiah a message about Babylon. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] JER 50 1 je71 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that Yahweh declared This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JER 50 1 k291 figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 37:2](../37/02.md). Alternate translation: “through Jeremiah, who was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ JER 50 45 fwh2 figs-metaphor 0 Their pasturelands will be turned into ruined pl JER 50 46 q28h figs-metaphor 0 At the sound of conquered Babylon the earth shakes This phrase compares the fall of the once powerful nation of Babylon to the extremely loud noise of an earthquake. Alternate translation: “The fall of Babylon will sound like a mighty earthquake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JER 50 46 sue1 0 distress pain or unhappiness JER 50 46 y112 0 their shout of distress Alternate translation: “their shout of pain” -JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.

The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon destroyed

Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Covenant with Abraham
Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) +JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.

The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Babylon destroyed

Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])

### Covenant with Abraham
Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]]) JER 51 1 bz33 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JER 51 1 mgs4 0 See This draws attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention” JER 51 1 az5v 0 a wind of destruction This could mean: (1) “a wind that destroys” or (2) “the spirit of a destroyer.” This would mean that Yahweh would cause or inspire the enemy army to go and attack Babylon. @@ -3514,7 +3514,7 @@ JER 51 62 ctw9 0 animal If your language has a word for animals that normally JER 51 64 rl23 figs-simile 0 Babylon will sink like this The stone and scroll will disappear in the water, the water will destroy the scroll, and Babylon will no longer look like a city or have buildings for people to live in. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JER 51 64 eg18 0 will not arise Alternate translation: “will never again be a city” JER 51 64 xm91 0 they will fall This means the Babylonians will fall because they are exhausted. Many translations do not include these words. -JER 52 intro izf6 0 # Jeremiah 52 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The chapter returns to a previous sequence of events and records Babylon’s conquering of Judah. It also records the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +JER 52 intro izf6 0 # Jeremiah 52 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter returns to a previous sequence of events and records Babylon’s conquering of Judah. It also records the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) JER 52 1 f3ew 0 General Information: Because of the words “Jeremiah’s words end here” in [Jeremiah 51:64](../51/64.md) and because the words here appear in other books of the Bible, many scholars believe that this chapter was written by someone other than Jeremiah and attached to the scroll that Jeremiah and Baruch wrote. JER 52 1 pmi6 translate-names 0 Hamutal This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JER 52 1 w8zc translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv b/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv index 3918ba4d68..f676e4b57c 100644 --- a/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_25-LAM.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Lamentations

1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)
1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)
1. Third lament (3:1-66)
* The people grieve (3:1–20)
* Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)
* Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)
* Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)
1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)
* The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)
* Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)
* Edom will be punished also (4:22b)
1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)

### What is the Book of Lamentations about?

The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.

The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?

The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did God abandon Israel?

The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.
He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.

While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### What is a funeral song?

People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What style of writing is Lamentations?

Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.

### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?

The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Judah destroyed for her sin

Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Lamentations

1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)
1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)
1. Third lament (3:1-66)
* The people grieve (3:1–20)
* Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)
* Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)
* Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)
1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)
* The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)
* Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)
* Edom will be punished also (4:22b)
1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)

### What is the Book of Lamentations about?

The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.

The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?

The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did God abandon Israel?

The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.
He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.

While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### What is a funeral song?

People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What style of writing is Lamentations?

Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.

### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?

The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Judah destroyed for her sin

Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LAM 1 21 cir1 figs-explicit 0 now let them become like me This is a request for LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them. +LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them. LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. This could mean: (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ LAM 2 22 re1y figs-simile 0 as you would call the people to a feast day “as i LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Troubles

Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.

In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.

In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.

In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him. +LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Troubles

Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.

In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.

In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.

In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him. LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ LAM 3 64 h9mv figs-metaphor 0 Pay back to them, Yahweh, according to what they LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **condemnation**, you could express the same idea with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]. LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ LAM 4 22 i7ub figs-personification 0 Daughter of Zion The people of Jerusalem a LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer” LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) +LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]. LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace Alternate translation: “look at the shameful state we are in” diff --git a/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv b/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv index c1960b796e..3066563eea 100644 --- a/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_26-EZK.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Ezekiel

1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)
1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)
1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)
1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)
1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)
* A new shepherd (34:1–31)
* Edom destroyed (35:1–15)
* Israel restored (36:1–37:28)
* Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)
* Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)


### What is Ezekiel about?

The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?

Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was Ezekiel’s temple?

Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.

### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?

The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?

The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.

Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.

### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?

This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.” -EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Ezekiel’s call

Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Ezekiel’s call

Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 1 1 xqf6 translate-ordinal 0 In the thirtieth year This is the thirtieth year of Ezekiel’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 1 1 ad2n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month, and the fifth day of the month “the fifth day of the fourth month.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is around the end of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 1 1 q33s 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ EZK 1 28 qe4p 0 rainbow the colorful strip of light that appears in the rain w EZK 1 28 eww3 figs-abstractnouns 0 It was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of Yahweh Here, **likeness** means that what Ezekiel saw looked like the glory of Yahweh. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas behind the words **appearance** and **likeness**, you could express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “It appeared to be what looked like the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZK 1 28 x337 figs-idiom 0 I fell on my face “I bowed down to the ground” or “I lay on the ground.” Ezekiel did not fall by accident. He went down to the ground to show that he respected and feared Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 1 28 xf7s figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking The word “voice” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” or “Someone spoke, and I heard his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 2 1 jk2d 0 He said to me If your language has to identify the one speaking, it would be best to identify the speaker as the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). It was not “the Spirit.” EZK 2 1 djp4 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 2 2 nf31 0 the Spirit Other This could mean: (1) “a spirit” or (2) “a wind.” @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ EZK 2 9 h5d1 0 a written scroll Alternate translation: “a scroll that had wr EZK 2 10 mxi2 0 He spread it out The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). EZK 2 10 h57t figs-activepassive 0 it had been written on both its front and back This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on both its front and its back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZK 2 10 vh4l figs-abstractnouns 0 written on it were lamentations, mourning, and woe This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “lamentations,” “mourning,” and “woe.” Alternate translation: “someone had written on it that these people would lament, be sad the way they would be if someone they loved had died, and have bad things happen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]]) +EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]]) EZK 3 1 brw3 0 He said to me The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). EZK 3 1 j5ix 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 3 1 ze6y 0 what you have found This refers to the scroll that God was giving him ([Ezekiel 2:9](../02/09.md)). @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ EZK 3 26 z3pl figs-metonymy 0 house This is a metonym for the family that lives EZK 3 27 pfr1 0 I will open your mouth Alternate translation: “I will make you able to speak” EZK 3 27 sy4s 0 the one who will not listen will not listen Alternate translation: “the one who refuses to listen will not listen” EZK 3 27 v6ss 0 Lord Yahweh See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md). -EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem. +EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem. EZK 4 1 thl9 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 4 1 cn59 figs-explicit 0 carve the city of Jerusalem You may need to make explicit that Ezekiel is to carve a picture. Alternate translation: “carve a picture of the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 4 2 hk4u 0 lay siege against it Alternate translation: “surround the city in order to capture it” @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ EZK 4 16 kdq7 0 rationing giving small amounts of something of which there is EZK 4 16 xi3f figs-metonymy 0 rationing it in trembling The word “shaking” is a metaphor for being afraid and “trembling” represents fear. Alternate translation: “rationing it while shaking” or “rationing it in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 4 17 s15b figs-explicit 0 every man will be dismayed at his brother and waste away This could mean: (1) “everyone will look at his brother and worry about how much food his brother eats and waste away” or (2) “every one of them will be dismayed and waste away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 4 17 bv4j figs-metaphor 0 waste away The phrase “waste away” is usually used of flesh or wood rotting. Here it is a metaphor for wicked people becoming thin and dying because they have no food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war. +EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The destruction of Jerusalem
The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war. EZK 5 1 wtm2 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 5 1 het3 0 barber’s razor Alternate translation: “blade for cutting hair” EZK 5 1 p4tg 0 pass the razor over your head and your beard Alternate translation: “shave your head and your face” or “remove the hair from your head and the beard from your face” @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ EZK 5 16 pk83 figs-metonymy 0 will send out harsh arrows of famine against you EZK 5 16 tq5n 0 increase the famine on you Alternate translation: “make the famine more severe for you” or “make the famine last longer for you” or “make sure that there is less and less for you to eat” EZK 5 16 y84u figs-metaphor 0 break your staff of bread A “staff” was something that people leaned upon to support them. This phrase is a metaphor that means removing the supply of food that the people were depending upon. See how “staff of bread” is translated in [Ezekiel 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “cut off your food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 5 17 k7kf figs-personification 0 Plague and blood will pass through you Sickness and violent death are spoken of as if they were soldiers going through the city killing everyone they could. Alternate translation: “Many people will die of disease, and many others will die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Shrines on the hill tops

God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines. +EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 6 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Shrines on the hill tops

God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines. EZK 6 1 ih46 figs-apostrophe 0 General Information: Yahweh is telling Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people so that the people of Israel would hear the words and know that Ezekiel’s words were for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) EZK 6 1 x3yv figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 6 2 hip9 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ EZK 6 13 rr6w 0 hill—on all the mountain peaks, and under every flourishing EZK 6 13 txr9 0 flourishing healthy and growing EZK 6 13 v2z8 0 oak a large tree with strong wood that provided shade for worshipers EZK 6 14 nw61 translate-names 0 Diblah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Now is the time for punishment

The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Now is the time for punishment

The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) EZK 7 1 y1pz 0 General Information: This starts God’s prophecy of judgment on Israel. EZK 7 1 kts6 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 7 2 q227 figs-123person 0 the Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ EZK 7 26 f4qm 0 the law will perish from the priest and advice from the elders EZK 7 27 t2rb 0 the prince This could mean: (1) “the king’s son” or (2) every male member of the royal family except the king. EZK 7 27 gux5 figs-idiom 0 will dress in despair This could mean: (1) clothing is a metonym for what a person feels, “will have no hope,” or (2) “will dress in clothes that show he is mourning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 7 27 zy7f figs-synecdoche 0 the hands of the people of the land will tremble in fear The word “hands” is a synecdoche for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the land will be so afraid that their hands will tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah’s sin

The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah’s sin

The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) EZK 8 1 vqq8 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about another vision he saw. EZK 8 1 b54y 0 So it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EZK 8 1 r44k translate-ordinal 0 in the sixth year You may need to make explicit the time period of which this is the sixth year. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ EZK 8 18 ivi2 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye will not have compassion The eye is a sy EZK 8 18 h7ic 0 I will not spare them Alternate translation: “I will still punish them” EZK 8 18 ay27 0 Though they cry in my ears with a loud voice Alternate translation: “Though they yell their prayers to me with a loud voice” EZK 8 18 d7vs 0 I will not hear them Alternate translation: “I will not listen to them” -EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sorrow over sin

God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sorrow over sin

God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) EZK 9 1 d5u4 0 he cried in my hearing Alternate translation: “I heard him call out” EZK 9 1 jw3q 0 he cried the “figure like a man” ([Ezekiel 8:2](../08/02.md)) cried EZK 9 1 ew8m 0 weapon of destruction weapon for destroying people or things @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ EZK 9 10 ry6f 0 bring it all on their heads To bring someone’s conduct on hi EZK 9 11 u3ij 0 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to say” EZK 9 11 yrc2 translate-unknown 0 linen a strong, smooth cloth made from a plant. It is worn by many people in places that are hot. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “smooth cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EZK 9 11 lgs3 0 He reported and said Alternate translation: “He reported to Yahweh and told him” -EZK 10 intro yaf7 0 # Ezekiel 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God left the temple

God now abandoned Judah, and left the temple. This was devastating to the religious life of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +EZK 10 intro yaf7 0 # Ezekiel 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God left the temple

God now abandoned Judah, and left the temple. This was devastating to the religious life of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) EZK 10 1 cpq3 0 toward the dome Alternate translation: “toward the curved roof” EZK 10 1 scp4 0 cherubim See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md). EZK 10 1 fk83 0 like a sapphire a valuable blue or green gemstone @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ EZK 10 20 mjn1 0 the Kebar Canal This is a river that people in Chaldea had du EZK 10 21 is6s figs-abstractnouns 0 the likeness of human hands Here, **likeness** means that what Ezekiel saw looked like human hands. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **likeness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “something that looked like human hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZK 10 22 vgn2 figs-abstractnouns 0 the likeness of their faces was like the faces that I had seen If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **likeness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “their faces looked like the faces that I had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZK 10 22 z9wt 0 went straight ahead Alternate translation: “faced forward” or “looked directly ahead” -EZK 11 intro p5z8 0 # Ezekiel 11 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Safety

The people were trusting Jerusalem to keep them safe. But God was going to pull them out of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people in Jerusalem used the metaphor “this city is the pot and we are the meat in the pot” meaning they were safe in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 11 intro p5z8 0 # Ezekiel 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Safety

The people were trusting Jerusalem to keep them safe. But God was going to pull them out of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people in Jerusalem used the metaphor “this city is the pot and we are the meat in the pot” meaning they were safe in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 11 1 fu8k 0 to the eastern gate of Yahweh’s house, facing east This gate was part of the wall that surrounded the temple area. Alternate translation: “the gate on the eastern side of the wall surrounding Yahweh’s house” or “the gate on the eastern wall of the temple courtyard” EZK 11 1 vq4e 0 Yahweh’s house See how you translated this phrase in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md). EZK 11 1 i38v 0 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ EZK 11 21 el11 figs-metonymy 0 I will bring their conduct on their own heads He EZK 11 22 el95 0 General Information: The cherubim and the glory of God leave the temple and city. EZK 11 22 j4fr 0 cherubim See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md). EZK 11 24 tg29 figs-metaphor 0 the vision that I had seen went up from upon me Ezekiel speaks of the vision ending as if the vision was an object that had been upon him and then left him. Alternate translation: “the vision that I had seen ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZK 12 intro f6uu 0 # Ezekiel 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile

God warned that very soon the people in Jerusalem would be exiled to Babylon. +EZK 12 intro f6uu 0 # Ezekiel 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile

God warned that very soon the people in Jerusalem would be exiled to Babylon. EZK 12 1 k8p8 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 12 2 jq8g 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 12 2 hn5d figs-metonymy 0 a rebellious house The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ EZK 12 27 c293 0 Behold The word “Behold” here alerts us to pay attention EZK 12 27 g561 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 12 27 e8hv figs-parallelism 0 The vision that he sees is for many days from now, and he prophesies of far off times These phrases are both ways the people of Israel are saying Ezekiel’s warnings will not happen in their lifetime but will happen far in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EZK 12 28 t479 figs-activepassive 0 My words will not be delayed any longer If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will no longer delay the word I have spoken” or “I will no longer delay doing what I said I would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZK 13 intro g7xl 0 # Ezekiel 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### False prophets

God spoke against people who said they were prophesying but had not received any message from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

God said of people who encourage others to feel safe even when they continue to sin were not strengthening a wall but just putting whitewash on it to hide the imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 13 intro g7xl 0 # Ezekiel 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### False prophets

God spoke against people who said they were prophesying but had not received any message from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

God said of people who encourage others to feel safe even when they continue to sin were not strengthening a wall but just putting whitewash on it to hide the imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 13 1 eh7a figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 13 2 xk9v 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 13 2 wva8 0 prophesying out of their own imaginations Alternate translation: “prophesying only the things that they imagine” @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ EZK 13 22 ua8v figs-synecdoche 0 discourage the heart of the righteous person H EZK 13 22 j9vh figs-metaphor 0 turn from his way To stop doing something is referred to as turning in a different direction. Alternate translation: “stop what he is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 13 23 qq2h figs-parallelism 0 have false visions or continue to make predictions Both of these phrases refer to talking about what will happen in the future. Alternate translation: “continue to make false predictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EZK 13 23 vus2 figs-metonymy 0 I will rescue my people out of your hand Here the word “hand” represents power or control. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 13:21](../13/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will rescue my people from your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZK 14 intro q72w 0 # Ezekiel 14 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jerusalem deserves punishment

When the captives from Jerusalem arrive in Babylon, it will be obvious why God has punished them. +EZK 14 intro q72w 0 # Ezekiel 14 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jerusalem deserves punishment

When the captives from Jerusalem arrive in Babylon, it will be obvious why God has punished them. EZK 14 1 vy2v figs-explicit 0 Some of the elders of Israel came to me and sat before me The elders sat before Ezekiel in order to inquire of the Lord through Ezekiel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 14 2 bz2f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 14 3 g57d 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ EZK 14 22 r9k7 0 left in her The word “her” refers to Jerusalem. EZK 14 22 zf8a figs-activepassive 0 be comforted concerning the punishment If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will comfort you concerning the punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZK 14 23 kf7g 0 done against her The word “her” refers to Jerusalem. EZK 14 23 u2vu figs-doublet 0 their ways and their actions Both of these phrases refer to what the people of Israel have done. Alternate translation: “the way they live” or “the things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EZK 15 intro n4wz 0 # Ezekiel 15 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Useless

God said that the people of Jerusalem were useless to him. He uses a simile to show just how useless they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +EZK 15 intro n4wz 0 # Ezekiel 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Useless

God said that the people of Jerusalem were useless to him. He uses a simile to show just how useless they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EZK 15 1 bfj3 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking to Ezekiel in this section. EZK 15 1 pb75 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 15 2 mim8 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ EZK 15 7 f76q figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that peopl EZK 15 7 m4ls figs-metaphor 0 Though they come out from the fire, yet the fire will consume them Yahweh speaks of the punishment that he will afflict upon the people as if it were a fire that burns them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 15 7 xw6u figs-metaphor 0 the fire will consume them Yahweh speaks of fire burning things as if the fire consumed them. Alternate translation: “the fire will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 15 8 u34p figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZK 16 intro ll3w 0 # Ezekiel 16 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

God compared Judah to an adulteress because she worshiped idols instead of God who had done so much to help her. Adultery is a common image used to describe the worship of idols by Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 16 intro ll3w 0 # Ezekiel 16 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

God compared Judah to an adulteress because she worshiped idols instead of God who had done so much to help her. Adultery is a common image used to describe the worship of idols by Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 16 1 c6sa figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In this chapter, Yahweh speaks about Jerusalem as if the city were his unfaithful bride. He describes her growth from infancy to adulthood. The city represents the people who live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 16 1 rhc3 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 16 2 cb3d 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ EZK 16 60 n5fx figs-activepassive 0 made in the days of your youth If your lang EZK 16 62 lz8g figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 16 63 khs3 figs-idiom 0 call everything to mind This idiom means to remember. Alternate translation: “remember everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 16 63 g9hm 0 you will no longer open your mouth to speak because of your shame This means that Jerusalem will be too ashamed to speak. -EZK 17 intro awq2 0 # Ezekiel 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Breaking allegiance

The king of Judah had vowed to obey Babylon but instead he followed Egypt. Therefore, God said he would not prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Judah is compared to a vine that grows one direction and then another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 17 intro awq2 0 # Ezekiel 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Breaking allegiance

The king of Judah had vowed to obey Babylon but instead he followed Egypt. Therefore, God said he would not prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Judah is compared to a vine that grows one direction and then another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 17 1 rn2f 0 General Information: Ezekiel reports a message that God gives him. EZK 17 1 id6h figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 17 2 q397 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ EZK 17 23 mws7 0 bear branches Alternate translation: “grow new branches” EZK 17 24 bv9g figs-personification 0 Then all the trees of the field will know that I am Yahweh Yahweh speaks of trees as if they are people who can know about him. The trees represent the nations and the people who live in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 17 24 gh1n 0 I bring down the high trees and I raise up the low trees Alternate translation: “I cut down the tall trees and I cause the little trees to grow” EZK 17 24 p5un 0 wither when a plant dries up and dies. -EZK 18 intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Inherited Guilt

God does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +EZK 18 intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Inherited Guilt

God does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) EZK 18 1 a2ir figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me again The phrase “the word of Yahweh came” is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 18 2 gk4f figs-rquestion 0 What do you mean, you who use this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel something he already knows. The question is a rebuke for the people who use the proverb. Alternate translation: “The people in the land of Israel have this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EZK 18 2 wns2 figs-you 0 What do you mean, you who use this proverb Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ EZK 18 31 pv2w figs-metaphor 0 Throw away from yourselves all of the transgress EZK 18 31 vlg7 figs-metonymy 0 make for yourselves a new heart and a new spirit Here the word “heart” represents the will and emotions and the word “spirit” represents the thoughts and disposition. Yahweh speaks of the people having new emotions and thoughts as if they were making a new heart and spirit for themselves. Alternate translation: “get for yourselves new emotions and a new way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 18 31 lt9c figs-rquestion 0 Why should you die, house of Israel? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to comfort the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for you to die, house of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EZK 18 31 x2a9 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EZK 19 intro e5ek 0 # Ezekiel 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah destroyed

The first king was taken as a captive to Egypt, the next was taken as a captive to Babylon. Now Judah is not prospering.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The kings of Judah are compared to man-eating lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 19 intro e5ek 0 # Ezekiel 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Judah destroyed

The first king was taken as a captive to Egypt, the next was taken as a captive to Babylon. Now Judah is not prospering.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The kings of Judah are compared to man-eating lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 19 1 h1e2 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak to the people of Israel. He tells a story where the nation of Israel is a lioness and some of the past kings in the kingdom of Judah are her cubs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 19 1 ehw2 figs-idiom 0 take up a lamentation This idiom means to sing a lamentation. Alternate translation: “sing a lamentation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 19 2 ufs7 figs-rquestion 0 Who was your mother? Yahweh asks this ask a leading question in order to introduce the answer. Alternate translation: “This is who your mother is.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ EZK 19 12 uxu6 figs-activepassive 0 Its strong branches were broken off and wit EZK 19 13 cc66 figs-metaphor 0 in a land of drought and thirst The very dry land is spoken of as if it were thirsty. Alternate translation: “in a very dry land of drought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 19 14 tj4h figs-explicit 0 no scepter to rule The implicit information may be supplied from [Ezekiel 19:11](../19/11.md). Alternate translation: “no branch strong enough for a ruler’s scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 19 14 yvu7 figs-activepassive 0 will be sung as a lamentation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must sing it as a lamentation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZK 20 intro ivu9 0 # Ezekiel 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rebels cannot ask for help

The people of Israel have rebelled against God again and again. Now they cannot come to God for help in their troubles. +EZK 20 intro ivu9 0 # Ezekiel 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Rebels cannot ask for help

The people of Israel have rebelled against God again and again. Now they cannot come to God for help in their troubles. EZK 20 1 y5sk 0 It came about This phrase is used to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. EZK 20 1 k5lv translate-ordinal 0 in the seventh year The implicit information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 20 1 hm54 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the tenth day of the fifth month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the beginning of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ EZK 20 48 i6we figs-metonymy 0 all flesh will see Here the word “flesh” rep EZK 20 48 ndc1 figs-activepassive 0 it will not be quenched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will not go out” or “no one will quench it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZK 20 49 uy57 0 Alas a word that expresses distress or grief EZK 20 49 c7jn figs-rquestion 0 Is he not a mere teller of parables? The people use this question to insult Ezekiel and dismiss what he is telling them. Alternate translation: “He is merely telling parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EZK 21 intro w2g3 0 # Ezekiel 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Refusing to learn

Judah has refused to learn from their punishment, so God is about to destroy the nation in war. +EZK 21 intro w2g3 0 # Ezekiel 21 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Refusing to learn

Judah has refused to learn from their punishment, so God is about to destroy the nation in war. EZK 21 1 hd7j figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 21 2 u51f 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity or “Mortal person” or “Human.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). EZK 21 2 m1q8 translate-symaction 0 set your face toward Jerusalem This is a command to stare at Jerusalem as a symbol of punishing the people there. Alternate translation: “stare at Jerusalem” or “stare at Jerusalem so that the people there will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ EZK 21 31 z1g9 0 craftsmen of destruction Alternate translation: “men who ca EZK 21 32 cv2j 0 You will become fuel for the fire Alternate translation: “The fire will burn up your bodies” EZK 21 32 w6d5 0 Your blood will be in the midst of the land Alternate translation: “Your blood will soak into the ground of your land” EZK 21 32 h97t figs-activepassive 0 You will not be remembered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will remember you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZK 22 intro v9yg 0 # Ezekiel 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Continuous evil

Murder, idolatry and all sorts of evil have been done in Jerusalem; so God will destroy the city and scatter the people among the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +EZK 22 intro v9yg 0 # Ezekiel 22 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Continuous evil

Murder, idolatry and all sorts of evil have been done in Jerusalem; so God will destroy the city and scatter the people among the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) EZK 22 1 r5l7 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 22 2 v6kn figs-rquestion 0 Now you, son of man, will you judge? Will you judge the city of blood? This rhetorical question functions as a command. AT. “Son of man, go and judge. Go and judge the city of blood.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EZK 22 2 eh7w 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ EZK 22 30 fph5 figs-metonymy 0 for the land so I would not destroy it Here the EZK 22 31 v2tp figs-metaphor 0 pour out my indignation upon them This speaks of Yahweh punishing the people as if his indignation were a liquid that he poured out on them. Alternate translation: “I will punish the people because of my indignation for them” or “I will punish the people because of my anger against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 22 31 l4q3 0 indignation anger of a person who has suffered injustice EZK 22 31 dh4t figs-metaphor 0 I will finish them with the fire of my indignation This speaks of how harsh Yahweh’s judgement is by comparing it to a fire. Here destroying the people is referred to as “finishing” them. Alternate translation: “I will destroy them with my wrath which is as intense as a blazing fire” or “I will destroy them with my wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EZK 23 intro tr7w 0 # Ezekiel 23 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Israel and Judah have been unfaithful to God by worshiping idols. They are compared to two unfaithful wives who have repeatedly committed adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 23 intro tr7w 0 # Ezekiel 23 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Israel and Judah have been unfaithful to God by worshiping idols. They are compared to two unfaithful wives who have repeatedly committed adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 23 1 n9qw figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 23 2 z293 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 23 3 rn52 figs-activepassive 0 Their breasts were squeezed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Men squeezed their breasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ EZK 23 47 qul5 figs-idiom 0 cut them down This is an idiom. Alternate translati EZK 23 49 lkh2 0 So they will set your “So the company will set your.” The word “they” refers to the “company” of people from [Ezekiel 23:47](../23/47.md). EZK 23 49 fgf1 figs-idiom 0 set your shameful behavior against you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause you to accept responsibility for your shameful behavior” or “punish you for your shameful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 23 49 uj93 figs-explicit 0 bear the guilt of your sins with your idols “accept responsibility for the guilt of your sins with your idols.” This implies that they will be punished for their sins. Alternate translation: “receive the punishment for sinning by worshiping your idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZK 24 intro ej5j 0 # Ezekiel 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Too many sins to be forgiven

The people of Jerusalem cannot be cleaned from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Jerusalem is compared to a pot, so rusted that it cannot be cleaned from its rust. They have been completely rotted by their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 24 intro ej5j 0 # Ezekiel 24 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Too many sins to be forgiven

The people of Jerusalem cannot be cleaned from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Jerusalem is compared to a pot, so rusted that it cannot be cleaned from its rust. They have been completely rotted by their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 24 1 s2z2 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks to Ezekiel. EZK 24 1 e7xf figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 24 1 zmw7 translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year “in year 9.” This refers to how long they had been in exile under King Jehoiachin. Alternate translation: “in the ninth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ EZK 24 27 xr34 figs-activepassive 0 your mouth will be opened up If your langua EZK 24 27 t54k figs-litotes 0 you will speak—you will no longer be silent Both of these phrases mean that Ezekiel will speak. In the second phrase it is stated in negative form to emphasize that he will speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EZK 24 27 x42v figs-metaphor 0 You will be a sign for them Here the word “sign” refers to something that communicates a special warning to those who see it. Yahweh speaks of Ezekiel and his actions as being this warning. See how you translated this metaphor in [Ezekiel 12:6](../12/06.md). Alternate translation: “You will be a warning for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 24 27 v14c figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Prophecy against other nations
This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Prophecy against other nations
This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 25 1 fc5p figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 25 2 hr8s 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 25 2 t1h5 translate-symaction 0 set your face against the people of Ammon This is a command to stare at the people of Ammon as a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “stare at the people of Ammon” or “stare at the people of Ammon so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) @@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ EZK 25 16 f57y 0 Behold This tells the reader to pay special attention to what EZK 25 16 y9w5 figs-metonymy 0 I will reach out with my hand against the Philistines Here Yahweh’s power is represented by his “hand.” Alternate translation: “I will turn my powerful hand against the Philistines” or “I will turn my great power against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 25 16 td5r figs-idiom 0 I will cut off This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will destroy” or “I will get rid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 25 16 sc1u translate-names 0 Kerethites people who lived in the city of Kereth in Philistia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 26 1 t2ex translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 26 1 z8up translate-ordinal 0 on the first day of the month “on day 1 of the month.” It is uncertain which month of the Hebrew calendar Ezekiel meant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 26 1 qf5l figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ EZK 26 20 npm2 figs-personification 0 then I will bring you down to the people EZK 26 20 k4z8 figs-metonymy 0 the pit This refers to the grave. Because the grave was thought to be the entrance to the world of the dead, the pit also represents that world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 26 20 c3ul figs-metaphor 0 stand in the land of the living This represents being restored to the city’s former existence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 26 21 lui3 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will place disaster on you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **disaster**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “terrible” or the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will bring you to a terrible end” or “I will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 27 1 w529 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 27 2 x6yp 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 27 2 zc5g figs-abstractnouns 0 begin a lamentation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lamentation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “lament.” Alternate translation: “begin to lament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ EZK 27 35 yhh2 0 shuddered Alternate translation: “shook, trembled with fear EZK 27 35 l348 figs-metonymy 0 Their faces trembled Here “faces” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “They appear to be trembling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 27 36 vh13 translate-symaction 0 hiss at you Hissing was making a whistling sound through the teeth. It may have been out of dismay, grief, or surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EZK 27 36 wj8x figs-abstractnouns 0 you have become a horror If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **horror**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “dreadful.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have become dreadful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EZK 28 intro b1j6 0 # Ezekiel 28 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Tyre concludes in this chapter. Tyre will be destroyed because of its pride and unfair business practices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 28 intro b1j6 0 # Ezekiel 28 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Tyre concludes in this chapter. Tyre will be destroyed because of its pride and unfair business practices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 28 1 g4fl figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 28 2 c7sq 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 28 2 gi4w figs-metonymy 0 Your heart is arrogant Here “heart” represents the will or thoughts of the ruler of Tyre. Alternate translation: “You are arrogant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ EZK 28 25 y9f5 0 so the nations may see Alternate translation: “in such a wa EZK 28 25 n75q figs-metonymy 0 my servant Jacob Here “Jacob” represents the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “the descendants of my servant Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 28 26 m5nf 0 within her Alternate translation: “in the land” EZK 28 26 cn86 figs-abstractnouns 0 when I execute justice on all If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “judge.” Alternate translation: “when I judge all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EZK 29 intro qm8t 0 # Ezekiel 29 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a prophecy against Egypt and its king, Pharaoh. Because Egypt did not fulfill its promise of protecting Judah, it will be conquered by Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) +EZK 29 intro qm8t 0 # Ezekiel 29 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a prophecy against Egypt and its king, Pharaoh. Because Egypt did not fulfill its promise of protecting Judah, it will be conquered by Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) EZK 29 1 nk1i translate-ordinal 0 In the tenth year It can be stated clearly that this was the tenth year of Jehoiachin’s exile. Alternate translation: “In the tenth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 29 1 h48u translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the tenth month on the twelfth day of the month “on the twelfth day of the tenth month.” This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twelfth day is near the beginning of January on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 29 1 kjl4 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ EZK 29 20 g36f figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh EZK 29 21 i2nc figs-metonymy 0 I will make a horn sprout up for the house of Israel An animal horn represents the animal’s strength, so horn is a metonym for strength. God speaks of making Israel strong as if Israel were an animal, and he were to cause its horn to grow. Alternate translation: “I will make the people of Israel strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 29 21 uf1d figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. Here it refers to the people of Israel, the descendants of Jacob whom God called Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 29 21 hj6u 0 speak in their midst Alternate translation: “speak to them” -EZK 30 intro pp8x 0 # Ezekiel 30 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. Babylon will destroy all the towns of Egypt and their allies will not be able to help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 30 intro pp8x 0 # Ezekiel 30 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. Babylon will destroy all the towns of Egypt and their allies will not be able to help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 30 1 q2x2 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about a message that Yahweh gave him. EZK 30 1 fl7h figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 30 2 v8k8 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ EZK 30 25 wjm9 figs-metonymy 0 while Pharaoh’s arms will fall Here “Pharaoh EZK 30 25 g2eq 0 Then they Here, the word **they** could refer to: (1) “the Egyptians” or (2) “all people who hear what Yahweh has done.” EZK 30 25 mku4 0 for he will attack the land of Egypt with it Alternate translation: “and the king of Babylon will attack the land of Egypt with my sword” EZK 30 26 mv68 figs-parallelism 0 scatter Egypt among the nations and disperse them through the lands These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated similar phrases in [Ezekiel 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EZK 31 intro chn5 0 # Ezekiel 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. God told Egypt to remember what happened to Assyria when it became proud. This same things will now happen to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +EZK 31 intro chn5 0 # Ezekiel 31 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. God told Egypt to remember what happened to Assyria when it became proud. This same things will now happen to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) EZK 31 1 db1f 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EZK 31 1 t3pb translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 26:1](../26/01.md). Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EZK 31 1 ghs3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the third month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the third month.” This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. This first day is near the beginning of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ EZK 31 18 qmp4 0 with the trees of Eden Alternate translation: “like the oth EZK 31 18 yp8v 0 to the lowest parts of the earth Alternate translation: “to a place deep in the ground” EZK 31 18 m128 0 among the uncircumcised Alternate translation: “where you will be with people who are not circumcised” EZK 31 18 m3da figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZK 32 intro vpr6 0 # Ezekiel 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Egypt and its king concludes in this chapter. Egypt will have its army destroyed, just as happened to so many other nations. Beginning in verse 1, the land of Egypt is addressed through Pharaoh, its king, so God refers to Egypt as “he” and “him.” However, beginning in verse 12, Egypt is referred to as “she” and “her,” as if she were a woman. It was common in Hebrew for lands and countries to be referred to as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 32 intro vpr6 0 # Ezekiel 32 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The prophecy against Egypt and its king concludes in this chapter. Egypt will have its army destroyed, just as happened to so many other nations. Beginning in verse 1, the land of Egypt is addressed through Pharaoh, its king, so God refers to Egypt as “he” and “him.” However, beginning in verse 12, Egypt is referred to as “she” and “her,” as if she were a woman. It was common in Hebrew for lands and countries to be referred to as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 32 1 r6qy 0 Then it happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EZK 32 1 esv2 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twelfth month … on the first of the month This is the twelfth and final month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the end of February. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 32 1 vh9u translate-ordinal 0 of the twelfth year This refers to the twelfth year of the reign of King Jehoiachin. Alternate translation: “of the twelfth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ EZK 32 31 u77n figs-explicit 0 Pharaoh will look It can be made explicit who Ph EZK 32 31 gyv1 figs-explicit 0 be comforted about all his multitudes It is implied that Pharaoh will be comforted because the armies of other great kings also died. Alternate translation: “will comfort himself that he was not the only king whose entire army died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZK 32 32 gpa3 0 I put him as my terrifying one in the land of the living Alternate translation: “While Pharaoh was still alive, I made him to terrify people” EZK 32 32 xw85 figs-activepassive 0 he will be laid down in the midst of the uncircumcised This can be put in active form. Alternate translation: “Others will lay him in the midst of the uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZK 33 intro bez7 0 # Ezekiel 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance

God does not want sinners to die. He wants them to repent and live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +EZK 33 intro bez7 0 # Ezekiel 33 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repentance

God does not want sinners to die. He wants them to repent and live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) EZK 33 1 zsm8 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 33 2 ncc7 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” EZK 33 2 u95d figs-metonymy 0 a sword against any land The word “sword” refers to an enemy army that attacks. Also, “land” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “an army to attack the people of any land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ EZK 33 32 ra8c figs-activepassive 0 that is well played on a stringed instrumen EZK 33 32 b8sk 0 stringed instrument something that has strings and people use to make music EZK 33 33 z7bj 0 behold! The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “indeed!” EZK 33 33 h6fe 0 that a prophet has been among them Alternate translation: “that I really sent you as a prophet to them” -EZK 34 intro lc2c 0 # Ezekiel 34 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### God protects the people

God is against those who exploit others. He will protect and take care of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people of Israel are compared to sheep and God and the son of David as good shepherds. This is a common metaphor in scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 34 intro lc2c 0 # Ezekiel 34 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God protects the people

God is against those who exploit others. He will protect and take care of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people of Israel are compared to sheep and God and the son of David as good shepherds. This is a common metaphor in scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 34 1 uc2g figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In chapter 34, Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and the leaders of Israel were the shepherds that were supposed to care for the flock but have not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 34 1 bhs2 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 34 2 ej5p 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ EZK 34 29 g731 figs-metonymy 0 they will not bear the scorn of the nations Here EZK 34 30 s92f figs-idiom 0 I, Yahweh their God, am with them Here “I … am with them” is an idiom that means Yahweh helps them. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh their God, am helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 34 30 j3r4 0 with them. They are my people This can be stated as one sentence. Alternate translation: “with them, and that they are my people” EZK 34 31 r38j figs-metaphor 0 For you are my sheep, the flock of my pasture This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and Yahweh is their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EZK 35 intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Edom

Because the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed. +EZK 35 intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Edom

Because the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed. EZK 35 1 e4ea 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak a prophecy. Ezekiel is to speak to Mount Seir, but the message is for all of the people of Edom. EZK 35 1 ir7d figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 35 2 dl8l 0 Son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human” @@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ EZK 35 14 bfc7 figs-metonymy 0 the entire earth rejoices Here “earth” repre EZK 35 15 zg6c figs-metaphor 0 As you rejoiced over the inheritance of the people of Israel because of its desolation This speaks of the land that Yahweh gave to the Israelites as their inheritance. Alternate translation: “As you rejoiced when I made the land of the Israelites desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 35 15 et5r 0 I will do the same to you This could mean: (1) I will make your land desolate” or (2) “I will rejoice when your land is desolate” or (3) “I will make other people rejoice because of your desolation.” EZK 35 15 d1la 0 Then they will know The word **they** possibly refers to (1) “the people of the earth” or (2) “the people of Israel and Judah.” -EZK 36 intro i2lt 0 # Ezekiel 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel restored

Israel is promised to be restored by Yahweh. Because of his honor, God will bring Israel back to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

### New hearts

God will forgive Israel’s sin and give them the desire to obey him. This is expressed by the metonym “heart.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +EZK 36 intro i2lt 0 # Ezekiel 36 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel restored

Israel is promised to be restored by Yahweh. Because of his honor, God will bring Israel back to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

### New hearts

God will forgive Israel’s sin and give them the desire to obey him. This is expressed by the metonym “heart.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) EZK 36 1 aj63 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak a prophecy. Ezekiel is to speak to the mountains of Israel, but the message is for all of the people of Israel. EZK 36 1 zh9m 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 36 1 td84 figs-personification 0 prophesy to the mountains of Israel God wants Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people. The message is for the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ EZK 36 37 qz48 figs-metonymy 0 I will be asked by the house of Israel Here “h EZK 36 37 l77n figs-metaphor 0 to increase them like a flock of people Yahweh causing the people to multiply greatly and quickly is spoken of as if they were a flock of sheep. Sheep multiply very quickly. Alternate translation: “to make them multiply like a flock of sheep” or “to make the people multiply quickly like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 36 38 e5pt figs-activepassive 0 Like the flock is set apart for sacrifices, like the flock in Jerusalem at her appointed feasts The phrase “is set apart” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Like the great number of sheep that the people set apart for sacrifices or bring to Jerusalem for the appointed feasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZK 36 38 g2vl figs-metaphor 0 so will the ruined cities be filled with flocks of people This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so will the great number of people be who will be living in the cities that are now ruined but the people will rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel restored
God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel restored
God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 37 1 l68y 0 General Information: Ezekiel is speaking. EZK 37 1 pqu1 figs-metonymy 0 The hand of Yahweh was upon me The word “hand” is often used to refer to someone’s power or action. A person with his hand on another person has power over that other person. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh was controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 37 1 j93q 0 in the midst Alternate translation: “in the middle” @@ -2542,7 +2542,7 @@ EZK 37 26 ad1d 0 my holy place Alternate translation: “my holy sanctuary” EZK 37 26 x4w7 0 in their midst Alternate translation: “among them” EZK 37 27 lwv7 0 My dwelling place Alternate translation: “The place where I live” EZK 37 27 srg8 0 I will be their God, and they will be my people See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 11:20](../11/20.md). -EZK 38 intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel. +EZK 38 intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel. EZK 38 1 y6kr figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 38 2 er1m translate-symaction 0 set your face toward Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince … Tubal This is a command to stare at Gog and Magog as a symbol of punishing the people there. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Stare at the land of Magog and at Gog, the chief prince … Tubal” or “Stare at Gog, the chief prince … Tubal, and at the land of Magog so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EZK 38 2 f2v4 figs-metonymy 0 set your face Here “face” is a metonym for attention or gaze, and “set your face” represents staring. Alternate translation: “stare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ EZK 38 22 hl4u 0 hailstones ice that falls out of the sky EZK 38 23 b4wq figs-abstractnouns 0 show my greatness and my holiness The abstract nouns “greatness” and “holiness” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “show that I am great and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EZK 38 23 a9ff figs-metonymy 0 I will make myself known in the eyes of the many nations Here “eyes” refers to sight, which is a metonym for understanding. Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to understand who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 38 23 v92x figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EZK 39 intro m8b8 0 # Ezekiel 39 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes the prophecy against Gog. God will destroy Gog and his army. +EZK 39 intro m8b8 0 # Ezekiel 39 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes the prophecy against Gog. God will destroy Gog and his army. EZK 39 1 q3ya 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh gives Ezekiel his message to Gog. EZK 39 1 f9pu 0 son of man God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human” EZK 39 1 pml6 0 Behold! This tells the reader to pay special attention to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you!” @@ -2697,7 +2697,7 @@ EZK 39 29 rdl6 figs-idiom 0 I will no longer hide my face from them Here “no EZK 39 29 lz2m figs-metaphor 0 when I pour out my Spirit on the house of Israel Here to give the Spirit abundantly is spoken of as to “pour out” the Spirit. Alternate translation: “when I generously give my Spirit to the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EZK 39 29 z9b1 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EZK 39 29 jha5 figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZK 40 intro w1r3 0 # Ezekiel 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### The new temple and city

In a vision, Ezekiel saw a man measuring the wall of a new temple. The next chapters will give precise measurements for the construction of a temple to be built. This was not the temple of Ezra’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +EZK 40 intro w1r3 0 # Ezekiel 40 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### The new temple and city

In a vision, Ezekiel saw a man measuring the wall of a new temple. The next chapters will give precise measurements for the construction of a temple to be built. This was not the temple of Ezra’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) EZK 40 1 c448 translate-ordinal 0 twenty-fifth … tenth … fourteenth These words are the ordinal forms of 25, 10, and 14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 40 1 i9cg figs-explicit 0 of our captivity Here “our” refers to Ezekiel and the Israelites who have been in Babylon since the Babylonians forced King Jehoiachin to leave Jerusalem, but not to the reader. Alternate translation: “after we became captives” or “after the Babylonians took us as captives to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EZK 40 1 jqw4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the beginning of the year on the tenth day of the month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is in April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -2838,7 +2838,7 @@ EZK 40 48 kr6i 0 three cubits about 1.6 meters EZK 40 49 tbs4 0 twenty cubits about 11 meters EZK 40 49 yp5x 0 eleven cubits about 6 meters EZK 40 49 q4z1 0 columns pieces of stone that were tall and narrow and supported the roof of the building -EZK 41 intro unn8 0 # Ezekiel 41 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on the courtyard of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +EZK 41 intro unn8 0 # Ezekiel 41 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on the courtyard of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) EZK 41 1 w4s3 0 the temple’s holy place the room in the temple in front of the “most holy place” EZK 41 1 rh4q 0 six cubits in width on either side These cubits were the “long” cubits ([Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md)), 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). “they were six cubits in width on both sides” EZK 41 1 f5xb translate-bdistance 0 six cubits about 3.2 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -2889,7 +2889,7 @@ EZK 41 24 p6xg 0 These doors had two hinged door panels each “Each door had EZK 41 24 eq5j 0 two panels for one door and two panels for the other Alternate translation: “both of the doors for both the holy place and the most holy place had two parts” EZK 41 25 ik75 0 just as the walls were decorated Alternate translation: “just as the walls also had carvings of cherubim and palm trees” EZK 41 25 fd1y 0 portico covering in front of an entrance with columns or posts for support. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md). -EZK 42 intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EZK 42 intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EZK 42 1 i2dg 0 the outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md). EZK 42 2 b17d translate-bdistance 0 one hundred cubits … fifty cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “100 cubits…50 cubits” or “about 54 meters … about 27 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EZK 42 3 xw1y translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “20 cubits” or “about 11 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -2912,7 +2912,7 @@ EZK 42 16 e5i4 translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits Each long cubit was ab EZK 42 20 b3mm 0 It had a wall around it Alternate translation: “The house had a wall all around it” EZK 42 20 kh7v translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “500 cubits” or “about 270 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EZK 42 20 cqu5 0 common not holy -EZK 43 intro n8nq 0 # Ezekiel 43 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. God entered the temple. He told the people not to defile the temple by being idol worshipers or by having the funerals of their kings in the temple courtyard. He also told them what offerings to make each day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +EZK 43 intro n8nq 0 # Ezekiel 43 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. God entered the temple. He told the people not to defile the temple by being idol worshipers or by having the funerals of their kings in the temple courtyard. He also told them what offerings to make each day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) EZK 43 2 qi98 0 Behold! The word “Behold” here alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. EZK 43 2 e4w7 0 many waters This simply means “a lot of water.” It could refer to a loud river or a large waterfall or the waves crashing at the ocean. All of these are very loud. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 1:24](../01/24.md). EZK 43 2 m5fd 0 the earth shone with his glory Alternate translation: “the earth was full of bright light from his glory” @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ EZK 43 25 kse4 figs-pronouns 0 You must prepare This is spoken to Ezekiel and s EZK 43 27 w2ig 0 it will come about that This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the instructions. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EZK 43 27 c3ch figs-pronouns 0 your burnt offerings … your peace offerings … accept you The words “your” and “you” are second person plural and refer to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EZK 43 27 l94i 0 will accept you Alternate translation: “will gladly receive you” -EZK 44 intro jl5n 0 # Ezekiel 44 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. Foreigners and the Levites who have worshiped idols are not allowed in the temple. The priests alone will do the temple work. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +EZK 44 intro jl5n 0 # Ezekiel 44 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. Foreigners and the Levites who have worshiped idols are not allowed in the temple. The priests alone will do the temple work. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) EZK 44 1 zm7u 0 to the outer sanctuary gate that faced east Alternate translation: “to the outer sanctuary gate on the east side of the temple” EZK 44 2 n9ff figs-activepassive 0 it will not be opened This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will open it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EZK 44 2 zv5f 0 the God of Israel See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:4](../08/04.md). @@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ EZK 44 28 p1ts 0 in Israel Alternate translation: “in the land of Israel” EZK 44 30 f4lm 0 every contribution, anything from all of your contributions Alternate translation: “every gift of whatever kind from all your gifts” or “all gifts of every sort of all of your gifts” EZK 44 30 k6ar figs-idiom 0 so that blessing may rest on your house This phrase means “so that I will bless your family and everything that belongs to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EZK 44 31 ydb2 figs-activepassive 0 or animal torn by a beast, whether bird or beast This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “or any creature that a bird or a wild animal has torn apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EZK 45 intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) +EZK 45 intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]]) EZK 45 1 j186 translate-bdistance 0 twenty-five thousand cubits in length … ten thousand cubits in width Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits long…10,000 cubits wide” or “about 13.5 kilometers long … about 5.4 kilometers wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EZK 45 1 rhe7 0 all its area round about Alternate translation: “all of the area inside of the borders around it” EZK 45 2 ftd5 translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits … fifty cubits in width Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. Alternate translation: “500 cubits…50 cubits wide” or “about 270 meters … about 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -3052,7 +3052,7 @@ EZK 45 24 h4z8 translate-bvolume 0 a hin You may convert this to a modern measu EZK 45 24 s3eh translate-bvolume 0 each ephah You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “each twenty-two liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EZK 45 25 fn33 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the fifteenth day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EZK 45 25 v9fx 0 at the festival This is a different festival from the festival Ezekiel was describing before. -EZK 46 intro b7h2 0 # Ezekiel 46 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on many of the temple’s rules. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +EZK 46 intro b7h2 0 # Ezekiel 46 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on many of the temple’s rules. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) EZK 46 1 pc25 figs-123person 0 The Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EZK 46 1 m74l 0 The gate of the inner courtyard, facing east Alternate translation: “the gate on the east side of the inner courtyard” or “the eastern gate of the inner courtyard” EZK 46 1 w3m7 0 inner courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md). @@ -3073,7 +3073,7 @@ EZK 46 20 u2ic 0 outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5] EZK 46 21 e6xs 0 outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md). EZK 46 22 pwg8 translate-bdistance 0 forty cubits … thirty Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “40 cubits…30 cubits” or “about 21.6 meters … about 16.2 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EZK 46 23 kg1g 0 cooking hearths places where people can build fire and cook food -EZK 47 intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) +EZK 47 intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) EZK 47 1 ej9g 0 to the right of the altar This is the right side of the altar when a person looks at it while they are facing east, so it is on the south side of the altar. Alternate translation: “on the south side of the altar” EZK 47 2 e7pw 0 the gate facing east Alternate translation: “the eastern gate” or “the eastern gate of the outer wall” EZK 47 3 zm72 0 measuring line a string or a rope that people use to measure longer distances @@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ EZK 47 19 vu4h 0 the brook of Egypt a very large ravine in the northeast part EZK 47 20 u2zi translate-names 0 Hamath This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EZK 47 23 hhn8 0 Then it will happen that See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 21:7](../21/07.md). EZK 47 23 w2zf figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well. +EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well. EZK 48 1 d7s2 0 one portion of land Alternate translation: “one piece of the land that you will distribute” EZK 48 1 tj9i 0 boundary will run … boundary will go Alternate translation: “boundary will be … boundary will be” EZK 48 1 gf1l 0 Hethlon This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:15](../47/15.md). diff --git a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv index 7e5271229a..f696cfe799 100644 --- a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Daniel

1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)
1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)
1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)
1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)
1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)
1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)
1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)
1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)
1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)
1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)
1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)
1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)
1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)
1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)

### What is the Book of Daniel about?

The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.

The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?

Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?

Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### When did the seventy weeks begin?

The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.

### Who was Darius the Mede?

Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How does Daniel use the word “king”?

Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.

### How many chapters does Daniel have?

Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them. -DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

### Training for government jobs

Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Food laws

The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Training for government jobs

Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Food laws

The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it Alternate translation: “to stop the people from receiving any supplies” DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DAN 1 19 u1am figs-litotes 0 among the whole group there were none to compare w DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md). DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus Alternate translation: “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon” -DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s dream

Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### How Daniel knew the dream

Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men. +DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s dream

Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### How Daniel knew the dream

Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men. DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams” DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ DAN 2 47 ifr1 0 the one who reveals mysteries Translate “the one who reveals DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery Alternate translation: “to reveal the mystery of my dream” DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler Alternate translation: “The king made Daniel the ruler” DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach … Meshach … Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md) -DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s new idol

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

### The furnace

There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born. +DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king’s new idol

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])

### The furnace

There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born. DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue … He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ DAN 3 29 h7gq figs-metonymy 0 any people, nation, or language that speaks Here DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God” DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart” DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this” -DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king becomes insane

The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him. +DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The king becomes insane

The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him. DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ DAN 4 36 c3xy 0 my noblemen sought my favor Alternate translation: “my noble DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought … greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The writing on the wall

God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin
These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. +DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The writing on the wall

God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin
These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet. DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of Alternate translation: “he drank wine in the presence of” @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive 0 A chain of gold was put around his neck If y DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom” DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel and the lions

Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. +DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Daniel and the lions

Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all. DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon. DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius Alternate translation: “King Darius decided” DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom shall not be destroyed If your l DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end Alternate translation: “he will rule forever” DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel” DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius. -DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### The four beasts

There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### The Son of Man

God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) +DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.

## Special concepts in this chapter
### The four beasts

There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### The Son of Man

God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]]) DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ DAN 7 27 eti4 0 His kingdom Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the Most DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom Alternate translation: “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end” DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision” DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance Alternate translation: “my face became pale” -DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The vision of the ram and the male goat

Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) +DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The vision of the ram and the male goat

Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]]) DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vis DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days” DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me” DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision” -DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daniel told the future
Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26

This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. +DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Daniel told the future
Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])

### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26

This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers. DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6. DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ DAN 9 27 l267 0 someone who makes desolate Alternate translation: “a person DAN 9 27 i8lk figs-activepassive 0 A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DAN 9 27 x6c9 figs-doublet 0 A full end and destruction These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) DAN 9 27 t53m 0 the one who has made the desolation Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction” -DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) DAN 10 1 if3j translate-ordinal 0 the third year of Cyrus king of Persia “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) DAN 10 1 mci4 figs-activepassive 0 a message was revealed to Daniel This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) DAN 10 1 vf8c 0 insight the ability to understand more than what can be seen @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ DAN 10 21 f6mz 0 who shows himself to be strong Alternate translation: “who DAN 10 21 x9us 0 There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them” DAN 10 21 t5rl figs-you 0 Michael your prince The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) DAN 10 21 p2z5 0 Michael your prince “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md). -DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) DAN 11 1 iik8 0 General Information: In Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md). DAN 11 1 rm8a figs-explicit 0 In the first year of Darius Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) DAN 11 2 eq9g 0 Three kings will arise in Persia Alternate translation: “Three kings will rule over Persia” @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ DAN 11 44 dsf1 0 to set many apart for destruction Alternate translation: “t DAN 11 45 cil2 0 the tent of his royal residence This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war. DAN 11 45 dk8u 0 between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem. DAN 11 45 k8sp figs-metonymy 0 the mountain of the beauty of holiness This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]]) +DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]]) DAN 12 1 c4hl 0 Michael, the great prince Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.” DAN 12 1 svv2 figs-idiom 0 Michael … will rise up Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) DAN 12 1 c1ic figs-activepassive 0 your people will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv index 123a663fe5..8f4dc825ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Hosea

1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)
1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)
1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)
* Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)
* Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)
* The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)
* Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)
* Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)
* Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)
* Idolatry (13:1–8)
1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)
1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)

### What is the Book of Hosea about?

This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.

Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?

Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?

God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### What is a lawsuit?

Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).

### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?

Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?

The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.

### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?

Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.

### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?

In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]]) -HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hosea’s marriage
God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel. +HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hosea’s marriage
God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])

Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel. HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah … Jotham … Ahaz … Hezekiah … Jeroboam … Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ HOS 1 10 lb2w figs-activepassive 0 it will be said to them If your language doe HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity. HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) +HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea. HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ HOS 2 23 jl7b figs-metaphor 0 I will plant her for myself in the land When God HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) +HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman. HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ HOS 3 5 klf5 0 seek Yahweh their God Here “seek” means they are asking God HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days Alternate translation: “in the future” HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lawsuits

Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lawsuits

Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites. HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md). @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ HOS 4 17 y9hs 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel. HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh. HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.

## Special concepts in this chapter

The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.

## Special concepts in this chapter

The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel. HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ HOS 5 14 rse7 0 I, even I Yahweh is emphasizing that he is the one that is bri HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people. HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Change in speaker
There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Change in speaker
There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent. HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces … he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us … he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ HOS 6 10 f2vh 0 Israel has become unclean Israel has become unacceptable to Go HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security -HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Baking

Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel and Ephraim
This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. +HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Baking

Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel and Ephraim
This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel. HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ HOS 7 16 k39m 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **mockery**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.
Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah. +HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.
Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah. HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom. HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ HOS 8 12 ww4c figs-hypo 0 I could write down my law for them ten thousand times HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians. -HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in speaker
In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. +HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exile
Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in speaker
In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking. HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking. HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ HOS 9 15 c3ji figs-metonymy 0 I will drive them out of my house Yahweh is stati HOS 9 15 z8j7 0 their officials the men who serve the king HOS 9 16 iyy3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in verse 16. Hosea begins speaking in verse 17. HOS 9 16 i7bg figs-metaphor 0 Ephraim is diseased, and their root is dried up; they bear no fruit Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a diseased tree that does not produce fruit and is ready to be cut down. This is a statement that the people have become weak, and that soon their enemies will come and defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Jacob

The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Jacob

The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 10 1 px1g 0 General Information: Hosea is speaking about Israel. HOS 10 1 rq8z figs-metaphor 0 Israel is a luxuriant vine that produces his fruit Israel is spoken of as a vine that was very fruitful. For a while the people prospered and were strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 10 1 z9ge 0 a luxuriant vine This vine produces more fruit than normal. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ HOS 10 14 yp1i 0 It will be as Shalman destroyed Beth Arbel on a day of battle HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical question

Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical question

Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child. HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ HOS 11 11 kmq4 0 the declaration of Yahweh “what Yahweh has declared” or HOS 11 12 i52h 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel and Judah. HOS 11 12 mtk3 figs-parallelism 0 Ephraim surrounds me with falsehood, and the house of Israel with deceit Lies and deceitful acts are spoken of as if they were objects that the people of the northern kingdom surrounded Yahweh with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 11 12 csf5 figs-metonymy 0 But Judah is still going about with me Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. This speaks of being loyal to God as “going about” with him. However, many versions have different interpretations of this difficult passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jacob

There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jacob

There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) HOS 12 1 k8wj 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking. HOS 12 1 ec28 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim feeds on the wind Here “Ephraim” represents all the people of Israel. Also “wind” represents something that is useless or temporary. The people of Israel doing things that will not help them is spoken of as if they eat the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 12 1 g9zd figs-metonymy 0 follows after the east wind East winds were very hot and destructive to the land. Here it represents anything that is destructive. The people doing things that will destroy themselves is spoken of as if they are following the east wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ HOS 12 13 a8xe 0 by a prophet That is, Moses. HOS 12 14 v7cg 0 bitterly The anger that the people have caused in Yahweh is extremely great. HOS 12 14 czc8 figs-metonymy 0 So his Lord will leave his blood on him Here “blood” refers to the guilt incurred by people who murder others. God will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 12 14 ay94 figs-metaphor 0 will turn back on him his disgrace The idea of making someone suffer the results of his own actions is spoken of as if those actions were objects that were thrown back at him. Alternate translation: “will make him suffer from his own disgraceful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HOS 13 1 u92j 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking. HOS 13 1 aw8s figs-synecdoche 0 When Ephraim spoke Hosea uses the term “Ephraim” to refer to the entire northern kingdom, although it was also the name of one of the ten tribes. Hosea seems to be speaking of a long-past time, when the northern kingdom was strong and honored, unlike at the present time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HOS 13 1 hyz3 0 there was trembling It is understood that people were trembling because they were afraid of Ephraim. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “there was trembling among the people” or “people trembled in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ HOS 13 16 y8fa figs-metonymy 0 Samaria will be guilty, for she has rebelled aga HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Speaker
The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.
There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking. +HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Speaker
The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.
There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking. HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking. HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv index a673ce9868..91dc3b7b65 100644 --- a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Joel

1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)
* Locusts and drought (1:1–20)
* The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)
1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)
* The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)
* The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)
* Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)
* Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)

### What is the Book of Joel about?

The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).

The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.

Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Joel?

This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?

Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.

There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.

Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.

Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.

### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?

Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?

All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.

It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts
This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.

It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ JOL 1 16 ppt5 figs-doublet שִׂמְחָ֥ה וָ⁠גִֽיל 1 joy and gladne JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams -JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts

This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Metaphor
The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Locusts

This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Metaphor
The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet … sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming. JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JOL 2 2 st7t וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 gloom total or partial darkness @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠ JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster -JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. +JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Israel
The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole. JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention” JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JOL 3 1 c3ys אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָשִׁ֛יב אֶת־שְׁב֥וּת יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 when I return the exiles of Judah and Jerusalem Alternate translation: “When I send the exiles back to Judah and Jerusalem” diff --git a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv index 02074d2b0f..d7fd85111c 100644 --- a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Amos

1. Amos introduced (1:1)
1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)
* The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)
* The southern kingdom (2:4–5)
* The northern kingdom (2:6–16)
1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)
1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)
1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)

### What is the Book of Amos about?

The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).

Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Amos?

The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How is justice described in Amos?

Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### What is a lawsuit?

Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### Where do the various narratives begin and end?

The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs. -AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.

### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”
The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Amos

1. Amos introduced (1:1)
1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)
* The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)
* The southern kingdom (2:4–5)
* The northern kingdom (2:6–16)
1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)
1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)
1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)

### What is the Book of Amos about?

The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).

Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Amos?

The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How is justice described in Amos?

Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### What is a lawsuit?

Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])

### Where do the various narratives begin and end?

The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs. +AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.

### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”
The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things Alternate translation: “This is the message” @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AMO 1 14 hpu5 figs-metaphor 0 with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind The fi AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest … whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms. AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Idiom
You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of … even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO 2 15 q2w6 figs-explicit 0 the fast runner will not escape The implied infor AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked This could mean: (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day Alternate translation: “at that time” AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. +AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message. AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word Alternate translation: “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message” AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you … against the whole family Alternate translation: “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you … about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you … about the whole family” AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel … the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO 3 15 law2 0 The houses of ivory “the houses that are decorated with ivor AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repetition
This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) +AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Repetition
This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]]) AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ AMO 4 13 krg8 figs-123person 0 he who forms the mountains … reveals his thoug AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness This could mean: (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening” AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this. -AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Place Names
This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### City gate
The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Place Names
This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### City gate
The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ AMO 5 25 fma5 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth … and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth … Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.” -AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses. +AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses. AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them. AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ AMO 6 14 yze1 0 look Alternate translation: “listen” or “pay attention AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season -AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reported speech
In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Reported speech
In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look … look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this. AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md). AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest Alternate translation: “after the king takes his share from the harvest” @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ AMO 7 16 dz72 figs-metonymy 0 do not speak against the house of Isaac Here “h AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and
how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”

This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and
how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”

This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!” AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit Alternate translation: “ripe fruit” AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ AMO 8 14 sg5b figs-metonymy 0 by the sin of Samaria Here “sin” represents t AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do. AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do. AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The declaration of Yahweh”
This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The declaration of Yahweh”
This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision. AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops … Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands. AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) diff --git a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv index ade34192f8..b6c71374c2 100644 --- a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MIC front intro hp4d 0 # Introduction to Micah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Micah

1. God promises to punish the northern and southern kingdoms (1:1–16)
1. Those who take advantage of others are guilty (2:1-3:12)
* Rich people who oppress poor people (2:1–11)
* Promise to be delivered and restored (2:12–13)
* Rulers, priests, and prophets condemned (3:1–12)
1. Yahweh’s victory for all Israel (4:1-5:15)
* Yahweh will rule over all the nations (4:1–10)
* Israel will be destroyed, then will be victorious over its enemies (4:11–13)
* Messiah will shepherd his flock and devastate the nations who fought against him (5:1–6)
* Messiah will destroy everything that harmed his people (5:7–15)
1. Yahweh’s case against Israel (6:1-16)
* Yahweh reminds Israel when he led them out of slavery in Egypt (6:1–5)
* Israel punished; true repentance (6:6–16)
1. Israel miserable and Israel restored (7:1-20)
* Israel broken and miserable (7:1–7)
* Israel will rise again (7:8–13)
* Yahweh restores and gives grace (7:14–20)

### What is the Book of Micah about?

This book contains many of Micah’s prophecies. Micah repeated many similar prophecies as found in Isaiah. Micah warned the kingdoms of Israel and Judah that the Assyrians would soon attack them. Micah condemned those who acted unjustly and immorally. He spoke against those who did not work for a living. He also spoke against the false prophets in Israel and Judah. These false prophets were telling the people that Yahweh would never let a foreign kingdom harm or conquer them.

Micah called the people to please Yahweh by living righteous and holy lives. However, the sinful way they lived and the unjust way they treated their fellow countrymen proved that they no longer wanted to obey and honor Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may decide to translate the traditional title “The Book of Micah” or just “Micah” in a way that is clearer to the readers. They may decide to call it “The Sayings of Micah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote Micah?

The prophet Micah probably wrote this book. Micah lived at the same time as Isaiah and Hosea. This was sometime between 750 and 700 B.C., during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah. He began prophesying when he lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. Then he moved to the kingdom of Judah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Who is the deliverer Micah mentions?

Micah frequently mentioned a king who would deliver the people. It is clear that Micah meant the Messiah, the descendant of David who would rule forever, though he never referred to him as the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### Were the Israelites required to offer sacrifices or live holy lives to please Yahweh?

Many of the Old Testament writers were concerned with offering sacrifices according to the law of Moses. However, Micah explained to the people that Yahweh was pleased only when they offered these sacrifices in faith. Without faith, the sacrifices had no meaning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Why does Micah 1:10-16 sound unusual?

This passage sounds unusual because of how it is constructed in Hebrew. It includes what is called a play on words. The names of the cities were used to describe how they would be destroyed. For example, in Hebrew “Lachish” sounds like “to the chariots.” This is a poetic form that might not be the actual way they would be punished.

### What does a translator need to know before translating Micah?

Micah did not often explain how his prophecies were historically situated. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information unless they understand Micah’s time. It is therefore suggested that translators understand well the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### How do I translate passages where the speaker or addressee is not mentioned explicitly?

Micah did not usually say who was speaking or who was being addressed. Reading the verses before and after the quote will often help the reader to understand who is speaking or being addressed. It is acceptable to make this information explicit so the reader can more easily understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### How should the text of Micah be formatted?

The ULT uses a poetic language style like the Hebrew text. Many languages can do this but some languages will not be able to do this. The ULT also sets apart the poetic portions of the text by setting the poetic lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. With the exception of the first verse, the entire book is indented because the prophecies were written as a series of poems. -MIC 1 intro e47z 0 # Micah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Micah is written mainly in a poetic form. Most of the prophets wrote to either the Northern Kingdom or the Southern Kingdom. Micah wrote to both of them at times without clear distinction, as he did in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### City Names

This passage sounds unusual in English because of its construction in Hebrew. It contains several “puns” or “plays on words.” The names of the cities are used to describe their destruction. “Lachish will be lashed” is an example of this type of construction. This poetic element might metaphors describing the actual way they will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MIC 1 intro e47z 0 # Micah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Micah is written mainly in a poetic form. Most of the prophets wrote to either the Northern Kingdom or the Southern Kingdom. Micah wrote to both of them at times without clear distinction, as he did in this chapter.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### City Names

This passage sounds unusual in English because of its construction in Hebrew. It contains several “puns” or “plays on words.” The names of the cities are used to describe their destruction. “Lachish will be lashed” is an example of this type of construction. This poetic element might metaphors describing the actual way they will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 1 1 bv15 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Micah to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MIC 1 1 c3k1 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to explain that a God gave a message to someone. Alternate translation: “the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MIC 1 1 ar46 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ MIC 1 15 vu14 translate-names 0 Mareshah You may want to make a footnote saying MIC 1 15 wh3u translate-names 0 Adullam This is the name of a royal city in Philistia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MIC 1 16 i5ub translate-symaction 0 Shave your head and cut off your hair Israelites who were mourning would shave bald spots on their heads. This could mean: (1) “Shave larger spots than usual on your heads” or (2) “Cut off all your hair and shave your heads,” stating the events in the order in which they were to occur. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MIC 1 16 nb8x 0 eagles This word can also be translated “vultures.” -MIC 2 intro jy29 0 # Micah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms in communicating that people who take advantage of others are guilty of sin and injustice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Context
Micah does not frequently explain the historical context of his prophecies. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information. Additional research may be needed regarding the time period of Micah’s ministry. Therefore, translators have a good understanding of the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MIC 2 intro jy29 0 # Micah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues using poetic forms in communicating that people who take advantage of others are guilty of sin and injustice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Context
Micah does not frequently explain the historical context of his prophecies. This may result in the translator failing to understand implicit information. Additional research may be needed regarding the time period of Micah’s ministry. Therefore, translators have a good understanding of the history of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MIC 2 1 c11k 0 General Information: Micah speaks against the leaders in Israel who are taking advantage of the poor and not following God’s commands. MIC 2 2 r4qb 0 They oppress a man “They oppress any man they choose to oppress.” This is a generalization. Micah is not speaking of one individual man here. MIC 2 3 r7sk 0 Look Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention” @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ MIC 2 11 fn9u figs-you 0 comes to you … will prophesy to you Micah is speakin MIC 2 11 mwp4 figs-you 0 he would be considered This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people would consider him” or “you would consider him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 2 12 l2ie figs-you 0 all of you, Jacob Micah is speaking to some of the descendants of Jacob, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 2 13 wz2q 0 Someone who breaks open their way … Yahweh will be at their head. This is a picture of a king leading his people out of an enclosed city. -MIC 3 intro wy5w 0 # Micah 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
An unjust society was considered sinful. It was considered to be against the law of Moses. If these kingdoms did not have justice, they were not obedient to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are vivid pictures used in this chapter which show how the leaders of the people were treating the Israelites. These situations are absurd unless taken as a metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MIC 3 intro wy5w 0 # Micah 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter
### Justice
An unjust society was considered sinful. It was considered to be against the law of Moses. If these kingdoms did not have justice, they were not obedient to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors
There are vivid pictures used in this chapter which show how the leaders of the people were treating the Israelites. These situations are absurd unless taken as a metaphor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 3 1 lg8w 0 General Information: Chapter 3 focuses on the corrupt leaders in Israel. MIC 3 1 bi75 0 I said Here “I” refers to Micah. MIC 3 1 cd9l figs-rquestion 0 Is it not right for you to understand justice? Micah is scolding the leaders. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You act as though you think it is wrong for you to understand justice.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ MIC 3 12 r9xr 0 because of you Here “you” refers to the priests, prophets, MIC 3 12 aqg2 figs-metaphor 0 Zion will become a plowed field … and the hill of the temple will become a thicket “Zion” and “the hill of the temple” refer to the same place. When a farmer plows a field, he turns over all the dirt and uproots all the plants that are growing there. A thicket is so full of bushes that no one can use it for anything. These two metaphors cannot be literally true at the same time, but they emphasize that Yahweh will allow the invaders to completely destroy the temple area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 3 12 k2is 0 a plowed field Alternate translation: “a field that a farmer has plowed” MIC 3 12 m86y 0 a thicket a place where many small woody plants grow -MIC 4 intro pzv8 0 # Micah 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the poetic form to communicate that God will one day restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Remanant
Micah speaks about a future hope and a remnant who will return to their homeland. Verses 1-8 are a vision of the future when God will restore Israel to its former glory. These verses will give hope to those about to be removed from their homeland. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) +MIC 4 intro pzv8 0 # Micah 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the poetic form to communicate that God will one day restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Remanant
Micah speaks about a future hope and a remnant who will return to their homeland. Verses 1-8 are a vision of the future when God will restore Israel to its former glory. These verses will give hope to those about to be removed from their homeland. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) MIC 4 1 rn5h figs-metaphor 0 the mountain … other mountains Yahweh making the temple mount higher than all other mountains and hills is a metaphor for making his temple the most important place on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 4 1 a15l figs-activepassive 0 the mountain of Yahweh’s house will be established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will establish the mountain on which his temple is built” or “Yahweh will make the mountain on which his temple is built great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MIC 4 1 pbd3 0 over the other mountains Mount Zion will be the most important of all the mountains. It might also mean that this mountain will become the highest in the world, and not only in the region where it is located. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ MIC 4 13 m3uk figs-metaphor 0 Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion, for I will ma MIC 4 13 tq8x figs-metaphor 0 I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze If your reader is not familiar with oxen or iron or bronze, you can remove the metaphor. Alternate translation: “for I will make you able to defeat and destroy every enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MIC 4 13 igd2 0 their unjust wealth Alternate translation: “the wealth they got by acting unjustly” or “the things they stole from other people” MIC 4 13 c3rt figs-abstractnouns 0 their wealth If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wealth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things that they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MIC 5 intro y1t7 0 # Micah 5 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in Personal Pronouns
Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.” +MIC 5 intro y1t7 0 # Micah 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Change in Personal Pronouns
Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.” MIC 5 1 f536 figs-metaphor 0 daughter of soldiers The people of a city are spoken of as if they were a woman. The soldiers are attacking the city. Alternate translation: “people of the city, whom soldiers are attacking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 5 1 yp7t figs-metonymy 0 With a rod they strike the judge of Israel on the cheek The rod is a metonym for a greater man punishing a lesser man with a rod. To strike a man on the cheek was to insult him more than to harm him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish the judge of Israel by having the invaders insult the judge of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 5 1 hz1y figs-irony 0 the judge of Israel This irony describes the king as having lost so much of his power and authority that he is really only a judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ MIC 5 13 udr6 figs-you 0 your carved … your stone … among you. You will … MIC 5 13 s47c figs-abstractnouns 0 the workmanship of your hands If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **workmanship**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “make.” Alternate translation: “what your hands have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MIC 5 14 dd8m figs-you 0 your Asherah … among you … your cities Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 5 14 p6df figs-metaphor 0 will uproot your Asherah poles Yahweh speaks of Asherah poles as if they were trees that he would pull out of the ground. Alternate translation: “will pull your Asherah poles out of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MIC 6 intro k235 0 # Micah 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Names in Lawsuit
Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.
Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) +MIC 6 intro k235 0 # Micah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Names in Lawsuit
Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.
Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) MIC 6 1 wer4 figs-apostrophe 0 Now listen Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to mountains that can hear him, so both instances of “listen” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MIC 6 1 sz7c figs-you 0 Arise … state Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one man, so the commands and the word “your” are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MIC 6 1 zxw4 figs-personification 0 Arise and state your case before the mountains; let the hills hear your voice Yahweh speaks as if he is in court and the mountains and hills are the judges. He commands the people of Israel to tell the judges why they have done what they did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ MIC 6 16 n2j5 0 house of Ahab The word “house” is a metonym for the family MIC 6 16 em7h figs-metaphor 0 You walk by their advice Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “You do what Omri and Ahab told the people to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 6 16 s6wy figs-apostrophe 0 I will make you, city, a ruin, and you inhabitants an object of hissing Micah speaks to the people of the city, who can hear him, as if he were speaking to the city itself, which cannot hear him. You may need to make explicit the words that the ellipsis omits. Alternate translation: “I will make your city a ruin, and I will make you inhabitants an object of hissing” or “I will make you, city, a ruin, and I will cause everyone who sees you, inhabitants of the city, to hiss at you” or “I will make the city a ruin, and I will make people hiss at the inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) MIC 6 16 q68q 0 you will bear the reproach of my people Alternate translation: “you will suffer because my people will reproach you” -MIC 7 intro kf61 0 # Micah 7 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
This chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

### Prophet
The prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +MIC 7 intro kf61 0 # Micah 7 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
This chapter looks forward to the hope of the coming savior for the faithful remnant. This is the future restoration of Israel when true peace will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/savior]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])

### Prophet
The prophet was able to speak to God on behalf of the people. Often in this chapter, the prophet speaks in Israel’s place and offers repentance to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) MIC 7 1 wf5y figs-metaphor 0 I have become like the gathering of summer fruit, and like the grapes that have been gleaned Micah speaks of looking for faithful people but being unable to find any as if he were a person looking for food after the harvesters have taken it all. The idea of a person wanting to gather fruit can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I have become like someone looking for fruit after the gathering of summer fruit, like a gleaner after the grapes have been gleaned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MIC 7 1 jz29 figs-metaphor 0 no grape cluster … no ripe early fig Micah speaks of faithful, upright people as if they were fruit that is good to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MIC 7 2 x5ss figs-hyperbole 0 The faithful ones have disappeared … land; there is no upright person … They all lie in wait … blood; each one hunts These are exaggerations. Alternate translation: “I feel as though faithful people have disappeared … land and there is no upright person … I feel as though they all lie in wait … blood, and each one hunts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) diff --git a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv index 9b91f95306..c849455c3e 100644 --- a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Nahum

1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)
1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)

### What is the Book of Nahum about?

The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.

Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?

The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.

Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?

Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.

The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?

When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.

When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.

It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book. -NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh
This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. +NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh
This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly. NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 I will dig your graves It is implied that Yahweh NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one … he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person. NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. +NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complete destruction
At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism. NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you” @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ NAM 2 13 hg33 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pa NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Euphemism
This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) +NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Euphemism
This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NAM 3 2 n52r 0 the noise of whips and the sound of rattling wheels, prancing horses, and bounding chariots These phrases describe the sound of chariots rushing through the streets as their drivers use their whips on the horses. diff --git a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv index 6edd1930aa..c3d9e85551 100644 --- a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Habakkuk

1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)
1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)
1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)
1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)
1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)
1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)

### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?

Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?

The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.

The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?

Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How do I identify the speaker?

Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?

In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.

### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?

Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him. -HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Injustice

Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Chaldeans
Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. +HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Injustice

Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Chaldeans
Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh. HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ HAB 1 16 ey7r figs-metaphor 0 he sacrifices … his net … his dragnet … he HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he … keep emptying his net … will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they … keep emptying their net … will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The righteous will live by his faith”
This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.

This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The righteous will live by his faith”
This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This could mean: (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me Alternate translation: “to see what Yahweh will say to me” HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ HAB 2 19 u5fx 0 See, it is overlaid Alternate translation: “Look at it. You HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poetry
Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) +HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Poetry
Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report This could mean: (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.” HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv index 2b5df01d0b..027e205adf 100644 --- a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv +++ b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah

1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)
1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)
1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)
1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)
* Philistia (2:4–7)
* Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)
* Egypt (2:12)
* Assyria (2:13–15)
1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)
1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)

### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?

Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?

Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?

Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

### What country is coming to invade Judah?

Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation. -ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future. ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Their blood will be poured out like dust Their bloo ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEP 2 2 j7xn 0 that day This phrase relates to the “day of Yahweh.” Translate as you did similar phrases in [Zephaniah 1:9](../01/09.md). @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 said in her heart This idiom means “said to hersel ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror Alternate translation: “a horrible place to see” ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh. -ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) +ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled Alternate translation: “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean” diff --git a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv index aa016c544e..4f02a2dbef 100644 --- a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv +++ b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Haggai

1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)
1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)
1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)
1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)

### What is the Book of Haggai about?

The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?

The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.

Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?

It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What does “consider your ways” mean?

Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved. -HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Farming imagery
Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) +HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Farming imagery
Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]]) HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius … Haggai … Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh stirred up the spirit of the governor of J HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Unclean
Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) +HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Unclean
Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) diff --git a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv index 6d710ac50b..5b2b4396cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv +++ b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Zechariah

1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)
1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)
* Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)
* Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)
* The measuring line (2:1–13)
* The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)
* The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)
* The flying scroll (5:1–4)
* The woman in a basket (5:5–11)
* Four chariots (6:1–8)
1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)
1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)
1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)
1. Final message (12:1-14:21)
* Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)
* Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)
* Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)
* Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)

### What is the Book of Zechariah about?

Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?

The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?

Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?

The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.

### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?

Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### What does the phrase “that day” mean?

Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) -ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Date
Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Date
Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ZEC 1 21 k412 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the horns that scattered Judah Th ZEC 1 21 zd7p figs-metaphor 0 so that no man would lift up his head The nations oppressing the people of Judah severely is spoken of as if no person in Judah was able to raise his head. Alternate translation: “and caused them to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 1 21 gm5d figs-metaphor 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn against the land of Judah Yahweh speaks of the nations using their military power to conquer Judah as if the nations had lifted up their horns. He speaks of these four craftsmen destroying the military power of these nations as if the craftsmen threw those horns to the ground. Alternate translation: “to destroy the power of the nations who used their military might against the land of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 1 21 q7u9 0 to cast down the horns of the nations that lifted up a horn Alternate translation: “to cast down the horns that the nations had lifted up” -ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions

This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”
This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.” +ZEC 2 intro j9a8 0 # Zechariah 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose with imagery used in the rest of the chapter to portray Zechariah’s third vision about measuring lines given by the Lord.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 2:4-13, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions

This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. Please be careful to translate each of the terms in your language.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “This is Yahweh’s declaration”
This phrase is used several times in this chapter. The UST often translates this as “Yahweh says.” ZEC 2 1 u35h figs-synecdoche 0 I lifted up my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “I looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 2 1 dn7b 0 measuring line a rope with a certain length that a person would use to measure buildings or large sections of land ZEC 2 2 eb3u 0 So he said to me Alternate translation: “So the man with the measuring line said to me” @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ZEC 2 12 e1sr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will inherit Judah as his rightful possess ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Difficult concepts in this chapter

### Visions
It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The high priest

This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) +ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Difficult concepts in this chapter

### Visions
It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The high priest

This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]]) ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest. ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin Alternate translation: “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin” ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ ZEC 3 9 i5c3 figs-metaphor 0 There are seven eyes on this single stone The side ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave Alternate translation: “carve” ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. +ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Visions
This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing. ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ ZEC 4 13 anh7 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know what these are? The angel asks t ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]]) +ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]]) ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah. ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ ZEC 5 9 xf59 figs-merism 0 They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven T ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket. -ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crown
The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Meaning of the visions
The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crown
The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Meaning of the visions
The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains” ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ ZEC 6 14 f3px 0 for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial Some modern versions in ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting
This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. +ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.

Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Fasting
This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land. ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ ZEC 7 12 z4q7 figs-metonymy 0 by the mouth of the prophets Here the “mouth of ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land Alternate translation: “pleasant land” or “fruitful land” -ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]]) +ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]]) ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion Alternate translation: “I have a strong desire to protect Zion” ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ ZEC 8 22 nz8j figs-metonymy 0 mighty nations This is a metonym for the people i ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you Alternate translation: “God is with you people” -ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies against other nations
The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecies against other nations
The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning Alternate translation: “This is Yahweh’s message about” ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ ZEC 9 17 udt9 figs-exclamations 0 How good and how beautiful they will be! This ZEC 9 17 rzm2 figs-parallelism 0 The young men will flourish on grain and the virgins on sweet wine! This sentence uses a parallel structure to express that everyone will have plenty to eat and drink. If your readers might think that only the men ate and only the women drank, you may want to adjust the wording. Alternate translation: “All of the people, both men and women, will have plenty of grain to eat and sweet wine to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ZEC 9 17 uf1p figs-parallelism 0 The young men … the virgins These two phrases are parallel and together represent the entire population of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ZEC 9 17 x8zq figs-parallelism 0 grain … sweet wine These two phrases are parallel and together represent all of the different kinds of the food and drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Redemption
This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) +ZEC 10 intro jmh9 0 # Zechariah 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written mainly in prose but still uses figurative language as the writer shares a message of redemption and hope for the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 10:1-2.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Redemption
This book, and especially this chapter, uses the concepts of redemption and remnant to share the relationship that the people of Judah have with their God. So many of the people of Israel perished as their kingdom went into exile. Now they are returning to the land, but the land is no longer theirs. They are living under foreign rule. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]]) ZEC 10 1 ybt5 0 vegetation in the field Alternate translation: “causes plants to grow in the field” ZEC 10 2 wcl5 0 household idols speak falsely “household idols give false messages.” Zechariah is not suggesting that idols actually speak. He is referring to the messages people say they hear from idols. The UST makes this explicit. ZEC 10 2 tc8c 0 diviners envision a lie Alternate translation: “diviners see false visions” @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ ZEC 10 11 h8a4 figs-metonymy 0 The majesty of Assyria will be brought down Here ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself Alternate translation: “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me” ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Symbolism
The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]]) +ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor
This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Symbolism
The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]]) ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ ZEC 11 17 zwk6 figs-idiom 0 come against his arm and his right eye Here “come ZEC 11 17 gqb9 figs-metonymy 0 his arm Here “arm” represents the power to fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 11 17 c27h figs-explicit 0 his right eye A soldier would use his right eye to look around the shield that he held with his left hand. If his right eye was wounded, he would not be able to see to fight in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ZEC 11 17 h47i 0 his arm wither away Alternate translation: “his arm waste away” or “his arm become completely useless” -ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]]) +ZEC 12 intro cr4a 0 # Zechariah 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Similar to chapter 11, this chapter is written mainly in prose and is talking about Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy
Verses 10-11 are quoted in the New Testament and apply to Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cross]]) ZEC 12 1 vy11 0 General Information: These verses begin a section that tells about the coming attack against Jerusalem and how God will rescue the city. ZEC 12 1 mz3s figs-metaphor 0 who stretched out the skies This is a metaphor that speaks of the sky as if it were like a scroll that is rolled up and needs to be stretched out. Alternate translation: “the one who created the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 12 1 gzl6 figs-metaphor 0 laid the foundation of the earth This is a metaphor that speaks of the earth as if it were a building with a foundation. Alternate translation: “put all the earth into place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ ZEC 12 11 qg93 translate-names 0 Megiddo This is the name of a plain in Israel. ZEC 12 12 jj6q figs-metonymy 0 The land will mourn This represents all the people living in the land of Judah. Alternate translation: “All the people in the land of Judah will mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 12 12 qth7 figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of David … The clan of the house of Nathan Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David … The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ZEC 12 13 r6fc figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of Levi Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.

## Special concepts in this chapter

Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) ZEC 13 1 f2a5 figs-metaphor 0 a spring will be opened … for their sin and impurity Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens … to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ZEC 13 1 f3zc 0 a spring a place where water flows naturally out of the ground ZEC 13 1 s36v figs-metonymy 0 the house of David Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ ZEC 13 8 u8xd figs-metaphor 0 that two-thirds of it will be cut off! Those peop ZEC 13 9 ac7v figs-metaphor 0 I will bring that third through the fire Metal is passed through fire in order to purify or harden it. This expression serves here as a metaphor for exposing the people to suffering in order that they may become more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 13 9 h19l figs-metaphor 0 refine them as silver is refined; I will test them as gold is tested Refining refers to making precious metals such as silver more pure. Metals such as silver and gold are tested in order to discover how pure or strong they are. Both refining and testing are here metaphors for making the people more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ZEC 13 9 ru4e figs-metonymy 0 They will call on my name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “They will call out to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days

Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. +ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days

Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. ZEC 14 1 zs1r 0 General Information: This chapter describes the final war for the city of Jerusalem and how God will save it. ZEC 14 1 a7h2 figs-metaphor 0 A day for Yahweh is coming when your plunder will be divided in your midst A future time is spoken of as if “a day is coming.” The phrase “will be divided” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soon Yahweh will judge you, and he will allow your enemies to take all of your possessions and divide if for themselves while you watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ZEC 14 2 q4hu figs-hyperbole 0 I will gather every nation against Jerusalem for battle Here “every nation” is a generalization that means “many nations.” Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to attack Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv index 109267670a..e0b8501e53 100644 --- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi
## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Malachi

1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)
1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)
1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)
1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)
1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)
1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)
1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)
1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)

### What is the Book of Malachi about?

The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?

The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?

Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh of hosts
This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 1 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yahweh of hosts
This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi” MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites
The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Marital unfaithfulness
Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 2 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Levites
The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Marital unfaithfulness
Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly -MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Messiah
There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions
Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2. MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine Alternate translation: “They will be my pe MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between Alternate translation: “see a difference between” or “treat differently” -MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) +MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 4 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Last days
Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you” MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant … evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).